A Middlesex University resource by Andrew Roberts

Science and society booklist


Mental health (lunacy) booklist - Law list
Social Science Subject Index
Searching for books

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
This is an index to all booklists on this site
Law and Parliamentary Papers lists are in date order

A - aaina - Abadía - Abel-Smith - Abbott - Abercrombie - Aboulafia - Abraham - Abrams - Academy of Social Sciences - Accounts (Lunacy) - Ackernecht - Acton - Adams - Adler - Adorno - Afiya Trust - Ahlqvist - Aiken - Ajandi - Albini - Alderidge - Aldrich - Alexander - Alexander - Ali - Alison - Alleged Lunatics Friend Society - Allen - Almog - Alpert - Althusser - Alty - Alumni - Amato - Amatrudo - Anderson - Andreski - Andrews - Aneshensel - Annual Register - Anonymous - Anshen - Aquinas - Archbold - Archer - archives - Arendt - Aries - Aristotle - Arlidge - Armes - Armstrong - Arnstein - Aron - Ashley - Ashwin - Archer - Armour - Ashworth - Asylum Journal - Asylum Magazine - Atkinson - Aulén - B - Babones - Bacon - Bachofen - Bahmueller - Bailey - Baker - Baldwin - Baldwinson - Ban - Bancroft - Bangay - Banks - Bankes - Banton - Barchard - Barham - Barker - Barnes - Barnhart - Baron - Barongo - Barrett - Bartlett - Barthes - Barton - Battersby - Battiscombe - Baudrillard - Bauman - BBC - Bean - Beccaria - Beck - Becker - Bedau - Beeforth - Beers - Beilharz - Beirne - Bell - Bell - Belloc - Benschop - Bentham - Beresford - Berger - Berggren - Berman - Bernard - Bernardi - Bernson - Bernstein - Berrington - Berrios - Berti - Bertrand - Best - Betts - Beystehner - Bhugra - Bible - Bilton - Biot - Bird - Black - Blackburn - Blackshaw - Blackstone - Blackwell - Blake - Blakemore - Blanc - Blanch - Bloch - Bloch - Bloomfield - Blumberg - Blumer - Boase - Bocock - Boddy - Bohman - Booth - Bolton - Borer - Borthwick - Bott - Bottomore - Bourdieu - Bourke - Bowker - Bowlby - Boyd - Boyers - Brackx - Bradley - Branfield - Bradshaw - Braithwaite - Briggs - Bristol - Bristol Womens Studies Group - British Psychological Society - British Social Attitudes Survey - British Sociological Association - Broadhurst - Brody - Brook - Brooker - Brosan - Brown - Browne - Bruce - Brydall - Bryman - Budd - Bulmer - Bulwer Lytton - Bunhill and beyond books - Burckhardt - Burgess - Burgoyne - Burke - Burke (Peerage) - Burman - Burrell - Burrows - Burt - Burton - Burton-Cartledge - Busby - Busfield - Butler - Button - Bynum - C - Caffrey - Calhoun - Calvin - Camic - Campaign for Social Science - Campbell - Cassells Household Guide - CAPS Consultation and Advocacy Promotion Service - Carlen - Carlyle - Carpenter - Carr - Carrabine - Carr-Saunders - Cartwright - Cassegard - Cassata - Cassirer - Castellino - Castells - Castles - Catlin - Cavadino - Cavagna - Census - Centre for Disability Research (CeDR) Centre for Law and Religion - Chadkirk - Chamberlayne - Chamberlin - Chambers - Chambers biographical - Chandler - Chaney - Chang - Charmaz - Charon - Chassot - Châtelet - Cheal - Checkland - Chesnais - Chesney-Lind - Childe - Childs - Choo - Choudhary - Churchill - Chryssides - Christie - Church - Clapham - Clark - Clarke - Clarkson - clergy lists - Clunn - Clyne - Cochrane - Cohen - Cole - Coles - Coleman - Coleridge - Collini - Collins - Collinson - Colvin - Comte - Condrau - Conolly - Connell - Cook - Cooke - Coole - Cooley - Coombs - Cooper - Cooter - Corby - Core Arts - Corre - Corston - Coser - Coutts - Coven - Cowper - Cox - Cragun - Craib - Crellin - Crenshaw - Cresswell - Crew - Crick - Crinson - Crimmin - Critcher - Crocket - Cromby - Crompton - Cronk - Crook - Crosby - Crossley - Crown Prosection Service - Cuff - Cullen - Culler - Curry - Cutler - Cultural Sociology - D - Dahl - Dahrendorf - Dain - Dalrymple - Daly - Daly - Danaher - Darrow - Darwin - Davar - Davidoff - Davidow - Davidson - Davies - Davis - Davison - Day - De Beauvoir - De Certeau - de Gouges - Delaney - Deleuze - Dellar - Delormier - Demie - Dench - Dennis - Denzin - Department for Education - Department of Health - Derrida - Descartes - Deutsch - Devereux - Dewey - Dictionaries - Dictionary of National Biography - Digby - Dietz - Dillon - Directories (addresses) - Discover Society - Dobash - Dobbs - Dod's Parliamentary Companion - Donnelly - Dörnyei - Douglas - Dowling - Downing - Doyal - Drever - Dronsfield - Dubeski - Duke - Duncan - Dunn-Toroosian - Durkheim - Durkin - Dutton - E - Easton - Edelson - Edsall - Ebo - Edgar - Eldridge - Einstein - Elliott - Ellis - Elwell - Encyclopedia - Engels - Ennis - Entwistle - Equality and Human Rights Commission - Equality Challenge Unit - Ernst - Esterson - Estop - Ettore - Euclid - Evans - Evelyn - Eysenck - F - Fagin - Fairclough - Falkenberg - Fancher - Farganis - Farquharson - Farr - Farrington - Faucher - Fauconnet - Faulkner - Fazel - Feinstein - Felluga - Fenton - Ferri - Ferrero - Feuerbach - Feyerbend - Fieser - Filmer - Finding - Fink - Finkelstein - Firestone - Firth - Fitzgerald - Fisher - Fitton - Flanagan - Fleischmann - Fletcher - Fleming - Flinn - Floud - Flynn - Fonnesu - Ford - Forster - Forsythe - FQS: Forum: Qualitative Social Research - Foucault - Fowler - Foyster - Frank - Franklin - Fraser - Frazer - Freeman - Freidson - Freire - Freud (Anna) - Freud (Sigmund) - Friedland - Friends Library Papers - Frisch - Frith - Fromm - Fulcher - G - Gaba - Gallagher - Galton - Galtung - Gamage - Gammage - Gard - Garfinkel - Garnham - Garofalo - Gaskell - Gash - Gault - Gaventa - Gdala - Geddes - Geismar - Gekkenkrant - Gelder - Gelsthorp - Gennep - Gentleman's Magazine - Gerbner - Gerrie - Gerth - Gibbens - Gibbs - Gibbon - Giddens - Gilbert - Gillard - Gilliat-Ray - Gillin - Gilmour - Gingrich - Ginsberg - Giallombardo - Gittins - Gladstone - Glaser - Glass - Godlee - Godwin - Goffman - Golden - Goldson - Gollaher - Golombok - Goodman - Goodwin - Gordon - Goring - Gouges - Gove - Gov.UK - Graham - Gramsci - Grattan-Guinness - Gray - Greater Manchester Coalition of Disabled People - Green - Greene - Griffin - Griffith - Grosz - Grotius - Guins - Gulbenkian Commission - Gur-Ze'ev - H - Habermas - Hackney - Hagell - Haidar - Haines - Hakim - Halbwacks - Hale - Halevy - Halfaker - Hall - Hallendorff - Halliday - Halliwell - Halsey - Hamilton - Hanmer - Hanneman - Hansard - Hanwell - Haralambos - Harding - Hardy - Hare - Hargrave - Harrington - Harris - Harrison - Hart - Hartmann - Hartog - Harvey - Hassan - Hauari - Hauser - Hauskeller - Hawkes - Hawkins - Hayek - Hayward - Health Archives - Health and Safety Executive - Hedgehog Review - Hegel - Heidelberg - Heidegger - Hekman - Held - Helps - Hendershott - Henderson - Hendrick - Hennis - Herbert - Herbst - Heron - Herrnstein - Hertz - Hervey - Hester - Hewer - Hiday - Hidden - Highmore - High Street - Hill - Hilton - Hillerbrand - Himmelfarb - Hindess - Hinshelwood - Hirsch - Hirschi - Hirst - History and Policy - History of Psychiatry - History Workshop Journal - Hitchcock - Hitler - HM Inspectorate of Prisons - Hobbes - Hobhouse - Hobsbawm - Hodder - Hodgkinson - Hoffman - Hoggart - Holland - Hollin - Hollingshead - Hollingsworth - Home Office papers - Honneth - Hooker - Hopkins Burke - Horkheimer - Hornstein - Horst - Horwitz and Scheid - Hostettler - Huber - Hubert - Hudson - Hufton - Hughes - Hunt - Hunter - Hume - I - Ibrahim - Ideas about Politics - Inglis - Ignatieff - Institute of Contemporary Arts International Atomic Energy Agency - - International Telecommunication Union - Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy - Internet Journal of Criminology - Irwin - INVOLVE - Ito - J - Jack - Jackson - Jacobi - James - Jameson - Jansen - Jary - Jenkins - Jenks - Jenkusky - Jennett - Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA) - Joas - Johnson - Johnston - Jones - Jordan - Joseph Rowntree Foundation - Josephus - Journal - Judd - K - Kalathil - Kallberg - Kassler - Kant - Kariuki - Kaufmann - Keane - Keely - Kellner - Kent - Kershaw - Kessel - Keynes - Khan - KhosraviNik - Kilminster - King - Kiralfy - Kirby - Kirton - Kline - Knies - Knight - Kolakowski - Kornhauser - Kothare - Kraepelin - Kraft - Kral - Kraut - Kretchun - Kroes - Kring - - Kruger - Kuhn - Kumar - L - Labyrinth - Lacan - La Capra - Lafargue - Lafont - Laing - Lambert - Lancet - Laplanche - Larmour - Larousse - Lash - Laslett - Laurance - La Shure - Lawan - Lawletter - Law list (laws) - Law lists (lawyers) - Lea - Leach - Leacock - Leary - Lechte - Lee - Leff - LeFrançois - Leigh - Leland - Le Marchant - Leong - Lennon - Levi Strauss - Levin - Levine - Levitas - Levy - Lewis - Limmud - Liebling - Lindsey - Literary Gazette - Lizardo - Lloyd - Lloyd Thomas - Locke - Logan - Lomax - Lombroso - London Gazette - Long - Longhurst - Longmate - Lopez Ibor - Lord - Lord Chancellor's Office - Lovell - Low - Lowe - Lowes Dickinson - Lucas - Lukes - Lumley - Luria - Lusted - Lyon - Lyotard - M - Maca/Together - Macaulay - Macionis - MacIver - Mack - MacKenzie - Macpherson - MacRea - MacTutor - Magnello - Maguire - Maitland - Malinowski - Malos - Malson - Malthus - Mamay - Mandel - Manji - Mann - Manuel - Maqsood - Marcus - Marcuse - Marion - Maris - Markova - Marks - Marrow - Marsh - Marshall - Martellozzo - Martin - Martineau - Martnez Aleman - Marx - Massey - Mattock - Maudsley - Maus - Mauss - Mauthner - Mattock - Matczak - May - Maycraft Kall - Mazrui - Mbiti - McCarthy - McCarthy - McCrum - McCulloch - McDonald - McDougall - McGettigan - McIntosh - McKenzie - McKown - McLachlan - McLaughlin - McLean - McLellan - McLennan - McLoughlin - McLuhan - Meacher - Mead - Mechanic - medical directory - Medical Gazette - Medical History - Medico- Psychological Association - Medical Register - Medical Times - Medicine in Society - Melling - Mental After Care Association - mental health - Mental Health Task Force - mental health statistics - Mental Patients Union - Merton - Mestrovic - Mew - MI5 - Meyer - Meyers - Middlesex Record Office - Middleton - Miles - Miliband - Mill, J. - Mill, J.S. - Millar - Millard - Miller - Millham - Mills - Minamida - Mind: National Association for Mental Health - Mingins - Ministry of Health Papers - Mitchell - Mitford - Modood - Mold - Molesworth - Mommsen - Monro - Montagna - Moody - Mooney - Moore - Morea - Morel - Morgan - Morris - Morrison - Morse - Morton - Mosca - Mott - Mountz - Muhammad - Mulholland - Muller - Muncie - Munk - Murdock - Murphy - Myers - N - Nakamura - Namier - Napier - Nash - National Institute for Clinical Excellence - National Institute for Health Research - National Institute for Mental Health in England - National Institute for Mental Health (USA) - National Survivor User Network - Nature - Neate - Nelkin - Nelsy - Network - Neumann - Neustatter - Newbigging - Newburn - Newhaven Journeyman - New Left Review - New Scientist - Newsholme - New Society - Newton - NICE - Nicholls - Nicolson - Nietzsche - Nightingale - Nisbet - Noël-Hume - Norton - Northbrook - Nye - O - Oakley - O'Byrne - ODI: Overseas Development Institute - O'Connor - O'Donnell - O'Donoghue - OECD The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Oettingen - O'Farrell - Offe - Ogg - O'Hagan - Olympe de Gouges - ONS: Office for National Statistics - O'Neil - Open University - Opie - Orbach - Orcutt - Oru - Osborne - Outhwaite - Owen - Oxley - Oyekan - Oyovbaire - P - Packard - Pain - Paine - Palese - Pals - Pampel - Parekh - Pareto - Parizot - Park - Parka - Parkes - Parkinson - Parker - Parle - Parr - Parrot - Parry-Jones - Parsons - Parutis - Pateman - Paternoster - Patmore - Pavlov - Pearce - Pearson - Peay - Pecheux - Peel - Pembroke - Penny - PEP: Political and Economic Planning - Perceval - Personality Papers - Peterkin - Peterson - Pettit - Peukert - Pew Research Center Pfohl - Phil - Philpot - Phoenix Rising - Piaget - Piccinelli - Pickering - Piddock - Pierotti - Pike - Pilgrim - PINS - Pitts - Plarr - Plato - Plath - Platt - Plumb - Plummer - Polack - Pope - Popper - Popular Science Monthly - Portas - Porteous - Porter - Portsmouth - Postgate - Postone - powercube.net - Poynter. - PP: Parliamentary Paper - Price - Priestley - Prins - Prinzhorn - Procter - Proctor - P.S.S.L: Proceedings of the Statistical Society of London - Psychology in Society - Puffer - Punch - Pyle - Q - Quaker - Quaker Action on Alcohol and Drugs - Quennell - Quetelet - Quinn - Quran - Qureshi - Qvortrup - R - Radcliffe - Radcliffe-Brown - Radclyffe Hall - Radical Therapist - Radzinowicz - Rafter - Raine - Ramon - Rampton - Rawcliffe - Ray - Read - Reagan - Reaume - Redlich - Reich - Reiss - Rendall - Renedo - Renton - Renvoize - Rex - Reynolds - Ribière - Richards - Richardson - Richie - Rickert - Rider - Rigney - Riots 2011 - Rippon - Risman - Ritzer - Robbins - Roberts - Andrew Roberts - Robertson - Robey - Robinson - Rock - Rocquin - Roddy - Roe - Rogers - Roland - Roll - Rooke-Matthews - Rose - Rosenhan - Rosner - Ross - Rossi - Roth - Rough Times - Rousseau - Rowbotham - Rowntree - Roxan - Royal Academy - Royal College of Physicians - Royal College of Psychiatrists - Royal College of Surgeons - Royal Society - Rowntree - Rude - Ruggiero - Runes - Russell - Russo - Rutherford - Ryan - S - Sadan - Saint-Simon - Salih - Sanders - Sandler - Santoro - Sapouna - Sarbit - Sargant - Sargeant - Sartre - Saussure - Savage - Sayce - Scheff - Scheid and Brown - Schenk - Schermer - Scheuren - Schier - Schiller - Schneider - Schmidt - Schodt - Schrameijer - Schuerkens - Schulman - Schutze - Schroyer - Science - Scott - Scottish Independent Advocacy Alliance - Scruton - Scull - Seabrook - Seah - Searle - Sedgwick - Seear - Segal - Seidman - Self - Seyer - Seymour - Shah - Shakes - Shalev - Sharp - Sharrock - Shaw - Shelford - Shelley, - Sheppard - Shoemaker - Shorter - Sica, - Sigel - Silva - Simmel - Simmons - Sinclair - Singer - Singleton - Sivanandan - Skalevag - Skinner - Smart - Smiles - Smith - Socarides - Social Perspectives Network - Social Policy Research Centre - Social Research Update - Sociological Society - Sociology - (Southwood) Smith - Southgate - Sorribes - Spandler - Spark - SparkNotes - Spearman - Spencer - Spender - Spitzer - Spock - Sprigge - Staddon - Stafford - Stanley - Standage - Starkman - State and Mind - Staum - Steene - Steinmetz - Steintrager - Stenton - Stephan - Stephenson - Stevens - Stewart - Stillinger - Stoddard - Stoler - Stolley - Stone - Stones - Stoppard - Storey - Strauss - Street - Strinati - Strong - Struik - Sturrock - Sullivan - Sumerscale - Sumner - Survivors History - Survivor Research - Survivors Speak Out - Sutherland - Suzuki - Swain - Swann - Swanson - Swartz - Sweeney - Sweetman - Swingewood - Szasz - Sztompka - T - Tajfel - Taking Part Survey - Talmon - Talmud - Taylor - Temps Modernes - Tezuka - Theimer - Theobald - Thomas - Thomassen - Thompson - Thomson - Thorlindsson - Thorne - Thornton - Thorpe - Thurnum - Tierney - Tighe - Tilley - Tilly - Times - Time Together - Timimi - Tipton - Titmuss - Toby - Tocqueville - Todd - Together - Tomalin - Tomasello - Tomlinson - Tönnies - Torrey - Touraine - Townsend - Trewin - Trivedi - Trevelyan - Trotsky - Tuck - Tuke - Turk - Turkle - Turner - Twomey - Ty - Tylor - Tyrer - Tyson - U - UK Data Service - United Nations - Untermeyer - Uprichard - Urban - V - Varenne - Vaughan - Veblen - Vertovec - Very Public Sociologist - Vincenzi - Vold - Votruba - Votes and Proceedings - Vultee - W - Wacquant - Wade - Wakefield - Walby - Wallcraft - Wallop - Walk - Walke - Walker - Walsh - Walters - Walthery - Walton - Ward - Warf - Warner - Warter - Wajsblum - Warnock - Watkin - Watkins - Watson - Webb - Weber - Webster - Week van de psychiatrie - Weil - Weiner - Weldon - Wellcome Library - Werrett - Wessendorf - West - White - Whitehead - Whitney - Whose Who - Wieviorka - Wiggans - Wikibooks - Wikinews - Wikipedia - Willcocks - Willetts - Williams - Willis - Willmott - Wilson - Wing - Winston - Winter - Wirth - Wise - Witcombe - Witheridge - Wolfensbergern - Wolff - Wolfreys - Wollstonecraft - Woodbridge - Woolf - Wordsworth - Wormuth - World Health Organisation - Worsley - Wright - Wundt - Wyse - Y - Yee - Yiannoullou - Young (Jock) - Young (Michael) - Yuhas - Yui - Z - Zald - Zaretsky - Zalta - Zedner - Zilboorg - Zimmern



aaina - a mental health advocacy newsletter
published in India

First four as pdfs

issues to 2008 as html

issue one: Volume 1, no.1. March 2001. Media and mental haealth. pdf -

issue two: Volume 1, no.2. July 2001. Ethics and practice. pdf offline

issue three: Volume 1, no.3. November 2001. Surviving institutional care. pdf offline

issue four: Volume 2, no.1. March 2002. Self help in mental health. - pdf offline

issue five: Volume 2, no.2. July 2002. A basic right to rehabilitation. - html online

issue six: Volume 2, no.3. November 2002.

November 2004. html online

Volume 7. No 3. November 2007 html online

March July 2008 html online


Oscar Moro Abadía 2002
Grupo de Prehistoria, Departamento de Ciencias Históricas, Universidad de Cantabria, Spain

Abadía, O.M. "Towards a Definition of Time in Archaeology: French Prehistoric Archaeology (1850-1900)" Papers from the Institute of Archaeology. 13, pp.51-63. DOI: http://doi.org/10.5334/pia.181 . Published 15.11.2002.


Pamela Abbott 1947- and Claire Wallace 1956-
Pamela Abbott Director of the Centre for Equality and Diversity at Glasgow Caledonian University.
Claire Wallace Professor of Sociology at the University of Aberdeen

Abbott, P. and Wallace, C. 1990 An Introduction to Sociology : Feminist Perspectives London: Routledge.

Pamela Abbott, Claire Wallace and Melissa Tyler
Melissa Tyler Lecturer in Organisation Studies at Loughborough University.

Abbott, P., Wallace, C and Tyler, M. 2005 (3rd edition) Introduction to Sociology: Feminist Perspectives London; New York: Routledge. xvii and 425 pages. [Second 1997]

Contents1. Introduction: Feminism and the sociological imagination; 2. Feminist Sociological Theory; 3. Stratification and Inequality; 4. Education; 5. The Life Course; 6. The Family and the Household; 7. Health, Illness and Medicine; 8; Sexuality; 9; Work and Organisation; 10. Crime, Deviance and Criminal Justice; 11. Politics; 12. Media Culture; 13. Feminist Knowledge


Nicholas Abercrombie 1944-, Stephen Hill and Bryan S. Turner

Abercrombie, N. and others 1984 The Penguin Dictionary of Sociology. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 266 pages.

Abercrombie, N. and others 1988 The Penguin Dictionary of Sociology 2nd edition. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 320 pages.

Abercrombie, N. and others 1994 The Penguin Dictionary of Sociology 3rd edition. London: Penguin Books. 510 pages.

Abercrombie, N. and others 2000 The Penguin Dictionary of Sociology 4th edition. London: Penguin Books. 449 pages.


Mitchell Aboulafia

Aboulafia, Mitchell, 2008 "George Herbert Mead", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Summer 2009 edition, with minor corrections), Edward N. Zalta (editor), Available at
http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/sum2009/entries/mead/ . First published Sunday 13.4.2008.


Joseph Hayim Abraham
Uncle of Isaac Hai (Jack) Jacob, 5.6.1908-26.12.2000
Worked for the Egyptian Educational Service from 1932 to 1951. From 1960 to 1965 he was Extension Lecturer in Sociology at the University of London. Head of Department of Social Science at the West Ham College of Technology from 1965 to 1968. In 1968 he was appointed to the Chair of Sociology at the University of Ghana.

Abraham, J.H. 1956 Pleasure and Morals 222 leaves. Thesis: (PhD) University of London.

Abraham, J.H. 1966 Teach Yourself Sociology Teach yourself books. London : English Universities Press viii and 216 pages: Diagrams.
Contents:
Author's Preface
1: Sociology before Comte
2. Modern Sociological Theories
3. Scope and Methods of Sociology
4. Human Nature and Culture
5. Society
6. The Family and the State
7: Forms of Social Control:
Custom and Law
Religion
Education
8. Social Decontrol, Change and Mobility
9. Sociology, Science and Philosophy
Bibliography

Abraham, J.H. 15.1.1970 "Technology, politics and value ... An inaugural lecture delivered on 15th January, 1970 at the University of Ghana, Legon". Accra: Ghana Universities Press, 1970. 22 pages.

Abraham, J.H. 1973 The Origin and Growth of Sociology. Penguin


Philip Abrams

Abrams, P. 1968 The Origins of British Sociology: 1834-1914: an essay by Philip Abrams with selected papers The heritage of sociology series. Chicago : University of Chicago Press,
Selected papers include one by Robert Giffen born 1837.


Academy of Social Sciences ASS
The United Kingdom Association of Learned Societies in the Social Sciences formed in 1982 gave rise to the Academy of Learned Societies for the Social Sciences incorporated 24.9.1999, which became the Academy of Social Sciences on 5.7.2007.

ASS 15.12.2000 Commission on the Social Sciences Notes from the meeting on 15.12.2000 by Ron Johnston. Secretary to the Commission.

ASS Lewis 2001 Paper by Jane Lewis: "The Fluctuating Fortunes of the Social Sciences since 1945". Purpose: to lead to a more definitive statement of how the UK social sciences have evolved in the last half century. Through that, we should be able to understand better the present situation. Status: a first draft summary designed to elicit comment. offline

ASS 15.12.2001 First archive website of Academy of Learned Societies for the Social Sciences

ASS 30.3.2007 First archive website of Academy of Social Sciences


G. Scott Acton
Rochester Institute of Technology (New York)
Department of Psychology

Acton, G.S. 1998- (Editor) Personality Papers A peer-reviewed collection of students papers available at http://www.personalityresearch.org/papers.html


Acton, J. (Lord) 1895 Inaugural Lecture on the Study of History. Delivered at Cambridge, June 1895, reprinted in Lectures on Modern History, originally published 1906, page number from Fontana reprint 1960.


Freda Adler with Herbert Marcus Adler

Adler, F. and Adler, H.M. 1975 Sisters in Crime: The Rise of the New Female Criminal New York and London: McGraw-Hill
Contents: Prologue - Changing patterns - Female passivity: genetic fact or cultural myth? - The oldest and newest profession - Minor girls and major crimes - Women in Wonderland: the psychotropic connection - The link between opportunity and offense: race - The link between opportunity and offense: class - New crimes and old corrections - Ladies and the law - Epilogue-liberation and beyond. 287 pages


Theodor W. (Wiesengrund) Adorno 1903-1969 weblinks

Adorno, T.W. 1936 "Über Jazz" Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung

Adorno T.W. and Horkheimer, M. 1944 Philosophische Fragmente, von Max Horkheimer und Theodor W. Adorno. New York, Institute of Social Research [1944] ix, 319 pages [See Library of Congress catalogue]. Revised version 1947: Dialektik der Aufklärung: Philosophische Fragmente (Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosphical Fragments) Amsterdam : Querido. Translated into English 1972. Adorno T.W. and Horkheimer, M. 1944/1972 Dialectic of Enlightenment translated by John Cumming. New York: Herder, 1972; London: Allen Lane, 1973.
Contents:
The Concept of Enlightenment
Excursus One: Odysseus or Myth and Enlightenment
Excursus Two: Juliette or Enlightenment and Morality
The Culture Industry: Enlightenment as Mass Deception

Elements of Anti-Semitism: Limits of Enlightenment
Notes and Drafts

Adorno T.W. and Horkheimer, M. 1944/2002 Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments edited by Gunzelin Schmid Noerr, translated by Edmund Jephcott. Stanford, California: Stanford University Press, 2002.

T.W. Adorno, Else Frenkel-Brunswick, D.J. Levinson and R.N. Sanford

Adorno T.W. and others 1950 The Authoritarian Personality American Jewish Committee.Social studies series, publication; no.3. New York: Harper. xxxiii, 990 pages

Adorno T.W. 1966 Negative Dialektik

Adorno T.W. 1966/1973 Negative Dialectics translated by E.B. Ashton, London: Routledge, 1973

Adorno T.W. 1966/2001 Negative Dialectics translated by Dennis Redmond 2001 available at http://members.efn.org/~dredmond/ndtrans.html

ndintro - nd1 - nd2 - nd3 - nd4 - nd5 - ndend -

Adorno T.W. 1967 Prisms

Adorno, T.W. 1991 The Culture Industry: Selected Essays on Mass Culture edited and with an introduction by J.M. Bernstein. London: Routledge
Essays:
On the fetish character in music and the regression of listening
The schema of mass culture
Culture industry reconsidered
Culture and administration
Freudian theory and the pattern of fascist propaganda
How to look at television
Transparencies on film
Free time
Resignation.

Adorno, T. 1996/2000 Probleme der Moralphilosophie. Suhrkamp Verlag, 1996. translated by Rodney Livingstone as Problems of moral philosophy. Edited by Thomas Schröder. Cambridge, UK : Polity, 2000. viii and 224 pages

"nothing is more degenerate than the kind of ethics or morality that survives in the shape of collective ideas even after the World Spirit has ceased to inhabit them-to use the Hegelian expression as a kind of shorthand. Once the state of human consciousness and the state of social forces of production have abandoned these collective ideas, these ideas acquire repressive and violent qualities."


Afiya Trust 1997-
The Afiya Trust is a national charity that works to reduce inequalities in health and social care provision for people from Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) communities. It was set up in 1997 to pioneer in addressing health inequalities for BME service users and carers and promote the health and wellbeing of BME communities. The Afiya Trust supports and maintains national and local networks concerned with the promotion of BME health and social care issues such as the National BME Mental Health Network, the National Black Carers and Carers Workers Network as well as projects on long term conditions such as cancer.

website - archive "Saved 76 times between October 23, 2005 and December 18, 2014" also http://www.afiya-trust.org - archive Saved 172 times between July 18, 2002 and September 2, 2014

Winter 2002 Afiya Trust Network Bulletin number 1

Summer 2003 Afiya Trust Network Bulletin number 2

Winter 2003 Afiya Trust Network Bulletin number 3


Toni Ahlqvist, Asta Bäck, Minna Halonen and Sirkka Heinonen

Ahlqvist, T.; Bäck, A., Halonen, M., Heinonen, S. 2008. Social media road maps exploring the futures triggered by social media. VTT Tiedotteita - Valtion Teknillinen Tutkimuskeskus Resarch Notes 2454 Available at http://www.vtt.fi/inf/pdf/tiedotteet/2008/T2454.pdf

See Subject Index Media - Social Media


Aiken, H.D. (Editor) 1956 The Age of Ideology. The Nineteenth Century Philosophers. New American Library


Mike Aiken

Aiken, M. "Reflexive Modernisation and the Social Economy" Studies in Social and Political Thought Centre for Social and Political Thought. Univesrity of Brighton. Issue 2 - March 2000. Available at http://www.sussex.ac.uk/cspt/1-6-1-2-2.html


Jennifer Ajandi

Ajandi, J. 2011 "Single Mothers by Choice": Disrupting dominant discourses of the family through social justice alternatives" International Journal of Child, Youth and Family Studies (2011) 3 & 4: pages 410-431
Available at http://journals.uvic.ca/index.php/ijcyfs/article/view/7757/2534


John Aldrich
University of Southampton

Aldrich, John, June 2005 Figures from the History of Probability and Statistics (Latest changes October 2012) Available at http://www.economics.soton.ac.uk/staff/aldrich/Figures.htm

Notes on the work of: Bayes - Edgeworth - Graunt - Markov - Rao - Bernoulli (Jakob) - Fechner - Huygens - von Mises - Savage- Bernoulli (Daniel) - Feller - Jeffreys - de Moivre - 'Student' - Boltzmann - de Finetti - Khinchin - Neyman - Tukey - Chebyshev - Fisher - Kolmogorov - Pascal - Wald - Cramér - Galton - Laplace - Pearson - Wiener - Doob - Gauss - Lévy - Quetelet - Yule


Joseph L. Albini

Albini, J.L. "Donald Cressey's Contributions to the Study of Organized Crime: An Evaluation" Crime & Delinquency July 1988 vol. 34 no. 3 338-354

Abstract: In this article, the author presents an evaluation of the contributions of Donald Cressey to the study of organized crime. Beginning with the early era of research into this area of study-the 1960's-the author discusses the methodological and other problems faced by Cressey and other researchers. Then he describes Cressey's model of organized crime structure and function, with the goal of examining the internal consistency of the model itself and evaluating the major issues and problems inherent in its heuristic utility for researchers and its usefulness for law enforcement.


Cecil Frances Alexander April 1818 - 12.10.1895

Alexander, C.F. 1848 Hymns for Little Children by the author of "The Baron's little daughter," etc.; set to music, with pianoforte accompaniment, by H.J. Gauntlett, M.D. London : W. Walker, St. Paul's Buildings, 28 Paternoster Row, E.C., Preface signed "J.K." [John Keble] dated "March 28, 1848".



Claire E. Alexander 2008 (Re)thinking 'gangs'. Runnymede perspectives. London : Runnymede Trust, 20 pages. Available online at http://www.runnymedetrust.org/uploads/publications/pdfs/Rethin kingGangs-2008.pdf


Jeffrey C. Alexander 1947-

Alexander, J.C. 1987 Twenty Lectures: Sociological Theory since World War II New York: Columbia University Press, 1987. Also published as Sociological Theory since 1945 London: Hutchinson Education, 1987


Shaheen Sardar Ali

Ali, S. S. 2008 Approaches to Teaching and Learning of Islamic Law: Sharing some national and international perspectives. UK Centre for Legal Education. Available from http://www.ukcle.ac.uk/resources/teaching-and-learning- strategies/islamiclaw/


Amy Allen

Allen, Amy, 2005 "Feminist Perspectives on Power", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Winter 2005 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (editor). Available at
http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/win2005/entries/feminist-power/


Danielle S. Allen 1971

Allen, D. 2004 Talking to Strangers: Anxieties of citizenship since Brown v. Board of Education Chicago: University of Chicago Press, xxii and 232 pages.
Contents: Loss -- Little Rock, a new beginning -- Old myths and new epiphanies -- Sacrifice, a democratic fact -- Sacrifice and citizenship -- Why we have bad habits -- Imperfect democracy -- Imperfect people -- Imperfect pearls/imperfect ideals -- New democratic vistas -- Beyond invisible citizens -- Brotherhood, love, and political friendship -- Rhetoric, a good thing -- Epilogue: powerful citizens.

Allen, D. 15.4.2013 "The Art of Association: the formation of egalitarian social capital" Annual British Sociological Association/British Library Equality Lecture with Danielle Allen video of speech. A summary of published as "Bridging the divide between communities" in Network, Summer 2913 pp 14-15


Allen, Graham, 1963-

Graham, A. 2003 Roland Barthes Routledge critical thinkers. London ; New York : Routledge, 2003. xvi and 169 pages.
Contents. Why Barthes? - Key ideas - Writing and literature - Critical distance - Semiology - Structuralism - The death of the author - Textuality - Neutral writing: pleasure, violence and the novelistic - Music and photography - Camera Lucida: the impossible text - After Barthes.


Shmuel Almog

Almog, S. 2005 "Theorizing about Antisemitism, the Holocaust and Modernity" available at http://sicsa.huji.ac.il/modernity.html


Harry Alpert

Alpert, H. 1939 Emile Durkheim and his Sociology New York : Columbia University Press.
Alpert argues that one has to address the pressing issues of the day through a reinterpretation of the past rather than looking to the new or the novel. Focusing on the concepts of collective consciousness and representations, he calls for a reexamination of ideas about the Western relationship betweeen the individual and society.

Contents: Part 1 considers Durkheim, the individual.
Part 1 Emile Durkheim - Frenchman, teacher, sociologist: Rabbinical background and early schooling; ecole normale superieure - the revolt against dilettantism; ecole normale superieure - friends, professors, intellectual influences; towards a science of society; apprenticeship and debut; sociologist; citizen; teacher; pro patria mori; exegi monumentum.
Part 2 looks at the nature, method and scope of Durkheim's sociology with particular reference to Alpert's defence of causality.
Part 2 Durkheim's conception of the nature, method and scope of sociology: a natural science - causes, functions, becauses; objectivity - definitions and indexes; synthesis and specificity; co-operation; independence - realtional social realism; unity - sociology the corpus of the social sciences.
Part 3 focuses on the definitions of sociology from Durkheim's standpoint.
Part 3 Society, evolution, personality: society as unity - social solidarity; society as regulation - nomia, law ritual; society as expression - towards a sociologismic psychology.

1993 Reprinted with a new introduction by Stjepan G. Mestroviïc. Series: Modern revivals in sociology. Aldershot : Gregg Revivals, 233 pages


Peter Alter

Alter, P. 3.1980 "The Royal Society and the International Association of Academies 1897-1919" Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London Vol. 34, No. 2 (March 1980), pp. 241-264 London: The Royal Society. Available at http://www.jstor.org/stable/531810


Louis Althusser
1918-1990
weblinks - wikipedia - archive at marxists.org
Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy - generation online - works

25.2.1956 Nikita Khrushchev's report "On the Personality Cult and its Consequences" to a closed session of the 20th Party Congress

Althusser, L. 1963 "Marxisme et humanisme" Cahiers de l'Institut des Sciences économique Appliquées 20 (1964): pp 109-133; translated as "Marxism and Humanism" by Ben Brewster in For Marx

Althusser, L. 1965/1969 For Marx First published: in 1965 as Pour Marx by François Maspero, S.A., Paris. In English in 1969 by Allen Lane, The Penguin Press; Translated: by Ben Brewster.

Althusser & Balibar 1965/1970 Reading Capital Two essays, one by Althusser, the other by Étienne Balibar, which were presented as papers to a seminar on Marx's "Capital" at the Étiennecole Normale Supétiennerieure in 1965...' - London NLB. Originally published in two vols as Lire Le Capital Paris: Maspero, 1965

Althusser Glossary 1969 Althusser Glossary 1969 Written and translated: 1969 by Ben Brewster, with Althusser's interpolations indicated by [square brackets] and entries marked * taken from the later glossary included with Reading Capital in 1970. Available at http://www.marxists.org/reference/archive/althusser/glossary.htm


Joseph A. Amato
Professor Emeritus of History at Southwest State University in Marshall, Minnesota.

Amato, J.A. 2008 "The Young Stephen Tonsor: Teacher, Historicist, and Conservative" Modern Age Volume 50, No. 2 Spring 2008.
Includes a description of
Joseph Ward Swain's approach to history


Anthony Amatrudo

Amatrudo, A. 1996 "The Nazi Censure of Art: Aesthetics and the Process of Annihilation" in Sumner, C. 1996

Amatrudo, A. 2009 Criminology and Political Theory Los Angeles; London: Sage. ix and 165 pages

Amatrudo, A. 2010 "Adolphe de Quetelet" in Hayward, K., Maruna, S. and Mooney, J. 2010

Anthony Amatrudo and Fritz Wefelmeyer

Amatrudo, A. and Wefelmeyer, F. 2011/2012 "National Socialist Law and the Censuring of Modernist Culture, Art and Literature" 25th IVR World Congress: Law, Science and Technology 15.8.2011 to 20.8.2011 Publisher: Goethe-University. Frankfurt am Main. Conference Proceedings published 2012. Available at http://publikationen.stub.uni- frankfurt.de/frontdoor/index/index/docId/24902



John Jacob Anderson 30.9.1821-14.3.1906

Anderson, J.J. 1870 A Manual of General History - Being an outline history of the world from the creation to the present time. Published 1870 by Clark & Maynard in New York . 419 pages. Available at https://archive.org/details/manualofgeneralh01ande


Stanislav Andreski
University of Reading

Andreski, S. 1971 Herbert Spencer: Structure, Function and Evolution. Edited with an introductory essay. Nelson

Andreski, S. 1974 The Essential Comte Croom Helm


Carol S. Aneshensel and Jo C. Phelan

Aneshensel, C.S. and Phelan, J.C. 1999 (Editors) Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health Handbooks of sociology and social research. New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, 1999. 628 pages
Summary "This handbook describes ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members, and shapes the lives of those who have been identified as mentally ill. The text explores the social conditions that lead to behaviors defined as mental illness, and the ways in which the concept of mental illness is socially constructed around those behaviors. The book also reviews research that examines socially conditioned responses to mental illness on the part of individuals and institutions, and ways in which these responses affect persons with mental illness. It evaluates where the field has been, identifies its current location and plots a course for the future."
Contents
One: Introduction: Alternative Understandings of Mental Health.
1. The Sociology of Mental Health: Surveying the Field; C.S. Aneshensel, J.C. Phelan.
2. Mental Illness in a Multicultural Context; P. Agbayani-Siewert, et al.
3. Mental Illness as Psychiatric Disorder; M. Livingstone Bruce.
4. The Sociological Study of Mental Illness: A Critique and Synthesis of Four Perspectives; A.V. Horwitz.
Two: Observing Mental Health in the Community.
5. Issues in Mental Health Assessment; G.E. Switzer, et al.
6. Analysing Associations between Mental Health and Social Circumstances; J. Mirowsky.
Three: The Social Distribution of Mental Illness.
7. Overview of Descriptive Epidemiology of Mental Disorders; R.C. Kessler, S. Zhao.
8. Social Class; Y. Yu, D.R. Williams.
9. Race, Ethinicity and Culture in the Sociology of Mental Health; T.N. Brown, et al.
10. Mental Disorder in Late Life: Exploring the Influence of Stress and Socioeconomic Status; N. Krause.
11. Splitting the Difference: Gender, the Self, and Mental Health; S. Rosenfield.
12. Family Status and Mental Health; D. Umberson, K. Williams.
13. Work and Mental Health; M. Tausig.
Four: Social Antecedents of Mental Illness.
14. Social Stress; B. Wheaton.
15. Social Integration and Support; R.J. Turner, J.B. Turner.
16. Social Stratification and Inequality; J.D. McLeod, J.M. Nonnemaker.
17. Self, Identity, Stress, and Mental Health; P.A. Thoits.
18. The Sense of Personal Control: Social-Cultural Causes and Emotional Consequences; C.E. Ross, J. Sastry.
19. The Stress Process Revisited: Reflections on Concepts and Their Interrelationships; L.I. Pearlin.
20. Social Transmission in Acute Somatoform Epidemics; W.W. Eaton.
Five Social Consequences of Mental Illness.
21. The Social Dynamics of Responding to Mental Health Problems: Past, Present, and Future Challenges to Understanding Individuals' Use of Services; B.A. Pescosolido, et al.
22. Mental Health Services and Systems; M.F. Polgar, J.P. Morrissey.
23. Labeling and Stigma; B.G. Link, J.C. Phelan.
24. Impact of Mental Illness on the Family; W.R. Avison.
Six: Institutional Contexts of Mental Illness.
25. Mental Hospitals and Deinstitutionalization; G.W. Dowdall.
26. Instituting Madness: The Evolution of a Federal Agency; S.A. Kirk.
Seven: Social Continuities.
27. Life Course Perspectives on Mental Health; L.K. George.
28. Mental Illness as a Career: Sociological Perspectives; C.S. Aneshensel.


Ruth Nanda Anshen 14.6.1900 - 2.12.2003

See biography by Susan Wyckoff in the Jewish Women Encyclopedia

Anshen, R.N. 1949 (Editor) The Family: Its Function and Destiny. New York: Harper: Science of Culture Series volume 5. 443 pages.
Contents: 1 The patterns:
"The family in transition" by R. N. Anshen.
"The natural history of the family" by Ralph Linton.
"The family in Islam" by Arthur Jeffery.
"The family in China" by F. L. K. Hsu.
"The family in India" by David Mandelbaum.
"The family in Russia" by Maurice Hindus.
"The family in Latin America" by Arturo Torres-Rioseco.
"The Negro family" by E. F. Frazier.
"The family: genus Americanum" by Ruth Benedict
Contents: 2 The structure:
"The Social structure of the family" by Talcott Parsons.
"The emotional structure of the family, by Therese Benedek.
"Social structure and anomie: Revisions and extensions" by R. K. Merton.
"The facts of life" by F. W. Notestein.
"Education and the family: certain unsolved problems" by K. N. Llewellyn.

Anshen, R.N. 1959 (Editor) The Family: Its Function and Destiny. New York: Harper: Science of Culture Series volume 5. 538 pages. Revised edition 1959
Contents: 1 The patterns:
1. "The family in transition" by R. N. Anshen.
2. "Parent and child in primitive mythology" by Paul Radin
3. "The natural history of the family" by Ralph Linton.
4. "The family: genus Americanum" by
Ruth Benedict
5. "The negro family in America" by E. Franklin Frazier.
6. "The family in Latin America" by Arturo Torres-Rioseco.
7. "The Russian family: Old style and new" by Philip E. Mosely
8. "The family in China: The Classical Form" by Francis L. K. Hsu.
9. "The family in China: The People's Republic" by Morton H. Fried
10. "The family in India" by David Mandelbaum.
11. "The family in negro Africa" by Paul and Lara Bohannan"
12. "The family in Islam" by Arthur Jeffery.
Contents: 2 The structure:
13. "The social structure of the family" by Talcott Parsons.
14. "Social structure and anomie - Revisions and extensions" by Robert K. Merton
15. "Religious values" by Arthur J. Swift
16. "Education and the family" by Karl N.Llewellyn
17. "The emotional structure of the family, by Therese Benedek.
18. "Authoritarianism and the family" by Max Horkheimer
19. "Sex and character" by Erich Fromm
20. "The Oedipus complex and the Oedipus myth" by Erich Fromm
21. "The crisis of the modern couple" by Denis de Rougemont
22. "Housing and the family" by Charles Abrams and John P. Dean
23. "The family: Conveyance of tradition" by Paul Schrecker
24. "The conservation of family values" by Ruth Nanda Anshen


Thomas Aquinas weblinks

Aquinas/Summa Summa Theologica by Thomas Aquinas. Available at http://www.intratext.com/IXT/ENG0023/_P1.HTM


Louise Archer 1973-
King's College, London

Louise Archer, Sumi Hollingworth and Anna Halsall

Archer, L, Hollingworth, S. and Halsall, A. 4.2007 "`University's not for Me - I'm a Nike Personï: Urban,Working-Class Young Peopleïs Negotiations of `Style', Identity and Educational Engagement" Sociology April 2007.

Based on a two year (dates not given) longitudinal study of 53 pupils, aged 14-16, of six London schools "identified by their schools as at risk of dropping or drifting away from education".

Archer, L, Hollingworth, S. and Halsall, A. 2010 Urban Youth and Schooling: The experiences and identities of educationally 'at risk' young people Maidenhead, Berkshire, England ; New York : Open University Press 2010

See Subject Index Education


Hannah Arendt 1906-1975.

Arendt, H. 1951 The Origins of Totalitarianism New York : Harcourt Brace. Contents: Antisemitism as an outrage to common sense - The Jews, the nation-state, and the birth of antisemitism - The Jews and society - The Dreyfus Affair - The political emancipation of the bourgeoisie - Race-thinking before racism - Race and bureaucracy - Continental imperialism: the pan-movements - The decline of the nation- state and the end of the rights of man - A classless society - The totalitarian movement - Totalitarianism in power - Ideology and terror: a novel form of government.

Philippe Ariès 1914-1984

Ariès, P. 1960 L'enfant et la vie familiale sous l'Ancién Regime - Paris: Plon, 1960. Published in English as Centuries of Childhood London: Cape, 1962. Republished (English, paperback) Penguin Education, 1973 and in Peregrine Books, 1979.


Aristotle weblinks

Aristotle's works by Bekker numbers (taken from Wikipedia)

"The following list is complete. The titles are given in accordance with the standard set by the Revised Oxford Translation. Latin titles, still often used by scholars, are also given. Disputed works are marked by *, and ** marks a work generally agreed to be spurious."

Logic (Organon)

1a Categories (or Categoriae)
16a: De Interpretatione ("On Interpretation")
24a: Prior Analytics (or Analytica Priora)
71a Posterior Analytics (or Analytica Posteriora)
100a Topics (or Topica)
164a Sophistical Refutations (or De Sophisticis Elenchis)

Physics (the study of nature)

184a Physics (or Physica)
268a On the Heavens (or De Caelo)
314a On Generation and Corruption (or De Generatione et Corruptione)
338a Meteorology (or Meteorologica)
391a On the Universe** (or De Mundo)
402a On the Soul (or De Anima)

The Parva Naturalia ("Little Physical Treatises"):

436a Sense and Sensibilia (or De Sensu et Sensibilibus)
449b On Memory (or De Memoria et Reminiscentia)
453b On Sleep (or De Somno et Vigilia)
458a On Dreams (or De Insomniis)
462b On Divination in Sleep (or De Divinatione per Somnum)
464b On Length and Shortness of Life (or De Longitudine et Brevitate Vitae)
467b On Youth, Old Age, Life and Death, and Respiration (or De Juventute et Senectute, De Vita et Morte, De Respiratione)
481a On Breath** (or De Spiritu)
486a History of Animals (or Historia Animalium)
639a Parts of Animals (or De Partibus Animalium)
698a Movement of Animals (or De Motu Animalium)
704a Progression of Animals (or De Incessu Animalium)
715a Generation of Animals (or De Generatione Animalium)

Minor works:

791a On Colors** (or De Coloribus)
800a On Things Heard** (or De audibilibus)
805a Physiognomonics** (or Physiognomonica)
815a On Plants** (or De Plantis)
830a On Marvellous Things Heard** (or De mirabilibus auscultationibus)
847a Mechanics** (or Mechanica)

859a Problems* (or Problemata)
Minor works:
968a On Indivisible Lines** (or De Lineis Insecabilibus)
973a The Situations and Names of Winds** (or Ventorum Situs)
974a On Melissus, Xenophanes, and Gorgias**

Metaphysics

980a Metaphysics (or Metaphysica)

Ethics and politics

1094a Nicomachean Ethics (or Ethica Nicomachea)
1181a Magna Moralia* ("Great Ethics")
1214a Eudemian Ethics (or Ethica Eudemia)
1249a On Virtues and Vices** (or De Virtutibus et Vitiis Libellus)
1252a Politics (or Politica)
1343a Economics* (or Oeconomica)

Rhetoric and poetics

1354a Rhetoric (or Ars Rhetorica)
1420a Rhetoric to Alexander** (or Rhetorica ad Alexandrum)
1447a Poetics (or Ars Poetica)

Aristotle/Metaphysics Metaphysics Translated by W. D. Ross

Aristotle/Politics Politics Translated by Benjamin Jowett 1885. [Oxford 1905 with an introduction and analysis by H.W.C. Davis]


David Armstrong
Unit of Sociology, Guy's Hospital Medical School, London, SEl,
King's College London, Primary Care and Public Health, Faculty Member

Armstrong D. 1984 "The Patient's View" Social Science and Medicine, 18, 737-44

See Subject Index Consumers' voice


Michael Armstrong and Angela Baron

Armstrong, M. and Baron, A. 1998 Performance Management: The New Realities Institute of Personnel and Development.


Sherry R. Arnstein born 11.1.1929 New York - died 19.1.1997 Washington, D.C.
Phyllis Sherry Rubin, daughter of Bernard Rubin (born Russia) and Lucille Goldstein (born Frnce). Married George Ernest Arnstein 22.6.1951 - Los Angeles, California. Sherry Rubin Arnstein.
Grew up in California and graduated from the University of California at Los Angeles. Initially a caseworker with the Alameda County Juvenile Court. Moved to Washington in 1955, where she received a master's degree in communications from American University. In the early 1960s, she was a special assistant to the assistant secretary of the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, where she planned a federal strategy to desegregate the nation's hospitals. She led a racially integrated team to the deep South in 1963 to test compliance techniques, and she later trained team leaders for comparable compliance visits elsewhere in the country.

Arnstein, S.R. 1969 "A Ladder of Citizen Participation," AIP Journal Volume 35, No. 4, July 1969, pp. 216-224. Available at https://www.planning.org/pas/memo/2007/mar/pdf/JAPA35No4.pdf


Raymond Aron 14.3.1905 - 17.10.1983
Professor of Sociology at the Sorbonne 1955-1970.

"Aron was hostile to the tradition of French sociological thought associated with the work of Comte and Durkheim. He fought against the Durkheimian tendency, which he called 'sociologism', to explain everything sociologically. Aron argued that this totalising attitude was mirrored by a form of political totalitarianism. He insisted that sociology explains a discretely limited aspect of social reality and that the spheres of social science and political action should be kept rigorously separate." (Robbins, D. 2010)

Aron, R. 1960 Les grandes doctrines de sociologie historique Paris : Centre de documentation universitaire, 1961-1962. Sociologie; Les Cours de Sorbonne.
Volume One: Montesquieu. Auguste Comte. Karl Marx. Alexis de Tocqueville. Les sociologues de la Révolution de 1848
Volume Two: Émile Durkheim. Vilfredo Pareto. Max Weber.

Translated from the French by Richard Howard and Helen Weaver as Main Currents in Sociological Thought Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1965- 1968

Aron, R. 1967 Main Currents in Sociological Thought Penguin edition.
Volume One: Montesquieu, Tocqueville, Comte, Marx.
Volume Two: Pareto, Weber, Durkheim.


Clive Ashwin

Ashwin, A. 1982 A Century of Art Education 1882-1982 London: Middlesex Polytechnic. 59 pages, illustrated. Published to accompany an exhibition to mark the centenary of the foundation of Hornsey School of Art, held at the New Gallery, Hornsey Library March 9-April 3 1982.


Will Atkinson

Atkinson, W. 2012 "Reproduction revisited: Comprehending Complex Education Trajectories", The Sociological Review Vol 60, issue 4, pp.735-750


Gustaf Emanuel Hildebrand Aulén 15.5.1879 - 16.12.1977
Bishop of Strängnäs in the Church of Sweden, a theologian

Aulén, G. 1930/1931 Den kristna försoningstanken [The Christian Idea of Reconciliation]. Translated into English by A. G. Herbert as Christus Victor. An historical study of the three main types of the idea of the Atonement


Salvatore Babones
Department of Sociology & Social Policy, The University of Sydney, Australia

Babones, S. 2015 "Interpretive Quantitative Methods for the Social Sciences" Sociology May 2015.
Abstract Quantitative social science has long been dominated by self-consciously positivist approaches to the philosophy, rhetoric and methodology of research. This article outlines an alternative approach based on interpretive research methods. Interpretative approaches are usually associated with qualitative social science but are equally applicable to the analysis of quantitative data. In interpretive quantitative research, statistics are used to shed light on the unobservable data generating processes that underlie observed data. Key tenets of interpretive quantitative methodology are the triangulation of research results arrived at by analysing data from multiple perspectives, the integration of measurement and modelling into a more holistic process of discovery and the need to think reflexively about the manner in which data have come into existence. Interpretive quantitative research has the potential to yield results that are more meaningful, more understandable and more applicable (from a policy standpoint) than those achieved through conventional positivist approaches


Francis Bacon 1561-1626

Bacon, F. 1620 Novum Organum: or, True Directions for the Interpretation of Nature Available at http://www.constitution.org/bacon/nov_org.htm

Bacon, F. 1853 The Physical and Metaphysical Works of Lord Bacon, including his Dignity and Advancement of Learning, in nine books; and his Novum Organum; or, Precepts for the Interpretation of Nature By Joseph Devey, M.A. London: Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. 1853. Available at http://www.archive.org/details/physicalandmetap032707mbp


Johann Jakob Bachofen 1815-1887 weblinks


Walter Ritter von Baeyer (28.5.1904-26.6.1987), Heinz Häfner and Karl Peter Kisker
Baeyer was born in Munich 28.5.1904. From 1955 to 1972 he was in charge of the University of Heidelberg's Psychiatric Hospital. The hospital's web history describes him as giving research at Heidelberg an anthropological orientation. He examined a large number of Jewish patients who had survived the concentration camp and later developed psychiatric symptoms. He died in Heidelberg 26.6.1987.

Baeyer, W.R., Häfner, H. and Kisker, K.P. 1964 Psychiatrie der Verfolgten : psychopathologische und gutachtliche Erfahrungen an Opfern der nationalsozialistischen Verfolgung und vergleichbarer Extrembelastungen (Psychiatry of the persecuted: psychopathological and expert experiences of victims of National Socialist persecution and similar extreme situations) Bern: Springer-Verlag, xii and 397 pages


Bahmueller, C.F. 1981 The National Charity Company. Jeremy Bentham's Silent Revolution


Roy Bailey

Bailey, R. and Young, J. 1973 Contemporary Social Problems in Britain. DC Heath, Farnborough.


Maureen Baker

Baker, M. 2007 Choices and Constraints in Family Life Series: Themes in Canadian sociology. Second edition 2010. Don Mills, Ontario: Oxford University Press. viii and 244 pages. Contents 1. Conceptualizing Families; 2. Forming Relationships; 3. Cohabitation and Marriage; 4. Child-bearing, Child-rearing, and Childhood; 5. Household Work and Money; 6. Separation, Divorce, and Re-partnering; 7. Midlife, Aging, and Retirement (New in 2010); 8. Constraints on Personal Choices;


Tony Baldwinson

Baldwinson, T. 2012 Unacknowledged Traces: Exploring through photographic records the self-organisation of disabled people in England from the 1920s to the 1970s Manchester: TBR Consulting, 2012. 168 9780957260627 (pbk.)

Based on a thesis submitted to the University of Sunderland, UK, for the degree of Master of Philosophy, March 2012" Held At University of Sunderland. Master of Philosophy (MPhil), Disability Studies 2004 - 2012. Awarded (March 2012): Thesis: "Unacknowledged Traces: a history of photography and disabled people in England, 1920s-1970s"

"This research is dedicated to: Kevin Hyett (1958 - 2004) disabled activist and photographer; and Ken Lumb (1941 - 2009) disabled activist, painter and writer".

Baldwinson, T. 11.2016 "Disabled peoples organisations and archives draft/

Subject index: disability


John Henry Jeffries Bancroft 1936-

Bancroft, J.H. 1983 Human Sexuality and its Problems Edinburgh : Churchill Livingstone . [John Bancroft with the assistance of Philip Myerscough. Foreword by Gunter Schmidt]. xii and 447 pages
"An account of the determinants of human sexuality including sexual development, anatomy and physiology, biochemistry and endocrinology of sexual behaviour in addition to sociological and psychological aspects."

Second edition: 1989 Third edition: 2009

Contents of third edition: Introduction -- Models of human sexuality: the role of theory -- Sexual differentiation and the development of gender identity -- Sexual arousal and response - the psychosomatic circle -- Sexual development -- Heterosexuality -- Sexuality and ageing -- Homosexuality and bisexuality -- Sexual variations -- Transgender, gender non-conformity and transvestism -- The nature of problematic sexuality -- Helping people with sexual problems: assessment and treatment options -- Sexual aspects of medical practice -- HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted infections -- Sexual aspects of fertility, fertility control and infertility -- Sexual offences.

"continues to address the neurophysiological, psychological and socio-cultural aspects of human sexuality and how they interact".


Cyndi Banks

Banks, C. 2004 Criminal Justice Ethics: Theory and practice Thousand Oaks, California; London: Sage. ii and 305 pages
Chapter 1: The Importance of Ethics in Criminal Justice
Chapter 2: Ethics and the Police
Chapter 3: Racial Discrimination in the Criminal Justice System
Chapter 4: Lawyers and Ethics
Chapter 5: The Purpose of Criminal Punishment


Chapter 6: Ethics in Corrections
Chapter 7: The Ethics of Criminal Justice Policy Making
Chapter 8: Ethics and the "War on Terrorism"
Chapter 9: Duty and Principle
Chapter 10: Considering the Consequences
Chapter 11: The Importance of Character
Chapter 12: Egoism, Pleasure, and Indifference
Chapter 13: A Sense of Justice
Chapter 14: Caring for Others


Joseph Ambrose Banks 5.1.1920 - 13.11.2005
Joe Bamks

Banks J. A. 1.1967 "The British Sociological Association: the first 15 years" Sociology, Volume 1, issue 1, January 1967, pp 1-9


Michael Banton
Professor Emeritus of Sociology, University of Bristol.

Banton, M. 2007 "Weber on Ethnic Communities: A critique", Nations and Nationalism 13 (1), pp 19-35.

ABSTRACT: An untitled draft found among Weber's posthumous papers was published. In English translation it was given the title 'Ethnic Groups'. In the Max Weber Gesamtausgabe it is titled 'Ethnic Communities'. In this manuscript, Weber treated the feeling of belonging together because of shared ethnic origin as a social construct, underlain by a desire to monopolise power and status. Subsequently, Weber determined to put an end to the use of collectivist concepts, but at the time of writing he treated groups as real entities, instead of using the concept of group as an aid in the explanation of behaviour. The causal connections in ethnic group formation and maintenance have been more closely identified in subsequent sociological analysis

See Subject Index Community and Ethnicity


Adam Barnhart

Barnhart A, D. 1994 Erving Goffman: The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life http://www.cfmc.com/adamb/writings/goffman.htm - (archived at http://web.archive.org/web/20041123024352/http://www.cfmc.com/ adamb/writin gs/goffman.htm)


Yolamu Barongo

Barongo, Y. 1983 (Editor) Political Science in Africa. A Critical Review Zed Books


Michéle Barrett 1949-

Barrett, M. 1980 Women's Oppression Today: Problems in Marxist Feminist Analysis London: NLB. 269 pages.

Michéle Barrett and Mary McIntosh

Barrett, M and McIntosh, M 1982 The Anti-social Family London: NLB. 164 pages - Second edtion London: Verso, 1991. 176 pages.
explores "the personal and social needs that the family ideally meets but more often denies".

Barrett, M. 1998 "Stuart Hall" in Stones, R. 1998 pages 266-278


Roland Barthes 1915-1980 weblinks
offline bibliography - online
Roland Barthes was born in 1915 and studied French literature and classics at the University of Paris. After teaching French at universities in Romania and Egypt, he joined the Centre National de Recherche Scientifique, where he devoted himself to research in sociology and lexicology. He was a professor at the the College de France until his death in 1980.

Sources about Bathes:
1977/2003
Terence Hawkes
1979 John Sturrock Structuralism and Since
1983/2002 Jonathan Culler
1993 John Storey on popular culture
1994: John Lechte
1995: Andrew Stafford
1995/2004 Dominic Strinati (theories of popular culture)
1997 Stuart Hall (Representation)
2000 Mike O'Donnell
2002/2010 Mireille Ribière
2003 Graham Allen

Barthes, R. 1953/ 1990 Le Degré zéro de l'écriture, translated into English by Annette Lavers and Colin Smith as Writing Degree Zero, (New York: Hill and Wang, 1990.

Barthes, R. 1954 Michelet par lui-même

Barthes, R. 1957/ 1972 Mythologies Seuil: Paris 1957. Selections translated into English by Annette Lavers as Mythologies, Cape: 1972.

In French fifty-four articles written between 1952 and 1956, mainly for the left-wing magazine Les Lettres nouvelles, followed by a retrospective theoretical article "Le mythe aujourd'hui" (Myth today). Part One: Mythologies and Part Two Le mythe aujourd'hui (Myth today). Twenty-eight of the articles are translated in the English edition.
MYTHOLOGIES: The World of Wrestling - The Romans in Films - The Writer on Holiday - The 'Blue Blood' Cruise - Blind and Dumb Criticism - Soap- powders and Detergents - The Poor and the Proletariat - Operation Margarine - Dominici, or the Triumph of Literature - The Iconography of the Abbé Pierre - Novels and Children - Toys - The Face of Garbo - Wine and Milk - Steak and Chips - The Nautilus and the Drunken Boat - The Brain of Einstein - The Jet-man - The Blue Guide - Ornamental Cookery - Neither-Nor Criticism - Striptease - The New Citroën - Photography and Electoral Appeal - The Lost Continent - Plastic - The Great Family of Man - The Lady of the Camellias.
MYTH TODAY: Myth is a type of speech - Myth as a semiological system - The form and the concept - The signification - Reading and deciphering myth - Myth as stolen language - The bourgeoisie as a joint-stock company - Myth is depoliticized speech - Myth on the Left - Myth on the Right - Necessity and limits of mythology

Barthes, R. 1961/1985 "The Photographic Message." 1961. Translated by Richard Howard. The Responsibility of Forms: Critical Essays on Music, Art, and Representation. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1985

Barthes, R. 1964/1967 "Éléments de sémiologie" Communications 4, Seuil: Paris 1964. Translated into English by Annette Lavers and Colin Smith as Elements of Semiology. London. Cape. 1967

Barthes, R. 1964 Essais critiques éditions du Seuil, Paris

Barthes, R. 1967/1983 Système de la mode Editions du Seuil: Paris 1967. Translated into English by Matthew Ward and Richard Howard as The Fashion System, New York : Hill and Wang, 1983 {London, Cape 1985).

Barthes, R. 1972 Nouveaux essais critiques éditions du Seuil, Paris


Barthes, R. 1977 Image, music, text Essays by Roland Barthes selected and translated by Stephen Heath. Fontana communications series. London : Fontana, 1977. 220 pages. Eight pages of plates
Contents
The photographic message
Rhetoric of the image

The third meaning
Diderot, Brecht, Eisenstein
Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives
The struggle with the angel
The death of the author
Musica practica
From work to text
Change the object itself
Lesson in writing
The grain of the voice
Writers, intellectuals, teachers.


26.3.1980 Death aged 64 (following a road accident)

Barthes, R. 1982 L'Obvie et l'Obtus : Essais critiques III éditions du Seuil, Paris

Barthes, R. 1982/1985 The Responsibility of Forms: Critical essays on music, art, and representation. L'Obvie et l'Obtus : Essais critiques III translated from the French by Richard Howard. New York : Hill and Wang, 1985. viii and 312 pages

Roland Barthes edited by Susan Sontag 1933-2004

Barthes, R. and Sontag, S. 1982 A Barthes Reader edited, and with an introduction by, Susan Sontag. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux ; London : J. Cape, 1982. [London: Vintage classics. Vintage, 1993.] xxxviii and 495 pages. Eight pages of plates.
Contents
Writing itself: on Roland Barthes by Susan Sontag
Part One -- On Gide and his journal -- The world of wrestling -- from Writing degree zero -- The world as object -- Baudelaire's theater -- The face of Garbo -- Striptease -- The lady of the camellias -- Myth today -- The last happy writer -- Buffet finishes off New York -- Tacitus and the funerary baroque
Part Two -- from On Racine -- Authors and writers -- The photographic message -- The imagination of the sign -- The plates of the Encyclopedia -- The Eiffel Tower -- Introduction to the structural analysis of narratives - - Flaubert and the sentence -- Lessons in writing
Part Three -- The third meaning -- Fourier -- Writers, intellectuals, teachers -- from The pleasure of the text -- from Roland Barthes -- from A lover's discourse -- Inaugural lecture, College de France -- Deliberation

Barthes, R. 1985/1994 L'Aventure sémiologique Éditions du Seuil, Paris, 1985. Translated into English by Richard Howard as The Semiotic Challenge in 1994.
"Most of these essays were written between 1963 and 1973 and constitute either the elements of the semiotic discipline or the analysis of texts-- ranging from the Bible to advertising--in order to determine the site of possible meanings in narratives."


Brian M. Barry 1936-

Barry, B.M. 1998 Social Exclusion, Social Isolation and the Distribution of Income London: Centre for Analysis of Social Exclusion, London School of Economics. Available at http://sticerd.lse.ac.uk/dps/case/cp/Paper12.pdf


Monica Barry

Barry, M. 2006 Youth Offending in Transition: The search for social recognition London: Routledge,
Contents: Introduction -- Offending and desistance in theory -- Power and powerlessness in transition -- Starting offending -- Coming to terms with offending -- Desistance : breaking free -- In search of social recognition -- Conclusions.


Christine Battersby 1946-
Previously Director of Centre for Research in Philosophy and Literature at Warwick University. Now Reader Emerita. Author of The Sublime, Terror and Human Difference (Routledge, 2007); The Phenomenal Woman: Feminist Metaphysics and the Patterns of Identity (Polity/Routledge, 1998); and Gender and Genius: Towards a Feminist Aesthetics (The Women's Press, 1989/1994). Numerous articles on feminist philosophy, and on women writers and artists. In 2009 working on topics relating to natality (birth); the sublime and the grotesque; and 'race' in the history of philosophy.
See website - Price and Shildrick

See Dictionary: body - body image

Battersby, C. 1998 The Phenomenal Woman: Feminist metaphysics and the patterns of identity Cambridge: Polity Press and New York: Routledge

Battersby, C. 1998/1999 "Her Body/Her Boundaries" Chapter 6.1 in Price J and Shildrick, M. 1999, which is taken from Battersby, C. 1998 The Phenomenal Woman


Jean Baudrillard 1929-2007

Baudrillard, J. 1981 Simulacres et simulation Paris : Galilée 1981

Baudrillard, J. 1981/1994 Simulacra and simulation by Jean Baudrillard ; translated by Sheila Faria Glaser. Body, in theory. Ann Arbor : University of Michigan Press, 1994. 164 pages
Contents:
The precession of simulacra -- History: a retro scenario -- Holocaust - - The China Syndrome -- Apocalypse Now -- The Beaubourg effect: implosion and deterrence -- Hypermarket and hypercommodity -- The implosion of meaning in the media -- Absolute advertising, ground-zero advertising -- Clone story -- Holograms -- Crash -- Simulacra and science fiction -- The animals: territory and metamorphoses -- The remainder -- The spiraling cadaver -- Value's last tango -- On nihilism.


Richard Bauman and Charles L. Briggs

Bauman, R. and Briggs, C. 2003 Voices of Modernity: Language Ideologies and the Politics of Inequality Cambridge University Press


Zygmunt Bauman (1925-) weblinks.

1957 - 1959 - 1960 - 1972 - 1973 - 1976 - 1978 - 1983 - 1987 - 1989 - 1990 - 1993 - 1995 - 1998 - 1999 - 2000 - Bauman and May - 2001 - 2003 - 2004 - 2005 - 2006 - 2007 -

Bauman, Z. 1957 Zagadnienia centralizmu demokratycznego w pracach Lenina (Questions of Democratic Centralism in Lenin's Works). Warszawa: Ksiazka i Wiedza.

Bauman, Z. 1959

Bauman, Z. 1960a Klasa-ruch-elita. Studium Socjologiczne Dziejow Angilskiego Ruchu Robotniczego (Class, Movement, Elite: A Sociological Study on the History of the British Labour Movement) Warszawa [Warsaw]: Panstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe. Translated into English in 1972

Bauman, Z. 1960b

Bauman, Z. 1960c Kariera: cztery szkice socjologiczne (Career: Four Sociological Sketches). Warszawa: Iskry.

Bauman, Z. 1972 Between Class and élite. The Evolution of the British Labour Movement: A Sociological Study, a translation into English of Klasa-ruch-elita... (1960) by Sheila Patterson. Manchester: Manchester University Press. xiii and 334 pages.

Bauman, Z. 1973 Culture as Praxis. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

Bauman, Z. 1976/SAC Socialism: The Active Utopia. New York: Holmes and Meier

Bauman, Z. 1976/TCS Towards a Critical Sociology. An Essay on Commonsense and Emancipation

Bauman, Z. 1978 Hermeneutics and Social Science: Approaches to understanding London: Hutchinson. 263 pages.
Contents:
1. The rise of hermeneutics
2. Understanding as the Work of History: Karl Marx
3. Understanding as the Work of History: Max Weber
4. Understanding as the Work of History: Karl Mannheim 5.
Understanding as the Work of Reason: Edmund Husserl
6. Understanding as the Work of Reason: Talcott Parsons
7. Understanding as the Work of Life: Martin Heidegger
8. Understanding as the Work of Life: From Schutz to Ethnomethodology
9. Understanding as Expansion of the Form of Life
10. Consensus and Truth

Bauman , Z. 1983 "Industrialism, Consumerism and Power" in Theory, Culture and Society January 1983 vol.1, part 3, pp 32-43

Bauman, Z. 1987 Legislators and Interpreters : On Modernity, Post-modernity, and Intellectuals Cambridge: Polity

Bauman, Z. 1989 Modernity and The Holocaust Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press, 1989. Later the same year, with a new afterword, Cambridge : Polity, 1989. 238 pages.
Contents: Foreword. 1. Introduction: Sociology after the Holocaust. 2. Modernity, Racism, Extermination - I. 3. Modernity, Racism, Extermination - II. 4. On the Uniqueness and Normality of the Holocaust. 5. Soliciting Cooperation of the Victims. 6. The Ethics of Obedience (reading Milgram). 7. Towards a Sociological Theory of Morality Rationality and Shame.

Attempts a sociological explanation of the Holocaust. Argues that the Holocaust should be understood as deeply involved with the nature of modernity - neither a single event nor a simple outpouring of barbarism.

"The murder of millions of Jews initiated and supervised by a few thousand top Nazi leaders and officials was a gigantic bureaucratic operation that involved the cooperation of millions of 'ordinary' people. They drove the trains which carried the victims to gas chambers and worked in the factories that produced the poisonous gases or crematoria appliances. The final results were so remote from the simple tasks which preoccupied them on a daily basis that the connections could escape their attention or be barred from consciousness" (Bauman and May 2001, p.72)

Bauman, Z. 1990 Thinking Sociologically. An Introduction for Everyone Oxford, England: Cambridge, Massachusetts: Basil Blackwell. 240 pages - See 1964 and 2001.

Contents:
1. Sociology - what for?
2. Freedom and dependence
3. Us and them
4. Together and apart
5. Gift and exchange
6. Power and choice
7. Self-preservation and moral duty
8. Nature and culture
9 State and nation
10. Order and chaos
11. Going about the business of life
12. The ways and means of sociology.

Bauman, Z. 1993 Postmodern Ethics Oxford: Blackwell.

A sequel to Legislators and Interpreters and Modernity and the Holocaust. Argues against "the end of ethics" that the postmodern era opened up the possibility of a radically new understanding of the ethical.

Bauman, Z. 1995 Life in Fragments: Essays in Postmodern Morality Oxford: Blackwell.

A continuation of themes explored in Postmodern Ethics. Bauman argues that the postmodern era may be a new dawn for ethics, emancipated from the false consciousness entailed by modernity.

Bauman, Z, 1998 Work Consumerism and the New Poor Oxford University Press.

Bauman, Z, 1998/2005 Work Consumerism and the New Poor Oxford University Press. Second edition 2005 Open University Press - offline)

Contents:
Part 1 The meaning of work - producing the work ethic; from work ethic to the aesthetic of consumption.
Part 2 The rise and fall of the welfare state; the work ethic and the new poor.
Part 3 Prospects for the new poor.

Summary: It is one thing to be poor in a society of producers and universal employment; it is a quite different thing to be poor in a society of consumers, in which life projects are built around the consumer choice rather than work, professional skills or jobs. If "being poor" once derived its meaning from the condition of being unemployed, today it draws its meaning primarily from the plight of a flawed consumer.

"... most of the male members of modern society in its industrial phase spent most of their waking hours and most years of their mature life at work (according to Roger Sue's calculations, 70 per cent of waking life was on average taken up by work in 1850) ... the workplace was the primary site of social integration; the setting in which the essential habits of obedience to norms and of disciplined behaviour were expected to be trained and absorbed and in which the 'social character' was to be formed - at least in all its aspects relevant to the perpetuation of an orderly society. Alongside the mass conscript army, another of the great modern inventions, the factory was the main 'panoptical institution' of modern society." (p.18)

"A consumer is a person who consumes, and to consume means using things up: eating them, wearing them, playing with them and otherwise causing them to satisfy one's needs or desires. Since in our part of the world it is money which in most cases 'mediates' between desire and its satisfaction, being a consumer also means - normally means - appropriating most of the things destined to be consumed: buying them, paying for them and so making them one's exclusive property, barring everybody else from using them without the one's permission." (p.23)

"Ours is a 'consumer society' in a similarly profound and fundamental sense in which the society of our predecessors (modern society in its industrial phase described in the previous chapter) used to deserve the name of a 'producer society' in spite of the fact that people have produced since the beginning of the human species and will go on producing until the species' demise.

The reason for calling that older type of modern society a 'producer society' was that it engaged its members primarily as producers; the way in which that society shaped up its members was dictated by the need to play this role and the norm that society held up to its members was the ability and the willingness to play it. In its present late-modern, second-modern or post-modern stage, society engages its members - again primarily - in their capacity as consumers. The way present-day society shapes up its members is dictated first and foremost by the need to play the role of the consumer and the norm our society holds up to its members is that of the ability and willingness to play it.

The difference between then and now is not as radical as abandoning one role and replacing it with another. Neither of the two societies could do without at least some of its members taking charge of producing things to be consumed, and all members of both societies do, of course, consume. The difference is one of emphasis, but that shift of emphasis does make an enormous difference to virtually every aspect of society, culture and individual life. The differences are so deep and ubiquitous that they fully justify speaking of our society as a society of a separate and distinct kind - a consumer society." (p.24)

"It is often said that the consumer market seduces its customers. But in order to do so it needs customers who are ready and keen to be seduced (just as, in order to command his labourers, the factory boss needed a crew with the habits of discipline and command-following firmly entrenched). In a properly working consumer society consumers seek actively to be seduced" (p.26)

In producer society:

"Identity, once selected, had to be built once and for all, for life, and so was in principle at least the employment, the vocation, the life-work. The building of identity was to be steady and consistent, proceeding through a succession of clearly defined stages (no wonder the metaphor of 'building' was picked to convey the nature of 'identity work' to be done), and so was the work-career. The fixed itinerary of work-career and the prerequisites of lifelong identity construction fit each other well." (p.27)

""Identities, just like consumer goods, are to be appropriated and possessed, but only in order to be consumed, and so to disappear again. As in the case of marketed consumer goods, consumption of an identity should not - must not - extinguish the desire for other, new and improved identities, nor preclude the ability to absorb them." (p.29)

"'Aggregate identities', loosely arranged ofthe purchasable, not-too- lasting, easily detachable and utterly replaceable tokens currently available in the shops, seem to be exactly what one needs to meet the challenges of contemporary living." (p. 29).

"... in the society of producers, the work ethic reached well beyond the factory floor and the walls of poorhouses. Its precepts informed the vision of a right and proper society yet to be achieved, and until then served as the horizon by which the present moves were oriented and the present state of affairs critically assessed. The vision of the ultimate condition to be reached was that of full employment...

'Full employment' occupied the somewhat ambiguous position of being simultaneously a right and a duty. ... The idea of full employment as an indispensable feature of 'normal society' implied both a duty universally and willingly accepted and a commonly shared will lifted to the rank of a universal right.

Defining the norm defines also the abnormal. The work ethic encapsulated abnormality in the phenomenon of unemployment - 'abnormal' was not to work. Expectedly, the persistent presence of the poor tended to be explained alternatively by the shortage of work or the shortage of the will to work." (pp 36-37)

"Blaming the misery of the poor on their unwillingness to work, and so charging them with moral depravity and presenting poverty as the penalty for sin, was the last service the work ethic performed in the new society of consumers" (p.37)

Bauman, Z, 1998 Globalization: the human consequences Cambridge: Polity.

Bauman, Z, 1999 In Search of Politics Cambridge: Polity.

Bauman, Z. Autumn 1999 "The Self in a Consumer Society" The Hedgehog Review, pp 35-40, Autumn 1999. Available as a pdf at http://www.iasc-culture.org/THR/archives/Identity/1.1FBauman.pdf - (offline)

"In a properly working consumer society, consumers seek actively to be seduced. They live from attraction to attraction, from temptation to temptation - each attraction and each temptation being somewhat different and perhaps stronger than its predecessor. In many ways they are just like their fathers, the producers, who lived from one turn of the conveyer belt to an identical next." (p.38)

"This cycle of desire is a compulsion, a must, for the fully- fledged, mature consumer; yet that must, that internalized pressure, that impossibility of living one's life in any other way, is seen as the free exercise of one's will. The market might have already selected them as consumers and so taken away their freedom to ignore its blandishments, but in every successive visit to the market-place, consumers have every reason to feel that it is they who are in command." (p.39)

1999: Bauman praised Jock Young's Exclusive Society

Bauman, Z. 2000 Liquid Modernity Cambridge, Polity Press. 228 pages.

Contents
Foreword: On Being Light and Liquid.
Chapter one: 1. Emancipation
The mixed blessings of freedom
The fortuities and changing fortunes of critique
The individual in combat with the citizen.
The plight of critical theory in the society of individuals
Critical theory revisited - The critique of life-politics
Chapter two: Individuality
Capitalism - heavy and light.
Have car, can travel.
Stop telling me; show me!
Compulsion turned into addiction.
The consumer's body.
Shopping as a rite of exorcism.
Free to shop - or so it seems.
Divided, we shop
Chapter three: Time/Space
When strangers meet strangers.
Ernie places, phagic places, non-places, empty spaces.
Don't talk to strangers.
Modernity as history of time.
From heavy to light modernity.
The seductive lightness of being.
Instant living
Chapter four:. Work
Progress and trust in history.
The rise and fall of labour
From marriage to cohabitation.
Excursus: a brief history of procrastination.
Human bonds in the fluid world.
The self-perpetuation of non-confidence
Chapter five: Community
Nationalism, mark 2
Unity - through similarity or difference?
Security at a price.
After the nation-state
Filling the void.
Cloakroom communities
Afterthoughts: On Writing; on Writing Sociology.

Argues we have moved from a heavy, solid, hardware-focused modernity to a light, liquid, software-based modernity. This has brought profound change to all aspects of the human condition. On the one hand, the globalised social structure is remote and un-reachable. On the other, the immediate context of life-politics and human togetherness (community?) is unstructured, under-defined and fluid. These changes mean we have to rethink how we tell our individual and collective (history) stories. He examines five basic concepts used to make sense of shared human life - emancipation, individuality, time/space, work and community - and traces their successive incarnations and changes of meaning.
Concludes the analysis made in Globalization: The Human Consequences and In Search of Politics.

"Whoever as a young apprentice took his first job at Ford could be pretty sure to finish his life of work in the same place. The time horizons of heavy capitalism were long-term. For the workers, the horizons were drawn by the prospect of life-long employment inside a company which might or might not be immortal, but whose life-span stretched nonetheless well beyond theirs." (p.146).

Bauman, Z. and May, T. 2001 Thinking Sociologically Second edition of Bauman, Z. 1990. Revised by Tim May. Basil Blackwell.

"This book is about the difference that living in society makes to what we do, how we see ourselves, objects and others, and what happens as a result." (p.97)

Contents:

Introduction: The Discipline of Sociology
Sections: In search of distinction - Sociology and common sense - The content of Thinking Sociologically

Part 1: Action, Identity and Understanding in Everyday Life.

1. Oneself with Others.
Sections:
Choice, freedom and living with others
Oneself with another: Sociological perspectives

Socialisation, significance and action
Summary
"Socialisation never ends in our lives. For this reason sociologists distinguish between the stages of socialisation (primary, secondary and tertiary)"

2. Viewing and Sustaining Our Lives.
Sections:
Sustaining our lives: interaction, understanding and social distance

"... our self-identity is bound up with the social identities that we portray to others and those we encounter in our everyday existence" (p.30)

'Us' within the 'other'
"oppositions become tools that we draw upon to chart the world" (p.30)
Viewing and living lives: boundaries and outsiders
Segregation and movement in the city
Summary
"The boundaries between 'us' and 'them' provide for the maintenance, via distinction, of identity." (p.183)

3. The Bonds that Unite: Speaking of 'We'.
Sections:
Communities: Forging consensus and dealing with conflict


Calculation, rationalisation and group life
Summary
"Manuel Castells writes, in the conclusion to the second of his three volume study on The Information Age, that we are witnessing the growth of networks, markets and organisations that are increasingly governed by 'rational expectation'. Yet if this is a summary of a dominant trend in contemporary western societies, in our survey of the bonds that unite, what is most striking is the diversity of human groupings."

Part 2: Living our Lives: Challenges, Choices and Constraints.

4. Decisions and Actions: Power, Choice and Moral Duty.
Sections:
Making decisions


Values, power and action
The motivation to act
Morality and action

5. Making it Happen: Gifts, Exchange and Intimacy in Relationships.
Sections:
The personal and impersonal: the gift and exchange
In pursuit of ourselves: love, intimacy, caring and commodities
The commodities of identity - Summary.

"Love and exchange are two extremes of a continuous line along which human relations may be plotted"

See Marcel Mauss - Richard Titmus - and Talcott Parsons

6. Care of Our Selves: The Body, Health and Sexuality.
Sections:
In search of security
Embodied selves: Perfection and satisfaction
The pursuit of health and fitness
The body and desire
The body, sexuality and gender
Summary

7. Time, Space and (Dis) Order.


Sections:
Experiencing time and space Risk society Autonomy, order and chaos
See pre- modern
See Marx and Engels and patronage to cash-nexus
Summary

8. Drawing Boundaries: Culture, Nature, State and Territory.

Sections
Nature and Culture,
State, Nations and Nationalism
Citizenship and the State

"To paraphrase Max Weber," [see Weber] "the state has a monopoly over the legitimate means of violence" (p.135)
Nations and Nationalism
Summary

9. The Business in Everyday Life: Consumption, Technology and Lifestyles.

Part 3: Looking Back and Looking Forward.

10. Thinking Sociologically.

page 170 Three strategies
1: replication of the scientific enterprise. Leading thinker Durkheim.
2: reflection and modification associated with Max Weber
That human actions are meaningful is the foundation of hermeneutics. page 172
3: demonstration by effect: pragmatism. page 173

Questions for Reflection and Further Reading.

Bauman, Z. 2001 The Individualised Society Cambridge: Polity. 259 pages
Contents: Foreword: Lives Told and Stories Lived
Part One: The Way We Are
Chapter 1. The Rise And Fall of Labour
Chapter 2: Local Orders, Global Chaos
Chapter 3: Freedom and Security: The Unfinished Story of a Tempestuous Union
Chapter 4: Modernity and Clarity: The Story of a Failed Conquest
Chapter 5: Am I My Brother's Keeper?
Chapter 6; United in Difference
Part Two: The Way we Think
Chapter 7: Critique - Privatised and Disarmed
Chapter 8: Progress: The Same and Different
Chapter 9: On Mass, Individuals, and Peg-Communities
Chapter 10: Education: Under, for and in Spite of Postmodernity
Chapter 11: Excess: An Obituary
Chapter 12: Faith and Instant Gratification
Part Three: The Way we Act
Chapter 13: Does Love Need a Reason?
Chapter 14: Private Morality, Immoral World
Chapter 15: Democracy on Two Battlefronts
Chapter 16: Violence, Old and New
Chapter 17: On Postmodern Uses of Sex
Chapter 18: Is There Life after Immortality?

Bauman, Z. 2001 "Consuming Life" Journal of Consumer Culture March 2001 1: pp 9-29,

Bauman, Z. 2003 Liquid Love: On the Frailty of Human Bonds Cambridge, Polity Press

Bauman, Z. 2004 Wasted Lives: Modernity and its Outcasts Cambridge, Polity Press.
Contents: In the beginning was design (or the waste of order-building) -- Are there too many of them? (or the waste of economic progress) -- To each waste its dumping site (or the waste of globalization) -- Culture of waste.
"The global spread of modernity has given rise to growing quantities of human beings who are deprived of adequate means of survival, but the planet is fast running out of places to put them. Hence the new anxieties about 'immigrants' and 'asylum seekers' and the growing role played by diffuse 'security fears' on the contemporary political agenda."

Bauman, Z. 2005 Liquid Life Cambridge, Polity Press
Table of Contents
Introduction: On Living in a Liquid-Modern World.
1. The Individual Under Siege.
2. From Martyr to Hero, and from Hero to Celebrity.
3. Culture: Obstreperous and Unmanageable.
4. Seeking Shelter in a Pandora Box or Fear, Security and the City.
5. Consumers in Liquid-Modern Times.
Consuming Life.
Consuming Body.
Consuming Childhood.
6. Learning to Walk in Quicksand.
7. Thinking in Dark Times (Arendt and Adorno Revisited).

Bauman, Z. 2006 Liquid Fear Cambridge, Polity Press

Bauman, Z, 2007 Consuming Life Cambridge: Polity. 160 pages.
Contents:
Introduction, or the most closely guarded secret of the society of consumers
1.Consumption vs. Consumerism
2.Society of Consumers
3.Consumerist Culture
4.Collateral Casualties of Consumerism

"Consumers 'subjectivity' is made out of shopping choices- choices made by the subject and the subject's prospective purchasers; its description takes the form of the shopping list. What is assumed to be the materialization of the inner truth of the self is in fact an idealization of the material - objectified - traces of consumer choices." (p. 15)

"The society of consumers, in other words, stands for the kind of society that promotes, encourages or enforces the choice of a consumerist lifestyle and life strategy and dislike all alternative cultural options, a society in which adapting to the precepts of consumer culture and following them strictly is, to all practical intents and purposes, the sole unquestionably approved choice; a feasible, and so also a plausible choice - and a condition of membership" (p. 53)

Bauman, Z, 2007 Liquid Times: Living in an Age of Uncertainty Cambridge, Polity Press. 115 pages
Contents: Introduction: Bravely into the Hotbed of Uncertainties -- Liquid Modern Life and its Fears -- Humanity on the Move -- State, Democracy and the Management of Fears -- Out of Touch Together -- Utopia in the Age of Uncertainty.

Bauman, Z, 2008 Does Ethics Have a Chance in a World of Consumers? Institute for Human Sciences Vienna lecture series. Cambridge, Massachusetts and London: Harvard University Press.


Philip Bean 1936-

Bean, P. 1981 Punishment: A Philosophical and Criminological Inquiry Oxford: Martin Robertson

Bean, P. 1986 Mental Disorder and Legal Control Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. 207 pages. [Relates to 1983 Mental Health Act]
Chapters: 1. Mental Health legislation
Part One. The admission of patients to mental hospitals:
2. Social workers and applications
3. Medical recommendations and compulsory admissions
4. Detention of the mentally disordered in the community
Part Two. Control of patients in the hospital and community:
5. Guardianship and control in the community
6. The mentally disordered offender and professional dominance
7. The discharge of patients from institutions
Part Three. Patients' rights:
8. Consent and treatment
9. Mental patients' rights and legal redress
10. The effectiveness of legal rights
Part Four. Conclusion:
11. Assessment and conclusion


B.B.C. British Broadcasting Corporation

B.B.C. Religions index of "featured religions and beliefs" http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/


Cesare Beccaria 1738-1794
Marquis Cesare Beccaria Bonesana
weblinks

Beccaria, C. 1764 Dei delitti e delle pene Monaco, 1764 [112 pages]
Available at
http://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Dei_delitti_e_delle_pene

See also this site

Beccaria, C. 1764/1767 An Essay on Crimes and Punishments, translated from the Italian; with a commentary, attributed to Monsieur de Voltaire, translated from the French. London : J. Almon, 1767. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/xbec.htm

Beccaria, C. 1764/1963 On Crimes and Punishments translated, with an introduction, by Henry Paolucci. The library of liberal arts. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 99 pages.

Beccaria, C. 1764/1986 On Crimes and Punishments, translated from the Italian by D.Young. Indianapolis, Hackett Publishing.

Beccaria, C. 1764/1991 Dei delitti e delle pene First edition. With a Preface by Stefano Rodotà. Overseen by Alberto Burgio. Milan. Feltrinelli


Beccaria, C. 1764/1995 On crimes and punishments and other writings by Cesare Beccaria. Edited by Richard Bellamy and translated [from the Italian] by Richard Davies. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

A translation based on the fifth Italian edition. Provides "English- speaking readers with Beccaria's own order of his text for the first time".

Other writings: To Jean Baptiste d'Alembert - To André Morellet - Inaugural Lecture - Reflections on the Barbarousness and the Civilisation of Nations and on the Savage State of Man - Reflections on Manners and Customs - On Luxury.


Lewis White Beck

Beck, L.W. 1963 (Editor) Kant on History Bobbs-Merrill


Ulrich Beck 1944-
University of Munich

Sources about: See Mike Aiken 2000

1986 - 1994 - 2000 - 2002 - 2003 - 2006 -

Beck, U. 1986 Risikogesellschaft: auf dem Weg in eine andere Moderne Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Translated into English as Risk society: towards a new modernity by Mark Ritter in 1992, London, Sage.
Contents
Introduction (1992) by Scott Lash and Brian Wynne
Preface
Part one: Living on the volcano of civilisation - The contours of the risk society:
1. On the Logic of Wealth Distribution and Risk Distribution
2. The Politics of Knowledge in the Risk Society
Part two: The individualisation of social inequality - life-forms and the demise of tradition:
3. Beyond Status and Class?
4. 'I am I': Gendered Space and the Conflict Inside and Outside the Family
5. Individualisation, Institutionalisation and Standardisation: Life Situations and Biographical Patterns
6. De-Standardisation of Labour
Part three: Reflexive modernisation: on the generalisation of science and politics
7. Science Beyond Truth and Enlightenment?
8. Opening up the Political

"The changing nature of society's relation to production and distribution is related to the environmental impact as a totalizing, globalizing economy based on scientific and technical knowledge becomes more central to social organization and social conflict."

Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash

Beck, U., Giddens, A. and Lash, S. 1994 Reflexive modernisation: politics, tradition and aesthetics in the modern social order by Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash. Cambridge : Polity Press. viii and 225 pages
Contents:
1. "The Re-invention of Politics. Towards a Theory of Reflexive Modernisation" by Ulrich Beck.
2. "Living in a Post-Traditional Society" by Anthony Giddens
3. "Reflexivity, Modernity and Aesthetics" by Scott Lash
4. "Replies and Critiques" by Ulrich Beck, Anthony Giddens and Scott Lash

Beck, U. 2000 The Brave New World of Work. A translation from the German by Patrick Camiller of Schöne neue Arbeitswelt by Ulrich Beck. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Contents:
1. The Brazilianization of the West: Two Scenarios, One Introduction.
2. The Antithesis to the Work Society.
3. The Transition from the First to the Second Modernity: Five Challenges.
4. The Future of Work and its Scenarios: An Interim Balance-Sheet.
5. The Risk Regime: How the Work Society is Becoming Risk Society.
6. A Thousand Worlds of Insecure Work: Europe's Future Glimpsed in Brazil.
7. The Great Example? Work and Democracy in America.
8. Vision of the Future One: The Europe of Civic Labour.
9. Vision of the Future Two: Postnational Civil Society. Notes.
Summary: This volume examines how work has become unstable in the modern world and aims to present a new vision for the future. The author begins by describing how the traditional work society is giving way to a much less stable world in which skills can be suddenly devalued and jobs obliterated

See Subject Index Work

Ulrich Beck and Elisabeth Beck-Gernsheim 1946-

Beck, U. and Beck-Gernsheim, E. 2002 Individualisation: Institutionalized individualism and its social and political consequences London; Thousand Oaks, California: SAGE.
Contents: Losing the traditional: Individualisation and 'precarious freedoms' -- A life of one's own in a runaway world -- Beyond status and class -- The ambivalent social structure -- From 'living for others' to 'a life of one's own' -- On the way to a post-familial family -- Division of labour, self- image and life projects -- Declining birthrates and the wish to have children -- Apparatuses do not care for people -- Health and responsibility in the age of genetic technology -- Death of one's own, life of one's own - - Freedom's children -- Freedom's fathers -- Zombie categories: Interview with Ulrich Beck.


Ulrich Beck, Wolfgang Bonss and Christoph Lau

Beck, U., Bonss, W and Lau, C. 2003 "The Theory of Reflexive Modernization Problematic, Hypotheses and Research Programme" Theory Culture Society Volume 20 (2): pp 1-33

Footnote 1: "This article unfolds the research agenda of the 'Reflexive Modernization' Research Centre in Munich, Germany, which is financed by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG). The 15 research projects examine a broad range of questions with regard to three specific fields: (1) the political epistemology of uncertainty - the research projects of this area explore the extent to which technoscientific rationalization and the growth of knowledge result in more cognitive and normative uncertainty rather than in more certainty and control; (2) they examine how the multiplication of options affects individual biographies, social positions and inequalities - in so doing, the research projects contribute to a political sociology of ambiguity that relates the reshaping of individual life-courses to social transformations; (3) they investigate changes in the institutional and organizational realm as a contribution to a political economy of uncertainty. Focusing on enterprises, the nation-state, the globality of financial risks and new conflicts, the research projects address the demands and uncertainties facing central institutions of first modernity. We undertake to begin these tasks in our book Die Modernisierung der Moderne (Beck and Bonss, 2001"


Beck, U. 2006 "Living in the world risk society" A Hobhouse Memorial Public Lecture given on Wednesday 15 February 2006 at the London School of Economics. Economy and Society Volume 35 Number 3. August 2006. pp 329-345
Abstract: In a
world risk society, we must distinguish between ecological and financial dangers, which can be conceptualized as side effects, and the threat from terrorist networks as intentional catastrophes; the principle of deliberately exploiting the vulnerability of modern civil society replaces the principle of chance and accident


Howard Becker 1928- weblinks

Becker, H. 11.1953 "Becoming a Marihuana User" American Journal of Sociology volume 59 (November 1953) pp. 235-242. Available at http://www.medanthro.net/adtsg/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/Becker-Becoming- Marihuana-User.pdf

Becker, H. 1963 Outsiders: Studies in the Sociology of Deviance New York: The Free Press

Becker, H. 1966/1967 "Whose Side Are We On?" Social Problems, 14 (Winter, 1967) pp. 239-47. [A rough copy]

See dictionary objective and subject index standpoint theory

Becker, H. 1999 "The Chicago School, So-Called", Qualitative Sociology, 22 (1), 1999, pp. 3-12.

Becker, H. 11.1999 "The Politics of Presentation: Goffman and Total Institutions - The Problem of Conventional Categories" Available at http://home.earthlink.net/~hsbecker/goffman.html - archive


Hugo Bedau Emeritus Professor of Philosophy - Tufts University

Bedau, H., 10.3.2004 Bentham's theory of punishment, origin and content, Paper given at the Bentham Seminar, University College London, 10 March 2004. Available at http://www.ucl.ac.uk/Bentham- Project/journal/Bedau.htm


Peter Beilharz born 13.11.1953 Australia

Beilharz, P. 2000 Zygmunt Bauman: Dialectic of modernity London: Sage, xi, and 180 pages.
Contents: Class and Labour
Culture and Sociology
Intellectuals and Utopians
The Holocaust and the Perfect Order
Touring the Fragments
Following the Human Condition
Epilogue Mediations


Piers Beirne 1949-

Beirne, P. 1987 "Adolphe Quetelet and the Origins of Positivist Criminology". American Journal of Sociology 92: pp 1140-1169

Beirne, P. 1993 Inventing Criminology: Essays on the Rise of 'Homo Criminalis' Albany: SUNY Press. Includes essays on Beccaria, Quetelet, Guerry, Tarde, Goring, and Lombroso.

Beirne, P. 1994 (Editor) The Origins and Growth of Criminology: Essays on intellectual history, 1760-1945 edited by Piers Beirne. The International Library of Criminology, Criminal Justice and Penology. Aldershot: Dartmouth. 389 pages
Contents:
Penological reform and the myth of Beccaria by Graeme Newman and Pietro Marongiu
Cesare Beccaria: utilitarian or retributivist? by David B. Young
Inventing criminology: the "science of man" in Cesare Beccaria's Dei delitti e delle pene by Piers Beirne
Varieties of enlightenment criminology by Philip Jenkins
Adolphe Quetelet and the origins of positivist criminology by Piers Bierne
Criminology: the birth of a special savoir by Pasquale Pasquino
British criminology before 1935 by David Garland
From Marx to Bonger: socialist writings on women, gender, and crime by James W. Messerschmidt
Lenin, crime, and penal politics, 1917-1924 / Piers Beirne and Alan Hunt.(cont.)
Criminal anthropology in the United States by Nicole Hahn Rafter
Feminism, criminology and the rise of the female sex "delinquent", 1880-1930 by James Messerschmidt
The etiology of female crime: a review of the literature by Dorie Klein
Edwin H. Sutherland's White-collar crime in America: an essay in historical criminology by Gil Geis and Colin Goff
The Sutherland-Glueck debate: on the sociology of criminological knowledge by John H. Laub and Robert J. Sampson
Clifford R. Shaw and Henry D. McKay: Chicago criminologists by Jon Snodgrass.


Judith Bell 1930-

Bell, J. 1987? Doing Your Research Project: A Guide for First- time Researchers in Education and Social Science Milton Keynes : Open University Press. [Second edition 1993 - Third 1999 - Fourth 2005 - Fifth 2010]

CONTENTS 5th Edition:
Part One: Preparing the ground -- Approaches to research -- Planning the project -- Ethics and integrity in research -- Reading, referencing and the management of information -- Literature searching --
The review of the literature
Part Two: Selecting methods of data collection -- Introduction -- The analysis of documentary evidence / Brendan Duffy -- Designing and administering questionnaires -- Planning and conducting interviews -- Diaries, logs and critical incidents -- Observation
Part Three: Interpreting the evidence and reporting the findings -- Introduction -- Interpreting the evidence and reporting the findings -- Writing the report.


Laurie Bell and Jo Casebourne

Bell, L., and Casebourne, J. 2008 Increasing Employment for Ethnic Minorities: A Summary of Findings. A summary of research findings prepared by the Centre for Economic and Social Inclusion for a National Audit Office study. London: National Audit Office. May 2008. 51 pages. http://www.cesi.org.uk/sites/default/files/publications/NAO_increasing_empl oyment_ethnic_minorities_summary_0.pdf

See Subject Index Care


Belloc, H. 1911 The French Revolution


Ruth (Fulton) Benedict 5.6.1887 - 17.9.1948

Benedict, R. 1934 Patterns of Culture New York: Houghton Mifflin

See Subject Index Culture

Benedict, R. and Weltfish, G. 1943 The Races of Mankind, coauthored with Gene Weltfish. Public Affairs Pamphlet No. 85. New York: Public Affairs Committee, Inc., 1943.

Benedict, R. 1946 The Chrysanthemum and the Sword: Patterns of Japanese Culture

See Subject Index Japan


Albert Benschop 1949-
Dutch sociologist with the University of Amsterdam's faculty of Social and Behavioral Sciences.

Benschop, A. 1996-2013 "SocioSite - Social Science Information System" SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.net of www.sociosite.org

Benschop, A. 1997 "Peculiarities of Cyberspace - Building Blocks of a Web Sociology" SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/index_en.php

Benschop, A. 1997 "Web History - Building blocks of a historical- sociology of the internet" SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/history.php

Benschop, A. 1997-2013 "Virtual Communities - Networks of the future". Translation: Connie Menting SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/network.php

Benschop, A. 2003-2013 "Pornography in Cyberspace: Internet hornification and cyber sexual obsessions" Translation: Connie Menting SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/pornography.php

Benschop, A. 2003-2013 "Child Pornography in Cyberspace: Traces of Crimes" Translation: Connie Menting SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/pornography_child.php

Benschop, A. 2003-2013 "Death in Cyberspace: changing rituals concerning dying, death, and funerals" Translation: Connie Menting SocioSite: htt://www.sociosite.org/open_source.php

Benschop, A. 5.2009-2013] "Online Morality, Decency and Justice - Internet as a digital pillory" SocioSite: http://www.sociosite.org/fatsoen_en.php

Subject index: Networks -


Jeremy Bentham 1748 - 1832 weblinks - reviews

Sources about: See Bahmueller (Charity Company) - Bedau (theory of punishment) - John Stuart Mill - Parekh - Steintrager - Swanson (a criminology paper) - Roberts 1997 chapter 5 (Social Science History) - Werrett (Panopticon)

Bentham, J. 1776 A Fragment on Government - Being an examination of what is delivered, on the subject of government in general in the introduction to Sir William Blackstone's Commentaries: by Jeremy Bentham with a Preface, in which is given a critique on the work at large. Available at http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/bentham/government .html (McMaster University's Archive for the History of Economic Thought)

Bentham, J. 1789 An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation

Available at the Library of Economics and Liberty at http://www.econlib.org/library/Bentham/bnthPML.html - Also at Mcmaster http://socserv.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/bentham/morals.pdf - Also at Texas http://www.laits.utexas.edu/poltheory/bentham/ipml/

Previously available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/bentham/ipml/index .html (University of Texas at Austin's Classical Utilitarians Website)

Bentham, Jeremy. An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 1907. 2011; Internet.

Bentham, J. 1791 Panopticon; or, the Inspection-House: containing the idea of a new principle of construction applicable to any sort of establishment, in which persons of any description are to be kept under inspection; and in particular to penitentiary-houses, prisons, houses of industry, work-houses, poor-houses, lazarettos, manufactories, hospitals, mad-houses, and schools: with a plan of management adapted to the principle: in a series of letters, written in the year 1787, from Crecheff in White Russia. To a friend in England by Jeremy Bentham, of Lincoln's Inn, esquire. Published in 1791 by T. Payne: in London, 1791 and Thomas Byrne in Dublin. Available at http://cartome.org/panopticon2.htm

Bentham, J. 1.1793 "Emancipate your colonies! Addressed to the National Convention of France, - 1793, shewing the uselessness and mischievousness of distant dependencies to an European state". Available at https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Emancipate_your_colonies!

Bentham, J. 1793 Manual of Political Economy (written, but not published)

Bentham, J. 1797/Outline Outline of a Work Entitled Pauper Management Improved. Reprinted in French in 1800; in English in 1812.

Bentham, J. 1797/Observations Observations on the Poor Bill (circulated in handwriting)

Jeremy Bentham and Pierre Étienne Louis Dumont 18.7.1759 - 29.9.1829

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1802 Traité de legislation civile et pénale

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1811 Théorie des peines et des recompenses

"the manuscripts from which I have extracted La Théorie des Peines, were written in 1775. Those which have supplied me with La Théorie des Récompenses are a little later" (Dumont Advertisement)

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1811/1830 The Rationale of Punishment Translated by Richard Smith from Théorie des peines et des recompenses (1811) London. Available at http://www.laits.utexas.edu/poltheory/bentham/rp/

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1815 Tactique des assemblées legislatives

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1823 Traité des preuves judiciaires

Bentham, J. and Dumont, P. 1828 De l'organization judiciaire et de la codification

Bentham, J. 1830 History of the War Between Jeremy Bentham and George 3rd, By One of the Belligerents.

Bentham, J. 1830 Constitutional code: For the use of all nations and all governments professing liberal opinions Volume One. London: R. Heward. 598 pages

Bentham, J. 1967 A Fragment on Government and An Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation. Edited with an introduction by Wilfred Harrison. Basil Blackwell.


Peter L. Berger 17.3.1929 - weblinks - Wikipedia

Peter Berger and Thomas Luckmann 14.10.1927

Berger, P.L. and Luckmann, T., 1966 The Social Construction of Reality. A Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge (Penguin 1967) [Fundamental insight: Schutz p.27. Greatly influenced by G.H Mead, and Symbolic Interactionists p.29]

Berger, P.L. 1966 Invitation to Sociology. A Humanistic Perspective.

Berger, P.L. 1969 Marxism and Sociology

Peter Berger and Brigitte Berger

Berger, P.L. and Berger, B. 1972 Sociology: A Biographical Approach. (Revised edition 1976)

Concepts

social construction - institutionalisation - habitualisation - types - typifications -


Vanja Berggren

Berggren V. 2005 Female Genital Mutilation: Studies on primary and repeat female genital cutting Karolinska University Press. 50 pages


Gavin Berman

Berman, G. 2012 Prison Population Statistics UK House of Commons Library Standard Note SN04334. Published 24.5.2012. Available http://www.parliament.uk/briefing- papers/SN04334.


Jessie Bernard 8.6.1903-6.10.1996

Bernard, J. 1972 The Future of Marriage New York : World Publications, 1972 ; London : Souvenir Press, 1973.


Fabrizio Bernardi - Juan J. González - Miguel Requena
Universidad Nacional de Educacia Distancia,

Bernardi, F., González, J.J. and Requena, M. 2006 "The sociology of social structure", in B. Bryant and D. Peck (editors), 21st Century Sociology: A Reference Handbook, Newbury: Sage, pp. 162-170. Available at http://www.sagepub.com/oswmedia3e/study/chapters/handbooks/handbook1.2.pdf


Mary Hammond Bernson
University of Colorado Center for Asian Studies.

Bernson, M.H. 2008 A Case Study of Late Twentieth-Century Japan through Art: Tezuka Osamu and Astro Boy http://www.colorado.edu/cas/tea/curriculum/imaging-japanese-history/late- 20th-century/

Bernson, M.H. 2008b A Case Study of Late Twentieth-Century Japan through Art: Tezuka Osamu and Astro Boy. Leeson plan

See Subject Index Culture - Manga


Basil Bernstein 1.11.1924 - 24.9.2000)

Bernstein, B. 1965 "A Sociolingusitic Approach to Social Learning". in Penguin Survey of the Social Sciences, edited by J. Gould. London: Penguin.


Ann Berrington

Berrington, Ann 1994 "Marriage and family formation among the white and ethnic minority populations in Britain", Ethnic and Racial Studies, vol. 17, no. 3, pp 515-545

Berrington, A. 1996 "Marriage patterns and inter-ethnic unions" in Coleman, D. and Salt, J. (editors) Ethnicity in the 1991 Census, Volume One: Demographic Characteristics of the Ethnic Minority Populations. London, UK, HMSO, Office for National Statistics, pp 178-212.


Monica Berti

Monica Berti and Virgilio Costa

Berti, M. and Costa, V. 2009 "The Ancient Library at Alexandria: A Model for Classical Scholarship in the Age of Million Book Libraries" in International Symposium on the Scaife Digital library (held at the VisCenter of the University of Kentucky), Lexington, KY: 1-26. Available http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/publications/Berti- Costa_Alexandria_Kentucky.pdf


Marie-Andrée Bertrand Centre international de criminologie comparée, Université de Montréal

Bertrand, M.A. 1998 Prisons pour Femmes available in Collection Les sciences sociales contemporaines at http://dx.doi.org/doi:10.1522/24782669


Raymond F. Betts

Betts, R.F. 1979/2000 Europe in Retrospect: A brief history of the past two hundred years Lexington, Massachusetts: D.C. Heath, 1979. 249 pages. Available Britannia 2000 at http://www.britannia.com/history/euro/index2.html

Contents:
PART ONE: The Reordering of Europe: 1789-1871
1: The Old Order - The Structure of the Old Regime. Economic Growth. Mercantilism The Enlightenment
2: The French Revolution - The Ideology of the French Revolution. The Age of Napoleon.
3: International Order and Domestic Strife - The European State System. The Age of Revolution. The National Unification of Italy and Germany
4: The Age of Power - Another Kind of Revolution. Capitalism and Entrepreneurs. Protests Against Industrialism. Urban Growth
PART TWO: Expansion & Explosion: 1871-1918
5: Concentration - The New Productivity. Toward a New Social Order. New Responses. Cultural Implications of Mass Society
6: Expansion - The Causes of Modern European Imperialsim. Europe's Imperial Age
7: Discontent and Tension - Beneath and Beyond Calculation and Reason. The Delicate Balance of Diplomacy. War Clouds
8: The War - The Changing Military Dimensions of War. The Changing Domestic Dimensions of War The Interminable War
PART THREE - Reconstruction & New Order: 1918-1945
9: Disorder: Europe in the 1920s - Modification in Social Structure. A New Mood.
10: An Era of Despair - The Depression. Fascism and Nazism The New Social Order.
11: The Precious Peace - The Spirit of International Conciliation. War, Peace, and Germany Peace and Appeasement
12: Another World War - A "More Total War". The Effects of the War. The War in a Global Setting.
PART FOUR: Europe in the Contemporary World
13: The Decade of European Recovery - Economic Reorganization. New Economic Dimensions The Cold War and Bipolarization. Politics and Classes. The Reshaping of the European Mind
14: The Retreat from Empire - The End of Empire. Decolonization. The Significance of Colonialism. After Imperialism.
15: An Era of Booming Success - The Economics of Plenty. The Politics of Europe. Europe at Home.
16: Contemporary Europe - New European Dimensions and Problems. The New Economics of Oil. Dissent and Disorder. Eurocommunism.

Betts, R.F. 1985 Uncertain Dimensions: Western Overseas Empires in the 20th Century


Kristen M. Beystehner
Northwestern University student

Beystehner, K.M. 1998 "Psychoanalysis: Freud's Revolutionary Approach to Human Personality" in Personality Papers, with peer reviews by other students. Available at http://www.personalityresearch.org/papers/beystehner.html


Dinesh Bhugra and Matthew A Becker
Dinesh Bhugra: Section of Cultural Psychiatry, Institute of Psychiatry, De Crespigny Park, London, UK
Matthew Becker: Department of Psychiatry, Southern California Permanente Medical Group, San Diego, CA, USA

Bhugra, D. Becker, M.A. 2005 "Migration, cultural bereavement and cultural identity". World Psychiatry. February 2005 4:1, pp 18-24. Available at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1414713/

See Subject Index Migration


Bible 1611 The Holy Bible authorised to be read in churches by King James 1 of England in 1611

Extracts related to Social Science History
To reference a Bible, using the Harvard system, you could use a bibliography entry such as the above - with date according to version - and an intext reference on the model (Bible 1611, Genesis, 1:1.) where 1:31 is chapter one, verse thirty one. A list of dates for 20th (and other) century versions of the Bible is provided by Bible-Researcher

Bible 1611 with Apocrypha available at https://archive.org/details/TheHolyBiblekjv1611Wapocrypha -

(Jewish) Bible 1936 The Holy Scriptures - Revised in accordance with Jewish tradition and modern Biblical scholarship - By Alexander Harkavy Hebrew Publishing Company. New York.


Tony Bilton

Bilton, T. (and others) 1981 Introductory Sociology by Tony Bilton, Kevin Bonnett, Philip Jones, Michelle Stanworth, Ken Sheard & Andrew Webster. London: Macmillan


Édouard Biot 1803-1850

Biot, E. 1836 "La Population de la Chine et ses Variations depuis l'an 2400 avant J. C. jusqu'au 13e siècle de notre ère" ["The Population of China and its Variations since the year 2400 BC, until the thirteenth century AD] Journal Asiatique, 1836, Series 3, Volume 1, pages 369-394, 448-474; Volume 2, pages 74-78. Available at http://www.chineancienne.fr/19e-s/biot-m%C3%A9moires/biot-population-de-la- chine-et-ses-variations/


Elizabeth Bird 1945-

See Bristol Womens Studies Group

Bird, E. 2003 "Women's Studies and the Women's Movement in Britain: origins and evolution, 1970-2000" Women's History Review, Volume 12, Number 2, 2003 pages 263 - 288 available at http://www.informaworld.com/openurl?genre=article&issn=0961%2d2025&volume=1 2&issue=2&spage=263


Max Black

Black, M. 1961 (Editor) The Social Theories of Talcott Parsons. A critical examination. Prentice Hall


Ronald Blackburn
Emeritus Professor of Clinical and Forensic Psychological Studies at the University of Liverpool (inaugural lecture January 1995). Previously a clinical psychologist at
Ashworth Hospital, Parkbourn, Maghull, Merseyside

Blackburn, R. 1993 The Psychology of Criminal Conduct: Theory, research, and practice The Wiley series in clinical psychology. Chichester; New York: Wiley. x and 496 pages
Contents:
Crime, Criminology, and Psychology.
The Measurement and Distribution of Crime.
Classification of Offenders.
Social and Environmental Theories of Crime.
Individually Oriented and Integrated Theories of Crime.
Biological Correlates of Antisocial Behavior.
Familial and Social Correlates of Crime.
Personal Attributes of Offenders.
Aggression and Violent Crime.
Crime and Mental Disorder.
Sexual Deviation and Sexual Offending.
Forensic Psychology and the Offender.
Psychological Interventions with Offenders.
Treatment of Dangerous Offenders.
The Effectiveness and Ethics of Intervention.


Tony Blackshaw 1960-

Blackshaw, T. 2005 Zygmunt Bauman Routledge Key Sociologists. London; New York: Routledge. xiii and 170 pages.
Contents:
An interim career report
Bauman's sociology : his theory of modernity
The ways and means of the dragoman
Freedom and security in the liquid modern sociality
Consumerism as the liquid modern way of life.


Blackstone

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England.

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England (Original spelling) available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/blackstone/blacksto.htm - Avalon Project

Blackstone, W. 1765/9 (First edition) Commentaries on the Laws of England (Modernised spelling) available at http://www.lonang.com/exlibris/blackstone - Lonang Library


Blackwell Companion to Social Theory
Blackwell Companion to the Sociology of Families

Blackwell Dictionary of Sociology


Blackwood B, Diane 1997 "Erving Goffman" article from Magill's Guide to 20th Century Authors (1997) Salem Press, Pasadena, California. Available at http://www.blackwood.org/Erving.htm


William Blake 28.11.1757 - 12.8.1827 See Vultee - weblinks - Reviews - xblake.htm

bibliography on American Buddha website, followed by text of many of the poems.

Blake, W. 1783 Poetical Sketches available from http://www.english.uga.edu/nhilton/Blake/blaketxt1/poetical_sk etches.html

Blake, W. 1788a There is no Natural Religion (about 1788) available from The William Blake Archive http://www.blakearchive.org,

Blake, W. 1788b All Religions Are One (about 1788) available from The William Blake Archive http://www.blakearchive.org,

Blake, W. 1789 Songs of Innocence available from the Blake Page at http://www.gailgastfield.com/innocence/soi.html

Blake, W. 1791 The French Revolution: A Poem in Seven Books

Blake, W. 1792 A Song of Liberty

Blake, W. 1793m The Marriage of Heaven and Hell

Blake, W. 1793v Visions of the Daughters of Albion

Blake, W. 1794e Songs of Experience available from the Blake Page at http://www.gailgastfield.com/experience/soe.html

Blake, W. 1794ie Songs of Innocence and of Experience, shewing the Two Contrary States of the Human Soul.

The order of poems varies. The usual order in modern versions was established by editions Blake prepared in 1818 and 1827. There is a digital edition at http://virtual.park.uga.edu/~wblake/SIE/begin/begin1.html that [used to allow?] allows you to explore the different orders of the poems.

Blake, W. 1794u The Book of Urizen

Blake, W. 1808 Grave

Blake, W. 1818 Everlasting Gospel

Blake, W. 1820 Jerusalem

Blake, W. 1822 The Ghost of Abel

Blake, W. 1826 Illustrations to the Book of Job


Kenneth (Ken) Blakemore 1948-

Kenneth Blakemore and Margaret Boneham

Blakemore, K. and Boneham, M. 1994 Age, Race and Ethnicity: A comparative approach Rethinking ageing series. Buckingham; Philadelphia : Open University Press. xi and 154 pages
Contents:
1 Introduction 1
2 Research, understanding and action 9
3 Comparative perspectives 27
4 Double jeopardy? 38
5 The Afro-Caribbeans' experience 56
6 The Asians' experiences 77
7 Health, illness and health services 93
8 Welfare and social services 109
9 Conclusion 137

Blakemore, K. 1998 Social Policy: An introduction Buckingham : Open University Press, x and 227 pages

Ken Blakemore and Louise Warwick-Booth

Blakemore, K. and Warwick-Booth, L. 2013 Social Policy: An Introduction 4th Edition
Table of Contents
1 The subject of social policy
Social policy: an identity problem?, p.1
The story of social policy, p.7
Conclusions: the subject today, p.14
2 Ideas and concepts in social policy
Social policy principles, p.19
Equality, equity and justice, p.24
Need, p.31
Freedom and rights, p.37
Conclusions, p.42
3 The development of social policy in Britain
The importance of history, p.46
Example 1: from workhouse to workfare?, p.47
Example 2: public health reform, p.52
Example 3: education, the role of government and the concept of the 'contract state', p.54
The development of a welfare state p.56
Conclusions: Britain's welfare history in comparative context, p.60
4 The global social policy environment
The current context of policy-making, p.66
Globalization, p.67
Conclusions: global social policy futures, p.79
5 The contested boundaries of social policy: the case of criminal justice
Introduction: what is criminal justice policy?, p.82
Criminal justice, social control and social policy: a 'penal-welfare state'?, p.84
Comparing crime and criminal justice, p.88
Measuring crime, p.93
The criminal justice process, p.95
6 Who gets what? Slicing the welfare cake
What are the benefits of the welfare system?, p.104
Should benefits and services be selective or universal?, p.107
Gainers and losers: individuals and groups, p.109
How large is the welfare cake?, p.114
Social security: who benefits?, p.117
Poverty and social exclusion, p.122
7 Social policy, politics and social control
Social control and the rise of welfare, p.134
Social policy and the political order, p.142
Social control and individual freedom, p.146
Conclusions: can social policies bring benign control?, p.155
8 Who makes policy? The example of education
Power and democracy, p.159
Models of power: understanding how decisions are made, p.162
The background: education and Conservative policies of the 1980s and 1990s, p.166
Centralizing control: the New Labour educational legacy, p.174
Policies for the future?, p.178
Conclusions, p.180
9 Work and welfare
Historical connections between work and welfare, p.186
Does work equal welfare?, p.188
The context: work and unemployment in the UK, p.192
Current employment policy, p.197
Conclusions: in whose interests is employment policy?, p.201
10 Are professionals good for you? The example of health policy and health professionals
Health, illness, modern medicine and health policy, p.207
A crisis of confidence in the medical profession, p.212
Medical and nursing professions in the development of the NHS, p.216
The health professions and health service reform, p.218
Conclusions, p.223
11 Utopias and ideals: housing policy and the environment
Housing policy: definitions and significance, p.229
Housing utopias and ideals, p.231
More history: housing under New Labour-a forgotten dream?, p.240
The Coalition Government approach, p.243
Conclusions: housing and the environment in a postmodern society, p.246
12 Community and social care
The development of community and social care, p.251
The community care reforms: implementation and outcomes, p.257
Conclusions, p.267
13 Devolution and social policy
What is devolution?, p.272
Devolution and education policy, p.276
Devolution: health and social care, p.281
The end of British social policy? The impact of devolution and of the EU, p.285
Globalization and devolution, p.289
Conclusions, p.290
14 Conclusion: the future of social policy
Social policy and rapid social change, p.293
The changing context of social policy: a 'postmodern' era?, p.299


Louis Blanc 1811-1882

Blanc, L. 1861 Histoire de la Révolution française Paris 1861. Available at http://www.archive.org/details/histoiredelarvo19blangoog


Olivier Blanc French historian

weblinks

Blanc, O. 1981 Olympe de Gouges Paris: Syros. IS- 2901968546. 248 pages. In French
Olivier Blanc's first biography of Olympe de Gauges.

Blanc, O. 1987 Last letters: Prisons and Prisoners of the French Revolution, 1793-1794 London: A. Deutsch. IS-023397959X. Translated from the French. 16 pages introductory, 250 pages. Bibliography, pages 235- 250 - Includes index

Blanc, O. 1989 Olympe de Gouges: une femme de libertés Paris: Syros/Alternatives. IS- 286738415X. 244 pages. In French
Olivier Blanc's second? biography of Olympe de Gauges.

Blanc, O. (Editor) 1993 Ecrits politiques, Olympe de Gouges. 1788-1791. Paris: Côté-Femmes, 2 volumes. Des femmes dans l'histoire series.
The first critical edition of Olympe de Gouges' Political Writings. In French.

Blanc, O. 2003 Marie-Olympe De Gouges. Une Humaniste à la fin du 18e Siècle Paris: R. Vienet. 270 pages: illustrated, portraits; IS-2849830003. A biography in French. Includes bibliographical references (pages 238-252) and index. An English translation by Donald Nicholson-Smith is almost completed, (commissioned by Rene Vienet), but not yet published. See weblinks for more information


Marc Bloch 1886-1944

Bloch, M. 1961 Feudal Society An English translation from the original French


Boris Blumberg, Donald R. Cooper and Pamela S. Schindler.

Blumberg, B.; Cooper, D.R. and Schindler, P.S. 2005 Business Research Methods London : McGraw-Hill. 596 pages.


Herbert Blumer (7.3.1900 - 13.4.1987) weblinks

Blumer, H. 1928 Method in Social Psychology. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, University of Chicago (1928).

Blumer, H. 1933 Movies and Conduct. New York: Macmillan. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/1933/Blumer_1933_toc.html

Blumer, H. and Philip M. Hauser 1933 Movies, Delinquency, and Crime New York: Macmillan.

Blumer, H. 1936 "Social attitudes and non-symbolic interaction". Journal of Educational Psychology 9 (1936): pages 515- 523. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1936.html
non-symbolic interaction = "spontaneous and direct response to the gestures and actions of the other individual, without the intermediation of any interpretation". Blumer suggests that this level of interaction is the one associated with feelings.

Blumer, H. 1937 "Social Psychology." Chapter 4 in Emerson Peter Schmidt (editor) Man and Society: A Substantive Introduction to the Social Science. New York: Prentice-Hall, Inc. (1937): pp 144-198. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1937.html

Blumer, H. 1939 Critiques of Research in the Social Sciences: I. An Appraisal of Thomas and Znaniecki's The Polish Peasant in Europe and America. New York: Social Science Research Council (1939).

Blumer, H. 1939 "Review of Manual of Psychiatry and Mental Hygiene by Aaron J. Rosanoff." American Journal of Sociology 44 (1939): pp 767- 768.

Blumer, H. 1954 "What is Wrong with Social Theory". American Sociological Review 18 (1954): pp 3-10. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1954.html

Blumer, H. 1956 "Sociological Analysis and the Variable". American Sociological Review 21 (1956): pp 683-690. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Blumer/Blumer_1956.html

Blumer, H. 1962 "Society as Symbolic Interaction" in Arnold Rose (editor), Human Behavior and Social Processes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, (1962): pp 179-192.

Blumer, H. 1966 "Sociological implications of the thought of George Herbert Mead." American Journal of Sociology 71 (1966): pp 535-548.

Blumer, H. 1969 Symbolic Interactionism: perspective and method. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.

Chapters:
1) The Methodological Position of Symbolic Interactionism (p.1)
2) Sociological implications of the thought of George Herbert Mead (p.61)
3) Society as Symbolic Interaction" (p.78)
4) Attitudes and the Social Act (p.90)
5) Psychological Import of the Human Group (p.101)
6) An Appraisal of Thomas and Znaniecki's The Polish Peasant in Europe and America (p.117)
7) Sociological Analysis and the "Variable" (p.127)
8) "What is Wrong with Social Theory?" (p.140)
9) Science without Concepts (p.153)
10) The Problem of the Concept in Social Psychology (p.171)
11) Suggestions for the Study of Mass Media Effects (p.183)
12) Public Opinion and Public Opinion Polling. (p.195)


Robert Bocock 1940 -

Bocock, R. 1976 Freud and Modern Society: An outline and analysis of Freud's sociology London : Chapman and Hall. xv and 200 pages


Clive Roland Boddy 1959-
Middlesex University Business School

Boddy, C.R. 2005 "The Implications of Corporate Psychopaths for Business And Society: An Initial Examination And A Call To Arms" Australasian Journal of Business and Behavioural Sciences, 1(2), 30-40. Available at http://www.nowandfutures.com/large/ImplicationsOfCorporatePsychopaths(boddy ).pdf

Boddy, C.R. 2009 Corporate Psychopaths in Australian Workplaces: Their Influence on Organizational Outcomes, Curtin University of Technology

Boddy, C.R. 2011 Corporate Psychopaths: Organizational Destroyers Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, April 2011. 207 pages.
Contents
Introduction - Corporate Psychopaths as Organisational Destroyers
The Origins of Corporate Psychopaths
Corporate Psychopaths, Bullying, Conflict and Unfair Supervision in the Workplace
The Influence of Corporate Psychopaths on Corporate Social Responsibility and Organisational Commitment to Employees
Corporate Psychopaths and Organisational Constraints
Corporate Psychopaths and Workload
Corporate Psychopaths and Job Satisfaction
The Organisational Seniority of Corporate Psychopaths
Corporate Psychopaths and Organisational Type
Corporate Psychopaths and Withdrawal from Work
Critical Incidents in the Behaviour of Corporate Psychopaths
Encouragement of Corporate Psychopaths by Organisations
Corporate Psychopaths compared to other Dark Leadership Personalities: Antisocial Personalities, Dissocial Personalities, Psychotics, Sociopaths, Narcissists and Machiavellians
The Corporate Psychopaths Theory of the Global Financial Crisis
Ethical Issues Involving Corporate Psychopaths

Boddy, C.R. 3.12.2012 "Bullying and Corporate Psychopaths at Work: Clive Boddy at TEDxHanzeUniversity" published on You Tube


James Bohman

Bohman, James, 2005 "Critical Theory", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Spring 2005 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (editor), Available at http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2005/entries/critical-theory/. With minor subsequent corrections at http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr2010/entries/critical- theory/


Charles Booth 1840-1916

Booth, C. 1889 Life and Labour of the People edited by Charles Booth, in two volumes. Volume one: East London.

Booth, C. 1892-1897 Life and Labour of the People in London. Second edition. 9 volumes and maps

Booth, C. 1902-1903 Life and Labour of the People in London. Third edition. 17 volumes. London: Macmillan. 1902-1903.

Booth, C. 1902 vol.7 "Religious Influences: Summary"


Mary (Irene) Cathcart Borer

Borer, M.C. 1975/1976 Willingly to School - A History of Women's Education Guildford and London: Lutterworth press. (copyright 1975 - first published 1976)


Elizabeth Bott (3.3.1924- ) who became Elizabeth Spillius
Elizabeth Bott Spillius

Bott, E, 1976 "Hospital and society" British Journal of Medical Psychology 49: pp 97-140.

Bott, E, 1990 "Asylum and Society". A new paper based on "Hospital and Society" (1976) in Trist, E. and Murray, H. (Editors) The Social Engagement of Social Science Volume 1 London: Free Association Books, 1990


Thomas Burton Bottomore (1920-1992)

Bottomore, T.B. 1962 Sociology. A Guide to Problems and Literature. Unwin

Bottomore, T.B. 1964 Elites and Society

Bottomore, T. and Rubel, M. 1966 (Editors) Karl Marx: Selected Writings in Sociology and Social Philosophy.

Bottomore, T.B. 1975 Marxist Sociology

Bottomore, T.B; Miliband, R. and others, 1983 (Editors) A Dictionary of Marxist Thought.

Bottomore, T.B. 1984/So Sociology and Socialism Brighton: Wheatsheaf. 212 pages.

Bottomore, T.B. 1984/Fr The Frankfurt School, Chichester [Sussex] ; London : E. Horwood; New York: Tavistock, Key sociologists series. 93 pages. Routledge edition 1989. Republished as The Frankfurt School and its critics by Routledge in 2002. (Still 93 pages)
Contents: 1. The Formation of the School 2. The High Tide of Critical Theory 3. Decline and Renewal 4.Conclusion: A Critical Assessment of the Critics 5. Biographical Notes on the Some Leading Members of the School


Pierre Bourdieu (1930-2002) See Will Atkinson - Craig Calhoun - Cultural Sociology - Anthony Elliott - Arthur Frank - Bridget Fowler - Roger Friedland - Richard Jenkins - Douglas Kellner - Martyn J. Lee - Omar Lizardo - Roy Nash - Howard Richards - Marco Santoro - Steven Seidman - George Steinmetz - Rob Stones - Alice Sullivan - David Swartz - Paul Sweetman - Alan Swingewood - Loïc Wacquant - Webb, Schirato and Danaher - Jim Wolfreys - weblinks

1958 - 1964 - 1965 - 1966 - 1968 - 1969 - 1970 - 1972 - 1973 - 1979 - 1980 - 1983 - 1984 - 1988 - 1989 - 1990 - 1992 - 1993 - 1994 - 1998 - 2001 -


Bourdieu, P. 1958 Sociologie de l'Algérie, Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. A revised and corrected edition translated into Englsh in 1962 as The Algerians. Boston: Beacon Press.


Pierre Bourdieu and Jean-Claude Passeron, with the collaboration of Michel Eliard.

Bourdieu P. and Passeron J-C. 1964 Les héritiers. Les étudiants et la culture, Paris: Mouton. 149 pages. Translated into English by Richard Nice as The Inheritors: French Students and their Relations to Culture, University of Chicago Press, Chicago. 1979,


Pierre Bourdieu, Luc Boltanski, Robert Castel, Jean-Claude Chamboredon and Dominique Schnapper

Bourdieu, P., Boltanski L., Castel, R., Chamboredon J.-C. and Schnapper D. 1965 Un art moyen. Essais sur les usages sociaux de la photographie Translated into English by S. Whiteside as Photography: A Middle-brow Art. Stanford University Press, Stanford, 1990

"The book contains several elements by Bourdieu: an analysis of the role of photography in the family life of peasants and small-town and urban dwellers, and an exploration of the 'social definition of photography,' including a brief essay on how different classes and groups express their aesthetic worldview in response to different photographs and photographic styles. Additional chapters by Bourdieu's colleagues explore the sociology of the camera club, photographic practice and the fine arts, and the nature of photography as an occupation." American Journal of Sociology


Pierre Bourdieu with Jean-Claude Passeron and Monique de Saint Martin

Bourdieu, P., Passeron, J.-C. and de Saint Martin, M. 1965 Rapport pédagogique et communication. Translated into English by R. Teese as Academic Discourse: Linguistic Misunderstanding and Professional Power Polity Press, Cambridge 1992


Bourdieu, P. 11.1966 "Champ intellectuel et project créateur" Les temps modernes November 1966, pp 865-906. Translated as "Intellectual Field and Creative Project", available in Michael F.D. Young (editor) Knowledge and Control (1971) - "initial attempt to outline theoretically the concept of intellectual field". Also uses the term habitus (Randal Johnson p.269)


Pierre Bourdieu, Jean-Claude Chamboredon and Jean-Claude Passeron

Bourdieu, P., Chamboredon, J-C. and J-C. Passeron 1968 Le métier de sociologue. Préalables épistémologiques, Translated into English by Richard Nice as The Craft of Sociology: Epistemological Preliminaries, edited by B. Krais, Walter de Gruyter, New York, 1991,


Pierre Bourdieu, and Alain Darbel; with Dominique Schnapper

Bourdieu, P., Darbel, A., Schnapper, D. 1969 L'amour de l'art. Les musées d' art et leur public, Paris. Les Editions de Minuit, 248 pages. Translated into English by Caroline Beattie and Nick Merriman, as The Love of Art: European Art Museums and their Public, Polity Press, Cambridge 1997.


Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. 1970 La Reproduction - Eléments pour une théorie du système d'enseignement (Elements for a theory of the education system). Translated into English as Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture (1977)

Bourdieu, P. and Passeron, J. 1970/1977 Reproduction in Education, Society and Culture London: Sage Publications. Foreword by Tom Bottomore. Traslation in English of La Reproduction (1970)


Bourdieu, P. 1972 Esquisse d'une théorie de la pratique (1972) Translated into English as Outline of a Theory of Practice (1977) by Richard Nice.

Bourdieu, P. 1972/1977 Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Translation into English of Esquisse d'une théorie de la pratique (1972) by Richard Nice.


Bourdieu, R. 1973 "Cultural Reproduction and Social Reproduction". A paper presented at the annual conference of the British Sociological Association, University of Durham, 7-10 April 1970, in Brown, R. 1973


Bourdieu, P. 1979 La distinction. Critique sociale du jugement (1979). Translated into English by Richard Nice as Distinction: A Social Critique of the Judgment of Taste (1984 RKP).

Bourdieu, P. 1979/1984 Distinction. A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Translation into English by Richard Nice of La distinction. Critique sociale du jugement (1979)

Part contents:

PART ONE: A Social Critique of the Judgement of Taste p.9
1 The Aristocracy of Culture p.11
The Titles of Cultural Nobility p.18
Cultural Pedigree p.63

Appendices (p. 503 following)
1. Some Reflections on the Method
2. Complimentary Sources
3. Statisical Data
4. Associations: A Parlour Game


Bourdieu, P. 1980 Le sens pratique (1980) Translated into English as The Logic of Practice (1990)

Bourdieu, P. 1980/1990 The Logic of Practice Translation into English by Richard Nice of Le sens pratique (1980)
Contents:
Preface.
Part I: Critique of Theoretical Reason. Foreword.
1. Objectifying Objectification.
2. The Imaginary Anthropology of Subjectivism.
3. Structures, Habitus, Practices.
4. Belief and the Body.
5. The Logic of Practice.
6. The Work of Time.
7. Symbolic Capital.
8. Modes of Domination.
9. The Objectivity of the Subjective.
Part Two: Practical Logics.
1. Land and Matrimonial Strategies.
2. The social uses of kinship.
3. Irresistible Analogy.
Summarises Bourdieu's anthropology. Drawing on field work, "unfolds a theoretical perspective which aims to do justice to the practical logic of everyday action as well as the objective structures within which such action takes place". Understanding practice requires moving beyond objectivism and subjectivism to grasp, by means of the concept of "habitus", "the interplay of structures and practices in the ongoing conduct of everyday life".

Archive link to Brian Lande's 2005 notes
"appears to be Bourdieu's effort, 20 years after the publication of "Outline" to revisit the same material, address some of the original objections and challenges made to "Outline" and otherwise refine the expression of his ideas" (Review by "Cued" on Amazon)


Bourdieu, P. 1983 "Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital" (Translated by Reinhard Kreckel), in: Reinhard Kreckel (Editor): Soziale Ungleichheiten. Sonderheft 2 der Zeitschrift 'Soziale Welt', Göttingen: Vlg. Otto Schwartz, S. 183-198. English: "The (three) Forms of Capital", in: John G. Richardson (Editor): Handbook of Theory and Research in the Sociology of Education, New York/N.Y. & London 1986 Available online in the Internet archive and at marxists.org


Bourdieu, P. 1984 Questions de sociologie Paris: Les Editions de Minuit, 1984. Translated int English by Richard Nice as Sociology in Question (1993)

Bourdieu, P. 1984/1993 Sociology in question. London : Sage, 1993. viii and 184 pages. Translation into English by Rihard Nice of Questions de sociologie
Contents: The Art of Standing Up to Words - A Science that Makes Trouble - The Sociologist in Question - Are Intellectuals Out of Play? - How Can 'Free-Floating Intellectuals' Be Set Free? - For a Sociology of Sociologists - The Paradox of the Sociologist - What Talking Means - Some Properties of Fields - The Linguistic Market Censorship - 'Youth' is Just a Word - Music-Lovers Origin and Evolution of the Species - The Metamorphosis of Tastes - How Can Anyone Be a Sportsman? - Haute Couture and Haute Culture - But Who Created the 'Creators'? - Public Opinion Does Not Exist - Culture and Politics - Strikes and Political Action - The Racism of 'Intelligence'


Bourdieu, P. 1988 Homo Academicus, Cambridge: Polity.


Bourdieu P. 1989 "Social Space and Symbolic Power", Sociological Theory, Vol.7 (1) pp.14-25
Seeks to present the theoretical principles at the base of his book
Distinction (1979/1984), for English speaking (USA) readers.


Bourdieu, P. 1990 In Other Words - Essays Towards a Reflexive Sociology Translation by Matthew Adamson of Choses Dites (Paris 1987) with two added essays. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Contents: Preface. Part I: Pathways: 1. 'Fieldwork in Philosophy'. 2. Landmarks. Part II: Confrontations: 3. From Rules to Strategies. 4. Codification. 5. The Interest of the Sociologist. 6. Reading, Readers, the Literate, Literature. 7. A Reply to Some Objections. Part III: New Directions: 8. Social Space and Symbolic Power. 9. The Intellectual Field: A World Apart. 10. The Uses of the 'People'. 11. Programme for a Sociology of Sport. 12. Opinion Polls: A 'Science' Without a Scientist. Conclusion. 13. A Lecture on the Lecture. Bibliography on the Works of Pierre Bourdieu, 1958-1988


Pierre Bourdieu and Loïc J. D. Wacquant

Bourdieu, P and Wacquant, L.J.D 1992 Réponses. Pour une anthropologie réflexive (Paris 1992) translated as An Invitation to Reflexive Sociology (Cambridge, Polity. 1992)
Contents: Preface. Part I: Towards a Social Praxeology: The Structure and Logic of Bourdieu's Sociology. 1. Beyond the Antinomy of Social Physics and Social Phenomenology. 2. Classification Struggles and the Dialectic of Social and Mental Structures. 3. Methodological Relationalism. 4. The Fuzzy Logic of Practical Sense. 5. Against Theoreticism and Methodologism: Total Social Science. 6. Epistemic Reflexivity. 7. Reason, Ethics and Politics. Part II: The Purpose of Reflexive Sociology (The Chicago Workshop). 1. Sociology as Socioanalysis. 2. The Unique and the Invariant. 3. The Logic of Fields. 4. Interest, Habitus, Rationality. 5. Language, Gender, and Symbolic Violence. 6. For a Realpolitik of Reason. 7. The Personal is Social. Part III: The Practice of Reflexive Sociology (The Paris Workshop). 1. Handing Down a Trade. 2. Thinking Relationally. 3. A Radical Doubt. 4. 'Double Bind' and Conversion. 5. Participant Objectivation.


Bourdieu, P. 1993 The Field of Cultural Production: Essays on Art and Literature. New York: Columbia University Press. A collection that "brings together Pierre Bourdieu's major essays on art, literature and culture, published between 1968 and 1987". Edited and introduced by Randal Johnson. The Editor's Introduction "Pierre Bourdieu on Art, Literature and Culture" is substantial, with detailed notes and references.

Bourdieu, P. 7.12.1993 "In Praise of Sociology: Acceptance Speech for the Gold Medal of the CNRS". An English translation of the speech made on 7.12.1993 upon receipt of the Gold Medal of the National Centre for Scientific Research. Sociology February 2013 47: pp 7-14,


Bourdieu, P. 1994 Raisons pratiques. Sur la theorie de l'action Paris: éditions du Seuil. Translated into English as Practical Reason: On the theory of action (1998)

Bourdieu, P. 1994/1998 Practical Reason: On the theory of action Cambridge/UK: Polity Press and Stanford/California: Stanford University Press. Translation into English of Raisons pratiques. Sur la theorie de l'action


Bourdieu, P. 4.1998 Contre-feux 1: Propos pour servir à la résistance contre l'invasion Néo-libérale

Bourdieu, P. 4.1998/1998 Acts of Resistance: Against the new myths of our time, Cambridge: Polity. Translation into English by Richard Nice of Contre-feux 1. Published in USA with title "Acts of Resistance. Against the Tyranny of the Market", New York 1999: The New Press; "Backfire: Against the Tyranny of the Market", New York 2000: The New Press).


Bourdieu, P. 2001 Contre-Feux 2. Pour un mouvement social européen, Paris/France. Raisons dïagir. January 2001.
Contents:
Pour un mouvement social européen
L'imposition du modèle américain et ses effets
Pour un savoir engagé
La main invisible des puissants
Contre la politique de dépolitisation
Une coordination ouverte,
Un syndicalisme rénové,
Associer les chercheurs et les militants,
L'Europe ambiguë retour sur le choix d'une action au niveau européen
Les grains de sable
La culture est en danger
L'autonomie menacée
Pour un nouvel internationalisme
Unifier pour mieux dominer
Le double sens de la "globalization"
L'état du champ économique mondial,


Pierre Bourdieu videoed by Pierre Carles

Bourdieu, P. and Carles, P. 2001 La sociologie est un sport de combat. Video available for English listeners in seven parts at http://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL8EC430335E655830 with the title Sociology is a Martial Art

Separate listing:
(1) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Csbu08SqAuc -
(2) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xFuAOP1H6Go -
(3) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y6XM9IHRias -
(4) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TKvVBvDFe0 -
(5) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XtJp_ULuKeQ -
(6) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_V_X52VQcA8 -
(7) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Ksp48lX8hw -

For three years (1998-2001) Pierre Carles followed Pierre Bourdieu, a major sociologist, working to have his research understood and people prompted to action. Sociology is a fighting sport, not an intellectual technical tool for the elite to validate their choices. People need sociology to understand the growing inequalities and fire back, find their way out of the all-economic fatalism.


Joanna Bourke

Bourke, J. 2007 Rape: A history from 1860 to the present London: Virago, viii and 565 pages.


Geoffrey C. Bowker

Bowker, G.C. 2005 Memory Practices in the Sciences Inside Technology. Cambridge, Massachusetts; London: MIT Press. xi and 261 pages
Contents:
Introduction
Chapter 1: Synchronisation and Synchrony in the Archive; Geology and the 1830s
Chapter 2: The Empty Archive; Cybernetics and the 1960s
Chapter 3: Databasing the World; Biodiversity and the 2000s
Conclusion

offline .doc (A final draft?)


Danah M. Boyd and Nicole B. Ellison

Boyd, D. M., and Ellison, N. B. 2007 (Editors) Special Theme: Social Network Sites Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, Volume 13, issue 1

Boyd, D. M., and Ellison, N. B. 2007. "Social Network Sites: Definition, history, and scholarship". Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication, 13 (1), article 11. http://jcmc.indiana.edu/vol13/issue1/boyd.ellison.html

See Subject Index Social Networks


William Boyd

Boyd, W. 1956 Emile for Today The Emile of Jaques Rousseau selected, translated and interpreted by William Boyd, London: Heinemann. Extracts with an introduction to each part by Boyd: 1) Infancy - 2) Boyhood - 3) The Approach of Adolescence - 4) Adolescence - 5) Marriage - Epilogue by Boyd on natural education and national education.


Boyers, R. and Orrill, R. 1971 Laing and Anti-psychiatry Penguin 1972


Keith (John Charles) Bradley 1950-

Bradley, K. 2009 The Bradley Report: "Lord Bradley's review of people with mental health problems or learning disabilities in the criminal justice system." April 2009. London: COI for the Department of Health, 2009. 171 pages. Archived at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov. uk/prod_consum_dh/groups/dh_digitalassets/documents/digitalasset/dh_098698. pdf

See Subject Index Mental health and prison


Fran Branfield and Peter Beresford

Branfield, F. and Beresford, P. 2006 Making User Involvement Work: supporting service user networking and knowledge by Fran Branfield and Peter Beresford ; with contributions from Eamon J. Andrews, Patricia Chambers, Patsy Staddon, Grace Wise and Bob Williams-Findlay Andrews. York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation 2006. xvi and 102 pages. Available online at https://www.jrf.org.uk/report/making-user-involvement- work-supporting-service-user-networking-and-knowledge.

Offline findings - report -


Jonathan Bradshaw and Jane Millar

Bradshaw, J and Millar, J. 1991 Lone Parent Families in the UK by Jonathan Bradshaw and Jane Millar. Department of Social Security. Research reports; 6. Available at http://statistics.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd5/rrep006.pdf


William Braithwaite

Braithwaite, W. 1912 The Beginnings of Quakerism. Macmillan

Braithwaite, W. 1919 The Second Period of Quakerism. Macmillan


Asa Briggs

Briggs, A. 1959 The Age of Improvement 1783-1867 Longman


Daniel Briggs
Reader in Criminology and Criminal Justice at the University of East London

Briggs, D. 2011 Crack Cocaine Users: High Society and Low Life in South London Routledge

Briggs, D. 2012 (Editor) The English Riots of 2011 A Summer of Discontent Hampshire, England, Waterside Press
Contributions from: Stephanie Alice Baker, Tim Bateman, Steve Briggs, Joel Busher, Celia Diaz-Catalan, Rebecca Clarke, Aisha K. Gill, Steve Hall, Simon Harding, Vicky Heap, Steven Hirschler, Liz Kelly, Axel Klein, Lorenzo Navarrete-Moreno, Geoffrey Pearson, Hannah Smithson, John Strawson, Sheldon Thomas, Simon Winlow and Ricardo Zuniga.


John Briggs 1938-

Briggs, J. 1996 Crime and Punishment in England: An introductory history London: UCL Press, viii and 276 pages.

Chapters:
1 The
medieval origins of the English criminal justice system - Anglo-Saxon society - The Norman conquest of England and the law -
Part one: The early modern period
2. Crime and the courts in early modern England
3. Church courts and manor courts
4. The Machinery of law enforcement
5. Imposing the law
6. Punishment
7. Socio-political crime
Part two: Crime, police and punishment in England after the Industrial Revolution, 1800- 75
8. The ordering of society
9. The changing nature of crime in the nineteenth century
10. The policing of society
11. Patterns of punishment
Part three: The making of the modern criminal, 1875 - 1960
12. Patterns of crime
13. Bad behaviour
14. Professional law
15. Ordering punishment
Epilogue


Bristol Women's Studies Group

Bristol Women's Studies Group 1979 Half The Sky: An Introduction to Women's Studies by the Bristol Women's Studies Group ... ; illustrations by Sarah Braun. London : Virago, 1979. Reprinted 1974

Bristol Women's Studies Group was formed in the late 1970s specifically to produce this collection. The nine members were Elizabeth Bird (University of Bristol) - Miriam David (University of Bristol) - Ellen Malos (University of Bristol) - Marilyn Porter (University of Bristol) - Suzanne Skevington (University of Bath) - Helen Taylor (Bristol Polytechnic) - Linda Ward (University of Bristol) - Helen Weinreich-Haste (University of Bath) - Jackie West (University of Bristol). None was teaching Womens's Studies full time, although Marilyn Porter moved on to do so at Manchester. Women's Studies at Bristol, as elsewhere, was largely extra-mural in adult education classes such as those run by the Workers Educational Association. See teaching - mental health


British Psychological Society

Division of Clinical Psychology
"The Division of Clinical Psychology (DCP) promotes the professional interests of clinical psychologists"

DCP May 2013 "Division of Clinical Psychology Position Statement on the Classification of Behaviour and Experience in Relation to Functional Psychiatric Diagnoses - Time for a Paradigm Shift" Released 13.5.2013. Available at http://dcp.bps.org.uk/document-download-area/document- download$.cfm?file_uuid=9EF109E9-0FB3-ED4F-DF84-310F745854CB&ext=pdf


British Social Attitudes Survey 1983-

Entry at UK Data Service

British Social Attitudes 1983 survey Technical report by Sharon Witherspoon available at http://doc.ukdataservice.ac.uk/doc/1935/mrdoc/pdf/1935userguide1.pdf

Public attitudes to poverty and welfare, 1983- 2011 - Analysis using British Social Attitudes data, by Elizabeth Clery, Lucy Lee and Sarah Kunz April 2013. Prepared for the Joseph Rowntree Foundation. Available at http://www.natcen.ac.uk/our-research/research/public-attitudes-to-poverty- and-welfare-1983-2011/


Broadhurst, P.L. 1967 "John B. Watson" in Alta. The University of Birmingham Review Summer 1967 pp 136-140.



Brody, M. 1975 Miriam Brody's introduction to the 1975 Penguin edition of Wollstonecraft 1792, (pages 7-72)


Charlie Brooker

Brooker C, Repper, J, Beverley, C, Ferriter, M and Brewer, N. 2003 Mental Health Services and Prisoners: A review, available at http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20130107105354/http://www.dh.gov. uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/ DH_4084149

Charlie Brooker and Dina Gojkovic

Brooker, C and Gojkovic, D. 2007 The 1st and 2nd national surveys: an analysis of the longitudinal development of mental health prison in-reach teams, Final Report to the Department of Health

Charlie Brooker, Coral Sirdifield and Dina Gojkovic

Brooker, C., Sirdifield, C. and Gojkovic, D. 2007 Mental Health Services and Prisoners: An updated review University of Lincoln. Available at http://eprints.lincoln.ac.uk/2523/

Brooker, C. and Ullman, B. 2008 "Out of sight, out of mind: The state of mental healthcare in prison." Policy Exchange. Available at: httP://www.policyexchange.org.uk

Brooker, C. 2012 "Short-changed: Spending on prison mental health care," Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health. Available at: http://www.lincoln.ac.uk/cjmh/docs/Short- changed.pdf

See Subject Index Mental health and prison


George Stephen Brosan 8.8.1921 - 31.10.2001
Member of the Institution of Electrical Engineers and the Institution of Production Engineers.

Brosan, G.S. 1963 "Education and training for productivity" [A conference paper] Production Engineer, Volume 42, Issue 7, July 1963, p. 399 - 405

Brosan, G.S. 1963 "Consumerism is king?" Production Engineer, 1963, Volume 42, Issue 7, July 1963, page 435 (Correspondence)

Brosan, G.S. and Hayden, J.T. 1966 Advanced Electrical Power and Machines London: Pitman. xxi and 915 pages: 4 plates, tables, diagrams.

Brosan, G.S. 1967 "Psychology of industrial training" Production Engineer, Volume 46, Issue 5, May 1967, p. 333 - 339

George Brosan, Charles Carter, Richard Layard, Peter Venables, and Gareth Williams

Brosan, G.S. and others 1971 Patterns and Policies in Higher Education Series: Penguin education specials. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 186 pages

Brosan, G.S. 1973 "The making of the Eurograd", Education and Training Volume 15 Issue 1, July 1973, pp.9 - 11 - "Dr George Brosan, director of NE London Polytechnic, considers the White Paper in the European context".

Brosan, G.S. 1975 "Which road to 1980?" Production Engineer, Volume 54, Issue 7-8, July August 1975, p. 385 - 386

Brosan, G.S. 1977 "The institution of manufacture?". Editorial. Production Engineer (London), 56 (6), June 1977 p. 3



James A.C. Brown (1911-1965) Deputy Director of the Institute of Social Psychiatry, London

Brown, J.A.C.1961/1964 Freud and the Post Freudians


Richard K. Brown 1933-

Brown, R. 1973 (Editor) Knowledge, Education, and Cultural Change : Papers in the sociology of education A selection of the papers presented at the annual conference of the British Sociological Association, University of Durham, 7-10 April 1970 on the theme The sociology of education'. Edited by Richard Brown. Explorations in sociology ; 2 London: Tavistock [distributed in the USA by Harper & Row Publishers, Barnes & Noble Import Division. xii and 410 pages


Alan Bryman 1947
Department of Social Sciences, Loughborough University (31 years)
University of Leicester
Major research interests: Combining quantitative and qualitative research
[Mixed methods]. Disneyization and McDonaldization. Effective leadership in higher education.

Bryman, A. 2001 Social Research Methods Oxford: Oxford University Press (Second edition 2004 - Third edition 2008)
748 pages

Contents:

Social research strategies -- Research designs -- Planning a research project and formulating research questions -- Getting started: reviewing the literature -- Ethics and politics in social research --

The nature of quantitative research -- Sampling -- Structured interviewing -- Self-completion questionnaires -- Asking questions -- Structured observation -- Content analysis -- Secondary analysis and official statistics -- Quantitative data analysis -- Using SPSS for Windows --

The nature of qualitative -- Ethnography and participant observation -- Interviewing in qualitative research -- Focus groups -- Language in qualitative research -- Documents as sources of data -- Qualitative data analysis -- Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis: using NVivo --

Breaking down the quantitative/qualitative divide -- Mixed methods research: combining quantitative and qualitative research --

E-research: using the internet as object and method of data collection

Writing up social research.


Lyman Bryson 1888-1959

Bryson, L. 1948 (Editor) The Communication Of Ideas: A Series of Addresses New York: Institute for Religious and Social Studies: distributed by Harper. Based principally on lectures delivered November 1946 to February 1947 at the institute.
Contents:
"Problems of communication", by Lyman Bryson
"Some cultural approaches to communication problems", by Margaret Mead
"Classic theories of communication", by W.J. Oates.
"The structure and function of communication in society", by H.D. Lasswell. pp 203-243?.
"Speech and personality", by Wendell Johnson.
"The psychologist's contribution to the communication of ideas", by Irving Lorge.
"Mass communication, popular taste and organized social action", by P.F. Lazarsfeld and R.K. Merton.
"Communication and the arts", by Lennox Grey.
"Communication in practical affairs", by Leo Nejelski.
"Science and writing", by J.M. Clarke.
"Radio", by C.A. Siepmann.
"Problems of freedom", by R.D. Leigh.
"A case history in cross-national communications", by Margaret Mead.
"Leadership, science and policy", by J.M. Goldsen.
"Attention structure and social structure", by H.D. Lasswell.
"Popular art", by Lyman Bryson.


Martin Bulmer

Bulmer, M. 1985 (Editor) Essays on the History of British Sociological Research Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Papers delivered at the 150th Anniversary Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, held at York from 31.8.1981 to 4.9.1981.
Contents:
1. The development of sociology and of empirical social research in Britain Martin Bulmer;
Part Two. History:
2. Social monitors: population censuses as social surveys by C. Hakim;
3. The emergence of the sociological survey, 1887-1939 by Raymond Kent;
4. Durkheim, Booth and Yule: the non-diffusion of an intellectual innovation by Hannan C. Selvin and Christopher Bernert;
5. The Governmental Social Survey by Frank Whitehead;
6. Methodological research on sample surveys: a review of developments in Britain by Gerald Hoinville;
7. Mass-Observation 1937-1949 by Angus Calder;
8. The
Institute of Community Studies by Peter Willmott;
9. Provincials and professionals: the British post-war sociologists by A. H. Halsey;
10. On the eve: a prospect in retrospect by Edward Shils;
Part Three. Use:
11. The uses of British sociology, 1831-1981 by Philip Abrams;
12. Informants, respondents and citizens by Catherine Marsh;
13. Surveys of poverty to promote democracy by Peter Townsend;
14. Reading the palm of the invisible hand: indicators, progress and prediction by Lorraine F. Baric

Bulmer, M. 1997 W.I. Thomas and Robert E. Park: Conceptualising, Theorising, and Investigating Social Processes in Camic, C. 1997 pp 242-261


Burckhardt, J. 1960 The Civilisation of the Renaissance in Italy. English translation for the Italian 1929. 1958 edition.


Ernest Watson Burgess

Burgess, E.W. 1925/2 "The growth of the city: an introduction to a research project" Chapter 2 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Burgess, E.W. 1925/8 "Can neighborhood work have a scientific basis?" Chapter 8 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

Ernest Watson Burgess and Harvey J. Locke

Burgess, E.W. and Locke, H.J. 1945/1950 The Family from Institution to Companionship. American Book Company. (Second edition 1950)
Part 1: The Family in Social Change
1 The Family in Time and Space
2 The Chinese Family
3 The Rural Family
4 The Urban Family
5 The Negro Family
6 The Russian Family
Part 2: The Family and Personality Development
7 Culture and Personality
8 Psychogenic Conditioning
9 Expectations and Roles
10 Fundamental Wishes
Part 3: Family Organisation
11 Family Unity
12 Love and Courtship
13 Mate Selection
14 Marital Success
15 Predicting Marital Adjustment
Part 4: Family Disorganisation and Reorganisation
16 The American Family in Transition
17 Mobility in the Family
18 Family Conflicts and Accommodations
19 Family Crises
20 Family Disruption
21 War and the Family
22 Family Reorganisation


Jeremiah J. Burgess
Major, United States Air Force

Burgess, J.J. 20.5.2013 "The Who, What and How of Social Media Exploitation for a Combatant Commander". Joint Military Operations Department, Naval War College, 686 Cushing Road, Newport, RI, USA. Available at http://oai.dtic.mil/oai/oai?verb=getRecord&metadataPrefix=html&identifier=A DA583348


Bernard Burgoyne

Burgoyne, B. 2000 "Autism and Topology" in Drawing the Soul: Schemas and Models in Psychoanalysis London: Rebus Press.

Burgoyne, B. 5.5.2000 What is a Psychoanalyst? Talk given originally at the UK Council for Psychotherapy Conference on "The Future of Psychoanalysis", 5.5.2000. Available at http://www.jcfar.org/past_papers/What%20is%20a%20psychoanalyst%20- %20Bernard%20Burgoyne.pdf

Burgoyne, B. 2014 Neighbourhood of Love: Technique and Science in Psychoanalysis. London.
Contents
Introduction to Space
Reconstruction of History
Autism and Topology
Socratic Limits
The Secrets of Space
Engagements in Time
Phobia - the Search for Pathways
Questions of Science
What Leaves Structure in the Field of Love?
Dedekind's Path
Lacan's Scientific Methods


Edmund Burke 12.1.1729 - 9.7.1797

Burke, E. 1790 Reflections on the French Revolution and on the Proceedings in Certain Societies in London Relative to that Event. Dent/Everyman 1910



Barbara [L.] Burman 1948-
Barbara Burman Baines [married Jonn R Baines 1974]
Taught (in 1999) at Winchester College of Art, University of Southampton

Burman, B.L. 1973 1900-1925: Some aspects of dress history, with special reference to the work of Picasso and Matisse Dissertation (MA)-- University of London (Courtauld Institute of Art), 1973. 40 leaves.

Burman Baines, B. 1981 Fashion revivals : from the Elizabethan age to the present day by Barbara Burman Baines. London New York : Batsford ; Distributed by Drama Book Specialists. 191 pages,

Barbara Burman and Melissa Leventon

Burman, B. and Leventon, M. 1987 The Men's Dress Reform Party, 1929-37 in Costume no.21, 1987, pp 75-87

Burman, B. 1999 (Editor) The Culture of Sewing: Gender, consumption, and home dressmaking Oxford; New York: Berg, xvi and 350 pages

Contents
Acknowledgements p. xi
Notes on Contributors p. xiii
Introduction by Barbara Burman p.1
Part 1 Home Dresmaking, Class and Identity
1. Patterns of Respectability: Publishing, Home Sewing and the Dynamics of Class and Gender 1870-1914 by Christopher Breward p.21
2. Made at Home by Clever Fingers: Home Dressmaking in Edwardian England by Barbara Burman p.33
3. On the Margins: Theorizing the History and Significance of Making and Designing Clothes at Home by Cheryl Buckley p.55
4. Making Modern Woman, Stitch by Stitch: Dressmaking and Women's Magazines in Britain 1919-39 by Fiona Hackney p.73
5. Home Sewing: Motivational Changes in the Twentieth Century by Sherry Schofield-Tomschin p.97
6. There's No Place Like Home: Home Dressmaking and Creativity in the Jamaican Community of the 1940s to the 1960s by Carol Tulloch p.111
Part 2 Home Dressmaking and Consumption
7. Wearily Moving her Needle: Army Officers' Wives and Sewing in the Nineteenth-Century American West by Julie A. Campbell p.129
8. Commodified Craft, Creative Community: Women's Vernacular Dress in Nineteenth-Century Philadelphia by Kathryn E. Wilson p.141
9. Creating Consumers: Gender, Class and the Family Sewing Machine by Nancy Page Fernandez p.157
10. Patterns of Choice: Women's and Children's Clothing in the Wallis Archive, York Castle Museum by Mary M. Brooks p.169
11. The Sewing Needle as Magic Wand: Selling Sewing Lessons to American Girls after the Second World War by Eileen Margerum p.193
12. Virtual Home Dressmaking: Dressmakers and Seamstresses in Post-War Toronto by Alexandra Palmer p.207
Part 3 Home Dressmaking, Dissemination and Technology
13. The Lady's Economical Assistant of 1808 by Janet Arnold p.223
14. Dreams on Paper: A Story of the Commercial Pattern Industry by Joy Spanabel Emery p.235
15. Homeworking and the Sewing Machine in the British Clothing Industry 1850-1905 by Andrew Godley p.255
16. The Sewing Machine Comes Home by Tim Putnam p.269
17. A Beautiful Ornament in the Parlour or Boudoir: The Domestication of the Sewing Machine by Nicholas Oddy p.285
18. Home Economics and Home Sewing in the United States 1870-1940 p.303 Sally I. Helvenston and Margaret M. Bubolz
19 'Your Clothes are Materials of War': The British Government Promotion of Home Sewing during the Second World War by Helen Reynolds p.327

Barbara Burman and Carole Turbin

Burman, B. and Turbin, C. 2002 (Editors) Material Strategies: Dress and gender in historical perspective Special issue of Gender and History volume 14, no.3 Oxford : Blackwell Publishing November, 2002. vi, p. [371]-630

Burman, B. and Turbin, C. 2003 (Editors) Material Strategies: Dress and gender in historical perspective edited by Barbara Burman and Carole Turbin. Gender and history. Malden, Massachusetts: Blackwell Publishing. 2003. viii and 265 pages.


Kathy Burrell and Panikos Panayi

Burrell, B. and Panayi, P. 2006 Histories and Memories: Migrants and their history in Britain edited by Kathy Burrell and Panikos Panayi. International library of historical studies; 37: London, New York: Tauris Academic Studies. xv and 311 pages. Originates from a conference on "Immigration, History and Memory in Britain" at De Montfort University on 6.9.2003-7.9.2003.


Cyril Lodowic Burt 3.3.1883-10.10.1971
School psychologist for the London County Council 1913-1931
Professor and Chair of Psychology at University College, London 1931- 1951 (?) in succession to Charles Spearman

Link to 1921 law

Burt, C.L. 1921 Mental and Scholastic Tests. London: P. S. King

Burt, C.L. 1931 "Memorandum on the mental characteristics of children beween the ages of seven and eleven by Professor Cyril Burt DSC, Psychologist to the London County Council". Appendix three to HMSO 1931 The Primary School London: HM Stationery Office (Known as the Hadow Report). Available at http://www.educationengland.org.uk/documents/hadow1931/3115.html

Burt, C.L. 1952 The Causes and Treatment of Backwardness The 1952 convocation lecture. London: National Children's Home. 144 pages.

Burt, C.L. 1970 Letters to Miss Ford


Phil Burton-Cartledge - Phil - Phil BC

Phil Burton-Cartledge blogs at A Very Public Sociologist. He tweets as at @philbc3.

A Very Public Sociologist started 8.12.2006


Judith Butler 24.2.1956 - weblinks

Sources about Butler
1999
Labyrinth
1999 Feminist Theory and the Body: A Reader includes readings from Butler and puts her ideas in context
2001 - Dino Franco Felluga [Free access]
2002 Sara Salih
2009 Anthony Elliott 's chapter on feminism has a quite detailed discussion of Judith Butler.
2011 Darren O'Byrne: Chapter five on feminism relates Judith Butler to a wide range of social theorists, but note particularly her relationship to Simone De Beauvoir.
2013 Christine Hauskeller relates to genetics

1986 Beauvoir - 1987 Hegelian - 1990 Gender Trouble and Performative - 1993 Bodies that Matter - 1994 Interview - 1997 Excitable - 1999 Preface - 2004 Undoing Gender and Salih -

Butler, J. 1986 "Sex and Gender in Simone de Beauvoir's Second Sex" in Yale French Studies, No. 72 (1986), pp. 35-49.

Butler, J. 1987 Subjects of Desire: Hegelian Reflections in Twentieth-Century France

Butler, J. 1990 Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity Routledge.

In reading DeBeauvoir and Sartre: "I asked, what configuration of power constructs the subject and the Other, that binary relation between "men" and "women," and the internal stability of those terms? What restriction is here at work? Are those terms untroubling only to the extent that they conform to a heterosexual matrix for conceptualising gender and desire?" (1990 Preface)

Wikipedia links: Gender Trouble. Note section "Bodily Inscriptions, Performative Subversions". Wikipedia link: Performativity

Contents
Preface (1999) p.vii
Preface (1990) p.xxvii
ONE: SUBJECTS OF SEX/GENDER/DESIRE
1.1. "Women" as the Subject of Feminism
1.2. The Compulsory Order of Sex/Gender/Desire
1.3. Gender:The Circular Ruins of Contemporary Debate
1.4. Theorizing the Binary, the Unitary, and Beyond
1.5. Identity, Sex, and the Metaphysics of Substance
1.6. Language, Power, and the Strategies of Displacement
TWO: PROHIBITION, PSYCHOANALYSIS, AND THE PRODUCTION OF THE HETEROSEXUAL MATRIX
2.1. Structuralism's Critical Exchange
2.2. Lacan, Riviere, and the Strategies of Masquerade
2.3. Freud and the Melancholia of Gender
2.4. Gender Complexity and the Limits of Identification
2.5. Reformulating Prohibition as Power
THREE: SUBVERSIVE BODILY ACTS
3.1. The Body Politics of Julia Kristeva
3.2. Foucault, Herculine , and the Politics of Sexual Discontinuity
3.3. Monique Wittig: Bodily Disintegration and Fictive Sex
3.4. Bodily Inscriptions, Performative Subversions
CONCLUSION FROM PARODY TO POLITICS

Judith. J. 1990b "Performative Acts and Gender Constitution: An Essay in Phenomenology and Feminist Theory." in Performing Feminisms: Feminist Critical Theory and Theatre. Edited by Sue-Ellen Case. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1990.

Butler, J. 1993 Bodies That Matter: On the Discursive Limits of "Sex" Routledge.

""Is there a way to link the question of the materiality of the body to the performativity of gender? And how does the category of "sex" figure within such a relationship?" (Introdcution p.1)

Butler, J. Summer 1994 "Interview with Josephine Butler" by Peter Osborne and Lynne Segal: Radical Philosophy issue 67, Summer 1994, pages 32-39. Extracts available at http://www.theory.org.uk/but-int1.htm

Butler, J. 1997 Excitable Speech: A Politics of the Performative

Butler, J. 1999 Preface to second edition of Butler, J. 1990 (Gender Trouble). pp. vii-xxiv?

Butler, J. 2004 Undoing Gender, Routledge.

"While many of Butler's books are intended for a highly academic audience, Undoing Gender reaches out to a much broader readership".

"The essays included here represent some of my most recent work on gender and sexuality focusing on the question of what it might mean to undo restrictively normative conceptions of sexual and gendered life. Equally, however, the essays are about the experience of becoming undone in both good and bad ways."(Introduction, p.1)
Introduction: acting in concert
Beside oneself: on the limits of sexual autonomy
Gender regulations
Doing justice to someone: sex reassignment and allegories of transsexuality
Undiagnosing gender
Is kinship always already heterosexual?
Longing for recognition
Quandaries of the incest taboo
Bodily confessions
The end of sexual difference?
The question of social transformation
Can the "other" of philosophy speak?

Butler and Salih 2004 The Judith Butler Reader edited by Sara Salih, with Judith Butler. Malden, Massachusetts: Blackwell.
Introduction by Sara Salih
PART ONE Sex, Gender Performativity, and the Matter of Bodies
1. Variations on sex and gender: Beauvoir, Wittig, Foucault (1987 Hegelian)
2. Desire, rhetoric, and recognition in Hegel's Phenomenology of Spirit (1987 Hegelian)
3. Bodily inscriptions, performative subversions (1990 Trouble)
4. Imitation and gender insubordination (1990 Imitation)
5. The lesbian phallus and the morphological imaginary (1993 Bodies)
PART TWO: Fantasy, Censorship, and Discursive Power
6. The force of fantasy: Mapplethorpe, feminism, and discursive excess (1990 Fantasy)
7. Endangered/endangering: schematic racism and white paranoia (1993 Racism)
8. Burning acts, injurious speech (1997 Excitable)
PART THREE: Subjection, Kinship, and Critique
9. Melancholy gender/refused identification (1997)
10. Competing universalities (2000)
11. Promiscuous obedience (2000)
12. What is critique? an essay on Foucault's virtue? (2001)
PART FOUR: Making Difficulty Clear
13 Changing the Subject: Judith Butler's Politics of Radical Resignification (2000)
14 Selected Bibliography of Works by Judith Butler

Butler, J. 2005 Giving an Account of Oneself New York: Fordham University Press. x and 149 pages.
Contents: An account of oneself -- Scenes of address -- Foucaultian subjects -- Posthegelian queries -- "Who are you?" -- Against ethical violence -- Limits of judgment -- Psychoanalysis -- Laplanche and Levinas : the I and the you responsibility -- Laplanche and Levinas on the primacy of the other -- Adorno on becoming human -- Foucault's critical account of himself.


Tim Butler

Butler, T. 2002 "Thinking Global but Acting Local: the Middle Classes in the City" Sociological Research Online, vol. 7, no. 3, available at http://www.socresonline.org.uk/7/3/timbutler.html


Butt, J. 1971 (Editor) Robert Owen, prince of cotton spinners: a symposium David & Charles: Newton Abbot.


Katherine S. Button

Button, K. S. 2012 The Role of Biased Information Processing in Social Anxiety 173 pages. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Bristol

Katherine S. Button, John P. A. Ioannidis, Claire Mokrysz, Brian A. Nosek, Jonathan Flint, Emma S. J. Robinson and Marcus R. Munafò

Button, K. S. and others 2013 "Power failure: why small sample size undermines the reliability of neuroscience" Nature Review of Neuroscience 14, 365- 376. (May 2013)

Abstract: A study with low statistical power has a reduced chance of detecting a true effect, but it is less well appreciated that low power also reduces the likelihood that a statistically significant result reflects a true effect. Here, we show that the average statistical power of studies in the neurosciences is very low. The consequences of this include overestimates of effect size and low reproducibility of results. There are also ethical dimensions to this problem, as unreliable research is inefficient and wasteful. Improving reproducibility in neuroscience is a key priority and requires attention to well-established but often ignored methodological principles.

Button, K. S. 10.4.2013 "Unreliable neuroscience? Why power matters" by Kate Button. Article published on the Guardian website at 12.30 BST on Wednesday 10.4.2013. Last modified Wednesday 3.7.2013. Available http://www.theguardian.com/science/sifting-the- evidence/2013/apr/10/unreliable-neuroscience-power-matters

Subject index: biological bases - statistics


Brendan Caffrey

Caffrey, Brendan 2007 Why Work? Sociological Answers available at http://web.archive.org/web/20080207082314/http://whywork.org.uk/intro.htm 19.4.2007
Chapter 1: The Nature of Work
Chapter 2: Freedom and Constraint
Chapter 3: Boring Work
Chapter 4: Voluntary/Involuntary Unemployment
Chapter 5: Domestic Work
Chapter 6: Emotion Work
Chapter 7: The Work of Managers
Chapter 8: Trade Unions
Chapter 9: Black Workers
Chapter 10: Professional Work
Chapter 11: Conclusion


Craig Calhoun 1952 -

Calhoun, C. 1992 (Editor) Habermas and the public sphere Conference papers edited by Craig Calhoun. Studies in contemporary German social thought. Cambridge, Massachuusetts: MIT Press.
Contents
Introduction - Habermas and the public sphere, Craig Calhoun.
Part 1 Philosophical models: practical discourse - on the relation of morality to politics, Thomas McCarthy;
3. Models of public space - Hannah Arendt, the liberal tradition and Jurgen Habermas by Seyla Benhabib
4. The public sphere - models and boundaries by Peter Uwe Hohendahl;
5. Rethinking the public sphere? - a contribution to the critique of actually existing democracy by Nancy Fraser
6. Was there ever a public sphere? if so, when? reflections on the American case by Michael Schudson
7. Political theory and historical analysis by Moishe Postone.
Part 2 Historical publics
8. Defining the public sphere in 18th century France - variations on a theme by Habermas by Keith Michael Baker
9. Religion, science, and printing in the public spheres in 17th- century England by David Zaret
10. Habermas, history and critical theory by Lloyd Kramer
11. Gender and public access - women's politics in 19th-century America by Mary P. Ryan
12 Nations, publics, and political cultures - placing Habermas in the 19th century by Geoff Eley
13. The pragmatic ends of popular politics by Harry C. Boyte.
Part 3 Public communication
14. The media and the public sphere by Nicholas Garnham
15. The mass public and the mass subject by Michael Warner
16. Textuality, mediation and public discourse by Benjamin Lee.
Part 4 Conclusion and response:
17. Further reflections on the public sphere by Jurgen Habermas.
18. Concluding remarks

Calhoun, C. 2006 "Pierre Bourdieu and Social Transformation: Lessons from Algeria", Development and Change Vol 37, issue 6, pp.1404-1413 November 2006



Calvin Jean Clavin - Ioanne Calvino - John Calvin 10.7.1509 - 27.5.1564

Calvin 1536 Christianae religionis institutio : totam ferè pietatis summã & quicquid est in doctrina salutis cognitu necessarium complectens : omnibus pietatis studiosis lectu dignissimum opus, ac recens editum Praefatio ad Christianissimum regem franciae, qua hic ei liber pro confessione fidei offertur First edition: Basel: [T. Platteru and B. Lasium 1536. English translation: "Institution of the Christian religion: embracing almost the whole sum of piety & whatever is necessary to know the doctrine of salvation : a work most worthy to be read by all persons zealous for piety, and recently published : preface to the most Christian King of France, whereas this book is offered to him as a confession of faith".

Translation in French 1541: Institution de la religion chrestienne: en laquelle est comprinse une somme de pieté, et quasi tout ce qui est necessaire a congnoistre en la doctrine de salut, Genève, Michel Du Bois, 1541.


Charles Camic

Camic, C. 1997 (Editor) Reclaiming the Sociological Classics: The State of the Scholarship Massachuusetts and Oxford. Blackwell Publishers.


Pat Carlen

Carlen, P. 1983 Women's Imprisonment: A study in social control London ; Boston : Routledge and Kegan Paul. 248 pages.

Carlen, P. 1.1989 Women's Imprisonment: A strategy for abolition Prison Reform Trust lecture January 1989. University of Keele. Centre for Criminology. Occasional paper 3. 21 pages.

Carlen, P. 1998 Sledgehammer: Women's imprisonment at the millennium Basingstoke: Macmillan. 180 pages.
Contents: Acknowledgements - Author's Preface - 1990s Statistical Profile of Women's Imprisonment - Introduction - From John Howard to Michael Howard - And Back Again - Women, Gender and Imprisonment - The 1990s: Penal Hammer of Bureaucratic Screw? - The Future of Women's Imprisonment.
Based on research completed in 1997. Develops themes of previous work, but introduces concepts such as "gender testing", and "ameliorative justice". Uses words and views of both staff and inmates of the women's prisons.

Pat Carlen and Anne Worrall

Carlen, P. and Worrall, A. 2004 Analysing women's imprisonment Cullompton: Willan, 242 pages.
Contents: Introduction -
Chapter 1. Histories of women's imprisonment - includes The modernisers - The limits to modernism - The postmodernists
Chapter 2. Women in prison: the facts - includes Sentencing women: chivalry or double jeopardy? - Discrimination and Section 95 publications - Counting women in prison - Characteristics of women in prison - International comparisons
Chapter 3. Women in prison: contemporary issues - includes A safe environment - Treating people with respect - A full, constructive and purposeful regime - Resettlement training to prevent re-offending -
Chapter 4. Theories of women's imprisonment - includes - Why do women's prisons take the forms they do? - What are women's prisons for? - Political explanations - Penological explanations - Does prison work? Practical assessments - Does prison work? Penal theorists' assessments - Cultural explanations - Classical approaches - Feminist approaches - Foucauldian feminist approaches -
Chapter 5. Alternatives to custody - includes Why aren't women criminalised as much as men? - Why are some women treated leniently by the criminal courts (or are they)? - Alternatives to prison for women - Three models of correctional change (Cohen 1983) - Three generations of intensive supervision - Women and community punishment - Women and fines - Trends in supervisory community sentences for women - Women and community rehabilitation orders (formerly probation orders) - Women and community punishment orders (formerly community service) - Women and drugs treatment - Women and electronic monitoring - Women and hostels - Women and intensive supervision - Women and restorative justice - What works for women offenders? - Women-wise penology
Chapter 6. Feminist theories of imprisonment and penal politics - includes Administrative, critical, abolitionist and feminist perspectives on punishment - Campaigns for abolition of women's imprisonment - Feminist politics and prisoner-research ethics - Theorizing the relationships between theory, penal politics and campaigning for change
Chapter 7. Investigating women's imprisonment: practical issues - includes Designing the project - Project design checklist - Gaining access - Gaining access checklist - Contacting the interviewees or research participants - Ethical issues - Leaving the research site


Thomas Carlyle 1795-1881

Carlyle, T. 1831/1838 Sartor Resartus. The Life and Opinions of Herr Teufelsdröckh Written in 1831, published in installments in Fraser's Magazine in 1834, published in USA by Emerson in 1836, published as a book in England in 1838. Made available by Project Gutenberg at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/1051/1051-h/1051-h.htm

See summary of argument in biography and under clothes

Contents
Books and chapters
1.1. Preliminary.
1.2. Editorial difficulties.
1.3. Reminiscences.
1.4. Characteristics.
1.5. The world in clothes.
1.6. Aprons.
1.7. Miscellaneous-historical.
1.8. The world out of clothes.
1.9. Adamitism.
1.10. Pure reason.
1.11. Prospective.
2.1. Genesis.
2.2. Idyllic.
2.3. Pedagogy.
2.4. Getting under way.
2.5. Romance.
2.6. Sorrows of Teufelsdrockh.
2.7. The everlasting no.
2.8. Centre of indifference.
2.9. The everlasting yea.
2.10. Pause.
3.1. Incident in modern history.
3.2. Church-clothes.
3.3. Symbols.
3.4. Helotage.
3.5. The phoenix.
3.6. Old clothes.
3.7. Organic filaments.
3.8. Natural supernaturalism.
3.9. Circumspective.
3.10. The dandiacal body.
3.11. Tailors.
3.12. Farewell.
Appendix.

Carlyle, T. 1837/1839 The French Revolution. Two Volumes Dent 1906

See timeline French Revolution

Carlyle, T. 1840 Chartism

Carlyle, T. 1841 Heroes, Hero-worship and the heroic in history

Carlyle, T. 1843 Past and Present

Carlyle, T. 1850 Latter-day Pamphlets by Thomas Carlyle
Contents:
Carlyle, T. 1.2.1850: No 1: The Present Time.
Carlyle, T. 1.3.1850: No 2: Model Prisons.
Carlyle, T. 1.4.1850: No 3: Downing Street.
Carlyle, T. 15.4.1850: No 4: The New Downing Street.
Carlyle, T. 1.5.1850: No 5: Stump-orator.

Carlyle, T. 1971 Selected Writings Edited by Alan Shelston. Penguin


Edmund Carpenter and Marshall McLuhan.

Carpenter, E. and McLuhan, M. 1960 (Editors) Explorations in Communication: An Anthology Beacon Press.


Sarah Carr

Carr, S. 2002/2003 "Lesbian and gay perspectives on mental distress" in SPN Paper Three: Start Making Sense. Developing Social Models to understand and work with mental distress.

Carr, S. 3.2003 "Duty of care: employment, mental health and disability" Journal of Mental Health Promotion 2(1) March 2003 pp.6-23.

Carr S 2004 Social Care Institute for Excellence Position paper 3: Has service user participation made a difference to social care services? London: SCIE/Policy Press

Carr, S. 2005 "The sickness label infected everything we said': lesbian and gay perspectives on mental distress" in Tew J (editor) Social Perspectives in Mental Health London: Jessica Kingsley pp.168 -183 [Based on Carr, S. 2002/2003]
"Presents an auto/biographical (Stanley 1990) or 'auto-ethnographic' 'case study' of myself as a gay mental health service user" ... Recognised by Trotter et al 2006 as an example of 'auto-ethnography' (Carr 2011)

Carr, S. 2011 Administration or transformation? An exploration of personalisation reforms, service user participation and diversity strategies in adult social care. [Doctorate by Public Works] Available from Middlesex University's Research Repository at http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/9126/

Carr, S. 2013 "Individual narratives and collective knowledge: capturing lesbian, gay and bisexual service user experiences" Chapter ten in Staddon, P. 2013 Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives

Carr, S. 13.6.2014 "The Potential of Autoethnography for Generating User/Survivor Knowledge" by Dr Sarah Carr - a presentation from the symposium on social movements and their contributions to sociological knowledge on mental health at the University of Wolverhampton, 13.6.2014. Available at http://www.slideshare.net/britsoc/the-potential- ofautoethnographyforgeneratingusersurvivorknowledgecarrbsasymposiumpaper201 4 . Paper based on chapter eleven (above) in Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives<

Sarah Carr and Jeanette Copperman

Carr, S and Copperman, J. 19.6.2014 "Scoping interest in creating a publicly facing digital archive of women's activism in mental health in the UK": Report of workshop held in 2014 at the Open University London. The Open University. Available at http://oro.open.ac.uk/43461/1/Final%20Report%20Women%20and%20Mental%20Healt h%20Workshop.pdf

Sarah Carr

Carr, S. 2014 HSMC Policy Paper 18: Social care for marginalised communities: balancing self-organisation, micro-provision and mainstream support (literature review). University of Birmingham. Available at http://www.birmingham.ac.uk/Documents/college-social-sciences/social- policy/HSMC/publications/PolicyPapers/policy-paper-18-sarah-carr.pdf

Carr, S. 2015 Talk for panel debate: is service user and survivor research safe in the university? 1.6.2015 St George's University, London.


Eamonn Carrabine

Eamonn Carrabine, Paul Iganski, Maggy Lee, Ken Plummer, Nigel South
University of Essex

Carrabine, E, Iganski, P, Lee, M, Plummer, K and Sooth, N. 2006 Criminology - A Sociological Introduction Routledge, London.


Alexander Morris Carr-Saunders 1886-1966 and David Caradog Jones 1910-1973

Carr-Saunders, A. M. and Caradog Jones, D. 1927 A survey of the social structure of England and Wales as illustrated by statistics London: Oxford University Press. xvii and 246 pages [A second edition was published in 1937]

Alexander Morris Carr-Saunders, David Caradog Jones and Claus Adolf Moser 24.11.1922-

Carr-Saunders, A.M., Caradog Jones, D. and Moser, C.A. 1958 (Editors) A Survey of social conditions in England and Wales : as illustrated by statistics Third edition. Oxford : Clarendon Press. xxi and 302 pages.


John H. Cartwright 1953- and Brian Baker 1969-

Cartwright, J.H. and Baker, B. 2005 Literature and Science: Social impact and interaction Science and society. Santa Barbara, California; Oxford: ABC-CLIO. xxi, 471 pages.
Contents:
Medieval cosmology and European literature: Dante and Chaucer
Science and literature in the Elizabethan renaissance
Science and literature in seventeenth-century England
Science and literature, 1680-1790
The touch of cold philosophy: the response to science in Romantic literature, 1790-1840
Nineteenth-century American literature and science: problems of analogy
Those dreadful hammers : geology and evolution in nineteenth-century literature
Darwin's gothic: science and literature in the late nineteenth century
Themes in science fiction
Science and literature in the twentieth century: from entropy to chaos
The two cultures debates
Science wars and imperial ambitions
Epilogue: a time for cultural exchange.


Carl Cassegard

Cassegard, C. 2016 "What's alternative about alternative space?" Designing Media Ecology Volume 5 (Summer 2016)

See Subject Index Space


Francesco Cassata
Research Fellow at the University of Turin, Department of Economics

Cassata, F. 2006 Molti, sani e forti

Cassata, F. 2011 Building the new man : eugenics, racial science and genetics in twentieth-century Italy by Francesco Cassata translated by Erin O'Loughlin. CEU Press studies in the history of medicine ; v. 3 Budapest ; New York : Central European University Press, 2011. ix and 428 pages. Open Edition available at http://books.openedition.org/ceup/697?nomobile=1
Contents:
Between Lombroso and Pareto: the Italian way to Eugenics -- Eugenics and Dysgenics of war -- Regenerating Italy (1919-1924) -- Quality through quantity: Eugenics in fascist Italy -- Eugenics and racism (1938-1943) -- Toward a new Eugenics -- Against Unesco: Italian Eugenics and American scientific racism.
"This is an extended version of the 2006 Italian edition Molti, sani e fonti. L'eugenetica in Italia, by Bollati Boringhieri Editore, Torino".


Ernst Cassirer 28.7.1874 - 13.4.1945

Cassirer, E. 1963 Rousseau, Kant, Goethe [Introduction by Peter Gay] The two essays it contains were translated from the German and published in English in or by 1945.

Cassirer, E. 1954 The Question of Jean Jacques Rousseau


Joshua Castellino

Joshua Castellino and Kathleen A. Cavanaugh

Castellino, J. and Cavanaugh, K.A. Minority Rights in the Middle East Oxford : Oxford University Press. xix and 430 pages.
Chapters:
Introduction
1. The Contemporary Middle East
2. Minority Identities in the Middle East: Religious Minorities
3. Minority Identities in the Middle East: Ethno-National and Other Minorities
4. Minority Rights in Iraq
5. Minority Rights in Syria
6. Minority Rights in Lebanon
Conclusion

Related event: 18.10.2013: "Coinciding with a major BBC three-part series about the Ottoman Empire, Middlesex University is bringing together the series' makers and a leading human rights expert in Hendon to debate the empire and how it relates to the Middle East in today's context.

The debate about 600 years of the 'last great Islamic empire' will look at what the Ottomans can teach us about minority rights in the Middle East today, what history reveals about tolerance and minority rights across Europe and the Middle East, and whether Turkey holds a key to understanding the West's relationship with Islam?

The talking points thrown up by the BBC series 'The Ottomans: Europe's Muslim Emperors' will be discussed by the programme's Executive Producer Mike Smith; BBC Head of Religion and Ethics, Commissioning Editor and Middlesex University Professor Aaqil Ahmed; and leading human rights expert Dr Kathleen Cavanaugh.

The debate will be followed by the launch of the book 'Minority Rights in the Middle East' by Middlesex University's Professor Joshua Castellino and NUI Galway's Dr Kathleen Cavanaugh.

Challenging some of the existing narratives on minorities in the Middle East, the book provides an overview of the historical social formation of minority groups within the region and examines how the status of these groups, as well as their relationship with a range of legal frameworks, have shifted and changed over time.

The event will include the screening of clips from 'The Ottomans: Europe's Muslim Emperors' series. The three-part BBC Two series presented by Rageh Omaar traces the 600-year-old story of the Ottoman Empire that encompassed European, Arab and North African lands. Filmed on location in Turkey, the Balkans, Greece and the Middle East, it examines the many sides of the dynasty of Sultans including the changing role of religion, its economic ambitions, social organisation and its relationship with non-Muslims.

The event takes place on Friday 18 October from 3.30pm


Manuel Castells 1942 -

Wallis Annenberg Chair Professor of Communication Technology and Society at the Annenberg School of Communication, University of Southern California, Los Angeles.
Research Professor of Information Society at the Open University of Catalonia (UOC) in Barcelona
Professor Emeritus of Sociology and of Planning, at the University of California at Berkeley
Distinguished Visiting Professor of Technology and Society at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

See Bauman and May chpter 4 - Elliott and Ray 2003 - Anthony Elliott 2009 (Networks, Risks, Liquids) - Hedgehog Review 1999 Review by Krishan Kumar [Available free online] - Held and McGrew 2000 - Steven Seidman 2008 (possibly earlier editions)

Castells, M. 1996 "The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture" volume one The Rise of the Network Society. Cambridge, Massachusetts; Oxford, UK: Blackwell. A second edition in 2000

Castells, M. 1997 "The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture" volume two The Power of Identity. Cambridge, Massachusetts; Oxford, UK: Blackwell. A second edition in 2004

Castells, M. 1998 "The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture" volume three End of Millennium. Cambridge, Massachusetts; Oxford, UK: Blackwell. A second edition in 2000

Castells, M. 2001 The Internet Galaxy: Reflections on the internet, Business and Society Oxford University Press

Manuel Castells and Gustavo Cardoso

Castells, M. and Cardoso, G. 2005 (Editors) The Network Society: From Knowledge to Policy. Washington, DC: Johns Hopkins Center for Transatlantic Relations, 2005


Stephen Castles and Mark J. Miller.

Castles, S. and Miller, M.J. 1993 The Age of Migration: international population movements in the modern world. London: Macmillan. (Second edition 1998 - Third edition 2003)

Castles, S. and Miller, M.J. 2008 The Age of Migration: international population movements in the modern world. Basingstoke: Macmillan. (Fourth edition)
Contents: Introduction - Theories of Migration - Globalization, Development and Migration - International Migration before 1945 - Migration to Europe, North America and Oceania since 1945 - Migration in the Asia Pacific Region - Migration in Africa, the Middle East and North America, and Latin America - The State and International Migration: The Quest for Control - Migration and Security - Migrants and Minorities in the Labour Force - New Ethnic Minorities and Society - Migrants and Politics - Conclusion: Migration and Mobility in the Twenty-First Century


George Edward Gordon Catlin 1896-1979
Trans-Atlantic political theorist
Taught at Cornell University, New York from 1923
Chairman and Bronfman Professor in the Department of Economics and Political Science at McGill University between 1956 and 1960
See Francis Wormuth 1961

Catlin, G.E.G. 1920 "Thomas Hobbes, as a Man of Letters", by "Pertinax", Arnold Memorial Prize Essay. 22 pages.

Catlin, G.E.G. 1922 Thomas Hobbes as philosopher, publicist and man of letters: An introduction Oxford. 64 pages

Catlin, G.E.G. 1930 A Study of the Principles of Politics: Being an essay towards political rationalisation. London: G. Allen and Unwin. New York: The Macmillan Company (Printed in Great Britain). 469 pages.
"The present volume brings to its conclusion a work ... of which part has already been published in an earlier volume, entitled the science and method of politics." (Preface)

Catlin, G.E.G. 1938 "Introduction to the translation" of Durkheim, E. 1895/1938. The Rules of Sociological Method pp xi-xxxvi (25 pages). See Catlin
Six numbered sections [no titles] summarised below.
Section 1. [Stresses that this is a "manual in method" (p. xii)]
Section 2. [What Durkheim means by social facts]
Section 3. [Reason for defect of precision in Durkheim's social facts]
Section 4. [The "long and unhappy history" of the "social mind" idea from Plato to Mussolini]
Section 5. [Criticises Durkheim's "science of morality" for confusing facts and values.]
Section 6. [Durkheim's concepts lead to popular dictatorship. His method of studying social facts could destroy tyranny.

Catlin, G.E.G. 1956 "The Function of Political Science" The Western Political Quarterly December 1956 9: pp 815-825.


Michael Cavadino 1953 - Lecturer in Law at the Centre for Criminological and Socio-Legal Studies, Sheffield University
University of Central Lancashire

Cavadino, M. 1975 The Rights of the Mental Deviant: An examination of the law relating to mental 'health' in England and Wales MA Thesis. University of Sheffield.

Cavadino, M. 1984 An Examination and Evaluation of English Mental Health Law. Ph.D. Thesis - University of Sheffield, Faculty of Law,

Cavadino, M. 1989 Mental Health Law in Context: Doctors' Orders? Dartmouth

Michael Cavadino and James Dignan

Cavadino, M. and Dignan, J. 1992 The Penal System: An introduction London: Sage, 298pages
Contents:
Crisis? What crisis?
Justifying punishment
Explaining punishment
Court decisions: the crux of the crisis
Prisons: expansion and explosion
Early release: the penal system's safety valve
Non-custodial penalties: towards decarceration or the punitive city?
Young offenders: from system disaster to systems management?
Bias in the criminal justice system
Solving the crisis?

Cavadino, M. 1997 "A Vindication of the Rights of Psychiatric Patients" Journal of Law and Society 24 pp 235-51


Claudia Cavagna

Cavagna, C. 1.2008 "An exploration of the theories of crime and punishment in the work of Beccaria, Bentham and Foucault". Middlesex University essay January 2008.


Centre for Disability Research 2008-
Lancaster University

Disability Studies Conference - 2003 archive - 2004 archive - 2006 archive - 2008 archive - 2010 archive - 2012 archive - 2014 archive

2014 Abstracts online - offline - Includes Wicked Fish and Mad Studies Stream

Mad Studies Network 2014 - meaning of mad studies


Centre for Law and Religion at Cardiff Law School
Established in the summer of
1998 to promote research and its dissemination in this field

http://www.law.cf.ac.uk/clr/

See Subject Index Religion

The Interfaith Legal Advisers Network
Established by Cardiff Law School's Centre of Law and Religion in December 2007
http://www.law.cf.ac.uk/clr/networks/ilan.html

ILAN 12.2007a Roman Catholic Church

ILAN 12.2007b Quakers

ILAN 12.2007c Methodist Church


James William Crone Chadkirk 1950-

Chadkirk, J.W.C. 2014 Patterns of Membership and Participation Among British Quakers, 1823-2012 MA Thesis. School of Theology, Philosophy and Religion Centre for Postgraduate Quaker Studies The University of Birmingham. September 2014. Available http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/5787/1/Chadkirk15MPhil.pdf


Prue Chamberlayne, Joanna Bornat, and Tom Wengraf

Chamberlayne, P., Bornat, J., Wengraf, T. 2000 (Editors) The Turn to Biographical Methods in Social Science: Comparative Issues and Examples London: Routledge,

Publisher's information: Biographical research methods have become a useful and popular tool for contemporary social scientists. This book combines an exploration of the historical and philosophical origins of this important field of qualitative research with comparative examples of the different ways that biographical methods have been successfully applied internationally. Through these many illustrative examples of socio- biography in process, the authors show how formal textual analysis, while uncovering hidden emotional defenses, can also shed light on wider historical processes of societal transformation.

Introduction
Part One: Issues of Methodology and Theory
1, Reflections on the biographical turn in social science by Mike Rustin
2. Biographical analysis: a 'German' school? by Ursula Apitzsch and Lena Inowlocki
3. Case histories of families and social processes: enriching sociology by Daniel Bertaux and Catherine Delcroix
4. The vanishing point of resemblance: comparative welfare as philosophical anthropology by Andrew Cooper
5. Biographical work and biographical structuring in present-day societies by Wolfram Fischer-Rosenthal
6. Clinical Hermeneutics: from the ontology to self as a case example by Anthony Hazzard
7. Uncovering the general from within the particular: From contingencies to typologies in the understanding of cases by Tom Wengraf
Part Two: Examples of Biographical Methods in Use
8. Biography, anxiety and the experience of locality by Wendy Hollway and Tony Jefferson
9. Texts in a changing context: reconstructing lives in east Germany by Molly Andrews
10. Situated selves, the coming-out genre and equivalent citizenship in narratives of HIV by Corinne Squire
11. Extreme right attitutes in the biographies of west German youth Martine Schiebel
12. The metamorphosis of Habitus among east Germans Astrid Segert and Irene Zierke
13. Researching the implications of family change for older people: the contribution of a life-history approach by Joanna Bornat, Brian Dimmock, David Jones and Sheila Pearce
14. Biography and identity: life-story work in transitions of care for people with profound learning difficulties by Dave Middleton and Helen Hewitt
15. Understanding the carer's world: a biographic-interpretive case study by Chris Jones and Susanna Rupp
16. Single mothers and Berlin life-styles: a new mode of social reproduction Claudia Neususs and Eva Madje
17. Part of the system: the experience of home-based caring in west Germany bt Annette King
18. Modernisation as lived experience: contrasting case examples from the Sostris project by Prue Chamberlayne and Antonella Spano


Robert Chambers 10.7.1802 - 17.3.1871

Chambers, R. 1844 (anonymously) Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation London, 1844.

Chambers, R. 1845 (anonymously) Explanations: A Sequel to "Vestiges of the Natural History of Creation" By the author of that work London, 1845.


Daniel Chandler 1952 -

Chandler, Daniel 1995- Semiotics for Beginners. Aberystwyth University. Available at http://www.aber.ac.uk/media/Documents/S4B/semiotic.html


Sarah Chaney

Chaney, S. 2013 Self-Mutilation and Psychiatry: Impulse, Identity and the Unconscious in British Explanations of Self-Inflicted Injury, c. 1864 - 1914 Sarah Chaney PhD History of Medicine University College London 2013

Sarah Chaney and Jennifer Walke

Chaney, S. and Walke, J. 2015 "Life and luxury in Monks Orchard: from Bethlem Hotel to community care, 1930-2000". The Lancet Psychiatry Volume 2, No. 3, p209-211, March 2015, available at http://www.thelancet.com/journals/lanpsy/article/PIIS2215- 0366%2815%2900068-1/fulltext


Kathy Charmaz 1939-

Charmaz, K. 2006 Constructing Grounded Theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis Introducing Qualitative Methods Series. and London: Sage Publications. xiii and 208 pages.
Chapter 1 - An Invitation to Grounded Theory
Chapter 2 - Gathering Rich Data
Chapter 3 - Coding in Grounded Theory Practice

Chapter 4 - Memo-writing Chapter 5 - Theoretical Sampling, Saturation, and Sorting Chapter 6 - Reconstructing Theory in Grounded Theory Studies
Chapter 7 - Writing the Draft Chapter 8 - Reflecting on the Research Process


Joel M. Charon 1939-

Charon, J.M. 1979 Symbolic Interactionism: An introduction, an interpretation, an integration Prentice-Hall sociology series. Englewood Cliffs; London [etc.]: Prentice-Hall.

Charon, J.M.1979 Symbolic Interactionism: An introduction, an interpretation, an integration (10th edition) Upper Saddle River, N.J. :Prentice Hall; London: Pearson Education. 240 pages. Contents: Chapter 1: The Nature of Perspective - Chapter 2: The Perspective of Social Science - Chapter 3: Symbolic Interactionism as a Perspective - Chapter 4: The Meaning of the Symbol - Chapter 5: The Importance of the Symbols - Chapter 6: The Nature of The Self - Chapter 7: The Human Mind - Chapter 8: Taking the Role of the Other - Chapter 9: Human Action - Chapter 10: Social Interaction - Chapter 11: Society - Chapter 12: Erving Goffman - Chapter 13: Symbolic Interactionism.


François Châtelet 27.4.1925 - 26.12.1985

Châtelet, F. 1.7.1967 "Où en est le structuralisme?" (What is structuralism?) La Quinzaine littéraire (The Literary Fortnight) 1.7.1967. Available at http://laquinzaine.wordpress.com/2008/05/12/ou-en-est- le-structuralisme/


David Cheal 1945-

Cheal, D. 2002 Sociology of Family Life Basingstoke : Palgrave. xi and 192 pages
An "accessible introductory text"
Contents include - Family Complexity - Family Priorities - Entries, Exits and Voices Off-Stage - Intimate Relationships - Childcare and Caregiving - Money and the Family Economy - Family Environments - - Glossary.


Checkland S.G & E.O.A. (Editors) 1974 The Poor Law Report of 1834 Penguin


Jean-Claude Chesnais

Chesnais, J-C 2003 "Violent deaths in the world" Population and Societies Number 395, November 2003. Available at http://www.ined.fr/fichier/t_publication/530/publi_pdf2_pop_and_soc_english _395.pdf


Meda Chesney-Lind

Chesney-Lind, M. 1997 The Female Offender: Girls, Women, and Crime Thousand Oaks and London: Sage Publications. 220 pages
Contents: Introduction - Girls' troubles and female delinquency - Girls, gangs, and violence: rediscovering the liberated female crook - The juvenile justice system and girls - Trends in women's crime - Drugs, violence, and women's crime - Sentencing women to prison : equality without justice - Conclusion.


Vere Gordon Childe 14.4.1892 - 19.10.1957
Director of the Institute of Archaeology, the University of London

Childe, V.G 1942 What Happened in History? Penguin

Childe, V.G. 1950 "The Urban Revolution" The Town Planning Review, Volume 21, No. 1, April 1950, pp. 3-17


Peter Childs

Peter Childs and Mike Storry

Childs, P. and Storry, M. 1999 (Editors) Encyclopedia of contemporary British culture London : Routledge 1999. xxvii and 628 pages.


Kukhee Choo

Choo, K., 2008 "Visual Evolution Across the Pacific: The Influence of Anime and Video Games on US Film Media". Post Script - Essays in Film and the Humanities 28(2), pp. 28-37.

See Subject Index Culture


Alok Choudhary

Choudhary, Alok; William Hendrix, Kathy Lee; Diana Palsetia; Wei-Keng Liao, 2012, "Social media evolution of the Egyptian revolution" Communications of the ACM, Volume 55 Issue 5, May 2012 Pages 74-80 ACM New York, NY, USA. Available at http://cucis.ece.northwestern.edu/publications/pdf/ChoHenLee12.pdf

See Subject Index Media - Social Media


Steven E. Churchill

Churchill, S.E. 2014 Thin on the Ground: Neandertal Biology, Archeology and Ecology John Wiley and Sons, 2.10.2014 - Social Science - 472 pages

Publisher's website has detailed contents list


George D. Chryssides 1945- and Ron Geaves
George D. Chryssides is Honorary Research Fellow in Contemporary Religion at the University of Birmingham, UK.
Ron Geaves is Professor of the Comparative Study of Religion at Liverpool Hope University, UK.

Chryssides, G.D. and Geaves, 2007 The Study of Religion: An introduction to key ideas and methods London: Continuum. x and 429 pages.
Contents: 1. What is Religion?; 2. Levels of Religion; 3. History of Scholarship; 4. 'World Religion'; 5. Phenomenology and its Critics; 6. Authenticity and Diversity; 7. Gender and Religion; 8. Field Work; 9. Quantitative Data in RS; 10. The Question of Truth; 11. Current Trends; 12. Summary and Conclusions.

An updated edition has been published
Chryssides, G.D. and Geaves, 2013 The Study of Religion: An introduction to key ideas and methods London: Continuum. 12.5.2013
Table Of Contents
Introduction
1. Tools of the Trade
2. Methodology in Religious Studies
3. Insiders and Outsiders
4. Does Size Matter?
5. Key Figures in the Study of Religion
6. Phenomenology and its Critics
7. Colonialism and Post-colonialism in the Study of Religion
8. Authenticity and Diversity
9. Fieldwork in the Study of Religion
10. Religion and Gender
11. The Question of Truth
12. The Internet as a Resource in the Study of Religion


Nils Christie

Christie, N. 2004 A Suitable Amount of Crime London: Routledge.


Yvonne Christie

Christie, Y. 1.2008 "This UK Black Phenomenon" by Yvonne Christie. January 2008. Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20150702124054/http://www.survivor- research.com/index.php/publications/25-this-uk-black-phenomenon


Christopher S. Clapham

Clapham, C.S. 1985 Third World politics: An Introduction. London: Croom Helm. [Reprinted London: Routledge, 1990]
"Draws on examples from Latin America, Africa and Asia to analyse their role in the global political economy."

Clapham, C.S. 1996 Africa and the International System: The Politics of State Survival Cambridge University Press, 1996.


Marion Clark and Tony Glynn

Clark, M. and Glynn, T. 2006 Two Decades of Change - Celebrating User Involvement Report of Conference at the Centre of Excellence in Interdisciplinary Mental Health (CEIMH), The University of Birmingham - 2.11.2006




Nic Clarke

Clarke, N. 12.2004 Sacred Daemons: Exploring British Columbian Society's Perceptions of "Mentally Deficient" Children, 1870-1930 December 2004. BC Studies; Winter 2004/2005, Issue 144, p.61


Thomas Clarkson 1760-1846

Clarkson, T. 1786 An essay on the slavery and commerce of the human species, particularly the African, translated from a Latin Dissertation, which was honoured with the first prize in the University of Cambridge, for the year 1785 London: T. Cadell and J. Phillips, 1786

Clarkson, T. 1786 A portraiture of Quakerism : as taken from a view of the moral education, discipline, peculiar customs, religious principles, political and civil oeconomy and character of the Society of Friends London : Printed by R. Taylor for Longman, Hurst, Rees and Orme, 1806.


Cobban, A. 1961 (2nd edition) A History of Modern France, vol. 1: 1715- 1799. Penguin


Albert K. Cohen 15.1.1918 -

Cohen, A.K. 1955 Delinquent Boys. The Culture of the Gang Glencoe, Illinois: The Free Press. 202 pages


David Cohen

Cohen, D. 1979 J. B. Watson: The founder of Behaviourism, The biography by David Cohen, Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd, Great Britain.


Louis Cohen 1928- and Lawrence Manion

Cohen, L. and Manion, L. 1980 Research Methods in Education London: Croom Helm, 1980.


Stanley Cohen 1942 -

Cohen, S. 1972 Folk Devils and Moral Panics: the creation of the Mods and Rockers London: MacGibbon and Kee
Third edition 2011. Contents:
Moral Panics as Cultural Politics: Introduction to the Third Edition
1. Deviance and Moral Panics
2. The Inventory
3. Reaction: Opinion and Attitude Themes
4. Reaction: The Rescue and Remedy Phases
5. On the Beaches: The Warning and the Impact
6. Contexts and Backgrounds: Youth in the Sixties
Appendix: Sources of Data
Selected Reading List
Notes and References

Cohen, S. and Taylor, L. 1972 Psychological survival: the experience of long-term imprisonment Harmondsworth : Penguin, 1972

Cohen, S. and Young, Jock 1973 (Editors) The Manufacture of News. Social problems, deviance and the mass media London: Constable. Revised edition 1981
Introduction
Part One: The Process of Selection
Information and the definition of deviance by Leslie Wilkins [1964]
The selection of crime news by the press by Bob Roshier [1973]
Bias through selection and ommission: automobile safety, smoking [1971]
Structuring and selecting news by Johnan Galtung and Mari Ruge [1965]
News as eternal recurrence by Paul Rock [1973]
The complete stylization of news by Michael Frayn [1965]
The production of knowledge by crime reporters by Steve Chibnall
A world at one with itself by Stuart Hall [1970]
Part Two: Modes and Models
Majority and minority Americans: an analysis of magazine fiction by Bernard Berelson and Patricia J. Salter [1946]
Crime news in Colorado newspapers by F. James Davis [1952]
Mental illness: what do media present by Jum C. Nunnally [1961] [See 1955]
Theories of behaviour and the image of the alcoholic in popular magazines, 1900-1966 by Arnold S. Linsky [1970]
Political deviance : the press presentation of a militant mass demonstration by Graham Murdock [1973]
The determinations of news photographs by Stuart Hall Hall, S. [1972]
Unit headline language by Michael Frayn [1965]
LSD and the press by William Braden [1970]
Sniping - a new pattern of violence by Terry Ann Knopf [1969]
Mods and rockers: the inventory as manufactured news by Stanley Cohen [1972]
The British press and Northern Ireland [1971]
Sir, writing by candlelight... by E. P. Thompson [1970]
The mass media and racial conflict by Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband [1971]
The British press and the 'placing' of male homosexuality by Frank Pearce [1973]
Mickey Spillane: a reading by Jerry Palmer [1973]
The myth of drugtakers in the mass media by Jock Young [1971]
The press and pop festivals : steretypes of youthful leisure by Damien Phillips [1973]
Part Three: Effects and Consequences
The amplification of drug use by Jock Young [1971]
Sensitization : the case of the mods and rockers by Stanley Cohen [1972]
Part Four: Do-It-Yourself Media Sociology
article by the editors


Contents of revised edition (1981):
Information and the definition of deviance by Leslie Wilkins
The selection of crime news by the press by Bob Roshier
Structuring and selecting news by Johnan Galtung and Mari Ruge
News as eternal recurrence by Paul Rock
The complete stylization of news by Michael Frayn
The production of knowledge by crime reporters by Steve Chibnall
Crime waves as ideology by Mark Fishman
News as purposive behaviour : on the strategic use of routine events, accidents and scandals by Harvey Molotch and Marilyn Lester
The awful truth about strife in our factories : a case study in the production of news by Paul Edwards
A world at one with itself by Stuart Hall
The symbolic annihilation of women by the mass media by Gaye Tuchman
Mental illness : what do media present by Jum C. Nunnally
Theories of behaviour and the image of the alcoholic in popular magazines, 1900-1966 by Arnold S. Linsky
Political deviance : the press presentation of a militant mass demonstration by Graham Murdock
The determinations of news photographs by Stuart Hall
Unit headline language by Michael Frayn
LSD and the press by William Braden
Mods and rockers : the inventory as manufactured news by Stanley Cohen
Sir, writing by candlelight... by E. P. Thompson
The mass media and racial conflict by Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband
The British press and the 'placing' of male homosexuality by Frank Pearce
Images of women in the media by Helen Butcher et al.
The myth of drugtakers in the mass media by Jock Young
The social production of news : mugging in the media by Stuart Hall and others
Industrial conflict and the mass media by David Morley
Beyond the consensual paradigm : a critique of left functionalism in media theory by Jock Young
The amplification of drug use by Jock Young
Sensitization : the case of the mods and rockers by Stanley Cohen
News and public perceptions of industrial relations by Paul Hartmann
Enter the dragon by David Robins and Philip Cohen.


George Douglas Howard Cole 25.9.1889-1958. Began his career as a philosopher at Durham University. Reader in economics at Oxford University from 1925 and then Chichele Professor of Social and Political Theory. With his wife, Margaret Cole, also wrote detective stories. Fabian Society Chair 1939-1946 and 1948-1950; President from 1952.

Cole, G.D.H. 1938 Persons and Periods Penguin. [AandV]
A collection of essays:
Daniel Defoe (1660-1731), p.7
Defoe's England, p.21
Town Life in the Eighteenth Century, p.38
London - One-Fifth of England, p.63
Roads, Rivers and Canals, p.78
A Study in Legal Repression (1789-1834), p.99
William Cobbett (1762-1835), p.116
Rural Rides, p.138
Robert Owen and Owenism, p.158

with Raymond Postgate

Cole, G.D.H. and Postgate, R. 1938 The Common People 1746-1936 London, 1938. xi and 671 pages.

Why 1746? See The old order ends

Cole, G.D.H. and Postgate, R. 1949 The Common People 1746-1946 Methuen [AandV]



David Coleman

Coleman, D. and others 1996/1997 Ethnicity in the 1991 census London: H.M.S.O. Four volumes.

Coleman, D. and Salt, J. 1996 Ethnicity in the 1991 census, volume 1: Demographic characteristics of the ethnic minority populations edited by David Coleman and John Salt.

Peach, C. 1996 Ethnicity in the 1991 census, volume 2: The ethnic minority populations of Great Britain edited by Ceri Peach.

Ratcliffe, P. 1996 Ethnicity in the 1991 census, volume 3: Social geography and ethnicity in Britain : geographical spread, spatial concentration and internal migration edited by Peter Ratcliffe.

Karn, V. 1997 Ethnicity in the 1991 census, volume 4: Employment, education and housing among the ethnic minority populations of Britain edited by Valerie Karn.

At head of title of volume 1: Office of Population Censuses and Surveys.
At head of title of volumes 2, 3 & 4: Office for National Statistics.


Samuel Taylor Coleridge 1772-1834

Coleridge, S.T. 1817 Biographia Literaria, or Biographical sketches of my literary life and opinions. 2 volumes. Rest Fenner: London.


Stefan Collini 1947-

Collini, S. 2012 What are Universities For? London: Penguin, 2012. xiii and 215 pages

PART ONE
1 The global multiversity?
2 Universities in Britain: A very short history
3 The useful and the useless: Newman revisited
4. The character of the humanities
5. The highest aspirations and ideals: Universities as a public good
PART TWO
Prologue: Occasions for advocacy
6. Bibliometry
7 The Business Analogy
8 HiEdBizUK
9 Impact
10 Browne's gamble
Epilogue: A complex inheritance


Randall Collins 1941-

Collins, R. 1985 Three sociological traditions New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press [A history of Sociology to 1984]

Collins, R. 1994 Four sociological traditions Revised and expanded edition of: Three sociological traditions. New York : Oxford University Press

Contents: Prologue: the rise of the social sciences - Social Thought in the Agrarian Empires - Medieval Universities Create the Modern Intellectual - The Renaissance: Intellectual Life Goes Secular - Religious Wars and the Enlightenment - Economics: the First Social Science - The Rise of Public Schools and the University Revolution - The Development of the Disciplines - History Becomes Professionalised - Economists Become Academics - Psychology Becomes Independent - Anthropology Gets Its Niche - And Finally Sociology 1. The Conflict Tradition The Pivotal Position of Karl Marx - Friedrich Engels, the Sociologist in the Shadows - The Theory of Social Classes - The Theory of Ideology - The Theory of Political Conflict - The Theory of Revolutions - The Theory of Sex Stratification - Max Weber and the Multidimensional Theory of Stratification - The Twentieth Century Intermingles Marxian and Weberian Ideas - Organisations as Power Struggles - Classes, Class Cultures, and Inequality: The Conflict Theorists - Class Mobilisation and Political Conflict - The Golden Age of Historical Sociology - Appendix: Simmel, Coser, and Functionalist Conflict Theory 2. The Rational/Utilitarian Tradition - The Original Rise and Fall of Utilitarian Philosophy - Bringing the Individual Back In - Sociology Discovers Sexual and Marriage Markets - Three Applications of Sociological Markets: Educational Inflation, Split Labour Markets, Illegal Goods - The Paradoxes and Limits of Rationality - Proposed Rational Solutions for Creating Social Solidarity - Economics Invades Sociology, and Vice Versa - The New Utilitarian Policy Science 3. The Durkheimian Tradition - Sociology as the Science of Social Order - Durkheim's Law of Social Gravity - Two Wings: The Macro Tradition - Montesquieu, Comte, and Spencer on Social Morphology - Merton, Parsons and Functionalism - The Second Wing: The Lineage of Social Anthropology - Fustel de Coulanges and Ritual Class War - Durkheim's Theory of Morality and Symbolism - The Ritual Basis of Stratification: W. Lloyd Warner - Erving Goffman and the Everyday Cult of the Individual - Interaction Rituals and Class Cultures: Collins, Bernstein, and Douglas - Ritual Exchange Networks: The Micro/Macro Linkage - Marcel Mauss and the Magic of Social Exchange - Lévi-Strauss and Alliance Theory - A Theory of Interaction Ritual Chains - The Future of the Durkheimian Tradition - 4. The Microinteractionist Tradition - A Native American Sociology - Philosophy Becomes a Battleground between Religion and Science - The Pragmatism of Charles Sanders Peirce - Society Is in The Mind: Cooley - George Herbert Mead's Sociology of Thinking - Blumer Creates Symbolic Interactionism - The Sociology of Consciousness: Husserl, Schutz, and Garfinkel - The Sociology of Language and Cognition - Erving Goffman's Counterattack -


Comte weblinks - reviews

Comte, A. 1830-1842 Cours de Philosophie Positive (Course in Positive Philosophy)

The French text of the first and second lesson is available online at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/Comte_auguste/cours_philo_positive/cou rs_philo_positive.html (Les classiques des sciences sociales) - The complete French text can be read online at Bibliothèque nationale de France - Synoptic Table of the whole of the Cours de Philosophic Positive

Comte, A. 1853 The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte A condensed version of Cours de Philosophie Positive, freely translated into English by Harriet Martineau. In two volumes. London: Trubner and Co.

Comte, A. 1854 Système de Politique Positive - Traité de sociologie instituant la religion de l'humanité (System of Positive Polity - A Treatise of Sociology, Instituting the Religion of Humanity) Published between 1848 (or 1851) and 1854.

Comte, A. 1875-1877 System of Positive Polity four vlomes, London, Longmans Green 1875-1877. A translation by a team of scholars of Système de Politique Positive

Comte, A. 1896 The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte A condensed version of Cours de Philosophie Positive, freely translated into English by Harriet Martineau. In three volumes. With an introduction by Frederic Harrison. Bohn's philosophical library. London : George Bell, 1896 (Available in pdf form from http://socserv2.socsci.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/comte/ (McMaster University)

Offline: volume one - volume two - volume three - Extracts on this site - Extracts Aiken, H.D. 1956 pp 124-137. pp 124-137.
weblinks

Comte, A. 1970 Introduction to Positive Philosophy by Auguste Comte; edited with introduction and revised translation by Frederick Ferre. Library of Liberal Arts. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1970. A translation of the first two chapters of Cours de Philosophie Positive, Paris, 1830-1842

Comte, A. 1974 The Essential Comte "Selected from Cours de Philosophie Positive by Auguste Comte ... Edited and with an introduction by Stanislav Andreski. Translated and annotated by Margaret Clarke". Croom Helm, London. Barnes and Noble Books, New York.

Comte, A. 1976 Auguste Comte - The Foundation of Sociology by Kenneth Thompson. Nelson, London. An "Introductory Essay: Auguste Comte: Founder of Sociology" followed by extracts, mostly from The Philosophie Positive of Auguste Comte (1896), but also from System of Positive Polity


Raewyn (previously Robert William) Connell 1944-

Connell, R.W. 1983 Which way is up?: Essays on sex, class and culture. London : Allen & Unwin. ix and 278 pages


Kate Cook, Mark James and Richard Lee

Cook, K. James, M and Lee, R. 2009 Core Statutes on Criminal Law 2009-2010 edition. Series: Palgrave Macmillan core statutes


Cook, T.I. 1947 Two Treatises of Government by John Locke with a supplement: Patriarcha by Sir Robert Filmer Haffner Library of Classics



Diana Coole

Coole, D.H. 1988 Women in Political Theory: From Ancient Misogyny to Contemporary Feminism. Harvester Wheatsheaf.
(subject index)

Second edition 1993
Contents: The origin of western thought and the birth of misogyny; Plato and Aristotle - the status of women in the Just State; women in medieval thought - transitions from antiquity to the Renaissance; Hobbes and Locke - natural right against natural authority; Rousseau and Wollstonecraft - female virtue and civic virtue in the liberal state; J.S. Mill - political economist, utilitarian and feminist; socialism - utopian and feminist; Hegel, Marx and Engels - familial and productive determinants of woman's role; social democrats and Bolsheviks - socialism and the woman question; contemporary feminism - postmodernism and dissonance.


Charles Horton Cooley weblinks

Cooley, C.H. 1909 Social Organisation: A study of the larger mind. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons. Available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Cooley/Cooley_1909/Cooley_1909_toc.html [The Mead Project]

Also available from the Internet Archive - Offline


David Cooper See Laing

Cooper, D. 1967 Psychiatry and anti-psychiatry. Tavistock (Paladin 1970)

Cooper, D. 1968 (Editor) The Dialectics of Liberation. Penguin

"The Congress on the Dialectics of Liberation was held at the Roundhouse in Chalk Farm from 15 July to 30 July 1967. The present volume is a compilation of some of the principle addresses delivered on this occasion" (Cooper. Introduction)

Contents: "The Obvious" by R.D. Laing - "Conscious Purpose Versus Nature" by Gregory Bateson - "Social and Psychological Preparation for War" by Jules Henry - "Imperialism and Revolution in America" by John Gerassi - "The Future of Capitalism" by Paul Sweezy - "Objective Values" by Paul Goodman - "Criticism and Dogmatism in Literature" by Lucien Goldmann - "Black Power" by Stokely Carmichael - "Liberation from the Affluent Society" by Herbert Marcuse - "Beyond Words" by David Cooper.

Cooper, D. 1972 The Death of the Family. Penguin (1971 Allen Lane?)

Cooper, D. 1974 The Grammar of Living: an Examination of Political Acts. Penguin.

Cooper, D. 1980 The Language of Madness. Penguin.


Trudi Cooper and Rob White

Cooper, T. and White, R. 1994 "Models of youth work intervention", Youth Studies Australia, Volume 13, issue 4, p. 30.

See subject index intervention


Roger Cooter

Cooter, R. 1992 (Editor) In the Name of the Child: Health and welfare, 1880-1940 edited by Roger Cooter. Studies in the social history of medicine. London; New York: Routledge 1992 xii and 292 pages.

Originated in a conference held at the Institute of Historical Research in October 1987, sponsored by the Society for the Social History of Medicine and the British Paediatric Association.

Introduction
1. Bodies, Figures and Physiology: Margaret McMillan and the Late Nineteenth-Century Remaking of Working -Class Childhood by Carolyn Steedman
2. Child Labour, Medical Capital, and the School Medical Service, C. 1890-1918 by Harry Hendrick
3. 'Wonderlands of Buttercups, Clover and Daisies': Tuberculosis and Open-Air School Movement in Britain, 1907-1939 by Linda Bryder
4. Orphans as Guinea Pigs: American Children and Medical Experimenters, 1890-1930 by Susan E, Lederer
5. From Isolation to Therapy: Children's Hospitals for Diptheria in fin de siecle Paris, London and Berlin, 1890-1920 by Paul Weindling
6. Cleveland in History: The Abused Child and Child Protection, 1880- 1914 by Harry Ferguson
7. From Bodies to Minds in Childcare Literature: Advice to Parents in Inter-war Britain by Cathy Urwin and Elaine Sharland
8. Wishes, Anxieties, Play, and Gestures: Child Guidance in Inter-war England by Deborah Thom
9. Darkly Through a Lens: Changing Perceptions of the African Child in Sickness and Health, 1900-1945 by Jennifer Beinart
10. Welfare, Wages and the Family: Child Endowment in Comparative Perspective, 1900- 1950 by John Macnicol


Brian Corby (Reader in Applied Social Studies, University of Liverpool)

Corby, B. 1993/2000/2006 Child Abuse: Towards a Knowledge Base Milton Keynes, Open University - 1st, second and third editions.


Armand Marie Corre 1841-1908

Corre, A.M. 1889 Le Crime en pays créoles. Esquisse d'ethnographie criminelle. Lyon; Paris. 314 pages

Notes: Part of the "Bibliothèque scientifique de l'avocat et du magistrat" (Scientific library of the lawyer and the magistrate)

.


Jean Corston 5.5.1942-

Corston, J. 2007 The Corston Report: A report by Baroness Jean Corston of a review of women with particular vulnerabilities in the criminal justice system : the need for a distinct, radically different, visibly-led, strategic, proportionate, holistic, woman-centred, integrated approach. London: Home Office, 2007. ii and 106 pages. Available at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.justice.gov.uk/publi cations/corston-report.htm


Lewis Alfred Coser 1913-

Coser, L.A. 1971/1977 Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social Context First edition 1971: New York : Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Second edition 1977: Illinois: Waveland Press.

Coser, L.A. 1978 "American Trends." in A History of Sociological Analysis, edited by Tom Bottomore and Robert Nisbet. New York: Basic Books. Available at http://www.sociology.ccsu.edu/adair/american_trends_by_lewis_coser.htm


Rose Laub Coser 4.5.1916-21.8.1994

Coser, R.L. 1964 (Editor) The Family: Its structure and functions New York : St Martin's Press, xxviii and 678 pages


Sarah Coutts

Coutts, S. 2011 "Care or Custody: Where should mentally disordered offenders be placed?" Sheffield Hallam University undergraduate dissertation. April 2011. Internet Journal of Criminology Available at http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/Coutts_Care_Or_Custody_April_20 11.pdf

See Subject Index Mental health and prison


Victoria Coven
M.A. Candidate in the Department of Sociology, University of Guelph in 2003

Coven, Victoria 2003 "A History of Statistics in the Social Sciences" Gateway - An Academic Journal on the Web: Spring 2003. 1. Available at http://grad.usask.ca/gateway/art_Coven_spr_03.pdf
A discussion of Adolphe Quetelet and his influence.


Alan Cox 1945-

Cox, A. 1979 Brickmaking: A history and gazetteer. Bedfordshire County Council and Royal Commission on Historical Monuments, Bedford [Was available from the Conservation Officer, County Planning Department, County Hall Bedford MK42 9AP.] 110 pages. Illustrated

Cox, A. 1997 "A vital component: Stock bricks in Georgian England", Construction History, Volume 13, pages 57-66.


Alistair Cox 1945 -

24.11.1971 Incorporation of Community Action Projects Ltd
February 1973 to August 1975 Bowker Street
March 1974 onwards Egerton Road

Alistair and Gabrielle Cox

Cox, A. and Cox, G. 1977 Borderlines: A partial view of detached work with homeless young people Leicester : National Youth Bureau. 82 pages. ISBN 0902095471 Paperback.

1979/1980 Alistair Cox set up 42nd Street
May 1980: Discussion on updating 1977 pamphlet included plans for independent interviews with tenants. These were to be used for quotations but they eventually used the transcripts almost complete.

Cox and others 1982 Beyond the Hostel - Housing for homeless young people: A youth work approach. Text by Community Action Projects ; graphics by Dave Rogers. Manchester: CAP. 128 pages. ISBN: 090709533X

"This book originated as a pamphlet first published in 1977 which compared two housing schemes run by CAP... the contributors to Part One [are] Paul Baker, Alistair and Gabrielle Cox, Mel Godfrey and Pauline White". Part Two is "The Tenants' Perspective". Andy Wiggans did the interviews with tenants.

Alistair Cox and Duncan Scott

Cox, A. and Scott, D. 1984 Gotcha: A case-study of covert police surveillance Manchester: Youth Development Trust. ii and 34 pages. ISBN 0903178095.

Note: Crash houses: Overnight accommodation for homeless young people Manchester : Community Action Projects, 1984.


Ryan T. Cragun
Assistant Professor of Sociology, University of Tampa

Cragun, R.T. 2008 Introduction to Sociology: as appears on Wikibooks, a project of Wikipedia Seven Treasures Publications. 244 pages

Revised edition 10.4.2010 includes chapters on health care and medicine and race and ethnicity by Deborah Cragun, MS Human Genetics and videos, slides and downloadable tools added by Piotrus Piotr Konieczny, PhD student in sociology, University of Pittsburgh. Available as a pdf at http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/16/Introduction_to_Sociolog y-v2.0.pdf

Ryan T. Cragun - Deborah Cragun - and Piotrus Piotr Konieczny

Cragun, R.T., Cragun, D. and Konieczny, P.P. 2010 Introduction to Sociology Wikibooks http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Introduction_to_Sociology

Contents 10.4.2010
Introducing Sociology link to chapter
1 What is Sociology?
2 History
2.1 Auguste Comte and Other Founders
2.2 The Development of the Discipline
2.3 Early Sociological Studies
2.4 Quantitative vs. Qualitative Sociology
3 Sociology and Other Social Sciences
3.1 The Development of Social Science
4 Sociology Today
Sociological Methods
General Sociological Theory
Society
Culture
Socialization
Groups
Demography
Aging
Deviance and Norms
Race and Ethnicity - link to chapter
Gender
Stratification
Economy
Family - link to chapter
Religion
Health and Medicine
Politics
Collective Behaviour
Social Movements
Being a Sociologist
Sociological Videos
Famous Sociologists


Ian [Ernest] Craib 12.12.1945-22.12.2003
Sociologist and psychotherapist - Essex University

Craib, I. 1973 Philosophy and sociology in the work of Jean-Paul Sartre Ph.D Thesis Manchester: University of Manchester.

Craib, I. 1976 Existentialism and Sociology: A study of Jean- Paul Sartre Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. A revision of the author's thesis, Manchester University. viii and 242 pages
Summary: A study of the work of Jean-Paul Sartre and of its relevance for contemporary sociology. Dr Craib sees Sartre as a central figure in modern European thought - providing links between Husserl and Heidegger on the one hand and Marxists and Structuralists on the other. He is concerned to relate Sartre's apparently abstract and often obscure philosophical work to methodological and other research problems in sociology; in particular he uses Sartrean philsophy to criticize the very influential work of Gouldner, Goffman and Garfinkel. In the first part of the book Dr Craib concentrates on Being and Nothingness and considers the way in which Sartre's brand of phenomenology can inform studies of inter- personal relationships. In the second part, he examines La Critique de la raison dialectique, which deals with the wider structure of society, the nature of social classes and the development of history. He goes on to investigate the connections between these two levels of analysis, and the complex inter-relationships between the sociologist, his fellows, his objects of study and his theoretical work.

Craib, I. 1984 Modern Social Theory: from Parsons to Habermas Brighton: Wheatsheaf

Craib, I. 1992 Modern Social Theory: from Parsons to Habermas (Second edition). New York ; London : Harvester Wheatsheaf
Contents:
1. Introduction: What's Wrong with Theory and Why We Still Need It.
2. Cutting a Path Through the Jungle.
PART 1: THEORIES OF SOCIAL ACTION.
3. Introduction.
4. Parsons: Theory as a Filing System.
5. Structural-Functionalism.
6. Neofunctionalism.
7. Rational Choice Theory: 'The Price of Everything'; Symbolic Interactionism: Society as Conversation.
8. Society as Conspiracy: Phenomenological Sociology and Ethnomethodology.
9. Structuration Theory: There's No Such Thing as Society.
10. There Is Such a Thing as Society.
PART 2: FROM ACTION TO STRUCTURE.
11. Introduction.
12. The World as a Logical Pattern: An Introduction to Structuralism.
13. Structuralist Marxism: The World as a Puppet Theatre.
14. Poststructuralism and Postmodernism: The World Gone Mad.
PART 3: FROM STRUCTURE OR ACTION TO STRUCTURE AND ACTION.
15. Introduction.
16. The Frankfurt School: There Must be Some Way Out of Here.
17. Jurgen Habermas: Back to the Filing Cabinet.
18. Conclusion: Playing with Ideas.

Craib I. 1997 Classical Social Theory: An introduction to the thought of Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Simmel. Oxford University Press.


Eileen Crellin, M.L. Kellmer Pringle and Patrick West

Crellin, E., Kellmer Pringle, M.L. and West, P. 1971 Born Illegitimate: Social and educational implications National Children's Bureau Reports. Slough: National Foundation for Educational Research in England and Wales, 173 pages


Kimberlé Crenshaw

Crenshaw, K. 1989 "Demarginalizing the intersection of race and sex: a black feminist critique of antidiscrimination doctrine, feminist theory and antiracist politics". University of Chicago Legal Forum (PhilPapers) 140: pp 139-167. Available at http://philpapers.org/archive/CREDTI.pdf


David Crew

Crew, D.F. 1994 Nazism and German Society, 1933-1945 edited by David F. Crew. London: Routledge


Bernard Crick 1929-2008
Professor of Politics, Birkbeck

Crick, B. 1959 The American Science of Politics: Its origins and conditions. International library of sociology and social reconstruction. Routledge and Kegan Paul. 252 pages.

Crick, B. 1962 In Defence of Politics Nature of human society series. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson. 156 psges.

Crick, B. 1980 George Orwell: A life London: Secker and Warburg. xxx and 473 pages.


Iain Crinson
St George's, University of London

Crinson, I. and others 2007 Health Knowledge Public Health Textbook available in the Internet Archive at https://web.archive.org/web/20110520070343/http://www.healthknowledge.org.u k/public-health-textbook

Contents:
Research Methods
Disease Causation and Diagnostic
Health Information
Medical Sociology, Policy and Economics
Organisation and Management
Further Resources

Medical Sociology incldes material by Iain Crinson on Activities - The Sociological Perspective - Sociological Conceptualisation of Medical Knowledge and Power - Labelling and Stigma - Lay Health Beliefs and Illness Behaviour - Social Support and Social Integration - The Social Experience of Living with Chronic Illness and Disability - The Social Patterns of Health and Illness

Full team: Helen Barratt, Maria Kirwan, Michael Campbell, Rosalind Blackwood, Renu Bindra, Iain Crinson, Miranda Leontowitsch.


Charles Critcher, Peter Bramham and Alan Tomlinson

Critcher, C., Bramham, P. and Tomlinson, A. 1995. Editors. Sociology of Leisure: A Reader London : E & F. N. Spon, ix and 292 pages.
Contents
Contemporary trends. Introduction.
Leisure in Britain:
1. Great Britain: socioeconomic polarisation and the implications for leisure - K Roberts.
Leisure and common experiences. Introduction.
Work and leisure.
2. Towards a theory of work and leisure - S Parker..
3. Work and its corollaries - K Roberts.
Leisure and the family.
4. Leisure and the family - J R Kelly..
5. Coming home to roost - J Clarke and C Critcher.
Leisure and the life cycle.
6. Leisure and the family life cycle - R and R Rapoport.
7. What do kids get out of pop music and football? - P Corrigan.
8. Leisure time use by the elderly and leisure provision for the elderly - M Abrams.
Leisure and social relations. Introduction.
Class and leisure.
9. From leisure class to leisure society - J Seabroke.
10. Leisure in Ashton - N Dennis, F Henriques, C Slaughter.
Gender and leisure. Introduction.
11 "Boys muscle in where angels fear to tread - girls sub-cultures and physical activities" by Sheila Scraton.
12 "Women's leisure today" by E Green, S Hebron and D Woodward.
Ethnicity and leisure.
13. Body talk: images of sport in a multi-racial school - B Carrington and E Wood..
14. Gender, race and power: the challenge to youth work practice - P Parmar. Activities.
Types of leisure provision. Introduction. Commercial provision.
15. If you can't stand the heat get off the beach: the UK holiday business - G Thompson.
16. A participant observer study of a 'rough' working-class pub - M Smith.
Voluntary provision.
17. Mutual Aid in leisure - J Bishop and P Hoggett.
18. The Hidden Musicians - R Finnegan.
Public provision.
19. Leisure in the welfare state - J Wilson.
20. Sport and the state - G Whannel. Activities.
Theories and prognostications. Introduction.
Sociological theory.
21. The pluralist scenario - K Roberts.
22. Leisure and inequality - J Clarke and C Critcher..
23. Feminism and leisure studies - R Deem.
Leisure and the future.
24. The leisure forecasting tradition - A J Veal.


Rosemary Crompton 22.4.1942-17.8.2011

See subject indexes Family - Gender - Stratification - Work

Rosemary Crompton and Jon Gubbay

Crompton, R. and Gubbay, J. 1977 Economy and Class Structure. Macmillan. vii and 248 pages.

Rosemary Crompton and Gareth Jones

Crompton, R. and Jones, G. 1984 White-collar Proletariat: Deskilling and gender in clerical work London : Macmillan. ix and 277 pages.


Crompton, R. 1993 Class and Stratification: An introduction to current debates Cambridge : Polity Press. xi and 231 pages. Second edition 1998. Third edition 2008

Crompton, R. 1993/1998 Class and Stratification: An introduction to current debates - Second Edition Cambridge : Polity Press. xv and 255 pages.
Contents
One: Explaining Inequality: Introduction. Social Order and Theories of Social Differentiation. Stratification and the Debate on Social Class. The Growing Critique of 'Class Analysis'. Concluding Summary.
Two: The Classic Inheritance and its Development: Introduction. Marx. Weber. Class and Sociology after the Second World War. Culture, Class and History. Once Again, the Indivisibility of Structure and Action. Social Class, Urban Sociology and the Turn to 'Realism'. Conclusions.
Three: Measuring the 'Class Structure': Goldthorpe and Wright: Introduction. Occupations. Conclusions.
Four: Problems of Class Analysis: Introduction. Changes in the Structure of Work and Employment. The Expansion of Women's Employment. Class, Politics, and Action. Gender and Class. Are Social Classes Dying? Converging Approaches. Conclusion.
Five: Farewell to Social Class?: Introduction. Bringing Status Back In. Recent Social Theory. Farewell to Class Societies? Discussion and Conclusions.
Six: Lifestyle, Consumption Categories and Consciousness Communities: Introduction. Consumption-sector Cleavages. Culture, Class and Occupation. From 'Abstract Labour' to 'Customer Care'. Summary and Conclusions.
Seven: Citizenship, Entitlements and the 'Underclass': Introduction. T H Marshall and the Development of the Concept of Citizenship. Women and Citizenship. Race and Citizenship. Social Citizenship and the 'Underclass'. Conclusion.
Eight: Retrospect and Prospect Introduction. Social Mobility. Social Polarization. Conclusions.

Crompton, R. 1993/2008 Class and Stratification: Third Edition Cambridge : Polity Press. xvi and 192 pages.
Contents:
Contains prefaces of all three editions.
One: Setting the Scene
Individualisation, neoliberalism, and 'extreme capitalism' - Summary of chapters. [New]
Two. Approaches to Class and Stratification Analysis Introduction - Debating inequality - Theories of social differentiation - 'Class', a multi-faceted concept - Social theory and social change - The wider critique of 'class analysis' - Action and structure, economy and culture [A revision of "Explaining Inequality"]
Three: Class Analysis: The Classic Inheritance and its Development in the Twentieth Century Introduction - Marx - Weber - Class and sociology after the Second World War - The development of theoretically informed accounts of the 'class structure' - Class and history - The intertwining of structure and action, economy and culture - Class inequality and the 'cultural turn' - Social class, social geography and the turn to 'realism' - Conclusions [A revision of "The Classic Inheritance and its Development"]
Four. Measuring the 'Class Structure'. Introduction - Occupations - Descriptive occupational and status hierarchies and the analysis of 'social classes' - Theoretical ('relational') class schemes: Wright - Theoretical ('relational') class schemes: Goldthorpe - The ONS-SEC - Conceptual basis of the ONS-SEC - Conclusions [A revision of "Measuring the 'Class Structure'"]
Five. An untimely prediction of death and a timely renewal Introduction - Changes in the structure of work and employment - The expansion of women's employment - Class, politics and action - Farewell to class societies? - Where do we go from here? - 'New and revised' approaches - Conclusion [Combines the arguments of "Problems of Class Analysis" and "Farewell to Social Class?"
Six. Class and culture: the ethnography of class Introduction - Social status, social hierarchies, and social citizenship - Bourdieu - The 'new middle classes'- The contemporary ethnography of the working class - Discussion and conclusions: a new synthesis? [Largely new with elements "Lifestyle, Consumption Categories and Consciousness Communities". The content of "Citizenship, Entitlements and the 'Underclass'" has largely been removed but citizenship is discussed in relation to status in chapter six]
Seven: Families, Social Mobility and Educational Achievement Introduction: Class and the family - Social mobility - Declining social mobility - Secondary and higher education in Britain - Explaining class differences in educational achievement - What is to be done? - Conclusions [Largely new, but incorporating a discussion on social mobility from "Retrospect and Prospect".]
Eight: Widening inequalities and debates on 'class': discussion and conclusions Introduction - From the 'underclass' debate to social exclusion - Widening inequality - Back to definitions: the approach developed in this book - The possibility of countervailing processes. [Largely new, but incorporating updated discussions of underclass from "Citizenship, Entitlements and the 'Underclass'" social polarisation from "Retrospect and Prospect"]


Crompton, R. 1997 Women and Work in Modern Britain Oxford Modern Britain series. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press. xi and 155 pages
Contents: Introduction. 1: Explaining `women's work'. 2: The structure of women's employment in Britain today. 3: Cross-national comparisons. 4: Women's employment and the family. 5: Women as employees. 6: Discussion and conclusions.


George Cronk
Coordinator Department of Philosophy and Religion, Bergen Community College, Paramus, New Jersey, USA

Cronk, G. 1987 The Philosophical Anthropology of George Herbert Mead American University Studies - Volume 27. New York: Peter Lang. 153 pages.

Cronk, G. 2001/2005 "George Herbert Mead (1863-1931)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/mead/. Originally published: 20.4.2001. Last updated: 27.6.2005


Charles Crook
Doctoral student at Department of Experimental Psychology, Cambridge University.
Post-doctoral post at Brown University
Post-doctoral post at Strathclyde University.
Lectureship in Psychology at Durham University.
Reader in Psychology at Loughborough University.
Reader in ICT and Education, School of Education, Nottingham University
Editor: Journal of Computer Assisted Learning

Crook, C.K. 1994 Computers and the Collaborative Experience of Learning. Routledge
Part One looks at how the new technology is restructuring young children's experience of education and leisure;
Part Two explores how insights that arise from the discipline of artificial intelligence may help define new computer-based environments for human learning;
Part Three looks at the strengths and weaknesses of current computational models of learning processes.

Charles Crook (Loughborough University) and David S. Webster (Open University)

Crook, C.K. and Webster, D. 1998 "Designing for informal undergraduate computer mediated communication", Active Learning. 7 , December 1977, pp 47-51.


Alex E. Crosby, LaVonne Ortega and Cindi Melanson

Crosby AE, Ortega L, Melanson C. 2011 Self-directed Violence Surveillance: Uniform Definitions and Recommended Data Elements, Version 1.0. Atlanta, Georgia, USA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control; February 2011 Available at http://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/Self-Directed-Violence-a.pdf

See Subject Index Suicide


CPS: Crown Prosection Service - England and Wales

CPS Legal Guidance Crown Prosection Service (England and Wales) Lagal Guidance online http://www.cps.gov.uk/legal/


Edward Charles Cuff - W.W. Sharrock and D.W. Francis

Cuff, E.C., Sharrock, W.W. and Francis, D.W. 2006 (5th edition) Perspectives in Sociology London ; New York : Routledge. vi and 422 pages.
Contents:
Introduction: rethinking sociology
Karl Marx
Max Weber
Emile Durkheim
Consensus and conflict
Symbolic interaction
Ethnomethodology
Western Marxism
Structuralism
Poststructuralism: abandoning reason
Michel Foucault
Poststructuralism and postmodernity
Back to sociological theory?: theoreticism and synthesis From class to culture : a historical sketch
Emancipatory sociology: feminism, queer theory and postcolonial theory
Conclusion.


Francis T. Cullen and Pamela Wilcox 1968-

Cullen, F.T. and Wilcox, P. 2010 (Editors) Encyclopedia of Criminological Theory London and Los Angeles: Sage. Two volumes xlvi and 1176 pages.


Jonathan Culler 1.10.1944 - Departments of English and Comparative Literature, Cornell University

Culler, J. 1983 Barthes Fontana modern masters. Glasgow: Fontana, 128 pages.

Culler, J. 1983/2002 Barthes: A very short introduction. Very short introductions 56. Oxford; New York : Oxford University Press, 144 pages. [1983 updated]
Contents: Man of parts. -- Literary historian. -- Mythologist. -- Critic. -- Polemicist. -- Semiologist. -- Structuralist. -- Hedonist. -- Writer. -- Man of letters. -- Barthes after Barthes.


Leslie Curry
Yale University

Leslie Curry and Marcella Nunez-Smith
Both of Yale University.

Curry, L. and Nunez-Smith, M. 2015 Mixed Methods in Health Sciences Research: A practical primer SAGE mixed methods research series volume 1. Los Angeles: SAGE. xxxii and 394 pages

Publisher's website (with sample material)

Contents: Definition and overview of mixed methods designs -- Applications and illustrations of mixed methods health sciences research -- Determining the appropriateness and feasibility of using mixed methods -- Writing a scientifically sound and compelling grant proposal for a mixed methods study -- Examples of funded grant applications using mixed methods -- Assessing quality in mixed methods studies -- Sampling and data collection in mixed methods studies -- Data analysis and integration in mixed methods studies -- Managing mixed methods teams -- Implementation issues in mixed methods research -- Publishing mixed methods studies in the health sciences.


Antony Cutler 1947-
Tony Cutler

Tony Cutler and Barbara Waine

Cutler, T. and Waine, B. 1994 Managing the Welfare State : Politics of Public Sector Management Berg Publishers, 1994. [192 pages.
Contents
The Politics of Managerialism - Managing by Numbers: The Bogus Prospectus of Performance Indicators - Welfare Markets - Competitive Tendering: The Case of the Vanishing Producers - Determining Public Sector Pay: Prescription and Practice - Conclusion: A Future That Will Fail? Managerialism and Consumerism in the 1990s

Cutler, T. and Waine, B. 1997 "The politics of quasi-markets: How quasi-markets have been analysed and how they might be analysed" Critical Social Policy May 1997 17: 3-26

offline - See 1991


Robert Alan Dahl 17.12.1915 -

Dahl, R.A. 1956 A Preface to Democratic Theory

Dahl, R.A. 7.1957, "The Concept of Power" Behavioral Science, 2:3, July, 1957, p.201-215 Available at http://65.99.230.10:81/collect/politics/index/assoc/HASHa8ee.dir/doc.pdf

"My intuitive idea of power... is something like this: A has power over B to the extent that he can get B to do something that B would not otherwise do" (pp 202-203)


Ralph Dahrendorf

Dahrendorf, R. 6.1958 "Toward a Theory of Social Conflict" The Journal of Conflict Resolution Volume 2, No. 2. (June 1958), pp. 170-183.

Dahrendorf, R. 1959 Class and Class Conflict in Industrial Society


William Dalrymple

Dalrymple, W. 2003 The Long Search BBC Radio.

24.11.2003 Programme One archive 1 "The world turned upside down"

31.11.2003 Programme Two archive 2 "God and the air-pump" archive 3 "The woman clothed with the sun"

14.12.2003 Programme Four archive 4 "Black, Two Sugars?" (interview with Mark Horton).

14.12.2003 Programme Five: archive 5 "Apes, angels and apparitions"

28.12.2003 Programme Six: archive 6 "The times they are a-changing".


James Daly

Daly, J. 1979 Sir Robert Filmer and English Political Thought. Toronto University Press.


Geoff Danaher, Tony Schirato and Jen Webb

Danaher, G., Schirato, T. and Webb, J. 2000 Understanding Foucault London: Sage. xv and 172 pages. Identifier: ISBN: 0761968156
Contents:
Introduction to Michel Foucault's Work
PART ONE: QUESTIONS OF KNOWLEDGE
The Order of Things
Discourses and Institutions
Discipline and Instruction
PART TWO: RELATIONS OF POWER
Power Governmentality and Liberalism
History and Geopolitics
PART THREE: THE ETHICAL SUBJECT
Technologies of the Self
The Sexual Subject
Arts of the Self


Clarence Darrow 1857-1938

Darrow, C. 1922 Crime: Its cause and treatment New York : Thomas Y. Crowell. Available http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/12027

Republished 2009 Kaplan classics of law, with a new foreword by Simon Baatz. New York : Edinburgh : Kaplan xvii and 248 pages

chapter 1 -What is crime? Chapter 2.-Purpose of punishment chapter 3.-Responsibility for crime chapter 4.-Environment chapter 5.-Adjusting heredity and environment chapter 6.-Psychology of criminal conduct chapter 7.-The criminal chapter 8.-The female criminal chapter 9.-The juvenile criminal chapter 10.-Homicide chapter 11.-Sex crimes chapter 12.-Robbery and burglary chapter 13.-Man as a predatory animal chapter 14.-Crimes against property chapter 15.-Attitude of the criminal chapter 16.-The law and the criminal chapter 17.-Repealing laws chapter 18.-Is crime increasing? Chapter 19.-Medical experts chapter 20.-Punishment chapter 21.-Effect of punishment on others chapter 22.-Evolution of punishment chapter 23.-Capital punishment chapter 24.-Stigmata of the criminal chapter 25.-The good in criminals chapter 26.-The defective and insane chapter 27.-Social control chapter 28.-Industrialism and crime chapter 29.-War and crime chapter 30.-Civilisation and crime chapter 31.-The convict chapter 32.-Isolation and sterilisation chapter 33.-Crime, disease and accident chapter 34.-Luck and chance chapter 35.-Pardons and paroles chapter 36.-Remedies


Charles Darwin 1809-1882 weblinks

Darwin, C. 1859 On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection London, John Murray, available on the web at http://darwin-online.org.uk

Darwin, C. 1859/1872 On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection Sixth edition 1872. London, John Murray, available on the web at http://darwin-online.org.uk

Also available at Project Gutenberg

Darwin, C. 1871 Descent of Man, and Selection in relation to Sex

Darwin, C. 1872 The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals
https://web.archive.org/web/20030802122300/http://pages.britishlibrary.net/ charles.darwin3/expression/expression_intro.htm

See Subject Index Emotion


Bhargavi Davar 1962-
Director, Center for Advocacy in Mental Health, Pune

Bhargavi Davar and Parameshwar R. Bhat

Davar, B.V. and Bhat, P.R. 1995 Psychoanalysis as a Human Science: Beyond foundationalism New Delhi; London, 1995. 210 pages
Contents: Critical Normative Philosophy and Psychoanalysis Evidence, Truth and Psychoanalysis The Self, Freedom and Psychoanalysis Psychoanalysis: A Science of Cognition Psychoanalysis, Scientific Knowledge and Humanism

Challenge Karl Popper's critique of and Adolf Grunbaum's attack on psychoanalysis. Provides an epistemological rationale for its scientific nature, an ethical rationale for its humanism and a philosophical foundation which it terms "cognitivist".

Davar, B.V. 1999 Mental Health of Indian women: A feminist agenda New Delhi and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage 1999. 281 pages.
Contents: Introduction: women, mental illness and epidemiology -- Gender and aetiology -- The mental health services and women -- The female self, morality and mental illness -- Conclusion: planning for 'distress' and not 'illness'.

Davar, B.V. 2001 (Editor) Mental health from a Gender Perspective Thousand Oaks, California: Sage Publications 2001. 427 pages.
Contents
1: Gender and Mental Health: Inter-disciplinary Perspectives by Bhargavi V. Davar
2: Mental Health of Indian Women: A Field Experience by Ajita Chakraborty
3: Gender Issues in Mental Health: A Clinical Psychology Perspective by Anisha Shah
4: From the Personal to the Collective: Psychological/Feminist Issues of Women's Mental Health by U. Vindhya
5: Further Considerations on Women and Mental Health by Sasheej Hegde--
The Body, Reproduction and Mental Health
6: The Interface between Psychiatry and Women's Reproductive Health by Prabha S. Chandra
7: Gynaecological Morbidity and Common Mental Disorders in Low-income Urban Women in Mumbai by Surinder K. P. Jaswal
8: The Female Body as the Battleground of Meaning by Janet Chawla and Sarah Pinto
9: The Female Body of Possession: A Feminist Perspective on Rural Tamil Women's Experiences by Kalpana Ram
Violence and Mental Health
10: The Unsafe Nest: Analysing and Treating the Roots and Reaches of Marital Violence / Rajalakshmi Sriram and Sudipta Mukherjee
11: Self-disclosure in Child Sexual Abuse: Content Analysis of Written Narratives of Disclosure by L. Kavitha Vijayalakshmi and Shekhar Seshadri
12: Child Sexual Abuse and Social Factors Preventing Disclosure: Adolescent Girls' Narratives by Rinchin and Shubhada Maitra
13: Sexual Violence and Mental Health: Confronting the Paradox of the 'Guilty' Victim by Kavita Panjabi
14: Inscribing Madness: Another Reading of the Yellow Wallpaper and the Bell Jar by Jayasree Kalathil
Women, Society and Mental Illness
15: The Lay and Medical Diagnoses of Psychiatric Disorder and the Normative Construction of Femininity by Renu Addlakha
16: Women and the Law on Unsoundness of Mind by Amita Dhanda
17: The Media and Women's Mental Health by Ammu Joseph.

Summary: The gender perspective is largely lacking in the discourse on mental health in India while the debate on women's issues rarely incorporates this important topic. Bringing together original contributions from a variety of perspectives, including sociology, anthropology, literature and media studies, this volume will greatly assist a holistic understanding of issues relating to the mental health of Indian women.

Bhargavi V. Davar and T.K. Sundari Ravindran
T.K. Sundari Ravindran is Honorary Professor at the Achutha Menon Centre for Health Science Studies, Trivandrum, Kerala

Davar, B.V. and Sundari Ravindran, T.K. 2015 (Editors) Gendering Mental Health: Knowledges, identities, and institutions Papers from the National Review Workshop on Gender and Mental Health (2007 : Velha Goa, India). Published New Delhi, India : Oxford University Press 2015. xii and 236 pages
Contents
Preface
1. Delivering Justice, Withdrawing Care: The Norms and Etiquettes of 'Having' a Mental Illness by Bhargavi V. Davar
2. (Un)making Madness: Delving into the Depths of Knowledge by Ranjita Biswas
3. Adjudicating Illness and Capacity: Notes from a Custody Trial by Vasudha Nagaraj
4. Ideological Reproduction of Gender and Normality in Psychiatric Drug Advertisements by
Jayasree Kalathil
5. Mining Marginalities and Mainstreaming Differences: The Disability Paradigm in Perspective by Renu Addlakha
6. Growing Up and Sexual Identity Formation: Mental Health Concerns of Lesbian Women by Ketki Ranade and Yogita Hastak
7. A Researcher's Tale by Shazneen Limjerwala
8. Women's Rights, Human Rights, and the State: Reconfiguring Gender and Mental Health Concerns in India by Anubha Sood
9. Identity Constructions for 'Mentally Disturbed' Women: Identities versus Institutions by Bhargavi V. Davar
Summary: Steeped in archaic and narrow colonial attitudes towards people of 'unsound mind', the discourse on mental health in India, as also the public apparatus dealing with it, are rigid, exclusionary, and deeply gender insensitive. Interrogating the ways in which we understand and deal with mental health disabilities, this volume unravels the voices of women trapped in the predominantly skewed discourse of mental ill-health as 'madness', within the sciences, legal systems, policies, and the media. The collection of essays in this volume focus on the state of mental health of Indian women, with respect to social attitudes, cultural barriers, treatment, policies, safeguards, or lack thereof. The contributors ask fundamental questions: Is 'mental illness' a social, medical, legal, penal, historical, personal construct? Is mental disorder a disability? Do people living with a mental ailment have a 'memory' or the 'insight' to tell their own stories? In dealing with these questions, it seeks to provide a perspective on how women suffering from mental illness view themselves and their surroundings in India. Combining primary research and insights from gender studies and mental health specialists, the volume presents a fundamental critique of the institutional responses to women's mental health, and highlights the dire need to overhaul the Indian mental health system.


Leonore Davidoff

Davidoff L, Doolittle M, Fink J and Holden K 1999 The family story : blood, contract and intimacy, 1830-1960 London : Longman, 1999. 297 pages
Contents:
"Part One: Family Paradoxes"
1. INTRODUCTION 2. THE FAMILY AND THE HISTORIAN: Modernisation and the Family - Separation of home and work? - The emergence of the nuclear family? - The family becomes an emotional haven? - The increasing involvement of the state?
3. CONCEPTUALIZING THE FAMILY: The construction of the individual, self and person - The religious and secular self - Self, property and the law - The feeling and sexual self - The sociological and psychological self - Postmodern and feminist self - The construction of kinship - The construction of home and household - The construction of identity - Identity and family - Identity, naming and imagined families
"Part Two: Families 1830-1914"
4. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE: The Nineteenth Century - Material life - Ideas, beliefs and institutions - Patterns of family life - The upper strata - Working-class families - Middle-class families - Sexuality and the fertility transition - Institutional life
5. FATHERS AND FATHERHOOD: FAMILY AUTHORITY: Rights and duties of fathers - Changing ideas about fatherly care - Public and private identities
6. DOMESTIC SERVICE AND LODGING: Doing Family Work - The service relationship - Masculine and feminine domains - Terms of service - Servants and childhood - Dynamics of power in domestic service - Lodging
"Part Three: Families 1914-1960"
7. CHANGES IN FAMILY LIFE: The Twentieth Century - Changing patterns of family life - Material and economic developments - Inheritance strategies - Social regulation of families - Family time: rituals and leisure activities
8. FAMILY SHADOWS: UNMARRIED WOMEN: The sister's tale: Daisy Brown - The daughter's tale: Bridget Perkins - The midwife's tale: Ellen Stephens - The aunt's tale: Alice Barker
9. FAMILY SILENCES: UNTOLD STORIES: Secrecy, sexuality and society - Self, family and society - A well of silence: Tony's story
10. CONCLUSION: FAMILY FUTURES
Bibliography - Appendix: Legislation Affecting the Family - Index


Mary Celine Davidow 14.12.1917 - 1987

Davidow, M.C. 1960 Charlotte Mew: Biography and Criticism. Dissertation: Brown University 1960.

Davidow, M.C. 1978 "Charlotte Mew and the Shadow of Thomas Hardy" Bulletin of Research in the Humanities 81 (1978): pages 437-447.


Julia Davidson and Elena Martellozzo

Davidson, J. and Martellozzo, E. 2012 "Exploring young people's use of social networking sites and digital media in the internet safety context. A comparison of the UK and Bahrain", Information, Communication and Society, pp 1-21. Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/1369118X.2012.701655

See Subject Index Social Networks


Malcolm Davies 1946- Hazel Croall 1947- and Jane Tyrer 1951-

Davies, M. Croall, H. and Tyrer, J. 1995 Criminal Justice : An Introduction to the Criminal Justice System in England and Wales London: Longman. 472 pages.

Third edition 2005:
Contents:
Table of Cases
Chronology of Key Dates in the Development of Criminal Justice in England and Wales
PART A INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Chapter 1 What is Criminal Justice? Chapter
2 What is Crime?
Chapter 3 Victims and the Impact of Crime Chapter
4 Governmental, Political and Administrative Context of Criminal Justice in England and Wales Chapter
5 Crime Prevention and Reduction
PART B CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: LAW ENFORCEMENT
Chapter 6 The Police
Chapter 7 Prosecution, Caution and Diversion Chapter 8 Youth Justice PART C CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: CRIMINAL COURTS Chapter 9 Criminal Courts, Judiciary and Pre-trial Procedure Chapter 10 The Trial and Establishing Guilt PART D CRIMINAL JUSTICE PROCESS: PENAL SYSTEM Chapter 11 Sentencing Aims and Process Chapter 12 Punishment Philosophies and Penal Paradigms Chapter 13 Prisons Chapter 14 Probation Service and Community Penalties Chapter 15 Conclusion Glossary Appendix Bibliography Index


Ann Davis 1948-

Davis, A. 10.12.2008 Celebrating 100 Years of Social Work. University of Birmingham. Ann Davis Available at http://www.birmingham.ac.uk/Documents/college-social- sciences/social-policy/IASS/100-years-of-social-work.pdf


Davis, D.B. 1975 The Problem of Slavery in the Age of Revolution. 1770- 1823 Cornell University Press.


Helen Davis

Davis, H. 2004 Understanding Stuart Hall London/UK and Thousand Oaks, California. Sage Publications. 222 pages
Contents:
Introduction
Encountering the Mother Country
A Deadly Serious Matter
The Media in Question
Wrestling with the Angels
The Politics of Representation
Taking the Risk of Living Dangerously
In the Belly of the Beast
`Fragmented and Concrete', in Conversation with Stuart Hall


Mark Davis 1978-

Davis, M. 2008 Freedom and Consumerism: a critique of Zygmunt Bauman's sociology Aldershot, England; Burlington, Vermont: Ashgate,


Gerald C. Davison and John M. Neale

Davison, G.C. and Neale, J.H. 1974 Abnormal Psychology: An experimental clinical approach New York: Wiley. xvi and 632 pages
Summary: Disorders are discussed around four perspectives - biological, psychoanalytic, learning and cognitive.

Tenth edition (2007) Ann M. Kring and others


Sally Davison and Jonathan Rutherford

Davison, S. and Rutherford, J. 2010 (editors) Welfare Reform: The dread of things to come, Soundings On, London, Lawrence Wishart. Free ebook available at http://www.lwbooks.co.uk/ebooks/WelfareReform.html


Simone De Beauvoir weblinks

De Beauvoir, S. 1947 Pour Une Morale de L'ambiguïté [English translation: "The Ethics of Ambiguity"]

De Beauvoir, S. 1947/ 1948 The Ethics of Ambiguity. English translation by Bernard Frechtman of Pour une morale de l'ambiguité. New York: Philosophical Library. 1948 163 pages.

De Beauvoir, S. 1949 Le deuxième sexe [English translation: "The Second Sex"] Paris: Librairie Gallimard

De Beauvoir, S. 1949/ 1953 The Second Sex. English translation by Howard Madison Parshley. New York : Alfred A. Knopf. London : J. Cape

Volume one:
introduction -
Part One: Destiny
Chapter 1: Biological Data
Chapter 2: The Psychoanalytical Point of View - Freud extract
Chapter 3: The Point of View of Historical Materialism - [Engels extract] -
...
Volume two:
Childhood - "One is not born a woman: one becomes one."


Michel de Certeau 17.5.1925 - 9.1.1986

De Certaeu, M. 1974 La Culture au Pluriel Union Générale d'Editions

De Certaeu, M. 1975 L'Ecriture de l'Histoire. Editions Gallimard

De Certaeu, M. 1980 L'Invention du Quotidien. Volume 1, Arts de Faire. Union générale d'éditions 10-18.

De Certaeu, M. 1980/1984 The Practice of Everyday Life. A translation into English of L'Invention du Quotidien. Volume 1 by Steven Rendall. University of California Press.

De Certaeu, M. 1982 La Fable Mystique. volume 1, 16e-17e Siècle. Editions Gallimard.

De Certaeu, M. 1982/1995 The Mystic Fable: The Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. Translated by Michael B. Smith. University of Chicago Press. 1995.

De Certaeu, M. 1987a Histoire et psychanalyse entre science et fiction. Editions Gallimard. 1987. (Revised edition 2002)

De Certaeu, M. 1987b La Faiblesse de Croire. Edited by Luce Giard. Seuil.


James J. Delaney
Niagara University, New York. USA.
"Niagara University educates its students and enriches their lives through programs in the liberal arts and through career preparation, informed by the Catholic and Vincentian traditions".

Delaney, J.J. 2005 "Jean-Jacques Rousseau (1712-1778)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/rousseau/. Originally published: 20.10.2005.


Robert Dellar 16.12.1964-17.12.2016

Dellar, R. 2014 "Splitting in Two: Mad Pride and Punk Rock Oblivion" UnKant Books March 2014


Gilles Deleuze and Félix Guattari
Gilles Deleuze (1925-1995) was Professor of Philosophy at the University of Paris VIII and one of the most influential philosophers of the twentieth century. Felix Guattari (1930-1992) was a psychoanalyst at the la Borde Clinic

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1973 L'anti-Odipe volume 1 of "Capitalisme et schizophrenie". In French 1973 by Les Editions de Minuit, Paris. Translated into English by Robert Hurley, Mark Seem, and Helen R. Lane in 1984 as Anti-Oedipus : capitalism and schizophrenia, with a preface by Michel Foucault. London : Athlone Press. xxiv and 400 pages

Deleuze, G. and Guattari, F. 1980/1987 Mille plateaux, volume 2 of "Capitalisme et schizophrenie". In French 1980 by Les Editions de Minuit, Paris. Translated into English by Brian Massumi as A Thousand Plateaus 1987 Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.


Treena Delormier, Katherine L. Frohlich and Louise Potvin

Delormier, T., Frohlich, K. L. and Potvin, L. 2009, "Food and eating as social practice - understanding eating patterns as social phenomena and implications for public health". Sociology of Health and Illness, 31: pp 215-228. http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467-9566.2008.01128.x/pdf


Feyisa Demie - Kirstin Lewis - and Christabel McLean

Demie, F., Lewis, K. avd McLean, C. 2007 Raising the achievement of Somali pupils: challenges and school responses London Borough of Lambeth. Available at


Geoff Dench

Dench, G. 1975 Maltese in London RKP

Dench, G. 1986 Minorities in The Open Society: Prisoners of Ambivalence RKP

Dench, G. 1994 Reviewing Sexual Contracts, Centre for Community Studies, Middlesex University

Dench, G. 1996a Transforming Men. Changing Patterns of Dependency and Dominance in Gender Relations. Transaction

Dench, G. 1996b The Place of Men in Changing Family Cultures Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. 1997 (Editor) Rewriting the Sexual Contract. Collected Views on Changing Relationships and Sexual Divisions of Labour. Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. 2000 (Editor) Grandmothers of the Revolution Hera Trust with Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G. and Ogg, J. 2002 Grandparenting in Britain - A Baseline Study Institute of Community Studies. London

Dench, G.; Gavron, K. and Young, M. 2006 The New East End: Kinship, Race and Conflict


Norman Dennis and George Erdos 1946-

Dennis, N. and Erdos, G. 1992 Families without Fatherhood Choice in welfare series ; no.12: London : IEA Health and Welfare Unit. xxiii and 127 pages

Dennis, N. and Erdos, G. 1992/2000 Families without Fatherhood Third edition with a foreword by A.H. Halsey and an afterword by Peter Saunders. Choice in welfare series ; no.12: London : Institute for the Study of Civil Society, 2000. xvi and 133 pages. Available at http://www.civitas.org.uk/pdf/cs03.pdf


Martyn Denscombe

Denscombe, M. 1998 The Good Research Guide for small-scale social research projects. Buckingham: Open University Press
Contents: Part 1 Strategies: surveys; case studies; experiments; action research; ethnography. Part 2 Methods: questionnaires; interviews; observation; documents. Part 3 Analysis: quantitative data; qualitative data; writing up the research. [Second edition 2003 - Third edition 2007]


Norman (Kent) Denzin 1941-

Denzin, N. K. 1970a The Research Act in Sociology: A theorectical introduction to sociological methods Chicago: Aldine. xvii and 368 pages.

Presents five major approaches to experimentation: survey research: participant observation, life histories, and unobtrusive measures from a single theoretical point of view and symbolic interaction

Denzin, N. K. 1970b (Editor) Sociological Methods: A sourcebook Chicago: Aldine.
Chapter sections:
The Interactionist Perspective and the Process of Theory Construction.
Theory to Method- Sampling and Measurement Problems;
Theory to Method- Research Strategies;
Strategies of Triangulation and the Art of Doing Sociology.


Department for Education (DFE) [United Kingdom]

See Children's services Children's social care

DFE SFR 20/2012 Children looked after in England (including adoption and care leavers) year ending 31 March 2012 Department for Education Statistical First Release 25.9.2012. Available https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/2 19210/sfr20-2012v2.pdf


Department of Health (DH) [United Kingdom]

Department of Health 1.1989 Working for Patients, Cm 555, January 1989 (Griffiths Report) [At foot of cover: The Health Service: Caring for the 1990s]. (Cm.555) London: HMSO. 101 pages. ISBN: 0101055528 Presented to Parliament by the Secretaries of State for Health, Wales, Northern Ireland and Scotland ... January 1989.


Jacques Derrida

Derrida, J. 1966 "Structure, Sign, and Play in the Discourse of the Human Sciences", available at http://hydra.humanities.uci.edu/derrida/sign-play.html


René Descartes 1596-1650

Descartes, R. 1637/1909-1914 Discourse on the Method of Rightly Conducting the Reason and Seeking the Truth in the Sciences by René Descartes.The Harvard classics, edited by Charles W. Eliot. New York: P.F. Collier and Son, 1909-1914. Volume 34, Part 1, of 51.


Devereux, E.C., 1961 "Parsons Sociological Theory" in: Black, M. 1961 pp 1-64


David Dewey

Dewey, D. 1998/1999 The Problem of Punishment London: Middlesex University, 1998. 98p.; ISBN: k2248000 - Second edition 1999: ISBN1 85924 160 3


John Dewey reviews - weblinks

Dewey, J. 1896/Ref. "The Reflex Arc Concept in Psychology", Psychological Review 3, (1896) pages 357-370. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1896.html

Dewey, J. 1903 editor. Studies in Logical Theory University of Chicago, 1903.

Dewey, J. 1903/Log. Logical Conditions of a Scientific Treatment of Morality Chicago : The University of Chicago Press, 1903 Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1903.html

Dewey, J. 1907/Sch. The School and Society being three lectures by John Dewey supplemented by a statement of the University Elementary School. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1907/Dewey_1907 _toc.html

Dewey, J. 1908/Prac. "Does Reality Possess a Practical Character" in Essays, Philosophical and Psychological, in Honor of William James, Professor in Harvard University, by his Colleagues at Columbia University New York: Longmans, Green, and Co., 1908, pages 53- 80. Reprinted in Philosophy and Civilisation (New York: Minton, Balch and Co., 1931), pages 36-55, with the title "The Practical Character of Reality."

Dewey, J. 1909/Dem. How We Think. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1910a/Dewey_191 0_toc.html

Dewey, J. 1916/Dem. Democracy and Education: An Introduction to the Philosophy of Education New York: Macmillan. Web copy available at http://www.ilt.columbia.edu/publications/dewey.html

Dewey, J. 1916/Log. Essays in Experimental Logic University of Chicago Press. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1916/Dewey_1916 _toc.html

Dewey, J. 1920/RP Reconstruction in Philosophy New York: Henry Holt

Dewey, J. 1922/HN Human Nature and Conduct. An Introduction to Social Psychology. London. George Allen & Unwin, 1922. Web copy available at http://spartan.ac.brocku.ca/~lward/Dewey/Dewey_1922/Dewey1922_ toc.html

Dewey, J. 1927/Pub. The Public and its Problems [Lectures delivered for the Larwill Foundation, Kenyon College, Ohio.] London (printed in USA): George Allen & Unwin

Dewey, J. 1931/Mead "George Herbert Mead", Journal of Philosophy, 28 (1931): pp 309-314 Web copy available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Dewey/Dewey_1931.html

Dewey, J. 1935/LS Liberalism and Social Action. New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons.

Dewey, J. 1938/Log Logic: The Theory of Inquiry. New York: Holt, 1938

Preface: "This book is a development of ideas regarding the nature of logical theory that were first presented ... in Studies in Logical Theory; that were somewhat expanded in Essays in Experimental Logic and were briefly summarised with special reference to education in How We Think".
There are substantial extracts in a pdf at:
http://www.erzwiss.uni-hamburg.de/sonstiges/dewey/DewLog38.pdf


Dictionaries

French 1798 - English 1870 - English 1887 - English 1900 - medical 1902 - political 1939 - English 1951 - American 1960 - Philosophy 1960 - Nurses 1968 - political thought 1982 - marxist thought - Penguin sociology 1984 - Oxford sociology 1994 - Blackwell Sociology 1995 - English 1995/1996 - Collins sociology 2000 - management 2008


Thomas Dietz
Department of Sociology and Anthropology, George Mason University, Virginia

Thomas Dietz and Tom R. Burns
Tom R. Burns: Department of Sociology, Uppsala University

Dietz, T. and Burns, T.R. 1992 "Human agency and the evolutionary dynamics of culture" Acta Sociologica July 1992 35: pp 187-200,

Abstract: "Agency has long been an important topic in sociological theory. Recently, sociologists have devoted attention to new models of cultural evolution drawn from a variety of disciplines. This paper examines the role of agency in evolutionary theory. We begin by distinguishing evolutionary theory from developmental theories that are usually identified with evolution in discussions of social theory. We then offer an approach to agency and to power grounded in social rule systems theory. These discussions provide a context to definition of agency as effective, intentional, unconstrained and reflexive action by individual or collective actors. Using contemporary evolutionary theory, we consider the circumstances under which individual and collective action can meet these requirements and thus be considered agentic."


Michele Dillon 1960-
Professor of sociology at the University of New Hampshire

Dillon, M. 1999 Catholic Identity: Balancing Reason, Faith, and Power. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Dillon, M. 2003 (Editor) Handbook of the Sociology of Religion. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Dillon, M. 2010 Introduction to Sociological Theory: Theorists, Concepts, and their Applicability in the Twenty-First Century. Malden, Massachusetts; Wiley- Blackwell. [Second edition 2014]
"Uses a wide range of newspaper examples to illustrate the relevance to sociological theory"
Contents List of Timelines, Boxes, and Topics. Acknowledgments. How to Use This Book. Introduction: Welcome to Sociological Theory. Analyzing Social Life. Societal Transformation and the Origins of Sociology. The Establishment of Sociology. The Sociological Craft in the Nineteenth Century. Summary. Glossary. 1. Karl Marx. Expansion of Capitalism. Marx's Theory of History. Human Nature. Capitalism as a Distinctive Social Form. Wage-Labor. The Division of Labor and Alienation. Economic Inequality. Ideology and Power. Summary. Glossary. 2. Emile Durkheim. Durkheim's Methodological Rules. The Nature of Society. Societal Transformation and Social Cohesion. Traditional Society. Modern Society. Social Conditions of Suicide. Religion and the Sacred. Summary. Glossary. 3. Max Weber. Sociology: Understanding Social Action. Culture and Economic Activity. Ideal Types. Social Action. Power, Authority, and Domination. Social Stratification. Modernity and Competing Values. Summary. Glossary. 4. Structural-Functionalism: Talcott Parsons and Robert Merton. Talcott Parsons. The Social System. Socialization and Societal Integration. Social Differentiation, Culture, and the Secularization of Protestantism. Pattern Variables. Modernization Theory. Stratification and Inequality. Robert Merton's Middle-Range Theory. Summary. Glossary. 5. The Frankfurt School: Technology, Culture, and Politics. Dialectic of Enlightenment. Mass Culture and Consumption. Politics: One-Dimensional Rationality. Jurgen Habermas: The State and Society. Summary. Glossary. 6. Conflict, Power, and Dependency in Macro- Societal Processes. Ralf Dahrendorf's Theory of Group Conflict. C. Wright Mills. Dependency Theory: Neo-Marxist Critiques of Economic Development. Summary. Glossary. 7. Exchange, Exchange Network, and Rational Choice Theories. Exchange Theory. Exchange Network Theory. Rational Choice Theory. Analytical Marxism. Summary. Glossary. 8. Symbolic Interactionism. Development of the Self through Social Interaction. The Premises of Symbolic Interactionism. Erving Goffman: Social Exchange as Ritualized Social Interaction. Symbolic Interactionism and Ethnographic Research. Summary. Glossary. 9. Phenomenology and Ethnomethodology. Phenomenology. Ethnomethodology. Summary. Glossary. 10. Feminist Theories. Consciousness of Women's Inequality. Standpoint Theories 1: Dorothy Smith and the Relations of Ruling. Standpoint Theories 2: Patricia Hill Collins - Black Women's Standpoint. Sociology of Emotion. Arlie Hochschild: Emotional Labor. Summary. Glossary. 11. Theorizing Sexuality and the Body. Michel Foucault. Sexuality and Queer Theory. Summary. Glossary. 12. Sociological Theories of Race and Racism. Racial Otherness. Social Change, Race, and Racism. Slavery, Colonialism, and Racial Formation. William Du Bois: Slavery and Racial Inequality in the US. Race and Class. Race, Community, and Democracy. Culture and the New Racism. Summary. Glossary. 13. The Social Reproduction of Inequality: Pierre Bourdieu's Theory of Class and Culture. Social Stratification. Family and School in the Production of Cultural Capital. Taste and Everyday Culture. Summary. Glossary. 14. Postmodernity. Critique of the Modern. Postmodern Culture. Summary. Glossary. 15. Globalization. Defining Globalization. Economic Globalization. Immanuel Wallerstein: The Modern World-System. From World- Economic to Global Inequality. Political Globalization: The Nation-State in the New Order. Cultural Globalization. Cities and Migration in a Globalizing Society. Globalization of Risk. Political Mobilization in the Globalizing Society. Summary. Glossary. Glossary. References. Index.


Wilhelm Dilthey 1833-1911 weblinks


Rebecca Emerson Dobash, 1943- and Russell P. Dobash, 1944-

Dobash, R.E. and Dobash, R.P. 1979 Violence against Wives: A case against the partriarchy New York : The Free Press, xii and 339 pages.

Dobash, R.E. and Dobash, R.P. 1992 Women, violence, and social change London ; New York : Routledge, 1992. 366 pages.
Contents: 1. Violence Against Women, 2. The Rise of the Movement: Orientations and Issues, 3. Refuges and Housing, 4. The State, Public Policy and Social Change, 5. Challenging the Justice System, 6. New Laws and New Reactions, 7. The Therapeutic Society Constructs Battered Women and Violent Men, 8. Knowledge and Social Change, 9. Innovation and Social Change, Notes, Selected References, Index


Darrell Dobbs Marquette University

Dobbs, D. 3.1996 "Family Matters: Aristotle's Appreciation of Women and the Plural Structure of Society" American Political Science Review Volume 90, Number 1, March 1996, available as a pdf at http://www.marquette.edu/polisci/DobbsAPSR96Women.pdf


Zoltan Dörnyei

Dörnyei, Z. 2003 Questionnaires in second language research : construction, administration, and processing Mahwah, N.J. ; London : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. viii and 156 pages.
Contents: Introduction. Questionnaires in Second Language Research. Constructin the Questionnaire. Administering the Questionnaire. Processing Questionnaire Data. Appendix: Selection of Published L2 Questionnaires.


Jack D. Douglas

Douglas, J. 1967 The Social Meanings of Suicide. Princeton University Press. (Critical summary of Durkheim's Suicide pp 73-76)

Contents include:
Part one: The Durkheimian Approach to Suicide
Part two: The Post-Durkheimian Sociological Theories of Suicide
Part three: Official Statistics on Suicide and their Use in Sociological Works
Part four: Suicidal Actions as Socially Meaningful Actions
Appendix one: Durkheim's theory of the relations between the individual and society and suicide
Appendix two: The formal definitions of suicide

See Subject Index Suicide


James Dixon Douglas 1922-
Librarian, Tyndale House, Cambridge

Douglas, J.D. 1962 (Organising Editor) The New Bible Dictionary. London, The Inter-Varsity Fellowship.


Emma Dowling
Senior Lecturer in Sociology at Middlesex University

Emma Dowling and David Harvie
David Harvie is a member of the Centre for Philosophy and Political Economy, Leicester

Dowling, E. and Harvie, D. 2014 "Harnessing the Social: State, Crisis and (Big) Society". Sociology October 2014 48. 869-886.
Other keywords: financialisation, social impact, social impact bonds, social investment, social reproduction, social value.


John Downing and Charles Husband

Downing, J. and Husband, C. 2005 Representing 'Race': Racisms, Ethnicities and Media: London. Sage Publications Ltd.


Len Doyal and Roger Harris 1944-

Doyal, L. and Harris, R. 1986 Empiricism, Explanation and Rationality: An introduction to the philosophy of the social sciences London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. xiii and 200 pages.


James Drever 1873-1951
First professor of psychology at Edinburgh University 1931-1945

Drever, J. 1952 A Penguin Dictionary of Psychology. Harmondsworth. Penguin Books.

Drever, J. 1952/1964 A Penguin Dictionary of Psychology. Harmondsworth. Penguin Books. Revised by Harvey Wallerstein.


Norman Dubeski - Dundas, Ontario, Canada

Dubeski, N. 2001 "Durkheim's altruism as the source of his social holism: A discussion of the viability of a social basis for moral principles". Electronic Journal of Sociology 2001. Available at http://www.sociology.org/content/vol005.003/dubeski.html


Karen Duke
Principal lecturer in criminology Middlesex University,
Specialises in the development of drugs policy in prisons, the interfaces between drugs and criminal justice policy, and the relationship between research, politics, and policy making.

Duke, K. 2003 Drugs, Prisons, and Policy-making Hampshire ; New York : Palgrave Macmillan. xii and 206 pages.
Contents:
Analysing Prison Drugs Policy: Problems, Networks and Contexts
1980-1986: Prelude to Policy Development
1986-1993: The HIV/AIDS Crisis and Fears of Contamination
1993-1997: Coming Clean and Taking Control?
1997: Eradication to Realism?
Conclusions: Shifting Agendas and Policy Networks

Duke, K. 2012 "From Crime to Recovery: The Reframing of British Drugs Policy?" Journal of Drug Issues Sage on behalf of Florida State University College of Criminology and Criminal Justice. Available at http://jod.sagepub.com/content/early/2012/11/29/0022042612466614


Simon Duncan and Rosalind Edwards

Duncan, S. and Edwards, R. 1997 (Editors) Single Mothers in an International Context: Mothers or workers? Series: Gender & society.. Feminist perspectives on the past and present. London: UCL Press. ix and 285 pages


Val Dunn-Toroosian
Senior lecturer and Program leader, College of Nursing, Midwifery and Healthcare, The University of West London.

Dunn-Toroosian, V. 2003 "The Family" Chapter 4. in Squire 2003 The Social Context of Birth. Oxford. Radcliffe Publishing Ltd, pages 59-84.


Emile Durkheim Alpert - Douglas - Dubeski - Fenton - Giddens - Hirst - Jones - La Capra - Lukes - Mestrovic - Nisbet - Pearce - Roberts 1997 chapter 6 - Stone and Faberman - Taylor, Walton and Young - Varenne - reviews - weblinks

Durkheim E. 6.8. 1883 (English 1973) Address to the Lyécens of Sens English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 25-33. French text [WAS] available at http://www.relst.uiuc.edu/durkheim/Texts/1883a.html

Durkheim, E. 1884a Cours de philosophie fait au Lycée de sens. Paris. Written manuscript. BibliothŠque de la Sorbonne, Manuscript 2351. Student lecture notes taken from Durkheim's course on philosophy in 1883-1884. Notes taken by the French philosopher, Andre Lalande. French transcript available at http://durkheim.uchicago.edu/Texts/1884a/00.html

Durkheim, E. 1884a/2004 Durkheim's Philosophy Lectures: Notes from the Lycee de Sens Course, 1883-1884 English translation 2004: Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
"Consists of notes taken by André Lalande" (1867-1963) -- Translators' note.
"Moving back and forth between the history of philosophy and the contributions of philosophers in his own day, Durkheim takes up topics as diverse as philosophical psychology, logic, ethics, and metaphysics, and seeks to articulate a unified philosophical position. ... the 'social realism' that is so characteristic of his later work - where he insists, famously, that social facts cannot be reduced to psychological or economic ones, and that such facts constrain human action in important ways - is totally absent in these early lectures.

Durkheim E. 1887 "La Science positive de la morale en Allemagne" Translated in English by Frank Pearce as "The Positive Science of Morality in Germany (1887)", Economy and Society, Vol.15: No.3, pages 346-354 August 1986

Durkheim E. 1890 (English 1973). "The Principles of 1789 and Sociology." Revue international de l'enseignement 19 pp 450-456. Durkheim's review of Ferneuil, T., Les Principes de 1789 et la science sociale. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 34-42.

Durkheim E. 1892 Quid Secundatus Politicae Scientiae Instituendae Contulerit Durkheim's latin thesis on Montesquieu. English version in Durkheim 1960.


Durkheim, E. 1893 De la division du travail social: étude sur l'organisation des sociétés supérieures. Paris: Alcan Translated into English 1933 and 1984 as The Division of Labour in Society

English translations:
Durkheim, E. 1893/1933 The Division of Labour in Society Translated by George Simpson. New York: Macmillan.

Extracts - Robert Alun Jones says "translation seriously defective"

Durkheim, E. 1893/1984 The Division of Labour in Society Translated by W.D. Halls. New York: The Free Press. With an introduction by L. Coser.


Durkheim, E. 1895 Les Règles de la méthode sociologique Paris: Alcan. Translated into English 1938 and 1982 as The Rules of Sociological Method

"Les Règles de la méthode sociologique" first published as a series of articles in Revue Philosophique 1894

English translations:
Durkheim, E. 1895/1938. The Rules of Sociological Method Translated by S. A. Solovay and J. H. Mueller. Edited with Introduction by G. E. G. Catlin. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Republished in 1950 by Glencoe, Illinois: Free Press of Glencoe - Also in 1966.

Extracts - full text alexanderstreet.com [This has been removed] - offline chapter 1
Robert Alun Jones says "translation defective - note omission of paragraph crucial to the argument at foot of page 10"

Durkheim, E. 1895/1982 The Rules of Sociological Method Translated by W. D. Halls.

Contents

Introduction (by Steven Lukes)

THE RULES OF SOCIOLOGICAL METHOD
Preface p. 31
Preface to the Second Edition p.34
Introduction p.48
Chapter 1: What is a Social Fact? p.50
Chapter 2: Rules for the Observation of Social Facts p.60
Chapter 3: Rules for the Distinction of the Normal from the Pathological p.85
Chapter 4: Rules for the Constitution of Social Types p.108
Chapter 5: Rules for the Explanation of Social Facts p.119

Chapter 6: Rules for the Demonstration of Sociological Proof p.147
Conclusion p.159

WRITINGS OF DURKHEIM BEARING ON HIS VIEW OF SOCIOLOGY AND ITS METHOD
Marxism and Sociology: The Materialist Conception of History (1897) p.167
Sociology and the Social Sciences (1903) p.175
Debate on the Relationship between Ethnology and Sociology (1907) p.209
Debate on Explanation in History and Sociology (1908) p.211
Debate on Political Economy and Sociology (1908) p.229
The Contribution of Sociology to Psychology and Philosophy (1909) p.236
Social Morphology (1899) p.241
Civilisation in General and Types of Civilisation (1902) p.243
The Method of Sociology (1908) p.245
Soviety (l917) p.248
Letters about:
The Psychological Character of Social Facts and their Reality (1895)
The Nature of Society and Causal Explanation (1898)
The Psychological Conception of Society (1901)
The Role of General Sociology (1905)
Influences upon Durkheim's View of Sociology ( 1907)


Durkheim, E. 1897 Le Suicide: étude de sociologie. Paris: Alcan. Translated into English 1951/1952 and 2006

See Subject Index Suicide

Durkheim, E. 1897/1951/1952 Suicide. A Study in Sociology translated by John A. Spaulding and George Simpson. Edited, with an introduction by George Simpson. Glencoe, Illinois, Free Press and London: Routledge and Kegan Paul 1952. 405/404 pages. Available online at http://archive.org/details/suicidestudyinso00durk

Durkheim, E. 1897/2006 On Suicide translated by Robin Buss ; with an introduction by Richard Sennett and notes by Alexander Riley. Penguin classics. London; New York : Penguin Books. xxvii, and 450 pages


Durkheim, E. 1898c (English 1973) "Individualism and the Intellectuals" [L'Individualism et les intellectuels] Revue Bleue 4th series 10: pp 7-13. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 43-57

Durkheim, E. 1899/1994 "Concerning the Definition of Religious Phenomena" 1994 English translation in W.S.F. Pickering (Editor) Durkheim on Religion New York: American Academy of Religion.

Durkheim 1900b (English 1973) "Sociology in France in the Nineteenth Century" [La Sociologie en France au 19e siècle] Revue Bleue 12: pp 609-613, 647-652. English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 3-22

Durkheim, E. 1901 "Deux Lois de l'évolution pénale." Année sociologique 4: pp 65-95. Translated into English (1969) as "Two Laws of Penal Evolution."

Durkheim, Émile and Marcel Mauss

Durkheim, E, and Mauss, M. 1903 "De quelques formes primitives de classification: contribution …l'étude des représentations collectives." Année sociologique 6: 1-72. Translated into English by Edward Sagarin in 1963 as Primitive Classification. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Edited with an Introduction by Rodney Needham.

Durkheim 1904e "The Intellectual Elite and Democracy" [L'élite intellectuelle et la démocratie]" Revue Bleue 5th series 1, 23: pp.705-706 English translation in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 58-60

Durkheim, E. 1906 "La Détermination du fait moral." Bulletin de la sociétéfrançaise de philosophie 6. Meetings on 11.2.1906 and 22.3.1906: pp 169-212.

Durkheim, E. 1906/1953 "The Determination of Moral Facts" in Sociology and Philosophy (Free Press, Glencoe, Illinois 1953). pp. 35-62.


Durkheim, E. 1912 Les Formes élémentaires de la vie religieuse: le système totémique en Australie. Paris: Alcan. Translated into English in 1915 as The Elementary Forms of Religious Life

English translation:
Durkheim, E. 1912/ 1915 The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life. A study in religious sociology translated by Joseph Ward Swain. New York: Macmillan and London: George Allen and Unwin
George Allen and Unwin reprinted (from the same type) in 1926, 1954, 1957 and 1964. I bought a paperback copy of the 1964 impression in the early 1970s for 35 shillings).

The only introductory material (not a translation of Durkheim) on my 1964 copy is on the back cover:

"For forty years this great work has profoundly influenced the study of religion,

By a study of the most elementary forms of religious life which we know, Professor Durkheim attempts to throw some light upon the nature of religion in general. In the course of this study of the origins we are led to see the profoundly social character of religion; it is characterised by that which is sacred, and this is shown to be that which is preeminently social. The second part of the work is devoted to a study of the primitive cult and to an exposition of its social meaning and importance. Going further, M. Durkheim points out the religious origin of the other great forms of social activity, and in particular of philosophic thought. Even the categories of thought themselves are, as he shows, of religious and consequently of social origin."

There is also a quotation from the Athenaeum that the thought is clear and the style lucid.


Durkheim 1914a (English 1960) "The Dualism of Human Nature and Its Social Conditions" Scientia 15: pp 206-221. English translation by Charles Blend in Wolff 1960 pp 325-339. Also in Durkheim/Bellah 1973 pages 149-163 [Durkheim says that reviewers of The Elementary Forms of Religious Life had not recognised that it relied a method of scientifically studying the duality of human nature.]

Durkheim, E. 1914/1955 Pragmatism and Sociology

Pragmatisme et sociologie was originally a course of lectures given at the Sorbonne in 1913/1914. It was reconstructed from the notes of students and published in French in 1955 with a preface by A. Cuvillier. A full English translation was published by Cambridge Press in 1983. Web copy of last eight chapters available at: http://www.marxists.org/reference/subject/philosophy/works/fr/durkheim.htm

Durkheim, E. 1915 "Germany Above All"; German Mentality and the War Paris: Colon

Durkheim, E. 1918 Le `Contrat Social' de Rousseau , published. Part of lecture course given 1901-1902. English version in Durkheim 1960


Durkheim, E. 1925a L'éducation morale. Paris: Alcan. Foreword by Paul Fauconnet. English 1961) Moral Education. A study in the Theory and Application of the Sociology of Education with a forward by Paul Fauconett

From the manuscript of lectures given at the Sorbonne in 1902/1903, repeated (unedited) in 1906/1907. Does not include the first two lectures. (Includes 18 of 20) - French text - Extracts - full text offline

Durkheim, E. 1925a/1961/1973 Moral Education. A study in the theory and application of the sociology of education by Emile Durkheim. Translated by Everett K. Wilson and Herman Schnurer. Edited, with an introduction, by Everett K. Wilson: New York : Free Press of Glencoe,

"Copyright 1961. New Editor's Introduction Copyright 1973". Editor's Introduction by Everett K. Wilson, Chapel Hill, North Carolina pages ix- xxviii.


Durkheim, E. 1937 Professional Ethics and Civic Morals. Translation of lectures not published in Durkheim's lifetime.


Durkheim, E. 1938 L' évolution pédagogique en France With an introduction by Maurice Halbwachs. Bibliothèque de philosophie contemporaine. Paris: F. Alcan. Two volumes: [1] "Des origins à la renaissance". [2] "De la renaissance à nos jours.
"L'ouvrage que nous présentons aux lecteurs est la reproduction d'un cours sur l'histoire de l'enseignment en France, fait par Durkheim en 1904-1905 et repris les années suivantes jusqu'a' la querre."

Durkheim, E. 1938/1969 Second edition of L'évolution pédagogique en France Paris: Presses universitaires de France,

Durkheim, E. 1938/1969/1977 The Evolution of Educational Thought: Lectures on the formation and development of secondary education in France Durkheim, E. 1938/1969 translated int English by Peter Collins. London ; Boston: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1977. xxx and 354 pages.
Contents: The history of secondary education in France - The early church and education -- The Carolingian renaissance -- The origins of the universities -- The birth of the university -- The meaning of the word universitas -- The arts faculty -- The colleges (concluded) -- Teaching at the arts faculty -- The teaching of dialectic in the universities -- Dialectic and debate -- Conclusions regarding the university -- The Renaissance -- Educational theory in the sixteenth century -- The educational thought of the renaissance -- The Jesuits -- The Jesuits' system and that of the university -- Conclusion on classical education -- The educational theory of the realists -- The revolution -- Variations in the curriculum in the nineteenth century.


Durkheim, E. 1950 Leçons de sociologie: physique des moeurs et du droit Foreward by Hüseyin Nail Kubali; introduction by Georges Davy. Bibliothèque de philosophie contemporaine. First edition. Paris : Presses universitaires de France, 1950. xlvii and 259 pages
Preface (in French): This book, published by the Faculty of Law of Istanbul University, brings together some unreleased course notes written by Durkheim.

Durkheim, E. 1950/1957 Professional Ethics and Civic Morals, being Leçons de sociologie: physique des moeurs et du droit translated into English by Cornelia Brookfield. International Library of Sociology and Social Reconstruction. London : Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1957. xliv and 228 pages


Durkheim E. 1960 Montesquieu and Rousseau. Forerunners of Sociology Containing translations of Durkheim 1892 on Montesquieu and Durkheim 1918 on Rousseau's Social Contract.

Durkheim/Giddens 1972 Emile Durkheim: Selected Writings. Edited, translated, and with an introduction by Anthony Giddens. Cambridge University Press.
Preface; Abbreviations; Introduction; 1. The field of sociology; 2. Methods of explanation and analysis; 3. The science of morality; 4. Moral obligation, duty and freedom; 5. Forms of social solidarity; 6. The division of labour and social differentiation; 7. Analysis of socialist doctrines; 8. Anomie and the moral structure of industry; 9. Political sociology; 10. The social bases of education; 11. Religion and ritual; 12. Secularisation and rationality; 13. Sociology of knowledge; Index.

Durkheim/Bellah 1973 Emile Durkheim: On Morality and Society. Translated by Mark Traugott. Edited with an introduction by Robert Bellah. Chicago and London: University of Chicago Press. Includes English translations of Durkheim E. 6.8.1883 - Durkheim E. 1890 - Durkheim 1898c - 1900b - Durkheim 1904e - Durkheim 1914a - As well as extracts from Durkheim 1893 - Durkheim 1912 -

Durkheim/Giddens 1985/1986 Durkheim on Politics and the State. Translated by W.D. Halls. Edited with an introduction by Anthony Giddens. Cambridge [Cambridshire]: Polity, 1986 (copyright 1985)
Contents: Preface. Introduction: Anthony Giddens. 1. The Concept of the State. 2. Democracy and Political Representation. 3. The Concept and Nature of Socialism. 4. Socialism and Marxism: Critical Commentaries. 5. Political Obligation, Moral Duty and Punishment. 6. The State, Education and Equality. 7. Patriotism and Militarism


Easton, L. and Guddat, K, 1967 Writings of the Young Marx on Philosophy and Society


Bosah Louis Ebo

Ebo, B.L. 1998 (Editor) Cyberghetto or cybertopia?: Race, class, and gender on the Internet / edited by Bosah Ebo. Westport, Connecticut: Praeger. x and 240 pages.
Contents
Internet or outernet? / Bosah Ebo
Exposing the great equalizer : demythologizing Internet equity / Alecia Wolf
Ensuring social justice for the new underclass : community interventions to meet the needs of the new poor / John G. McNutt
The challenge of cyberspace : Internet access and persons with disabilities / Mark Borchert
Cyber-soldiering : race, class, and new media use in the U.S. Army / Morten G. Ender and David R. Segal
How the Web was won : the commercialization of cyberspace / James L. McQuivey
Challenging the Mandarins : comparing city characteristics and nationwide newspaper coverage of the Internet, 1993-95 / John C. Pollock and Elvin Montero
Domination and democracy in cyberspace : reports from the majority media and ethnic/gender margins / Meta G. Carstarphen and Jacqueline Johnson Lambiase
Equity and access to computer technology for grades K-12 / Paulete Robinson
On the electronic information frontier : training the information-poor in an age of unequal access / Rebecca Carrier
Democratizing Internet access in the lesbian, gay, and bisexual communities / Nadine S. Koch and H. Eric Schockman
Communicative style and gender differences in computer-mediated communications / Kevin Crowston and Ericka Kammerer
Netsex : empowerment through discourse / Charlene Blair
Embracing the machine : quilt and quilting as community-building architecture / Andrew F. Wood and Tyrone L. Adams.
Summary: he chapters in this volume examine the issue of social justice on the Internet by using a variety of methodological and theoretical perspectives.

Subject indexe: Networks -


Andrew Edgar
Senior Lecturer in Philosophy at Cardiff University.

Edgar, A. 2005 The Philosophy of Habermas Continental European philosophy. Chesham: Acumen. 292 pages
Contents
Preface
1. The Marxist Heritage
2. The Public Sphere
3. The Idea of Critical Theory
4. Legitimation Crisis
5. The Theory of Communicative Action
6. Modernity
7. Law and Democracy

Edgar, A. 2006 Habermas: the key concepts Routledge key guides. London: Routledge. xvii and 183 pages.


Albert Einstein

Einstein, A. 1926 "Spacetime" article in The Encyclopedia Britannica. Available at http://www.britannica.com/topic/Albert-Einstein-on-Space-Time-1987141


John Eldridge
University of Glasgow

Eldridge, J. 31.8.2011 "Half-Remembrance of Things Past: Critics and Cuts of Old" Sociological Research Online 16 (3) 20 Available at http://www.socresonline.org.uk/16/3/20.html


Anthony Elliott
University of South Australia

Elliott, A. 1999 (Editor) The Blackwell Reader in Contemporary Social Theory Malden, Massachusetts, USA; Oxford, England: Blackwell Publishers.
Introduction: Anthony Elliott.
Part I: The Theory of the Subject:
1. The Obsolescence of the Freudian Concept of Man: Herbert Marcuse.
2. Language and Speech: Roland Barthes.
3. The Mirror Stage as Formative of the Function of the I in Psychoanalytic Experience: Jacques Lacan.
4. Revolution in Poetic Language: Julia Kristeva.
5. The Individual and Representation: Cornelius Castoriadis.
Part II: Social Structure and Institutional Analysis:
6. The Means of Correct Training: Michel Foucault.
7. Structures, Habitus, Practices: Pierre Bourdieu.
8. Elements of the Theory of Structuration: Anthony Giddens.
9. Society Turns Back upon Itself: Alain Touraine.
10. The Concept of Society: Niklas Luhmann.
11. Individualization and "Precarious Freedoms": Perspectives and Controversies of a Subject-Centered Sociology: Ulrich Beck and Elisabeth Beck-Gernsheim.
Part III: Contemporary Critical Theory:
12. The Uncoupling of System and Lifeworld: Jurgen Habermas.
13. Patterns of Intersubjective Recognition: Love, Rights, and Solidarity: Axel Honneth.
14. Truth, Semblance, Reconciliation: Adorno's Aesthetic Redemption of Modernity: Albrecht Wellmer.
Part IV: Race, Multiculturalism, Difference:
15. DissemiNation: Homi K. Bhabha.
16. Freud and the Epistemology of Race: Sander L. Gilman.
17. Masters, Mistresses, Slaves, and the Antinomies of Modernity: Paul Gilroy.
18. Subaltern Studies: Deconstructing Historiography: Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak.
Part V: Feminism, Gender, and Sexual Difference:
19. The Reproduction of Mothering: Nancy Chodorow.
20. This Sex which Is Not One: Luce Irigaray.
21. Gender Trouble: Judith Butler.
22. Living with Uncertainty: Jeffrey Weeks.
23. Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective: Donna J. Haraway.
Part VI: The Modernity/Postmodernity Debate:
24. Postmodernism: David Harvey.
25. The Postmodern Condition: Jean-Francois Lyotard.
26. Simulations: Jean Baudrillard.
27. Postmodernism, or The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism: Frederic Jameson.
28. Feminism and the Question of Postmodernism: Seyla Benhabib.
29. Postmodernity, or Living with Ambivalence: Zygmunt Bauman

Anthony Elliott and Bryan S Turner

Elliott, A. and Turner, B.S. 2001 (Editors) Profiles in Contemporary Social Theory, Sage Publications Ltd, London
Editors' Introduction
Martin Heidegger by Richard Polt
Georges Bataille by Michael Richardson
Maurice Merleau-Ponty by Nick Crossley
Herbert Marcuse by Douglas Kellner
Theodor Adorno by Andrew Bowie
Walter Benjamin by Graeme Gilloch
Jürgen Habermas by Patrick Baert
Erving Goffman by Ann Branaman
Peter Berger by Bryan S Turner
Michel Foucault by Stephen Katz
Jean-François Lyotard by Victor J Seidler
Jacques Lacan by Anthony Elliott
Jacques Derrida by Christina Howell
Roland Barthes by Chris Rojek
Julia Kristeva by Kelly Oliver
Luce Irigaray by Caroline Bainbridge
Jean Baudrillard by Mike Gane
Gilles Deleuze and Felix Guatarri by Paul Patton
Paul Virilio by John Armitage
Henri Lefebvre by Rob Shields
Paul Ricoeur by Kathleen Blamey
Niklas Luhmann by Jakob Arnoldi
Charles Taylor by Marcos Ancelovici and Francis Dupuis Deri
Richard Rorty by Bryan S Turner
Nancy Chodorow by Geoffrey Gershenson and Michelle Williams
Anthony Giddens by Anthony Elliott
Ulrich Beck by Nick Stevenson
Pierre Bourdieu by Bridget Fowler
Zygmunt Bauman by Barry Smart
Donna J Haraway by Patricia Ticineto Clough and Joseph Schneider
Fredric Jameson by Sean Homer
Stuart Hall by Chris Rojek
Juliet Mitchell by Sarah Wright
Edward Said by Bryan S Turner

Anthony Elliott and Larry Ray

Elliott, A. and Ray, L. 2003 (Editors) Key Contemporary Social Theorists Malden, Massachusetts, USA; Oxford, England: Blackwell Publishers.
Contents: Theodor Adorno -- Jeffrey C. Alexander -- Louis Althusser -- Hannah Arendt -- Jean Baudrillard -- Zygmunt Bauman (by Ian Varcoe) -- Ulrich Beck -- Daniel Bell -- Jessica Benjamin -- Walter Benjamin -- Homi Bhabha -- Maurice Blanchot -- Pierre Bourdieu (by Don Miller) -- Manuel Castells -- Nancy J. Chodorow -- Gilles Deleuze -- Jacques Derrida -- Norbert Elias -- Michel Foucault (by Gerard Delanty) -- Hans-Georg Gadamer -- Anthony Giddens -- Erving Goffman -- Jürgen Habermas (by William Outhwaite) -- Stuart Hall (by Michael Kenny) -- Max Horkheimer -- Luce Irigaray -- Frederic Jameson -- Julia Kristeva -- Jacques Lacan -- Claude Lévi-Strauss -- Niklas Luhmann -- Jean-François Lyotard --Herbert Marcuse -- Claus Offe -- Richard Rorty -- Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick -- Alaine Touraine -- Bryan S. Turner -- Paul Virilio -- Raymond Williams -- Slavoj Zizek.

Elliott, A. 2009 Contemporary Social Theory: An introduction London ; New York : Routledge. xvi and 375 pages.
DETAILED CONTENTS
Preface
1: The Textures of Society
What is Society?
Society and Social Theory
Social Theory as Practical Life: Charles Lemert
Key Themes in Contemporary Social Theory
Organisation of the Book
Summary Points
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
2 The Frankfurt School
Horkheimer and Adorno: Dialectic of Enlightenment
Freudian Revolution: The Uses of Psychoanalysis
Fromm: Fear of Freedom
Adorno: The Authoritarian Personality, Anti-Semitism and the Psychodynamics of Modernity
Written In The Stars: Adorno on Astrology
Marcuse: Eros, or One-Dimensional Futures?
Freud's Cultural Message: Sufferings, Submissions and Discontents
Utopia and Social Transformation: Marcuse on Libidinal Rationality
Criticisms of Marcuse
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
3 Structuralism
Saussure and Structural Linguistics
Critical Comments on Saussure
The Raw and The Cooked: Levi-Strauss and Structural Anthropology
Roland Barthes: Structuralist Semiology and Popular Culture
Foucault: Knowledge, Social Order and Power
Society and Disciplined Bodies
The Limits of Structuralism: Foucault's History of Sexuality
Governmentality
Criticisms of Foucault
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
4 Post-Structuralism
Lacan: The Mirror Stage and Imaginary
Lacan's Reformulation of Structuralism: Language, Symbolic Order and the Unconscious
Althusser: Social Order as Interpellation
Cinema Studies: The Screen as Mirror
Zizek: Beyond Interpellation
Appraisal of Lacan
Derrida: Difference and Deconstruction
Rereading Psychoanalysis: Derrida's Critique of Lacan
Appraisal of Derrida
Post-structuralism and Postcolonial Theory: Bhabha's The Location of Culture
Further Reading
Further Questions
Websites
5 Theories of Structuration
Anthony Giddens: Structuration and the Practical Routines of Social Life
Giddens on Modernity and the Self
Giddens, Politics and The Third Way
Criticism of Giddens
Pierre Bourdieu: Habitus and Practical Social Life
Questions of Taste: Bourdieu's Distinction
Criticism of Bourdieu
Summary Points
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
6 Contemporary Critical Theory
Habermas: The Democratisation of Society
The Early Habermas: Development and Decline of the Public Sphere
Habermas on Capitalism, Communication and Colonization
Emotional Imperialism: Feminist Criticism of Habermas
Habermas on Globalisation and Post-National Societies
Criticism of Habermas
Honneth: The Struggle for Recognition
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
7 Feminism and Post-Feminist Theory
Theorizing Patriarchy: 1970s Feminisms
Dinnerstein: societal nurturing arrangements
Chodorow: The Reproduction of Mothering
Benjamin: The Analysis of Love
Julia Kristeva: Semiotic Subversions
Kristeva on motherhood and maternal ethics
Appraisal of Kristeva
Judith Butler: Scripts of Gender Performance
Appraisal of Butler
Queer Theory
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
8 Postmodernity
Deleuze and Guatarri: Postmodernity as Schizoid Desire
Lyotard on Libidinal Intensities: The Triumph of Desire?
Baudrillard: Postmodernity as Simulated Media Culture
Jameson: Postmodernity as Global Capitalist Transformations
Bauman: Postmodern Liquids
Postmodern Ethics: The Global Moral Gap
Further Reading
Further Questions
Websites
9 Networks, Risks, Liquids
Manuel Castells: The Network Society
Criticism of Castells
Global Networks and Fluids: Urry on Mobilities
Ulrich Beck: Organised Lives in a World of Risk
Beck on Reflexive Modernization
Individualisation
Criticisms of Beck
Living with Liquidisation: Bauman
Bauman on Liquid Lives, Loves and Fears
Criticism of Bauman
Further Reading
Further Questions
Internet Links
10 Globalisation
Uncertain Lives in the Global Electronic Economy
The Globalisation Debate
Global Cosmopolitanism: Beck
Globalisation Since 9/11
Criticism of the Globalisation Debate
Globalisation, Work and The New Economy
Globalisation, Communication and Culture
Globalisation and The New Individualism
Further Reading
Further Questions
Websites
Afterword
Social Theory Today and Towards 2025
From Giorgio Agamben to Manuel De Landa


Elliott. A. 2013 The Contemporary Bauman Routledge. 8.10.2013. 288 pages

Analyses Bauman's shift from a sociology of postmodernity to liquid modernity. Appraises the theory of liquid modernity in terms of its implications for self-identity, interpersonal relationships, culture, communications, and the broad-ranging institutional transformations associated with globalisation. Includes various extracts from Bauman's work and a reply from Zygmunt Bauman to his critics. Bauman concludes by providing a new perspective on his theory of liquid modernity, its differentiation from the modernity/postmodernity debate and its relation to current developments in contemporary social theory.


Editor's Introduction by Anthony Elliott.
Critique: Privatised and Disarmed by Zygmunt Bauman
Part 1: Liquid Modernity.
On Being Light and Liquid by Zygmunt Bauman.
From Heavy to Light Modernity by Zygmunt Bauman
1. The Theory of Liquid Modernity: A Critique of Bauman's Recent Sociology by Anthony Elliott
2. From Postmodernity to Liquid Modernity: What's in a Metaphor? by
Larry Ray
3. Bauman''s Irony by Keith Tester
Part 2: Liquid Love.
Falling in and out of Love by Zygmunt Bauman.
On Living in a Liquid Modern World by Zygmunt Bauman
4. Gender and Sexualities in Liquid Modernity by Ann Branaman
5. Relatively Liquid Interpersonal Relationships in Flexible Work Life by Poul Poder
6. Liquid Love: Psychoanalysing Mania by Janet Sayers
Part 3: Liquid Life.
To Each Waste its Dumping Site by Zygmunt Bauman.
The Reality Principle and the Pleasure Principle Strike a Deal by Zygmunt Bauman
7. Liquid Waste, Being Human, and Bodily Death by Charles Lemert and Makenna Goodman
8. Solid Modernity, Liquid Utopia: Liquid Modernity, Solid Utopia: Ubiquitous Utopianism as a Trademark of the Work of Zygmunt Bauman by Michael Hviid Jacobsen
9. On Bauman's Sociology of Suffering: Questions for Thinking by Iain Wilkinson.
Afterword on Writing: On Writing Sociology by Zygmunt Bauman


Carolyn Ellis

Carolyn Ellis, Tony Adams and Arthur Bochner

Ellis, C., Adams, T. and Bochner, A. 2011 "Autoethnography: An Overview" Forum: Qualitative Social Research Volume 12, No. 1, Article 10 - January 2011. Available at http://www.qualitative- research.net/index.php/fqs/article/view/1589/3095


Frank W. Elwell (Rogers State University)

Elwell, F.W. 1996, 2002 & 2005 Macrosociology: Four Classical Theorists [Malthus, Marx, Weber, Durkheim] Available as a pdf file at: http://www.faculty.rsu.edu/~felwell/Theorists/Four/Elwell- Macrosociology.pdf


1751

The Encyclopédie (of Diderot and D'Alembert). Selected articles (in French). Edited by J. Lough 1954 (second edition 1969) The Encyclopédie of Diderot and D'Alembert. Cambridge University Press.

1886-1902 La Grande Encyclopédie, inventaire raisonné des sciences, des lettres et des arts, par une société de savants et de gens de lettres Thirty one volumes


Encyclopedia Britannica

Articles by James Mill from the supplement 1816-1823 reprinted in Mill, James 1825/1967

Britannica 9th Encyclopedia Britannica ninth edition 1875- 1889 Edited by Thomas Spencer Baynes and William Robertson Smith. Selected articles available online at http://www.1902encyclopedia.com/

Encyclopedia on Early Childhood Development Launched October 2007 by Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood Development, GRIP-Université de Montréal, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Edited by Richard E. Tremblay, Michel Boivin and Ray DeV. Peters. Available at http://www.child-encyclopedia.com

The International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences edited by David L. Sills and Robert K. Merton. 1968. Seventeen volumes.

International Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences Second edition William A. Darity, Jr., editor in chief. Detroit: Thomson/Gale, 2008.
volume 1. Abortion to Cognitive dissonance
(offline)
volume 2. Cohabitation to Ethics in experimentation (offline)
volume 3. Ethnic conflict to Inequality, gender (offline)
volume 4. Inequality, income to Marxism, black (offline)
volume 5. Masculinity to Nyerere, Julius (offline)
volume 6. Oaxaca, Ronald to Quotas, Trade (offline)
volume 7. Rabin, Yitzhak to Sociology, Micro (offline)
volume v. 8. Sociology, Parsonian to Vulnerability (offline)
volume v. 9. Wage and Price Controls to Z-Test (offline)

Encyclopedias:

Wikipedia list of online encyclopedias

Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy - Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy - Wikipedia


Friedrich Engels 1820-1895 weblinks
Publications with Engels alone as the author. See
Marx and Engels together and Marx alone. I am going by the given author - This is not always the actual author.

Engels F. 1844 Outlines of a Critique of Political Economy. First published February 1844. English translation in Struik, D. 1970 pp 197-226

Engels F. 1845 (English translation 1892, Panther edition 1969) The Condition of the Working Class in England. Available at http://www.marxists.org.uk/archive/marx/works/1845/condition-w orking- class/index.htm [extracts]

Engels F. 1847 Principles of Communism

Engels F. 1876/1878 Anti-Dühring, quoted Draper, H. 1970 The Death of the State in Marx and Engels in Socialist Register 1970 p.303

Engels F. 1880 Socialism: Utopian and Scientific

Engels F. 1884 The Origin of the Family, Private Property and the State. available at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1884/origin-family/index.htm

Engels, F. 8.10.1885 On the History of the Communist League London.


Joanne Entwistle and Agnès Rocamora
London College of Fashion, University of Arts, London

Entwistle J. and Rocamnora A., 2006 "The Field of Fashion Materialized: A Study of London Fashion Week", Sociology, Vol. 40 (4), pp. 735-751, London: Sage


Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC)

EHRC 2010 How fair is Britain? Equality, Human Rights and Good Relations in 2010 - The First Triennial Review Available at http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/key-projects/how- fair-is-britain/full-report-and-evidence-downloads/


Equality Challenge Unit
Works to further and support equality and diversity for staff and students in higher education in the United Kingdom.

website

ECU 2007 Dignity at Work. A Good Practice Guide for Higher Education Institutions on Dealing with Bullying and Harassment in the Workplace, published January 2007. Available at http://www.ecu.ac.uk/publications/dignity-at-work-guide-for-he/

(offline). See subject index bullying


Aaron Esterson 1923- See Laing

Esterson, A. 1970 The Leaves of Spring. A Study in the Dialectics of Madness Tavistock Publications. [The 1972 Pelican edition has the cover title The Leaves of Spring. Schizophrenia, Family and Sacrifice]


Elizabeth (Betsy) Ettorre 1948-
Professor of Sociology in the School of Sociology and Social Policy, University of Liverpool.
"Over the years, she has developed a focus on women and health with specific interests in reproduction, drugs, sexuality, embodiment, depression and most recently,
autoethnography."

Ettorre, E. 2007 Revisioning Women and Drugs: Gender Power and the Body Palgrave.

Ettorre, E. 2010 Culture, Bodies and The Sociology of Health Ashgate

Ettorre, E. 2010 "An autoethnography of talking with women drug users: the need for researchers' reflexivity as sensitising the 'I'" Presentation at The 3rd Qualitative Research on Mental Health Conference "The disabled self: theoretical and empirical approaches to stigma and recovery" Jubilee Campus, the University of Nottingham, England Wednesday August 25th - Friday August 27th 2010. [No longer available on conference website]


Euclid


David Evans

Evans, D. 1986 Le Play House and the Regional Survey Movement in British Sociology 1920-1955, unpublished M Phil Thesis, City of Birmingham Polytechnic/CNAA. Previously available at http://www.dfte.co.uk/ios - (archive) - (subject index)


Jeff Evans

See 1977

Worked on the Task Group on Literacy, Numeracy and Academic Skills, 1994

Evans, J.: 2000 Adults' Mathematical Thinking and Emotions: A Study of Numerate Practices RoutledgeFalmer, London.

Evans, J., Morgan, C. and Tsatsaroni, A. 2006, Discursive Positioning and Emotion in School Mathematics Practices, Educational Studies in Mathematics: Affect in Mathematics Education: Exploring Theoretical Frameworks, A PME Special Issue, 63, 2, 209-226. Available https://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/646/1/Evans- _Discursive_positioning_and_emotion_in_school_mathematics_practices..pdf

Evans, J. 2006 "Affect and emotion in mathematical thinking and learning: The Turn to the Social - Sociocultural Approaches"; in J. Maasz and W. Schloeglmann (editors.), New Mathematics Education Research and Practice, Rotterdam: Sense Publishers, pp 233-255.

See Subject Index Emotion


Margaret Evans

Evans, Margaret, CCJ 5606 Biographical overview of the life of Robert Merton, with special reference to his theory of anomie published on the web by Cecil, E. Greek (Florida State University. CCJ 5606 Criminological Theory Lecture Notes) at http://www.criminology.fsu.edu/crimtheory/merton.htm



John Evelyn

Evelyn, J. 1818 The Diary of John Evelyn, edited (1818) by William Bray. Dent 1907


Hans Jürgen Eysenck (1916-1997) Taylor, Walton, and Young, 1973 chapter 2

Eysenck, H. 1953 Uses and Abuses of Psychology Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1954 The Psychology of Politics Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1964 Crime and Personality

Eysenck, H. 1965 Fact and Fiction in Psychology Harmondsworth: Penguin

Eysenck, H. 1969 "The technology of consent" New Scientist 26.6.1969

Eysenck, H. 1970 Crime and Personality (Revised edition) London: Paladin

Eysenck, H. and Eysenck, S. 1970 "Crime and personality: and empirical study of the three-factor theory". British Journal of Criminology, 10, pages 225-239

Eysenck, H. 1971 Race, Intelligence and Education

Eysenck, H. 1973 The Inequality of Man

Leonard Fagin

Fagin, L. 1981 Unemployment and health in families: case studies based on family interviews, a pilot study DHSS 1981

Fagin, L. 1984 The Forsaken Families: The effects of unemployment on family life Penguin, 1984.


Norman Fairclough 1941-

Fairclough, N. 1992 Discourse and Social Change Cambridge: Polity Press


Betty Falkenberg 14.6.1929 - 11.7.2010
[Betty Falkenberg Viereck]

Falkenberg, B. 2003 Else Lasker-Schüler: A life Jefferson, North Carolina: McFarland. x and 238 pages.

Roberts, Andrew and Falkenberg, Betty, 2005 - Charlotte Mew Chronology with mental, historical and geographical connections linking with her own words. Middlesex University resource available at http://studymore.org.uk/ymew.htm

Falkenberg, B. November 2005 "Charlotte Mew in America" PN Review 166: November - December 2005 pages 36-39.

[I have a manuscript, provided by Betty, which includes references]


Raymond E. Fancher

Fancher, R.E. 1979 Pioneers of Psychology. Norton
(subject index)


James Farganis

Farganis, J. 1975 "A Preface to Critical Theory" Theory and Society, Vol. 2, No. 4 (Winter, 1975), pp 483-508. Available at http://asrudiancenter.files.wordpress.com/2010/01/jamesfarganisaprefacetocr iticaltheory1.pdf
Essay seeks to explore the meaning of critical theory as an "alternative paradigm" through the works of Herbert Marcuse and Jürgen Habermas

Farganis, J. 2004 Readings in Social Theory, New York: McGraw-Hill


Robin Farquharson 3.10.1930-1.4.1973

Farquharson, R. 1958 An approach to a pure theory of voting procedure by Robin Farquharson. Nuffield College, University of Oxford. . Faculty of Social Studies Thesis. (D.Phil. politics). 125 leaves. Supervisor: D.N. Chester.

Farquharson, R. 1959 "South Africa, 1958" by R. R. Farquharson in David E. Butler and others (1959) Elections Abroad London; New York: Macmillan; St. Martin's Press (280 pages). The other chapters were "France, 1958", by Philip M. Williams and Martin Harrison. - "Poland, 1957" by Zbigniew Pelczynski and "Ireland, 1957" by Basil Chubb.

Farquharson, R. 1968 Drop Out Anthony Blond 1968 104 pages. Penguin 1971 112 pages. Preface dated 30.1.1968

Farquharson, R. 1958/1969 Theory of Voting. New Haven : Yale University Press 1969 xii and 83 pages. ISBN 300011210 Thesis--Oxford University, 1958.


William Farr 1807- 1883 weblinks

Farr, W. 1837 "Vital statistics: or The statistics of health, sickness, diseases, and death." Chapter four (pages 567-601) in McCulloch's A Descriptive and Statistical Account of the British Empire available at http://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=mdp.39015049801510;view= 1up;seq=581

Farr, W. about 1839 On the statistics of English lunatic asylums : and the reform of their public management London : Sherwood, Gilbert and Piper, [about 1839] 46 pages. [In Cambridge University Libraries. Shelfmark Hunter.c.83.94 COPAC]

Farr, W. 1841 "Report upon the mortality of lunatics" Read before the Statistical Society of London, 1841. See other list

Farr, W. 1860 (Editor) Report of the Proceedings of the fourth session of the International Statistical Congress : held in London July 16th, 1860, and the five following days London : Printed by G.E. Eyre and W. Spottiswoode, for H.M. Stationery Office, 1861. xix and 548 pages. First work in volume, concerning the 4th International Statistical Congress, held in London, in 1860. [Edited by William Farr assisted by Richard Valpy and James T. Hammack.

Farr, W. 25.7.1868 Report on the Cholera Epidemic of 1866 in England Supplement to the twenty-ninth annual report of the Registrar General of Births Deaths and Marriages in England. London. Her Majesties Stationery Office. Introductory letter signed W. Farr 25.7.1868


David P. Farrington, Jeremy W. Coid, Louise M. Harnett, Darrick Jolliffe, Nadine Soteriou, Richard E. Turner and Donald J. West

Farrington, D.P. et al 2006 Criminal careers up to age 50 and life success up to age 48: new findings from the Cambridge Study in Delinquent Development Home Office research studies 299. London, Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate.


Léon Leonard Joseph Faucher 8.9.1803 - 14.12.1854

De la réforme des prisons. Paris, Angé 1838. pp. vii. 290


Paul Fauconnet 1874 - 1938

1901 Marcel Mauss and Paul Fauconnet wrote the article on "Sociologie" in la Grande Encyclopédie Paris 1901, reproduced as "La sociologie, objet et méthode" in Année sociologique

1903 Émile Durkheim and Paul Fauconnet, "La sociologie et les sciences sociales." Revue philosophique, 55, 1903, pp. 465- 497.

Fauconnet, P. 1920 La Responsabilité, Etude de Sociologie [Responsibility. A sociological study], Travaux de l'Anneé sociologique. A thesis of the University of Paris. Paris: Félix Alcan. About 400 pages. Second edition (1928) Available at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/fauconnet_paul/fauconnet_paul.html

Fauconnet, P. 1925 Foreword to Durkheim's L'éducation morale


Alison Faulkner

Faulkner, A. and Field, V. 1993 Six Case Studies: Information about residential care provision for people with mental health problems within six district health authorities. London: Research and Development for Psychiatry

Faulkner, A. 1997 Knowing Our Own Minds - Users Views of Alternative and Complementary Treatments in Mental Health, London, Mental Health Foundation

Faulkner, A. and Layzell, S. 2000 Strategies for Living: A Report of User-led Research into People's Strategies for Living with Mental Distress, Mental Health Foundation.

Faulkner, A. 2004 The ethics of survivor research: Guidelines for the ethical conduct of research carried out by mental health service users and survivors Polity Press in association with the Joseph Rowntree Foundation. - Click for access details

Faulkner, A. 2.2009 Interview in A brief history of the Mental Health Foundation - Click for copy of interview

Alison Faulkner and Jayasree Kalathil

Faulkner, A. and Kalathil, J. 9.2012 The Freedom to be, the Chance to Dream: Preserving User-led Peer Support in Mental Health Together. September 2012. Available at http://www.together-uk.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/The-Freedom-to-be- The-Chance-to-dream-Full-Report1.pdf
Through interviews with mental health peer support organisations and a survey, the report explores what constitutes peer support, its values and ethos, the evidence for the need and benefits of user-led peer support and the challenges and possibilities in the current policy and political context in the UK.


Seena Fazel
Senior Clinical Research Fellow, University of Oxford, Department of Psychiatry, Warneford Hospital, Oxford

Fazel S and Danesh J. 16.2.2002 "Serious mental disorder in 23000 prisoners: a systematic review of 62 surveys". The Lancet 16.2.2002 pp 545-550. Available http://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140- 6736%2802%2907740-1/fulltext

See Subject Index Mental health and prison


Jessie Feinstein and Nia Imani Kuumba

Feinstein, J. and Kuumba, N.I. 2006 Working with Gangs and Young People: A toolkit for resolving group conflict Jessica Kingsley,
"While gangs may lead young people into dangerous situations and breed community division, distrust and fear, the friendship, support, security and sense of belonging they offer are often overlooked"..


Dino Franco Felluga
Associate Professor of English
Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana.

Felluga, Dino Franco 2001- Introductory Guide to Critical Theory available at http://www.cla.purdue.edu/english/theory/

Includes modules on:
Judith Butler on Gender and sex and Performativity
Michel Foucault on Gender and sex and on the repressive hypothesis


Steve Fenton 1942- with Robert Reiner and Ian Hamnet

Fenton, S. 1984 Durkheim and Modern Sociology Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1984. vi and 276 pages

Contents: Acknowledgements; Introduction; 1. Durkheim's life, public career and sociological thought; 2. The division of labour, class conflict and social solidarity; 3. Political power, democracy and the modern state; 4. Race and society: primitive and modern; 5. The sociology of education: discipline and moral autonomy; 6. Crime, law and deviance: the Durkheim legacy Robert Reiner; 7. Durkheim and the study of religion Ian Hamnett; 8. Assessing Durkheim: classical sociology and modern society; Notes; Bibliography; Selected reading; Index.

"provides an assessment of the interpretations of Durkheim as a 'radical' thinker, in contrast to the view of him as fundamentally conservative."


Guglielmo Ferrero 1871-1942
Gina Lombroso-Ferrero
Frances Lance Ferrero 1865-1956

See Lombroso 1893

Ferrero, G. 1909 Characters and Events of Roman History

See Lombroso 1911


Enrico Ferri 25.2.1856 - 12.4.1929

Ferri, E. 1883 Socialismo e criminalità Appunti. Torino, 1883.224 pages. Series 2. Volume 2. of the "Biblioteca Antropologico-Giuridica.".

Ferri, E. 1884 Sociologia criminale (Criminal Sociology)

Ferri, E. 1885 [March or earlier] La scuola criminale positiva: conferenza del prof. Enrico Ferri nell'Universit… di Napoli (1885).

Ferri, E. 1894 Socialismo e scienza positiva

Ferri, E. 4.1901 The Positive School of Criminology Three Lectures given at the University of Naples, Italy by Enrico Ferri, 22.4.1901 - 23.4.1901 - 24.4.1901.

Ferri, E. 4.1901/1908 The Positive School of Criminology translated into English by Ernest Untermann. Chicago 1908. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/10580/10580-h/10580-h.htm

Ferri, E. 1923 I socialisti nazionali e il governo fascista

Ferri, E. 1928 Il Fascismo in Italia e l'opera di Benito Mussolini


Ludwig Feuerbach 1804-1872

Feuerbach, L. 1841 Das Wesen des Christentums [Essence of Christianity].

Feuerbach, L. 1842 Preparatory Theses on the Reform of Philosophy

Feuerbach, L. 1843 Die Philosophie der Zukunft [The Philosophy of the Future]

Feuerbach, L. 1851 Das Wesen der Religion [Essence of Religion]

Feuerbach, L. 1841/1854 Essence of Christianity English translation (from 2nd German edition) by Marian evans (George Eliot) 1854.

Feuerbach, L. 1841/1854/1957 Essence of Christianity, translated by Marian Evans, Harper. Torchbook 1957. Introductory essay by Karl Barth, foreword be H. Richard Niebuhr.


Paul Feyerbend

Feyerbend, P. 1965 "Problems of Empiricism" in Beyond the Edge of Certainty, Essays in Contemporary Science and Philosophy. Prentice Hall, New Jersey.


James Fieser and Bradley Dowden

Fieser, James and Dowden, Bradley (Editors) 2004
Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy

at
http://www.iep.utm.edu/
Previously at http://www.utm.edu/research/iep
University of Tennessee
The articles are individually authored, so can be referenced by author. For example "Field, Richard, 2005, "John Dewey (1859-1952)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/


Robert Filmer Daly - weblinks

Filmer, R 1652/Hobbes Observations Concerning the Original of Government upon Mr Hobbes' Leviathan

Filmer, R 1652/Aristotle Observations on Aristotles Politiques Touching Forms of Government

Filmer, R. 1680 Patriarcha or The Natural Power of Kings full text available at http://www.constitution.org/eng/patriarcha.htm

It is also reproduced in Cook, T.I. 1947 Locke Two Treatises of Government with Filmer's Patriarcha and Laslett, P. 1949 Filmer's Patriarcha and Other Political Works. There are many quotations from this in Locke's first treatise. Locke 1689 treatise 1 chapter 2 paragraph 8 is Locke's summary of Filmer. Locke refers to Filmer as "A" or "our author". When he puts "O" beside a reference it is to Filmer's Observations on Hobbs, Milton etc (see extracts section), otherwise the reference is to Patriarcha.


Susan Finding Professeur de civilisation britannique à l'Université de Poitiers.

Finding, S. 11.2011 "London 1911 : celebrating the imperial" Observatoire de la société britannique. Available at http://blogs.sciences-po.fr/recherche-villes/files/2013/10/osb-1178-11- london-1911-celebrating-the-imperial.pdf

"Unlike many rival capital cities (Paris, Berlin, Washington D.C.), London combined functions as the seat of government, major seaport, industrial and commercial centre. London authorities sought to control and improve the living and working conditions within their boundaries. Unlike its rivals however, London was seen to be lacking in monuments and urban layout suitable to its calling. The local authorities in London sought to remedy the planning side but celebration in stone and pageantry were ensured by official displays and semi-official entertainment heavily underpinned with imperial designs".


Arthur E. Fink 1903-

Fink, A.E. 1938 Causes of Crime: Biological theories in the United States, 1800-1915 Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1938. Republished Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 1985, x and 309 pages.

"The cause and causation of crime, covered from the time of Benjamin Rush, one of the most eminent of early American physicians, to Williams Healy; from the last decade of the eighteenth to the second decade of the twentieth century. The material is presented from biological, anthropological, and psychological perspectives"


Victor (Vic) Finkelstein 25.1.1938 - 30.11.2011

Finkelstein, V. 1.1975 "Phase 2: Discovering the Person in 'Disability' and 'Rehabilitation'" The Magic Carpet New Year 1975: Volume 27, No. 1, pages 31-38. Available at http://disability-studies.leeds.ac.uk/files/library/finkelstein- finkelstein4.pdf

Finkelstein, V. 3.1975 "More on phase 2" The Magic Carpet Spring 1975. Volume 27, No. 2, pages 16-17. Available at http://disability-studies.leeds.ac.uk/files/library/finkelstein- finkelstein5.pdf

Finkelstein, V. 1992 "Revolution! - Vic Finkelstein tells a fable of turning tables", New Internationalist, No. 233, July, 1992. Available at http://newint.org/features/1992/07/05/revolution/


Shulamith Firestone 7.1.1945 - 28.8.2012) See weblinks - Mitchell

"Thinking back on those years and Shulie's contribution to the women's liberation movement, I see Shulie as a shooting star. She flashed brightly across the midnight sky. And then she disappeared." Jo Freeman

Firestone, S. 1970 The Dialectic of Sex. The Case for Feminist Revolution. (UK edition 1971 Cape)


Raymond William Firth 1901-2002

Firth, R.W. 1951 Elements of Social Organisation The Josiah Mason lectures delivered at the University of Birmingham in 1947. London: Watts, 1951. [Second edition 1956. Third edition copyright 1961 Watts. - reprinted with a new preface by the author. London: Tavistock Publications, 1971. In Raymond Firth collected works, volume 2, London : Routledge, 2004.]
Contents: 1. The Meaning of Social Anthropology 2. Structure and Organisation in a Small Community 3. Social Change in Peasant Communities 4. The Social Framework of Economic Organisation 5. The Social Framework of Primitive Art 6. Moral Standards and Social Organisation 7. Religion in Social Reality


Ronald Aylmer Fisher 17.2.1890 - 29.7.1962

Fisher, R.A. 1922 "On the Mathematical Foundations of Theoretical Statistics"

Fisher, R.A. 1925 Statistical Methods for Research Workers

Fisher, R.A. 1930 The Genetical Theory of Natural Selection

Fisher, R.A. 1935 The Design of Experiments


Pat Fitton

Fitton, P. 1994 Listen To Me - Communicating the Needs of People with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities 256 pges. Jessica Kingsley Publishers

Pat Fitton, Carol O'Brien and Jean Willson

Fitton, P., O'Brien, C. and Wilson, J. 1995 Home at Last How Two Young Women with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities Achieved their Own Home Jessica Kingsley Publishers

Subject index: disability


Penelope Fitzgerald 17.12.1916-28.4.2000

Fitzgerald, P. 1988 Charlotte Mew and Her Friends. New York: Addison Wesley.


Pete Fleischmann

Fleischmann, P. " Literature reviews: An example of making traditional research methods user focused", Chapter nine in Sweeney, A. and others, 2009 pages 82-97


Ronald Fletcher Born Hoyland, Yorks, 1921. Lecturer in Sociology Bedford College from 1953. Was Professor of Sociology at the University of York. Left to be a full time writer. Editor of Nelson's Making of Sociology series.

Fletcher, R. 1962 Britain in the Sixties: The Family and Marriage. An analysis and moral assessment. Penguin

Fletcher, R. 1971 The Making of Sociology. A Study of Sociological Theory. Volume 1 Beginnings and Foundations. Volume 2 Developments. [Volume 1, chapter 3 is "J.S.Mill, A Logical Critique of Sociology"

Fletcher, R. 1971/Mill John Stuart Mill: A logical critique of sociology Michael Joseph.

Fletcher, R. 1974 Evolutionary and Developmental Sociology in Rex, J. 1974
(subject index)

Fletcher, R. 1988a The Abolitionists. The Family and Marriage under Attack. RKP

Fletcher, R. 1988f The Shaking of the Foundations: Family and Society RKP


Roderick Floud
Provost of London Guildhall University.

Roderick Floud and Sean Glynn
Sean Glynn: Senior Research Fellow in the department of Politics and Modern History, London Guildhall University.

Floud, R. and Glynn, S. 1998 (Editors) London Higher: The establishment of higher education in London London : Athlone Press 1998 x and 324 pages.

Contents
The establishment of higher education in London - a survey, by Sean Glynn
Higher education and the London economy 1830-1914 by Nick Rochards and John Pratt
Higher education in the London community by Anne J. Kershen
Class and gender aspects of higher education in London - the origins of London Polytechnics, by Miriam G. David
The City of London and higher education by Sean Glynn
The London County Council and higher education by Brenda Weeden
The funding of higher education in London by Arthur R. Chandler
The London polytechnics by John Izbicki
Teacher training in London by Richard Aldrich
Technical and scientific education in London by Richard G. Williams
Higher education and the visual arts in London by William Vaughan


John Foot   8.11.1964 -

Foot, J. 2014 La "Repubblica dei Matti". Franco Basaglia e la psichiatria radicale in Italia, 1961-1978 by John Foot. Italy: Feltrinelli. November 2014. 392 pages.

Foot, J. 2014/2016 The Man who Closed the Asylums: Franco Basaglia and the revolution in mental health care A translation from Italian to English of La "Repubblica dei Matti". London: Verso 2015 xi and 404 pages.
Contents
Gorizia: a revolution at the edge of Europe
Anti-psychiatry, critical psychiatry, movements and working utopias
Reading Gorizia: sources and narratives
Basaglia and the British: a missing translation?
Building the team : the first équipe in Gorizia, 1961-69
Manicomio = lager : history and politics of an analogy
Gorizia : the therapeutic community
Il picchio : the voice of the patients and the "archive of the revolution"
Anti-psychiatry, Italian style
One of the wonders of the world : the general meeting
The genesis of the negated institution
The negated institution : the "Bible" of 1968
Gorizia and 1968, Gorizia as 1968
The incident
I giardini di abele and morire di classe: Gorizia on television and the role of photography
The end of an era: Basaglia leaves Gorizia
Perugia: the "perfect" example, 1965-78
Parma : the gas-meter reader and the total institution
Out into the territory: Reggio Emilia, 1969-75
Gorizia : the second équipe, 1969-72
Arezzo : the Gorizian diaspora
The end of the asylum: Trieste, 1971-79
The 180 law : history, myth and reality.


Nathalie Fonnesu 1972-

Fonnesu, N. 2017 "David Kessel: The poet who inspires loonies", Written for Asylum magazine, but not published.

Offline drafts: Nat's first - plus history


Julienne Ford 1946-

Ford, J. 1968 Social Class and the Comprehensive School Kent University. Ph.D. Thesis 1968

Ford, J. 10. 1968 "Comprehensive schools as social dividers", New Society October 1968.

This article was in the folder of articles that Margaret Thatcher used when speech writing. See Thatcher Papers

Ford, J. 1969 Social Class and the Comprehensive School International library of sociology and social reconstruction. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd. New York: Humanities Press.
Contents:
Preface
1. Justice and the Comprehensive Ideal
2. The Development of Talent
3. Ability and Opportunity
4. Thinking about Work
5. Making Friends at School
6. Consciusness of Class
7. Towards Utopia?
8. Epilogue
Appendix 1: Notes on the operationalisation of the typology of class ideologies.
Appendix 2: Questionnaire

"if we are to dream about Utopias (something which the proponents of 'comprehensive' reform have certainly been doing) then we must be much more imaginative. There is no point in tinkering with the type of selection which occurs in the schools, no point in replacing tripartite schools by schools which are no more than 'multilateral'. If we are to produce any change at all we must completely free the schools of their function as selection agencies for occupation."

Ford, J. 1972 Ford, J. 1972 College handouts preparative for Paradigms and Fairy Tales [At the time of writing Paradigms and Fairy Tales, Julie Ford taught sociology and research methods at Enfield College of Technology as it became part of Middlesex Polytechnic]

Ford, J. 1975 Paradigms and Fairy Tales. An Introduction to the Science of Meanings. Routledge Kegan Paul. London. Two volumes
Contents of Volume 1:
1: I Beg Your Pardon
2: Just Another Fairy Tale
3: A Trip Through the Library
4: Advice from a Caterpillar
5: Cross My Heart and Hope to Die
6: Testing Rituals [See Dervish Dance]
7: The Worlds of Why-Because
8: Battles for the Bridges [See Bridge]
9: The Magic of Meanings
Glossary of Fairy-Tale Words

Contents of Volume 2:
10: The Light is Above
11: A Short Cut from A to B
12: Rabbit on the Shopping List
13: Will You Join the Dance?
14: A Most Unlikely Story [See Gryphon]
15: The Amazing, Incredible Sampling Machine
16: A Box of My Own Invention
17: Uncertain Measures
18: Coder Coda
19: Statistricks!
20: What You Will!
Glossary of Fairy-Tale Words

Julienne Ford, Denis Mongon and Maurice Whelan

Ford, J., Mongon, D. and Whelan, M. Special Education and Social Control: Invisible Disasters London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. ix and 179 pages.

At this time, Julienne Ford was "Professor of Education at the University of Canterbury"

Ford, J. and Foley 1991 Developing Social Science Research. Middlesex University. In the "early 1990s" this was developed into Research on a Human Scale, which, like the original, was published internally as a manual for the BA Social Science. [I have not seen the second version]

Julienne Ford, John? Foley and Hedwig Petri

Ford, J., Foley, J?. and Petri, H. 1995 Research on a Human Scale: A comprehensive manual for researchers in education, health and the social and policy sciences Middlesex University in Enfield. ID Numbers: Open Library OL19390537M: ISBN 101859240704

Ford, J. 2000 "The Grandmother Manqué" in Dench, G. 2000 (Editor) Grandmothers of the Revolution pp 195-199

Ford, J. 2008 Never Point at a Rainbow - An introduction to Radical Logic Newton, Powys, Superscript Books. 339 pages.
Contents
INTRODUCTION: POINTS OF DEPARTURE
PART ONE: ONE-DIMENSIONAL STORIES
1. THREADS: The narrative or one-dimensional story; mythology; a global master narrative; no alternative is not an option!
2. USES OF ONE-DIMENSIONALITY: Ethnic tales and sacred texts; Material threads; Explanation as sequence; Propositional logic; Symbolic logic and mathematics; Repetition, chant and prayer.
3. ABUSES OF ONE-DIMENSIONALITY: Nutritionism; "Feminism"; Carbonism; Utilitarian Operationalism: the example of the QALY; Smithism.
4. TWISTED LOOPS: Infinity and the finite loop; the feedback loop; the bandwagon of popularity; the arms-race for security; credit and the sub- prime loop; a physical metaphor; a metaphorical physics; the postmodern loop; the worm has turned.
PART TWO: TWO-DIMENSIONAL THOUGHTS
5. DIAGRAMS: juxtaposition in two dimensions; Cartesian space; the Cartesian coordinate system; the Rosy Cross; Coincidenta Oppositorum.
6. CONTRAST AND CONTRADICTION: Making sense; contrast; clashing; contradiction; universality; particularity.
7. COMBINATION: awkward questions; sequential logic; combinatorial logic; reasoning; negation; necessary and sufficient conditions; binary choice; the result of a reasoning process; Ras Henry's theorems.
8. CONFLICT: knots; studying the narratives; contraries; transformations.
9.DIALOGUE: Rastafarian groundation; rules of reasoning; Nyabinghi.
PART THREE; THREE-DIMENSIONAL BODIES
10. SPACE: vibrations; empire; star wars; earmarking.
11. BODIES OF KNOWLEDGE: externalisation; internalisation; transformation; science; sociology; ecology.
12. DIALECTICS: the global default culture ( scientism, neo-Darwinism, Hobbesianism, Smithism, behaviourism ); individual identity; moving locations; commonality in diversity; unity in difference; everything is connected to everything else; opposite every great truth is another great truth; everything changes; transcendence.
PART FOUR: FOUR-DIMENSIONAL CONSCIOUSNESS
13. TIME: time in place; fate, destiny and volition; prophecy and prediction; capitalist futures; just a moment!
14. TENSE AND MOOD: Aristotelian logic; the exclusive-or; mathematical scales; statistical prediction; what if ...?
15. SUBJUNCTIVES: market democracy; reactionary intercommunalism; autopoesis; revolutionary intercommunalism; practical consciousness ( food coops, C.A.V.E.S, skills coops, refurnishment, credit unions, L.E.T.S schemes, swap shops, webs of expertise, music and art coops, Indymedia, mediawatches, support groups ); spread the word!
Bibliography
Index and glossary of abbreviations


Margaret Forster

Forster, M. 1984 Significant Sisters - The Grassroots of Active Feminism 1839-1939 London, Secker and Warburg. Contains: Introduction - 1) Law: Caroline Norton 1808-1877 - 2) The Professions: Elizabeth Blackwell 1821-1910 - 3) Employment: Florence Nightingale 1820-1910 - 4) Education: Emily Davies 1830-1921 - 5) Sexual Morality: Josephine Butler 1828-1906 - 6) Politics: Elizabeth Cady Stanton 1815-1902 - 7) Birth Control: Margaret Sanger 1879-1966 - 8) Ideology: Emma Goldman 1869-1940 - Conclusion.


William James Forsythe

Forsythe, W.J. 1991 Penal Discipline, Reformatory projects and the English Prison Commission 1895-1939 Exeter : University of Exeter Press. 255 pages
Contents: Acknowledgements, vii; Abbreviations in References, viii; Introduction, 1; Chapter 1 The Transformation of Reformatory Theory 1820- 1910, 7; Chapter 2 The End of An Era, 19; Chapter 3 Sir Evelyn Ruggles- Brise and the Prison Commission, 31; Chapter 4 Juvenile Adults and the Borstal System 1895-1921, 45; Chapter 5 Penal Servitude 1895-1921, 61; Chapter 6 Preventive Detention-A Tale of Disappointment 1895-1921, 78; Chapter 7 The Local Prisons 1895-1921, 95; Chapter 8 Chaplains, Educators and Visitors in English Prisons 1895-1921, 116; Chapter 9 Staff and Prisoners 1895-1921, 132; Chapter 10 Mental and Social Diagnosis in English Prisons 1910-1939, 153; Chapter 11 Relaxation and Reformation-A Radical Policy 1921-1939, 171. Chapter 12 Conflicts and Problems 1921-1939, 189; Chapter 13 Prisons and Prisoners 1921-1939, 201; Chapter 14 The Aid Societies 1895-1939, 217; Conclusion, 233; Index, 249.


Michel Foucault
1926-1984
See weblinks - reviews -

Books about Foucault:
1983: Barry Smart
1989 Clare O'Farrell
1993 John Storey on popular culture
1997: Larmour, Miller and Platter (Editors) Rethinking Sexuality: Foucault and Classical Antiquity
2000 Danaher, Schirato and Webb
2001 - Dino Franco Felluga [Free access]
Web articles: Rider - Sarbit - Thacker

1954 Maladie - 1961 Folie - 1963 clinique - 1966 Les Mots - 1967 Madness - 1969 L'Archéologie - 1970 The Order - 1971 - 1972 - 1973 - 1974 - 1975 Surveiller - 1976 sexualité 1 - 1977 - 1978 - 1980 - 1981 - 1983 - 1984 - 1985 - 1986 - 1988 - 2006 -

Foucault, M. 1954 Maladie mentale et personnalité Paris : P.U.F., 115 pages

Foucault, M. 1961 Folie et Déraison: histoire de la folie à l'âge classique. Paris: Plon, 1961 [Became Histoire de la Folie]

Partial translation in English in 1967 - Full translation 2006

Foucault, M. 1963 Naissance de la clinique PUF

Foucault, M. 1966 Les Mots et les Choses Paris: Gallimard

Foucault, M. 1961/1967 Madness and Civilisation. A History of Insanity in the Age of Reason. Tavistock. Being an abridged edition of Histoire de la Folie translated into English by Richard Howard. Introduction by David Cooper. London, Tavistock.

There is an edition of the above in the Internet Archive with an introduction by Jose Barchilon, M.D. (offline)

Foucault, M. 1969 L'Archéologie du savoir Paris: Gallimard. Translated into English as The Archaeology of Knowledge in 1972

Foucault, M. 22.2.1969 What is an Author? in P. Rabinow (editor) The Foucault Reader: Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin (Qu'est ce qu'un auteur? 258 lecture and discussion on 22.2.1969, in: Bulletin de la société française de philosophie, 1969, no. 63, pp. 73-104).

Foucault, M. 1970 The Order of Things New York: Pantheon. being Les Mots et les Choses translated into English by A.M. Sheridan-Smith. Also included with the Pantheon edition of Foucault 1972

Foucault, M. 1971 L'Ordre du discours Paris: Gallimard - Translated in English 1981

Foucault, M. 11.1971 Michel Foucault (in debate with Noam Chomsky) on Dutch television. Program called Human Nature: Justice versus Power.

Foucault1971/1972 Course 1971/1972 "Théories et institutions pénales" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 72, pp 283-286.

Foucault, M. 1972 The Archaeology of Knowledge New York Pantheon, being L'Archéologie du savoir translated into English by A.M. Sheridan-Smith.

The Archaeology of Knowledge and the Discourse on Language by Michel Foucault ; translated from the French by A. M. Sheridan Smith. New York: Pantheon Books, 1972 245 pages - (offline)

Foucault1972/1973 Course 1972/1973 "La société punitive" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 73, 1973, pp. 255-267.

Foucault, M. 1973 Birth of the Clinic New York: Pantheon. A translation of Naissance de la clinique

Foucault1973/1974a Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) "Le pouvoir psychiatrique" Summary (Résumés) in: Annuaire du Collège de France, 74, 1974

Foucault1973/1974b Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) Le pouvoir psychiatrique. Cours au Collège de France. 1973-1974. Paris: Seuil/Gallimard, 2003.

Foucault1973/1974c Course 1973/1974 - (Weekly lectures from 7.11. 1973 until 6.2.1974) Psychiatric Power. Lectures at the College of France 1973-1974 A translation into English by Graham Burchall of Foucault1973/1974b. Palgrave Macmillan, London - New York, 2006. Includes an introduction by Arnold, J. Davidson; detailed notes by someone other than Foucault, who is not identified; and a "Course Context" by Jacques Lagrange.

Foucault1974/1975 Les Anormaux: Cours au Collège de France, 1974-1975, Hautes études, Galimard, Le Seuil, Paris,. Translated into English as Abnormal: Lectures at the Collège de France 1974-1975 by Michel Foucault ; edited by Valerio Marchetti and Antonella Salomoni ; translated by Graham Burchell. London: Verso, 2003. xxvi and 344 pages


Foucault, M. 1975 Surveiller et Punir: Naissance de la prison Paris : Gallimard. Series: Bibliothèque des histoires. 318 pages. 12 leaves of plates.

Foucault, M. 1975/1977 Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison, being Surveiller et Punir translated into English by Alan Sheridan. London. Penguin.

PART ONE TORTURE:
1. The body of the condemned
2. The spectacle of the scaffold
PART TWO PUNISHMENT
1. Generalized punishment
2. The gentle way of punishment
PART THREE DISCIPLINE
Docile bodies
The art of distributions
The control of activity
The organisation of geneses
The composition of forces
2. The means of correct training
Hierarchical observation
Normalizing judgement
The examination
3. Panopticism
PART FOUR PRISON
1. Complete and austere institutions
2. Illegalities and delinquency
3. The carceral


Foucault, M. 1976s1 Histoire de la sexualité 1 - La Volonté de savoir, Paris: Gallimard, 1976. 211 pages

Foucault, M. 1976/1978 The History of Sexuality, Volume 1: An Introduction New York: Pantheon, 1978 [Also Vintage Books, March 1990] being La Volonté de savoir (1976) translated into English by Robert Hurley.
Contents:
Part One: We 'Other Victorians'
Part Two: The Repressive Hypothesis
Chapter 1 The Incitement to Discourse
Chapter 2 The Perverse Implantation
Part Three: Scientia Sexualis;
Part Four: The Deployment of Sexuality:
Chapter 1 Objective
Chapter 2 Method
Chapter 3 Domain
Chapter 4 Periodisation
Part Five Right of Death and Power over Life.


Foucault, M. 6.1976 "Truth and Power" in The Foucault Reader: pages 51-75 and in Foucault, M. 1980. An excerpted version of a June 1976 interview with Alesandro Fontana and Pasquale Pasquino published first as "Intervista a Michel Foucault" in Microfiseca del Poetere in 1977. An abridged version "Vérité et pouvoir" in: L'Arc 1977, no. 70, pages 16-26. Truth and Power is summarised by Shawn Rider


Foucault, M. 10.7.1977 "Le jeu de Michel Foucault" (interview with Dominiques Colas, Alain Grosrichard, Guy Le Gaufey, Jocelyne Livi, Gerard Miller, Jaques Alaine Miller, Judith Miller, Catherin Millot, Gerard Wajeman), Ornicar? Journal published by members of the Department of Psychoanalysis at the University of Vincennes. No. 10, July 1977, p. 62-93. Available at http://1libertaire.free.fr/MFoucault158.html

[The book La Volonté de savoir is like a Swiss cheese with holes. Foucault doe not yet know how he will fill these, but he is pleased to meet the psychoanalysts because this is the first time that he has met people who want to play the kind of game [jeu] that he proposes in the book]

Foucault, 10.7.M. 1977/1978 "Ein Spiel um die Psychoanalyse. Gespräch mit Angehörigen des Departement de Psychoanalyse der Universität Paris/Vincennes" (Conversations with members of staff of the Departments de Psychoanalyse at the University of Paris). In: Dispositive der Macht. Über Sexualität, Wissen und Wahrheit (Dispositives of Power. About Sex, Knowledge and Truth). Berlin 1978. pp. 118-175.

Foucault, M. 10.7.1977/1980 "The Confession of the Flesh" in Foucault, M. 1980.


Michel Foucault and Herculine Barbin (1838-1868), who became Abel Barbin, otherwise known as Alexina B.

Foucault, M. and Barbine, H. 1978 Herculine Barbin dite Alexina B. introduced by Michel Foucault. Les Vies parallèles. Paris: Gallimard. 1978. 161 pages.

Foucault, M. and Barbine, H. 1978/1980 Herculine Barbin: Being recently discovered memoirs of a nineteenth-century French hermaphrodite, introduced by Michel Foucault. Translated by Richard McDougall from French (1978) to English (1980) Brighton : Harvester, 1980.


Foucault, M. 1980 Power/Knowledge Selected interviews and other writings, 1972-1977 by Michel Foucault; edited by Colin Gordon; translated by Colin Gordon and others. New York; London: Harvester Wheatsheaf

Contents: 1. On Popular Justice: A Discussion with Maoists (1972) - 2. Prison Talk (1975) - 3. Body/Power (1975) - 4. Questions on Geography (1976) - 5. Two lectures (1977) - 6. Truth and Power (1977) - 7. Power and Strategies (1977) - 8. The Eye of Power (1977) - 9. The Politics of Health in the Eighteenth Century (1976) - 10. The History of Sexuality (1977) - 11. The Confession of the Flesh (1977) -

Foucault, M. 1981 The Order of Discourse being L'Ordre du discours translated into English.

Foucault, M. 1983 "Disciplinary Society". An audio lecture available in two part on YouTube: Part One - Part Two

Offline Part 1 - Part 2 -

Foucault, M. Spring 1983 "Structuralism and post-structuralism. An interview with Michel Foucault" interview by G. Raulet, in May 1982, in: Telos spring 1983, number 55, pages 195-211. Reprinted in Foucault, M. 1988 pages 17-46

Foucault, M. Autumn 1983 "The Minimalist Self". Discussion with Sephen Riggins, in: Telos Autumn 1983. Reprinted in Foucault, M. 1988 pages 3-16

Foucault, M. 1984r The Foucault Reader edited by P. Rabinow. New York: Pantheon. Also published by Penguin in 1986

Foucault, M. 1984s2 Histoire de la sexualité 2 - L'Usage des plaisirs, Paris: Gallimard, 1984.

Foucault, M. 1984s3 Histoire de la sexualité 3 - Le Souci de soi, Paris: Gallimard, 1984.

Foucault, M. 1985s2 The History of Sexuality, Volume 2: The Use of Pleasure Random House, 1985, being L'Usage des plaisirs translated into English

Foucault, M. 1986s3 The History of Sexuality, Volume 3: The Care of the Self Random House, 1986, being Le Souci de soi translated into English

Foucault, M. 1988 (Edited by Lawrence D. Kritzman) Politics, Philosophy, Culture: Interviews and Other Writings, 1977- 1984

Foucault, M. 1961/2006 History of Madness Folie et deïraison by Michel Foucault, edited by Jean Khalfa and translated into English by Jonathan Murphy and Jean Khalfa. London; New York: Routledge. xxxix and 725 pages. 6 pages of plates
"This translation is the first English edition of the complete French text" - "An abridged English edition was published in 1967 as Madness and civilisation" - "First published in French as: Folie et deïraison... 1961"
Contents:
Foreword by Ian Hacking
Introduction by Jean Khalfa
Preface to the 1961 edition
Preface to the 1972 edition
PART ONE
1. Stultifera navis
2. The great confinement
3. The correctional world
4. Experiences of madness
5. The insane
PART TWO
Introduction
1. The madman in the garden of species
2. The transcendence of delirium
3. Figures of madness
4. Doctors and patients
PART 3
Introduction
1. The great fear
2. The new division
3. The proper use of liberty
4. Birth of the asylum
5. The anthropological circle
Appendices
1. Madness, the absence of an ouvre.
Appendix 1 of 1972 edition
2. My body, this paper, this fire
Appendix 2 of 1972 edition
3. Reply to Derrida ('Michel Foucault Derrida e no kaino'. Paideia (Tokyo) February 1972)
Endnotes
Annexes
1. Documents
2. Foucault's original bibliography
3. Bibliography of English works quoted in this translation
4. Critical bibliography on Foucault's History of Madness
Index.


Bridget Fowler 1943-

Fowler, B. 1997 Pierre Bourdieu and Cultural Theory: Critical investigations. Theory, culture and society series. London; Thousand Oaks, California: Sage, 1997. 200 pages.
Contents
PART ONE: INTERPRETATIVE STUDIES
1. Situating Bourdieu: Cultural Theory and Sociological Perspectives
2. Bourdieu's Cultural Theory
3. Bourdieu, Postmodernism, Modernity
4. The Historical Genesis of Bourdieu's Cultural Theory
PART TWO: CRITICAL INVESTIGATIONS
5. Bourdieu and Modern Art: The Case of Impressionism
6. The Popular and the Middlebrow
7. Bourdieu, the Popular and the Periphery
Conclusion

Summary: "the first comprehensive description of Pierre Bourdieu's theory of culture and habitus. Within the wider intellectual context of Bourdieu's work, this book provides a systematic reading of his assessment of the role of 'cultural capital' in the production and consumption of symbolic goods. Bridget Fowler outlines the key critical debates that inform Bourdieu's work. She introduces his recent treatment of the rules of art, explains the importance of his concept of capital - economic and social, symbolic and cultural - and defines such key terms as habitus, practice and strategy, legitimate culture, popular art and distinction. The book focuses particularly on Bourdieu's account of the nature of capitalist modernity, on the emergence of bohemia and, with the growth of the market, the invention of the artist as the main historical response to the changed place of art."


Elizabeth A. Foyster 1968-

Foyster, E.A. 2005 Marital violence: an English family history, 1660-1857 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press


Arthur Frank
Department of Sociology, University of Calgary,

Frank, A. 2002 Memorial: Pierre Bourdieu Remembered: 1930- 2002 Health: An Interdisciplinary Journal for the Social Study of Health Illness and Medicine Volume: 6. Issue: 3. pp 389-393. July 2002

Focuses on the concept of illusio as "the possibility for a person to be able to take some game seriously;... the quality of seriousness that successful play requires", expounded in Pascalian meditations


Benjamin Franklin

Franklin, B. 1904 The Works of Benjamin Franklin, including the Private as well as the Official and Scientific Correspondence, together with the Unmutilated and Correct Version of the Autobiography, compiled and edited by John Bigelow New York: G.P. Putnam's Sons ). The Federal Edition in 12 volumes.

Some volumes available at

Volume One Autobiography, Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1725-1734
Volume Two Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1735-1753
Volume Three Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1753-1763
Volume Four Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1763-1768
Volume Five Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1768-1772
Volume Six Letters and Miscellaneous Writings 1772-1775


Fraser, D. 1984 [2nd edition] The Evolution of the British Welfare State.


Nancy Fraser 20.5.1947-

Fraser, N. 1989 Unruly Practices: Power, Discourse, and Gender in Contemporary Social Theory

Fraser, N. 1997 Justice Interruptus: Critical Reflections on the "Postsocialist" Condition

Fraser, N. 2003 The Radical Imagination: Between Redistribution and Recognition

Fraser, N. and Honneth, A. 2003 Redistribution or Recognition? A Political-Philosophical Exchange

Fraser, N. 2008 Scales of Justice: Reimagining Political Space in a Globalizing World


James George Frazer 1854-1941 weblinks

Frazer, J. 1887 Totemism Edinburgh. Adam and Charles Black

Frazer, J. 1888a "Taboo" article in Encyclopedia Britannica available online at http://www.1902encyclopedia.com/T/TAB/taboo.html

Frazer, J. 1888b "Totem" article in Encyclopedia Britannica

Frazer, J. 1890 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Two volumes. London. Macmillan.

There were four parts (chapters?) to the first edition. The titles of these may have been: 1) "The King of the Wood" - 2) "Killing the God" - 3) "The Scapegoat" - 4) "The Golden Bough"

Frazer, J. 1900 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Second edition. Revised and enlarged in three volumes. London and New York: Macmillan. Volume 1: The king of the wood. The perils of the soul -- Volume 2. Killing the god -- Volume 3. Killing the god (continued) The golden bough.

Frazer, J. 1913 Balder the Beautiful: the fire-festivals of Europe and the doctrine of the external soul

Frazer, J. 1915 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Third edition. Revised and enlarged in three volumes. London and New York: Macmillan. Part one (volumes 1 and 2): The magic art and the evolution of kings first published 1911. Part two (volume 3): Taboo and the perils of the soul first published 1911. Part three (volume 4): The dying god, first published 1911. Part four (volumes 5 and 6): Adonis, Attis, Osiris : studies in the history of oriental religion (3rd edition revised and enlarged in 1914). Part five (volumes 7 and 8): Spirits of the corn and of the wild first published 1912. Part six (volume 9): The Scapegoat first published 1913. Part seven (volumes 10 and 11): Balder the Beautiful: the fire festivals of Europe and the doctrine of the external soul first published 1913. Part seven (volume 12): Bibliography and general index 1915.

Frazer, J. 1922 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion Abridged edition 1922.

Extracts - Copy at Bartleby - Gutenberg - Most available copies of the Golden Bough are this abridgment, including : Wordsworth Reference 1993 - Penguin 1996 -

Frazer, J. 1959 The New Golden Bough "A new abridgment of the classic work by Sir James George Frazer. Edited, and with notes and foreword by Dr Theodore H. Gaster" S.G. Phillips, Inc., New York.

Frazer, J. 1998 The Golden Bough: A Study in Magic and Religion: A New Abridgement from the Second and Third Editions by Robert Fraser. Oxford World's Classics 1998.



Joe Freeman 26.8.1945 -

Freeman, J. 1975 The Politics of Women's Liberation. Longman, New York.

Freeman, J. 1983 (Editor) Social Movements of the Sixties and Seventies Longman, New York.


Freidson, E. 1970 Profession of Medicine: A Study of the Sociology of Applied Knowledge, New York: Harper Row.


Paulo Freire 1921-1997

Freire, P. 1968/1970 Pedagogy of the Oppressed a translation by Myra Bergman Ramos from Portugese into English of Pedagogía del oprimido (1968). A continuum book. New York: Seabury Press, 1970.

See Subject Index Education


Anna Freud 1895-1982 See weblinks - Brown

Freud, A. 1931 Introduction to psycho-analysis for teachers: four lectures by Anna Freud, translated by Barbara Low. London: Allen & Unwin. "First published in German under the title Einführung in die psychoanalyse für Pädagogen". "Three lectures were given before the teachers at the Children's centers of the city of Vienna."

Freud, A. 1936 Das ich und die abwehrmechanismen Internationaler psychoanalytischer Verlag

Freud, A. 1937 The ego and the mechanisms of defence Translation of Das ich und die abwehrmechanismen (1936) by Cecil Baines The International Psycho-analytical Library; number 30. London: Hogarth Press: Institute of Psycho-analysis

Anna Freud and Dorothy Burlingham

Freud, A. and Burlingham, D. 1943 Infants without Families London: G. Allen and Unwin.

Freud, A. 1986 (Editor) Sigmund Freud: The Essentials of Psychoanalysis. Penguin.   [Referencing advice]

Sigmund Freud 1856-1939 See weblinks - Brown - Mitchell - Morea - reviews

1893 - 1895 - 1900 - 1901 - 1905 - 1909 - 1910 - 1913 - 1914 - 1923 - 1924 - 1926 - 1930 - 1931 - 1933 - 1938 - 2003 -

Freud and Breuer 1893 Freud, Sigmund and Breuer, Joseph. On the Psychical Mechanism of Hysterical Phenomena: Preliminary Communication

Über den Psychischen Mechanismus Hysterischer Pänomene: Vorläufige Mitteilung first published in Neurologisches Centralblatt, 12, 4-10 and 43-47 on 1.1.1893 and 15.1.1893. Republished in Studien über Hysterie 1895

Freud and Breuer 1895 Freud, Sigmund and Breuer, Joseph. Studies on Hysteria

Studien über Hysterie 1895, Deuticke, Vienna. Second edition, 1909. Parts of which were translated into English by Dr A. A. Brill (New York) as Selected Papers on Hysteria and other Psychoneuroses by S. Freud. No. 4 of the Nervous and Mental Disease Monograph Series, New York. 1909. [The preface to the first [Brill] edition says: "The chapters contained in this book were taken from three different volumes of the author's works, published at different intervals within the last fifteen years. Although the first four chapters appear in the "Studien über Hysterie" which was published by Breuer and Freud, still only the first chapter, "The Psychic Mechanism of Hysterical Phenomena", was written conjointly by both authors. The authorship of the other three chapters belongs exclusively to Freud. The remaining six chapters of the book were taken from Freud's Collection of short papers". Which would mean that Breuer's case study of Anna O. was not included.


Freud, S. 1900/1913 Interpretation of Dreams Translation by A. A. Brill (1913). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Dreams/index.htm

Freud, S. 1900/1953 The Interpretation of Dreams by Sigmund Freud, translated from the German and edited by James Strachey. Translation originally published as Volumes 4 and 5 of 'The standard edition of the complete psychological works.' 1953.

James Strachey: The last chapter gives the first full account of Freud's dynamic view of mental processes, of the unconscious, and of the dominance of the pleasure principle


Freud, S. 1901/1914 Psychopathology of Everyday Life Translation by A. A. Brill (1914). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Psycho/

Freud, S. 1905/1910 Three Essays on the Theory of Sexuality Translation by A. A. Brill (1910). Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/14969/14969-8.txt

James Strachey: "tracing for the first time the course of development of the sexual instinct in human beings from infancy to maturity"

Freud, S. 1909 "Analysis of a Phobia in a Five-Year- Old Boy" ["Little Hans"] - See Summary in Totem and Taboo


Freud, S. 9.1909/1910 The Origin and Development of Psychoanalysis First published in American Journal of Psychology, 21, pages 181-218. [Being an English translation by H.W. Chase of five lectures given in German September 1909 at Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts, USA.]

Available at http://studymore.org.uk/xfre1910.htm

Also available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/Origin/index.htm

Freud, S. 9.1909/1957 Five Lectures on Psycho-Analysis "Delivered on the Occasion of the Twentieth Anniversary of the Foundation of Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts, September 1909" Translation by James Strachey.


Freud, S. 1913 Totem and Taboo

Freud, S. 1914/1917 The History of the Psychoanalytic Movement Translation by A. A. Brill (1917). Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Freud/History/index.htm

Freud, S. 1922/1923 Two Encyclopedia Articles 'Psychoanalyse' and 'Libidotheorie' were two articles designed for Max Marcuse's Handwdrterbuch fur Sexualwissenschaft, which was first published in 1923. They were actually written during the summer of 1922 - Two encyclopaedia articles: psycho-analysis and the libido theory. SE, 18: 233-259.

Freud, S. 1923 The Ego and the Id

Freud, S. 1924 The Dissolution of the Oedipus Complex

Freud, S. 1926 The Question of Lay Analysis

Freud, S. 1930 Das Unbehagen in der Kultur (The uneasiness in the culture). Vienna. Internationaler Psychoanalytischer Verlag, 1930. Authorised translation into English, in the same year, by Joan Riviere as "Civilisation and its Discontents". The International Psycho-analytical Library; no.17: London: L. & Virginia Woolf at the Hogarth press [etc. ], 1930.

Freud, S. 1931 Female Sexuality

Freud, S. 1933 New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis


Freud, S. 1938 Abriss der Psychoanalyse [An Outline of Psychoanalysis]

An Outline of Psychoanalysis was begun in Vienna and what we have may have been completed in 1938. It was published in 1940, after Freud's death.

Freud, S. 1938/1949 An Outline of Psychoanalysis . Authorized translation into English by James Strachey of Abriss der Psychoanalyse by Sigmund Freud. London: The Hogarth Press. New York: W. W. Norton, 1949. 127 pages

Freud, S. 1938/1969 An Outline of Psychoanalysis . Authorized translation into English by James Strachey of Abriss der Psychoanalyse by Sigmund Freud, translated and newly edited by James Strachey. London: The Hogarth Press. New York : W W Norton & Co Inc, 1969.

Freud S. 2003 Outline of Psychoanalysis (1938) with New Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis (1933). Translated by Helena Ragg-Kirkby, with an introduction by Malcolme Bowie. Penguin Modern Classics


Roger Friedland

Friendland, R. 2009 "The Endless Fields of Pierre Bourdieu", Organization Vol 16, issue 6, pp.887-917


Friends House Papers See Quaker

Library of the Religious Society of Friends , Friends House, Euston Road, London

Links to Library of the Religious Society of Friends - Digital catalogue (incomplete)

Archives and manuscripts are generally catalogued as collections, in a hierarchical structure, with a top-level record (called "fonds") describing the whole collection, next level records covering specific groups of material (e.g. correspondence) and further levels providing more detail within those groups. Most of the archives and manuscripts in the catalogue are described at fonds level.

6WM/PD/BF Six Weeks Meeting records management boxes for Bunhill Fields. [Six]

6WM/PD/BF/01 Includes a file with several documents from 1870 (ish) to 1926? Includes [not listed yet]

Reference: MGR
MGR 11a1 London and Middlesex General Meeting. Date 1650-2007. [London and Middlesex Quarterly Meeting until 1967].

This set of documents includes:

One volume of Committee on Title Deeds minutes (1796-1810)
Two volumes of Trust Property books (1802 to about 1940),

Records of: Peel Monthly Meeting (1667-1860) and Peel Meeting (1668-1926). Devonshire House Monthly Meeting (1667-1943) and Bunhill Fields Meeting (1899-2007)

MGR 11a2 Six Weeks Meeting. Date 17th-21st centuries

The fonds consists of 39 volumes of minutes (1671-1988), 7 volumes of Rough minutes (1787-1954), 3 volumes of Books of Trust property (1844- 2008), Abstracts of deeds, Clauses of wills, 1 volume of Rents, annuities received and paid (1673-1694), 3 volumes of Cash books (1710-1899), 1 volume of Accounts (1815-1860), 1 volume of Pollard & Dickson Trust Trustees minutes (1873-1981), 1 box and 3 plans of Joint Committee (of Six Weeks Meeting and Gracechurch Street Monthly Meeting) on Stoke Newington meeting house (1791-1831), 3 rolled plans (1820-1957), 3 volumes of Copy burial notes (1702-1787), 5 volumes of Registers of individual burial grounds (1787-1861).

This set of documents includes:

Minutes on microfilm

Six Weeks Meeting Book of Trust Property 1844-1979
A large well bound book enlarged on one put together from deeds in
1844. There is a written index in the book and a typed index inserted at the front. Index includes

Bunhill Fields burial ground pages 48-61
Bunhill meeting house 61a - 63.

Surveyors' plans are bound into this book, with notes, additional notes added from time to time and references to the relevant minutes. The relevant catalogue entry follows:

Book of Trust Property (see also London and Middlesex Quarterly Meeting trust property books)
   Property Schedule 1 volume 1869-1909 Location SR102/5
   Index to Trust Property Book 1844-1895 see following pages
   1844 - present Library Society of Friends Microfilm 372 Location SR117/1/1

Photocopies from minutes of six weeks meeting, and from its "Property book 1844-1979", in the Farrand Radley archive for 15.5.1876 - 26.6.1876 - 25.7. 1876 - 23.4.1877 - 27.8.1877 - 8.3.1880 - 5.9.1881 - 17.10.1881.

Plans: rolled plans
/BU Bunhill Fields, 1957 (London County Council). Incorrectly labelled. Date is 1951. There are two plans.
/WE Westminster: 1 roll + 1 roll: Hop Gardens "rights of light"
/W Whitechapel Friends Burial Ground about 1820-1853

1702 - burial books

Copy Burial note volumes
1702-1726
1726-1757
1757-1787

Registers of individual burying grounds
BUNHILL FIELDS 1787-1854
HAMMERSMITH 1837-1862
LONG LANE, PARK and DEPTFORD 1787-1854
PECKHAM 1842-1861
WHITECHAPEL 1788-1857


Morten Frisch and Anders Hviid

Department of Epidemiology Research, Danish Epidemiology Science Center, Statens Serum Institut, 5 Artillerivej, DK-2300, Copenhagen S, Denmark.

Frisch, M. and Hviid, A. 2006 "Childhood Family Correlates of Heterosexual and Homosexual Marriages: A National Cohort Study of Two Million Danes," Archives of Sexual Behaviour 35(5): pp 533-547. October 2006

Abstract: Children who experience parental divorce are less likely to marry heterosexually than those growing up in intact families; however, little is known about other childhood factors affecting marital choices. We studied childhood correlates of first marriages (heterosexual since 1970, homosexual since 1989) in a national cohort of 2 million 18-49 year-old Danes. In multivariate analyses, persons born in the capital area were significantly less likely to marry heterosexually, but more likely to marry homosexually, than their rural-born peers. Heterosexual marriage was significantly linked to having young parents, small age differences between parents, stable parental relationships, large sibships, and late birth order. For men, homosexual marriage was associated with having older mothers, divorced parents, absent fathers, and being the youngest child. For women, maternal death during adolescence and being the only or youngest child or the only girl in the family increased the likelihood of homosexual marriage. Our study provides population-based, prospective evidence that childhood family experiences are important determinants of heterosexual and homosexual marriage decisions in adulthood.


Uta Frith and Chris Frith

Frith, U. and Frith, C. 2010 "The social brain: allowing humans to boldly go where no other species has been" Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society January 2010 volume 365, no. 1537, pp 165-176. Available at http://rstb.royalsocietypublishing.org/content/365/1537/165


Erich Fromm See weblinks - reviews - Brown - Morea

Fromm, E. 1942 The Fear of Freedom [USA edition, 1941, had Escape from Freedom as the title]

Fromm, E. 1947 Man For Himself: an enquiry into the psychology of ethics New York. [London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1948]

Fromm, E. 1956 The Art of Loving New York: Harper, World perspectives series volume 9 [London: George Allen & Unwin, 1957, World perspectives series volume 8]

Fromm, E. 1976 To Have or To Be? New York: Harper and Row. [London: Cape, 1978]


FQS: Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research

FQS is a peer-reviewed multilingual online journal for qualitative research established in 1999. FQS is an open-access journal, so all articles are available free of charge.

http://www.qualitative- research.net/index.php/fqs


James Fulcher and John Scott

Fulcher and Scott 1999 Sociology Oxford : Oxford University Press

Fulcher and Scott 2007 Sociology Oxford: Oxford University Press. Third edition.
Contents
Part One - Thinking Sociologically: Theory and Methods
1. What is sociology? -
2. Theories and theorizing -
3. Methods and research
Part Two - Social Identities -
4.
Socialisation, identity, and interaction -
5. Sex, gender, and sexuality -
6. Racial and ethnic identities -
7. Crime and deviance -
8. Body, health, and medicine. Includes "Understanding bodies" (Sex, bodies and populations - Surveillance of populations) - "Health, reproduction and disability" (Fertility and mortality - Health and disease - Disability and disadvantage) - "Medicine, minds, and bodies" (Medical control of the body - Medicalisation of the mind - Femininity, medicine and beauty)
Part Three - Culture, Knowledge and Belief -
9. Education. Includes socialisation - inequality - Pierre Bourdieu - cultural capital - social capital - Education and capitalism - The development of education in Britain - Inequality in British education -
10. Communication and the media -
11. Religion, belief, and meaning
Part Four - Social Organisation and Control -
12. Family and life course -
13. Cities and community -
14. Organisation, management, and control -
15. The state, social policy and welfare -
16. Globalisation
Part Five - Production, Inequalities, and Social Divisions -
17. Work, employment, and leisure -
18. Inequality, poverty, and wealth -
19. Stratification, class, and status -
20. Power, division, and protest


Odette and Isidore Gaba

Gaba, O. and Gaba, I. 2012 Speech to commemorate the birthday of the Prophet Muhammad. Birmingham. (26.4.2012?)


Francis Galton 1822-1911 weblinks

Galton, F. 4.1877 "Typical Laws of Hereditary" Nature Available at http://galton.org/essays/1870-1879/galton-1877-typical-laws-heredity.pdf [Three part article 5th, 12th and 19th April 1877]

Galton, F. 10.1901 "The Possible Improvement of the Human Breed under the existing conditions of Law and Sentiment" Nature Available at http://galton.org/essays/1900-1911/galton-1901-improvement.pdf


Johan Galtung and Mari Ruge

Galtung, J. and Ruge, M. 1965 "The structure of foreign news; The presentation of the Congo, Cuba and Cyprus crises in four foreign newspapers", Journal of International Peace Research, 1 (1965), pp 64-90. [Extract, "Structuring and selecting news", in Cohen and Young 1973, pp 62-22.

Johan Galtung

Galtung, J. 1967 Theory and Methods of Social Research London, Allen and Unwin


Philip Gammage

Gammage, P. 1982 Children and Schooling: Issues in childhood socialisation Unwin education books. London: Allen & Unwin, 1982. 217 pages.


Michael Gard 1965- and Jan Wright 1948-
Michael Gard is Senior Lecturer in Physical Education at Charles Sturt University, Australia. Jan Wright is a Professor of Education and Associate Dean (Research) in the Faculty of Education at the University of Wollongong, Australia.

Gard, M. and Wright, J. 2005 The Obesity Epidemic: Science, morality, and ideology. London; New York: Routledge. viii and 218 pages.
Contents: 1. Science and Fatness 2. The War on Obesity 3. The Ghost of a Machine 4. 'Modernity's Scourge': A brief history of obesity science 5. Fat or Fiction: Weighing in the 'obesity epidemic' 6. The search for a cause 7. Obesity Science for the People 8. Feminism and the 'obesity epidemic' 9. Interrogating expert knowledge: risk and the ethics of body weight 10. Beyond Body Weight


Harold Garfinkel weblinks

Garfinkel, G. 1956 "Conditions of successful degradation ceremonies", American Journal of Sociology volume 61 (1956) p.458

Garfinkel, G. 1967 Studies in Ethnomethodology. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall

Extracts ("Some essential features of common understandings") available on Larry Ridner's website at http://www2.pfeiffer.edu/~lridener/courses/ethnomet.html use case studies to outline major themes of Ethnomethodology - see archive


Nicholas Garnham

Garnham, N. 2007 "Habermas and the public sphere" A review essay. Global Media and Communication 2007; 3; 201


Raffaele Garofalo, born Naples 18.11.1851, died Naples 18.4.1934
Agrégé de l'Université de Naples, vice- président du Tribunal civil Magistrat et criminaliste italien
Professor of the University of Naples, vice-president of the Tribunal, civil magistrate and Italian criminal lawyer

Garofalo, R. 1880 Di un criterio positivo della penalità (Of a positive policy of penalties), Napoli: Leonardo Vallardi

Garofalo, R. 1885 Criminologia: studio sul delitto, sulle sue cause e sui mezzi di repressione (Criminology: Study of crime, on its causes and the means of repression) Torino, Fratelli Bocca.

Garofalo, R. 1885/1887 La Criminologie: Étude sur la nature du crime et la théorie de la pénalité Translation into French. Second edition (1890) available at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/garofalo_raffaele/criminologie/crimino logie.html

Garofalo, R. 1914 Criminology by Baron Raffaele Garofalo, translated into English from the Italian by Robert Wyness Millar, with an introduction by E. Ray Stevens. The modern criminal science series. Little, Brown and company: Boston. xl and 478 pages.


Peter Gaskell (Surgeon: died Camberwell 1841)

Gaskell, Peter. Baldwin & Cradock, 1833. Gaskell, P. 1833/1836 The Manufacturing Population of England: Its Moral, Social, and Physical Condition and the Changes which have Arisen from the Use of Steam Machinery, with an Examination of Infant Labour. Baldwin and Craddock 1833. Republished as Artisans and Machinery: The Moral and Physical Condition of the Manufacturing Population Considered with Reference to Mechanical Substitutes for Human Labour London: J.W. Parker 1836

Gaskell, P. 1835 Prospects of industry; being a brief exposition of the past and present conditions of the labouring classes.: With remarks on the operation of the Poor-Law Bill, workhouses, &c. ... London : Smith, Elder and Co. 1835 "Revised from the Monthly Magazine of April, May, and June, 1835"


John Gaventa 8.7.1949 -
From 1996 Professor (form 2004) and Research Fellow in the Power, Participation and Social Change team, Institute of Development Studies, the University of Sussex. (On leave 1.8.2011 - 31.7.2014)


Jonathan Gaventa

Gaventa, J (2003) Power after Lukes: a review of the literature. Brighton: Institute of Development Studies. "First draft August 2003" http://www.powercube.net/wp- content/uploads/2009/11/power_after_lukes.pdf

The above copy, available on powercubenet does not have the annotated bibliography mentioned in the text


Amy Gdala - flourished in Wales from 1976 to her disappearance in 2005

Gdala, A. 2002a The Odds are Even
Historical fiction about the Cuban missile crisis of 1962. Newtown: Superscript. 141 pages ISBN: 095429131X (paperback)

Gdala, A. 2002b Pascal's Wager

Gdala, A. 2003 Tales they Lose by Amy Gdala: with contributions from Steven Box, Cyril Burt and Garcia Lorca. Newtown. Superscript

Gdala, A. 2004 (Editor) Revolutionary Intercommunalism and The right of nations to self-determination by Huey P. Newton and Vladimir Illych Lenin; edited and introduced by Amy Gdala. Newtown: Cyhoeddwyr y Superscript. ISBN 0954291344

Gdala, A. 2005 Heads We Win Newtown: Superscript. 198 pages. ISBN: 0954291352 and 9780954291358 (paper back)


Patrick Geddes

Geddes, P. 1904 City Development: A study of parks, gardens and culture institutes: A report to the Carnegie Dunfermline Trust. Edinburgh, Scotland: Geddes and Colleagues.

Geddes, P. 18.7.1904 Civics: as Applied Sociology Read before the at a Meeting in the School of Economics and Political Science (University of London), Clare Market, W.C., at 5 p.m., on Monday, July 18th, 1904; the Rt. Hon. Charles Booth, F.R.S., in the Chair. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/13205/13205-h/13205- h.htm

Geddes, P. 25.1.1905 Civics: as Concrete and Applied Sociology Read before the Sociological Society at a Meeting in the School of Economics and Political Science (University of London), Clare Market, W.C., on Monday, January 23rd, 1905, the Rt. Hon. Charles Booth, F.R.S., in the Chair. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/files/13205/13205-h/13205- h.htm

Geddes, P. 1915 Cities in evolution: An introduction to the town planning movement and to the study of civics London: Williams and Norgate

Dictionary: Human Ecology


Ludwig L. Geismar and Katherine M. Wood

Geismar L.L. and Wood, K.M. 1986 Family and Delinquency: Resocializing the young offender New York: Human Sciences Press,


Loraine Gelsthorp

"Feminism and criminology" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology


Arnold van Gennep 1873-1957
Professor at the University of Neuchâtel.

Gennep, A. 1909 Les rites de passage: étude systématique des rites de la porte et du seuil, de l'hospitalité, de l'adoption, de la grossesse et de l'accouchement, de la naissance, de l'enfance, de la puberteï, de l'initiation, de l'ordination, du couronnement des fianc÷ailles et du mariage, des funérailles, des saisons, etc Paris: E. Nourry. ii and 288 pages

Gennep, A. 1909/1960 The Rites of Passage. Translated by Monika B. Vizedomand and Gabrielle L. Caffee, etc. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1960. xxvi and 198 pages.
Contents
1. The Classification of Rites
2. The Territorial Passage
3. Individuals and Groups
4. Pregnancy and Childbirth
5. Birth and Childhood
6. Initiation Rites
7. Betrothal and Marriage
8. Funerals
9. Other Types of Rites of Passage
Conclusions


George Gerbner and Larry Gross

Gerbner, G. and Gross, L. 1.1974 "Progress Report on Cultural Indicators Research Project", January 1974 NIMH Grant-MH-21196-03. George Gerbner and Larry Gross Co-investigators. Available http://www.asc.upenn.edu/gerbner/archive.aspx?sectionID=155&packageID=764


Jim Gerrie

Gerrie, J. 2003 "Was Foucault a Philosopher of Technology?" in Techné: Research in Philosophy and Technology Volum 7, number 2, Winter 2003, available at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/SPT/v7n2/pdf/ or article direct at http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/ejournals/SPT/v7n2/pdf/gerrie.pdf


Gerth, H.H. and Mills, C.W 1948 (Editors) From Max Weber: Essays in sociology Translated, edited and with an introduction by Hans Heinrich Gerth and Charles Wright Mills. New York: Oxford University Press, 1946. London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. Ltd, 1947/1948


Rose Giallombardo 12.11.1925-17.7.2010

Giallombardo, R. 1966a Society of Women: A study of a women's prison New York ; London: John Wiley.

Giallombardo, R. 1966b (Editor) Juvenile Delinquency. A book of readings. New York ; London: John Wiley. 565 pages

Giallombardo, R. 1974 The Social World of Imprisoned Girls: A comparative study of institutions for juvenile delinquents New York ; London (etc.): Wiley-Interscience. 317 pages.

Giallombardo, R. 1975 (Editor) Contemporary Social Issues: A Reader Santa Barbara: Hamilton Publishing Co. 612 pages.


Anthony Giddens weblinks

University of Cambridge - London School of Economics

Giddens, A. 9.1968 "`Power' in the Recent Writings of Talcott Parsons" Sociology September 1968. Volume 2. Issue 3. Pages 257- 272. doi:10.1177/003803856800200301

Giddens, A, 1971 Capitalism and Modern Social Theory. An Analysis of the Writings of Marx, Durkheim and Max Weber

Outhwaite, W. 12.2009 "Canon Formation in Late 20th Century British Sociology" (p. 1030) claims that this book "inaugurated the holy trinity of Marx, Weber and Durkheim" as "'classical sociology' in the UK"

Giddens, A. 1972 Politics and Sociology in the Thought of Max Weber.

Giddens, A. 1989 - 1993 - 1997 - 2001 - 2006 - 2009 Sociology Cambridge. Polity

Chapters (2009 edition)
1 - What is Sociology?
2 - Asking and Answering Sociological Questions
3 - Theories and Perspectives in Sociology
4 - Globalization and the Changing World
5 - The Environment
6 - Cities and Urban Life
7 - Social Interaction and Everyday Life
8 - The Life-Course
9 - Families and Intimate Relationships
10 - Health, Illness and Disability
11 - Stratification and Class
12 - Poverty, Social Exclusion and Welfare
13 - Global Inequality
14 - Sexuality and Gender
15 - Race, Ethnicity and Migration
16 - Religion
17 - The Media
18 - Organisations and Networks
19 - Education
20 - Work and Economic Life
21 - Crime and Deviance
22 - Politics, Government and Social Movements
23 - Nations, War and Terrorism

Giddens, A. 1990 The Consequences of Modernity. Stanford University Press
Contents:
Part One:. Introduction. The Discontinuities of Modernity. Security and Danger, Trust and Risk. Sociology and Modernity. Modernity, Time and Space. Disembedding. Trust. The Reflexivity of Modernity. Modernity and Post-- Modernity?. Summary.
Part Two:. The Institutional Dimensions of Modernity. The Globalizing of Modernity. Two Theoretical Perspectives. Dimensions of Globalization.
Part Three:. Trust and Modernity. Trust in Abstract Systems. Trust and Expertise. Trust and Ontological Security. The Pre--Modern and Modern.
Part Four:. Abstract Systems and the Transformation of Intimacy. Trust and Personal Relations. Trust and Personal Identity. Risk and Danger in the Modern World. Risk and Ontological Security. Adaptive Reactions. A Phenomonology of Modernity. Deskilling and Reskilling in Everyday Life. Objections to Post--Modernity.
Part Four:. Riding the Juggernaut. Utopian Realism. Future Orientations. The Role of Social Movements. Post--Modernity.
Part Six: . Is Modernity and Western Project?. Concluding Observations.

Giddens, A. 1995 Politics, Sociology and Social Theory: encounters with classical and contemporary social thought Cambridge, U.K : Polity Press in association with Blackwell, 1995 304 pages. A collection of previously published articles
Contents
Politics and sociology in the thought of Max Weber
Marx, Weber and the development of capitalism
Durkheim's political sociology
Durkheim and the question of individualism
Comte, Popper and positivism
'Power' in the writings of Talcott Parsons
The improbable guru : rereading Marcuse
Garfinkel, ethnomethodology and hermeneutics
Habermas on labour and interaction
Foucault, Nietzsche and Marx


Nigel Gilbert
Professor of Sociology at the University of Surrey.
A pioneer of Agent-Based Models in the social sciences
Editor
Social Research Update 1993-

Gilbert, N. 1993/2001/2008 (Editor) Researching Social Life. London: Sage
Contents of third edition:
Conceptualizing Social Life - Geoff Cooper
Research, Theory and Method - Nigel Gilbert
PART ONE: BEGINNINGS
Formulating and Refining a Research Question - Nicola Green
Searching and Reviewing Literature - Mary Ebeling and Julie Lamb
Grounded Theory and Inductive Research - Paul Hodkinson
Participatory Approaches to Social Research - Christina Silver
Mixed Methods - Victoria D Alexander et al
The Ethics of Social Research - Martin Bulmer
PART TWO: INTO THE FIELD
Designing Samples - Patrick Sturgis
Questionnaires - Rosemarie Simmons
Measuring Attitudes - Mike Procter
Focus Groups - Ann Cronin
Qualitative Interviewing - Nigel Fielding and Hilary Thomas
Ethnography - Nigel Fielding
Using Documents - Keith McDonald
The Internet and Research Methods - Christine Hine
PART THREE: BACK HOME
Coding and Managing Data - Jane Fielding
Analyzing Survey Data - Mike Procter
Secondary Analysis of Survey Data - Nick Allum and Sara Arber
Computer-Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis (CAQDAS) - Ann Lewins
Narrative Analysis - Sarah Earthy and Ann Cronin
Conversation Analysis and Discourse Analysis - Robin Wooffitt
Analyzing Visual Materials - Victoria D Alexander
PART FOUR: ENDINGS
Writing about Social Research - Nigel Gilbert
Glossary (pages 504-515)


Derek Gillard

Gillard D 2011 Education in England: A brief history Available at http://www.educationengland.org.uk/history First published January 2000. Revised and updated May 2004, April 2007, January 2011



Sophie Gilliat-Ray 1969-

Gilliat-Ray, S. 2010 Muslims in Britain: An introduction Cambridge ; New York : Cambridge University Press, xvii and 316 pages.
Contents:
Part I. Historical and Religious Roots: [Begins
8th century]
1. The roots of Islam in Britain;
2. The development of Muslim communities;
3. Middle Eastern religious reform movements;
4. South Asian religious reform movements;
Part II. Contemporary Dynamics:
5. Profiling British Muslim communities;
6. Religious nurture and education;
7. Religious leadership;
8. Mosques;
9. Gender, religious identity and youth;
10. Engagement and enterprise


Ian Gilligan
Prince of Wales Hospital and Community Services, Sydney, Australia.

Gilligan, I. 1.2010 "Clothing and modern human behavior in Australia". January 2010. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/262726265_Clothing_and_modern_huma n_behavior_in_Australia

Gilligan, I. 3.2010 "The Prehistoric Development of Clothing: Archaeological Implications of a Thermal Model". Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory March 2010. Available at https://www.researchgate.net/publication/225416858_The_Prehistoric_Developm ent_of_Clothing_Archaeological_Implications_of_a_Thermal_Model


John Lewis Gillin, 1871-1958

Gillin, J.L. 1927 Criminology and Penology London : Jonathan Cape, [First edition]
Second edition, New York/London, Appleton-Century, 1935
Third edition, New York/London, Appleton-Century, 1945


Ian Gilmour

Gilmour, I. 1977 Inside Right

Gilmour, I. 1983 Britain Can Work Chapters 2: Political Economy, 3: The Socialist Antithesis, 4: The Synthesis and the Tory Tradition.


Paul Gingrich
Department of Sociology and Social Studies
University of Regina

Gingrich, P. 2009 Online notes for "Sociology 250 - Fall 1999" Introduction to Social Theory http://uregina.ca/~gingrich/s250f99.htm


Morris Ginsberg 1889-1970
London School of Economics assistant (Sociology) in 1921. Lecturer 1924. Martin White Professor of Sociology 1929 (succeeding Hobhouse) to 1954 . As Professor Emeritus taught in the School until 1968.

Ginsberg, M. 1921 The Psychology of Society London: Methuen. xvi and 174 pages

Ginsberg, M. 1934 Sociology The Home University Library of Modern Knowledge 174. London: Oxford University Press. 253 pages.


William Ewart Gladstone 29.12.1809 - 19.5.1898

Gladstone, W.E. 1838 The State in its Relations with the Church available in the Internet Archive at https://archive.org/details/cu31924029446725


Barney Glaser 1930- and Anselm Strauss 1916-1996
Barney G. Glaser founded the Grounded Theory Institute in Mill Valley, California, and has also been a research sociologist at the University of California Medical Center, San Francisco.

Glaser B.G. and Strauss A. 1965 Awareness of Dying

Glaser B.G and Strauss A. 1967 Discovery of Grounded Theory. Strategies for Qualitative Research. Sociology Press,


David Victor Glass 2.1.1911-23.9.1978
Professor of Sociology at the London School of Economics, 1948-1978.
Husband of Ruth Glass (Ruth Adele Lazarus, 1912-1990)

Glass, D.V. 1954 (Editor) Social Mobility in Britain International library of sociology and social reconstruction. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul. viii and 412 pages


Miriam Glucksmann

Glucksmann, M. 1974 Structuralist Analysis in Contemporary Social Thought: A comparison of the theories of Claude-Lévi-Strauss and Louis Althusser London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd.


Sheldon Glueck 1896-1980 and Eleanor T. Glueck 1898-1972

Glueck, S. and Glueck, E.T. 1930 Five hundred criminal careers New York: A. A. Knopf. 365 pages.


William Godwin weblinks

Godwin, W. 1793 Enquiry Concerning Political Justice and its Influence on Modern Morals and Happiness (Penguin 1976) etext available at http://dwardmac.pitzer.edu/Anarchist_Archives/godwin/PJfrontpi ece.html

Godwin, W. 1831 Thoughts on Man, his Nature, Productions, and Discoveries. Interspersed with some Particulars Respecting the Author London: Effingham Wilson, Royal Exchange. etext available at http://dwardmac.pitzer.edu/Anarchist_Archives/godwin/thoughts/ TMNPDfrontpie ce.html


Erving Goffman See weblinks - reviews -
Barnhart - Becker - Blackwood - Sedgwick

Goffman E. 1951 "Symbols of Class Status"

Goffman E. 1952 "On Cooling the Mark Out: Some Aspects of Adaptation to Failure" Psychiatry: Journal of Interpersonal Relations 15:4 (1952), pp 451-463. Etext available at http://www.tau.ac.il/~algazi/mat/Goffman--Cooling.htm [Gadi Algazi's website at Tel Aviv University]

Goffman E. 1953 Communication Conduct in an Island Community Unpublished Ph.D Thesis, Department of Sociology, University of Chicago.

Goffman E. 1953 "The Service Station Dealer: The Man and His Work"

Goffman E. 1956 "Interpersonal Persuasion"

The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life (monograph), University of Edinburgh Social Sciences Research Centre, 1956, revised and expanded edition, Anchor Books, 1959.

Goffman E. January 1957 "Alienation from Interaction" Human Relations 10 (1), January 1957, pp. 47-59

Goffman E. April 1957 "The characteristics of total institutions", Paper given at the Symposium on Preventive and Social Psychiatry (15.4.1957 - 17.4.1957) (Published Washington D.C.: Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, 1958, pp. 43-84). Reprinted (revised) in Goffman E. 1961

Goffman E. August 1957 "On some convergences of sociology and psychiatry", Psychiatry: journal for the study of interpersonal processes volume 20 (3), August 1957, pp 201- 203.

Goffman E. 1959 The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life Doubleday: Garden City, New York, 1959. (Penguin 1971)

Goffman E. May 1959 "The moral career of the mental patient" Psychiatry: journal for the study of interpersonal processes 1959 May; volume 22 (2): pp 123-142.



Goffman E. 1961A Asylums. Essays on the social situation of mental patients and other inmates Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1968. First published New York: Doubleday Anchor, 1961

Contains four essays:

Goffman E. 1961A/1 "On the Characteristics of Total Institutions" in Goffman E. 1961A

(first published 1957
(offline pdf 1961 - extracts

Goffman E. 1961A/2 "The Moral Career of the Mental Patient" in Goffman E. 1961A

Goffman E. 1961A/3 "The Underlife of a Public Institution; a study of ways of making out in a mental hospital" in Goffman E. 1961A

Goffman E. 1961A/4 "The Medical Model and Mental Hospitalisation; some notes on the vicissitudes of the tinkering trades" in Goffman E. 1961A


Goffman E. 1961E Encounters. Two Studies in the Sociology of Interaction Bobbs Merrill ["Preface" pp 7-14; "Fun in Games" pp 15-81; "Role Distance" pp 83-152]

"Asiles est un ensemble de quatre essais sociologiques parus en 1961 sous le titre original Asylums: Essays on the Condition of the Social Situation of Mental Patients and Other Inmates. Publié en France par Les éditions de Minuit depuis 1968".


Goffman E. 1963a Stigma. Notes on the Management of Spoiled Identity. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall 1963. Harmondsworth: Penguin 1968

Goffman E. 1963b Behaviour in Public Places, Notes on the Social Organisation of Gatherings. Glencoe: The Free Press

Goffman E. 1967 Interaction Ritual. Essays on Face-to-Face Behaviour Doubleday [or Pantheon: New York?]

Goffman E. 1969 Strategic Interaction University of Pennsylvania Press.

Goffman E. 1971 Relations in Public: Microstudies of the Public Order Basic Books.

Goffman E. 1974 Frame Analysis: An Essay on the Organisation of Experience Harper.

Goffman E. 1979 Gender Advertisements, Harper.

Goffman E. 1981 Forms of Talk University of Pennsylvania Press,

The Goffman Reader, edited and with preface and introduction by Charles Lemert and Ann Branaman, Blackwell (Cambrigde, MA), 1997.


Jennifer Golden

Golden, J. 1995 Hackney at War Alan Sutton Publishing Ltd.


Barry Goldson and John Muncie.

Goldson, B. and Muncie, J. 2006 (Editors) Youth Crime and Justice London : Sage Publications. xiv nd 239 pages

Rob White and Chris Cunneen

White, R. and Cuneen, C. 2006 "Social Class, Youth Crime and Justice" Chapter 2 in Goldson and Muncie 2006


Susan Golombok and Fiona Tasker
City University

Golombok, S. and Tasker, F. 1996 "Do Parents Influence the Sexual Orientation of Their Children? Findings From a Longitudinal Study of Lesbian Families" Developmental Psychology 1996, Vol. 32, No.1, pages 3-11. American Psychological Association. Available at http://www.silveroakcasino.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/3.pdf

Abstract: Findings are presented of a longitudinal study of the sexual orientation of adults who had been raised as children in lesbian families. Twenty-five children of lesbian mothers and a control group of 21 children of heterosexual single mothers were first seen at age 9.5 years on average, and again at age 23.5 years on average. Standardized interviews were used to obtain data on sexual orientation from the young adults in the follow-up study, and on family characteristics and children's gender role behavior from the mothers and their children in the initial study. Although those from lesbian families were more likely to explore same-sex relationships, particularly if their childhood family environment was characterized by an openness and acceptance of lesbian and gay relationships, the large majority of children who grew up in lesbian families identified as heterosexual.


Anthony Harvey Goodman
Tony Goodman
Professor of Criminal and Community Justice Studies at
Middlesex University. Previously worked as a probation officer in a number of settings, including a women's prison and a resettlement unit for the homeless, which supported many high risk offenders. He has conducted research for the probation service as well as in the fields of hate crime, substance misuse and most recently, young people, ethnicity and identity.

Goodman, A,H. 2007 Social Work with Drug and Substance Misusers

Goodman, A,H. 2012 Rehabilitating and Resettling Offenders in the Community Chichester, West Sussex, UK; Malden, Massachusetts, USA. Wiley-Blackwell. x and 235 pages
Contents
Introduction: how should we treat offenders and what can we learn from the past? -- The early history of punishing offenders: punishments and help offered to those incarcerated -- The probation service from its inception until 1984: from rescuing the fallen to a centrally managed organization -- The probation service after 1984: from social work to social control and punishment -- Deconstructing national standards for the supervision of offenders in the community -- Views of front-line staff -- After-care and Resettlement in the inner London probation service (1965-1990) -- Through- care and after-care of offenders by the National Offender Management Service -- Issues around rehabilitation.
Summary: Highlights how the work of probation staff has changed over time and the reasons behind these changes. Contemporary issues highlighted including the changes brought in by the Conservative/Liberal Democrat coalition.



Trevor Walworth Goodwin 22.6.1916-7.10.2008
Biochemist

Goodwin, T.W. 1987 History of the Biochemical Society 1911-1986 London: The Biochemical Sociiety 1987. vi and 181 pages. Available at http://www.biochemistry.org/AboutUs/Archive/BiochemicalSocietyHistory.aspx


Michael Gordon 1940-

Gordon, M. 1972 (Editor) The Nuclear Family in Crisis: The search for an alternative New York; London: Harper and Row, 9 and 224 pages
Contents:
Plato on women and the family
Family surrogates in colonial America: the Moravian experiment, by G. L. Gollin
Experimental family organization: an historico-cultural report on the Oneida community, by W. M. Kephart
Is the family universal? The Israeli case, by M. E. Spiro
Children of the kibbutz, by L. and K. Rabkin
Aging in Israel, a planned society, by Y. Talmon
The changing Soviet family, by U. Bronfenbrenner
Li Kuei-ying, woman pioneer, aged 32, by J. Myrdal
The position of Finnish women: regional and cross-national comparisons, by E. Haavio-Mannila.
Communes, by R. M. Kanter
The new arrangement, by G. Fonzi
Natural child birth and cooperative child rearing in psychedelic communes, by D. E. Smith and J. L. Sternfield
The group marriage, by L. L. and J. M. Constantine


Charles Buckman Goring 1870-1919

Goring, C.B. 1913 The English Convict. A statistical study London: H.M.S.O. 440 pages. Available http://archive.org/details/englishconvictst00goriuoft


Olympe de Gouges

weblinks   Olivier Blanc

weblinks for Olympe de Gouges Ecrits politiques [Political Writings] edited by Olivier Blanc

Gouges, O. 1791 Les Droits de la Femme [The Rights of Woman]
see weblinks for online texts     Extracts
English translation in Levy, D. 1979 pp 87-96. Includes Declaration of the Rights of Woman and the Female Citizen

Gouges, O. 1792 L'Esclavage des Noirs [The Slavery of Black People] Indigo & Cote-Femmes. Collection Des Femmes Dans L'histoire. ISBN 2907883100.


Walter R. [Roberts] Gove 8.6.1938? -
Vanderbilt University
BA New York State University, Syracuse 1960. M.A. 1967 and Ph.D. 1968 University of Washington. Joined the faculty of Vanderbilt in 1968.

Gove, W.R. 2004 "The Career of the Mentally Ill: An Integration of Psychiatric, Labeling/Social Construction, and Lay Perspectives" Journal of Health and Social Behavior 2004, Vol 45 (December): pp 357-375


Gov.UK
United Kingdom public sector information website. Officially replaced Directgov and the online services of Business Link on 17.10.2012. Due to replace the individual websites of hundreds of government departments and public bodies by 2014.

https://www.gov.uk/


Allan Graham

Graham, A. 1999 (Editor) The Sociology of the Family: A Reader Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, xi and 376 pages.
Contents:
Part I: Changing Families: Introduction:
1. Social Reconstruction and the Emergence of Companionate Marriage, 1945 - 1959 by Janet Finch and Penny Summerfield.
2. Liberalizing Heterosexuality? by Gail Hawkes
3. The One and the Many: Modernity and Post-Modernity by David Cheal.
Part 2: Marriage, Intimacy and Power: Introduction:
4. Love and Intimacy: The Gender Division of Emotion and 'Emotion Work': a Neglected Aspect of Sociological Discussion of Heterosexual Relationships by Jean Duncombe and Dennis Marsden.
5. Partners by Choice: Equality, Power and Commitment in Non- Heterosexual Relationships by Jeffrey Weeks, Brian Heaphy and Catherine Donovan.
6. Money, Power and Equality in Marriage by Carolyn Vogler and Jan Pahl.
7. Uncovering Gender Differences in the Use of Marital Violence: The Effect of Methodology by James Nazroo.
Part 3: Domestic Organisation:
8. Cohabitation or Marriage? - Cohabitation: by Susan McRae.
9. Women's Work by Nickie Charles and Marion Kerr.
10. The Household and the Labour Market by Lydia Morris.
Part 4: Divorce and Lone-Parenthood:
11. Diversity and Ambiguity Among Lone-Parent Households in Modern Britain by Graham Crow and Mike Hardey.
12. State, Family and Personal Responsibility: The Changing Balance for Lone Mothers in the United Kingdom by Jane Millar.
13. The Interests of Children at Divorce by Martin Richards.
Part 5: Family, Kinship and Care. Introduction:
14. The Informal Sector of Welfare: A Crisis in Caring by Hilary Graham.
15. Obligations of Kinship in Contemporary Britain: Is There Normative Agreement? by Janet Finch and Jennifer Mason.
16. Gender Differences in Informal Caring by Sara Arber and Jay Ginn.
17. Living with Disability: The Experiences of Parents and Children by Sally Baldwin and Jane Carlisle.

See Subject Index Family and Care


John William Graham 1859-1932
Tutor in Mathematics, 1886-1897, and Principal, 1897-1924, of Dalton Hall, the Quaker hall of residence at Owens College and later the University of Manchester.

Graham, J.W. 1912 Evolution and Empire London. Headley Brothers, Bishopsgate. Available in the Internet Archive at https://archive.org/details/evolutionempire00grah

Graham, J.W. 1922 Conscription and Conscience: A history, 1916- 1919 London: Allen and Unwin 1922. 388 pages Available in the Internet Archive at https://archive.org/details/conscriptioncons00grahrich


Antonio Gramsci 22.1.1891 - 27.4.1937

Notebooks written in prison between between 1929 and 1935

1929-1930
Notebook 1: First Notebook 158 Notes
1929-1933
Notebook 2: Miscellaneous 1 150 Notes
1930
Notebook 3: (Miscellaneous) 166 Notes
1930-1931
Notebook 7 (Notes on Philosophy. 2. and Miscellaneous) 108 Notes
1930-1932
Notebook 4 (Notes on Philosophy. 1. Materialism and Idealism) 95 Notes
Notebook 5 (Miscellaneous) 161 Notes
Notebook 6 (Miscellaneous) 211 Notes
Notebook 8 (Notes on Philosophy. 3. and Miscellaneous) 245 Notes
1932
Notebook 9 (Notes on the Italian Risorgimento and Miscellaneous) 142 Notes
Notebook 12 Notes on the History of Intellectuals 3 Notes
1932-1933
Notebook 10 The Philosophy of Benedetto Croce 61 Notes
Notebook 11 (Introduction to the Study of Philosophy) 70 Notes
1932-1934
Notebook 13 The Politics of Machiavelli 40 Notes
1932-1935
Notebook 14 (Miscellaneous) 80 Notes
1933
Notebook 15 (Miscellaneous) 76 Notes
1933-1934
Notebook 16 Cultural Topics. I. 30 Notes
1933-1935
Notebook 17 Miscellaneous 53 Notes
1934
Notebook 21 Problems of Italian National Cutlure. I. Popular Literature 15 Notes
Notebook 22 Americanism and Fordism 16 Notes
Notebook 23 Literary Criticism 59 Notes
Notebook 24 Journalism 9 Notes
Notebook 25 On the Margins of History. History of Subaltern Groups 8 Notes
1935
Notebook 18 NiccolCatholic Action - Catholic integralists - Jesuits - Modernists 4 Notes
Notebook 26 Cultural Topics. 2. 11 Notes
Notebook 27 Observations on 'Folklore.' 2 Notes
Notebook 28 Lorianism 18 Notes
Notebook 29 Notes for an Introduction to the Study of Grammar. 9 Notes

Gramsci, A. 1957 The Modern Prince: And other writings by Antonio Gramsci. London : Lawrence and Wishart, 1957. 192 pages. "Translated into English by Dr. Louis Marks, who has also contributed the biographical introductions."

Gramsci, A. 1957 The Open Marxism of Antonio Gramsci translated and annotated by Carl Marzani. New York : Cameron Associates, 1957. 64 pages.

Gramsci, A. 1971 Selections from the Prison Notebooks of Antonio Gramsci edited and translated from the Italian by Quintin Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith. London: Lawrence and Wishart. xcvi and 483 pages. Based on the 6 volumes of Gramsci's Quaderni del carcere. Turin: Einaudi, 1948-1951
Summary: The first selection published from the Antonio Gramsci's "Prison Nobebooks" to be made available in Britain. It contains most of the key writings by Gramsci, including the text of "The Modern Prince".


Ivor Grattan-Guinness 23.6.1941 -

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1980 (Editor) History and Philosophy of Logic. Abacus Press.

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1994 A Companion Encyclopedia of the History and Philosophy of the Mathematical Sciences. Two volumes. Routledge,

Grattan-Guinness, I. 1997 The Fontana History of the Mathematical Sciences. Fontana


David E. Gray 1952-
Professor of Management Learning in the School of Management at the University of Surrey.
Professor of Leadership and Organisational Behaviour at University of Grenwich Business School.

Gray, D.E. 2004 (Second edition 2009) Doing Research in the Real World London: Sage Publications Ltd.
Contents
PART ONE: PRINCIPLES AND PLANNING FOR RESEARCH Theoretical Perspectives and Research Methodologies Selecting and Planning Research Proposals and Projects Research Ethics Searching, Reviewing and Using the Literature
PART TWO: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Research Design: Quantitative Methods Research Design: Qualitative Methods Research Design: Mixed Methods Designing Descriptive and Analytical Surveys Designing Case Studies Designing Evaluations Action Research and Change
PART THREE: DATA COLLECTION METHODS Collecting Primary Data: Questionnaires Collecting Primary Data: Interviewing Collecting Primary Data: Observation Collecting Primary Data: Unobtrusive Measures
PART FOUR: ANALYSIS AND REPORT WRITING Analyzing and Presenting Quantitative Data Analyzing and Presenting Qualitative Data Writing up the Research Preparing for Presentations and Vivas

Almost exclusively concerned with primary (not secondary) research.



Murray Gray
Department of Geography, Queen Mary, University of London.

Gray, M. 2004 Geodiversity: Valuing and Conserving Abiotic Nature. Chichester, U.K.: John Wiley and Sons


Greater Manchester Coalition of Disabled People (GMCDP) 1985-

GMCDP 2010 A Brief History of Disabled People's Self- Organisation Manchester: Greater Manchester Coalition of Disabled People. Available from http://www.gmcdp.com/our-history


Rebecca Green
Graduate of Loughborough University, Criminology and Social Policy BSc.

Green, R. (2010) "The treatment of mentally disordered offenders within the criminal justice system," Internet Journal of Criminology Available at "http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/Green_Treatment_of_Mentally_Di sordered_Offenders_Within_the_Criminal_Justice_System_October_2010.pdf"

See Subject Index Mental health and prison


Green, R. L. (Editor), 1954, Lewis Carroll's Diaries. [MISTAKE]


Denise Greene

Greene, D, 13.6.2006 "Reason and unreason in the work of Michel Foucault, Samuel Tuke and William and Mrs Ellis"

Greene, D, 2006 "Looking at the way the historical construction of the normal person was used to evaluate mental hospitals" Unpublished dissertation. Middlesex University.

Greene, D, 2006 A Critical summary of The City by Robert Park and others


Gabriele Griffin

Griffin, G. 1995 (Editor) Feminist Activism in the 1990s London: Routledge.
Part One - Fighting for Women's Health
Chapter 1 - Doing It Ourselves: Promoting Women's Health as Feminist Action by Nicki Hastie, Sarah Porch and Lou Brown. Pages 13 - 27
Chapter 2 - Madness and Feminism: Bristol Crisis Service for Women by Tamsin Wilton. Pages 28 - 40 --- [See
timeline]
Chapter 3 - The National Abortion Campaign-Changing the Law and Fighting for a Real Choice by Anja Hohmeyer. Pages 41 - 48
Part Two - Women's Rights
Chapter 4 - Rights of Women-Twenty Years of Feminist Activism by Jill Radford. Pages 51 - 64
Chapter 5 - Trials and Tribulations- Justice for Women: A Campaign for the 1990s by Julie Bindel, Kate Cook and Liz Kelly. Pages 65 - 76
Part Three - Black and Asian Women's Activism
Chapter 6 - The Struggles Continue-An Interview with Hannana Siddiqui of Southall Black Sisters by Gabriele Griffin. Pages 79 - 89
Chapter 7 - Harnessing Shakti: The Work of the Bengali Women's Support Group by Debjani Chatterjee. Pages 90 - 100
Chapter 8 - Asian Women's Activism in Northamptonshire by Anjona Roy. Pages 101 - 110
Chapter 9 - Conceptions of Power of/between Black and White Women Debbie Weekes and Terri MacDermott Pages 113 - 126
Part Four - Young Women
Chapter 10 - Invisible Women: Young Women and Feminism by Debi Morgan. Pages 127 - 136
Part Five - Lesbians Organizing Together
Chapter 11 - Lesbians Organizing Together (LOT) in Dublin by Maria Power. Pages 139 - 157
Chapter 12 - Unity Without Uniformity: Lesbians in Ireland in the 1990s by Rosemary Gibney, Patricia Carey, Izzy Kamikaze and Kate Frances Pages 158 - 168
Part Four - Women Working for Change
Chapter 13 - Making the Invisible Visible: The Rise of a Professional Women's Network in the 1990s by Frances Moss. Pages 171 - 181
Chapter 14 - Women's Studies as Feminist Activism by Alex Warwick and Rosemary Auchmuty. Pages 182 - 191
Chapter 15 - Haystacks in my Mind or How to Stay SAFE (Sane, Angry and Feminist) in the 1990s by Ailbhe Smyth. Pages 192 - 206


Elizabeth Grosz (1952 - ) See weblinks - Price and Shildrick

See Dictionary: body - body image

Grosz E. 1992 "Psychoanalysis and the Body " from E. Wright, editor Feminism and Psychoanalysis A Critical Dictionary Chapter 4.6 in Price J and Shildrick, M. 1999

Grosz, E. 1994 Volatile Bodies: Towards a Corporeal Feminism USA. Indiana University Press

Contents
Part 1 - Introduction
1. Refiguring Bodies p.3
Part 2 - The Inside Out
2. Psychoanalysis and Psychical Topographies p.27 [See Freud 1938]
3. Body Images : Neurophysiology and Corporeal Mappings p.62
4. Lived Bodies : Phenomenology and the Flesh p.86
Part 3 - The Outside In
5. Nietzsche and the Choreography of Knowledge p.115
6. The Body as Inscriptive Surface p.138
7. Intensities and Flows p.160
Part 4 - Sexual Difference
8. Sexed Bodies p.187
Notes p.211
Bibliography p.229
Index p.246


Hugo Grotius 1583-1645 weblinks

Grotius, H. 1625 De jure belli ac pacis (On the Law of War and Peace) - Paris, 1625 (Second edition. Amsterdam 1631)
http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Thebes/8098/ - archive
An English translation provided on the web by Wei Wilson Chen
Link to editions at Liberty Fund


Raiford Guins and Omayra Zaragoza Cruz

Guins, R. and Cruz, O.Z. 2005 (Editors Popular Culture: A reader London : SAGE Publications, x and 549 pages
Contents:
Entangling the Popular: An Introduction to Popular Culture by Omayra Cruz and Raiford Guins
Part One: Delineating: Culture-Mass-Popular
`Culture' and 'Masses' - Raymond Williams
Mass Civilisation and Minority Culture - F R Leavis
A Theory of Mass Culture - Dwight Macdonald
Femininity as Mas[s]querade - Tania Modleski
A Feminist Approach to Mass Culture. The Popular - Morag Shiach
Notes on Deconstructing `The Popular' - Stuart Hall
`Pueblo Pueblo' - Juan Flores
Part Two: Commodifying: The Commodity, Culture and Social Life
The Fetishism of Commodities and the Secret Thereof - Karl Marx
The Work of Art in the Age of Mechanical Reproduction - Walter Benjamin
Culture Industry Reconsidered - Theodor W Adorno
The Commodity as Spectacle - Guy Debord
Reification And Utopia in Mass Culture - Fredric Jameson
Introduction to The Politics of Culture in the Shadow of Late Capital - Lisa Lowe and David Lloyd
Part Three: Marketing: Socio-Economic Considerations of Popular Culture
Tommy Hilfiger in the Age of Mass Customization - Paul Smith
America's Paradox - Ellis Cashmore
Traveling Barbie - Inderpal Grewal
Indian Transnationality and New Consumer Culture Corporate Disney in Action - Janet Wasko
How Tiger Lost His Stripes - Henry Yu
Post-Nationalist American Studies as a History of Race, Migration, and the Commodification of Culture
Part Four: Practicing: Popular Tastes and Ways of Consuming
Introduction
Popular Discrimination - John Fiske
(Male) Desire and (Female) Disgust - Laura Kipnis
Reading Hustler
Symbolic Creativity - Paul Willis
Star Trek - Henry Jenkins
Rerun, Reread, Rewritten
Fan Writing as Textual Poaching
Sleaze Mania, Euro-Trash, and High Art - Joan Hawkins
The Place of European Art Films in American Low Culture
Part Five: Voicing: Identities and Articulation
What is this 'Black' in Black Popular Culture? - Stuart Hall
Bombay, U.K., Yuba City - Gayatri Gopinath
Bhangra Music and the Engendering of Diaspora
The Face of America and the State of Emergency - Lauren Berlant
Pedro Zamora's Real World of Counterpublicity - Jose Esteban Munoz
Performing an Ethics of the Self
Looking for My Penis - Richard Fung
The Eroticized Asian in Gay Video Porn
Part Six: Styling: Subculture and Popular Performance
Subculture - Dick Hebdige
Second-Hand Dresses and the Role of the Ragmarket - Angela McRobbie
The Media Development of `Subcultures' - Sarah Thornton (Or the Sensational Story of 'Acid House')
A Style Nobody Can Deal With - Tricia Rose
Politics, Style and the Postindustrial City in Hip Hop
If I Had a Dick. Queers, Punks, and Alternative Acts - Cynthia Fuchs
Drag Kings - Judith Halberstam
Masculinity and Performance
Part seven: Locating: Space, Place, and Power
Walking in the City - Michel de Certeau
Seance, Tricknowlogy, Skateboarding, and the Space of Youth - Michael Nevin Willard
Straight Out the Barrio - Victor Hugo Viesca
Ozomatli and the Importance of Place in the Formation of Chicano//a Popular Culture in Los Angeles
Wearing Your Art on Your Sleeve - Paul Gilroy
Notes Towards a Diaspora History of Black Ephemera
Diasporic Noise - George Lipsitz
History, Hip Hop, and the Post-Clonial Politics of Sound Head-Hunting on the Internet - Lisa Nakamura
Identity Tourism, Avatars, and Racial Passing in Textual and Graphic Chat Spaces


Ilan Gur-Ze'ev University of Haifa, Israel.

Gur-Ze'ev, I. 1996 (In Hebrew) The Frankfurt School and the History of Pessimism Jerusalem .

Gur-Ze'ev, I. 8.8.1999 (In English) "Max Horkheimer and Philosophy of Education" Encyclopedia of Philosophy of Education 8.8.1999 available at http://www.ffst.hr/ENCYCLOPAEDIA/doku.php?id=horkheimer_and_philosophy_of_e ducation


Jürgen Habermas (1929- See James Farganis 1975 - David Held 1980 - Thompson and Held 1982 - Ian Craib 1984 - William Outhwaite 1994 - Rob Stones 1998 - Alan Swingewood 2000 - Daniel Rigney 2001 - Andrew Edgar 2005 - Ruggiero and Montagna 2008 - Anthony Elliott 2009 - 2010 Lasse Thomassen - weblinks

1962 - 1973 - 1981 - 1982 - 1992 - 1995 -

Jürgen Habermas, Ludwig von Friedeburg, Christoph Oehler, and Friedrich Weltz

Habermas, J., Friedeburg, L., Oehler, C. and Weltz, F. 1961 Student und Politik. Eine soziologische Untersuchung zum politischen Bewußtsein Frankfurter Studenten.. [Students and politics. A sociological study of the political consciousness of Frankfurt students.] Berlin: Neuwied.

Habermas, J. 1962/1989. Strukturwandel der Öffentlichkeit. Untersuchungen zu einer Kategorie der bürgerlichen Gesellschaft (The structural transformtion of the public sphere: An inquiry into a category of bourgeois society - English translation 1989 by Thomas Burger with the assistance of Frederick Lawrence)
Described as his "most concrete" historical-sociological book. It looks at the origins, nature, and evolution of public opinion in democratic societies.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Introduction - preliminary demarcation of a type of Bourgeois Public Sphere: the initial question; remarks on the type representative publicness; on the genesis of the Bourgois Public Sphere.
Chapter 2 Social structures of the Public Sphere: the basic blueprint; institutions of the public sphere; the Bourgois family and the institutionalization of a privateness oriented to an audience; the public sphere in the world of letters in relation to the public sphere in the political realm.
Chapter 3 Political functions of the public sphere: the model case of British development; the continental variants; civil society as the sphere of private autonomy: private law and a liberalized market; the contradictory institutionalization of the public sphere in the Bourgeois constitutional state.
Chapter 4 The bourgeois public sphere - idea and ideology: publicity as the bridging principle between politics and morality, Kant; on the dialectic of the public sphere, Hegel and Marx; the ambivalent view of the public sphere in the theory of liberalism, John Stuart Mill and Alexis de Tocqueville.
Chapter 5 The social-structural transformation of the public sphere: the tendency toward a mutual infiltration of public and private spheres; the polarization of the social sphere and the intimate sphere; from a culture- debating (kulturrasonierend) public to a culture-consuming public; the blurred blueprint - developmental pathways in the disintegration of the bourgeois public sphere.
Chapter 6 the transformation of the public sphere's political function: from the journalism of private men of letters to the public consumer services of the mass media - the public sphere as a platform for advertising; the transmitted function of the principle of publicity; manufactured publicity and nonpublic opinions - the voting behaviour of the population; the political public sphere and the transformation of the liberal constitutional state into a social-welfare state.
Chapter 7 On the concept of public opinion: public opinion as a fiction of constitutional law - and the social-psychological liquidation of the concept; a sociological attempt at clarification.

Habermas, J. 1973/1976. Legitimationsprobleme im Spätkapitalismus Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1973 (Translated as Legitimation Crisis by Thomas McCarthy in 1976.

Habermas, J. 1981. Theorie des kommunikativen Handelns Book 1: Handlungsrationalität und gesellschaftliche Rationalisierung - Book 2: Zur Kritik der funktionalistischen Vernunft, Frankfurt am Main 1981. Translated into English by Thomas McCarthy as The Theory of Communicative Action
Book 1: Reason and the rationalisation of society (1984)
1 Introduction: Approaches to the Problem of Rationality
2 Max Weber's Theory of Rationalization
3 Intermediate Reflections: Social Action, Purposive Activity, and Communication
4 From Lukacs to Adorno: Rationalization as Reification

Book 2: Lifeworld and system: a critique of functionalist reason (1987)
5 The Paradigm Shift in Mead and Durkheim: From Purposive Activity to Communicative Action
5.1 The Foundations of Social Science in the Theory of Communication
5.2 The Authority of the Sacred and the Normative Background of Communicative Action
5.3 The Rational Structure of the Linguistification of the Sacred
6 Intermediate Reflections: System and Lifeworld
6.1 The Concept of the Lifeworld and the Hermeneutic Idealism of Interpretive Sociology
6.2 The Uncoupling of System and Lifeworld
7 Talcott Parsons: Problems in Constructing a Theory of Society
7.1 From a Normativistic Theory of Action to a Systems Theory of Society
7.2 The Development of Systems Theory
7.3 The Theory of Modernity
8 Concluding Reflections: From Parsons via Weber to Marx
8.1 A Backward Glance: Weber's Theory of Modernity
8.2 Marx and the Thesis of Internal Colonization
8.3 The Tasks of a Critical Theory of Society
8.3.A The Range of Themes in Early Critical Theory
8.3.B Points of Connection for the Theory of Communicative Action
8.3.B.a The Forms of Integration in Postliberal Societies
8.3.B.b Family Socialisation and Ego Development
8.3.B.c Mass Media and Mass Culture
8.3.B.d New Potentials for Protest
8.3.C The Theory of rationality and Historic Context: Warding of Foundationist Claims

Habermas, J. 1981/tasks. "The Tasks of a Critical Theory of Society" - last chapter in Habermas, J. 1981. "This chapter addresses the question as to how the issues raised by critical theory in the 1930s can be made relevant today under different circumstances" (Footnote to Habermas, J. 1981/movements

Habermas, J. 1981/autumn "New social movements" Telos 49, Autumn, pages 33-37. "The following is taken from "The Tasks for a Critical Theory of Society", the last chapter of my new book.
Abstract: "In the last ten to twenty years, conflicts have developed in advanced Western societies that, in many respects, deviate from the welfare-state pattern of institutionalised conflict over distribution. These new conflicts no longer arise in areas of material reproduction; they are no longer channelled through parties and organisations; and they can no longer be alleviated by compensations that conform to the system. Rather, the new conflicts arise in areas of cultural reproduction, social integration, and socialisation. They are manifested in sub-institutional, extraparliamentary forms of protest. The underlying deficits reflect a reification of communicative spheres of action; the media of money and power are not sufficient to circumvent this reification." [See Movement]

Habermas, J. 1982 "A reply to my critics" In Thompson, J.B. and Held, D. 1982 pages 219- 283.

Habermas, J. 1992/1996 Faktizität und Geltung: Beiträge zur Diskurstheorie des Rechts und des demokratischen Rechtsstaats, Suhrkamp Verlag, 1992, translated as "Between Facts and Norms: Contributions to a Discourse Theory of Law and Democracy" by William Rehg. Cambridge Polity 1996.

Habermas, J. 1995 "Reconciliation Through the Public Use of Reason: Remarks on John Rawls's Political Liberalism", Journal of Philosophy, 92(3):117-18.


Hackney


Hackney Today

online archive

373 22.2.2016 p.25 The peaceful protesters
374 7.3.2016 p.27 Migrants in a time of war. (local time)
375 21.3.2016 p.25 Shunned for objecting to war.


Ann Hagell
with Catherine Shaw

Hagell, A. and Shaw, C. 1996 Opportunity and Disadvantage at Age 16. London: Policy Studies Institute.


Diana Haidar

Haidar, D. 2011 Assyrian Iron Working Technology and Civilization University of Wisconsin - Madison History Senior Theses available at http://digital.library.wisc.edu/1793/53126

See Enki - copper - bronze - Shalmaneser 3


Valerie A. Haines

Haines, V.A. 1997 Spencer and his Critics in Camic, C. 1997 pp 81-111


Catherine Hakim 30.5.1948-

Hakim, C. 1979 Occupational Segregation: A comparative study of the degree and pattern of differentiation between men and women's work in Britain, the United States and other countries Research paper (Great Britain. Department of Employment); no.9. London : Department of Employment, 1979.

Hakim, C. 2010 "Erotic Capital" European Sociological Review Available online (19.3.2010) at http://esr.oxfordjournals.org/cgi/content/full/jcq014v1


Maurice Halbwachs 11.3.1877 - 16.3.1945

Halbwacks, M. 1925 Les Cadres sociaux de la mémoire, Alcan, 1925. Became La Mémoire collective, 1950

English chapters offline: 1 - 2 -

Halbwacks, M. 1930 Les Causes de Suicide, Alcan, Paris.

See Subject Index Suicide


Chris Hale, Keith Hayward, Azrini Wahidin, Emma Wincup

Hale, C., Hayward, K., Wahidin, A., Wincup, E. 2005 (Editors) Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press
PART I: INTRODUCING CRIME AND CRIMINOLOGY;
1. What is crime? Contrasting definitions and perspectives; by
Wayne Morrison

2. History of crime; by Heather Shore
3. What do crime statistics tell us?; by Tim Hope
4. Theoretical criminology: a starting point; by Keith Hayward and Wayne Morrison
5. Researching crime and criminal justice; by Emm Wincup
6. Psychology and crime; by Keith Hayward
7. Crime and culture; by Jeff Ferrell
8. Crime and media: understanding the connections; by Chris Greer
PART II: FORMS OF CRIME;
9. 'Volume crime' and everyday life; by Mike Presdee
10. Drugs, alcohol and crime; by Emma Wincup and Peter Traynor
11. Violent crime; by Larry Ray
12. Sex crime; by Terry Thomas
13. Corporate crime; by Steve Tombs
14. Understanding organised crime; by Paddy Rawlinson
15. Terrorism and the politics of fear; by Frank Furedi
PART III: SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF CRIME;
16. Economic marginalisation, social exclusion and crime; by Chris Hale
17. Gender and Crime; by Catrin Smith and Emma Wincup
18. 'Race', ethnicity and crime; by Marian FitzGerald
19. Young people and crime; by Derek Kirton
20. Older offenders, crime, and the criminal justice system; by Azrini Wahadin
PART IV: RESPONSES TO CRIME;
21. The politics of law and order; by Chris Hale and Marian Fitzgerald
22. The criminal justice system; by Steve Uglow
23. Surveillance; by Richard Jones
24. Victims; by Brian Williams
25. Policing; by Trevor Jones
26. Community Sentences and Offender Management; by Anne Worrell
27. Prisons by Roger Matthews


Elie Halévy 1870-1937 Professor of Political Science, Paris, from 1898.

Halevy, E. 1949 revised, A History of the English People in the Nineteenth Century. 6 Volumes. 1961 Benn Paperback.

Volume 1 England in 1815 (Halevy, E. 1913)

Volume 2 The Liberal Awakening (1815-1830)

Volume 3 The Triumph of Reform (1830-1841) (Halevy, E. 1927)

Volume 4 Victorian Years (1841-1895)

Volume 5 Imperialism and the Rise of Labour (1895-1905) (Appears to have been called Epilogue Volume 1 originally)

Volume 6 The Rule of Democracy (1905-1914) (Halevy, E. 1934)


Aaron Halfaker - R. Stuart Geiger - Jonathan T. Morgan and John Riedl

Halfaker, A., Geiger, R.S., Morgan, J.T. and Riedl, J. 28.12.2012 "The Rise and Decline of an Open Collaboration System: How Wikipedia's Reaction to Popularity Is Causing Its Decline" American Behavioral Scientist Available at http://abs.sagepub.com/content/early/2012/12/26/0002764212469365

Open collaboration systems, such as Wikipedia, need to maintain a pool of volunteer contributors to remain relevant. Wikipedia was created through a tremendous number of contributions by millions of contributors. However, recent research has shown that the number of active contributors in Wikipedia has been declining steadily for years and suggests that a sharp decline in the retention of newcomers is the cause. This article presents data that show how several changes the Wikipedia community made to manage quality and consistency in the face of a massive growth in participation have ironically crippled the very growth they were designed to manage. Specifically, the restrictiveness of the encyclopedia's primary quality control mechanism and the algorithmic tools used to reject contributions are implicated as key causes of decreased newcomer retention. Furthermore, the community's formal mechanisms for norm articulation are shown to have calcified against changes-especially changes proposed by newer editors.


Catherine Hall 1946-

Hall, C. 1992 White, Male, and Middle-class: Explorations in feminism and history Cambridge: Polity. New York: Routledge, viii and 307 pages
Summary
"explores the roots of middle class English identities by examining the concepts of power, gender, class, and race as well as Englands's imperialistic past. It traces the evolution of femist history, exploring its objects of study, theoretical debates, definitions of politics, and ultimately speculating on its future."


David .J. Hall 1947-

Hall, D. J. 1972 An historical study of the discipline of the Society of Friends, 1738 - 1861 Durham theses, Durham University. Available at Durham E-Theses Online: http://etheses.dur.ac.uk/10138/


Kirsty Hall

Hall, K. 2007 The Stuff of Dreams: Fantasy, anxiety, and psychoanalysis London: Karnac. ix and 179 pages


Sean Hall
Goldsmith's

Hall, S. 2007 This means this, this means that: A user's guide to semiotics London: Laurence King Publishing. 176 pages
Contents
Introduction; Signs and Signing; Ways of Meaning; Conceptual Structures; Visual Structures; Textual Structures; Matters of Interpretation; Framing Meaning; Stories and Storytelling; Conclusion; Bibliography.


Stuart Hall 1932- weblinks

Souces about:
1993:
Norma Schulman
1993 John Storey on popular culture
1998 Stones. This has an article by Michele Barrett on Stuart Hall that focuses on his use of structuralist ideas about meaning. It will help you if you have read Darren O'Byrne's chapter on structuralism (but that is not essential).
2003 Elliott and Ray
2004 Helen Davis
2004 James Procter
2010 Fifty Key Thinkers in Criminology has an article on Stuart Hall by Colin Webster

Bibliography substitute at The University of the West Indies

1964 Popular Arts - 1970 New Society - 1971 Deviancy - media - 1972 Picture Post - 1973 Encoding and decoding - 1974 Encoding and decoding TV - 1976 Youth culture - 1978 Racism and reaction - 1979 Moving right show - 1980 Culture, media, language - 1986 Journal of Communication Inquiry - 1988 New ethnicities - 1992 Modernity - 1996 global, local - 1997 Representation - 2007 interview - 2010 First New Left - 2011 Laurie Taylor interview

Hall, S. and Whannel, P. 1964 The Popular Arts by Stuart Hall and Paddy Whannel. London: Hutchinson; and Boston: Beacon Press.

Hall, S. 18.6.1970 "A world at one with itself", New Society 18.1.1970 pp 1056-8. Reprinted in Cohen and Young 1973 pp 85-94

Hall, S. 1971e "Deviancy, Politics and the Media", in Deviancy and Social Control, M. McIntosh and P. Rock (editors), London, Tavistock.

Hall, S. 1971f "People and culture: a critique", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, 1, Birmingham: CCCS.

Hall, S. 1972a "The Social Eye of Picture Post", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, number 2.

Hall, S. 1972b "The Determination of News Photographs", Working Papers in Cultural Studies, number 3. Reprinted in Cohen and Young 1973 pp 176-190

Hall, S. 1973 "Encoding and Decoding in the Media Discourse", stencilled paper no.7, Birmingham, CCCS, 1973.

Hall, S. 1974 "Encoding and Decoding in the Television Discourse", Culture and Education, no.25, Council of Europe, Strassburg, 1974.

Hall, S. 1974 "Encoding and Decoding", Broadcasters and the Audience Venice, 1974.

Stuart Hall and Tony Jefferson

Hall, S. and Jefferson, T. 1976 (Editors) Resistance through Rituals: Youth Subcultures in Post-War Britain London: Hutchinson, 287 pages.

Hall, S. 1978 "Racism and Reaction" Five Views of Multi-Racial Britain (Full text of five talks, extracts from which were first broadcast by BBC TV in July 1978) London, British Broadcasting Corporation and Commission for Racial Equality, 1978 77 pages. Stuart Hall's talk pages 18-19.

Stuart Hall, Chas Critcher, Tony Jefferson, John Clarke and Brian Roberts,
"All the authors have either taught or researched at the
Center for Contemporary Cultural Studies at the university of Birmingham.

Hall S., Critcher C., Jefferson T., Clarke J. and Roberts B, 1978 Policing the Crisis: "Mugging" the State and Law and Order, London: Macmillan, 1978.

Contents:
Part One
1. The Social History of a 'Moral Panic'
2. The Origins of Social Control
3. The Social Production of News
Part Two
4. Balancing Accounts: Cashing in on Handsworth
5. Orchastrating Public Opinion
6. Explanations and Ideologies of Crime
Part Three
7. Crime, Law and the State
8. The Law and Order Society: the Exhaustion of 'Consent'
9. The Law and Order Society: Towards the 'Exceptional State'
Part Four
10. The Politics of 'Mugging'

Hall, S. 1.1979 "The Great Moving Right Show" Marxism Today January 1979

Hall, S. 1980 (Editor) Culture, Media, Language: working papers in cultural studies, 1972-1979 London: Unwin Hyman, 1980. Republished 1992 by Routledge in association with the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies, University of Birmingham. Includes chapter 10, by Stuart Hall, on "Encoding/Decoding"

June 1986 Issue of Journal of Communication Inquiry devoted to Stuart Hall.

Hall, S. 6.1986a " Gramsci's Relevance for the Study of Race and Ethnicity", Journal of Communication Inquiry, vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 5-27 [Paper originally delivered to the Colloquium on "Theoretical Perspectives in the Analysis of Racism and Ethnicity" organized in 1985 by the Division of Human Rights and Peace, U.N.E.S.C.O, Paris. The original title was "Gramsci's Relevance to the Analysis of Racism and Ethnicity"]

Hall, S. 6.1986b "The Problem of Ideology - Marxism without Guarantees" Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 28-44.

Hall, S. and Grossberg, L. 6.1986b "On Postmodernism and Articulation: An Interview with Stuart Hall" [Conducted by Lawrence Grossberg] Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 45-60.

Lawrence Grossberg "History, Politics and Postmodernism: Stuart Hall and Cultural Studies" Journal of Communication Inquiry vol. 10, no.2, June 1986. pp 61-77, offline

Hall, S. 1988 'New Ethnicities' in Black Film, British Cinema, British Film Institute/Institute for Contemporary Arts, Document 7. [Based on ICA Conference, February 1988]

Stuart Hall, David Held and Tony McGrew

Hall, S., Held, D. and McGrew, T. 1992 (Editors) Modernity and its Future. Cambridge : Polity Press in association with the Open University

Hall, S., 1996. "The global, the local, and the return of ethnicity in modernity. In S. Hall, D. Held, D. Hubert, and K. Thompson, editors Modernity: an introduction to modern societies. Cambridge: Blackwell, pages 634 to 628.

Hall, S. etc 1996 Stuart Hall: "Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies", A collection of writings by and about Stuart Hall, edited by D Morley and K-H Chen. Routledge.
Essays by Stuart Hall include
"What Is this Black in Black Popular Culture"
"Metaphors of Transformation"
"New Ethnicities" Chapter 21, pp. 441-49.

Full contents:
Introduction by David Morley and Kuan-Hsing Chen
Part One (Un)Settling accounts: marxism and cultural studies
1 The problem of ideology: marxism without guarantees by Stuart Hall
2 Stuart Hall and the marxist concept of ideology by Jorge Larrain
3 Stuart Hall, cultural studies and marxism by Colin Sparks
4 British cultural studies and the return of the 'critical' in American mass communications research: accommodation or radical change? by Hanno Hardt
5 The theory and method of articulation in cultural studies by Jennifer Daryl Slack
Part Two Postmodernism and cultural studies: first encounters
6 On postmodernism and articulation: an interview with Stuart Hall edited by Lawrence Grossberg
7 History, politics and postmodernism: Stuart Hall and cultural studies by Lawrence Grossberg
8 Postmodernism and 'the other side' by Dick Hebdige
9 Waiting on the end of the world? by Iain Chambers
10 Opening the Hallway: some remarks on the fertility of Stuart Hall's contribution to critical theory by John Fiske
Part Three New Times, transformations and transgressions
11 The meaning of New Times by Stuart Hall
12 Looking back at New Times and its critics by Angela McRobbie
13 Cultural studies and its theoretical legacies by Stuart Hall
14 A thief in the night: stories of feminism in the 1970s at CCCS by Charlotte Brunsdon
15 For Allon White: metaphors of transformation by Stuart Hall
Part Four Critical postmodernism, cultural imperialism and postcolonial theory
16 Post-marxism: between/beyond critical postmodernism and cultural studies by Kuan-Hsing Chen
17 EurAm, modernity, reason and alterity: or, postmodernism, the highest stage of cultural imperialism? by David Morley
18 On the impossibility of a global cultural studies: 'British' cultural studies in an 'international' frame by Jon Stratton and Ien Ang
19 Cultural studies and the politics of internationalization: an interview with Stuart Hall by Kuan-Hsing Chen
Part Four Diasporic questions: 'race', ethnicity and identity
20 Gramsci's relevance for the study of race and ethnicity by Stuart Hall
21 New ethnicities by Stuart Hall
22 De Margin and De Centre by Isaac Julien and Kobena Mercer
23 What is this 'black' in black popular culture? by Stuart Hall
24 Dialogues with Stuart Hall by Isaac Julien and Mark Nash
25 The formation of a diasporic intellectual: an interview with Stuart Hall by Kuan-Hsing Chen
A working bibliography: the writings of Stuart Hall

Stuart Hall and Paul Du Gay

Hall, S. and Du Gay, P. 1996 (Editors) Questions of cultural identity London: Sage,

Hall, S. 1997 (Editor) Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices, London; Sage in association with the Open University
Contents
The work of representation by Stuart Hall
"Representing the social : France and Frenchness in post-war humanist photography" by
Peter Hamilton
The poetics and the politics of exhibiting other cultures by Henrietta Lidchi
The spectacle of the "other" by Stuart Hall
Exhibiting masculinity by Sean Nixon
Genre and gender : the case of soap opera by Christine Gledhill.

Hall, S. and Phillips, C. 1997 "Stuart Hall" [interviwed by] by Caryl Phillips. BOMB 58 Winter 1997. Available at http://bombsite.com/issues/58/articles/2030

Hall, S. and Adams, T. 23.9.2007 "Cultural hallmark". [Stuart Hall interviewed] by Tim Adams. The Observer, Sunday 23.9.2007. Available at http://www.theguardian.com/society/2007/sep/23/communities.politicsphilosop hyandsociety

Hall, S. 2010 "Life and Times of the First New Left" New Left Review 61, January-February 2010 available at http://www.newleftreview.org/?page=article&view=2826

Hall, S. and Taylor, L. 3.2011 Stuart Hall interviewed by Laurie Taylor on Thinking Allowed BBC Radio 4. 16.3.2011. Available at http://www.bbc.co.uk/iplayer/console/b00zfkfn


Carl Hallendorff and Adolf Schück
University of Stockholm.

Hallendorff, C. and Schück, A. 1929 History of Sweden. Stockhom. C.E. Fritze Ltd



Halliday, R.J. 1976 John Stuart Mill


A. H. Halsey 1923-
Albert Henry "Chelly" Halsey

A. H. Halsey, Hugh Lauder, Phillip Brown, and Amy Stuart Wells

Halsey, A.H., Lauder, H., Brown, P. and Wells, A.S. 1997 (Editors) Education: Culture, Economy and Society Oxford : Oxford University Press. 842 pages
Contents 1. Introduction: The Social Transformation of Education and Society;
PART ONE: EDUCATION, CULTURE, AND SOCIETY; 2. The Forms of Capital; 3. Class and Pedagogies: Visible and Invisible; 4. Social Capital in the Creation of Human Capital; 5. The Post-Modern Condition; 6. Crossing the Boundaries of Educational Discourse: Modernism, Postmodernism, and Feminism; 7. Having an Postmodernist Turn or Postmodernist Angst: A Disorder Experienced by an Author Who is Not Yet Dead or Even Close to It; 8. Feminisms and Education Gaby Weiner;
PART TWO: EDUCATION, GLOBAL ECONOMY, AND LABOUR MARKET; 9. Why the Rich are Getting Richer and the Poor, Poorer; 10. Education, Globalization, and Economic Development; 11. The New Knowledge Work; 12. Education, Skill Formation, and Economic Development: The Singaporean Approach; 13. Human Capital Concepts; 14. The Gendering of Skill and Vocationalism in Twentieth-Century Australian Education; 15. Can Education Do It Alone?;
PART THREE: THE STATE AND THE RESTRUCTURING OF TEACHERS' WORK; 16. Education and the Role of the State: Devolution and Control Post-Picot; 17. The Global Economy, the State, and the Politics of Education; 18. Educational Achievement in Centralized and Decentralized Systems; 19. On the Changing Relationships Between the State, Civil Society, and Changing Notions of Teacher Professionalism; 20. Changing Notions of Educational Management and Leadership; 21. Assessment, Accountability, and Standards Using Assessment to Control the Reform of Schooling; 22. Restructuring Schools for Student Success; 23. Restructuring Restructuring: Postmodernity and the Prospects for Educational Change;
PART FOUR: POLITICS, MARKETS, AND SCHOOL EFFECTIVENESS; 24. Politics, Markets, and the Organization of Schools; 25. Education, Democracy, and the Economy; 26. The 'Third Wave': Education and the Ideology of Parentocracy; 27. Circuits of Schooling: A Sociological Exploration of Parental Choice of School in Social Class Contexts; 28. African-American Students' View of School Choice; 29. Choice, Competition, and Segregation: An Empirical Analysis of A New Zealand Secondary School Market, 1990-93; 30. [Ap]parent Involvement: Reflections on Parents, Power, and Urban Public Schools; 31. Can Effective Schools Compensate for Society?;
PART FIVE: KNOWLEDGE, CURRICULUM, AND CULTURAL POLITICS; 32. Introduction: Our Virtue; 33. The New Cultural Politics of Difference; 34. On Race and Voice: Challenges for Liberal Education in the 1990s; 35. The Silenced Dialogue: Power and Pedagogy in Educating Other People's Children; 36. What Postmodernists Forget: Cultural Capital and Official Knowledge; 37. The Big Picture: Masculinities in Recent World History; 38. Is the Future Female? Female Success, Male Disadvantage, and Changing Gender Patterns in Education;
PART SIX: MERITOCRACY AND SOCIAL EXCLUSION; 39. Trends in Access and Equity in Higher Education: Britain in International Perspective; 40. Education and Occupational Attainments: The Impact of Ethnic Origins; 41. Problems of 'Meritocracy'; 42. Equalization and Improvement: Some Effects of Comprehensive Reorganization in Scotland; 43. Social Class Differences in Family-School Relationships: The Importance of Cultural Capital; 44. The Politics of Culture: Understanding Local Political Resistance to Detracking in Racially Mixed Schools; 45. Cultural Capital and Social Exclusion: Some Observations on Recent Trends in Education, Employment, and the Labour Market; 46. Studying Inner-City Social Dislocations: The Challenge of Public Agenda Research; 47. Racial Stratification and Education in the United States: Why Inequality Persists; 48. The Bell Curve Wars; 49. The Family and Social Justice

Halsey A. H. 2004 A History of Sociology in Britain: Science, Literature, and Society Oxford : Oxford University Press, xii and 279 pages.
Contents: Preface; PART I: CONTEXT; 1. Literature or Science?; 2. The Rise of Scientific Method; PART II: NARRATIVE; 3. Sociology before 1950; 4. The British Post-War Sociologists; 5. Expansion 1950-1967; 6. Revolt 1968-1975; 7. The Years of Uncertainty 1976-; PART III: ANALYSIS; 8. The Professor: A Survey by Birth Cohort; 9. Celebrated Sociologists; 10. The Shape of Sociology; PART IV: CONCLUSION; Epilogue : in Eight Essays Zygmunt Bauman, Colin Crouch, Anthony Giddens, A. H. Halsey, Ann Oakley, Jennifer Platt, W. G. Runciman, John Westergaard; Appendixes

Begins with L.T. Hobhouse's election to the first chair in sociology in London in 1907, but traces earlier origins of the discipline to Scotland and the English provinces. Incudes an account of nineteenth-century battles between literature and science for the possession of the third culture of social studies, setting the context for a narrative history of rapid expansion in the second half of the twentieth century. LSE had a virtual monopoly before World War II. The educational establishment of Oxford and Cambridge opposed its introduction into the undergraduate curriculum. Only the expansion of sociology to the Scottish, Welsh, provincial, and 'new' universities after the Robbins Report of 1963 brought reluctant acceptance of the subject to Oxford and Cambridge. The student troubles of 1968 are then described and the subsequent doubts, confrontations, and cuts of the 1970s and 80s. Then, paradoxically by a Conservative Government, there was a new university expansion incorporating polytechnics and other colleges, with a consequent doubling of both staff and students in the 1990s. Yet the end of the century left sociology riven by intellectual conflict. It had survived the Marxist subversions of the 70s and the feminist invasion. Yet the renewed challenges of various forms of relativism (especially enthno- methodology and post-modernism) still threatened, and at root the war was, as it began, between a scientific quantifying and explanatory subject and a literary, interpretative set of cultural studies.


Peter Hamilton 27.8.1947-
Photography historian and visual sociologist
Open University Department of Sociology, Faculty of Social Sciences
Maison des Sciences de l'Homme, Paris

Hamilton, P. 1983 Talcott Parsons. Chichester: Ellis Horwood Limited. 152 pages.

Hamilton, P. 1985 Readings from Talcott Parsons Key texts. Chichester : Ellis Horwood. 222 pages..

Hamilton, P. 1992 (Editor) Talcott Parsons: Critical assessments Four volumes. London; New York: Routledge.

Hamilton, P. 1997 "Representing the social : France and Frenchness in post-war humanist photography" in Hall, S. 1997 (Editor) Representation: Cultural Representations and Signifying Practices pp 75 -150

Hamilton, P. 2006 (Editor) Visual Research Methods. Sage benchmarks in social research methods. London: SAGE. 4 volumes (379, 412, 424, and 394 pages): illustrated
Contents:
Volume 1: Classical historical statements; The objectivity of the visual
Volume 2: The objectivity of the visual (continued)
Volume 3: Visual technologies; The visual as method
Volume 4: The visual as method (continued)


Robert A. Hanneman and Mark Riddle

Hanneman, Robert A. and Mark Riddle 2005 Introduction to social network methods. Riverside, CA: University of California, Riverside. Published in digital form at http://faculty.ucr.edu/~hanneman/


Jalna Hanmer and Catherine Itzin; with Sheila Quaid and Debra Wigglesworth.

Hanmer, J. and Itzin, C. 2000 (Editors) Home Truths about Domestic Violence: Feminist influences on policy and practice: A Reader edited by Jalna Hanmer and Catherine Itzin ; with Sheila Quaid and Debra Wigglesworth. London: Routledge. xiv and 408 pages.
Contents:
Introduction.
Women's Experiences of Violence from Known Men in the Home.
1. Domestic Violence and Gender Relations: Contexts and Connections by Jalna Hanmer
2. Findings from the North London Domestic Violence Study by Jayne Mooney
3. Violence Against Black Women in the Home by Amina Mama
4. Marital Rape and Marital Murder by Sue Lees
The Experience of Children of Violence in the Home.
5. Children's and Mothers' Experiences of Support and Protection Following Domestic Violence by Caroline McGee
6. Child Protection and Domestic Violence: Findings from a Rowntree/ NSPCC Study by Marianne Hester
7. Unsung Innovation: The History of Work with Children in the UK Domestic Violence Refuges by Gill Hague, Audery Mullender, Liz Kelly and Ellen Malos with Thangam Debbonaire
Women Who Fight Back: Experiences and Outcomes.
8. Women, Angerand Domestic Violence: The Implications for Legal Defences to Murder by Sue Griffiths
9. The criminal Justice Response to Women Who Kill, Helena Kennedy interview by Catherine Itzin and Sheila Quaid
10. Southall Black Sisters: Domestic Violence Campaigns and Alliances Across the Division of Race, Gender and Class by Pragna Patel
Influencing State Policies on Violence Against Women from Known Men.
11. The Politics and Policies of Responding to Violence Against Women by R. Emerson Dobash and Russell J. Dobash
12. Domestic Violence and Social Policy: Perspectives from Women's Aid by Nicola Harwin and Jackie Barron
13. Domestic Violence and Housing, Rebecca Morley Partnership Approaches by Statutory and Voluntary Agencies.
14. Developing Policies and Protocols by Ellen Pence and Coral McDonnell
15. Enhancing Multi-Agency Work by Davina James Hanman
Decreasing the Violence of Men.
16. Confronting Violent Men by Russell P. Dobash, R. Emerson Dobash, Kate Cavangh and Ruth Lewis
17. The EMERGE Programme by David Adams
18. Policing Repeat Violence by Men: A New Approach
19. Government Policy on Domestic Violence: The Influence of Feminism by Catherine Itzin
20. Families Without Fear: Women's Aid Agenda for Action on Domestic Violence


.


Haralambos, M. and Heald, R.M. 1980 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives University Tutorial Press, Slough
Contents: Part 1 The sociological perspective: culture and society; theories of society; positivism and phenomenology; sociology and ideology. Part 2 Social stratification: social versus natural inequalities; social stratification - a functionalist perspective; social stratification - a Marxian perspective; social stratification - a Weberian perspective; class in capitalist society; the middle class in capitalist society; class and capitalism - a Marxian perspective; social mobility in capitalist society; stratification in socialist societies; sociology; ideology and social stratification. Part 3 Power and politics: power - a functionalist persepctive; power - a Marxian perspective; managers and corporations; political recruitment; political participation; the democratic ideal; sociology, ideology and politics and power. Part 4 Poverty: the definition and measurement of poverty; the extent of poverty; social poverty - solutions and ideology. Part 5 Education: education - a functionalist perspective; education - a liberal perspective; education - a Marxian perspective; differential educational attainment; education - an interactionist perspective; knowledge, power and education; education, opportunity and inequality; sociology, ideology and education. Part 6 Work and leisure: work and leisure - a Marxian perspective; Emile Durkheim - "the division of labour in society" technology and work experience; sociology, ideology and work and leisure. Part 7 Organizations and bureaucracy: Max Weber - bureaucracy and rationalization; bureaucracy - a Marxian perspective; Robert Michels - bureaucracy and democracy; managerial organizations - an interactionist perspective; the problem of organization, sociology, ideology and organizations. Part 8 The family: is the family universal?; the family - a functionalist perspective; critical views of the family; the family - a Marxian perspective; the family and industrialization; marital breakdown; sociology, ideology and the family. Part 9 Women and society: the role of women - genes and biology; the role of women - culture and society; women and industrial society; women's liberation - proposals and prospects; sociology and ideology and women. Part 10 Deviance: physiological and psychological theories of deviance; deviance - a functionalist perspective; - a cautionary note on delinquency; deviance and offical statistics; deviance and power; deviance and power - a Marxian perspective; sociology, ideology and deviance. Part 11 Religion: the origin and evolution of religion; religion - a functionalist perspective; religion - a Marxian perspective; religion and the sociology of knowledge; religion, stratification and change; sociology, ideology and religion. Part 12 Methodology: positivism and sociology; phenomenology and sociology. Part 13 Sociological theory: functionalism; Marxism; symbolic interactionism; ethnomethodology.

This (and other editions) is a book designed to help students pass school examinations in Sociology. It is dogmatic, and students who use it before university should realise that they need to treat its assertions as arguments.

Haralambos, M. and Heald, R.M. 1985 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives (Second edition)

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 1990 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives (Third edition)

"Updated to include material on topics of sociological debate, such as: family diversity and feminist perspectives on the family; the National Curriculum and the new vocationalism; gender and crime, and a new chapter on race and ethnicity."

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 1995 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives. (4th edition) Collins Educational.
Contents: The sociological perspective; social stratification; poverty; work, unemployment and leisure; organizations and bureacracy; families and households; crime and deviance; religion; power, politics and the state; sex and gender; race, ethnicity and nationality; education; methodology; sociological theory

Haralambos, M. and Holborn, M. 2000 Sociology: Themes and Perspectives. (5th edition) Collins Educational.
Contents: 1. Sociological Perspectives - 2. Social Stratification - 3. Sex and Gender - 4. Race, Ethnicity and Nationality - 5. Poverty and Social Exclusion - 6. Crime and Deviance - 7. Religion - 8. Families and Households - 9. Power, Politics and the State - 10. Work, Unemployment and Leisure - 11. Organisations and Bureaucracy - 12. Education - 13. Culture and Identity - 14. Methodology - 15. Theory


Simon Harding

Harding, S. 2012 "Street Government: The role of the urban street gang in the London riots" in Briggs, D. 2012


Dennis Hardy 1941-

Hardy D. 1979 Alternative Communities in Nineteenth Century England Longman. London and New York. 268 pages.

Contents: 1) Context: 1.1 Alternative communities as practical utopis; 1.2. New communities on 19th century England; 1.3 Typology; 1.4 Allopia. 2) The communities of utopian socialism: 2.1 Utopian socialism and community; 2.2. Ideas for the new society; 2.3. Communities and the cooperative movement; 2.4 New frontiers; 2.5 Community profiles. 3) the communities of agrarian socialism: 3.1 Land and community; 3.2 The roots of agrarian socialism; 3.3 Nineteenth-century land movements; 3.4 Community profiles. 4) The communities of sectarianism; 4.1 Sectarianism and community; 4.2 The spread of sectarian communities; 4.3 Nineteenth- century sectarianism in England; 4.4 Community profiles. 5) The communities of anarchism: 5.1 Anarchism and community; 5.2 Society without the State; 5.3 Anarchist communism; 5.4 Religious anarchism; 5.5 Community profiles. 6) Appraisal: 6.1 The communities and nineteenth century change; 6.2 Communities and twentieth century decentralisation; 6.3 Alternative society; 6.4 Concluding note.

Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward 1924-

Hardy, D. and Ward, C. 1981 The Plotlands of the Thames Valley Geography and planning papers no.4. Enfield: Middlesex Polytechnic. 41 pages

Hardy, D. and Ward, C. 1983 American Dream: Land, chicken ranches and the new age Geography and planning paper no.8. Enfield: Middlesex Polytechnic. 18 pages.

Hardy D. 1983 Making Sense of the London Docklands: Processes of change Dennis Hardy edited by Eleonore Kofman. Geography and planning paper ; no.9. Enfield: Middlesex Polytechnic. 24 pages.

Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward

Hardy, D. and Ward, C. 1984 Arcadia for all: The legacy of a makeshift landscape by Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward with photography by Dot Davies. Studies in history, planning, and the environment. London ; New York : Mansell. x and 307 pages
"An Alexandrine Press book". An insight into squatter settlements and land tenure in rural areas in England in the 20th century.

Hardy D. 1986 (Editor) On the Margins: Marginal space and marginal economics Enfield: School of Geography and Planning, Middlesex Polytechnic. 24 pages. Papers presented at a seminar held at the London School of Economics, 19.10.1985.

Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward

Hardy, D. and Ward, C. 1986 Goodnight Campers!: The history of the British holiday camp Studies in history, planning and the environment. An Alexandrine Press book. London : Mansell, 1986. 256 pages

Hardy D. 1988 A History of the Town and Country Planning Association, 1899-1946 Ph.D.(London) thesis. London School of Economics and Political Science. Department of Geography. 525 leaves.

Dennis Hardy and Lorna Davidson

Hardy, D. and Davidson, L. (Editors) 1989 Utopian Thought and Communal Experience. Middlesex Polytechnic. School of Geography and Planning. Geography and planning paper, 24. Enfield : Middlesex Polytechnic. 97 pages.
Papers read at a conference held in New Lanark and the University of Edinburgh in July 1988 under the auspices of the International Communal Studies Association (Israel) and the National Historic Communal Societies Association (U.S.A.).

Hardy D. 1991a From Garden Cities to New Towns: Campaigning for town and country planning, 1899-1946 London : Chapman and Hall, 1991. 400 pages

Hardy D. 1991b From New Towns to Green Politics: Campaigning for town and country planning, 1946-1990 London ; New York : E and FN Spon, xii and 230 pages

Hardy, D. 1999 Tomorrow and tomorrow : 1899-1999 : the TCPA's first hundred years, and the next London : Town and Country Planning Association. 24 pages

Hardy, D. 2000 Utopian England: Community experiments, 1900- 1945 Studies in history, planning, and the environment. London: E and F.N Spoon. ix and 305 pages
Summary: England in the early part of the twentieth century was rich in utopian ventures - diverse and intriguing in their scope and aims. Two world wars, an economic depression, and the emergence of fascist states in Europe were all a spur to idealists to seek new limits - to escape from the here and now, and to create sanctuaries for new and better lives. Dennis Hardy explores this fascinating history of utopian ideals, the lives of those who pursued them, and the utopian communities they created. Some communities were fired by a long tradition of land movements, others by thoughts of more humane ways of building towns. In turn there were experiments devoted to the arts; to the promotion of religious doctrine; and to a variety of political causes. And some were just 'places of the imagination'. It is a story peopled by literary, intellectual and artistic icons of the first half of the twentieth century. From George Bernard Shaw to George Orwell, from H.G. Wells to D.H. Lawrence, from Eric Gill to Virginia Woolf- some as protagonists, others as antagonists - they weave they way amongst a myriad of visions and a multitude of alternative lifestyles. Utopian England is about just one episode in the perennial search for perfection, but what is revealed has lessons that extend well beyond a particular time and place. So long as there are failings in society, so long as rationality is not enough, there will continue to be a place for thinking the impossible, for going in search of utopia.


Matt Hargrave
Senior Lecturer in Performing Arts, University of Northumbria, UK

Hargrave, M. 2015 Theatres of Learning Disability - Good, Bad, or Plain Ugly Palgrave Macmillan

Subject index: disability


Rom Harré and Paul F. Secord

Harré, R. and Secord, P.F. 1972 The explanation of social behaviour Oxford : Blackwell, 1972.

Harré, R. 1979 Social Being: A Theory for Social Psychology Totowa, New Jersey, Rowan and Littlefield.

Harré, R. 1983 Personal Being: A Theory for Individual Psychology. England: Basil Blackwell


Amelia Isabella Harris
Principal Social Survey Officer, Office of Population Censuses and Surveys

Amelia Harris and others 1972 Handicapped and Impaired in Great Britain ... An enquiry carried out on behalf of the Department of Health and Social Security, the Scottish Home and Health Department, the Welsh Office-in conjunction with other government departments. In three volumes. Great Britain. Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. Social Survey Division.

Volume one: Amelia I. Harris with Elizabeth Cox and Christopher Richard Westcott Smith Handicapped and impaired in Great Britain. xxviii and 330 pages

Volume two: Judith Rosalind Buckle Work and housing of impaired persons in Great Britain xxviii and 210 pages

Volume three: Amelia I. Harris, Christopher R.W. Smith and Elizabeth Head Income and entitlement to supplementary benefit of impaired people in Great Britain vii and 74 pages.


Amelia Harris 1973 "Handicapped and impaired in Great Britain". in McLachlan, G. 1973 pp 53-
Sub-headings: Definitions, Estimates of impaired and handicapped in Great Britain, Main causes of impairment, Main causes of handicap, Summary of other results, The impaired housewife, Leisure activities, Employment, Housing, Action following the study, References.


Harris, Ben 1979 "Whatever Happened to Little Albert?" [By Ben Harris of Vassar College] American Psychologist February 1979, Volume 34, Number 2, pp. 151- 160. available at: http://htpprints.yorku.ca/archive/00000198/01/BHA RRIS.HTM


Dominic Harris
Photographer

Harris, D. 2012 The Residents: Stories of Kingsley Hall, East London, 1965-1970 and the experimental community of RD Laing London: Dominic Harris. 88 pages. Available http://www.dominicharris.co.uk/
In 1965, the psychiatrist R. D. Laing opened a residential treatment centre that aimed to revolutionise the treatment of mental illness. Five decades on, those who lived and spent time there look back on an era of drama and discovery.

The book and portraits from The Residents were part of a group show Voice of the Grain at Ambika P3, 35 Marylebone Road, London NW1, from 5 to 9 September 2012.

The Observer on Sunday 2.9.2012 carried a review by Sean O'Hagan, "Kingsley Hall: RD Laing's experiment in anti-psychiatry" that includes photographs and excerpts. This article appeared on page 14 of the The New Review section. It was published on the Guardian website on the same day and the website was modified on Wednesday 21.5.2014.


Robert Harris 1947- and Noel Timms

Harris, R. and Timms, N. 1993 Secure accommodation in child care : between hospital and prison or thereabouts? London: Routledge. x and 196 pages.


John S Harrison
Gardener, and cat breeder, poultry and pigeons, Anglesey, North Wales

Harrison, J.S. 1976. Articles on the history and cultivation of primroses, cowslips, oxlips and polyanthus, republished on his website http://harislau.co.uk/


Paul Harrison 1945-

Paul Harrison 18.8.1983 "The underside of Hackney" New Society volume 65 no.1083, 18.8.1983, pp 239-241; and no.1084, 25.8.1983, pp 280-282; and no.1085, 1.9.1983

Paul Harrison 1983 Inside the Inner City: Life under the cutting edge Harmondsworth: Penguin, 443 pages. (A revised edition in 1985)


Tom Harrison 17.1.1947-

Tom Harrison's website - "I am fascinated by complexity theory". For a while I worked in a Therapeutic Community.

Harrison, T. 2000 Bion, Rickman, Foulkes and the Northfield experiments: Advancing on a different front Therapeutic communities seies: 5. London : Jessica Kingsley Publishers. 319 pp. Foreword by Bob Hinshelwood.
Contents: The psychological offensive; social fields - social psychological theory before 1942; battle fields - military psychiatry; the mind field - clinical military psychiatry; the Northfield Military Hospital; strange meetings at Hollymoor; ABCA to psychodrama - the development of group therapy at Northfield; the sum of our gifts - overview and future.

Offline: Tom 4 - Tom 5 -


Chris Hart 1970-

Hart, C. 1998 Doing a Literature Review: Releasing the social science research imagination. London: Sage. 230 pages
Published in association with the Open University.
Chapters: 1. The Literature Review in Research - 2. Reviewing and the Research Imagination - 3. Classifying and Reading - 4. Research Argumentation Analysis - 5. Organizing and Expressing Ideas - 6. Mapping and Analysing Ideas - 7. Writing the Review

Hart, C. 2001 Doing a Literature Search: A comprehensive guide for the social sciences London: Sage. 194 pages
Contents: Part A: Basic knowledge: organization of the literature, planning techniques and search management -- Part B: Literature types: working through the bibliographical framework -- Part C: Using information communications technology: more advanced knowledge and techniques.


Heidi I. Hartmann 1945-
Economist
Founder (1987)
Institute for Women's Policy Research Washington, D.C.

Hartmann, H. 1976 "Capitalism, Patriarchy, and Job Segregation" Signs, Volume 1, No. 3, Women and the Workplace: The Implications of Occupational Segregation (Spring, 1976), pp. 137-169. The University of Chicago Press.

Hartmann, H. 1979 "The Unhappy Marriage of Marxism and Feminism: Towards a more Progressive Union" Capital and Class Summer 1979 vol. 3 no. 2 pp 1-33


Paul Hartmann and Charles Husband

Hartmann, P. and Husband, C. 1971 "The mass media and racial conflict", Race Vol.12, No 3 January 1971 pp 268-282. Institute of Race Relations: Oxford University Press. [Extract in Cohen and Young 1973, pp 270-284]


Hendrik Hartog

Hartog, H. 1989 " Mrs Packard on Dependency" Yale Journal of Law and the Humanities Volume 1: Issue 1, Article 6. Available at: http://digitalcommons.law.yale.edu/yjlh/vol1/iss1/6


David Harvey 1935-

Harvey, D. 1973 Social Justice and the City

Harvey, D. 1982 The Limits to Capital

Harvey, D. 1985 The Urbanisation of Capital

Harvey, D. 1985 Consciousness and The Urban Experience

Harvey, D. 1989 The Condition of Postmodernity. An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change.. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Basil Blackwell


John H. Harvey

Harvey, J.H. 1989 "Garden Plants of around 1525: The Fromond List." Garden History, vol. 17, no. 2, 1989, pp. 122-134. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/1586878

Herbs for Savour and Beauty: 6 Globe Artichoke - 10 Basil - 24 Castor Oil Plant - 41 Dill - 44 Dropwort - 52 Garlic - 54 Germander, Wall Giliflower - 7I Lungwort - 77 Sweet Marjoram - 79 Melon - 98 Garden Poppy - 120 Soloman's Seal - 125 Stickadove -

Plants for an Herber: 3 Almond - 11 Sweet Bay Tree - 20 Rose Campion - 31 Columbine - 33 Cornflower - 56 Gooseberry - 57 Gourd - 61 Hellebore - 69 Lily - 91 Peach - 94 Peony - 96 Scots Pine - 97 Plum - 109 "Rosers"

"... the pleasure garden as a separate entity in its own right, emerges in the group 'for an Herber'. These, with many of those grown for savour and beauty, comprise the essentials of ornamental plantsmanship. The mixing of trees and shrubs with border flowers is noteworthy. This was still a medieval herbarium, with its central square of grass lawn, now enlarged and improved. The tunnel-arbours around the sides, providing alleys for walking, were to be covered with grape-vines and ornamental gourds. Roses would have been planted along the internal borders, in several sorts, possibly alternating with gooseberry bushes. The evergreens, sweet bay and Scots pine, would provide points of interest throughout the year, while spring and summer would be enriched by almonds, peaches and plums in flower and fruit"


Hannah Hassan

Hassan, H. 2008 Examine and evaluate Comte's ideas about the progression towards scientific positivism, with reference to the evolution of human religious ideas throughout history Middlesex University dissertation June 2008


Hanan Hauari and Katie Hollingworth

Hauari, H. and Hollingworth, K. 2009 Understanding fathering: masculinity, diversity and change Joseph Rowntree Foundation. 18.9.2009 Available at http://www.jrf.org.uk/publications/understanding- fathering

See Subject Index Family


Philip M. Hauser

Hauser, P.M. 1932 "How Do Motion Pictures Affect the Conduct of Children?: Methods employed in Movies and Conduct and Movies, Delinquency and Crime " - Journal of Educational Sociology 6 (1932): pp 231-237. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Payne_sundry/Hauser_1932.html

"These studies assume, then, that personal accounts of experience, if secured under satisfactory conditions and interpreted with caution and judgment, are a quite adequate basis for describing and generalizing upon various phases of human conduct."


Christine Hauskeller
From 2009 to 2012 Co-Director of the ESRC Centre for Genomics in Society, EGENIS at Exeter.
(website)

Christine Hauskeller, Steve Sturdy and Richard Tutton
Steve Sturdy: Edinburgh website - Richard Tutton: Lancaster website

Hauskeller, C., Sturdy, S and Tutton, R. 2013 "Genetics and the Sociology of Identity" Sociology October 2013 47: 875-886, doi:10.1177/0038038513505011. Available at http://soc.sagepub.com/content/47/5.toc

Click here to read the table of contents (and abstracts) and to obtain a free copy of the introduction.

Podcast discussion http://soc.sagepub.com/content/suppl/2013/12/18/47.5.875.DC1/Christine_Haus keller.wav_edit_FIRST_PASS.wav - offline .wav file - transcript - offline transcript


Terence Hawkes - died January 2014
Emeritus Professor of English at Cardiff University. Books on Shakespeare include That Shakespeherian Rag (1986), Meaning by Shakespeare (1992) and Shakespeare in the Present (2002). General Editor of New Accents. Founding Editor of Textual Practice.
Between 1959 and 2007 he produced a series of books and collections of essays on Shakespeare

Hawkes, T. 1977 Structuralism and Semiotics New accents. London: Methuen, 192 pages. Second edition 2003


Friedrich Hayek 1889-1992 weblinks

Hayek, F. 1950 John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor. Their Correspondence and Subsequent Marriage. RKP

Hayek, F. 1952 The Counter Revolution of Science

Hayek, F. 1983 Knowledge, Evolution and Society. Adam Smith Institute

Hayek, F. 1988 The Fatal Conceit: Errors of Socialism RKP


Keith Hayward, Shadd Maruna and Jayne Mooney

Hayward, K., Maruna, S. and Mooney, J. 2010 (Editors) Fifty Key Thinkers in Criminology Routledge key guides. Abingdon: Routledge. xxxi and 312 pages.
Contents
Cesare Beccaria (Majid Yar)
Howard Becker (Greg Synder)
Jeremy Bentham (Pat O'Malley)
Willem Bonger (Patrick Hebberecht)
John Braithwaite (Shadd Maruna)
Susan Brownmiller (Jan Jordan)
Pat Carlen (Jackie Tombs)
Bill Chambliss (Michelle Inderbitzen and Heather Boyd)
Meda Chesney-Lind (Joanne Bellknep)
Nils Christie (Katia Franko-Aas)
Ron Clarke (Tim Hope)
Albert Cohen (Jock Young)
Stan Cohen (Mark Findlay)
Richard Cloward (Dave Brotherton)
Donald Cressey (Henk van Bunt)
Elliott Currie (Marty Schwartz and Ashley Demyan)
W. E. B. DuBois (Laura Hanson)
Emile Durkheim (Iain Wilkinson);
David Farrington (Alex Piquero and Lila Kazemian)
Enrico Ferri (Phil Carney)
Michel Foucault (Veronique Voruz)
David Garland (Richard Sparks)
Erving Goffman (James Hardie-Bick and Phil Hadfield)
Eleanor Glueck/the Gluecks (Anne Logan)
Stuart Hall (Colin Webster)
Frances Heidensohn (Jayne Mooney)
Travis Hirschi (Wayne Morrison)
Louk Hulsman (Rene van Swaaningen)
John Irwin (Steve Richards)
Peter Kropotkin (Jeff Ferrell)
Ed Lemert (Shadd Maruna)
Cesare Lombroso (Kate Bradley)
Joan McCord (David Farrington)
Karl Marx (John Lea)
Thomas Mathiesen (Yvonne Jewkes)
David Matza (Anthony Lemelle Jr)
Robert Merton (Jock Young)
Walter Miller (Marilyn McShane and Trey Williams)
Rosa del Olmo (Damian Zaitch)
Robert Park (Frank Bovenkerk)
Adolphe de Quetelet (Anthony Amatrudo)
Robert Sampson (Pat Carr)
The Schwendingers (Gregg Barak)
Thorstein Sellin (Dario Melossi)
Clifford Shaw (Loraine Gelsthorpe)
Carol Smart (Sandra Walklate)
Edwin Sutherland (James Sheptyki)
Gresham Sykes (Ben Crewe)
James Q Wilson (Matt DeLisi)
Jock Young (Keith Hayward)


Health and Safety Executive

HSE 1992 The Tolerability of risks from nuclear power stations HSE Books 1992 ISBN 0118863681 Available at http://www.hse.gov.uk/nuclear/tolerability.pdf

This is a revision of a 1988 publication. The Chernobyl nuclear disaster was in April 1986. The Independent included a report of this edition on 6.10.1992.


The Hedgehog Review

"The Hedgehog Review is an intellectual journal concerned with contemporary cultural change published three times per year by the Institute for Advanced Studies in Culture at the University of Virginia."

The Hedgehog Review Volume 1, No. 1 Autumn 1999
Identity
Available http://www.iasc-culture.org/THR/hedgehog_review_1999- Fall.php
Contents:
Introduction
Glamour and the End of Irony by Harvie Ferguson
Romantic Modernism and the Self by John Steadman Rice
The Self: Death by Technology by Kenneth J. Gergen
The Self in Consumer Society by Zygmunt Bauman
The Body as Referent by David Harvey
Healing the Fragmented Self by Joseph E. Davis
The Rise and Decline of Ethnicity by Joane Nagel
The Citizen and Cyberspace by Mike Featherstone
Interview with Sherry Turkle
A Review of Manuel Castells' The Information Age by Krishan Kumar
Identity and Social Change: A Short Review by Joseph E. Davis


Susan Hekman

Hekman, S. Winter 1996 "Radical Plural Democracy : A New Theory For the Left?" published by Negations at http://www.datawranglers.com/negations/issues/96w/96w_hekman.html


Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel [1770- 1831]

Sources about Hegel:
1844: Karl Marx
1936: Goorge Herbert Mead
1941: Herbert Marcuse
1982: Peter Singer
1988: Diana Coole
2003: Hughes Sharrock and Martin

Hegel, F. 1807 (English 1844) The Phenomenology of Mind

Hegel, F. 1812/1816 Science of Logic (3 volumes: 1812, 1813, 1816) (English 1829)

Hegel, F. (1817-1818?) Who Thinks Abstractly?

Hegel, F. 1817 (1st edition) Encyclopedia of the Philosophical Sciences. 2nd edition 1821 has paragraphs of students' lecture notes added.

Hegel, F. 1821 Philosophy of Right

Hegel, F. 1821/1896 1896 English translation by S.W. Dyke - available at
http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/hegel/right.pdf

Hegel, F. 1821/1952 1952 English translation with notes by T.M. Knox - Extracts on family, civil society and state

Hegel, F./History The Philosophy of History. Based on lectures given first in 1822-1823. He discuses the French Revolution in part 4, section 2, chapter 3: The Eclairissement and Revolution.

Full text at marxists.org


Martin Heidegger 1889-1976

Heidegger, M. 27.5.1933 Self-Assertion of the German University. Rectoral address

Heidegger, M. 3.1985 "The Self-Assertion of the German University" and "The Rectorate 1933/34: Facts and Thoughts", Translated with an introduction by Karsten Harries. Review of Metaphysics, 38:3 (March 1985) pp 467-502 Available at http://archive.org/details/MartinHeidegger- TheSelfAssertionOfTheGermanUniversity1933


Frances M. Heidensohn

Heidensohn, F.M. 1985 Women and Crime London : Macmillan Education.

"Gender and crime" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology


David Held.

Held, D. 1980 Introduction to Critical Theory, Horkheimer to Habermas London : Hutchinson: Hutchinson university library. 511 pages [Deals particularly with the Frankfurt School]

David Held and Anthony McGrew.

Held, D. and McGrew, A. 2000 (Editors) The Global Transformations Reader: An introduction to the globalization debate Cambridge: Polity Press. 480 pages
Contents:
The great globalization debate: an introduction by David Held and Anthony McGrew
Part One: Conceptualizing globalization.

  • Globalization by George Modelski
  • Rethinking globalization by David Held and Anthony McGrew, David Goldblatt and Jonathan Perraton
  • World history in a global age by Michael Geyer and Charles Bright
  • Globalization: a necessary myth? by Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson
  • The network society by Manuel Castells
  • Time-space compression and the postmodern condition by David Harvey
  • The globalizing of modernity by Anthony Giddens
  • What is globalization? by Ulrich Beck
    Part Two: The reconfiguration of political power?
  • Sovereignty in international society by Robert O. Keohane
  • Compromising Westphalia by Stephen D. Krasner
  • Has globalization ended the rise and rise of the nation-state? by Michael Mann
  • The declining authority of states by Susan Strange
  • Global market versus regionalism by Bjöe;rn Hettne
  • International law by David Held
  • Globalization and legal certainty by Volkmar Gessner
  • Governance in a globalizing world by James N. Rosenau
    Part Three: The fate of national culture
  • Encountering globalization by Kevin Robins
  • The globalization of communication by John B. Thompson
  • The global media by Edward Herman and Robert McChesney
  • Disjuncture and difference in the global cultural economy by Arjun Appadurai
  • Towards a global culture? by Anthony D. Smith
    Part Four: A global economy?
  • A new geo-economy by Peter Dicken
  • The global economy by Manuel Castells
  • Globalization and the history of the international economy by Paul Hirst and Grahame Thompson
  • Economic activity in a globalizing world by Jonathan Perraton, David Goldblatt, David Held and Anthony McGrew
  • Global markets and national politics by Geoffrey Garrett
  • The woven world by Daniel A. Yergin and Joseph Stanislaw
  • Has globalization gone too far? by Dani Rodrik
  • The passing of social democracy by John Gray
  • Welfare state limits to globalization by Elmar Rieger and Stephan Leibfried
    Part Five: Divided nations, unruly world
  • Globalization with a human face - UNDP Report 1999
  • The rise of the fourth world by Manuel Castells
  • Globalization and the postcolonial world by Ankie Hoogvelt
  • The West and the Third World by D.K. Fieldhouse
  • The gender dimension by Jill Steans
  • Environmental issues and the compression of the globe by Steven Yearley
  • Order, globalization and inequality in world politics by Ngaire Woods
    Part Six: World orders, normative futures
  • Democracy beyond borders? by Anthony McGrew
  • Regulating globalization? by David Held
  • Global governance: prospects and problems by Fred Halliday
  • Transnational justice by Onora O'Neill
  • The idea of world community by Chris Brown
  • Beyond the states system? by Hedley Bull.


    Arthur Helps 10.7.1813 - 7.3.1875

    Helps, A. 1844 "The Claims of Labour. An essay on the duties of the employers to the employed". Pickering, London, 1844


    Anne B. Hendershott

    Hendershott, A.B. 2002 The Politics of Deviance San Francisco, California: Encounter Books. 194 pages
    "asserts the value... of... norms and the commitment to accept them. ... maintains that definitions of deviance that rely upon reason, and not emotion or political advocacy, are indispensable to the process of generating and sustaining cultural values and reaffirming the moral ties that bind us together.



    William Otto Henderson, 1904-

    Henderson, W. O. 1976 The Life of Friedrich Engels: in two volumes. London: Frank Cass.


    Hennis, Wilhelm 1987 A Science of Man: Max Weber and the Political Economy of the German Historical School in Mommsen 1987 pp 25-58


    Carol P. Herbert

    Herbert, C.P. 11.1983 "Wife Battering" Canadian Family Physician 1983 November; 29: pp 2204-2208 available at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2154298/


    Jeffrey Herbst and Richard Joseph

    Herbst, J. and Joseph, R. 1997 "Responding to State Failure in Africa" International Security Volume 22, Number 2, pp. 175-184

    "In pre-colonial Africa, a wide variety of political organisations - villages, city states, nation states, empires - rose and fell. However the formal colonisation of Africa and the demarcation of the continent into national states between 1885 and 1902 replaced that diversity of forms with the European model of the national state." (Reference is to "Pre and post-colonial forms of Polity in Africa" 1983 by I.M. Lewis)

    Jeffrey Herbst

    Herbst, J. 2002 States and Power in Africa: Comparative Lessons in Authority and Control New Jersey: Princeton University Press


    Alastair Heron

    Heron, A. 1963 (Editor) Towards a Quaker View of Sex. An essay by a group of Friends. Edited by A. Heron. London: Friends Home Service Committee, 75 pages.


    Richard J. Herrnstein
    Edger Pierce Chair in Psychology at Harvard University until his death in 1994.

    Richard J. Herrnstein and Charles Murray

    Herrnstein, R.J. and Murray, C. 1994 The Bell Curve: Intelligence and class structure in American life New York and London: Free Press. xxvi and 845 pages.
    Contents
    Cognitive class and education, 1900-1990
    Cognitive partitioning by occupation
    The economic pressure to partition
    Steeper ladders, narrower gates
    Poverty
    Schooling
    Unemployment, idleness, and injury
    Family matters
    Welfare dependency
    Parenting
    Crime
    Civility and citizenship
    Ethnic differences in cognitive ability
    Ethnic inequalities in relation to IQ
    The demography of intelligence
    Social behaviour and the prevalence of low cognitive ability
    Raising cognitive ability
    The leveling of American education
    Affirmative action in higher education
    Affirmative action in the workplace
    The way we are headed
    A place for everyone.
    Summary

    Review Prof. Thomas J. Bouchard "Contemporary Psychology" [The authors] have been cast as racists and elitists and "The Bell Curve" has been dismissed as pseudoscience....The book's message cannot be dismissed so easily. Herrnstein and Murray have written one of the most provocative social science books published in many years....This is a superbly written and exceedingly well documented book. - See two reviews


    Rosanna Hertz

    Hertz, R. 2006 Single by Chance, Mothers by Choice: How women are choosing parenthood without marriage and creating the new American family Oxford: Oxford University Press. xx and 273 pages


    Marianne Hester 1955-

    Marianne Hester - Liz Kelly - and Jill Radford 1947-

    Hester, M. Kelly, L. Radford, J. 1996 (Editors) Women, Violence and Male Power: Feminist Research, Activism and Practice, Buckingham: Open University Press. ix and 194 pages
    Contents include
    1. Introduction by Jill Radford, Liz Kelly and Marianne Hester
    2. 'Nothing really happened': the invalidation of women's experiences of sexual violence by Liz Kelly and Jill Radford
    3. When does the speaking profit us?: reflections on the challenges of developing feminist perspectives on abuse and violence by women by Liz Kelly
    4. Reading danger: sexual harassment, anticipation and self-protection by Elizabeth A. Stanko
    5. Violence against women and children: the contradictions of crime control under
    patriarchy by Jill Radford and Elizabeth A. Stanko
    6. Contradictions and compromises: the impact of the Children Act on women and children's safety by Marianne Hester and Lorraine Radford
    7. Unreasonable doubt: the outcomes of rape trials by Sue Lees
    8. Sexual experiences and sexual abuse women with learning disabilities by Michelle McCarthy
    9. Researching prostitution and violence: towards a feminist praxis by Maggie O'Neill.
    10. Rape crisis centres and 'male rape': a face of the backlash by Terry Gillespie
    11. Who is in control?: changing responses to women who have been raped and sexually abused by Marian Foley
    12. Close to home: the experience of researching child sexual abuse by Jo Moran-Ellis.


    Virginia Aldigé Hiday
    Department of Sociology North Carolina State University Raleigh, North Carolina

    Hiday, VA 1999 "Mental Illness and the Criminal Justice System" in A Handbook for the Study of Mental Health edited by Allan V. Horwitz and Teresa L. Scheid. New York: Cambridge University Press

    Virginia Aldigé Hiday and Padraic J. Burns

    Hiday, VA and Burns, PJ 2010 "Mental Illness and the Criminal Justice System" in A Handbook for the Study of Mental Health (2nd edition), edited by TL Scheid and T Brown. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 478-498.

    See Subject Index Mental health and prison


    Hiden J. and Farquharson, J. 1983 Explaining Hitler's Germany. Historians and the Third Reich. London. Batsford.


    Hillerbrand, H.J. (Editor) 1968 The Protestant Reformation. Harper and Row


    Gertrude Himmelfarb

    Himmelfarb, G. 1959 Darwin and the Darwinian Revolution Chatto and Windus. London


    Barry Hindess his website

    Hindess, B. 1977a Philosophy and Methodology in the Social Sciences Brighton, Sussex: Harvester Press.

    Hindess, B. 1977b (Edited by) Sociological Theories of the Economy London: Macmillan.


    Robert (Bob) D. Hinshelwood

    Bob Hinshelwood and Nick Manning

    Hinshelwood, R D. and Manning, D. 1979 (Editors) Therapeutic communities : reflections and progress London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, xv and 336 pages.
    Selected contents:
    Chapter 13:
    "The therapeutic community and social network theory" by Richard Crocket


    Donald Hirsch, Viet-Hai Phung and Esmeranda Manful

    Hirsch, D., Phung, V. and Manful, E. 2011 Poverty, ethnicity and caring York: Joseph Rowntree Foundation, http://www.jrf.org.uk/sites/files/jrf/poverty-ethnicity-caring-full.pdf

    See Subject Index Care


    Travis Hirschi

    Hirschi, T. 1969 Causes of Delinquency Berkeley: University of California Press.


    Paul Quentin Hirst 1946-2003

    Hirst, P.Q. 1975 Durkheim, Bernard and Epistemology. London: Routledge Kegan and Paul

    Hirst, P.Q. 1976 Social Evolution and Sociological Categories. London: George Allen and Unwin


    History and Policy
    http://www.historyandpolicy.org/

    Website founded May 2002 by Alastair Reid, of Girton College Cambridge, Simon Szreter of St John's College Cambridge, Pat Thane of King's College London, and Virginia Berridge, Director of the Centre for History in Public Health at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.

    See first copy


    History Workshop Journal
    established
    1976
    http://hwj.oxfordjournals.org/


    Susan Tyler Hitchcock

    Hitchcock, S. T. 2004 Geography of Religion: Where God Lives, Where Pilgrims Walk. Susan Tyler Hitchcock with John L. Esposito. Washington, D.C.: National Geographic.

    Hitchcock, S. T. 2005 Mad Mary Lamb: Lunacy and murder in literary London New York: W.W. Norton.
    Contents: Prelude. The Dreadful Scene Imagined - 1. The Only Daughter - 2. Their Verdict: Lunacy - 3. In the Madhouse - 4. Reading, Writing, and Mantua Making - 5. Charles Alone - 6. Double Singleness - 7. The Circle Forms - 8. Children's Books - 9. Tales from Shakespear - 10. Schoolgirl Tales - 11. Poetry for Children - 12. The Politics of Needlework - 13. Elia Appears - 14. Her Twilight of Consciousness - Epilogue.

    Hitchcock, S. T. 2007 Frankenstein: A Cultural History New York and London: W.W. Norton.
    Contents: Conception - Birth and lineage - Reception and revision - The monster lives on - Making more monsters - A monster for modern times - A brave new world of monsters - The horror and the humour - Monsters in the living room - Taking the monster seriously - The monster and his myth today.


    Adolph Hitler 1889-1945 weblinks

    Hitler, A. 1914 [Two paintings] "Farmstead" and "Farm Buildings On The River". Signed and dated 1914. Sold at an auction in Nuremberg [Nurnberger?] April 2009.

    Hitler, A. 1920 24 point NAZI party programme

    Mein Kampf Wikipedia - Richard Cohen on English publication

    Hitler, A. 1925/1927 Mein Kampf - Zwei Bände in einem Band München : F. Eher Nachf., 2 volumes 1925-1927. Volume one: Eine Abrechnung. Volume two: Die nationalsozialtistiche Bewegung. Available at http://www.adolfhitler.ws/lib/books/dkampf/dkampf.htm

    Hitler extracts: Extracts from English translations of Mein Kampf - plus notes
    http://studymore.org.uk/ynazi.htm

    Hitler, A. 1939 Mein Kampf Translated into English by James Murphy (died 1946). First published on March 21st, 1939 by Hurst and Blackett Ltd. Available at http://gutenberg.net.au/ebooks02/0200601.txt

    Hitler, A. 1943/2001 Mein Kampf Translated into English by Ralph Manheim. Translation originally published Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1943. New editions - 2001.

    Hitler, A. 18.7.1937 Hitlers Rede zur Eröffnung der "Großen Deutschen Kunstausstellung" im Haus der Kunst, München 1937. [Hitler's speech at the opening of the "Great German Art Exhibition" the Haus der Kunst, Munich 1937] Available at http://www.kunstzitate.de/bildendekunst/manifeste/nationalsozialismus/hitle r_haus_der_kunst_37.htm

    Extracts in English and German at German History in Documents

    Rough translation of parts


    HM Inspectorate of Prisons

    HMIP 1997 Women in Prison: A Thematic Review by HM Chief Inspector of Prisons July 1997. Available at http://www.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ERORecords/HO/421/2/hmipris/wippref.htm

    HMIP 2001 Follow-up to Women in Prison A Thematic Review by HM Chief Inspector of Prisons for England and Wales Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/women-prison-followup-rps.pdf

    HMIP 2005 Women in prison by HM Inspectorate of Prisons
    Contents:
    1 Literature review (by Dr Julia Fossi)
    2 The imprisonment of women: reflections from the UK (Speech given by Anne Owers to the 'What works with women offenders?' conference, Prato University, Italy, June 2005. Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/women_in_prison2-rps.pdf

    HMIP 2010 Women in prison. A short thematic review July 2010. Available at http://www.justice.gov.uk/downloads/publications/inspectorate- reports/hmipris/Women_in_prison_short_thematic_2010_rps_.pdf


    Thomas Hobbes 1588-1679 weblinks

    Hobbes, T. 1640 (manuscript) Elements of Law

    Hobbes, T. 1642 Elementa Philosophica de Cive Known as De Cive (On the citizen). Translated into English as Philosophical Rudiments Concerning Government and Society, which was published in 1651. Available (English) on Wikisource

    Hobbes, T. 1644 Optical Treatise (Tractatus Opticus), translated from the original Latin by George MacDonald Ross, available at http://www.philosophy.leeds.ac.uk/GMR/hmp/texts/modern/hobbes/ optics/gmrint ro.html Leeds University (archive)


    Hobbes, T. 1651 Leviathan, or The Matter, Form and Power of a Commonwealth Ecclesiastical and Civil.

    Hobbes, T. 1651/1991/1996 Leviathan by Thomas Hobbes; edited by Richard Tuck. Cambridge texts in the history of political thought. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, Revised Student Edition 1996. xciii and 519 pages.
    An "amplified and expanded" introduction. Brief biographies of important persons mentioned in Hobbes' text added.

    Hobbes, T. 1651/1991 Leviathan by Thomas Hobbes; edited by Richard Tuck. Cambridge texts in the history of political thought. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1991. lxxiv and 519 pages.


    Hobbes, T. 1655 Elementa Philosophiae Sectio Prima De Corpore known as De Corpore (On the body) Translated into English as Elements of philosophy, the first section, concerning body / Written in Latine by Thomas Hobbes of Malmesbury, and now translated into English. To which are added six lessons to the professors of mathematicks of the institution of Sr. Henry Savile, in the University of Oxford.

    Large parts translated into modern English by George MacDonald Ross are available in the Internet Archive.

    Contents:
    Epistle Dedicatory
    To the Reader
    COMPUTATION OR LOGIQUE.
    Chapter 1: Of Philosophy.
    Chapter 2: Of Names.
    Chapter 3: Of Proposition.
    Chapter 4: Of Syllogisme.
    Chapter 5: Of Erring, Falsity and Captions.
    Chapter 6: Of Method
    THE FIRST GROVNDS OF PHILOSOPHY.
    Chapter 7: Of Place and Time.
    Chapter 8: Of Body and Accident.
    Chapter 9: Of Cause and Effect.
    Chapter 10: Of Power and Act.
    Chapter 11: Of Identity and Difference.
    Chapter 12: Of Quantity.
    Chapter 13: Of Analogisme or the Same Proportion.
    Chapter 14 Of Straight and Crooked, Angle and Figure.
    OF THE PROPORTIONS OF MOTIONS AND MAGNITVDES.
    Chapter 15: Of the Nature, Properties, and diverse Considerations of Motion and Endeavour.
    Chapter 16: Of Motion Accelerated and Vniform, and of Motion by Concourse.
    Chapter 17: Of Figures Deficient.
    Chapter 18: Of the Equation of Straight Lines with the Crooked Lines of Parabolas and other Figures made in imitation of Parabolas.
    Chapter 19: Of Angles of Incidence and Reflection, equal by supposition.
    Chapter 20: Of the Dimension of a Circle, and the Division of Angles or Arches.
    Chapter 21: Of Circular Motion.
    Chapter 22: Of other Variety of Motion.
    Chapter 23: Of the Center of Equiponderation of Bodies pressing doards in straight Parallel Lines.
    Chapter 24: Of Refraction and Reflection.
    PHYSIQVES or the PHAENOMENA of NATVRE.
    Chapter 25: Of Sense and Animal Motion.
    Chapter 26: Of the World, and of the Starres.
    Chapter 27: Of Light, Heat, and of Colours.
    Chapter 28: Of Cold, Wind, Hard, Ice, Restitution of Bodies bent, Diaphanous, Lightning and Thunder; and of the Heads of Rivers.
    Chapter 29: Of Sound, Odour, Savour, and Touch
    Chapter 30: Of Gravity.

    Hobbes, T. 1658 De Homine (On man)


    Leonard Trelawney Hobhouse 1864-1929

    Hobhouse, L.T. 1901 Mind in Evolution London: Macmillan and Co. xiv and 415 pages. Second edition 1915

    Hobhouse, L.T. 1906 Morals in Evolution: A study in comparatice ethics London : Chapman and Hall, Ltd. Two volumes.

    Hobhouse, L.T. 1911 Social Evolution and Political Theory "Columbia University Lectures/ Julius Beer Foundation; 1910-1911". New York : Columbia University Press. ix and 218 pages.

    Hobhouse, L.T. 1913 Development and Purpose. An essay towards a philosophy of evolution xxix plus 383 pages
    Chapter 9 summary: The development of thought is roughly co-ordinate with that of social life in general. On all sides a certain net movement in the same direction may be verified. (2) The control of the physical environment passes through four stages, closely comparable with those of the movement of thought, (3) and the same parallelism can be traced in ethics and religion, (4) and, with exceptional irregularities, in art. (5) Political development corresponds to the ethical in net result though not in all intermediate stages, (6) and a corresponding net movement may be traced in the main departments of law and custom. (7) Progress is irregular because its conditions do not harmonise until a High stage is reached, and because it proceeds from many independent centres.

    Hobhouse, L. T., Wheeler,G. C. and Ginsberg, M. 1915 The material culture and social institutions of the simpler peoples: an essay in correlation


    Hobsbawm, E.J. 1969 Introduction to Engels 1845 (Panther edition 1969)


    Bruce L. Hoffman
    Ohio University, Department of Sociology and Anthropology since 2003
    Previously at Indiana University

    " Crimetheory.com is my larger site for the learning, researching, and teaching of theoretical criminology. It aims to point students back to the original texts, and includes an extensive bibliography of criminology texts and journals."

    Hoffman, Bruce 1998 www.crimetheory.com An Educational Resource for the Learning and Teaching of Theoretical Criminology Archive available at http://web.archive.org/web/19990125094456/http://www.crimetheory.com/


    Richard Hoggart 1918-

    Hoggart, R. 1957 The Uses of Literacy: Aspects of working-class life, with special reference to publications and entertainments London: Chatto and Windus. 319 pages.


    Sally Holland, and Renold, Emma and Ross, Nicola and Hillman, Alex
    Sally Holland: Cardiff University

    Holland, S. and others 2008 "The everyday lives of children in care: using a sociological perspective to inform social work practice" NCRM Working Paper. ESRC National Centre for Research Methods. NCRM EPrints. Available at http://eprints.ncrm.ac.uk/466/

    See Subject Index Childrens homes


    Clive R. Hollin

    Hollin, C.R. 1989 Psychology and Crime: An Introduction to Criminological Psychology London: Routledge
    Main contents: Psychology and Crime - Psychological Approaches to Understanding Crime - Psychological Approaches to Understanding Serious Crime - Mental Disorder and Crime - Psychology and the Police - Psychology in the Courtroom - Psychology and Crime Prevention


    Thomas Henry Hollingsworth 10.5.1932-
    Sometime advisor to the United Nations on population studies and a professor of demography at Glasgow University.

    Hollingsworth T. H. 1969 Historical Demography The sources of history. Studies in the uses of historical evidence. London: The Sources of History Ltd in association with Hodder and Stoughton Ltd. 448 pages.


    Axel Honneth

    Honneth, A. 1991 The Critique of Power: Reflective Stages in a Critical Social Theory. Cambridge: MIT Press,


    Richard Hooker (1554-1600)

    Hooker, R. 1593-1648 (8 Volumes) Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity. Quoted Locke, J. 1689. Extracts in Hillerbrand 1968

    Quoted by Locke on equality


    Roger Hopkins Burke
    Principal Lecturer in Criminology at Nottingham Trent University.
    Appears to be R. Hopkins Burke rther than R.H. Burke. His email address begins "roger.hopkins-burke"

    Hopkins Burke, R. 2001 An Introduction to Criminological Theory Cullompton, Devon. Willan Publishers. [Second edition 2005]

    Hopkins Burke, R. 2009 An Introduction to Criminological Theory Third edition. Cullompton, Devon. Willan Publishers.
    Contents: 1 Introduction: crime and modernity; Part One: The rational actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 2
    Classical criminology; 3 Populist conservative criminology; 4 Contemporary rational actor theories; Part Two: The predestined actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 5 Biological positivism; 6 Psychological positivism ( Psychodynamic - Behavioural - Cognitive); 7 Sociological positivism; 8 Women and positivism; Part Three: The victimised actor model of crime and criminal behaviour; 9 Labelling theories; 10 Conflict and radical theories; 11 The gendered criminal; 12 Critical criminology; Part Four: Integrated theories of crime and criminal behaviour; 13 Socio-biological theories; 14 Environmental theories; 15 Social control theories; 16 Left realism; Part Five: Crime and criminal behaviour in the age of moral uncertainty; 17 Crime and the postmodern condition; 18 Cultural criminology and the schizophrenia of crime; 19 Crime, globalisation and the risk society; 20 Conclusion: crime radical moral communitarian criminology

    Hopkins Burke, R. 2008 Young people, crime and justice Cullompton: Willan.
    Contents: 1 Introduction - The Problem of Youth Crime; Part 1: Young People, Criminality and Criminal Justice; 2 Children, Young People and Modernity; 3 From Justice to Welfare and its Malcontents; 4 Youth Justice and the New Conservatism; Part 2: Explaining Youth Criminal Behaviour; 5 Youth Offending as Rational Behaviour; 6 Biological Explanations of Youth Offending; 7 Psychological Explanations of Youth Offending; 8 Sociological explanations of youth crime; Part 3: The Contemporary Youth Justice System and its Critics; 9 New Labour and the New Youth Justice; 10 The Contemporary Youth Justice System; 11 Effective Youth Justice in Practice; 12 Reflections on the Management of Contemporary Youth Crime;


    John Hostettler

    Hostettler, J. 2009 A History of Criminal Justice in England and Wales Hook, Hampshire: Waterside Press; Portland, Oregon: North American distributor, International Specialised Book Services. x, 347 pages.
    Contents:
    Origins of Criminal Justice in Anglo-Saxon England
    Saxon Dooms - Our Early Laws
    The Norman Influence and The Angevin Legacy
    Criminal Law In Medieval and Early Modern England
    The Common Law in Danger
    The Commonwealth
    The Whig Supremacy and Adversary Trial
    The Jury in the Eighteenth Century
    Punishment and Prisons
    Nineteenth Century Crime and Policing
    Victorian Images
    A Century of Criminal Law Reform
    Criminal Incapacity
    A Revolution in Procedure
    Early Twentieth Century
    Improvement After World War Two
    Twenty-First Century Regression?
    The Advent of Restorative Justice
    Conclusion
    Select Bibliography


    Max Horkheimer 1895-1973 weblinks

    Horkheimer, M. 1937 "Traditional and Critical Theory" available at http://www.sfu.ca/~andrewf/hork.doc

    1944 See Adorno and Horkheimer 1944

    Horkheimer, M. 1972, Critical Theory: selected essays, Seabury Press.


    Wolfgang Huber 1935-
    German psychiatrist who worked in the Psychiatric Hospital of the University of Heidelberg from 1964 to 1970. Arrested summer 1971. In prison from 1971 to January 1976. (Wikipedia) - See also earthcore

    Huber, W. 1972 SPK, aus der Krankheit eine Waffe machen : eine Agitationsschrift des Sozialistischen Patientenkollektivs an der Universität Heidelberg with a forward by Jean-Paul Sartre. Author: Sozialistisches Patientenkollektiv. Series Trikont-Texte Munich: Trikont-Verlag. 136 pages. ISBN: 3920385470. A translation into English was drafted by a collective in January-May 1973 and privately distributed. (quotations from)

    In a letter of 19.4.1988, Huber says "The SPK-publications that had been prepared by me, in particular the book SPK - Turn Illness into a Weapon, containing Sartre's Preface, had already been published in German in 1972, while the editions to be published abroad were on their way."

    Huber, W. 1976 Iatrokratie im Weltmassstab (Treatment democracy of a world scale?)

    Huber, W. 1983/1987 Der Begriff Einzelhaft (The term of solitary confinement?)

    Huber, W. 1993 Über das Anfangen : zur Vorgeschichte des Sozialistischen Patientenkollektiv (1970) und der Patientenfront (1973) : wie aus der Krankheit eine Waffe wurde : 20 Jahre Patientenfront by W. D Huber (The start: to the history of the Socialist patients collective (1970) and the patient front (1973): how the disease became a weapon: 20 years of patient front by W. D Huber


    Henri Hubert and Marcel Mauss

    Hubert, H and Mauss, M. 1899 "Essai sur la nature et la fonction du sacrifice" (Essay on the nature and function of sacrifice) Année Sociologique, 2, 1899, pp. 29- 138. Available online from Les Classiques des sciences sociales at http://classiques.uqac.ca/classiques/mauss_marcel/oeuvres_1/oeuvres_1_3/ess ai_sacrifice.html


    Alastair Hudson 6.11.1968-

    Hudson, A. 2007- or Hudson's words Words and Concepts (date from last modificatiopn). Include Individualisation


    Olwen Hufton 1938-

    Hufton, O. 1971 Women in Revolution, 1789-1796 Past and Present no.53, November 1971. Reprinted as Chapter 6 in Johnson, D. 1976 (pp 148- 166)



    James J. Hughes

    Hughes, J. 1994 "The Doctor Patient Relationship: A Review". Chapter one of Organization and Information at the Bed-Side: The Experience of the Medical Division of Labor by University Hospitals' Inpatients. Thesis: Department of Sociology, University of Chicago. November 1994. Available at http://www.changesurfer.com/Hlth/DPReview.html


    Joan Hughes

    Hughes, Joan 1999 - What is Science? Summaries and Reviews available at http://studymore.org.uk/science.htm


    John A Hughes 1941 -
    University of Lancaster

    John A. Hughes, Peter J. Martin and W. W. Sharrock

    Hughes, J.A., Martin, P.J. and W. W. Sharrock 1995 Understanding Classical Sociology : Marx, Weber, Durkheim London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. viii and 230 pages.

    Hughes, J.A., W. W. Sharrock and Martin, P.J. 2003 Understanding Classical Sociology : Marx, Weber, Durkheim London and Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. viii and 246 pages. Second editon

    CONTENTS
    Introduction
    Sociology's Intellectual Character
    Conclusion Select Bibliography and Further Reading
    Karl Marx
    Biography and Social Background
    Early Years: The Critique of
    Hegel's Idealism
    Turning Hegel the Right Way Up
    The Critique of Political Economy
    The Partnership with Engels
    The Materialist Conception of History
    The Priority of Society
    The Material Basis of Social Organisation
    Economic Production and Social Organisation
    The Shaping of Consciousness
    The Sources of Social Change
    The Nature of Social Change
    Social Revolution
    The Economic Sources of Social Change
    Issues of Interpretation
    Changes in the Nature of Capitalism
    Conclusion: Marx's Legacy
    Select Bibliography and Further Reading
    Max Weber
    The Early Career
    Weber and Modern Capitalism
    The Organisation of Society
    Capitalism, Rationality and Social Change
    The Methodological Weber
    The Legacy
    Select Bibliography and Further Reading
    Emile Durkheim
    The Study of Social Action
    [Notes that Weber is usually associated with social action, but that Parsons included Durkheim in his Structure of Social Action]
    The Reality of Society
    The Unity of Society
    Autonomy and Constraint
    The Solidarity of Society
    Thought and Society
    The Diagnosis of Society
    The Aftermath
    Select Bibliography and Further Reading
    Conclusion
    Towards a Postmodern Marx?
    The Durkheimian Legacy
    Which Weber?
    Concluding Remarks


    Hunt, A. 1978 The Sociological Movement in Law, London, Macmillan.


    Joseph McVicker Hunt 19.3.1906-9.1.1991
    Developmental psychologist. University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

    Hunt, J.M. 1944 (Editor) Personality and the Behaviour Disorders: A handbook based on experimental and clinical research New York: The Ronald Press Company.

    Hunt, J.M. 1961 Intelligence and Experience New York: Ronald Press Co. ix and 416 pages.
    Contents:
    The belief in fixed intelligence
    The belief in predetermined development
    Information-processing and experience
    Piaget's observations: the sensorimotor period
    Piaget's observations: from sensorimotor schemata to formal operations
    Some implications of Piaget's work and other evidence
    Some reinterpretations
    Recapitulation and conclusion.

    Hunt, J.M. 1969 The Challenge of Incompetence and Poverty: Papers on the role of early education Urbana; London : University of Illinois Press. xiii and 289 pages.
    Seven essays on cultural deprivation, intellectual development, equality of opportunity and related subjects.


    Hunt, L. 1992 The Family Romance of the French Revolution


    George William Hunter 7.4.1873-4.2.1948

    Hunter, G.W. 1914 A Civic Biology, Presented in Problems American Book Company. New York.



    David Hume 1711-1776

    Hume, D. 1739/ 1740 A Treatise of Human Nature: Being an Attempt to Introduce the Experimental Method of Reasoning into Moral Subjects. Three books, each divided into parts and sections: Book 1 Of the Understanding; Book 2 Of the Passions; Book 3 Of Morals.

    Extracts on: origin of ideas - virtue


    Dina Ibrahim

    Ibrahim, D. 2012 Compensatory Education: Insights into history Unpublished dissertation. Middlesex University.


    Inglis, B. 1972 Poverty and the Industrial Revolution. Panther


    Michael Ignatieff

    Ignatieff, M. 1981 "State, civil society and total institutions: a critique of recent social histories of punishment". Crime and Justice 1981 The University of Chicago Press

    Abstract: Three books published during the seventies, by Michel Foucault, Michael Ignatieff, and David Rothman, greatly revised the history of the penitentiary. Contrary to the received wisdom which located the penitentiary's origin in the altruism of Quakers and other humanitarian reformers, and portrayed it as a humane advance from the squalid jails and workhouses, corporal and capital punishment, and transportation that preceded it, the revisionist accounts characterized the penitentiary, and other nineteenth-century "asylums" as weapons of class conflict or instruments of "social control." Social theories on a grand scale, such as Marxism or structural-functionalism, however, claim too much. The revisionist historiography of the prison followed these theories into three major misconceptions: that the state controls a monopoly over punitive regulation of behavior, that the state's moral authority and practical power are the major sources of social order, and that all social relations can be described in terms of power and subordination. The next generation of historical writing on crime and punishment must subject these distorting misconceptions to empirical examination.


    Institute of Contemporary Arts

    ICA7 1988 Black Film, British Cinema ICA documents 7. London: Institute of Contemporary Arts,
    Contents include:
    Recoding Narratives of Race and Nation, by Kobena Mercer. pp 4-14
    New Ethnicities by Stuart Hall. pp 27-31
    Black Film in 80s' Britain, by Colin MacCabe. pp 31-32


    International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)

    IAEA 2006 "Chernobyl's Legacy: Health, Environmental and Socio-Economic Impacts and Recommendations to the Governments of Belarus, the Russian Federation and Ukraine" by the Chernobyl Forum: A Digest Report summarising the various technical reports done by the WHO, IAEA and UNDP (2006). Available at http://www.who.int/ionizing_radiation/chernobyl/chernobyl_digest_report_EN. pdf?ua=1


    International Telecommunication Union

    ITU 2009 Measuring the Information Society 2009 International Telecommunication Union pdf version available at http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/

    ITU 2010 Measuring the Information Society 2010 International Telecommunication Union pdf version available at http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/

    ITU 2011 Measuring the Information Society 2011 International Telecommunication Union pdf version available at http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/

    ITU 2012 Measuring the Information Society 2012 International Telecommunication Union pdf version available at http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/idi/

    See Subject Index Social Networks


    Internet Journal of Criminology
    Nottingham Trent University,

    http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com


    INVOLVE
    What is now known as INVOLVE was established in
    1996 to support active public involvement in National Health Service research (in England). This was later extended to research in public health and social care. It is part of, and funded by, the National Institute for Health Research.

    Standing Advisory Group on Consumer Involvement in the NHS Research and Development Programme

    Involve 1.1.1998 Involve1.pdf Health Research: What's in it for consumers? Report of the Standing Advisory Group on Consumer Involvement in the NHS Research and Development Programme.

    Consumers in NHS Research Support Unit

    Newsletters
    Offline: Spring 2000 - Summer 2000 - Autumn 2000 - Winter 2000/2001 - Spring 2001 - Summer 2001 - Autumn 2001 - Winter 2001/2002

    website was http://www.hfht.org/ConsumersinNHSResearch (no archive). It moved to http://www.conres.co.uk archive 22.4.2002

    Offline: Spring 2002 - Summer 2002 - Autumn 2002 - Winter 2002/2003 - Spring 2003 [we will of course keep using Angela Martin's cartoons!]

    Offline: Consumers in NHS Research - A Guide for Contributors to the Newsletter

    Publications

    INVOLVE 9.2001 Royle Getting Involved in Research - a Guide for Consumers Available at [Illustration: Angela Martin ]

    INVOLVE 4.2002 Hanley Involving Consumers in Research and Development in the NHS: Briefing Notes for Researchers (48 pages) April 2002. Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20030314192315/http://www.conres.co.uk/pdf/invo lving_consumers_in_research.pdf (offline)

    INVOLVE 4.2002/2004 Hanley Involving the public in NHS, public health, and social care research: Briefing Notes for Researchers (73 pages) 2004 Second edition; file size: 598 KB (key document - NEW!)
    This is an introductory document designed for researchers with no previous experience of involving members of the public as active partners in research. It is a revision of the first edition which was published in 2000 and includes the more recent work of INVOLVE in the Policy Research Programme (PRP). (offline)

    INVOLVE July 2003
    "Consumers in NHS Research have a new name
    INVOLVE (formerly Consumers in NHS Research)
    Wessex House, Upper Market Street, Eastleigh, Hampshire, SO50 9FD
    http://www.invo.org.uk/index.htm archive 6.9.2003 - first archive of website 5.11.2004 - present website

    "Welcome to this first edition of our newsletter under the new name, 'INVOLVE.' Our original name - 'Consumers in NHS Research' - no longer adequately describes our broadened remit to cover public health and social care in addition to NHS research in our work."

    Offline: Summer 2003 - Autumn 2003 - Winter 2003/2004 - Spring 2004 - Summer 2004 -

    Newsletters

    Winter 2014/2015

    2006 NIMHE Policy and Vision Statement: the purpose of involvement Offline: Involve1.pdf - Involve2.pdf - Involve3.pdf. See Making a Real Difference 2006/2007


    Kinko Ito 1957-
    Department of Sociology and Anthropology. University of Arkansas at Little Rock

    Ito, K. 2010 A Sociology of Japanese Ladies' Comics: Images of the life, loves, and sexual fantasies of adult Japanese women Kinko Ito ; with a foreword by John A. Lent. Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press. vii and 237 pages.

    See Subject Index Culture



    Nicky Ali Jackson

    Jackson, N.A. 2007 (Editor) Encyclopedia of Domestic Violence New York; London : Routledge. xxix and 789 pages.


    Stevi Jackson and Sue Scott

    Jackson, S. and Scott, S. 2002 (Editors) Gender: A Sociological Reader Routledge student readers. London: Routledge, xiv and 465 pages. Contents:
    Introduction: The Gendering of Sociology.
    Part One - Gender and Knowledge.
    1. Should 'sex' really be 'gender' - or 'gender' really be 'sex'? by Liz Stanley
    2. Doing sex by Candice West and Don H. Zimmerman
    3. Performative subversions by Judith Butler
    4. Rethinking sex and gender by Christine Delphy
    5. Hegemonic masculinity by Bob Connell
    6. Women's perspective as a radical critique by Dorothy E. Smith
    7. Learning from the outsider within: The sociological significance of black feminist thought
    8. The heterosexual imaginary by Chrys Ingraham
    Part Two - Class, Gender and the Labour Market
    9. Women and social stratification: A case of intellectual sexism by Joan Acker
    10. Gender, class and stratification: Towards a new approach by Sylvia Walby
    11 Capitalism, patriarchy and job segregation by sex by Heidi Hartman
    12 Women working world wide by Swasti Mitter
    13 Black women, sexism and racism by Gemma Tang Nain (1991)
    14 Patriarchy and the professions: The gendered politics of occupational closure by Ann Witz
    15 Full wages and component wages by Janet Siltanen
    16 Lesbians in manual jobs by Gillian Dunne
    17 A single or segregated market? Gendered and racialised divisions by Annie Phizarcklea
    Part Three - Paid and Unpaid Work.
    Part Four - Marriage and Intimate Relationships.
    Part Five - Becoming Gendered.
    Part Six - Gendered Embodiment.


    Thomas Alfred Jackson 1879-1955 Jackson, T.A. 1935 A Great Socialist-Frederick Engels. National Council of Labour Colleges pamphlet.

    Jackson, T.A. 1945 (2nd edition. 1st: 1940) Trials of British Freedom. Being studies in the history of the fight for democratic freedom in Britain. Lawrence and Wishart.


    Allison James and Alan Prout
    Allison James: Professor of Sociology at the University of Sheffield.

    James, A. and Prout, A. 1990 (Editors) Constructing and Reconstructing Childhood: Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood London: Falmer. 248 pages.
    Contents
    A new paradigm for the sociology of childhood? by A. Prout and A. James
    Constructions and reconstructions of British childhood: 1800 to the present by H. Hendrick.
    Psychology and the cultural construction of children's needs by M. Woodhead
    A voice for children in statistical and social accounting by J. Qvortrup
    Its a small world: Disneyland, the family and multiple re- representations of American childhood by P. Hunt and R. Frankenberg
    Negotiating childhood: changing constructions of age for Norwegian children by A. Solberg
    Street children by B. Glauser
    Who are you kidding? Children, power and the struggle against sexual abuse by J. Kitzinger
    Childhood and the policy makers by J. Boyden.

    Inspired by the 3rd international workshop on the ethnography of childhood, Cambridge, this book explores the ways in which childhood is socially constructed. It's intention is to show the ways in which the immaturity of children is conceived and articulated in particular societies into culturally specific sets of ideas and philosophies, attitudes and practices which combine to define the "nature of childhood"

    James, A., Jenks, C. and Prout, A. 1998 Theorising Childhood Cambridge: Polity.

    Allison James and Adrian L. James
    Adrian L. James is Professor of Applied Social Studies at the University of Sheffield.

    James, A. and James, A.L. 2004 Constructing Childhood: Theory, policy, and social practice Houndmills ; New York, N.Y. : Palgrave Macmillan, x and 244 pages.
    Contents
    Part One: Towards a cultural politics of childhood -- 1. Constructing children, childhood and the child -- 2. Key constructs : politics, policies and process -- 3. The production and reproduction of childhood -- 4. The universalisation of law?
    Part Two: Case studies in the cultural politics of childhood -- 5. Education -- 6. Health -- 7. Crime -- 8. The family -- Concluding thoughts : continuity and change.


    James, C.L.R. 1938/1980 The Black Jacobins. Toussaint L'Ouverture and the San Domingo Revolution.


    William James 1842-1910

    James, W. 1907 Pragmatism: a new name for some old ways of thinking: popular lectures on philosophy. London and New York: Longman.
    Lectures delivered at the Lowell Institute in Boston in November and December, 1906, and in January, 1907, at Columbia University, in New York.
    Available at
    http://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=uva.x001053802
    Contents
    Lecture one: The Present Dilemma in Philosophy
    Chesterton quoted. Everyone has a philosophy. Temperament is a factor in all philosophizing. Rationalists and empiricists. The tender-minded and the tough-minded. Most men wish both facts and religion. Empiricism gives facts without religion. Rationalism gives religion without facts. The layman's dilemma. The unreality in rationalistic systems. Leibnitz on the damned, as an example. M. I. Swift on the optimism of idealists. Pragmatism as a mediating system. An objection. Reply: philosophies have characters like men, and are liable to as summary judgments. Spencer as an example.
    Lecture two: What Pragmatism Means
    The squirrel. Pragmatism as a method. History of the method. Its character and affinities. How it contrasts with rationalism and intellectualism. A 'corridor theory.' Pragmatism as a theory of truth, equivalent to 'humanism.' Earlier views of mathematical, logical, and natural truth. More recent views. Schiller's and Dewey's 'instrumental' view. The formation of new beliefs. Older truth always has to be kept account of. Older truth arose similarly. The 'humanistic' doctrine. Rationalistic criticisms of it. Pragmatism as mediator between empiricism and religion. Barrenness of transcendental idealism. How far the concept of the Absolute must be called true. The true is the good in the way of belief. The clash of truths. Pragmatism unstiffens discussion.
    Lecture three: Some Metaphysical Problems Pragmatically Considered
    The problem of substance. The Eucharist. Berkeley's pragmatic treatment of material substance. Locke's of personal identity. The problem of materialism. Rationalistic treatment of it. Pragmatic treatment. 'God' is no better than 'Matter' as a principle, unless he promise more. Pragmatic comparison of the two principles. The problem of design. 'Design' per se is barren. The question is WHAT design. The problem of 'free-will.' Its relations to 'accountability.' Free-will a cosmological theory. The pragmatic issue at stake in all these problems is what do the alternatives PROMISE.
    Lecture four: The One and the Many
    Total reflection. Philosophy seeks not only unity, but totality. Rationalistic feeling about unity. Pragmatically considered, the world is one in many ways. One time and space. One subject of discourse. Its parts interact. Its oneness and manyness are co- ordinate. Question of one origin. Generic oneness. One purpose. One story. One knower. Value of pragmatic method. Absolute monism. Vivekananda. Various types of union discussed. Conclusion: We must oppose monistic dogmatism and follow empirical findings.
    Lecture five: Pragmatism and Common Sense
    Noetic pluralism. How our knowledge grows. Earlier ways of thinking remain. Prehistoric ancestors DISCOVERED the common sense concepts. List of them. They came gradually into use. Space and time. 'Things.' Kinds. 'Cause' and 'law.' Common sense one stage in mental evolution, due to geniuses. The 'critical' stages: 1) scientific and 2) philosophic, compared with common sense. Impossible to say which is the more 'true.'
    Lecture six: Pragmatism's Conception of Truth
    The polemic situation. What does agreement with reality mean? It means verifiability. Verifiability means ability to guide us prosperously through experience. Completed verifications seldom needful. 'Eternal' truths. Consistency, with language, with previous truths. Rationalist objections. Truth is a good, like health, wealth, etc. It is expedient thinking. The past. Truth grows. Rationalist objections. Reply to them.
    Lecture seven: Pragmatism and Humanism
    The notion of THE Truth. Schiller on 'Humanism.' Three sorts of reality of which any new truth must take account. To 'take account' is ambiguous. Absolutely independent reality is hard to find. The human contribution is ubiquitous and builds out the given. Essence of pragmatism's contrast with rationalism. Rationalism affirms a transempirical world. Motives for this. Tough-mindedness rejects them. A genuine alternative. Pragmatism mediates.
    Lecture eight: Pragmatism and Religion
    Utility of the Absolute. Whitman's poem 'To You.' Two ways of taking it. My friend's letter. Necessities versus possibilities. 'Possibility' defined. Three views of the world's salvation. Pragmatism is melioristic. We may create reality. Why should anything BE? Supposed choice before creation. The healthy and the morbid reply. The 'tender' and the 'tough' types of religion. Pragmatism mediates.


    Fredric Jameson

    Sources about:
    Adam Roberts 2000

    Jameson, F. 1981 The Political Unconscious: Narrative as a socially symbolic act London : Methuen. 305 pages

    Fredric Jameson and Anders Stephanson

    Jameson, F. and Stephanson, A. 1989 "Regarding Postmodernism - A Conversation with Fredric Jameson" Social Text, No. 21, Universal Abandon? The Politics of Postmodernism (1989), pp. 3-30 Duke University Press

    Jameson, F. 1991 Postmodernism, or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
    Contents:
    Introduction ix
    1. CULTURE: The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism 1
    2. IDEOLOGY: Theories of the Postmodern 55
    3. VIDEO: Surrealism Without the Unconscious 67
    4. ARCHITECTURE: Spatial Equivalents in the World System 97
    5. SENTENCES: Reading and the Division of Labor 131
    6. SPACE: Utopianism After the End of Utopia 154
    7. THEORY: Immanence and Nominalism in Postmodern Theoretical Discourse 181
    8. ECONOMICS: Postmodernism and the Market 260
    9. FILM: Nostalgia for the Present 279
    10. CONCLUSION: Secondary Elaborations 297


    David Jary and Julia Jary

    Jary, D. and Jary, J. 2000 Sociology (Collins Dictionary)


    John J. Jenkins

    Jenkins. J.J. 1983 Understanding Locke: An introduction to philosophy through John Locke's Essay Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press xviii, and 256 pages


    Philip Jenkins 1952-

    Jenkins, P. 1998 Moral Panic: Changing concepts of the child molester in modern America New Haven, Connecticut; London: Yale University Press. xii and 302 pages

    Attempts to document attitudes towards sexual offenders interested in children have fluctuated in North America since the late nineteenth century. In the 1970s many experts thought molestation was very rare and that molesters were merely confused individuals unlikely to repeat their offenses. In the 1990s sexual abuse of children is widely considered a grave and pervasive problem and child molesters as predators who compulsively repeat their crimes and have little hope of cure.


    Richard Jenkins 1952-

    Jenkins, R. 1992 Pierre Bourdieu Key sociologists series. London: Routledge. 190p (Revised edition in 2002).
    Contents: A Book for Reading; Anthropology and Structuralism; Experiments in Epistemology; Practice, Habitus and Field; Symbolic Violence and Social Reproduction; Culture, Status and Distinction; Uses of Language; Using Bourdieu; Reading Bourdieu.

    Jenkins, R. 1996 Social identity Routledge Key ideas series. London: Routledge. Second edition 2004 - Third edition 2008.
    Contents: 1. Knowing Who We Are 2. A Sign of the Times 3. Common Sense 4. Theorising Social Identity 5. Selfhood and Mind 6. Social Selves 7. Entering Society 8. Self-image and Public Image 9. Groups and Categories 10. The Social Organisation of Difference 11. The Symbolic Construction of Similarity 12. Predictability 13. Institutionalising Identity 14. Organising Identities 15. Allocation and Classification 16. Modernity, Rationality and Identity.
    Summary: Social identity provides frameworks of similarity and difference that enable people to relate in a consistent and meaningful fashion. It makes society possible. Social identity should be seen as both individual and collective. Explores theorists of identity including
    George Herbert Mead - Erving Goffman - Roland Bathes - and Pierre Bourdieu is examined.

    Jenkins, R. 8.2010 "What interactionism can teach us: towards a model of distributed vulnerability". Presentation by Richard Jenkins at the 3rd Qualitative Research on Mental Health Conference (Nottingham) August 2010 available at http://www.nottingham.ac.uk/sociology/pdfs/qrmh/keynote-addresses/richard- jenkins.pptx


    Chris Jenks 12.6.1947-
    Glodsmiths College, London

    Jenks, C. 1982 (Editor) The Sociology of Childhood: Essential readings London : Batsford Academic and Educational,
    Contents: An archaeology of childhood - the discovery of childhood; the image of the child; the evolution of the child; the child as emergent being - the child's relations with others; embodiment and child development; the emergence of mind within sociality; origins of the child in myth and dream - abandoning the child; reveries toward childhood; a paradigm of guilt - Oedipus Rex; toys; constraining the child to order - the socialization of the child and the internationalization of social value orientations; childhood; the rise of the child-saving movement; madness is childhood; the child at work and play - the lore and language of school children; the everyday world of the child; the work of little children; the play of little children; comparative approaches to childhood; the necessity and significance of comparative research in developmental psychology; early childhood experience and later education in complex cultures; the child in social time - eight ages of man; the problem of generations; historical development of the multiplicity of times and implications for the analysis of ageing


    Karen Diane Jennett

    Jennett, K.D. 2008 "Female Figurines of the Upper Paleolithic" Texas State University thesis. May 2008. Availabe at https://digital.library.txstate.edu/bitstream/handle/10877/3202/fulltext.pd f


    Hans Joas 1948-

    Joas, H. 1980 Praktische Intersubjektivität : die Entwicklung des Werkes von George Herbert Mead Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp, 1980. 258 pages [1979 Thesis for Freie University Berlin]

    Joas, H. 1980/1985 G.H. Mead, A contemporary re-examination of his thought by Hans Joas. A translation into English, by Raymond Meyer, of Joas, H. 1980. Studies in contemporary German social thought. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press. 266 pages

    Joas, H. 1997 George Herbert Mead and the Renaissance of American pragmatism in Social Theory in Camic, C. 1997 pp 262-281


    Allan G. Johnson

    Johnson, A.G. 1995 The Blackwell Dictionary of Sociology : A user's guide to sociological language. Oxford : Blackwell, 1995 xi and 378 pages

    Second edition: Oxford : Wiley-Blackwell, 2000. xii and 412 pages


    Douglas Johnson

    Johnson, D. 1976 (Editor) French Society and the Revolution. Essays published in "Past and Present" 1966-1976.



    Norman Johnston

    Johnston, N. 3.2009 "Evolving Function: Early Use of Imprisonment as Punishment" The Prison Journal Volume:89 Issue:1 March 2009 Pages:10S to 34S



    Ernest Jones 1879-1958

    Jones, E. 1953/1955/1957 (3 Volumes) The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud.

    Jones, E. 1961/1964 The Life and Work of Sigmund Freud. One volume abridgement, 1961, by Lionel Trilling and Steven Marcus. Re- published by Penguin in 1964


    Greta Jones

    Greta Jones, 1980 Social Darwinsim and English Thought. The Interaction Between Biological and Social Theory. Harvester.



    Robert Alun Jones
    Professor emeritus of religious studies, history, and sociology at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign

    Jones, R.A. 1986 Emile Durkheim: An Introduction to Four Major Works. Beverly Hills, California. Sage Publications. 165 pages. Series: Masters of Social Theory (Volume 2)
    Contents
    Between Two Wars
    The Moral Basis of the Social Order
    The Division of Labor in Society (1893)
    Studying Social Facts
    The Rules of Sociological Method (1895)
    The Social Conditions of Psychological Health
    Suicide (1897)
    Reason, Religion, and Society
    The Elementary Forms of Religious Life (1912)
    Why Read the Classics?

    Jones, R.A. 1997 The Other Durkheim: History and Theory in the Treatment of Classical Sociological Thought in Camic, C. 1997 pp 142-172



    Jones, T., MacLean, B. & Young, J. 1986 The Islington Crime Survey: crime, victimization and policing in inner-city London. Aldershot: Gower.


    Tim Jordan

    Jordan, T. 2005 "Social Movements and Social Change" CRESC Working Paper Series - Working Paper No. 7. Centre for Research on Socio-Cultural Change (CRESC). Faculty of Social Sciences, The Open University, Milton Keynes. September 2005. Available at http://www.archive.cresc.ac.uk/documents/papers/wp7.pdf


    Journal of Abnormal Psychology

    The Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication (JCMC) launched June 1995

    Journals of the houses of parliament

    The Journal of Mind and Behavior

    Journal of Psychological Medicine and Mental Pathology


    Jayasree Kalathil
    Editor of aaina from March 2001

    Jayasree moved to the United Kingdom about 2003

    Kalathil, J. 3.2006 "Realities and Representations" A review of the film 15 Park Avenue, directed by Aparna Sen. Hailed as a new era for the representation of madness in Indian cinema. Jayasree Kalathil has her doubts. Published in aaina, March 2006. Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20150702204706/http://www.survivor- research.com/index.php/publications/27-reality-and-representation

    Kalathil, J. 9.2006 "The Road to Recovery". Jayasree Kalathil September 2006 Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20150702122729/http://www.survivor- research.com/index.php/publications/5-the-road-to-recovery

    Kalathil, J. 5.2007 "Let's Tell Our Stories: Looking for Black Women's Personal Narratives" Jayasree Kalathil. May 2007. Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20150702123350/http://www.survivor- research.com/index.php/publications/4-lets-tell-our-stories-looking-for- black-womens-personal-narratives

    Jayasree Kalathil, Joanna Bennett, Frank Keating

    2007 Race Equality Training in Mental Health Services in England: Does One Size Fit All? Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health
    The report of a national scoping study on race equality training in mental health, written by Joanna Bennett, Jayasree Kalathil and Frank Keating.
    This report presents a historical analysis of the development of race related training and the findings of a survey of race equality training in mental health services in England. This is the first national study of race related training in mental health services.
    Available at http://www.nacro.org.uk/data/files/nacro-2007100901-473.pdf

    One Size Doesn't Fit All: A shorter version of the report of the national scoping study on race equality training in mental health in England, written by Joanna Bennett, Jayasree Kalathil and Frank Keating. This article was first published in Mental Health Today, November 2007.

    Kalathil, J. 11.2007 "After Ervadi: Faith Healing and Human Rights". Available at https://web.archive.org/web/20080916215500/http://www.survivor- research.com/index.php/publications/3-after-ervadi-faith-healing-and-human- rights
    In this article, Jayasree Kalathil discusses healing, human rights and the law in the context of yet another media call to close down faith/religious healing spaces in India. A version of the article was published in aaina, 7.3, November 2007.

    January 2008: Yvonne Christie: "This UK Black Phenomenon"

    Website: Survivor Research: Black and Minority Ethnic User-led Perspectives in Mental Health. First archive 18.11.2008

    Jayasree Kalathil and Rowan Myron
    Dr Rowan Myron who is Associate Head of Research at the Mental Health Foundation

    Kalathil, J. and Myron, R. 11.2008 Engaging With Black And Minority Ethnic Communities about the Mental Capacity Act. Mental Health Foundation. November 2008. Research by Jayasree Kalathil supervised by Rowan Myron. Available at http://www.mentalhealth.org.uk/publications/engaging-black-minority-ethnic/

    Kalathil, J. 2009 The Sackclothman DC Books, Kottayam, India
    Children's book exploring the friendship between a young girl and a homeless man. "From the time Anu can remember, the Sackcloth Man has been around in the village. Who is he? Where did he come from? Doesn't he have a home or family? The slowly growing friendship between Anu and the Sackcloth Man is at the centre of this story". Illustrated by Rakhi Peswani.

    Kalathil, J. 2.3.2009 " What's in a Name? Race, User Involvement and 'Hard to Reach' Communities"

    Kalathil, J. 24.3.2009 Dancing to Our Own Tunes: Reassessing Black and Minority Ethnic Mental Health Service User Involvement National Survivor User Network
    Dancing to Our Own Tunes reports on the findings of a national consultation with service users/survivors from Black and minority ethnic communities and from White backgrounds on their experiences of "involvement,"both within statutory/voluntary sector organisations and within the mental health user/survivor movement. It makes a strong statement against tokenistic involvement initiatives that are simply about increasing "Black" faces in committees so that policy boxes can be ticked. The report highlights several barriers to meaningful involvement, including the overt and covert racism faced by people from minority ethnic backgrounds in these spaces. The report calls for a redefinition of user involvement that acknowledges the varied range of activities users and survivors from minority ethnic backgrounds are engaged in within their communities. The need now is to shift the locus of leadership to the communities whose involvement is being sought, support such initiatives and create a strong political voice that addresses not only mental health issues but also the racism that is prevalent within mental health services and within the society.
    The report was launched at an event on 24th March [2009], organised by NSUN who commissioned the report in collaboration with Catch-a-Fiya.
    source

    Kalathil, J. 24.3.2009/2011 2011 Reprint of the 24.3.2009 report with a review of the work undertaken on the recommendations. Available at http://www.nsun.org.uk/assets/downloadableFiles/dtoots_report_reprint-oct- 20112.pdf   [Lost?]

    2013 reprint available http://www.nsun.org.uk/assets/downloadableFiles/dtoots-report---for- website2.pdf   archive

    Kalathil, J. 12.2009 Mental Health of Black and Minority Ethnic (BME) Communities: Continuing Priorities and Action Points December 2009. Available at http://www.survivor- research.com/images/documents/nh%20consultations%20full%20report.pdf
    Report of the consultations organised by the Afiya Trust as part of its response to New Horizons

    Jayasree Kalathil with Beth Collier and Renuka Bhakta, Odete Daniel, Doreen Joseph, and Premila Trivedi

    Kalathil, J. and others 2011 Recovery and Resilience: African, African-Caribbean and South Asian Women's Narratives about Recovering from Mental Distress by Jayasree Kalathil and others. Mental Health Foundation and Survivor Research. Available at http://www.mhpf.org.uk/resources/research/recovery-and- resilience-african-african-caribbean-and-south-asian-women%E2%80%99s- narrati

    Kalathil, J. 2013 "'Hard to reach'? Racialised groups and mental health service user involvement". Chapter eleven in Staddon, P. 2013 Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives


    Stephen Kallberg

    Kallberg, S. 1997 Max Weber's Sociology: Research Strategies and Modes of Analysis in Camic, C. 1997 pp 208-241


    Immanuel Kant See Beck, Cassirer, Reiss, Williams, weblinks

    Kant, I. 1781 Critique of Pure Reason Translation from German into English by J. M. D. Meiklejohn available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext03/cprrn10.txt

    Kant, I. 11.11.1784 "Idea for a Universal History with a Cosmopolitan Purpose" First published 11.11.1784 as Idee zu einer allgemeinen Geschichte in weltbürgerlicher Absicht. English translation by Lewis White Beck, 1963, available at http://www.marxists.org/reference/subject/ethics/kant/universal-history.htm

    In print in Beck, L.W. 1963 pp 11-26 and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 41-53.

    Kant, I. 12.12.1784 An answer to the question: What is Enlightenment? First published in Berlinische Monatsschrift 4, 12.12.1784 as Beantwortung der Frage: Was ist Aufklärung available at http://studymore.org.uk/xKan1784.htm

    The above translation begins
    "Enlightenment is man's emergence from his self-imposed immaturity"
    Another translation:
    http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/What_is_Enlightenment%3F
    begins
    "Enlightenment is man's release from his self-incurred tutelage"

    In print in Beck, L.W. 1963 pp 3-10, and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 54-60.

    Kant, I. 1785 Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysic of Morals

    Kant, I. 1788 Critique of Practical Reason Translation from German into English by Thomas Kingsmill Abbott available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext04/ikcpr10.txt

    Kant, I. 1790 Critique of Judgement

    Kant, I. 1795 "Perpetual Peace. A Philosophical Sketch". In Reiss, H. 1970 pp 85-135 and Reiss, H. 1970 pp 93-130.

    Kant, I. 1797 The Metaphysics of Morals


    Priscilla W. Kariuki

    Kariuki, P.W. 1989 "In Search of a Sense of Identity: Coping With Single Parenthood in Kenya." Early Childhood Development and Care Gordon and Breach Science Publishers. Volume: 50. Pages 25-30


    John Keane 1949-

    Keane, J. 1988 Eitor Civil Society and the State: New European perspectives edited by John Keane. London: Verso. 426 pages


    Douglas Kellner 1943 -

    Kellner, D. 2000 "Habermas, the Public Sphere, and Democracy: A Critical Intervention" available at http://pages.gseis.ucla.edu/faculty/kellner/papers/habermas.htm [Date given at http://www2.hu- berlin.de/amerika/syllabi/asf_2007_08ws_isensee_cou2.pdf


    Stephen A. Kent and Terra A. Manca

    Kent, S.A. and Manca, T.A. 2014 "A War over Mental Health Professionalism: Scientology versus Psychiatry. Mental Health, Religion and Culture 17.1 (2014): 1-23. PMC. Web. 1.5.2015. Available at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3856510/

    See Subject Index Scientology


    Kelly, Linda 1987 Women of the French Revolution. Hamish Hamilton.


    Ian Kershaw

    Kershaw, I. 1985 The Nazi Dictatorship. Problems and Perspectives of Interpretation. London: Edward Arnold

    Kershaw I, 1987? or 1989? The Hitler Myth: Image and Reality in the Third Reich, Oxford University Press

    Kershaw I, 1991 Hitler: Profiles in Power, Pearson Education Ltd

    Kershaw I, 1998 Hitler: 1889 - 1936. Hubris, Allen Lane, London

    Kershaw I, 2000 Hitler: 1936 - 1945 Nemesis, Allen Lane, London


    John Maynard Keynes 1883-1946

    Keynes, J. M. 1926 "The End of Laissez-Faire". From Collected Writings: Essays in Persuasion Part 4, Chapter 2 pages 272-294

    Keynes, J. M. 1936 The General Theory of Employment Interest and Money. Macmillan.


    Moumina (Krich) Khan

    Khan, M. 2013 Complex story-telling: Erving Goffman's concept of moral career applied to a fictional criminal with multiple mental health problems. Unpublished dissertation. Middlesex University.


    Majid KhosraviNik

    KhosraviNik, M. 2009 "The representation of refugees, asylum seekers and immigrants in British newspapers during the Balkan conflict (1999) and the British general election (2005)" Discourse & Society July 2009 20: pp 477-498


    Harry Kidd

    Kidd, H. 1969 The Trouble at L.S.E. 1966-1967 London. Oxford University Press


    Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe

    Kilminster, R. and Varcoe, I. 1996 Culture, Modernity, and Revolution: Essays in honour of Zygmunt Bauman edited by Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe. London : Routledge. xi and 285 pages
    Essays by
    Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe: "Introduction: Intellectual migration and sociological insight"
    S. N. Eisenstadt:
    Gianfranco Poggi:
    Ian Varcoe:
    Agnes Heller:
    Tom Bottomore:
    Lewis A. Coser:
    Edmund Mokrzycki:
    Jerzy J. Wiatr
    Richard Kilminster and Ian Varcoe: "Addendum: Culture and power in the writings of Zygmunt Bauman


    David Anthony Kirby 1945 -

    Kirby, A. 2002 "Entrepreneurship Education: Can Business Schools Meet the Challenge?" International Council for Small Business 47th World Conference San Juan, Puerto Rico 16.6.2002 to 19.6.2002. Available http://sbaer.uca.edu/research/icsb/2002/079.pdf


    Kline, M. 1953 Mathematics in Western Culture. Page numbers from Pelican 1972 edition.


    Knies, Karl 1853 Die Politische Oekonomie vom Standpunkte der geschichtlichen Methode [Political Economy from the Historical Point of View]


    Laura Knight and Mike Stephens
    Department of Social Sciences, Loughborough University,

    Knight, L. and Stephens, M., 2009 "Mentally Disordered Offenders in Prison: A tale of neglect?" Internet Journal of Criminology [A Peer Reviewed article] http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/Knight_Stephens_Mentally_Disord ered_Offenders.pdf

    See Subject Index Mental health and prison


    Leszek Kolakowski

    Kolakowski, L. 1968 Positivist Philosophy From Hume to the Vienna Circle New York, Doubleday and Co. (Harmondsworth, Penguin Books 1972). Translated from Polish (1966) Filozafia Pozytwistyczma (ad Hume, a do kola Wiedenskiego


    William Kornhauser

    Kornhauser, W. 1959/1960 The Politics of Mass Society New York, Free Press 1959 and London, Routledge and Kegan Paul 1960.


    S N Kothare and Sanjay A Pai

    Kothare, S.Nn. and Pai, S.A. 2004? An Introduction to the History of Medicine available at https://web.archive.org/web/20040130040229/http://www.histmedindia.org/


    Randy Steven Kraft 19.3.1945
    Californian economics graduate convicted of serial killings on 12.5.1989

    Kraft, R.S. Randy Kraft's webpage at http://www.ccadp.org/randykraft.htm


    Elmer Altman Kral (E.A.Kral) 1935-

    Kral, E.A. 2008 "Profile: Joseph McVicker Hunt: Psychologist stimulated America's mid-20th century focus on children's intellectual development and helped influence educational research and Project Head Start" available at http://nsea.org/news/JMHunt.htm


    Robert Kraut, Michael Patterson, Vicki Lundmark, Sara Kiesler, Tridas Mukopadhyay, and William Scherlis
    Carnegie Mellon University

    Kraut, R., Patterson, M., Lundmark, V., Kiesler, S., Mukophadhyay, T., Scherlis, W, 1998. "Internet paradox: A social technology that reduces social involvement and psychological well-being?" American Psychologist, 53(9), pp 1017-1031. Available online at http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~kiesler/publications/1998pdfs/1998Kraut- InternetParadox.pdf

    See Subject Index Social Networks


    Nat Kretchun and Jane Kim

    Kretchun, N. and Kim, J. 2012 A Quiet Opening: North Koreans in a Changing Media Environment InterMedia, May 2012. Available at http://audiencescapes.org/sites/default/files/A_Quiet_Opening_FINAL_InterMe dia.pdf


    Rob Kroes

    Kroes, R. 2000 Them and Us: Questions of Citizenship in a Globalising World Urbana: University of Illinois Press.
    Contents: Supranationalism and its discontents -- Trespassing in America: American views of borders, boundaries, and frontiers -- Between globalism and regionalism: a comparison of trends in North America and Europe -- Immigrants and transnational localism: a focus on photography -- The human rights tradition in the United States -- Ideology: black box or the logic of our ideas? -- Neopopulism and Neoconservatism in the United States: social drift and sociological dilemmas -- National American studies in Europe, transnational American studies in America? -- Traveling theories, traveling theorists: French views of American modernity -- America and the European sense of history -- Citizenship and cyberspace.


    Krüger, D. 1987 Max Weber and the Younger Generation in the Verein für Sozialpolitik in Mommsen 1987 pp 71-87.


    Thomas Kuhn

    Kuhn, T.S. 1962 (2nd edition 1970) The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. University of Chicago.


    Krishan Kumar 1942 -

    Kumar, K. Self and Net in the Information Age: A review of Manuel Castells' The Information Age: Economy, Society and Culture The Hedgehog Review, pp 85-94, Autumn 1999. Available as a pdf at http://www.iasc-culture.org/THR/archives/Identity/1.1LKumar.pdf - (offline pdf)


    Labyrinth : international journal for philosophy, feminist theory and cultural hermeneutics http://h2hobel.phl.univie.ac.at/~iaf/Labyrinth/

    Labyrinth: Volume 1, No. 1 Autumn 1999 Special Issue: "Simone de Beauvoir: 50 years after the second sex" Institut füet;r Axiologische Forschungen, Kaltenleutgeben by Vienna. Partially recoverable at http://web.archive.org/web/20000416104144/http://phaidon.philo.at/~iaf/Laby rinth/Lab99-1.html
    Contents:
    Françoise Rétif: Modernité de Simone de Beauvoir ou la dialetique d'un engagement
    Nancy Bauer - Beauvoir's First Philosophy, The Second Sex, and the Third Wave
    Debra Bergoffen - Simone de Beauvoir and Jean-Paul Sartre: Woman, Man and the Desire to be God
    Elaine Stavro-Pearce - Transgressing Sartre: embodied situated subjects in The Second Sex
    Susanne Moser - Die Frau, Opfer der Dialektik? Das Thema der Anerkennung bei Simone de Beauvoir
    Diane Lamoureux - Le paradoxe du corps chez Simone de Beauvoir
    Marie Couillard - La lesbienne selon Simone de Beuvoir et Nicole Brossard: identité ou figure convergente?
    Mara Luisa Femenias - Beauvoir revisited: Butler and the "gender" question

    Karen Vintges - Beauvoir's autobiography: "autofiction" or selftechnique?
    Sonia Kruks - Panopticism and Shame: Reading Foucault through Beauvoir
    Yvanka B. Raynova - Vers une éthique postmoderne de la justice: Simone de Beauvoir et Jean-François Lyotard
    Kristana Arp - Moral obligation in Simone de Beauvoir's The Ethics of Ambiguity Susan Bainbrigge - The Impact of Simone de Beauvoir's "universel singularisé" on the Politics of Representation and the Representation of Politics
    Sandrine Dauphin - From Socialism to radical Feminism: Militant foundations in Simone de Beauvoir's Writings
    Claudia Gather - Simone de Beauvoir, eine Klassikerin der feministischen Soziologie?
    Two Remarks
    Brigitte Weisshaupt - Simone de Beauvoir und Jean-Paul Sartre: Eine Anmerkung
    Meike Lauggas - born to be adult


    Jacques Lacan 13.4.1901 - 9.9.1981 weblinks

    Lacan, J. 1938 "Les complexes familiaux dans la formation de l'individu. Essai d'analyse d'une fonction en psychologie" (The Family Complexes in the Formation of the Individual: Attempt at an Analysis of a Function in Psychology). Encyclopédie française

    Lacan, J. 1968 The Language of Self New York: Dell

    Lacan, J. 1977 Ecrits: A Selection London: Tavistock Publications.


    Dominick LaCapra

    LaCapra, D. 1972 Emile Durkheim: Sociologist and Philosopher. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

    LaCapra, D. 1987 History and Criticism. Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.


    Pat N. Lackey

    Lackey, P.N. 1987 Invitation to Talcott Parsons Theory. Houston: Cap and Gown Press

    Extracts from chapter one (pages 3-15) "A Survey of Parsons' Career and Work" available on Larry Ridener's website at http://www2.pfeiffer.edu/~lridener/DSS/Parsons/parsbio2.html
    archive


    Paul Lafargue (1842-1911)

    Lafargue, P. 9.1890 "Reminiscences of Marx" (Written September 1890) in Marx and Engels Through the Eyes of Their Contemporaries Progress Publishers, 1972. Online Version: Lafargue Internet Archive (marxists.org) 2002 avaliable at http://www.marxists.org/archive/lafargue/1890/xx/marx.htm


    Ronald David Laing 1927-1989 See weblinks - Cooper - Esterson - reviews

    Laing, R.D. 1960 The Divided Self: An existential study in sanity and madness. Tavistock (Penguin 1965)

    Laing, R.D. 1961 Self and Others. Tavistock (Revised edition 1961/1969)

    Laing, R.D. and Esterson, A. 1964 Sanity, Madness and the Family, Volume 1: Families of Schizophrenics. Tavistock (Penguin 1970) (Second edition 1964/1970 contains a Preface to second edition).

    Laing, R.D. and Cooper, D.G. 1964 Reason and Violence: A decade of Sartre's philosophy 1950-1960. Tavistock

    [1965 Philadelphia Association formed. Kingsley Hall established]

    Laing, R.D; Lee, A.R. and Phillipson, H. 1966 Interpersonal Perception

    Laing, R.D. 1967 The Politics of Experience and the Bird of Paradise. Penguin

    Roundhouse Congress on the Dialectics of Liberation 15.7.1967-30.7.1967

    Laing, R.D. 7.1967 The Obvious in Cooper, D. 1968

    Laing, R.D. 5.1968 "Intervention in Social Situations" lecture at the Association of Family Caseworkers, published 1972
    Argues for whole family interventions rather than focussing on the "problem" individual members of families and/or society. "The common ground between social workers and psychiatrists is the study of and intervention in social situations". 19 pages

    See subject index intervention

    Laing, R.D. 1970 Knots

    Laing, R.D. 1972 The Politics of the Family and other essays. Vintage containing:
    The Family and the `Family' revised from individual and Family Structure in Lomas, P. 1967 The Predicament of the Family
    Intervention in Social Situations Lecture given at the Association of Family Caseworkers, May 1968
    The study of Family and Social Contexts in Relation to `Schizophrenia' Revised version of a paper given at first Rochester International Congres (March 1967)
    The Politics of the Family revised version of five radio talks broadcast by the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, November to December 1968.

    Laing, R.D. 1976 Series and Nexus in the Family in Worsley 1976.

    Laing, R.D. 1977 The Facts of Life. Penguin

    Laing, R.D. 1985 Wisdom, Madness and Folly: the Making of a Psychiatrist, 1927-1957. Macmillan.


    Jean Laplanche and J.B. Pontalis

    Laplanche, J. and Pontalis, J.B. 1973 The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth


    David H. J. Larmour, Paul Allen Miller and Charles Platter

    Larmour, D.H.J., Miller, P.A. and Platter, C. 1997 (Editors) Rethinking Sexuality: Foucault and Classical Antiquity 280 pages.
    Contents:
    Introduction: Situating The History of Sexuality p.3
    1 Taking the Sex Out of Sexuality: Foucault's Failed History p.42
    2 Incipit Philosophia p.61
    3 The Subject in Antiquity after Foucault p. 85
    4 This Myth Which Is Not One: Construction of Discourse in Plato's Symposium p.104
    5 Pandora Unbound: A Feminist Critique of Foucault's History of Sexuality p.122
    6 Foucault's History of Sexuality: A Useful Theory for Women? p.138
    7 Catullan Consciousness, the "Care of the Self," and the Force of the Negative in History


    Larousse Encyclopedia of Prehistoric and Ancient Art Paul Hamlyn, London 1962. General editor René Huyghe. "Text prepared by Emily Evershed, Michael Heron, Corinne Lambert, Hugh Newbury and Wendela Schurmann from the French original: L'Art et l'Homme 1957". Revised 1966. 414 pages.


    Scott Lash
    University of Lancaster


    Laslett, P. 1963 Locke, J. 1689 Two treatises of government. A critical edition with an introduction and apparatus criticus by Peter Laslett.


    Charles La Shure

    La Shure, C. 18.10.2005 "What is Liminality?". Available at http://www.liminality.org/about/whatisliminality/


    Mamman Lawan
    University of Warwick, UK & Bayero University, Kano, Nigeria
    Ibrahim N. Sada Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria Nigeria
    Shaheen Sardar Ali University of Warwick, UK & University of Oslo, Norway

    Lawan, M., Sada, I.N. and Ali, S.S. 2008 An Introduction to Islamic Criminal Justice - A Teaching and Learning Manual UK Centre for Legal Education. First draft copy. Available from http://www.ukcle.ac.uk/resources/teaching-and-learning- strategies/islamiclaw/


    John Lea

    Lea, J. and Young, J. 1984 What is to be Done About Law and Order? Penguin Books, London


    Mark M. Leach
    Co-Coordinator. Department of Psychology, University of Louisville

    Leach, M 2006 Cultural Diversity and Suicide: Ethnic, religious, gender, and sexual Haworth series in clinical psychotherapy. New York: Haworth Press. xv and 258 pages

    Chapter 1. Introduction: How Does Culture Affect Suicide? A Brief History of Suicide. Definitions. Typical Risk Factors Associated with Suicide. Suicide Assessment. Why this Book? Additional Terms.
    Chapter 2. European Americans: Data. Gender. Age. Religion: Christianity, Judaism, Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints. Gay/Lesbian/Bisexual/Transgender Issues: Unique Factors for Counselors, Religious Views of GLBTs. Suicide Prevention. Crisis Intervention and Culture. Traditional Counseling & Psychotherapy Approaches. Summary.
    Chapter 3. African Americans: Methodological Issues. Data & Gender. Age. Strains. GLBT Issues. Cultural Buffers. Suicide prevention and intervention.
    Chapter 4. Asian Americans: Introduction. Rates. Age & Gender. Religion & Spirituality (Buddhism, Hinduism & Suicide). Specific Groups (Chinese Americans, Japanese Americans, Vietnamese Americans, Filipino Americans, Korean Americans, Cambodian Americans, Hmong Americans), GLBT Issues, Buddhist & Hindu Views of Death & Dying, Prevention & Intervention, Summary.
    Chapter 5. Hispanic Americans: Demographics. Rates & Gender. Acculturation. Age. Cultural Buffers. Religion & Spirituality. Curanderismo. Fatalismo. Social Support Systems. GLBT Issues. Prevention & Intervention. Summary.
    Chapter 6. Native Americans: Definitions. History. Rates. Why the High Rates? Gender. Tribal Affiliation and Culture. Methods & Concomitant Factors. Spirituality & Religion. Views of Death, Suicide, & the Afterlife. Death Rituals & Mourning. GLB (Two-Spirit) Issues. Suicide Prevention. Summary.


    Eleanor Burke Leacock (1922-1987)

    Leacock, E.B. 1972 Introduction to the 1972 International Publishers edition of Frederick Engels' essay on The Origin of the Family, Private Property, and the State (1884)


    Nigel Leary

    Leary, N. 16.5.2006 Review: Mad Mary Lamb. Lunacy and Murder in Literary London, 2005, by Susan Tyler Hitchcock. Metapsychology Online Reviews 16.5.2006 http://metapsychology.mentalhelp.net/poc/view_doc.php?type=book&id=3104


    John Lechte

    Lechte, J. 1994 Fifty Key Contemporary Thinkers: From Structuralism to Postmodernity Routledge Key Guides. London: Routledge, 1994. xi and 251 pages


    David J. Lee 1938-

    David J. Lee and Bryan S. Turner

    Lee, D.J. and Turner, B.S. 1996 Editors. Conflicts about Class: Debating inequality in late industrialism : a selection of readings London: Longman.
    Part one: Class in a post-Communist world
    Has class analysis a future? by Robert Holton
    Are social classes dying? by Terry Nicholls Clark and Seymour Martin Lipset
    The persistence of classes in post-industrial societies by Mike Hout, Clem Brooks and Jeff Manza
    The dying of class or of Marxist class theory by Jan Pakulski
    Succession in the stratification system by Malcolm Waters Part one: British sociology and class analysis
    Is the emperor naked? by Ray Pahl
    The promising future of class analysis by John H. Goldthorpe and Gordon Marshall
    A reply to Goldthorpe and Marshall by Ray Pahl
    Gender and class analysis by Rosemary Crompton
    Class analysis: back to the future? by John Scott
    Part three: Researching class
    Class in Britain since 1979: facts, theories and ideologies by John Westergaard
    Patterns of capitalist development by John Scott
    Comparative studies in class structure by John Myles and Adnan Turegun
    Classes, underclasses and the labour market by Lydia Morris
    Class and politics in the advanced industrial societies by John H. Goldthorpe
    Class inequalities and educational reform in twentieth-century Britain by Anthony Heath and Peter Clifford
    Social Class and interest formation in post-communist societies by Geoffrey Evans


    Martyn J. Lee 1961-
    Senior Lecturer, Media and Communication, School of Art and Design, Coventry University

    Lee, M. J. 1993 Consumer culture reborn : cultural politics of Consumption London: Routledge. xiii and 190 pages.

    Lee, M. J. 2000 (Editor) The Consumer Society Reader Malden, Pennsylvania: Blackwell, 2000.
    Contents
    Estranged labour; The fetishism of the commodity and its secret by Karl Marx
    Beyond use value by Jean Baudrillard
    Conspicuous consumption by Thorstein Veblen
    The puzzle of modern consumerism by Colin Campbell
    The uses of goods by May Douglas and Baron Isherwood
    Introduction to distinction by Pierre Bourdieu
    Lifestyle and consumer culture by Mike Featherstone
    Object domains, ideology and interests by Daniel Mlller
    Object as image: the Italian scooter cycle by Dick Hebidge
    "Making do": uses and tactics by Michel de Certeau
    Looking backwards by Don Slater
    Assembling a new world of facts by Stuart Ewen
    Was there love on the dole? by Gary Cross
    A child's cartography by Sharon Zukin
    The dependence effect by John Kenneth Galbraith
    "Growthmanship" by Vance Packard
    Textiles: the fabric of life by Ernest Dichter
    A new language? by Jean Baudrillard
    Aesthetic abstraction of the commodity: surface, package, advertising image by Wolfgang Fritz Haug
    The bonding of media and advertising by William Leiss, Stephen Kline, and Sut Jhally
    The characteristic mode of consumption of fordism by Michel Aglietta
    Theorizing the transition by David Harvey
    The politics of consumption by Frank Mort
    The commodities of culture by John Fiske
    Dupes and Guerrillas: the dialectics of cultural consumption by John Clarde
    Sovereign Consumption by Jim McGuigan
    The promotional condition of contemporary culture by Andrew Wernick.



    Raymond L. M. Lee
    formerly Associate Professor of Sociology at the University of Malaya.

    Lee, R.L.M. 2005 "Bauman, liquid modernity and dilemmas of development", Thesis Eleven 83, pp. 61-77. Sage Publications. U.K.


    Raymond M. Lee 1946- and Elizabeth Stanko 1950-

    Lee, R and Stanko, E. 2003 Editors. Researching Violence. Methodology and measuremebt. London: Routledge. 256 pages


    Laura Leland 2002

    Leland, L. Beautiful baby A Middlesex University resource by Laura Leland at http://studymore.org.uk/xleland.htm


    Y. K. Leong and L. K. Tao
    Yükao Liang 1888- Graduated Economics LSE 1914. Still a student in Sociology at LSE in 1915.
    Menghe Tao, 1887-1960 Graduated Economics LSE 1913. Lecturer Sociology, University of Pekin.
    Several variations of name are recorded in catalogues

    Leong, Y.K. and Tao, L. K. 1915 Village and Town Life in China with a preface by L.T. Hobhouse. Studies in economics and political science. Monographs on sociology 4. London : Allen and Unwin, 1915


    Kathleen Lennon

    Lennon, K. 2010 "Feminist Perspectives on the Body", The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Autumn 2010 Edition), Edward N. Zalta (editor). Available at
    http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/fall2010/entries/feminist-body/


    Claude Lévi Strauss (1908- 2009) weblinks

    Levi Strauss, C. 1948 La Vie Familiale et Sociale des Indiens Nambikwara, Paris, Société des américanistes, 1948.

    Levi Strauss, C. 1949 Les Structures élémentaires de la parenté. The second French edition, of 1967, was translated into English by J. H. Bell, J. R. von Sturmer, and Rodney Needham in 1969 as "The Elementary Structures of Kinship".

    Levi Strauss, C. 1955 Tristes Tropiques

    Levi Strauss, C. 1958 Anthropologie structurale ("Structural Anthropology" - English translation Claire Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Schoepf, 1963)

    External link to archive of English extract - (external links).

    Levi Strauss, C. 5.1.1960 Collège de France, Chaire d'anthropologie sociale: ç inaugurale faite le Mardi 5 Janvier 1960 par Claude Lévi-Strauss Published: Nogent-le-Rotrou: 1960. 47 pages. Translated into English as The Scope of Anthropology by Sherry Ortner Paul and Robert A. Paul. London: Cape, 1967. 56 pages

    Levi Strauss, C. 1962a Le Totemisme aujourdhui ("Totemism today". English translation Totemism by Rodney Needham, 1963)

    Levi Strauss, C. 1962b La Pensée sauvage - (English translation The Savage Mind 1966)

    Mythologiques in four volumes 1964-1966-1968-1971. Translated into English by John and Doreen Weightman 1969-1973-1978-1981)

    Levi Strauss, C. 1964 Le Cru et le cuit. English translation 1969 "The Raw and the Cooked".
    Examines myths of South American Indians to demonstrate that they can be reduced to a comprehensible psychological pattern. Argues that there is no fundamental break between the primitive mind and more evolved attitudes. Analyzes 250 myths to reveal their interrelation and basic structure and, by cross-referencing to European customs, sets them in a general cultural context.

    Levi Strauss, C. 1966 Du miel aux cendres. English translation 1973 "From Honey to Ashes".

    Levi Strauss, C. 1968 L'Origine des manières de table. English translation 1978 "The Origin of Table Manners".

    Levi Strauss, C. 1971 L'Homme nu. English translation 1981 "The Naked Man"

    Levi Strauss, C. 1977/1978 Myth and Meaning: Five talks for radio The 1977 Massey lectures. Toronto; Buffalo: University of Toronto Press. copyright 1978. 54 pages (plus seven page introduction)


    Enid Levin

    Levin, E. 2004 Involving service users and carers in social work education Social Care Institute for Excellence March 2004. Available http://www.scie.org.uk/publications/guides/guide04/


    Peter Levin 1936

    Levin, P. 2005 Excellent dissertations!: planning, managing and writing a dissertation project for undergraduates and taught postgraduates Maidenhead : Open University Press.


    Donald N. Levine

    Levine, D.N. 1997 Simmel Reappraised: Old Images, New Scholarship in Camic, C. 1997 pp 173-207


    Ruth Levitas

    Levitas, R. 1986 Editor The Ideology of the New Right

    Levitas, R. 1998 The Inclusive Society? Social Exclusion and New Labour Second edition 2005. Palgrave Macmillan.
    Contents:
    Discourses of Social Exclusion -- From Social Justice to Social Cohesion -- The Optimism of Will -- Staking Claims -- Community Rules -- New Labour, New Discourse -- From Equality to Social Inclusion -- Delivering Social Inclusion -- The New Durkheimian Hegemony -- Postscript: From Margins to Mainstream.


    Levy D., Applewhite H.B., Johnson M.D. (Editors) 1979 Women in Revolutionary Paris, 1789-1795. Selected documents translated with notes and commentary. University of Illinois Press

    An in-text reference for this could just be (Levy, D. and others 1979, p.-)


    David John Levy 21.1.1947-2.12.2004

    Levy, D.J. 1976 The Never Setting Sun: Poems of imperial England selected and introduced by David Levy. London (56 Walton Street, SW3): Ensign Press. 64 pages.

    Levy, D.J. 1981 Realism: An essay in interpretation and social reality Manchester: Carcanet New Press. 138 pages.

    Levy, D.J. 1987 Political Order: Philosophical anthropology, modernity, and the challenge of ideology Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press. viii and 204 pages.

    Levy, D.J. 1993 The Measure of Man: Incursions in philosophical and political anthropology Columbia: University of Missouri Press. viii and 230 pages.



    Ioan Myrddin Lewis 1930-

    Lewis, I.M. 1983 (Editor) Nationalism and Self Determination in the Horn of Africa London, Ithaca Press. 226 pages

    Includes (p.74) "Pre and post-colonial forms of Polity in Africa" by Ioan Myrddin Lewis


    Jim Lewis

    Lewis, J. 2009 Battleships, Buses and Bombers : A History of Transport in the Lea Valley

    Lewis, J. 2009 From Gunpowder to Guns : The Story of Two Lea Valley armouries

    Lewis, J. 2009 Water and Waste : Four Hundred Years of Health Improvements in the Lea Valley

    Lewis, J. 2010 Weapons, Wireless and World Wars : The Vital Role of the Lea Valley

    Lewis, J. 2010 From Eton Manor to the Olympics : More Lea Valley Secrets Revealed

    Lewis, J. 2010 Industry and Innovation : The Technological Revolution in the Lea Valley

    Lewis, J. 2011 Regeneration and Innovation : Invention and Reinvention in the Lea Valley



    Limmud
    "dedicated to Jewish learning in all its variety".

    A Limmud Shabbat

    "Contains the full Birkat Hamazon (Grace after Meals), all you need for the home-based core rituals of Shabbat including candle lighting, Shalom Aleichem, Eshet Chayil, blessing for children, Friday night kiddush, handwashing and hamotzi, Shabbat day kiddush, Seudah Shlishit and Havdalah." Also a wide selection of Shabbat and general Jewish songs. All interspersed with material to illuminate the different stages of Shabbat and the meaning of Shabbat.


    Alison Liebling and Shadd Maruna

    Liebling, A. and Maruna, S. 2005 (editors) The Effects of Imprisonment Cambridge criminal justice series. Cullompton, Devon, UK; Portland, Oregon, USA: Willan
    Contents:
    Part One: The harms of imprisonment: thawing out the 'deep freeze' program
    Part Two: Revisiting the society of captives
    Part Three: Coping among prisoners
    Part Four: Expanding the prison effects debate beyond the prisoner.


    Linda L. Lindsey

    Lindsey, L.L. 1990 Gender Roles: A sociological perspective; with a chapter by Sandra Christy. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. ; London : Prentice Hall. xiv and 320 pages.

    5th edition in 2011


    Omar Lizardo

    Lizardo, O. 2011 "Pierre Bourdieu as a Post-Cultural Theorist", Cultural Sociology Vol 5, issue 1, pp. 24-44
    Abstract: Pierre Bourdieu is without a doubt one of the main figures in the sociological study of culture today. Yet, for a theorist so central to the subject matter of cultural studies, it is clear that there is no coherent account of Bourdieu's stance in relation to the 'concept of culture' among current commentators. More importantly, in the sister- discipline of anthropology, Bourdieu's is thought of as a central figure precisely because he helped move contemporary anthropological theory away from the centrality of the culture concept. This paper reviews this peculiar double reception of Bourdieu's anthropological and sociological work, closely examining these unacknowledged strands of Bourdieu's thinking on culture. The basic argument is that the anthropological reception of Bourdieu's work is more faithful to the outlines of his late-career intellectual development while the sociological portrayal - Bourdieu as a Sausserean culture theorist with a 'Weberian power twist'- is fundamentally misleading. I close by outlining how Bourdieu's work points towards a yet- to-be developed 'post-cultural' stance - one that takes cognition, experience and the body seriously - in the sociological study of culture.


    Ann Lloyd

    Lloyd, A. 1995 Doubly Deviant, Doubly Damned: Society's treatment of violent women Series: Penguin social sciences. London: Penguin Books
    Contents: Tales of two women - Men, women and aggression - Stereotypes, biology and female crime - What kind of crimes do women commit and do they get off lightly? - Battered women who kill - Women in prison - Women in special hospitals - Self-harm - the silent scream.


    David Lloyd Thomas

    Lloyd Thomas, D. 1995 Locke on Government. Routledge


    John Locke weblinks

    Written 1660/1662: Two Tracts on Government, which are not the same as Two Treatises of Government (below)

    Locke, J. 1689 Two Treatises of Government. In the former, the false principles and foundation of Sir Robert Filmer and his followers are detected and overthrown. The latter is an essay concerning the true original, extent and end of civil government. Available in pdf form from http://socserv2.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/locke/government.p df at McMaster University.

    Locke, J. 1689 (b) Episotola de Tolerantia ad Clarrissimum Virum (Gouda, Apud. J. ab Hoeva, 1689) translated by William Popple as A Letter Concerning Toleration, Humbly Submitted, etc. (London, A. Churchill, 1689).

    Locke, J. 1690 An Essay Concerning Human Understanding

    Locke, J. 1967 Two Tracts on Government, edited by Philip Abrams. London, Cambridge University Press, 1967. These are early essays, not Two Treatises of Government. They are thought to have been written between 1660 and 1662 and express different ideas from the two treatises.


    Logan, R.W. 1963 Haiti and the Dominican Republic. Oxford University Press.


    Cesare Lombroso 1835-1909 weblinks

    Subject index: biological bases

    1876 - 1878 - 1884 - 1889 - 1893 - 1895 - 1896 - 1899 - 1911 - 2004 - 2006 -

    Lombroso, C. 1872 "Sull'istituzione dei manicomi criminali in Italia". [Establishment of criminal asylums in Italy]. Milano. In Rendiconti del Regio Istituto Lombardo di scienze [Proceedings of the Royal Lombard Institute of Science] 1872, volume 5. Scientific papers given at meetings on 25.1.1872 and 8.2.1872.


    Lombroso, C. 1876 L'uomo delinquente studiato in rapporto alla antropologia, alla medecina legale, ed alle discipline carcerarie (The criminal man studied in connection with anthropology, forensic medicine and penology) by professor Cesare Lombroso. Milano: Hoeppli, 1876. 255 pages.

    Lombroso, C. 1878 Second edition. 746 pages

    Lombroso, C. 1884 Third edition. 610 pages

    Lombroso, C. 1889 (Fourth edition) L'uomo delinquente: in rapporto all'antropologia, alla giurisprudenza ed alle discipline carcerie Torino: Fratelli Bocca, 1889. Two volumes. 1,241 pages

    Lombroso, C. 1896/1897 (Fifth edition) L'uomo delinquente: In rapporto all'antropologia, alla qiurisprudenza ed alle discipline carcerarie Torino: Fratelli Bocca Editori, 1896-1897. Three volumes with 1,902 pages plus a fourth volume (the Atlas?) with 102 plates and 43 pages of text)

    Lombroso, C. 1876/ 1911 (with Gina Lombroso-Ferrero) Criminal Man, According to the Classification of Cesare Lombroso Briefly summarised by his daughter, Gina Lombroso Ferrero, with an introduction by Cesare Lombroso. New York and London Putnam. The Knickerbocker Press. Available in the Internet Library at http://www.archive.org/details/criminalmanaccor00lomb

    Lombroso, C. 1876/2006 Criminal Man / Cesare Lombroso translated and with a new introduction by Mary Gibson and Nicole Hahn Rafter, with translation assistance from Mark Seymour. Duke University Press

    Criminal Man went through five (Italian) editions during Lombroso's lifetime. In each edition he expanded on his ideas about innate criminality. Mary Gibson and Nicole Hahn Rafter's translation into English combines excerpts from all five editions in order to represent the development of Lombroso's thought.The volume includes some of Lombroso's illustrations of the criminal body along with several photographs of his personal collection. See Google books


    Lombroso, C. 1893 La donna delinquente la prostituta e la donna normale by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero. Torino, Roux, 1893.

    Lombroso, C. 1893/ 1895 The Female Offender by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero, with an introduction by W. Douglas Morrison, Her Majesty's Prison, Wandsworth. Illustrated. New York. D. Appleton and Company. 1895

    Guglielmo Ferrero (1871-1942) was a law student who worked with Lombroso on the research for La donna delinquente. He married Gina Lombroso (Gina Ferrero), Lombroso's daughter in 1901.

    Lombroso, C. 1893/2004 Criminal Woman, the Prostitute, and the Normal Woman by Cesare Lombroso and Guglielmo Ferrero. Translated with new introduction by Nicole Hahn Rafter and Mary Gibson. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2004


    Lombroso, C. 1899 Le crime; causes et remédes

    Lombroso, C. 1899/1911 Crime, its Causes and Remedies Boston


    Vicky Long

    Long, V. 2004 Changing Public Representations of Mental Illness in Britain 1870-1970 PhD thesis, University of Warwick available at http://wrap.warwick.ac.uk/1217/. 396 leaves.

    Abstract: This thesis uses Habermas' arguments concerning the public sphere and Nancy Fraser's concept of counter-public spheres as a framework to explore how changes in the representation of mental illness occurred between 1870 and 1970. Within this period, the nineteenth-century polarisation of sanity and madness that had led to the segregation of the mentally ill within the asylum gave way to the belief that mental health and illness formed a continuum. Psychiatry extended beyond the walls of the asylum into the community, expanding its scope to incorporate the nominally healthy. These developments, which culminated in the creation of community mental health services and the closure of the asylums, suggest that mental disturbance was no longer seen solely as the problem of sick individuals but of the public at large, and points to a potential destigmatisation of mental illness. To examine if the representation of mental illness matched these developments in practice and to explain why, this thesis studies how groups directly connected to the mentally ill, conceptualised as sub-public groups, sought to represent mental illness. The groups studied are the Medico-Psychological Association in Chapter One, the National Asylum Workers' Union in Chapter Two, The Association of Psychiatric Social Workers in Chapter Three and a charity, the Mental After Care Association, in Chapter Four. The fifth chapter explores patients and the representation of mental illness. It is argued that such sub-public groups helped initiate a debate about mental illness and enabled a broader spectrum of people to participate in the debate. However, it is suggested that private and professional motivations impinged upon how groups chose to represent the mentally ill. The thesis argues that the difficulties groups experienced balancing the representation of their own interests with those of the mentally ill, combined with the negative perceptions some sub-public groups held regarding the general public's capacity to participate in a debate on mental illness, obstructed their efforts to communicate with the public and to represent the interests of the mentally ill. Finally, the thesis uses the case study of the BBC to explore the factors that influenced the media to cover the issue of mental health and illness. This final chapter illustrates the interactions that occurred between media organisations and sub-public groups.


    Brian Longhurst 1956- also Greg Smith - Gaynor Bagnall - Gary Crawford - Miles Ogborn - Elaine Baldwin - Scott McCracken

    Longhurst, B. and others 2008 Introducing Cultural Studies Second edition. Harlow. Pearson Longman.
    Contents 1. Culture and Cultural Studies 2. Culture, Communication and Representation 3. Culture, Power, Globalisation and Inequality 4. Researching Culture 5. Topographies of Culture 6. Politics and Culture 7. The Postmodernisation of Everyday Life: consumption and information technologies 8. Cultured Bodies 9. Subcultures, Postsubcultures and Fans 10. Visual Culture


    Kenneth Lovell 1915-1996

    Lovell, K. 11.8.1966 "The Philosophy of Jean Piaget", New Society 11.8.1966, pages 222-226


    Lowes Dickinson

    Lowes Dickinson, G. 1927 (2nd edition) Revolution and Reaction in Modern France George Allen and Unwin


    John Randolph Lucas 18.6.1929

    Lucas, J.R. 1990 "Plato's Philosophy of Sex", in Craik, E.M. 1990 (editor) Owls to Athens: essays on classical subjects presented to Sir Kenneth Dover, edited by Elizabeth M. Craik. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990, pp. 223-231. Available at http://users.ox.ac.uk/~jrlucas/libeqsor/platsex.html


    Steven Lukes 1941-

    Lukes, S. 1969 Émile Durkheim: An intellectual biography Thesis (D.Phil.) University of Oxford, Faculty of Social Studies. 1969. 2 volumes. 520 pages (?); 331 leaves (1 folded)) Bibliographies: volume 2, leaves 4-83.

    Lukes, S. 1973a, Emile Durkheim, His Life and Work. A Historical and Critical Study. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Books.

    Lukes, S. 1973b Individualism, New York: Harper and Row.

    Lukes, S. 1974 Power: A Radical View, Macmillan, 1974; Blackwell, 1986.

    Lukes, S. 1977 Essays in Social Theory, Columbia University Press

    Steven Lukes and Martin Hollis Lukes, S. and Hollis, M. 1982 (Editors) Rationality and Relativism Blackwell.

    Steven Lukes and Andrew Scull

    Lukes, S. and Scull, A. 1983 (editors) Durkheim and the Law Martin Robertson

    Lukes, S. 1985 Marxism and Morality Clarendon Press.


    Luria, A.R. and Yudovich, F. 1956 Speech and the Development of the Mental Processes of the Child. USSR Penguin edition 1971


    Marcia Amidon Lusted
    USA popular and children's author - Fiction and non-fiction

    Lusted, M.A. 2011 Social Networking: MySpace, Facebook, and Twitter Edina, Minnesota: Abdo Publishing, 1.1.2011. 112 pages. Popular history available online at http://www.sharylandisd.org/cms/lib/TX21000378/Centricity/Domain/305/Social Networking.pdf
    Contents
    The world of social networking
    From finance and film to Myspace
    Creating Myspace
    Myspace matures
    Controversial beginnings
    Facebook moves off campus
    Facebook all grown up
    Hatching Twitter
    Social networking and society
    Timeline
    Essential facts
    Glossary

    See Subject Index Social Networks


    David Lyon

    Lyon, D. 2003 (Editor) Surveillance as Social Sorting: Privacy, Risk, and Digital Discrimination London ; New York : Routledge,

    "Most of the chapters of this book were originally papers presented at an international research workshop at Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada, in May 2001." (Preface)

    Contents:
    Surveillance as social sorting: computer codes and mobile bodies by David Lyon
    Theorizing surveillance: the case of the workplace by Elia Zureik
    Biometrics and the body as information: normative issues of the socio- technical coding of the body by Irma van der Ploeg
    Electronic identity cards and social classification by Felix Stalder and David Lyon
    Surveillance creep in the genetic age by Dorothy Nelkin and Lori Andrews
    "Racial" categories and health risks: epidemiological surveillance among Canadian First Nations by Jennifer Poudrier
    Privacy and the phenetic urge: geodemographics and the changing spatiality of local practice by David Phillips and Michael Curry
    People and place: patterns of individual identification within intelligent transportation systems by Colin Bennett, Charles Raab, and Priscilla Regan
    Netscapes of power, convergence, network design, walled gardens and other strategies of control in the information age by Dwayne Winseck
    Categorizing the workers: electronic surveillance and social ordering in the call center by Kirstie Ball
    Private security and surveillance: from the "dossier society" to database networks by Greg Marquis
    From personal to digital: CCTV, the panopticon, and the technological mediation of suspicion and social control by Clive Norris.


    Jean-François Lyotard weblinks

    Lyotard, J.F. 1959 (English 1984) The Postmodern Condition A Report on Knowledge English 1984 published by Manchester University Press


    Thomas Babington Macaulay 1800-1859

    Macaulay, T. B. 1829 Review of Mill's Essay on Government. Edinburgh Review, vol.49, 1829. Page numbers in Social Science History as reprinted in appendix to Mill, J.S. 1976.


    John J. Macionis and Ken Plummer weblinks - reviews

    Macionis and Plummer, 1997 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [First edition]

    Macionis and Plummer, 2002 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [Second edition]

    Macionis and Plummer, 2005 Sociology - A Global Introduction Pearson. Prentice Hall. [Third edition]

    Chapters:
    1 The Sociological Imagination -
    2 Thinking Sociologically, Thinking Globally -
    3 Doing Social Science: an Introduction -
    4 Societies [Includes Marx, Weber and Durkheim] -
    5 Culture -
    6 Groups, Organisations and the Rise of the Network Society -
    7 Micro-sociology: the Social Construction of Everyday Life [includes Erving Goffman and drama]
    8 Social Stratification -
    9 Global Inequalities and Poverty -
    10 Class, Poverty and Welfare in the UK -
    11 Racism,
    Ethnicities and Migration -
    12 The Gender Order and Sexuality -
    13 Age Stratification: Children and Later Life -
    14 Economies, Work and Consumption -
    15 Power, Governance and Social Movements -
    16 Control, Crime and Deviance -
    17 Families, Households and Personal Cultures -
    18 Religion -
    19 Education -
    20 Health and Medicine -
    21 The Mass Media -
    22 Science, Cyberspace and the Risk Society -
    23 Populations, Cities and the Shape of Things to Come -
    24 Social Change and the Environment -
    25 Futures: the Challenges for Sociology in the Twenty-first Century


    Natasha Mack, Cynthia Woodsong, Kathleen M. MacQueen, Greg Guest, and Emily Namey

    Mack, N; Woodsong, C; MacQueen, K.M; Guest, G; and Namey, N. 2005 Qualitative Research Methods: A Data Collector's Field Guide Family Health International, North Carolina. Available from http://www.fhi.org/en/rh/pubs/booksreports/qrm_datacoll.htm - archive


    Phyllis Mack

    Mack, P. 1991 Visionary Women: Ecstatic Prophecy in Seventeenth- Century England Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press


    Robert Morrison MacIver 1882-1970

    Robert Morrison MacIver and Charles Page Hunt 1909-

    MacIver, R.M. and Page, C.H. Society: An Introductory Analysis London: Macmillan, 1950 xvii and 697 pages


    Macpherson, C.B. 1968 Introduction to the Penguin edition of Hobbes' Leviathan.


    William Macpherson, Tom Cook, John Sentamu and Richard Stone

    Macpherson, W. 1999 The Stephen Lawrence Inquiry: Report of an inquiry by Sir William Macpherson of Cluny advised by Tom Cook, the right reverend Dr John Sentamu, Dr Richard Stone Presented to Parliament by the Secretary of State for the Home Department by Command of Her Majesty. February 1999. Cm 4262-I Available at https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/2 77111/4262.pdf


    Donald Gunn Macrea 1921-1997
    Sociologist: born Glasgow 20.4.1921; Assistant Lecturer in Sociology, London School of Economics 1945-1949, Lecturer 1950-1954, Reader 1954-1961, Professor 1961-1978, Martin White Professor of Sociology 1978-1987 Died Canterbury, Kent 23.12.1997.

    Macrae D. 1960 (Editor) Classics in Sociology: A course of selected reading by authorities Introductory reading guide by Donald MacRae. New York: Philosophical Library. 326 pages

    Macrea, D. 1961 Ideology and Society. London: Heinemann. xii and 231 pages.

    Macrea, D. 1974 Weber London: Fontana. 96 pages


    The MacTutor History of Mathematics archive
    School of Mathematical and Computational Sciences, University of St Andrews
    Authors John O'Connor (31.7.1945-) and Edmund F Robertson
    May have been created as a website in 1994/1996.
    Ben Soares 1972-, a student of J J O'Connor, helped to set it up. The website was developed as part of the pre-existing computer programme "Mathematical MacTutor".
    The applet for "The Famous Curves interactive associated curve plotter in java" is copyright 1996 B J Soares, J J O'Connor and E F Robertson. It was adapted from Pascal routines by J J O'Connor for The Mathematical MacTutor and by Ben Soares for the Famous Curves section of the MacTutor History of Mathematics Archive on the WWW at http://www-groups.dcs-st-and.ac.uk/~history/ - (source)
    Present URL http://www-groups.dcs.st- and.ac.uk/~history/


    Eileen Magnello

    Eileen Magnello and Borin van Loon 1951-

    Magnello, E. and van Loon, B. 2009 Introducing Statistics: A graphic guide London: Icon. 174 pages.

    Magnello, E. 2010 "The statistical thinking and ideas of Florence Nightingale and Victorian politicians" Radical Statistics Issue 102 pp 17-32. Available at http://www.radstats.org.uk/no102/Magnello102.pdf

    This is a modified version of an article which first appeared in Radical Statistics, 102 (2010)


    Mike Maguire, Rod Morgan and Robert Reiner

    Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 1994 (Editors) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press

    Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 1997 (Editors - Second edition) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press

    Maguire, M., Morgan, R., and Reiner, R. 2002 (Editors - Third edition) The Oxford Handbook of Criminology Oxford: Oxford University Press
    Contents:
    Part 1 Criminology: history and theory
    Of crimes and criminals: the development of criminology in Britain by David Garland
    Sociological theories of crime by
    Paul Rock
    Contemporary landscapes of crime, order, and control: governance, risk, and globalisation by Ian Loader and Richard Sparks
    Feminism and criminology by Loraine Gelsthorp
    Criminological psychology by Clive R. Hollin
    Comparing criminal justice by David Nelken
    The History of crime and crime control institutions by Clive Emsley
    Part 2 The Social construction of crime and crime control
    Punishment and control by Barbara Hudson
    Legal constructions of crime by Nicola Lacey
    The Skeletons in the cupboard: the politics of law and order at the turn of the millennium by David Downes and Rod Morgan
    Crime statistics: the 'data explosion' and its implications by Mike Maguire
    Media made criminality: the representation of crime in the mass media by Robert Reiner
    Part 3 Dimensions of crime
    Victims by Lucia Zedner
    Crime and social exclusion by Jack Young
    Gender and crime by Frances Heidensohn
    Young people, crime, and youth justice by Tim Newburn
    Racism, ethnicity, crime and criminal justice by Coretta Phillips and Ben Bowling
    Environmental criminology by Anthony E. Bottoms and Paul Wiles
    Developmental criminology and risk-focused prevention by David P. Farrington
    Crime and the life course by David J. Smith
    Mentally disordered offenders, mental health, and crime by Jill Peay
    Part 4 Forms of crime
    Violent crime by Michael Levi with Mike Maguire
    White-collar crime by David Nelken
    The Organisation of serious crime by Michael Levi
    Drugs, alcohol, and crime by Nigel South
    Part 5 reactions to crime
    Crime reduction by Ken Pease
    Policing and the police by Ben Bowling and Janet Foster
    From suspect to trial by Andrew Sanders and Richard Young
    Sentencing by Andrew Ashworth
    Imprisonment: a brief history, the contemporary scene, and likely prospects by Rod Morgan
    Community penalties: probation, punishment, and 'what works' by Peter Raynor


    Bronislaw Malinowski 1884-1942 weblinks

    Malinowski, B. 1913 The Family Among the Australian Aborigines: A sociological study University of London. Monographs on sociology Available at http://www.archive.org/details/familyamongaustr00mali

    Malinowski, B. July 1920 "Kula; the Circulating Exchange of Valuables in the Archipelagoes of Eastern New Guinea". Man vol. 20, (July 1920), pp. 97-105 Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland Available at http://www.ksa.zcu.cz/studium/podklady-kfs/cvat/Malinowswki_Kula.pdf

    "we reserve the term family for an undivided group living in the closest unity, and consisting of a man, his wife and his children." (footnote p.136)

    Malinowski, B. 1922 Argonauts of the Western Pacific available at http://www.archive.org/details/argonautsofthewe032976mbp (in which the Trobriand results are recorded)

    Malinowski, B. 13.4.1925 "Forces of Law and Order in a Primitive Community". A paper read ot the Royal Institution of Great Britain, on Friday evening, 13th February, 1925.

    Malinowski, B. 1926 Crime and Custom in Savage Society

    Malinowski, B. 1929 "The Sexual Life of Savages in North-Western Melanesia : An ethnographic account of courtship, marriage, and family life among the natives of the Trobriand Islands, British New Guinea" by Bronislaw Malinowski ; with a preface by Havelock Ellis ; with 96 full-page plates and figures. London: G. Routledge & Sons

    Malinowski, B. 1929/1932 The Sexual Life of Savages in North- Western Melanesia ... Third edition, with special foreword. l,505 pages

    " The magnificent title of the Functional School of Anthropology has been bestowed by myself, in a way on myself, and to a large extent out of my own sense of irresponsibility."

    Malinowski, B. 1944 A Scientific Theory of Culture


    Ellen Malos

    Malos, N. 1972 "Notes on the History of the Women's Liberation Movement", in Enough: The Journal of the Bristol Women's Group (unnumbered edition from 1972), first appearing in the International Marxist Review, 3, April 1972. (source)


    Helen Malson and Maree Burns
    Helen Malson is a Reader in Social Psychology at the Centre for Appearance Research, University of the West of England, Bristol. Maree Burns is the co-ordinator of the Eating Difficulties Education Network in New Zealand.

    Malson, H. and Burns, M. 2009 (Editors) Critical Feminist Approaches to Eating Dis/orders London: Routledge. xx and 257 pages.
    explores how anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa and obesity cannot be adequately understood in terms of individual mental illness and deviation from the norm but are instead continuous with the dominant cultural ideas and values of contemporary cultures.
    Chapters
    1 Re-Theorising the Slash of Dis/Order: An Introduction to Critical Feminist Approaches to Eating Dis/Orders by Malson and Burns. p.1
    Part 1. Theorising Eating Dis/Orders in a Changing World p.7
    2. Theorising Self-Starvation: Beyond Risk, Governmentality and the Normalizing Gaze by Liz Eckermann. p.9
    3. Feeding the Body by Janet Sayers. p.22
    4. Understanding Obesity by Understanding Desire by Michael Gard. p.35
    5. Not Just 'A White Girl's Thing': The Changing Face of Food and Body Image Problems by Susan Bordo. p.46
    Part 2. Interrogating Cultural Contexts of Dis/Ordered Eating. p.61
    6. A Critical Discussion of Normativity in Discourses on Eating Disorders by Paula Saukko. p.63
    7. Beyond Western Dis/Orders: Thinness and Self-Starvation of Other-ED Women by Mervat Nasser and Helen Malson. p.74
    8. Anorexia/Bulimia as Resistance and Conformity in Pro-Ana and Pro-Mia Virtual Conversations by Katy Day and Tammy Keys. p.87
    9. How Big Girls Become Fat Girls: The Cultural Production of Problem Eating and Physical Inactivity by Carla Rice. p.97
    Part 3. In/Visible Bodies and Embodiment. p.111
    10. Fat, Feelings, Bodies: A Critical Approach to Obesity by Elspeth Probyn. p.113
    11. Bodies as (Im)Material? Bulimia and Body Image Discourse by Maree Burns. p.124
    12. Appearing to Disappear: Postmodern Femininities and Self-Starved Subjectivities by Helen Malson. p.135
    13. Weight Management, Good Health, and the Will to Normality by Kathleen LeBesco. p.146
    Part 4. Critiquing the Discourses and Discursive Practices of Treatment. p.157
    14. Food for Thought: Embodied Slimness and Nursing Within an Eating Disorders Unit by Ruth Surtees. p.159
    15. The Anorexic as Femme Fatale: Reproducing Gender Through the Father/Psychiatrist-Daughter/Patient Relationship by Nicole Moulding. p.172
    16. 'There's Something in My Brain that Doesn't Work Properly': Weight Loss Surgery and the Medicalisation of Obesity by Karen Throsby. p.185
    17. Therapeutic Discourse and Eating Disorders in the Context of Power by Michael Guilfoyle. p.196
    Part 5. Critical Interventions p.207
    18. Anti-Anorexia/Bulimia: A Polemics of Life and Death by David Epston and Rick Maisel. p.209
    19. Feminisms in Practice: Challenges and Opportunities for an Eating Issues Community Agency by Maree Burns, Jane Tyrer and The Eating Difficulties Education Network (EDEN). p.221
    20. Rediscovering a Daughter by Richard Treadgold, Ann Treadgold and Diana Treadgold. p.233
    21. Complexities of Power and Meaning: A Reflection on Parts 4 and 5 by Helen Gremillion. p.245


    Thomas Malthus weblinks

    Malthus, T. 1798 An Essay On the Principle of Population as it Affects the Future Improvement of Society, With Remarks on the Speculations of Mr Godwin, M. Condorcet, and Other Writers.   [full text]

    The second (much enlarged and altered) edition of Essay on the Principle of Population "may be considered as a new work" (Preface)
    Malthus, T. 1803 An Essay on the Principle of Population; or, a View of its Past and Present Effects on Human Happiness; with an Inquiry into our Prospects respecting the Future Removal or Mitigation of the Evils which it occasions.


    Sergey Mamay
    Sverdlovsk Pedagogical and Engineering Training Institute, Sverdlovsk.

    Mamay, Sergey 1990 "Theories of social movements and their current development in soviet society" Paper given at a Summer School for Soviet Sociologists held at the University of Kent July to September 1990. Available at http://lucy.ukc.ac.uk/csacpub/russian/mamay.html


    Ernest Mandel

    Mandel, E. 1977 Ende der Krise oder Krise ohne Ende? Bilanz der Weltwirtschaftsrezession und der Krise in der Bundesrepublik [End of the crisis or crisis without end? Balance of the world economy recession and the crisis in the Federal Republic] by Ernst Mandel and Winfried Wolf. K. Wagenbach: Berlin.

    Mandel, E. 1978 The Second Slump: A Marxist analysis of recession in the seventies by Ernest Mandel; translated from the German by Jon Rothschild. London : NLB, 1978. 212 pages. [Revised translation of Mandel, E. 1977


    Tahira Manji

    Manji, Tahira 2005 "Binary Oppositions", online article, The Dr. Z Network, http://www.zamaros.net (archive)


    Kirk Mann

    Mann, K. 1992 The Making of an English Underclass: the Social Divisions of Welfare and Labour. Milton Keynes : Open University Press "A theoretical and historical review of social divisions, and their relationship to welfare".


    Robin Mann
    Oxford and Bangor

    Mann, Robin 2009 Evolving family structures, roles and relationships in light of ethnic and social change Robin Mann, Oxford Institute of Ageing, Oxford University. February 2009 Available at http://www.beyondcurrenthorizons.org.uk/wp- content/uploads/final_mann_20090202.pdf

    See Subject Index Migration and diversity


    Manuel, F.E. 1963 The New World of Henri Saint-Simon. University of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Indiana.


    Ruqaiyyah Waris Maqsood 1942-

    Maqsood, R.W. 1994 Teach yourself Islam Teach yourself books - World faiths. London : Hodder & Stoughton. 218 pages
    Second edition 2003 viii and 263 pages
    Contents: introduction; muhammad; 1 - the life of the blessed prophet muhammad / 2 - the succession; the qur'an and its teachings; 3 - the qur'an / 4 - the key teachings of islam revealed in the qur'an; islamic worship; 5 - worship - ibadah / 6 - the pillars of islam / 7 - the practical worship of islam / 8 - hajj - pilgramage to makkah / 9 - jihad / 10 - festivals and special days; places of worship; 11 - mosques; shariah - the islamic way of life; 12 - shariah - the prophet's way / 13 - sufism / 14 - human rights / 15 - the sanctity of life / 16 - justice, crime and punishment / 17 - work and wealth / 18 - sex / 19 - women's rights / 20 - drugs, alcohol and tobacco / 21 - friendship and hospitality / 22 - unity and khilafah / 23 - green islam / 24 - islamic ethics; rites of passage; 25 - birth / 26 - marriage and divorce / 27 - the twilight years / 28 - death and burial; social islam; 29 - islamic dress / 30 - islamic diet / 31 - muslims in the united kingdom / 32 - islam in the twenty-first century glossary; taking it further; index


    Marcus Aurelius, translated by A.S.L Farquharson. Dent 1961. Meditations.


    Steven Marcus

    Marcus, S. 1966 The Other Victorians: A study of sexuality and pornography in mid-nineteenth century England New York: Basic Books, 1966; London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1967. London : Corgi, 1969. iii- xxiii, 298 pages


    Harold Marcuse 1957-
    [A grandson of
    Herbert Marcuse]

    Marcuse, Harold 11.1997 Web page that developed as the Official Herbert Marcuse homepage consisted of a short bullet point biography of Herbert Marcuse by Harold. Summer 2001 archive

    Marcuse, Harold 2001 Legacies of Dachau: The Uses and Abuses of a Concentration Camp, 1933-2001. Cambridge University Press.


    Herbert Marcuse 1898-1979
    A grandfather of Harold Marcuse
    weblinks

    Marcuse, H. 1941/1955 Reason and Revolution. Hegel and the Rise of Social Theory. (2nd edition with Supplementary Chapter 1955) Routledge

    Marcuse, H. 1941 "Some Social Implications of Modern Technology" Studies in Philosophy and Social Sciences Volume 9, no. 3 (1941): pp 414-439. Available at http://users.ipfw.edu/tankel/PDF/Marcuse.pdf

    Marcuse, H. 1955 Eros and Civilisation: A philosophical inquiry into Freud Boston, Massachusetts: Beacon Press. xii and 277 pages

    Marcuse, H. 1958 Soviet Marxism: A Critical Analysis Studies of the Russian Institute, Columbia University. New York : Columbia University Press. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. 271 pages.

    Marcuse, H. 1964 One Dimensional Man. Boston: Beacon Press.

    Marcuse, H. 1969 An Essay on Liberation Boston: Beacon Press.

    Marcuse, H. 1972 Counterrevolution and Revolt Boston: Beacon Press.

    Marcuse, H. 1978 The Aesthetic Dimension Boston: Beacon Press.


    Henri François Marion 1846-1896

    Marion, H.F. 1878 J. Locke, sa vie et son ouvre d'apre's des documents nouveaux, Paris, Germer-Baillière et cie.

    Marion, H.F. 1880 De la solidarite morale - essai de psychgologie appliquee (Of moral solidarity - An essay in applied psychology) Librairie Germer Baillière

    Second edition 1883
    Contents, Chapitres : Préface de la 2eme - Introduction - 1. Solidarité individuelle : Constitution native et composition du caractère - Formation du caractère - Développement et modification du caractère - Solidarité historique dans une même vie - 2. Solidarité sociale : Sympathie et sociabilité, formes vives de la sympathie - Sympathie diffuse - L'opinion et la coutume - Les phénomènes de réaction - Les sociétés organisées - Solidarité internationale et solidarité historique proprement dite - Conclusion et table des matières


    Ronald W. Maris, Alan L. Berman and Morton M. Silverman

    Maris, R.W., Berman, A.L. and Silverman, M.M. 2000 Comprehensive Textbook of Suicidology New York; London: Guilford Press. xxii and 650 pages

    Chapters
    1. Introduction to the study of suicide
    2. The theoretical component in suicidology
    3. The empirical foundations in suicidology
    4. A historical perspective on suicide
    5. Age and the lifespan
    6. Suicide, gender, and sexuality
    7. Racial, ethnic, and cultural aspects of suicide
    8. Work and the economy
    9. Marriage, family, family therapy, and suicide
    10. The social relations of suicides
    11. Suicide notes and communications
    12. Suicide attempts and methods
    13. Psychiatric diagnoses and suicidal acts
    14. Physical illness and suicide
    15. Alcoholism, substance abuse, and suicide
    16. The biology of suicide
    Aggression, Violence, and suicide
    18. Indirect self-destructive behavior
    19. Ethical, religious, and philosophical issues in suicide
    20. Suicide and the law
    Treatment and prevention of suicide
    22. In the wake of suicide: survivorship and postvention.


    Patrick Marmion

    Marmion, P. 2015 The Divided Laing - Or the Two Ronnies Aurora Metro Books. "A speculation on the mind of experiemtal psychiatrist RD Laing on the imagined occasion of his last night at Kingsley Hall in 1970". First perfomance at the Arcola Theatre, London, 18.11.2015 [17.11.2015?]


    David Marks

    Marks, D. 2010 "IQ variations across time, race, and nationality: an artifact of differences in literacy skills". Psychological Reports, 106, 643-664.


    Jocelyn Marrow and Tanya Marie Luhrmann

    Marrow, J. and Luhrmann, T.M. 2012 "The Zone of Social Abandonment in Cultural Geography: On the Street in the United States, inside the Family in India." Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry 36: pp 493-513.


    Ian Marsh 1952-

    Marsh, I. 2002 (Editor) Theory and Practice in Sociology Harlow: Prentice Hall.
    PART 1. SOCIOLOGICAL PRACTICE
    1. Nature of social research and social knowledge by Julie F. Scott
    2. Doing social research by Julie F. Scott
    PART 2. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY.
    3. The nature of social theory by Sam Pryke
    4. The origins of classic social theory by Sam Pryke
    5. The nature of the sociological enterprise and the strains of modernity by Tony Finnegan
    6. American sociology and the interactive self by Mike Keating
    7. Contemporary theorising - Post-modernism by Dawn Jones
    8. Feminist theory - a question of difference by Jayne Raisborough

    Ian Marsh 1952- with Gaynor Melville and others

    Marsh, I. and Melville, G. 2006 Theories of Crime London : Routledge. viii and 205 pages.
    Crime: the historical context
    Biological explanations for criminal behaviour
    Psychological explanations for criminal behaviour
    Sociological explanations for criminal behaviour
    Explaining the criminal behaviour of women
    Explaining the criminal behaviour of ethnic minorities


    Alfred Marshall   26.7.1842 - 13.7.1924
    Cambridge University Economics pioneer

    Marshall, A. 1890 Principles of Economics. An Introductory Volume. Page 634 in Macmillan (1966) reset reprint of 8th (1920) edition. This appendix was part of the Introduction in the 1890 edition.


    Gordon Marshall 1952 -

    Marshall, G. 1994 (Editor) Concise Oxford Dictionary of Sociology. Oxford Reference Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 571 pages.

    Marshall, G. 1998 (Editor) A Dictionary of Sociology Oxford Reference Series. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 710 pages.

    John Scott 1949- and Gordon Marshall

    Scott, J and Marshall, G. 2005, Oxford Dictionary of Sociology, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 707 pages.


    Thomas Humphrey Marshall 1893-1981
    Lecturer at London School of Economics and later Head of the Social Science Department. Martin White Professor of Sociology 1954 (Succeeded Ginsberg) to 1954 1956

    Marshall, T. H. 1950 Citizenship and Social Class and other essays" Cambridge: University Press.


    Elena Martellozzo

    Martellozzo, E. 2012 Online Child Sexual Abuse. Grooming, Policing and Child Protection in a Multi-Media World Routledge [Published 19.3.2012 - Launched at Scotland Yard, Thursday 24.5.2012]


    Harriet Martineau

    Martineau, Harriet 1834 "The Hanwell Lunatic Asylum" Tait's Edinburgh Magazine June 1984. Available from http://studymore.org.uk/xmad1834.htm


    Ana M. Martínez Alemán and Katherine Lynk Wartman

    Martínez Alemán, A.M. and Wartman, K.L. 2009 Online Social Networking on Campus: Understanding what matters in student culture New York; London: Routledge. xii and 154 pages.
    Contents: Introduction : campus life online -- Emergence and acceleration : computer-mediated communication -- Students speak : campus culture, identity, and facebook -- The new campus reality : facebook and student affairs practice -- The future of the campus social graph.

    Subject indexe: Networks -


    Marx and Engels weblinks
    Publications with Marx and Engels together or Marx alone as the author. See
    Engels alone. I am going by the given author - This is not always the actual author.

    1842 - 1844 - 1845 - 1846 - 1847 - 1848 - 1849 - 1851 - 1857 - 1859 - 1867 - 1885 - 1894

    Karl Marx and Arnold Ruge February 1844

    Marx, K. and Ruge A. 1844 (Editors) Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher (German-French Year Book)

    MARX, K. 2-1844/Jewish "On the Jewish Question" Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher

    MARX, K. 2-1844/Critique "Towards a Critique of Hegel's Philosophy of Right: Introduction" Deutsch-Franzosische Jahrbucher [Also called "Contribution to the Critique of Hegel's Philosophy of Law. Introduction"]

    Marx, K. 8-1844 Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844 [First published 1932] Available at https://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1844/manuscripts/preface.htm

    Engels, F. and Marx, K. 1845 Die heilige Familie, oder, Kritik der kritischen Kritik : gegen Bruno Bauer and Consorten Frankfurt a.M : Literarische Anstalt. Translated into English as by Richard Dixon and Clement Dutts in 1956 as The Holy family, or Critique of critical criticism: against Bruno Bauer and company

    Marx, K. March 1845 Theses on Feuerbach. First published in 1888. Easton and Guddat pp 400-402.

    Marx and Engels 1846 The German Ideology

    Marx 1847 The Poverty of Philosophy Answer to the Philosophy of Poverty by M. Proudhon Available http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/download/pdf/Poverty- Philosophy.pdf

    Marx and Engels 1848 The Communist Manifesto. The first English translation of The Communist Manifesto, by Miss Helen Macfarlane, was published in George Julian Harney's Red Republican in 1850. Others followed in the USA, and some of these were reprinted in England. The Samuel Moore translation, jointly revised with, and with notes by, "Fredrich Engels", appeared in 1888

    31.5.1848 to 18.5.1849: Articles in the Neue Rheinische Zeitung - Organ der Demokratie (edited by Marx) by Marx and Engels.

    Early March 1850: The first Neue Rheinische Zeitung - Political-Economic Review was published in Hamburg in 2,500 copies. From Marx, the issue contained the article on The Defeat of June 1848 - "Marx's first attempt to interpret a piece of contemporary history in the light of his materialist philosophy from the economic situation prevailing at the time." (Engels)

    Marx, K. 1849/1850 Between December 1849 and November 1850: A series of articles in the Neue Rheinische Zeitung by Marx. "Repackaged" by Engels into a more complete book in 1895 as The Class Struggles in France 1848 to 1850 [In German]. Translated and published in English in 1969. In highlighting the importance of this work in the development of Marx's thought, Engels wrote:

    "The work here republished was Marx's first attempt to explain a section of contemporary history by means of his materialist conception, on the basis of the given economic situation. In the Communist Manifesto, the theory was applied in broad outline to the whole of modern history.... Here, on the other hand, the question was to demonstrate the inner causal connection in the course of a development which extended over some years... to trace political events back to effects of what were, in the final analysis, economic causes."

    Marx, K. 1851/1852 The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon. Available at https://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1852/18th- brumaire/index.htm

    On 2.12.1851, followers of President Louis Bonaparte (Napoleon's nephew) broke up the Legislative Assembly and established a dictatorship. A year later, Louis Bonaparte proclaimed himself Emperor Napoleon Third.

    Marx wrote The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Napoleon between December 1851 and February 1852. The "eighteenth Brumaire" refers to November 9, 1799 in the French Revolutionary Calendar -- the day Napoleon Bonaparte made himself dictator by a coup d'etat.

    Originally published in Die Revolution (a New York German-language monthly established by Joseph Weydemeyer). Later editions (such as a 1869 Hamburg edition) were titled The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte.

    Marx K. 1857/1861 [written] Grundrisse der Kritik der Politischen Ökonomie [Outlines of the Critique of Political Economy] available in English at http://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1857/grundrisse/.

    Originally unpublished manuscripts in German. Published in Moscow 1939 and 1941, but not taken much notice of. Reprinted Berlin 1953. Part publication in English in 1964 (Pre-capitalist economic formations). Full text 1971.

    Marx K. 1859 A contribution to the critique of political economy

    Marx, K. 1867 Das Kapital. Volume 1. Manuscript finished April 1867 1st published September 1867 in Hamburg. 1,000 copies. Published in English as Capital in 1887.

    Marx, K. 1871 The Civil War in France

    Marx, K. 1885 Capital. Volume 2. (edited by Engels from Marx's drafts)

    Marx, K. 1894 Capital. Volume 3. (edited by Engels from Marx's drafts)


    Doreen Massey

    Massey D 1992 "Politics and space/time" New Left Review 196: pp 65-84


    Heinz Maus 21.3.1911 - 8.9.1978

    Maus, H. 1948 Geschichtsphilosophie und Soziologie (Philosophy of History and Sociology)

    Maus, H. 1956/1962 Geschichte der Soziologie in Werner Ziegenfuá Handbuch der Soziologie Stuttgart: Enke. pp 1-120. Translated and published in English as A Short History of Sociology London: Routledge & Keagan Paul, 1962. 226 pages.

    Is "Harry Morton Johnson" an English pseudonym for Heinz Maus?


    Marcel Mauss 1872-1950.

    Mauss, M. 1923/1924 "Essai sur le don. Forme et raison de l'échange dans les sociétés archaïques" l'Année Sociologique Second series, 1923-1924. Translated into English by I. Cunnison as The Gift: Forms and functions of exchange in archaic societies with an introduction by E.E. Evans-Pritchard. London : Cohen & West, 1954. xiv and 130 pages. English available at http://www.archive.org/details/giftformsfunctio00maus


    Contents (French headings then the English version):
    Introduction. Du don, et en particulier de l'obligation à rendre les présents
    Introductory. Gifts and Return Gifts
    Chapter 1: Les dons échangés et l'obligation de les rendre (Polynésie)
    Gifts and the obligation to return gifts [Polynesia omitted]
    1 Prestation totale, biens utérins contre biens masculins (Samoa)
    Total prestation: Masculine and feminine property (Samoa)
    2 L'esprit de la chose donnée (Maori)
    The spirit of the thing given (Maori)
    3 Autres thèmes: l'obligation de donner, l'obligation de recevoir
    The obligation to give and the obligation to receive
    4 Le présent fait aux hommes et le présent fait aux dieux
    Gifts to men and gifts to God
    Chapter 2: Extension de ce système (libéralité, honneur, monnaie)
    Distribution of the system: generosity, honour and money
    1 Règles de la générosité. Andamans
    Rules of generosity (Andaman Islands)
    2 Principes, raisons et intensité des échanges de dons (Mélanésie)
    Principles, motives and intenstity of gift exchange (Melanesia)
    3 Nord-Ouest américain: L'honneur et le crédit
    Honour and credit (North-west America)
    The three obligations : giving, receiving, repaying
    The power in objects of exchange
    'Money of Renown' [Renommiergeld)
    Primary conclusion ....
    Chapter 3: Survivances de ces principes dans les droits anciens et les économies anciennes
    Survivals in early literature
    1 Droit personnel et droit réel
    Personal law and real law (Ancient Rome)
    2 Droit hindou classique
    Theory of the gift (Hindu Classical period) .
    3 Droit germanique
    Pledge and gift (Germanic societies)
    Chapter 4: Conclusion
    Conclusions ....
    1 Conclusions de morale
    Moral conclusions
    2 Conclusions de sociologie économique et d'économie politique
    Political and economic conclusions
    3 Conclusion de sociologie générale et de morale
    Sociological and ethical conclusions


    Melanie Mauthner

    Mauthner, M; Birch, M; Jessop, J; and Miller, T. 2002 Ethics in Qualitative Research. London: Sage publications.
    Contents: "Ethics and feminist research: theory and practice" by Rosalind Edwards and Melanie Mauthner -- "The ethics of intention: research as a political tool" by Val Gillies and Pam Alldred -- "Consenting to what? Issues of access, gate-keeping and 'informed' consent" by Tina Miller and Linda Bell -- "Divided loyalties, divided expectations: research ethics, professional and occupational responsibilities" by Linda Bell and Linda Nutt -- "Encouraging participation: ethics and responsibilities" by Maxine Birch and Tina Miller -- "'Doing rapport' and the ethics of 'faking friendship'" by Jean Duncombe and Julie Jessop -- "Knowing responsibly: linking ethics, research practice and epistemology" by Andrea Doucet and Natasha Mauthner -- "Eliciting research accounts: re/producing modern subjects" by Pam Alldred and Val Gillies.


    Anna Matczak, Eleni Hatzidimitriadou and Jane Lindsay
    School of Social Work, Faculty of Health and Social Care Sciences
    Kingston University and St George's, University of London

    Matczak, A., Hatzidimitriadou, E., and Lindsay, J. 2011. Review of Domestic Violence policies in England and Wales. London: Kingston University and St George's, University of London. ISBN: 978-0-9558329-7-0 Available at http://eprints.kingston.ac.uk/18868/1/Matczak-A- 18868.pdf


    May, R. 1961 Existential Psychology, New York, Random House


    Tim May 1957 -
    Previously Lecturer in Sociology and Social Policy at the University of Durham - A Director of the Centre for Sustainable Urban and Regional Futures at Salford University since September 1999.

    May, T. 1996 Situating Social Theory Open University Press, Buckingham.

    "Utilizing a basis in the history of social theory and traditions of social thought, this book situates contemporary schools of thought and discuses their strengths and weaknesses" ( Bauman and May 2001, p. 189)

    Bauman and May 2001Thinking Sociologically

    May, T. 2003 Social Research: Issues, Methods and Practice (Third edition) Buckingham: Open University Press
    Introduction
    Part one: Issues in social research Perspectives on social scientific research Social theory and social research Values and ethics in the research process
    Part two: Methods of social research Official statistics topic and resource Social surveys design to analysis Interviewing methods and process Participant observation perspectives and practice Documentary research excavations and evidence Comparative research potential and problems

    Tim May and Jason Powell

    May, T and Powell, J 2008 Situating social theory second edition (first 1996) Maidenhead: Open University Press. 342 pages

    "begins by charting the history of social theory, examining its development in terms of the Enlightenment project and the cultural and intellectual contexts in which theorists worked and constructed their ideas. It goes on to critically examine traditions in social thought, including hermeneutics, phenomenology, pragmatism, critical theory, structuralism, actor network theory, systems theory and feminisms."

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Part One Situating Social Theory
    1: The Enlightenment and the development of social theory
    2: Seven traditions of renewal, modification and critique
    Part Two: Contemporary Theories on Society and Social Life
    3: Symbolism and performance in everyday life
    4: Social life as accomplishment
    5: Reproducing society in social relations
    6: Habitus, capital and field: society in social relations
    7: Action, networks and intermediaries
    8: The linguistic turn in critical theory
    9: Where did all the women go?
    10: The making of the modern subject
    11: Beyond modernity?
    Part Three: Theories in action
    12: Emotion in social relations
    13: Globalisation
    Conclusion: Looking back and looking forward


    Vanessa May
    Lecturer in Sociology at the Morgan Centre for the Study of Relationships and Personal Life, University of Manchester, UK.

    May, V. 6.2008 "On being a 'good' mother: The moral presentation of self in written life stories". Sociology June 2008 volume 42, number 3: pp 470-486.

    How individuals with a 'spoiled identity' manage a moral presentation of self. Based on life stories of mothers who have wanted divorce and lone mothers.

    May, V. 6.2011 "Self, belonging and social change". Sociology June 2011, volume 45, number 3: pp 363-378.

    "'Belonging' differs from 'habitus' because it is a relational concept that necessarily focuses on social interaction and intersubjectivity, and the emotional content of these"

    "What the concept of belonging allows us to do that habitus does not is to understand how people can be embedded in a familiar everyday world yet feel that they do not belong there"

    "What the concept of belonging offers, however, that habitus does not sufficiently take into consideration is an understanding of how our connections with our natural and built environments are sensory"

    May, V. 2013 Connecting Self to Society: Belonging in a Changing World. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 192 pages

    Contents
    PART ONE: SELF AND SOCIETY IN SOCIAL THEORY
    1. Introduction
    2. Where it All Began: The Sociological Classics
    3. The Loss of Tradition: Diminished or Reflexive Selves?
    4. The Relationship between Self and Society
    5. Everyday Personal Life
    PART TWO: SELF, BELONGING AND SOCIAL CHANGE
    6. Belonging: A Window into Social Change
    7. Cultural Belongings
    8. Relational Belongings
    9. Sensory Belongings
    10. Conclusion: Self and Belonging in a Changing World

    Summary: 'Belonging' forms the bedrock of how we relate to the world around us. This book examines its relationship to society and social change. It discusses identity theory in relation to Marx, Goffman and Giddens, and goes beyond beyond that to other sites of identification and social change.

    May, V. 8.2016 "When Recognition Fails: Mass Observation Project Accounts of Not Belonging" Sociology August 2016 volum 50, number 4: pp 748-763,

    Useful article on symbolic interaction and feeling we do not belong. Examines British Mass Observation Project accounts by people who have struggled with belonging. Refers to acts of misrecognition in everyday relationships, and the impact that the ensuing relational non-belonging has had on the writers' sense of self.

    "Recognition means positively affirming the existence of a person, respecting individual difference and acknowledging claims that a person makes with regard to their personhood, as well as showing concern for their well-being"

    Uses invisible strangers to describe excluding (misrecognising) people because of individualised characteristics seen as personality (for example) rather than membership of a category such as ethnicity.

    Being misrecognised gives rise to feelings about oneself and about others.


    Wendy Maycraft Kall

    Maycraft Kall, W. 2010 The Governance Gap: Central-local steering and mental health reform in Britain and Sweden Uppsala: Uppsala University PhD Thesis. 385 pages. Examined 28.1.2011
    Abstract:
    Why do governments choose certain types of governance strategies to steer the lower level agencies such as municipalities, health services and other welfare agencies? This is a problem facing many governments in the era of public management reforms, where policies are decided at national level while service responsibilities are decentralised and implemented by lower levels. Thus the main mechanism for governments to influence the implementation of these national reforms is through its choice of strategies and instruments to fill the governance gap between national policy-making and local government. The steering strategy selection is analysed in a comparative case study of the mental health reforms in Britain and Sweden. It is argued that despite the apparent similarities in the reforms, Britain chose hard governance and steering strategies, while Sweden chose soft. Thus the theoretical discourse of policy instrument choice is linked to the discourse of hard and soft governance.
    A Triad of Influences are identified and investigated. Firstly, Administrative Traditions, is based on ideas that historical, institutional and constitutional legacies can form path dependencies. Secondly, Professions implementing welfare policies may influence government steering strategies, either through granted freedoms as trusted partners of the state, or utilised in order to achieve state objectives. Thirdly, Policy Framing may influence the way policy-makers construct a causal story relating to perceptions of the policy problem, which in turn creates preferences for certain types of steering based on norms and values of the policy-makers' care ideology.
    The study shows that administrative traditions are an important influence on steering choice for the mental health reforms. However, in contrast to earlier research, the study revealed that administrative and institutional explanations do not account for all choices made by the governments. In particular, the care ideology used by politicians to frame the need for policy action also influences steering choices and instruments. The perspective of professions gave mixed results at municipal level and may require more theoretical development, or the mixed results may be linked to municipal social work's low status as a weak profession that resulted in limited influence.


    Mazrui, A. and Tidy, M. 1984 Nationalism and New States in Africa


    John Samuel Mbiti 1931-

    Mbiti, J.S. 1969/1990 African Religions and Philosophy. Heinemann International. Second revised and enlarged edition 1990.


    Helen McCarthy 27.2.1951
    Author of The Anime Encyclopedia

    McCarthy. H. 2002 Nayao Miyazaki: Master of Japanese Animation United States of America : Stone Bridge Press.

    See Subject Index Culture


    McCulloch, J.R. 1828 "On the poor laws" Edinburgh Review May 1828


    Joan McDonald

    McDonald, J. 1965 Rousseau and the French Revolution, 1762- 1791 University of London. Historical Studies 17. London: Athlone 190 pages. "Began as a thesis ... approved by the University of London."


    Lynn McDonald

    McDonald, L. 1997 Classical Social Theory with the Women Founders Included in Camic, C. 1997 pp 112-141


    Kevin McDonald
    Middlesex University

    McDonald, K. 2013 Our Violent World - Terrorism in Society Palgrave Macmillan 224 pages

    McDonald, K. 1.2015 "What could a sociology of the subject look like?" London. Available online at https://mdx.academia.edu/KMcDonald/

    McDonald, K. 18.2.2015 "Sociology and the return of the actor: culture and politics, ethics and justice" Inaugural Professorial Lecture, Middlesex University. Synopsis online.


    William McDougall (1871-1938)
    Sometime Professor of Psychology in Harvard University, Wilde Reader in Mental Philosophy in the University of Oxford, Professor of Psychology, Duke University.

    McDougall, W. 1908 An Introduction to Social Psychology London: Methuen and co., xv and 355 pages.

    Subsequent editions were published in the United Kingdom and the United States for many decades. A "14th edition" was published in Boston, by J.W. Luce & co., in 1921. A "30th edition" was published in London, by Methuen, in 1950,

    McDougall, W. 1920/1926 (Second edition 1926) The Group Mind. A Sketch of The Principles of Collective Psychology with some Attempt to Apply Them to The Interpretation of National Life and Character. Cambridge University Press

    Mcdougall, W. 1936 Psychoanalysis and Social Psychology. Methuen


    Andrew McGettigan

    McGettigan, A. 7.9.2011 "The Truth about Middlesex" Research Fortnight Available at http://exquisitelife.researchresearch.com/files/3rdrevolution- supplement.pdf


    Mary McIntosh 1936-

    McIntosh, M. Autumn 1968 "The Homosexual Role" Social Problems Volume 16, No. 2 (Autumn, 1968), pp. 182-192 Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/800003


    Roderick D. McKenzie

    McKenzie, R. 1921 The neighborhood: A study of local life in Columbus, Ohio. Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 51 to 93

    McKenzie, R.D. 1925/3 "The ecological approach to the study of the human community" Chapter 3 in Park, R.E. etc 1925 [May have been published separately in 1924. Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 3 to 18.

    McKenzie, R. 1926 "Movement and the ability to live", Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968 pages 134 to 140.

    McKenzie, R. 1933a "Industrial expansion and the interrelations of peoples" Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968

    McKenzie, R. 1933b The Metropolitan Community. New York: McGraw- Hill.

    McKenzie, R. 1936 "The ecology of institutions" Reprinted in McKenzie, R.D. 1968

    McKenzie, R.D. 1968 Roderick D. McKenzie on human ecology : selected writings edited by Amos Henry Hawley, University of Chicago Press


    Ian McIntosh 1960

    McIntosh, I. 1997 (Editor) Classical Sociological Theory: A Reader Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. 259 pages. Identifier: ISBN: 0748608095 (pbk)
    Texts by Marx, Weber and Durkheim in English translation.


    Gordon McLachlan

    McLachlan, G. 1964-1977 (Editor) Problems and Progress in Medical Care London : Published for the Nuffield Provincial Hospitals Trust by the Oxford University Press, 1964-1977

    McLachlan, G. 1964 (Editor) Problems and Progress in Medical Care London. Includes:

    "The Population of Epileptic Colonies" by Kathleen Jones and Aileen Tillotson

    McLachlan, G. 1973 (Editor) 2 Portfolio for Health - The developing programme of the DHSS in health services research Problems and progress in medical care : essays on current research. 8th series, edited by Gordon McLachlan. London : Oxford University Press for the Nuffield Provincial Hospitals Trust, 1973. xix and 463 pages. ISBN 0197213774
    Contents [Part one only]
    Introduction by R. H. L. Cohen, Chief Scientist, DHSS p.xi-
    List of contributors p.xvii-
    PART ONE: RESEARCH DIRECTIONS
    Topics: Disease, disability, handicap
    1: Cancer research. N. R. W. Taylor and G. Wynne Griffith p.3-
    2. Research into terminal care of cancer patients. Cicely Saunders and Albertine Winner p.19-
    3. Mental health research. John Brothwood p.27-
    4. Child care and mental handicap. Jack Tizard p.33
    5. Epidemiology and evaluation of services for the mentally handicapped and the elderly. Albert Kushlick p.41
    6. A study of psychiatric disorders of old age identified in general practice. M. Shepherd p.49-
    7. Handicapped and impaired in Great Britain.
    Amelia I. Harris p.53-
    8. Monitoring adverse reactions to drugs. W. H. W. Inman p.63-
    9. Coronary heart disease. John Modle p.71-
    10. Nutrition and public health in the United Kingdom. John Waterlow p.79-
    11. Current dental research. H. M. Hughes p.85-
    12. Computers and health services. John C. A. Raison p.91-
    13. Operational research service. D. Y. Coomber and A. G. Mcdonald p.105-
    14. Research in nursing
    Further contents of part one not listed here

    See Subject Index Care

    McLachlan, G. 1.1.1992 A history of the Nuffield Provincial Hospitals Trust 1940-1990 Research report Nuffield Provincial Hospitals Trust. 1.1.1992. ISBN: 0900574798. Available at http://www.nuffieldtrust.org.uk/publications/history-nuffield-provincial- hospitals-trust-1940-1990


    Eugene McLaughlin 1959- and John Muncie

    McLaughlin, E. and Muncie, J. 1996 (Editors) Controlling Crime

    McLaughlin, E. and Muncie, J. 2001 (Editors) Controlling Crime (Second Edition) London : SAGE in association with the Open University. 362 pages.

    Contents: Introduction - Eugene McLaughlin and John Muncie
    The Origins and Development of the Police - Clive Emsley
    Key Issues in Policework - Eugene McLaughlin
    Critical Decisions and Processes in the Criminal Courts - Loraine Gelsthorpe
    Prison Histories - John Muncie
    Reform, Repression and Rehabilitation Prisons, Punishment and Penality - Richard Sparks
    The Competing Logics of Community Sanctions - Gordon Hughes Welfare,
    Rehabilitation and Restorative Justice Community and Crime Prevention - Sandra Walklate


    Hugh McLaughlin

    McLaughlin, H. 2013 "Alternative futures for service user involvement in research" Chapter eleven in Staddon, P. 2013 Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives


    Athena (Helen) McLean 1948-
    Department of Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work
    Central Michigan University

    McLean, A. 1990 The Social Production of Clinical Knowledge: A case study of family therapy in the United States, 1937-1978 Ph.D. Thesis Temple University. xi and 457 pages.

    McLean, A. 2007 The Person in Dementia: A Study of Nursing Home Care in the U.S. Broadview Press, Toronto, xiv and 312 pages.
    Contents
    Part One: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations in Dementia Care
    1. Organic Sources, Signs, and Course of Dementia
    2. Perspectives on Dementia and the Person
    3. Historical Background to Dementia Caregiving and the Ethnographic Research Methodology
    4. The Research Setting and the Residents
    Part Two: Ethnographic Case Studies and Analyses
    5. Historical and Cultural Context of Caregiving in Snow 1: Three Case Studies
    6. Historical and Cultural Context of Caregiving in Snow 2: Three Case Studies
    7. Comparing Caregiving of Snow 1 with Snow 2
    8. Conclusions and Recommendations for Future Dementia Caregiving
    Part Three: Looking Ahead in Dementia Care
    9. External Barriers to Quality Dementia Care
    10. Conclusion: Toward a New Vision of Dementia Care
    Appendix A: Linking Neuropathology to Specific Diseases
    Appendix B: Dementia as a Demographic Problem: Social and Policy Implications
    Appendix C: Contributions of Previous Ethnographic Studies to Nursing Home Research
    Appendix D: This Ethnography as a Journey
    Appendix E: Methodological Details Works Cited and Recommended Reading
    Summary: Based on two years of intensive comparative ethnographic study in a nursing home in a Northeastern American city, The Person in Dementia dramatically contrasts the outcomes of two approaches to dementia care for elders with severely disturbed behaviors: a task-oriented approach based on a biomedical view of disease progression and a flexible person-sustaining approach focusing on individual needs and communication. By emphasizing "personhood," which looks beyond physical and reasoning abilities to a person's will and relationship with others, McLean conceptualizes dementia care as a moral enterprise. She encourages innovative and compassionate elder care and accountability across the spectrum from direct care-givers to nursing home owners to those at the highest levels of government. McLean also offers a fine-tuned analysis of how relations among direct care-giving, professional, and administrative staff within a facility can dramatically affect the quality of dementia care. The book includes policy recommendations that are geared to long-term care administrators and policy-makers as well as to caregivers, families, and elders with dementia.

    Athena McLean and Annette Leibing

    McLean, A. and Leibing, A. 2007 (Editors) The Shadow Side of Fieldwork: Exploring the blurred borders between ethnography and life Blackwell Publishing, Malden, Massachusetts. xviii and 302 pages.
    "Offering an examination of the areas where life and research overlap and private experiences and formal ethnography blur, this book moves beyond traditional discussions, daring to explore the 'unspeakable' and 'invisible' in ethnographic work."
    Contents
    Foreword: In the Shadows: Anthropological Encounters with Modernity by Gillian Goslinga (University of California, Santa Cruz) and Gelya Frank (University of Southern California).
    Introduction: 'Learn to Value your Shadow!': An Introduction to the Margins of Fieldwork by Annette Leibing (University of Montreal) and Athena McLean (Central Michigan University).
    Part One: Secrecy and Silence in the Ethnographic Encounter:.
    1. Out of the Shadows of History and Memory: Personal Family Narratives as Intimate Ethnography by Alisse Waterston (John Jay College of Criminal Justice) and Barbara Rylko-Bauer (Michigan State University).
    2. When Things Get Personal: Secrecy and the Production of Experience in Fieldwork by Anne M. Lovell (National Institute for Research on Health and Medicine, Marseille).
    Part Two: Transmutations of Experience: Approaching the Reality of Shadows:.
    3. The Scene: Shadowing the Real: Vincent Crapanzano (CUNY Graduate Center).
    4. Transmutation of Sensibilities: Empathy, Intuition, Revelation: Thomas Csordas (University of California, San Diego).
    Part Three: Epistemic Shadows:.
    5. Shining a Light into the Shadow of Death: Terminal Care Discourse and Practice in the Late Twentieth Century by Jason Szabo (Harvard University).
    6. The Hidden Side of the Moon or, 'Lifting Out' in Ethnography: Annette Leibing (University of Montreal).
    Part Four: The Politics of Ethnographic Encounter: Negotiating Power in the Shadow:.
    7. The Gray Zone by Nancy Scheper-Hughes (University of California, Berkeley).
    8. Others within Us: Collective Identity, Positioning and Displacement by Meira Weiss (Hebrew University of Jerusalem).
    9. Falling into Fieldwork: Lessons from a Desperate Search for Survival by Rose-Marie Chierici (SUNY Geneseo).
    Part Five: Blurred Borders in the Ethnographic Encounter of Self and Other:
    10. Field Research on the Run: One More (from) for the Road by Dimitris Papageorgiou (University of the Aegean).
    11. Intimate Travels through Otherness by Ellen Corin (McGill University).
    12. When the Border of Research and Personal Life become Blurred: Thorny Issues in Conducting Dementia Research by Athena McLean (Central Michigan University). pages 262-287.

    McLean, A. 2010 "The Mental Health Consumers/Survivors Movement in the United States" in A Handbook for the Study of Mental Health (2nd edition), edited by TL Scheid and T Brown. New York: Cambridge University Press. Available online at http://condor.cmich.edu/cdm/singleitem/collection/p1610- 01coll1/id/3376/rec/2


    David McLellan 1940 -
    Professor of Political Theory at Kent University. Practising Catholic.

    McLellan, D. 1971 The Thought of Karl Marx. An Introduction.

    McLellan, D. 1973 Karl Marx

    McLellan, D. 1977 Karl Marx (Selected Writings). Oxford University Press

    McLellan, D. 1980 Marx Before Marxism

    McLellan, D. 1987 Marxism and Religion Macmillan

    Mclellan, D. and Twigg, B 1988 Christianity and Marxism Channel 4 pamphlet

    McLellan, D. 2008 Introduction to Marx and Engels 1848, The Communist Manisfesto


    Gregor McLennan

    McLennan, G. 2011 Story of Sociology: A first companion to social theory. London: Bloomsbury Academic. xiii and 177 pages.
    Contents
    Acknowledgements
    Introduction
    Why Sociology?
    Sociology as Understanding Modernity
    Legacies of Enlightenment
    Three Founders
    Three Classics
    Three other Classics
    American Hegemony
    Conflict, Contention, Synthesis
    From the Past to the Posts
    Twenty-first-century Sociology
    Next steps


    Marshall McLuhan

    1960 See Carpenter and McLuhan

    McLuhan, M. 1964 Understanding Media: The Extension of Man
    PART ONE: Introduction - Chapter: 1) The Medium Is the Message, 2) Media Hot and Cold, 3) Reversal of the Overheated Medium, 4) The Gadget Lover; Narcissus as Narcosis, 5) Hybrid Energy: Les Liaisons Dangereuses, 6) Media as Translators, 7 Challenge and Collapse: The Nemesis of Creativity. PART TWO: Chapter: 8) The Spoken Word: Flower of Evil, 9) The Written Word: An Eye for an Ear, 10) Roads and Paper Routes, 11) Number: Profile of the Crowd, 12) Clothing: Our External Skin, 13) Housing: New Look and New Outlook, 14) Money: The Poor Man's Credit Card, 15) Clocks: The Scent of Time, 16) The Print: How to Dig It, 17) Comics: Mad Vestibule to TV, 18) The Printed Word: Architect of Nationalism, 19) Wheel, Bicycle, and Airplane, 20) The Photograph: The Brothel without Walls, 21) Press: Government by News Leak, 22) Motorcar: The Mechanical Bride, 23) Ads: Keeping Upset with the Joneses, 24) Games: The Extension of Man, 25) Telegraph: The Social Hormone, 26) The Typewriter: Into the Age of the Ion Whim, 27) The Telephone: Sounding Brass or Tinkling Symbol, 28) The Phonograph: The Toy that Shrank the National Chest, 29) Movies: The Reel World, 30) Radio: The Tribal Drum, 31) Television: The Timid Giant, 32) Weapons: War of the Icons, 33) Automation: Learning a Living.


    George Herbert Mead 1863-1931 See weblinks

    Mead, G.H. 1909 "Social Psychology as Counterpart to Physiological Psychology", Psychological Bulletin 6 (1909): pp 401-408. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs/Mead_1909a.html

    Mead, G.H. 1913 "The Social Self", Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods 10, (1913): 374- 380. Available at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs/Mead_1913.html

    Mead, G.H. 1932 The Philosophy of the Present The Paul Carus Foundation Lectures 3. Edited with an introduction by Arthur E. Murphy and prefactory remarks by John Dewey. Chicago, London : Open Court Publishing Co., xl and 199 pages. Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/philpres/Mead_1932_toc.html

    Mead, G.H. 1934 Mind, Self and Society, From the Standpoint of a Social Behaviourist. Edited with an introduction by Charles W. Morris. Chicago University Press. xxxviii and 401 pages Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/mindself/Mead_1934_toc.html [The Mead Project, Brock University, Ontario, Canada]

    "a construction from various sets of students' lecture notes (1927, 1930) ... So popular was Mead's course in Social Psychology that a number of students attended it over and over again... Besides four "Supplementary Essays" the material is divided into four divisions: "The Point of View of Social Behaviorism," "Mind," "The Self," and "Society." source


    CONTENTS:
    Part 1: Social Psychology and Behaviourism
    1. Social psychology and behaviourism
    2. The behaviouristic significance of attitudes
    3. The behaviouristic significance of gestures
    4. Rise of parallelism in psychology
    5. Parallelism and the ambiguity of "consciousness"
    6. The program of behaviourism
    Part 2: The Mind
    7. Wundt and the concept of the gesture
    8. Imitation and the origin of language
    9. The vocal gesture and the significant symbol
    10. Thought, communication, and the significant symbol
    11. Meaning
    12. Universality
    13. The nature of reflective intelligence
    14. Behaviourism, Watsonism, and reflection
    15. Behaviourism and psychological parallelism
    16. Mind and the symbol
    17. The relation of mind to response and environment
    Part 3: The Self
    18. The self and the organism
    19. The background of the genesis of the self
    20. Play, the game, and the generalized other
    21. The self and the subjective
    22. The "I" and the "Me"
    23. Social attitudes and the physical world
    24. Mind as the individual importation of the social process
    25. The "I" and the "me" as phases of the self
    26. The realization of the self in the social situation
    27. The contributions of the "me" and the "I"
    28. The social creativity of the emergent self
    29. A contrast of individualistic and social theories of the self
    Part 4: Society
    30. The basis of human society: man and the insects
    31. The basis of human society: man and the vertebrates
    32. Organism, community, and environment
    33. The social foundations and functions of thought and communication
    34. The community and the institution
    35. The fusion of the "I" and the me" in social activities
    36. Democracy and universality in society
    37. Further consideration of religious and economic attitudes
    38. The nature of sympathy
    39. Conflict and integration
    40. The functions of personality and reason in social organisation
    41. Obstacles and promises in the development of the ideal society
    42. Summary and conclusion

    Supplementary Essays
    1.The Function of Imagery in Conduct
    2.The Biologic Individual
    3.The Self and the Process of Reflection
    4.Fragments on Ethics

    Mead, G.H. 1936a Movements of Thought in the Nineteenth Century, edited, with an introduction, by Merritt H. Moore. Works of George Herbert Mead volume 2. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. xxxix and 518 pages.
    Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/movement/Mead_1936 _toc.html. Available with the prefatory note and introductuon at http://www.archive.org/details/movementsofthoug017754mbp [Date on prefatory note is 1.11.1933]


    Contents:
    Chapter 1: From Renaissance to Revolution
    Chapter 2: Kant -- The Philosopher of the Revolution
    Chapter 3: The Revolution Breaks Down; Romanticism is Born
    Chapter 4: Kant and the Background of Philosophic Romanticism
    Chapter 5: The Romantic Philosophers -- Fichte
    Chapter 6: The Romantic Philosophers -- Schelling
    Chapter 7: The Romantic Philosophers -- Hegel
    Chapter 8: Evolution Becomes a General Idea
    Chapter 9: The Industrial Revolution -- The Quest for Markets
    Chapter 10: The Social Renaissance -- Utilitarianism
    Chapter 11: The Social Renaissance -- Karl Marx and Socialism
    Chapter 12: Industry a Boon to Science -- Mechanism the Handmaid of Finality
    Chapter 13: Modern Science is Research Science
    Chapter 14: Science Raises Problems for Philosophy -- Vitalism; Henri Bergson
    Chapter 15: Sciences Raises Problems for Philosophy -- Realism and Pragmatism
    Chapter 16: The Problem of Society -- How We Become Selves
    Chapter 17: Mind Approached Through Behavior -- Can Its Study Be Made Scientific?
    Chapter 18:. Individuality in the Nineteenth Century
    Appendix. French Philosophy in the Nineteenth Century

    Mead, G.H. 1936b The Philosophy of the Act edited, with an Introduction, by Charles W. Morris, in collaboration with John M. Brewster, Albert M. Dunham and David L. Miller. Works of George Herbert Mead volume 3. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, lxxxiv and 696 pages
    Available (not the introduction) at http://www.brocku.ca/MeadProject/Mead/pubs2/philact/Mead_1938_toc.html
    "consists almost entirely of unpublished papers which George H. Mead left at his death in 1931." (Preface)
    Contents: Introduction.--Biographical notes.--General analysis of knowledge and the act.--Perceptual and manipulatory phases of the act.-- Cosmology.--Value and the act.--Supplementary essays.


    Mellor, A. K. 1989 Mary Shelley: her life, her fiction, her monsters London, Routledge



    Meltzer, Petras and Reynolds 1975 Symbolic Interactionism: Genesis, Varieties and Criticism - By Bernard N. Meltzer, John W. Petras, Larry T. Reynolds. Monographs in social theory. London and Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1975.


    Robert Merton (1910-2003) weblinks

    Merton, R.K. 1934a "Recent French Sociology" Social Forces 12, pp 537-545.

    Merton, R.K. 1934b "Durkheim's Division of Labor in Society" American Journal of Sociology 40, pp 319-328.

    Merton, R. 1936 "The Unanticipated Consequences of Purposive Social Action". American Sociological Review Volum 1, issue 6, December 1936, pp 894-904.

    Merton, R.K. 1936/1938 Science, Technology and Society in Seventeenth Century England. OSIRIS: Studies on the History and Philosophy of Science and on the History of Learning and Culture. Bruges, Belgium: St. Catherine Press, 1938. - Previously his 1936 Thesis.

    Merton, R.K. 1938 "Social Structure and Anomie" American Sociological Review 3, pp 672-682.

    Merton, R.K. and others 1946 Mass Persuasion: The Social Psychology of a War Bond Drive by Robert K. Merton, with Marjorie Fiske and Alberta Curtis. Harper, 1946

    Merton, R.K. and others (Editors) 1952 Reader in Bureaucracy. Free Press

    Merton, R.K. 1949 "Social Structure and Anomie: Revisions and Extensions" in Anshen, N. 1949, pp 226-257.

    Merton, R.K. 1949 Social Theory and Social Structure [First edition] New York: The Free Press.

    Merton, R.K. 1957 Social Theory and Social Structure. (Revised and Enlarged Edition) Free Press [Original 1949. Another enlarged addition in 1968]

    Part One
    On Theoretical Sociology - (extracts)
    The first two chapters below were added at the beginning of the 1968 edition: They mean page numbers of the old material are about 54 more in the new as in the old.
    On the History and Systematics of Sociological Theory
    On the Sociological Theories of the Middle Range
    In 1957 and 1968 editions:
    Manifest and Latent Functions (written 1948)
    The Bearing of Sociological Theory on Empirical Research
    The Bearing of Empirical Research on Sociological Theory (October 1948 - Paper read March 1946)

    Part Two
    Studies in Social and Cultural Structure (extracts)
    Introduction
    Social Structure and Anomie (first published 1938 revised 1949)
    Continuities in the Theory of Social Structure and Anomie (1957)
    Bureaucratic Structure and Personality (1940)
    Role of the Intellectual in Public Bureaucracy (1945)
    Contributions to the Theory of Reference Group Behavior (with Alice S. Rossi) (1950)
    Continuities in the Theory of Reference Groups and Social Structure (1957)
    Patterns of Influence: Local and Cosmopolitan Influentials (1949)
    The Self-Fulfilling Prophecy (Summer 1948)

    Part Three
    The Sociology of Knowledge and Mass Communications
    Introduction
    The Sociology of Knowledge (1945)
    Karl Mannheim and the Sociology of Knowledge (1941)
    Studies in Radio and Film Propaganda (with Paul F. Lazarsfeld) (1943)

    Part Four
    Studies in the Sociology of Science
    Introduction
    Science and the Social Order (1938)
    Science and the Democratic Social Structure (1942)
    The Machine, the Worker, and the Engineer (1947)
    Puritanism, Pietism, and Science (1936)
    Science and Economy of 17th Century England (1939)

    Merton, K. R. 1967 On Theoretical Sociology Is the five chapters of part one of the 1968 edition of Social Theory and Social Structure

    Merton, R.K. 1973 The Sociology of Science - Theoretical and Empirical Investigations University of Chicago Press. 636 pages. Published September 1979

    Merton, R.K. 28.4.1994 A Life of Learning. Charles Homer Haskins Lecture for 1994. American Council of Learned Societies Occasional Paper No. 25 available at http://www.acls.org/op25.htm ACLS Publications, USA


    Stjepan Gabriel Mestrovic 1955-

    Mestrovic, S.J. 1988 Emile Durkheim and the Reformation of Sociology

    Mestrovic, S.J. 1991 The Coming Fin de Siecle: An Application of Durkheim's Sociology to Modernity and Postmodernity

    Mestrovic, S.J. 1992 Durkheim and Postmodern Culture


    Charlotte Mew 1869-1926 weblinks

    Mew, C. 1894 "Passed" The Yellow Book volume 2, July 1894

    Mew, C. 8.1899 "The Governess in Fiction" The Academy volume 62, 12.8.1899

    Mew, C. 9.1899 "The China Bowl" Temple Bar volume 118, September 1899

    Mew, C. 3.1901 "V.R.I." Temple Bar volume 122, March 1901

    Mew, C. 4.1901 "Mis Bolt" Temple Bar volume 122, April 1901

    Mew, C. 9.1901a "Some Ways of Love" Pall Mall Magazine volume 24, September 1901

    Mew, C. 9.1901b "To a Little Child in Death" Temple Bar volume 124, September 1901

    Mew, C. 10.1901 "Notes in a Brittany Convent" Temple Bar volume 124, October 1901

    Mew, C. 1902 "In the Curé's Garden" Temple Bar volume 125, June 1902

    Mew, C. 13.11.1909 "Requiescat" The Nation 13.11.1909. Republished Mew, C. 1929 p.40

    Mew, C. 1913 "Men and Trees" Published in The Englishwoman in two parts, February and March 1913

    Mew, C. 1916 The Farmer's Bride, Poetry Bookshop, London
    Contents: "The Farmer's Bride" (1912) pp 5-6 - "Fame" (1914) p.7 - "The Narrow Door" p.8 - "The Fete" (1914) pp 9-13 - "Beside the Bed" p.14 - "In Nunhead Cemetery" pp 15-17 - "The Pedlar" (1914) p.18 - "Pecheresse" (1914) pp 19-20 - "The Changeling" (1913) pp 21-23 - "Ken" pp 24-26 - "A Quoi Bon Dire" p.27 - "The Quiet House" pp 28-30 - "On the Asylum Road" p.31 - "Jour Des Mortes (Cimetiere Montparnasse)" p.31 - "The Forest Road" pp 32-33 - "Madeleine in Church" pp 34-40 - "Exspecto Resurrectionem" (1913) p.40.

    Mew, C. 1921a The Farmer's Bride. New edition with eleven new poems London: The Poetry bookshop. 59 pages.

    Mew, C. 1921b Saturday Market New York, The Macmillan company. 59 pages

    250 sets of sheets the Poetry Bookshop's The Farmer's Bride. New edition were imported and bound with the title Saturday Market

    Mew, C. 1929 The Rambling Sailor London: The Poetry Bookshop.

    Mew, C. 1953 Collected Poems of Charlotte Mew - With a Biographical Memoir by Alida Monro. London: Duckworth.

    Mew, C. 1981 Charlotte Mew: Collected Poems and Prose. Edited with an Introduction by Val Warner. Manchester: Carcanet Press in association with Virago, 1981 [Stories, Poem, Essays] xxiv and 445 pages

    Mew, C. 1997 Charlotte Mew: Collected Poems and Selected Prose. Edited with an Introduction by Val Warner. Manchester: Carcanet Press xxv and 124 pages


    MI5

    KV 5 1912-1963 The Security Service: Organisation (OF series) Files on organisations studied by MI5 and the Security Service.

    8.3.2010 Release of files

    MI5 files relating to Joachim Benemann

    KV 2/3270 Offline: KV232701 - KV232702 -
    "Joachim BENEMANN, alias BENNEMANN, Jochen: German. First came to notice in 1937 when he arrived in the UK ostensibly to study at London University but his real purpose was suspected to be the development of the Hitler Jugend (HJ) in the UK. His organisation of HJ cycling tours of the UK was thought possibly to be a cover for espionage activities but this was unconfirmed by the time he left the UK in 1939. After the war he claimed to have been anti-Nazi and on his application for British naturalisation in 1953 his true allegiances were investigated: he had been very close to the Communist Party in the early 1930s while employed in Moscow and a member of the Nazi Party from 1938, but during the Second World War had worked with the Communist-influenced Resistance in Denmark. His application was refused"
    Note: Serial 48a: anonymous letter, from an anti-Nazi German in England, denouncing Benemann
    Date: 1936 Dec 16 - 1937 Dec 02

    A group of files specifically relate to investigation of activities of the Hitler Jugend (Hitler Youth) in the UK before the Second World War. Surveillance of bicycling tours and possible reconnaissance activity was prompted by a Daily Herald newspaper report about 'spyclists' in May 1937.

    KV 5/85 Offline: KV5851 - KV5852 -
    Date range 23.6.1937 to 10.8.1937. Almost all consists of reports on visits of German cycling parties.

    KV 5/87: Offline: KV5871 - KV5872 -
    Date rang 8.11.1937 to 2.2.1938
    Note: Serial 180k: letter to the German Ambassador from Chief Scout Lord Baden Powell and the latter's report on a meeting with Ribbentrop


    MI5 files relating to Ben Greene

    Benjamin GREENE: British. GREENE, whose mother was German, was detained under Regulation 18B in 1940 because of his National Socialist views and his admiration for Hitler's Germany. He was released in 1942 and the following year filed an action against the Home Secretary for wrongful imprisonment. After 5 days in the High Court GREENE dropped his action. He retained his extreme right-wing political views after the war

    KV 2/489 KV24891 - KV24892 - KV24893 -
    1940 Feb 19-1941 Oct 23

    KV 2/492 KV24921 - KV24922
    1943 Apr 10-1946 Nov 11


    Hugh Middleton 1950-

    See Roe, Joseph and Middleton 2010

    Middleton, H. 9.2012 "'Illness like any other': what does that really mean?" Asylum volume 19, No. 3, September 2012, pp 17-18



    Steven Miles
    University of Brighton

    Miles, S. 2001 Social Theory in the Real World London; Thousand Oaks, California: Sage. 186 pages.
    Contents
    The `Reality' of Social Theory
    A Mass Society?
    A Post-Industrial Society?
    A Consumer Society?
    A Postmodern Society?
    A McDonaldized Society?
    A Risk Society?
    A Global Society?
    Theorizing for `Real'


    Ralph Miliband 7.1.1924 - 21.5.1994

    Miliband, R. 1961 Parliamentary Socialism: A study in the politics of Labour (2nd edition 1972)

    Miliband, R. 1965 "Marx and the State" Socialist Register 1965 pp 278-279. Also in Miliband 1983

    Miliband, R. 1968 "Professor Galbraith and American Capitalism" Socialist Register 1968

    Miliband, R. 1969 The State in Capitalist Society

    1969 to 1973: dispute with Nicos Poulantzas.

    Miliband, R. 1970 The State and Revolution

    Miliband, R. 1970 "The Capitalist State: Reply to Nicos Poulantzas," New Left Review 59

    Miliband R. 1973 "The Coup in Chile" Socialist Register 1973. Also in Miliband 1983.

    Miliband R. 1973? "Stalin and after. Some comments on two books by Roy Medvedv" Socialist Register 1973?. Also in Miliband 1983.

    Miliband, R. 1976 Marxism and Politics

    Miliband, R. 1982 Capitalist Democracy in Britain

    Miliband, R. 1983 Class Power and State Power. Political essays

    Miliband, R. 1989? Class Struggle in Contemporary Capitalism. Clarendon Press



    James Mill

    Mill, James 1820 "Essay on Government" article from Encyclopedia Britannica supplement available at http://studymore.org.uk/xmilgov.htm

    Mill, James 1821-1822 Elements of Political Economy.

    Mill, James 1825/1967 Essays on Government, Jurisprudence, the Liberty of the Press, Prisons and Prison Discipline, Colonies, the Law of Nations, and Education. Reprinted by permission from the Supplement to the Encyclopedia Britannica. Reprints of Economic Classics, Augustus M. Kelley, New York 1967

    Mill, James 1829 Analysis of the Phenomena of the Human Mind.


    John Stuart Mill weblinks - See Coole - Fletcher - Halliday - Hayek - Roberts - Stillinger - Stewart - Turk - Warnock -

    Mill, J.S. 1831/Spirit "The Spirit of the Age" Series of articles in The Examiner 6.1.1831 to 29.5.1831. Extracts in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 170-178; MillCW22

    Mill, J.S. 1831/1832 (Written) Essay on Marriage and Divorce

    Mill, J.S. 1833/Redivivus Writings of Junius Redivivus Monthly Repository vol.7, April 1833, pp 262-270 (or Tait's Edinburgh Magazine, vol.3, 1833, pp 347-54. Halliday has both references) Junius Redivivus was the pseudonym of William Bridges Adams (1797-1872)

    Mill, J.S. 1833/Bentham Remarks on Bentham's Philosophy MillCW10 pp 3-18

    Mill, J.S.1833/Blakey Blakey's History of Moral Sciences MillCW10 pp 19-30

    Mill, J.S.1835/Democracy Democracy and Government Extracts from two 1835 articles reprinted as an appendix in MILL, J.S.1859/1875 Vol.1 and reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976. The first section was extracted by Mill from Bailey's Rationale of Political Representation London Review 1, 1835, the second section from his review of Tocqueville: London Review 2, 1835.

    Mill, J.S. 1835/Sedgwick Sedgwick's Discourse MillCW10 pp 31-74

    Mill, J.S.1837/Carlyle Review of Carlyle's French Revolution London and Westminster Review volumes 5 and 27 1837 p.48

    Mill, J.S. 1838/Bentham Bentham London and Westminster Review August 1838 MillCW10 pp 75-116

    Mill, J.S.1839/Reform Reorganisation of the Reform Party Westminster Review, April 1839, vol.32 pp 475-508

    Mill, J.S. 1840/Tocqueville M. de Tocqueville on Democracy in America Edinburgh Review. Vol. 72. 1840. In Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 186-247.

    Mill, J.S. 1840/Coleridge Coleridge London and Westminster Review

    Mill, J.S. 1843 (8th edition 1872) A System of Logic Ratiocinative and Inductive - Being a connected view of the principles of evidence and the methods of scientific investigation
    References by book, chapter, section.

    Mill, J.S. 1843/1973 Collected works vols 7-8 A System of Logic Ratiocinative and Inductive. introduced by R.F. Mcrae. Text editor J. M. Robson

    Mill, J.S. 1843/1987 The Logic of the Moral Sciences, with an introduction by A.J. Ayer. Duckworth. Reprint of Book 6 (8th edition, 1872)

    Mill, J.S. 1844 Review of Michelet's History of France. Edinburgh Review volumes 79, 1844. Available at http://oll.libertyfund.org/title/235/21601
    Reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 90-93

    Mill, J.S. 1845 "The Claims of Labour" (a review) in the Edinburgh Review. Vol. 81. April 1845. Reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1976 pp 273-302

    Mill, J.S. 1848 Principles of Political Economy - With Some of Their Applications to Social Philosophy.
    Book 4, Ch. 7: On the Probable Futurity of the Labouring Classes

    Mill, J.S. 1859 On Liberty First written as an essay in 1854. After January 1855 written and re-written as a volume. Page numbers from Mill, J.S. 1984

    Mill, J.S. 1859/1875 Dissertations and Discussions (Collection of his occasional writings) [2 vols 1859; 4 vols 1875]

    Mill, J.S. 1861 Considerations on Representative Government available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/repgov/index.html
    Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas.

    Mill, J.S. 1861/1863 Utilitarianism London : Parker, Son, and Bourn, 1863. 95 pages reprinted from Fraser's Magazine. [First published in three instalments in Fraser's Magazine in 1861]

    Mill, J.S. 1865 Auguste Comte and Positivism. Page numbers from Mill, J.S. 1969. There are also selections from the 3rd edition (1882) reprinted in Mill, J.S. 1984 pp 429-447. Also in Collected works volume 10 pp 261-268

    Mill, J.S. 1869 The Subjection of Women available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/sw/index.html
    Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas.

    Mill, J.S. 1874 Autobiography available at http://www.la.utexas.edu/research/poltheory/mill/auto/index.html
    Classical Utilitarian web site. University of Texas. Also see extracts

    Page numbers in some of my web pages from 1969 Riverside Edition, edited by Jack Stillinger. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston.

    Mill, J.S. 1969 Collected Works volume 10 Essays on Ethics, Religion and Society Text editor J.M. Robson.

    Mill, J.S. 1976 On Politics and Society (Essays selected and edited by G.L. Williams) Fontana

    Mill, J.S. 1984 Utilitarianism, on Liberty and Considerations on Representative Government. Everyman/Dent

    MillCW: Mill, J.S. Collected Works. University of Toronto Press AND RKP.

    MillCW22: vol.22 Newspaper writings December 1822 - July 1831 Edited by A.M. Robson and J.M. Robson.


    Daniel Miller 1954-
    Professor of Anthropology at University College London.

    Miller, D. 2011 Tales from Facebook Cambridge, UK ; Malden, Massachusetts: Polity Press, xx and 218 pages
    Contents
    Part 1. Twelve portraits
    1. Marriage dun mash up: We watch a man's marriage break up. Why he blames Facebook
    2. Community: A woman in a village compares her community with that of being on Facebook
    3. For whom the bell doesn't toll: A previously very active man, now in his sixties and housebound, is gifted his life back by Facebook
    4. The book of truth: A woman explains why what you see on Facebook is closer to the truth of a person than meeting them face to face
    5. Cultivating FarmVille: A rather unsuccessful young man finds friends through FarmVille
    6. Avatar: A woman reveals how being extremely public on Facebook is her means to remaining extremely private otherwise
    7. Time suck: What do teenagers who spend six hours a day on Facebook actually do?
    8. Getting the word out: The contrast between male and female usage within a church. Media as God's instrument for spreading the word
    9. It was just sex: A sex video which features the lead singer of a band is leaked onto the internet: the consequences
    10. It's who you know: How in business and private life we need to understand that all individuals are social networking sites
    11. Picking BlackBerrys: A BlackBerry helps a man find a new role for Facebook, after it had first assisted and then betrayed his primary relationship
    12. The history woman: A woman links her personal history to the history of Facebook
    Lagniappe: The philosophy of doubles: Quick thoughts from a fast food -
    Part 2. The anthropology of Facebook.
    The invention of Fasbook: what makes Facebook Trinidadian
    Fifteen theses on what Facebook might be: what makes Facebook important
    The fame of Facebook: what makes Facebook Melanesian.
    Summary: Facebook is used by nearly 500 million people throughout the world. Once the preserve of youth, the largest increase in usage today is amongst the older sections of the population. This book examines how Facebook transforms the lives of particular individuals, but it also presents a general theory of Facebook as culture and considers the likely consequences of social networking in the future.


    Jim Miller 1947-

    Miller, J. 1984 Rousseau: Dreamer of Democracy New Haven; London : Yale University Press. xii and 272 pages.


    Nathaniel Miller 1972-

    Miller, N. 2007 Euclid and His Twentieth Century Rivals - Diagrams in the Logic of Euclidean Geometry Studies in the theory and applications of diagrams. Stanford, California: Distributed for Center for the Study of Language and Information. viii and 119 pages.
    Contents
    1 Background 1
    1.1 A Short History of Diagrams, Logic, and Geometry 5
    1.2 The Philosophy Behind this Work 11
    1.3 Euclid's Elements 14
    2 Syntax and Semantics of Diagrams 21
    2.1 Basic Syntax of Euclidean Diagrams 21
    2.2 Advanced Syntax of Diagrams: Corresponding Graph
    Structures and Diagram Equivalence Classes 27
    2.3 Diagram Semantics 31
    3 Diagrammatic Proofs 35
    3.1 Construction Rules 35
    3.2 Inference Rules 40
    3.3 Transformation Rules 43
    3.4 Dealing with Areas and Lengths of Circular Arcs 45
    3.5 CDEG 53
    4 Meta-mathematical Results 65
    4.1 Lemma Incorporation 65
    4.2 Satisfiable and Unsatisfiable Diagrams 72
    4.3 Transformations and Weaker Systems 76
    5 Conclusions 83
    Appendix A: Euclid's Postulates 89
    Appendix B: Hilbert's Axioms 91
    Appendix C: Isabel Luengo's DS1 95
    Appendix D: A CDEG transcript 103


    Spencer Millham, Roger Bullock, Kenneth Hosie

    Millham, S. Bullock, R. and Hosie, K. 1978 Locking up children : secure provision within the child-care system Farnborough, England: Saxon House. x and 196 pages.


    Charles Wright Mills (1916-1962) weblinks

    Mills, C.W. 1956 The Power Elite

    Mills, C.W. 1959 The Sociological Imagination (Penguin 1970)

    Mills, C.W. 12.1960 "Letter to the New Left" New Left Review Volume 1: 5. September-October 1960, pp. 18-23.

    Mills, C.W. 1962 The Marxists (Penguin 1963)



    Sara Mills 1954-

    Mills, S. 1997 Discourse London: Routledge


    Sarah Mills
    Department of Geography, Loughborough University

    Mills, S. 2014 "Youth on streets and bob-a-job week: urban geographies of masculinity, risk, and home in postwar Britain". Environment and Planning A, 46 (1), pp.112-128. Version accepted for publication available online at https://dspace.lboro.ac.uk/dspace- jspui/bitstream/2134/14582/4/EPAMillsAccepted.pdf


    Katsuya Minamida and Izumi Tsuji

    Minamida, K. and Tsuji, I. 2008/2012 Pop culture and the everyday in Japan: Sociological perspectives edited by Katsuya Minamida and Izumi Tsuji (2008); translated into English from Japanes by Leonie R. Stickland (2012) Bunka shakaigaku no shiza Japanese society series, Melbourne : Trans Pacific Press. xxii and 299 pages.
    Contents
    Preface : What is the appeal of the sociology of culture? by Katsuya Minamida and Izumi Tsuji
    Introduction: The scope of the sociology of culture by Katsuya Minamida and Izumi Tsuji
    Perspectives on media-and-group culture : from an empirical/critical approach to a multi-method approach by Izumi Tsuji
    Perspectives on expressive culture: What do cultural works give people, and how do they link people together? by Katsuya Minamida
    Perspectives on the culture of generations and life-phases: The quantitative approach and qualitative approach by Daisuke Tsuji
    Why do people become addicted to mobile phones?: The sociology of email communication by Kensuke Suzuki
    How has the style of television viewing changed?: The active receiver and the transformation of the subversive riposte by Keiichi Nabe
    Where is differentiated communication heading? : Through analysis of the readers' column in the fashion magazine, CUTiE by Soichiro Matsutani
    Why make e-moe-tional attachments to fictional characters? : The cultural sociology of the post-modern by Yoshimasa Kijima
    Why do people gather at rock festivals? : Communication mediated by music by Jun'ichi Nagai
    What are contemporary aspects of the parent/child relationship? : mother/daughter friendship and its social context by Yasuko Nakanishi
    Is 'poverty' or 'affluence' the reality? : towards consideration of 'living in the regions' by Hisashi Fujii
    What is at question in youth labour issues?: the two phases of specialisation, 'manual-based' and 'qualified' by Masahiro Abe
    What does it mean to be a 'Japanese'?: the current state of 'national identity' in Japan, based on ISSP 2003 by Sunsuke Tanabe.


    Rosemary Mingins

    Mingins, R. 2003 "Light within or beacon without? An evaluation of the impact of evangelicalism on Quakers 1820-1840". Quaker Studies September 2003, Volume 8 Issue 1, pp 51-67. 17 pages. Available at http://digitalcommons.georgefox.edu/quakerstudies/vol8/iss1/4


    Juliet Mitchell See weblinks - Segal

    Mitchell, J. 1966 "Women, the Longest Revolution" in New Left Review Volume 40, November/December 1966

    Mitchell, J. 1971 Woman's Estate Penguin

    Mitchell, J. 1974 Psychoanalysis and Feminism. A radical reassessment of Freudian psychoanalysis Penguin. Includes discussion of Sigmund Freud, Simone De Beauvoir, Betty Friedan, Eva Figes, Germaine Greer, Shulamith Firestone and Kate Millett, Reich and Laing

    Juliet Mitchell and Anne Oakley

    Mitchell, J. and Oakley, A. 1976 The Rights and Wrongs of Women

    Mitchell, J. and Rose, J. 1982 (Editors) Feminine Sexuality: Jacques Lacan and the Ecole Freudienne. London. Macmillan

    Mitchell, J. 1984 Women: The Longest Revolution Virago

    Mitchell, J. and Oakley, A. 1986 What is Feminism? Basil Blackwell


    Tariq Modood 1952 -
    Honorary Research Fellow in Political Theory , University College of Swansea in 1988
    Professor of Sociology, Politics and Public Policy and Director of the University Research Centre for the Study of Ethnicity and Citizenship at the University of Bristol, and the Founding Editor of Ethnicities (Sage).

    Modood, T. 1988 "'Black', racial equality and Asian identity" New Community [Now Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies] Volume 14, Issue 3, 1988. pp 397-404,

    Over the last few years a consensus had developed amongst race equality professionals and activists that the term 'black' should be used to describe all those who because of their race are unfavourably treated within British society. While this idea originated in the contacts with the US Black Power groups and is associated with the Left, particularly with the Black Section movement in the Labour Party, and indeed is most zealously pursued by some Labour controlled local authorities, it has become a commonplace so that, for instance, it is now current practice of the media not least the BBC. The argument behind this usage of 'black' is that it provides the means of affecting a unity between otherwise very diverse, powerless minorities that is necessary for an effective anti- racist movement. This argument is thought to be so decisive that it is rare, at least in print, to see it critically considered. believe, however, that it requires too high a price in terms of loss of principle from anti-racists and sells short the majority of the people it identifies as 'black'. In particular it has the effect of imposing a professional- political consensus on the Asian community that was formed by those largely outside it and at a time when Asians as a community were barely participants in debates on race.

    In the use of the term 'Asian' I assume that ethnic identities can co-exist at different levels of generality (e.g. Mirpuri, Pakistani, Asian). What I mean by an 'Asian' identity is some share in the heritage of the civilisations of old Hindustan prior to British conquest. Roughly, it is those people who believe that the Taj Mahal is an object of their history. As neither they nor the British public in general have yet discovered the academic term 'South Asian' I shall refer to such people in Britain as 'Asian'.

    Modood, T. 2004 "Cultural Capital and Social Exclusion" Cultural Trends Volume 13, Issue 2, 2004 pages 87-105

    Cultural capital analysis, or class analysis more generally, exacerbates rather than resolves the anomaly of why non-white ethnic minorities in Britain are over- represented in higher education. Some of these groups have a disproportionate lower, socio- economic profile and yet at least some of these groups are more likely to pursue and achieve entry into higher education than whites, especially, their white working-class peers. They also suffer additional disadvantages such as racism and cultural marginality. Bourdieu's concept of cultural capital is designed to explain why members of a disadvantaged class achieve less educational success than an advantaged class. It is not helpful in explaining why some disadvantaged groups do better than one would have predicted on the basis of a class (and/or racism) analysis. On the other hand, US sociological studies which deploy the concept of social capital in combination with ethnicity to explain the trajec- tories of 'second generation' migrants seem promising. This conclusion is offered on the basis of a brief literature review and a suggestion that the 'motor' of the British South Asian and Chinese overcoming of disadvantage lies in migrant parents getting their children to internalize high educational ambitions and to enforce appropriate behaviour. Keywords: Cultural capital; Social capital; Ethnicity; Educational qualifications; Second generation; Social mobility

    Modood. T. 2007 Multiculturalism Themes for the 21st century. Cambridge : Polity, 2007. viii and 193 pages
    Contents
    Chapter 1: Is Multiculturalism Appropriate for the 21st Century?
    Chapter 2: A Liberal's Bias
    Chapter 3: Difference, Multi and Equality
    Chapter 4: Liberal Citizenship and Secularism
    Chapter 5: Multiculturalism and Essentialism
    Chapter 6: Multicultural Citizenship

    Modood. T. 2007/2013 Multiculturalism Second edition. 208 pages
    New chapters:
    7. The Strange Non-Death of Multiculturalism
    8. Multiculturalism and the "Crisis of Secularism"


    Mommsen, W. and Osterhammel, J. (Editors) 1987 Max Weber and his Contempories.


    Alida Monro (previously Klementaski. 1892-1969)

    Monro, A. 1929 "Introductory Note" Mew, C. 1929 The Rambling Sailor pp 7-8 [Initialed "A.K."]

    Monro, A. 1953 "Charlotte Mew - A Memoir, by Alida Monro" Mew, C. 1953 Collected Poems pp vii-xx


    James Moody
    1999-2006 Assistant/Associate Professor Ohio State University
    2006- Associate/Full Professor Duke University
    Curriculum Vitae October 2010

    Moody, J. Notes on Durkheim's Division of Labour in Society Available at http://www.soc.duke.edu/~jmoody77/TheoryNotes/Durk_DOL.htm


    Nicola Montagna

    Montagna, N. "Social Movements and Global Mobilisations" in Ruggiero and Montagna 2008.

    Montagna N. 2010 "The making of a global movement. Cycles of protest and scale of action", Sociological Review, 58 (4), pp 638-655.

    Offline links: Stratification pdf


    Jayne Mooney 1964-

    Mooney, J. 2000 Gender, Violence, and the Social Order Houndmills, Basingstoke, Hampshire : Macmillan Press ; New York : St. Martin's Press, xi and 260 pages
    Contents:
    Classicist Criminology: Liberal Explanations of Violence
    Positivism: Scientific Explanations of Violence
    Violence and the Three Feminisms
    Feminist Realism: a Synthesis
    Researching Violence
    Revealing the Hidden Figure
    What Do the Men Say? Male Attitudes to Domestic Violence
    Violence, Space and Gender: Testing the Theories
    Tackling Domestic Violence: From Theory to Policy.


    Barrington Moore (Junior)
    During the second world war, an analyst of Russia and Germany in the Office of Strategic Services, Washington. After that lecturer in Sociology at Harvard University, working in the Russian Research Centre

    Moore, B. 1954 Terror and Progress USSR. Some sources of change and stability in the soviet dictatorship. Harper

    Moore, B. 1966 Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy. Lord and peasant in the making of the modern world. (Allen Lane 1967)

    Moore, B. 1978 Injustice. The social bases of obedience and revolt.
    Largely about Germany between the wars.

    Moore, B. 1987 Authority and Inequality under Capitalism and Socialism. USA, USSR and China. Clarendon. Oxford.


    Peter Morea

    Morea, P. 1990 Personality - An introduction to the theories of psychology Penguin. Chapter 2: The Savage Infant: Freud's psycho-analysis. Chapter 3: Pigeon People: B.F. Skinner's behaviourism. Chapter 4: Flower People: Carl Roger's self theory. Chapter 5: Lonely Liberals: Erich Fromm's neo-Freudianism. Chapter 6: Merely Players: The social behaviourism of role theory and G.H. Mead. Chapter 7: The Knowing Scientist: George Kelly's construct theory.

    Morea, P. 1997 In Search of Personality: Christianity and Modern Psychology Published 1.4.1997 by Trinity Press International. Paperback, 240 pages

    Morea, P. 2010 Towards a Liberal Catholicism: Psychology and Four Women Published 7.7.2010 by SCM Press. Paperback, 194 pages
    The four women are Julian of Norwich, Catherine of Siena, Therese of Lisieux and Simone Weil.


    David Hopcraft John Morgan 1937-

    Morgan, D.H.J. 1996 Family Connections: An introduction to family studies Cambridge: Polity Press.

    Introduction. 1. Work, Employment and the Household. 2. Family and Stratification. 3. Gender. 4. Care. 5. The Body. 6. Time and Space. 7. Food. 8. Home. Conclusion


    Lewis Henry Morgan 1818- 1881. weblinks

    Morgan, L.H. 1877 Ancient society : or, researches in the lines of human progress from savagery through barbarism to civilisation. New York: H. Holt and company. Chicago : C. H. Kerr. London : Macmillan. Calcutta, Bharati Library. 1877.

    (offline) - See also Jo Twomey

    Morgan, L.H. 1877/2000 Ancient society by Lewis Henry Morgan; with a new introduction by Robin Fox. Published: New Brunswick, N.J. ; London : Transaction, 2000. lviii, 560 pages. Facsimile of the Henry Holt, 1877 edition with new introduction.


    Robin Morgan

    Morgan, R. 1984 (Editor) Sisterhood is Global: The international women's movement anthology compiled, edited, and with an introduction by Robin Morgan. Garden City, N.Y.: Anchor / Doubleday, 1984. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1985, c1984. xxiii and 817 pages Identifier: ISBN: 0140080058 (pbk)
    Contents include
    Afghanistan: "The Silent Victims" by Sima Wali.
    Nigeria: "Not Spinning on the Axis of Maleness" by 'Molara Ogundipe- Leslie


    Enrico Morselli (1852-1929) - known in English as Henry Morselli weblinks

    Morselli, E. 1879 II Suicidio. Saggio di statistica morale comparata. Milano: Dumolard. Volume 21 of the "Biblioteca Scientifica Internazionale".

    Morselli, E. 1881 Suicide. An Essay On Comparative Moral Statistics. Revised and abridged by the author for the English version. London: C. Kegan Paul. Available online at http://www.archive.org/details/SuicideAnEssayOnComparaticeMoralStatistics

    See Subject Index Suicide



    William Morris (1834-1896) weblinks

    Morris, W. 1891 News from Nowhere: or, An epoch of rest : being some chapters from a utopian romance London: Reeves & Turner.

    Text and discussion available on this site at http://studymore.org.uk/xmorri01.htm

    See also Jo Twomey

    Krishan Kumar 1942-

    Morris, W. 1891/1995 News from Nowhere: or, An epoch of rest: being some chapters from a utopian romance edited by Krishan Kumar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995. Cambridge texts in the history of political thought.



    Ken Morrison

    Morrison, K. 1995 Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formations of modern thought London: Sage, xv and 361 pages.

    Morrison, K. 2006 Marx, Durkheim, Weber: Formations of modern thought (Second edition) London: Sage, xiii and 465 pages.
    PART ONE: INTRODUCTION The Origins and Foundations of Modern Social Theory: 1750-1920 Modern Social Theory Defined The Central Subject Matter of Social Theory
    PART TWO: KARL MARX The Historical Context of Karl Marx's Work The Shift to Materialism The German Ideology Marx's Economic Works: 1850-1867 Capital Volume One, Part A Economic and Social Elements of Capitalism Capital Volume One, Part B The Theory of Value Capital Volume One, Part C Theory of Surplus Value Capital Volume One, Part D The Genesis of Capitalism Theory of Alienation Marx's theory of Alienation and the 1844 Manuscripts Marx's Political Writings Marx's Dialectical View of History The Theory of Development
    PART THREE: EMILE DURKHEIM The Historical Context of Emile Durkheim's Work The Division of Labor in Society The Rules of Sociological Method Durkheim's Study of Suicide The Elementary Form of the Religious Life
    PART FOUR: MAX WEBER The Historical Context of Max Weber's Work Weber's Theoretical Perspective and Fundamental Themes in His Work The Theme of Capitalism in Weber's Work Weber's Theory of Class, Status and Party Weber's Concept of the Status Group The Separation of Status from Class The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism Weber's Methodology and the Theory of Knowledge in the Social Sciences The Theory of Legitimate Domination Weber's Political Writings Weber's Study of Bureaucracy


    Wayne Morrison, University of London

    Morrison, W. 2005 "What is crime? Contrasting definitions and perspectives", chapter one in Hale, Hayward, Wahidin and Wincup


    Mary Morse 1936-

    Morse, M. 1965 The Unattached: A report of the three-year project carried out by the National Association of Youth Clubs Mary Morse; with an introduction by R. Beloe. Harmondsworth : Pelican Books. 226 pages


    Morton, A.L. (Editor) 1962 The Life and Ideas of Robert Owen


    Morton, A.L. (Editor) 1962 The Life and Ideas of Robert Owen


    Gaetano Mosca (1858-1941)

    Mosca, G. 1939 The Ruling Class (Introduced by A. Livingstone) Mcgraw-Hill


    Alison Mountz

    Alison Mountz - Anne Bonds - Jenna Loyd Zilber - Jennifer Hyndman - Margaret Walton-Roberts - Ranu Basu - Risa Whitson - Roberta Hawkins - Trina Hamilton - and Winifred Curran
    Members of the Great Lakes Feminist Geography Collective

    "For Slow Scholarship: A Feminist Politics of Resistance through Collective Action in the Neoliberal University" Forthcoming in ACME, International E- journal for Critical Geographies


    Sulaima Sheikh Muhammad
    Assistant lecturer, Al-Ba'th University, Department of English, Homs, Syria.

    Muhammad, S.S. 2006 Stories of The Holy Qur'an, Dar Al-Kotob Al Ilmiya, Beirut Lebanon. 559 Pages

    The stories are in an approximate chronological order from Adam to he prophet Muhammad.


    Jon Mulholland

    Mulholland, J. 2004 Race, Ethnicity and Sex Therapy: Sex therapy discourses on the nature of race and ethnicity, and on their implications for sexuality, sexual problems and sex therapy Leicester: University of Leicester. 1 volume. Thesis (Ph.D.)

    Jon Mulholland and David Porteous

    Mulholland and Porteuos 2010 "Growing Pains - Middlesex University and the Sociological Re-Birth of Criminology" Unpublished paper

    "Abstract: Both sociology and criminology have enjoyed somewhat 'unconventional' and parallel life-histories in the UK as academic disciplines largely nurtured out-with the academy, and within public organisational contexts concerned with a range of reformist welfare and penal missions. Their entry into the academy was characterised by the notable importance of parochial academic institutions, including a number of influential 'polytechnics'. These institutions provided a crucible within which an emergent sociology of deviance was able to have fertile liaison with a criminological tradition pregnant with the potential for re- birth from its psycho-analytic and medico-scientific provenance. This paper offers an account of the influential contribution made by Middlesex University (née Middlesex Polytechnic) to the sociological nurturing of a critical criminology."

    Jon Mulholland and Louise Ryan

    Mulholland and Ryan 10.2012- website French Capital A Study of French Highly-Skilled Migrants in London's Financial and Business Sectors http://frenchlondon.co.uk/

    See Subject Index Migration


    Max Müller 1823-1900

    Muller, M. 1859 A History of Ancient Sanskrit Literature So Far As It Illustrates the Primitive Religion of the Brahmans

    Muller, M. 1864 Lectures on the Science of Language Two volumes.

    Muller, M. 1867-1875 Chips from a German Workshop Five volumes.

    Muller, M. 1873 Introduction to the Science of Religion

    Muller, M. 1878 Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion as Illustrated by the Religions of India

    Muller, M. 1879 The Upanishads translated by F. Max Muller. Part.1: The Khândogya-upanishad ; the Talavakâra-upanishad ; the Aitareya-âranyaka ; the Kaushîtaki-brâhmana-upanishad ; and the Vâgasaneyi-samhitâ-upanishad.

    Muller, M. 1883 India, What can it Teach Us?

    Muller, M. 1884 Biographical Essays

    Upanishads. Wordsworth Editions. 2001 (first 1884). ISBN 184022102.

    Muller, M. 1886 The German Classics from the Fourth to the Nineteenth Century Two volumes

    Muller, M. 1887 The Science of Thought Two volumes

    Muller, M. 1888 Studies in Buddhism

    Gifford Lectures of 1888-1892:

    Muller, M. 1889 Natural Religion

    Muller, M. 1891 Physical Religion

    Muller, M. 1892 Anthropological Religion

    Muller, M. 1899 Six Systems of Hindu Philosophy


    John Muncie

    Muncie, J. 1999 Youth and Crime: A critical introduction London : Sage.
    Contents:
    PART ONE: YOUTH CRIME REPRESENTATIONS, DISCOURSES AND DATA The Threat of Youth The Extent of Offending and Victimization Patterns of Offending and Non-Offending The 'Youth'-'Crime' Connection
    PART TWO: HISTORIES OF YOUTH CRIME THE DEPRIVED AND THE DEPRAVED The 'Invention' of Childhood and Youth Discovering Juvenile Delinquency Troublesome Adolescence The Consolidation of the 'Youth Problem'
    PART THREE: EXPLAINING YOUTH CRIME I POSITIVIST CRIMINOLOGIES Individual Positivism Sociological Positivism
    PART FOUR: EXPLAINING YOUTH CRIME II RADICAL AND REALIST CRIMINOLOGIES Radical Criminologies Realist Criminologies Beyond Criminology?
    PART FIVE: YOUTH CULTURES, GANGS AND SUBCULTURES RESISTANCE AND DISSENT Subcultural Theory and Analysis Subcultures and Resistance Countercultures and Dissent The Critique of Subcultural Analysis Post Subcultural Style...Cultural Production...
    PART SIX: YOUTH AND SOCIAL POLICY REGULATION AND CONTROL Theorizing Social Control and Youth Regulation Youth Training and the Labour Market Homelessness and the Housing Market Public Space, Policing and Surveillance Social Crime Prevention
    PART SEVEN: YOUTH JUSTICE POLICY WELFARE AND PUNISHMENT Welfare Justice Diversion and Community Corrections Custody

    John Muncie and David Wilson.

    Muncie, J. and Wilson, D. 2004 (Editors) Student Handbook of Criminal Justice and Criminology London : Cavendish Publishing Limited, 2004.
    Contents:
    Part One: Approaching criminal justice and criminology
    Chapter 1 Contemporary criminology, crime and strategies of crime control by John Muncie
    Chapter 2 The politics and processes of criminal justice by David Wilson
    Chapter 3 Researching crime and criminal justice by Gemma Buckland and Emma Wincup
    Part Two: Unravelling criminal justice and criminology
    Chapter 4 Criminal justice, public opinion, fear and popular politics by Lynn Hancock
    Chapter 5 Media representations of criminal justice by Yvonne Jewkes
    Chapter 6 Minorities, crime and criminal justice by Nadia Joanne Britton
    Chapter 7 Gender, crime and criminal justice by Sandra Walklate
    Chapter 8 Victims, crime and criminal justice by Graham Wright and Jane Hill
    Chapter 9 Islam and criminal justice by Basia Spalek
    Chapter 10 Regulation and corporate crime by Dave Whyte
    Chapter 11 Globalisation, human rights and international criminal courts by Wayne Morrison
    Part 3 Delivering criminal justice
    Chapter 12 Crime prevention, community safety, and crime and disorder reduction by Gordon Hughes
    Chapter 13 Police and policing by Douglas Sharp
    Chapter 14 Sentencing and court processes by Anthea Hucklesby
    Chapter 15 Youth crime and youth justice by Barry Goldson
    Chapter 16 Probation and community penalties by Mike Nash
    Chapter 17 Thinking about imprisonment by Joe Sim
    Chapter 18 Restorative and informal justice by Gerry Johnstone
    Chapter 19 Criminal justice in Scotland by Anne Reuss


    George Peter Murdock 1897-1985 weblinks

    Murdock, G.P. 1934 Our Primitive Contemporaries New York: Macmillan Co. xxii and 614 pages, Maps on lining-papers.
    Contents: The Tasmanians -- The Aranda of central Australia -- The Samoans -- The Semang of the Malay Peninsula -- The Todas of southern India -- The Kazaks of central Asia -- The Ainus of northern Japan -- The Polar Eskimos -- The Haidas of British Columbia -- The Crows of the Western Plains -- The Iroquois of northern New York -- The Hopi of Arizona -- The Aztecs of Mexico -- The Incas of Peru -- The Witotos of northwestern Amazonia -- The Nama Hottentots of southwest Africa -- The Ganda of Uganda -- The Dahomeans of west Africa.

    George Peter Murdock - Clellan Stearns Ford 1909-1972 - Alfred Emmons Hudson 1904 - and others

    Murdock, G.P., Ford, C.S., Hudson, A.E. and others 1938 Outline of cultural materials prepared by George P. Murdock, Clellan S. Ford, Alfred E. Hudson and others for Yale University. Institute of Human Relations. New Haven : Cross-Cultural Survey, Institute of Human Relations, Yale University, 1938. 55 pages.

    Murdock, G.P. 1949 Social Structure New York: Macmillan

    Murdock, G.P. 1954 Outline of World Cultures New Haven, Human Relations Area Files, 1954. vi and 180 pages


    David. G. Myers 1942 -
    Has taught Psychology at Hope College, Michigan since 1967. Hope is "historically affiliated with the Reformed Church in America" but "ecumenically diverse". "Values open discussion of matters of faith and respect for the opinions of others".

    Myers, D.G. 1986 Psychology New York: Worth. xviii and 693 pages [An introductory text]

    Myers, D.G. June/July 1999 "Accepting what cannot be changed" Perspectives June/July 1999 Available http://www.davidmyers.org/Brix?pageID=90 -

    A largely unreferenced article arguing that sexual orientation cannot be changed. See American Psychiatric Association statement December 1998

    Myers, D.G. 2010 Psychology Ninth edition, in modules. New York: Worth.
    Timelines printed on endpapers.
    Contents
    Preface
    INTRODUCTION TO THE HISTORY AND SCIENCE OF PSYCHOLOGY
    The Story of Psychology Thinking Critically with Psychological Science Research Strategies: How Psychologists Ask and Answer Questions
    THE BIOLOGY OF MIND Neural and Hormonal Systems Tools of Discovery and Older Brain Structures The Cerebral Cortex and Our Divided Brain
    CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE TWO-TRACK MIND The Brain and Consciousness Sleep and Dreams Hypnosis Drugs and Consciousness
    NATURE, NURTURE, AND HUMAN DIVERSITY Behavior Genetics and Evolutionary Psychology Environmental Influences of Behavior
    DEVELOPING THROUGH THE LIFE SPAN Prenatal Development and the Newborn Infancy and Childhood Adolescence Adulthood, and Reflections on Developmental Issues
    SENSATION AND PERCEPTION Introduction to Sensation and Perception Vision Hearing Other Senses Perceptual Organization Perceptual Interpretation
    LEARNING Classical Conditioning Operant Conditioning Learning by Observation
    MEMORY Introduction to Memory Encoding: Getting Information In Storage: Retaining Information Retrieval: Getting Information Out Forgetting, Memory Construction, and Improving Memory
    THINKING, LANGUAGE, AND INTELLIGENCE Thinking Language and Thought Introduction to Intelligence Gentetic and Environmental Influences on Intelligence
    MOTIVATION AND WORK Introduction to Motivation Hunger Sexual Motivation and the Need to Belong Motivation at Work
    EMOTION, STRESS, AND HEALTH Introduction to Emotion Expressed Emotion Experienced Emotion Stress and Health Promoting Health
    PERSONALITY The Psychoanalytic Perspective The Humanistic Perspective Contemporary Research on Personality
    PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDERS Introduction to Psychological Disorders Anxiety Disorders Dissociative, Personality, and Somatoform Disorders Mood Disorders Schizophrenia
    THERAPY The Psychological Therapies Evaluating Psychotherapies The Biomedical Therapies
    SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Social Thinking Social Influence Antisocial Relations Prosocial Relations
    APPENDIX A: Careers in Psychology
    APPENDIX B: Answers to Test Yourself Questions


    Susan (Jolliffe) Napier 11.10.1955
    Professor of the Japanese Program at Tufts University.

    Napier. S.J. 2005 Anime from Akira to Howl's Moving Castle: experiencing contemporary Japanese animation (updated): United States of America: Palgrave Macmillian.

    Napier. S.J. 2007 From Impressionism to Anime: Japan as Fantasy and Fan Cult in the Mind of the West. United States of America: Palgrave MacMillan.

    See Subject Index Culture


    Kate Nash Goldsmiths, University of London

    Nash, K. 12.2009 "Between Citizenship and Human Rights" Sociology Volume 43, Number 6. pp 1067-1083


    Roy Nash
    Massey University, Palmerston North, New Zealand

    Nash R., 1990 "Bourdieu on Education and Social and Cultural Reproduction", British Journal of Sociology of Education, Volume 11 (4), pp. 431-447.


    Dorothy Nelkin 30.7.1933 - 28.5.2003

    Dorothy Nelkin and M. Susan Lindee

    Nelkin, D. and Lindee, M.L. 1995 The DNA Mystique: The gene as a cultural icon New York: Freeman. x and 276 pages

    Contents Preface
    1 The powers of the gene
    2 The eugenic gene
    3 Sacred DNA
    4 The molecular family
    5 Elvis's DNA
    6 Creating natural distinctions
    7 Absolution: locating responsibility and blame
    8 Genetic essentialism applied
    9 Genetic futurism
    10 The supergene.


    Franz Neumann (1899? - 1954) weblinks

    Neumann, F. 1942 Behemoth. The structure and practice of National Socialism

    Neumann, F. 1949 Montesquieu, ch.4 in Neumann, F. 1957

    Neumann, F. 1950 Approaches to the study of political power ch.1 in Neumann, F. 1957

    Neumann, F. 1951 Economics and politics in the twentieth century, ch.10 in Neumann, F. 1957 [discusses "prerogative power"]

    Neumann, F. 1954 Anxiety and politics, ch.11 in Neumann, F. 1957

    Neumann, F. 1955 On the theory of the federal state, ch.8 in Neumann, F. 1957

    Neumann, F. 1957 The Democratic and Authoritarian State


    Walter Lindesay Neustatter

    Neustatter, W.L. 1953 Psychological Disorder and Crime with a foreword by John Maude. London : C. Johnson, 248 pags.


    Tim Newburn 1959-
    Professor of Criminology and Director of the Mannheim Centre, London School of Economics,

    "Young people, crime, and youth justice" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology

    Newburn, T. 2007 Criminology Cullompton: Willan. xxvii and 1019 pages.
    Contents
    Part 1: Understanding Crime and Criminology 1. Understanding Crime and Criminology 2. Crime and Punishment in History 3. Crime Data and Crime Trends 4. Crime and the Media
    Part 2: Understanding Crime ae' Theories and Concepts 5. Classicism and Positivism 6. Biological Positivism 7. Psychological Positivism 8. Durkheim, Anomie and Strain 8. The Chicago School, Culture and Subcultures 10. Interactionism and Labelling Theory 11. Control Theories 12. Radical and Critical Criminology 13. Realist Criminology 14. Contemporary Classicism 15. Feminist Criminology 16. Late Modernity, Governmentality and Risk
    Part 3: Understanding Crime ae' Types and Trends 17. Victims, Victimization and Victimology 18. White-collar and Corporate Crime 19. Organised Crime 20. Violent and Property Crime 21. Drugs and Alcohol
    Part 4: Understanding Criminal Justice 22. Penology and Punishment 23. Understanding Criminal Justice 24. Crime Prevention and Community Safety 25. The Police and Policing 26. Criminal Courts and the Court Process 27. Sentencing and Non-custodial Penalties 28. Prisons and Imprisonment 29. Youth Crime and Youth Justice 30. Restorative Justice
    Part 5: Critical Issues in Criminology 31. Race, Crime and Justice 32. Gender, Crime and Justice 33. Criminal and Forensic Psychology 34. Globalisation, Terrorism and Human Rights
    Part 6: Doing Criminology 35. Understanding Criminological Research 36. Doing Criminological Research


    Newhaven Journeyman
    Editor: Alastair Kemp. Eleusinian Press
    http://www.eleusinianpress.co.uk/

    Issue 1, Finding a voice. September 2012
    Contents:
    Introduction by Alastair Kemp
    Psycho Politics by Ben Watson
    The Devil's Elbow by Dave Wood
    Sounds of the Rainbow by Jan Tchamani
    Ghost in the Cell by Michael Burnett
    Travels in Voodoo Land by Graham Askey
    Talking of Cries by Tristam Vivian Adams
    Freda and Charlotte Mew by Andrew Roberts
    Testing Vault by Zenon Gradkowski
    Black Widow by Michael Burnett


    New Left Review

    website


    Newton, I. 1686/1729 Sir Isaac Newton's Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy and his System of the Worlds. Translated into English by Andrew Motte in 1729. The translations revised, and supplied with an historical and explanatory appendix, by Florian Cajori. University of California Press. 1934. Volume One The Motion of Bodies


    Paula Nicolson 24.7.1949-

    Nicolson P. 2003, 'Postpartum Depression: Women's Accounts of Loss and Change', in J.M. Stoppard and L.M. McMullen (Editors) 2003, Situating Sadness: Women and Depression in Social Context, NYU Press pp. 113-136


    Nietzsche, F.W. 1883 Thus Spake Zarathustra. Part One


    Florence Nightingale 1820-1910

    Nightingale, F. 1858 Hospital construction [Papers read at the meeting of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science held at Liverpool between October 11th and 16th, 1858, under the Presidency of Lord Russell.] Transactions of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science. 22 pages: plans (folded). Plans bear imprint: John W. Parker & Son, West Strand. Originally printed in the "Transactions of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science," 1858, pp. 462-482. Later reprinted in "Notes on Hospitals" (London: John W. Parker & Son, 1859).

    Nightingale, F. 1859 Notes on Nursing: What it is, and what it is not London : Harrison, 1859.

    Nightingale, F. 1860 "International Statistical Congress: Letter from Miss Nightingale, read by the Earl of Shaftesbury to the Second section of the Congress". [London]: International Statistical Congress, 1860.

    Nightingale, F. 1860 International Statistical Congress: Papers submitted to the Second Section of the Congress by Miss Nightingale.
    Other titles: "Hospital statistics. Proposal for an uniform plan of hospital statistics. Proceedings in Statistical Congress in reference to Miss Nightingale's paper."
    London : Printed by Eyre & Spottiswoode for Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 1860.
    Physical description: 9, [1], 2 p. : charts (1 fold.) ; 31 cm.

    Nightingale, F. 1860 Suggestions for Thought to the Searchers After Truth among the Artisans of England 3 volumes privately printed. London : Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1860. Volume 1: xvi and 292 pages. volume 2: xxiv and 411 pages. volume 3: x and 126 pages.

    Nightingale, F. 1860 "Note on causes of deterioration of race" 1 sheet [2 pages] Probably printed in 1860 but not known to have been published. First line of text: "Experience indicates that no race can be improved into another race, e.g. the Anglo-Saxon man will never be as handsome as the Spaniard."


    Nisbet, R. 1963 "Sociology as an art form" in M. Stein and A. Vidiich (editors) Sociology on Trial, Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice Hall.

    Nisbet, R. 1965 (Editor) Emile Durkheim: With Selected Essays Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Spectrum Books, Prentice Hall.


    Ivor Noël-Hume 1927-

    Noël-Hume, I. 1953 Archaeology in Britain: Observing the past Foyles Handbooks. London: Foyle 1953. 119 pages.


    Francis Ivan Nye 1918-1.2.203
    Washington State University, Specialist in family sociology

    Nye, F.I. 1958 Family Relationships and Delinquent Behavior New York : J. Wiley ; London : Chapman & Hall. 168 pages

    Nye, F.I. and others 1963 The Employed Mother in America,

    Felix Berardo and Ivan Nye, Emerging Conceptual Frameworks in Family Analysis (1966)

    Lois Hoffman and Ivan Nye, Working Mothers, 1974.

    Nye, F.I. 1976 Role Structure and Analysis of the Family

    Burr, Hill, Nye, and Reiss (Eitors), Contemporary Theories About the Family, Vol. 1 and 2. The Free Press, 1979.

    See Subject Index Family


    Nye, R. D. 1975 Three Psychologies: Perspectives from Freud, Skinner, and Rogers (Fourth Edition), Brooks/Cole Publishing Company, Pacific Grove, California, USA.


    Ann Oakley 1944-
    Daughter of Richard Titmuss and Kathleen (née) Miller

    See Subject indexes Gender and Work

    Oakley, A. 1972 Sex, Gender and Society London: Temple Smith. Published in association with New Society. Reprinted with new Introduction, London: Gower, 1985.

    Oakley, A. 1974/1976 Housewife. London: Allen Lane. In 1976 retitled Woman's Work: The Housewife, Past and Present New York: Random House.

    Oakley, A. 1974 The Sociology of Housework. London: Martin Robertson. Reprinted with new Introduction. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1985

    Oakley, A. 1979/1981 Becoming a Mother Oxford: Martin Robertson. In 1981 retitled From Here to Maternity Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1981. Reprinted with new Introduction, 1986.

    Oakley, A. 1980 Women Confined: Towards a sociology of childbirth. Oxford: Martin Robertson.

    Oakley, A. 1981 Subject Women Oxford: Martin Robertson.

    Oakley, A. 1984 The Captured Womb: A history of the medical care of pregnant women. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.


    ODI: Overseas Development Institute

    ODI 285 Exploring the science of complexity: Ideas and implications for development and humanitarian efforts ODI Working Papers 285, February 2008. Second edition November 2008 available from http://www.odi.org.uk/resources/details.asp?id=583&title=science- complexity


    Darren O'Byrne

    O'Byrne, B. 2011 Introducing Sociological Theory New York, NY : Pearson Longman. vi and 266 pages
    Contents
    1. Introduction : the history of sociological theory
    2. Functionalism
    3. Conflict theory
    4. Marxism
    5. Feminism
    6. Exchange theory
    7. Interactionism
    8. Ethnomethodology
    9. Structuralism
    10. Conclusion : the present and future of sociological theory.


    James O'Connor 1930-

    O'Connor, J. 1973 The Fiscal Crisis of the State New York: St. Martin's Press. 11 and 276 pages

    "The Fiscal Crisis of the State refers to the tendency of government expenditures to outpace revenues in the USA during the later 1960s and early 1970s, but its relevance to other countries of the period and also in today's global economy is evident."

    O'Connor, J. 1984 Accumulation Crisis

    O'Connor, J. 1987 The Meaning of Crisis. A theoretical introduction


    Mike O'Donnell

    O'Donnell, M. 2000 Classical and Contemporary Sociology: Theories and Issues, London, Hodder and Stoughton [An A level text]
    Contents
    (source)
    Chapter one: Sociology, modernity and capitalism
    The Historical Context in which Sociology Developed p.1
    The Intellectual Context in which Sociology Developed: Its Theories and Methods p.4
    The Central Themes of Sociology: The Sociological Dualisms p.11
    The Classical Foundations: Contested Interpretations of the Dualisms p.13
    Chapter two: The Second Wave of Sociological Theory (1914-1960) p.31
    Marxism between the wars p.31
    Functionalism p.40
    Symbolic Interactionism p.47
    Charles Wright Mills p.54
    Chapter three: Social Structure: 'Postindustrial/Postfordist society' - The Third Wave of Theory or New Sociology p.62
    Late Modernity: Structural Theory p.66
    Social Structure in Late Modernity Class p.76
    Gender (and the Division of Labour) p.87
    Ethnicity (and the Division of Labour) p.90
    Age/Generation (and the Division of Labour) p.96
    Stratification and the Internet p.99
    Chapter 4 Identity, Structuralism, Poststructuralism and Postmodernism p.103
    Sociological Approaches to Identity p.104
    Historical Concepts of Identity: Traditional, Modern and Late (or Post) Modern p.106
    Identity, Culture and the New Sociology p.112


    Chapter 5 The Enlightenment - Defended and Extended: Habermas and Giddens p.134
    Jurgen Habermas p.134
    Anthony Giddens p.141
    Chapter 6 Identities in Late Modernity p.156
    Youth Culture p.157
    Gender Relations and Identities p.166
    Sex and Sexuality p.171
    Ethnicity p.173
    Cultural Themes in Late or Postmodernity: The New Sociology p.178
    Chapter 7 Britain in the global context: Structure and Culture p.185
    Globalisation: Accounts and Evaluations p.189
    Globalisation: Economic, Cultural and Political p.196
    Economic and Financial Globalisation p.196
    Cultural Globalisation p.200
    Political Globalisation: Power in the Global Context p.209
    Chapter 8 The Dualisms: Summary and Further Discussion p.223
    The Dualisms Revisited p.223


    OECD The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

    OECD 234 The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Working Paper No. 234 May 2004: "The impact of social institutions on the economic role of women in developing countries" by Christian Morrisson and Johannes Jütting. Available at http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/23/43/31652310.pdf


    Alexander Konstantin von Oettingen 1827-1905

    Oettingen, A.K. 1868 Die Moralstatistik und die christliche Sittenlehre. Versuch einer Socialethik auf empirischer Grundlage (Moral statistics and Christian ethics. An attempt at a social ethic on an empirical basis)

    Oettingen, A.K. 1882 Die Moralstatistik in ihrer Bedeutung füe;r eine Socialethik [A revised and expanded edition of Oettingen, A.K. 1868?]


    Clare O'Farrell

    O'Farrell, C. 1989 Foucault: Historian or Philosopher? Basingstoke: Macmillan. xii and 188 pages.

    [There is an extract from this at http://www.thefoucauldian.co.uk/clare.htm - (archive) which outlines and discusses the context of Foucault's work.]

    O'Farrell, C. 1.1997- michel-foucault.com at http://www.michel-foucault.com/. Site created in January 1997 by Clare O'Farrell. See also 2005 archive of the site.

    O'Farrell, C. 2005 Michel Foucault London; Thousand Oaks, California : SAGE Publications. xiv and 184 pages
    Contents
    A cultural icon
    Cultural contexts
    Foucault's major works
    A tool box for cultural analysis
    The unconscious of history and culture
    Discontinuity and discourse
    Truth and culture
    Power and culture
    Ethics and subjectivity.

    O'Farrell, C. 2007 [Foucault's] Key Concepts, available at http://www.michel-foucault.com/concepts/


    Claus Offe 1940-

    C. Offe 11/12.1982 "Reflections on the welfare state and the future of socialism. An interview" (with David Held and John Keane in London and Wassenaar - November/December 1982). Chapter 12 in C. Offe 1984 pp 152-199. - In this, Offe explains what he means by a "new social movement".

    C. Offe 1984 Contradictions of the Welfare State London: Hutchinson. (A collection of essays edited by John Keane).

    C. Offe 1985 "New Social Movements: Challenging the Boundaries of Institutional Politics" Social Research vol.52 pages 817-868. New York : Graduate Faculty of Political and Social Science, New School for Social Research,


    Jim Ogg

    Ogg, J. 2003 Living Alone in Later Life Institute of Community Studies Research Report No.2. London


    Teresa O'Neill, 1952- lecturer in the School for Policy Studies at the University of Bristol.

    Teresa O'Neill, 2001 Children in secure accommodation: a gendered exploration of locked institutional care for children in trouble by Teresa O'Neill with a foreword by Allan Levy. London ; Philadelphia : Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
    "Children are placed in these institutions for a number of different reasons, from those who have run away from home to those who have committed serious crimes. Teresa O'Neill argues that the ideological confusion between welfare and justice leads to a contadiction in policy and practice. She suggest that the fact that most of the boys - who form the majority of children in secure accommodation - are admitted through the criminal justice system while most of the girls are admitted through the welfare system makes this a gendered issue."
    Contents:
    Part 1 The context - research and practice literature: children in trouble - the historical and legal context; children in trouble - the professional response; local authority secure accommodation.
    Part 2 The context of the research study: the children in the study - characteristics and backgrounds.
    Part 3 The professional context: the roles of secure accommodation - the views of managers and staff; secure unit residents - the views of managers and staff; the roles of secure accommodation - the views of social workers.
    Part 4 Children in security: life before placement in secure accommodation; living in secure accommodation; theraputic interventions; evaluation and outcomes.
    Part 5 Conclusions: summary and conclusions.


    William Matthew O'Neil

    O'Neil, W.P. 1968 The Beginnings of Modern Psychology Penguin science of behaviour. Harmondsworth: Penguin. 157 pages. A second (Revised) edition published Brighton: Harvester 1982.
    (subject index)


    ONS: Office for National Statistics

    Focus on Series

    The Focus on series presents in-depth commentary reports examining different subjects and groups of people in the United Kingdom. Combining data from the 2001 Census of Population and other official sources, the reports provide an up-to-date and comprehensive analysis of their topic area. Each report is easy to access, using simple tables, charts and maps to illustrate topics and issues.

    People - Digital Age - Ethnicity - Families - Health - Identity - Inequality - Migration - Older People - Religion -


    People

    ONS/FOPM 2005 Focus on People and Migration Office of National Statistics 2005 available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/fertility-analysis/focus-on-people-and- migration/december-2005/index.html

    Chapter 1: The UK population: past, present and future (offline)
    Chapter 2: Where people live (offline)
    Chapter 3: The UK's major urban areas (offline)
    Chapter 4: The changing age structure of the UK population (offline)
    Chapter 5: Fertility and mortality (offline)
    Chapter 6: Population movement within the UK (offline)
    Chapter 7: International migration (offline)
    Chapter 8: The foreign-born population (offline)
    Chapter 9: Special and communal populations (offline)
    Chapter 10: The UK population in the European context (offline)


    Digital Age

    ONS/FODA 2007 Focus on The Digital Age Office of National Statistics 2007 68 pages. available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/social-trends-rd/focus-on-the-digital- age/2007-edition/index.html


    Families

    ONS/FOF 2007 Focus on Families Office of National Statistics 2007. 98 pages. available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/family-demography/focus-on- families/2007/index.html
    Chapter 1: Families, by Hannah McConnell and Ben Wilson
    Chapter 2: Unpaid care and the family, by Linda Pickard
    Chapter 3: Family structure and family formation - education as outcome and explanation, by Richard Lampard
    Chapter 4: Family living arrangements and health, by Mike Murphy
    Chapter 5: Family geography, by Ben Wilson and Steve Smallwood

    (offline)
    Relevant to Subject Index Family - Care - Ethnicity


    Inequality

    ONS/FOSIs Focus on Social Inequalities available at


    Older People

    ONS/FOOP 2005 Focus on Older People Office of National Statistics 92 pages available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/mortality-ageing/focus-on- older-people/2005-edition/index.html


    Ethnicity and Identity

    ONS/FOEIs 2005 Focus on Ethnicity and Identity summary Office of National Statistics 2005 available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/ethnicity/focus-on- ethnicity-and-identity/focus-on-ethnicity-and-identity-summary- report/index.html

    ONS/FOEIc 2006 2001 Census: Ethnicity and Identity in the UK - A guide to comparing 1991 and 2001 Census ethnic group data Office of National Statistics Released: 31 March 2006. Available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/ethnicity/focus-on-ethnicity-and-identity/a- guide-to-comparing-1991-and-2001-census-ethnic-group-data/index.html

    Ethnicity and Religion

    ONS/FOER 2006 Focus on Ethnicity and Religion Office of National Statistics 2006, edited by Joy Dobbs, Hazel Green and Linda Zealey, available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/ethnicity/focus-on-ethnicity-and- religion/2006-edition/index.html

    See Subject Index Ethnicity and Religion


    Health

    ONS/FOH 2005 Focus on Health Office of National Statistics 2005 available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/disability-and-health- measurement/focus-on-health/2005-edition/index.html


    Open University

    OU 1977 Mathematics Diagnostic and Developmental Booklet Prepared by many people, including John Bibby, Aldwyn Cooper, Peter Cox, Jeff Evans , Fred Lockwood, Jane Stratham and Anne Jones. People in the Learning Resource Centre of Enfield Campus, Middlesex Polytechnic helped with materials and encouragement.


    Iona Archibald Opie (born Iona Archibald, 1923) and Peter Mason Opie (1918-1982)

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1947 (Editors) I Saw Esau: Traditional Rhymes of Youth Williams & Norgate Ltd

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1951 (Editors) Oxford University Press

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1959 The Lore and Language of Schoolchildren Oxford University Press

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1963 The Puffin Book of Nursery Rhymes Penguin/Puffin

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1969 Children's Games in Street and Playground Oxford University Press

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1974 (Editors) The Classic Fairy Tales Oxford University Press. [Presents the texts of twenty-four familiar fairy tales as they were first published in English and summarises the history of each tale, especially from the textual point of view.]

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1985. The Singing Game Oxford University Press.

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1988 Tail Feathers of Mother Goose Little Brown and Company.

    Opie, I and Opie, P. 1997 Children's Games with Things Oxford University Press.


    Susie Orbach 1946-
    Psychotherapist
    Co-founder of The Women's Therapy Centre (London, 1976) and The Women's Therapy Centre Institute (New York, 1981).

    Orbach, S. 1978 Fat is a Feminist Issue: The anti-diet guide to permanent weight loss New York; London : Paddington Press. 192 pages.

    Orbach, S. 1982 Fat is a Feminist Issue Two: How to free yourself from feeling obsessive about food London: Hamlyn. 171 pages
    A step-by-step guide to show you how to break the cycle of dieting and regaining weight and stop dieting forever. With practical exercises designed to help you understand your body's needs,

    Orbach, S. 1998 The Construction and Expression of a Gendered Mind and Body: Contributions of a psychoanalytic approach Ph.D. Thesis University of London

    Orbach, S. 2006 Fat Is A Feminist Issue The 1978 publication with its 1982 sequel in one volume with a new introduction by Susie Orbach. London: Arrow. 269 pages. Published 5.1.2006.

    Orbach, S. 2009 Bodies Big ideas series. London: Profile, 182 pages.
    Contents 1. Bodies in our time -- 2. Shaping the body -- 3. Speaking bodies -- 4. Bodies real and not so real -- 5. And so to sex -- 6. What are bodies for?

    See Subject Index Body and Eating disorder


    James D. Orcutt
    Professor Emeritus, Department of Sociology, Florida State University, Tallahassee.

    Orcutt, J.D. 1983 Analyzing Deviance Dorsey series in sociology. Homewood : Dorsey Pr.

    Online lecture on Sociological Viewpoints on Deviance and Social Control adapted from pages 3-28 at http://deviance.socprobs.net/Unit_1/Page_1.htm

    Online lecture on Early Conceptions of Deviance adapted from pages pp. 31- 42 at http://deviance.socprobs.net/Unit_2/Page_1.htm

    Online lecture on anomie adapted from pages 68-75 at http://deviance.socprobs.net/Unit_3/Theory/Anomie.htm discusses Durkheim and Merton.

    James D. Orcutt and David R. Rudy

    Orcutt, J.D. and Rudy, D.R. 2003 (Editors) Drugs, Alcohol, and Social Problems Understanding social problems series. Lanham, Md.; Oxford: Rowman and Littlefield. vii and 287 pages.

    Orcutt, J.D. 2012 Deviance and Social Control. Online Review: Lectures and Web Resources. Updated November 2012. Available http://deviance.socprobs.net/


    Orru, M. 1987 Anomie: history and meanings London: Allen and Unwin.


    Richard Osborne 1952- and Borin Van Loon 1951
    Richard Osborne is a lecturer at London Guildhall University. Borin Van Loon is a Surrealist artist.

    Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 1996 Sociology for Beginners Trumpington: Icon. 176 pages. Text by Richard Osborne. Pictures by Borin Van Loon. Edited by Richard Appignanesi.

    Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 1999 Introducing Sociology [Sociology for Beginners with a different title]

    Osborne, R. and Van Loon, B 2009 Introducing Sociology: A graphic Guide [Same book with amended title]

    Summary: Sociology is the study of how society functions, or in some cases, does not function. Various competing schools of sociology have attempted to fit observations of social phenomena into different conceptual systems. This work traces the origins of these systems from Enlightenment thought and the work of Auguste Comte to subsequent developments in Karl Marx, Herbert Spencer, Emile Durkheim and Max Weber. The rapid expansion of sociology in 20th-century America and Britain, the post-World War two dominance of Talcott Parsons, the Chicago School and the rise of Structuralism are outlined. Goes "to Baudrillard and beyond". Also examined are the array of concepts and methods of research that have been applied to the study of society. Includes bibliographical references and index.


    Thomas Osborne, Nikolas Rose and Mike Savage

    Osborne, T., Rose, N. and Savage, M. 2008 "Editors' Introduction Reinscribing British sociology: some critical reflections" The Sociological Review volume 56, issue 4: pp 519-534. Available at http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467- 954X.2008.00803.x/abstract


    William Outhwaite Newcastle University

    Outhwaite, W. 1994 Habermas: A Critical Introduction Cambridge: Polity Press

    Outhwaite, W. 1996 (Editor) The Habermas Reader Cambridge: Polity Press

    Outhwaite, W. 1998 "Jürgen Habermas" in Stones, R. 1998 pp 205-214

    Outhwaite, W. 12.2009 "Canon Formation in Late 20th Century British Sociology" Sociology Volume 43, Number 6. pp 1029-1045

    See Giddens 1971


    Robert Owen Butt - Hardy - Morton - reviews - weblinks

    Owen, R. 1813 A New View of Society; or, Essays on the Principle of the Formation of the Human Character and the Application of the Principle to Practice. By one of His Majety's Justices of Peace for the County of Lanark. London: Printed for Cadell and Davies, Strand; by Richard Taylor and Co., Printers' Court, Shoe Lane. 1813. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/owenm.htm

    Owen, R. 1813/1st Essay On the Formation of Human Character Addressed to William Wilberforce. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow01.htm

    Owen, R. 1813/2nd Essay The Principles of the Former Essay continued, and applied in part to Practice Addressed to the British Public. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow02.htm

    Owen, R. 1814/3rd Essay The Principles of the Former Essays applied to a Particular Situation Addressed to manufacturers. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow03.htm

    Owen, R. 1814/4th Essay The Principles of the Former Essays applied to Government Addressed to the Prince Regent. Available at http://www.yale.edu/lawweb/avalon/econ/ow04.htm

    Owen, R. 1815 Observations On the Effect of the Manufacturing System: With Hints for the Improvement of those parts of it which are most injurious to Health and Morals available at http://studymore.org.uk/xowen.htm

    Owen, R. 1.1.1816 Address Delivered to the Inhabitants of New Lanark, on January 1st, 1816, at the Opening of the Institute Established for the Formation of Character. London, Hatchard, 1816.

    Owen, R. 12.3.1817 Report to the Committee for the Relief of the Manufacturing Poor. (The first statement of Owen's famous Plan. Morton 1962 p.34)

    Owen, R. 1820 Report to the County of Lanark (Owen 1927 pp 245-298)

    Owen, R. 1832 (Editor) The Crisis; or, The change from error and misery to truth and happiness edited by Robert Owen

    Owen, R. 1927 A New View of Society (and Other Writings) Dent/Everyman 1927.

    Owen, R. 1961 Robert Owen on Education. Edited by Harold Silver, Cambridge : Cambridge University Press , 1969

    Owen, R. 1970 A new view of society; and, Report to the county of Lanark. Edited with an introduction by V. A. C. Gatrell [Valentine Arthur Charles Gatrell] Pelican classics Harmondsworth: Penguin. 1970

    Owen, R. 1991 A New View of Society (and Other Writings) Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Edited and introduced by Gregory Claeys


    Rebecca Oxley and Ruth Fitzgerald

    Oxley, R. and Fitzgerald, R. 2010 "Postpartum depression and the chaos of moral parenting" Sites: A journal of social anthropology and cultural studies New series, volume 7, no 1, 2010. Available at https://sites.otago.ac.nz/Sites/article/view/135/125

    See Subject Index Depression


    Adeolu Oluwaseyi Oyekan
    Department of Philosophy. Lagos State University, Nigeria

    Oyekan, A.O. "Human Nature and Social Order: A Comparative Critique of Hobbes and Locke" Thought and Practice: A Journal of the Philosophical Association of Kenya (PAK) New Series, Vol.2 No.1, June 2010, pp.59-71. Available at http://www.ajol.info/index.php/tp/article/viewFile/57665/46034


    Sam Egite Oyovbaire

    Oyovbaire, S E 1983 "The Tyranny of Borrowed Paradigms and the Responsibility of Political Science: The Nigerian Experience" Barongo, Y. 1983 pages 239-254.


    Thomas Paine 1737-1809

    Paine, T 1791/1792 Rights of Man

    Paine, T 1794/1795 The Age of Reason


    Emma Palese
    Università del Salento, Lecce, Italy

    Palese, E., 2013. " Zygmunt Bauman. Individual and society in the liquid modernity" SpringerPlus 2013, 2:191 Available at: http://www.springerplus.com/content/2/1/191


    Daniel L. Pals

    Pals, D.L. 1996 Seven Theories of Religion Oxford University Press (5.12.1996) Contents: 1. Animism and Magic: E.B. Tylor and J.G. Frazer - 2. Religion and Personality: Sigmund Freud - 3. Society as Sacred: Emile Durkheim 4. Religion as Alienation: Karl Marx 5. The Reality of the Sacred: Mircea Eliade 6. Society's "Construct of the Heart": E.E. Evans-Pritchard 7. Religion as Cultural System: Clifford Geertz

    Pals, D.L. 2006 Eight Theories of Religion Oxford University Press (23.2.2006) adds a chapter on Max Weber.


    Fred C. Pampel

    Pampel, F.C. 2000 Sociological Lives and Ideas: An introduction to the classical theorists New York: Worth Publishers. 213 pages.
    Contents:
    The Sources of Human Misery:
    Karl Marx and the Centrality of Social Class
    The Problem of the Social Order: Emile Durkheim and Morality in Modern Societies
    A Prophet of Doom: Max Weber and the Spread of Rationality
    Impressions of Everyday Life: Georg Simmel and Forms of Interaction
    Uniting Self and Society: George Herbert Mead and Symbolic Interaction


    Bhikhu Parekh

    Parekh, B. 1974 (Editor) Jeremy Bentham: Ten critical essays London: Cass, xxvii and 204 pages.
    Contents:
    Bentham by John Stuart Mill
    Bentham by William Whewell
    Bentham by John Watson
    Bentham by H.L.A. Hart
    Bentham's justification of the principle of utility by Bhiku Parekh.
    Bentham's ideal republic by Thomas Peardon
    Bentham on sovereignty by H.L.A. Hart
    Bentham's critique of political fallacies by J.H. Burns
    Bentham's felicific calculus by Wesley C. Mitchell
    Jeremy Bentham and the Victorian administrative state by David Roberts


    Vilfredo Pareto (1848-1923)

    Pareto, V. 1935 The Mind and Society


    Isabelle Parizot, Pierre Chauvin and Serge Paugam

    Parizot, I., Paugam, S and Chauvin, P 2006 "The Moral Career of Poor Patients in Free Clinics". Social Science and Medicine, 61(6) pp 1369-1380. Author's manuscript available http://hal.upmc.fr/docs/00/08/36/84/PDF/parizot_chauvin_paugam.pdf


    Robert E. Park weblinks

    Park, R.E. and Burgess, E.W. 1921 Introduction to the Science of Sociology, by Robert Ezra Park and Ernest W. Burgess

    Park, R.E. etc 1925 The City by Robert E. Park, Ernest W. Burgess, Roderick D. McKenzie and Louis Wirth. Chicago, Illinois: University of Chicago Press. Contains: 1) "The city: suggestions for the investigation of human behavior in the urban environment" by R.E. Park - 2) "The growth of the city: an introduction to a research project" by E.W. Burgess - 3) "The ecological approach to the study of the human community" by R.D. McKenzie - 4) "The natural history of the newspaper" by R.E. Park - 5) "Community organisation and juvenile delinquency" by R.E. Park - 6) "Community organisation and the romantic temper" by R.E. Park - 7) "Magic, mentality, and city life" by R.E. Park - 8) "Can neighborhood work have a scientific basis?" by E.W. Burgess - 9) "The mind of the hobo : reflections upon the relation between mentality and locomotion" by R.E. Park - 10) "A Bibliography of the Urban Community" by Louis Wirth

    Park, R.E. 1925/1 "The city: suggestions for the investigation of human behavior in the urban environment" Chapter 1 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

    Park, R.E. 1925/6 "Community organisation and the romantic temper" Chapter 6 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

    Park, R.E. 1925/7 "Magic, mentality, and city life" Chapter 7 in Park, R.E. etc 1925

    Park, R.E. 1936 "Human Ecology" American Journal of Sociology 42, pp 1-15

    Park, R.E. 1944 "An Autobiographical Note" (Dictated to his secretary at Fisk University and found among his papers after his death) in Park, R.E. 1950 pp v-ix

    Park, R.E. 1950 Race and Culture [collected writings] The Free Press of Glencoe

    Park, R.E. 1967 On social control and collective behaviour : selected papers edited and with an introduction by Ralph H. Turner Chicago: University of Chicago Press 1967


    Jin Kyu Parka

    Parka, J.K. 2005 "'Creating My Own Cultural and Spiritual Bubble': Case of Cultural Consumption by Spiritual Seeker Anime Fans" Culture and Religion: An Interdisciplinary Journal Volume 6, Issue 3, 2005 pages 393-413
    Abstract: The distinctive quality of Japanese animation (anime) in its descriptions of religious and spiritual realms - integrating symbols, themes, doctrines, and mythologies from various religious traditions - is a cultural manifestation of the Japanese integrative spirituality. This article demonstrates how important the religious aspect of anime is in explaining why some younger generations in the USA, who are characterized as spiritual seekers, become a loyal fan of the cultural artifacts. Anime seems to provide them with a cultural resource out of which they create their own cultural and spiritual practice, which is, they claim, not provided by the US mainstream
    popular culture. This article argues that since the religious aspect of anime is one of the most distinctive qualities in distinguishing itself from US pop culture, it would contribute to the more generally accepted 'cultural difference' account in explaining the cross-cultural popularity of anime.

    See Subject Index Culture


    Holt N. Parker

    Parker, H.N. 2011 "Toward a Definition of Popular Culture" History and Theory Volume 50, Issue 2, May 2011, pp 147-170
    Abstract: The most common definitions of popular culture suffer from a presentist bias and cannot be applied to pre-industrial and pre-capitalist societies. A survey reveals serious conceptual difficulties as well. We may, however, gain insight in two ways. 1) By moving from a Marxist model (economic/class/production) to a more Weberian approach (societal/status/ consumption). 2) By looking to Bourdieu's "cultural capital" and Danto's and Dickie's "Institutional Theory of Art," and defining popular culture as "unauthorized culture."
    Keywords: popular culture, cultural capital, "institutional theory of art," Arthur Danto, George Dickie, Pierre Bourdieu, Antonio Gramsci

    See Subject Index Culture


    Julie Parle

    Parle, J. 2007 States of Mind: Searching for mental health in Natal and Zululand, 1868-1918 Scottsville, South Africa: University of KwaZulu-Natal Press. xv and 334 pages,
    Contents
    Introduction: The Voice of History: Madness and South Africa Past. p.1
    One: 'Consistent with Humanity Itself': Ideas of Insanty in the Nineteenth and Earlv Tentieth Centuries p.30
    Two: The Fools on the Hill: The Institutionalisation of Insanty in Natal and ZuluIand, 1860--1910. p.81
    Three: Witches, Spirits and Hysteria: The Inmates of Colonial Psychiatry. p.128
    Four: In their own Hands: The Search for Solace beyond the Asylum Walls p.165
    Five: Death in Black and White: Race, Suicide and the Colonial State p.203
    Six: The A-Z of Mental Disease and Asylum Administration: the Pietermaritzburg Mental Hospital and Psychiaty in South Africa, 1910-18 p.249


    Jessica M. Parr

    Parr, J.M. 2012 Inventing George Whitefield: Celebrity and the making of a religious icon University of New Hampshire Scholars' Repository. Doctoral Dissertations Student Scholarship. Spring 2012 University of New Hampshire, Durham. Available at https://scholars.unh.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1672&context=dissertat ion


    Andrea Parrot and Nina Cummings

    Parrot, A. and Cummings, C. 2008 Sexual enslavement of girls and women worldwide Series: Practical and applied psychology, Published: Westport, Connecticut; London : Praeger. 177 pages.
    Contents: The scope of the problem -- Conditions supporting sexual slavery -- Trafficking -- War-induced sexual slavery -- Ritual sexual slavery -- Forced marriage -- Sexual servitude -- Solutions : success stories and legislation -- Consequences of sexual slavery and trafficking of girls and women -- Initiatives to stop sexual slavery : international, national, and legislative.


    Talcott Parsons 1902-1979 See reviews - weblinks.

    Parsons, T. 1937 The Structure of Social Action A study in social theory with special reference to a group of recent European writers (Including Alfred Marshall, Vilfredo Pareto, Emile Durkheim, Max Weber). New York & London, 1937. New edition (unrevised but with a new Preface) 1949

    Parsons, T. 5. 1939 "The Professions and Social Structure" Social Forces May 1939. Volume 17. number 1. pp. 457-467

    Parsons, T. 1942d "Propaganda and Social Control" Psychiatry 5, pp 551-572. Reprinted Parsons, T. 1949/1954

    Parsons, T. 1949 Essays in Sociological Theory First edition

    Parsons, T. 1949 "The Social structure of the family" in Anshen R.N. 1949

    Parsons, T. 1951 The Social System, Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd, London. Extracts

    Talcott Parsons and Edward A. Shils

    Parsons, T. Shils, E.A. 1951 (Editors) Towards a General Theory of Action - Theoretical Foundations for the Social Sciences. Harvard University Press. Other authors: Edward C. Tolman, Gordon W. Allport, Clyde Kluckhohn, Henry A. Murray, Robert R. Sears, Richard C. Sheldon, Samuel, A. Stoufer.

    Parsons, T. 2.1952 "The superego and the theory of social systems" Psychiatry Volume 15, No.1, February 1952 Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 1 (pages 17-33)

    Parsons, T. 9.1952 "The Father Symbol: An appraisal in the light of psychoanalytic and sociological theory" Substance read at a meeting of the American Psychological Association in September 1952 Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 2 (pages 34-56)

    Parsons, T. Bales, R. and Shils, E.A. 1953 Working Papers in the Theory of Action Glencoe Illinois. Free Press.

    Parsons, T. 1954 Essays in Sociological Theory Revised edition

    Parsons, T. 10.1.1954 "The incest taboo in relation to social structure and the socialisation of the child" Paper presented at a meeting of the Association of Social Anthropologists, University College, London, 10.1.1954. Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 3 (pages 57-76)

    Talcott Parsons and Robert Freed Bales 1916-2004
    James Olds - Morris Zelditch Junior, and Philip Elliot Slater 1927-.

    Parsons, T. and Bales, F.B. 1955 Family, Socialisation and Interaction Process by Talcott Parsons and Robert Freed Bales in collaboration with James Olds, Morris Zelditch, Jr., and Philip Elliot Slater. Glencoe, Illinois 1955 - London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1956. 422 pages.
    Contents include
    1. The American Family: Its relations to personality and to the social structure, by Talcott Parsons
    2. Family Structure and the Socialisation of the Child, by Talcott Parsons
    3. The Organisation of Personality as a System of Social Action, by Talcott Parsons
    4. The Mechanisms of Personality Functioning with Special Reference to Socialisation, by Talcott Parsons and James Olds
    5. Role Differentiation in Small Decision-Making Groups, by Robert F. Bales and Philip E, Slater
    6. Role Differentiation in the Nuclear Family: A comparative study, by Morris Zelditch, junior
    7. Conclusion: Levels of cultural generality and the process of differentiation, by Talcott Parsons and Robert, F. Bales
    Appendix A: A Note on Some Biological Analogies, by Talcott Parsons.
    Appendix B: A Note on the Analysis of Equilibrium Systems by Morris Zelditch, junior

    AGIL (Adaptation - Goal Attainment - Integartion - Latency) system only appeared in its first elaborate form in 1956, and Parsons extended the system in various layers of complexity during the rest of his intellectual life. (Wikipedia)

    Talcott Parsons and Neil J. Smelser

    Parsons, T. and Smelser, N. 1956 Economy and Society: A study in the integration of economic and social theory. Glencoe, Ill. : Free Press and London; Boston : Routledge & Kegan Paul. xxii and 327 pages

    Parsons, T. 6/7.1956 "A Sociological Approach to the Theory of Organisations" Administrative Science Quarterly 1. (June 1956) pp 63-85 - 2. (September 1956) pp 225-239. Reprinted Parsons, T. 1960 pp 16-58

    Parsons, T. Autumn 1959 "The School Class as a Social System: Some of its Functions in American Society" Harvard Educational Reviews Volume 29, issue 4. Autumn 1959, pages 297-318. Reprinted in Parsons 1964 as Chapter 6 (pages 129-154)

    Parsons, T. 1960 Structure and Process in Modern Societies ["ten essays written by the author for various occasions during the past five years" (Introduction)]

    Parsons, T. 1961 (Editor with others) Theories of Society: Foundations of Modern Sociological Theory Two volumes. New York. Free Press of Glencoe. Single volume version in 1965.

    Parsons, T. 1961a "An Outline of the Social System" in Parsons, T. 1961

    Parsons, T. 1964 Social Structure and Personality Free Press, New York

    Parsons, T. 6.1964 "Evolutionary Universals in Society" American Sociological Review June 1964, pp 339-357. Reprinted in Parsons/Mayhew 1982

    Parsons, T. 1966 Societies: Evolutionary and Comparative Perspectives Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
    Contents:
    One - The study of societies (p.1- )
    Two - The concept of society: the components and their interrelationspage (p.5- )
    Three - Primitive societiespage (p.30 -)
    Four - Archaic societies (p.51 -)
    Five - The "historic" intermediate empires (p.69 -)
    Six - Two "seed-bed" societies: Israel and Greece (p.95 -)
    Seven - Conclusion (p.109 -)

    Parsons, T. 1967 Sociological Theory and Modern Society. New York: the Free Press; London: Collier-Macmillan
    Preface p.vii-
    Part One: Revisiting the Founders
    1 Durkheim's contribution to the theory of integration of social systems p.3-
    2. Introduction to Max Weber's The Sociology of Religion p.35-
    3. Evaluation and objectivity in social science: An interpretation of Max Weber's contribution. p.79-
    4. Some comments on the sociology of Karl Marx p.102 -
    Part Two: Aspects of the Contemporary Intellectual Environment p.137 -
    5. An Approach to the Sociology of Knowledge p.139-
    6. Unity and Diversity in the Modern Intellectual Disciplines: The Role of the Social Sciences p.166-
    7. Pattern Variables Revisited: A Response to Robert Dubin p.192-
    Part Three: Dynamic Aspects of Modern Society p.221 -
    8. Voting and the Equilibrium of the American Political System p.223-
    9. Some Reflections on the Place of Force in Social Process System p.264-
    10. On the Concept of Political Power p.297-
    11. On the Concept of Influence p.355-
    Part Four: Perspectives in Modern Society p.383-
    12. Christianity and Modem Industrial Society p.385-
    13. Full Citizenship for the Negro American? p.422-
    14. Polarization of the World and International Order p.466
    15. Evolutionary Universals in Society p.490-
    APPENDIX: Parsons' Actor: Continuities in Social Theory by Robert Dubin p.521-

    Parsons, T. 1971 The System of Modern Societies Prentice- Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey and Hemel Hempstead. [In his introduction, Parsons says that this and Societies (1966) are one book divided into two. (Sholi Loewenthal)

    Parsons, T. 1977 The Evolution of Societies by Talcott Parsons ; edited and with an introduction by Jackson Toby. Englewood Cliffs ; London [etc.]: Prentice-Hall, 1977. xiii and 269 pages
    Combined and edited version of the author's Societies (1966) and The system of modern societies (1971).

    Parsons/Mayhew 1982 Talcott Parsons on Institutions and Social Evolution: Selected Writings edited and with an introduction by Leon H. Mayhew.


    Violetta Parutis
    UCL School of Slavonic and East European Studies

    Parutis, V. 2006 Construction of home by Polish and Lithuanian migrants in the UK. Economics Working Papers 64. Centre for the Study of Economic and Social Change in Europe, SSEES, UCL: London, UK. Available at http://eprints.ucl.ac.uk/17498/

    ABSTRACT Researchers across the social sciences and humanities have sought to understand the nature of people's affiliation with a particular place, to understand the emotional and symbolic ties that bind people to a place and make them feel at home. The concept of home becomes especially complex when analysed in the light of migration. In this context Gilles Deleuza and Felix Guattari (1987) invent a pair of concepts: 'homing of diaspora' and 'diasporising of home'. These two phrases express the essence of diasporic existence: on one hand, 'home' and especially nostalgia for home left behind is infused into the very notion of diaspora; on the other hand, diasporas take their 'home' with them when they travel and reconstruct 'home' in the new environment. This article analyses how these processes of home creation take place among the new Polish and Lithuanian migrants in the UK, based on interviews conducted with migrant workers for the research project 'Changing Status, Changing Lives?' carried out by the University of Oxford.

    See Subject Index Migration


    Carole Pateman 11.12.1940
    Born Sussex. Was Reader in Government at University of Sydney, Australia. [Now] Professor of Political Science, University of Southern California, Los Angeles. A Fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. President of the International Political Science Association 1991-1994.

    Pateman, C. 1970 Participation and Democratic Theory

    Pateman, C. 1979 The Problem of Political Obligation : A critical analysis of liberal theory Chichester : Wiley. xi and 205 pages

    Pateman, C. 1988/KEANE "The fraternal social contract" in Keane, J. 1988 pages 101-128

    Pateman, C. 1988 The Sexual Contract Polity.
    Chapter 4 "Genesis, fathers and the political liberty of sons" is similar to Pateman's article in Keane.

    Pateman, C. 1989 The Disorder of Women. Polity

    Pateman, C. 1997 "Beyond the Sexual Contract?" in Dench, G. 1997 pp 1-9


    Pavlov, I.P. 1904 Nobel Speech Delivered in Stockholm on 12.12.1904 available at http://nobelprize.org/medicine/laureates/1904/pavlov-lecture.h tml

    Pavlov, I.P. 1932 Essay on the Physiological Concept of the Symptomatology of Hysteria, English translation in Pavlov, I.P. 1955 pp 129 to 148. (extract)

    Pavlov, I.P. 1955 Selected Works Moscow


    Frank Pearce
    Professor of Sociology Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, Canada,
    weblinks

    Frank Pearce and Andrew Roberts

    Pearce, F. and Roberts, A. 1973 "The Social Regulation of Sexual Behaviour and the Development of Industrial Capitalism in Britain" in Contemporary Social Problems in Britain, edited by Bailey, R. and Young, J.; published by D.C. Heath; Farnborough, England and Lexington, USA; pages 51-72.

    Pearce, F. 1976 Crimes of the Powerful: Marxism, crime and deviance. London : Pluto Press. Foreword by Jock Young.

    See Subject Index Crime

    Pearce, F. 8.1986 "Durkheim and the juridical relation", Economy and Society, Vol.15: No.3, pages 334-345. August 1986 Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03085148600000021
    A summary and discussion of the significance of Durkheim's "La Science positive de la morale en Allemagne", translated by Frank Pearce in the same issue.

    Pearce, F. 10.1987 You Bury Our Mistakes - Union Carbide, Bhopal and the Hubris of the Technocracy Middlesex Polytechnic Occasional Paper No.3 October 1987.

    Pearce, F. 11.1987 "A Reworking of Durkheim's Suicide" Economy and Society, Vol.16 No.4 pages 526-567 November 1987 Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03085148700000013

    See Subject Index Suicide

    Pearce, F. 1989 The Radical Durkheim
    Contents: Durkheim's sociology - a conceptual critique; Durkheim and politics; Durkheim and the division of labour; Durkheim and the juridical relation; fatalism; a reformulation of Durkheim's suicide; Durkheim and Marx - a dialogue; the state, law and order in complex societies.

    Frank Pearce and Laureen Snider

    Pearce, F. and Snider, L. 1995 Corporate Crime: Contemporary debates: Conference entitled "Corporate crime: ethics, law, and the state" : Selected papers edited by Frank Pearce and Laureen Snider. Toronto: : Toronto University Press 1995. 426 pages. [Conference held 12.11.1992 to 14.11.1992 at Kingston, Canada]

    Frank Pearce and Steve Tombs

    Pearce, F. and Tombs, S. Toxic Capitalism: Corporate crime and the chemical industry Socio-legal studies series. Aldershot : Dartmouth, 1998. xii and 372 pages.
    Summary: If the chemical industry has provided enormous material benefits, equally the costs have been enormous, even catastrophic. Moreover, both costs and benefits are distributed in an unequal manner. Of particular concern in this text is the development of an adequate understanding of how both the positive and negative effects of the industry are produced and also what determines how the benefits and costs are distributed. Currently, the destructive nature of the industry - the death, injury, ill-health, and environmental devastation which it causes - remains particularly poorly recognized and challenged. This is a problem of "law and order". Yet, today, this problem still continues to be defined largely in terms of the crimes of "street" offenders; by contrast, corporate abuses of power, the victimization of employees, local public and consumers, and the crimes of the powerful more generally, remain relatively free of state, public and academic scrutiny. The recent attention to corporate crimes has focused on various forms of financial crimes, rather than upon the feaures of toxic capitalism that are the subject of this text. The criminogenic features of toxic capitalism - which are no mere side effects - form the subject matter of this text.

    Pearce, F. 2001 The Radical Durkheim Toronto : Canadian Scholars' Press. Second edition. xxiv, 272 pages.

    Pearce, F. 2051 "Sacrifice, Crime, Corruption and Capitalism" Nathanson Centre Newsletter 6 Winter 2005

    Pearce, F. 2010 'Obligatory Sacrifice and Imperial Projects' in Ron Kramer, Ray Michalowski, William Chambliss (editorss) State Crime, Willan Publishing, Uffculme, Devon


    Geoffrey Pearson - 5.4.2013

    Pearson, G. 1975 The Deviant Imagination: Psychiatry, social work, and social change London : Macmillan. xii and 258 pages.

    Pearson, G. 1983 Hooligan: A history of respectable fears London : Macmillan, 1983. xi and 283 pages

    Pearson, G. 8.11.2006 "The generation game This panic over youth disorder is nothing new, says Geoffrey Pearson" The Guardian 8.11.2006


    Karl Pearson 1857-1936

    Pearson, K. 1892 The Grammar of Science The contemporary science series. London: New York: Walter Scott; Charles Scribner's Sons, 1892. xvi and 493 pages [First edition, February 1892]
    Chapters
    The facts of science
    The scientists law
    Cause and effect - Probability
    Space and time
    The geometry of motion
    Matter
    The laws of motion
    Life
    The classification of the sciences
    Preface: "If the reader finds the opinions of physicists of world-wide reputation, and the current definitions of physical concepts called into question, he must not attribute this to a purely sceptical spirit in the author. He accepts almost without reserve the great results of
    modern physics ; it is the language in which these results are stated that he believes needs reconsideration. This reconsideration is the more urgent because the language of physics is widely used in all branches of biological (including sociological) science.... The views expressed in this Grammar on the fundamental concepts of science, especially on those of force and matter, have formed part of the author's teaching since he was first called upon (1882) to think how the elements of dynamical science could be presented free from metaphysics to young students. But the endeavour to put them into popular language only dates from the author's appointment, in 1891, to Sir Thomas Gresham's professorship in geometry. The substance of this work formed the topic of two introductory courses on the Scope and Concepts of Modern Science."

    Pearson, K. 1892/1900 The Grammar of Science Second edition, revised and enlarged, etc. London: A. and C. Black, 1900. xviii and 548 pages [Second edition, January 1900]
    Chapters
    1: Introductory
    2: The facts of science
    3: The scientific law
    4: Cause and effect - Probability
    5. Space and time
    6. The geometry of motion
    7. Matter
    8. The laws of motion
    9. Life
    10. Evolution (Variation and selection)
    11. Evolution (reproduction and inheritance)
    12. The classification of the sciences


    Pearson, R. and Williams, G. 1984 Political Thought and Public Policy in the Nineteenth Century.


    Jill Peay

    Peay, J. 2002 "Mentally disordered offenders, mental health, and crime". The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (3rd edition), chapter 21, pages 746 to 791

    Peay, J. 2011 Mental Health and Crime Abingdon, Oxfordshire, UK; New York, USA: Routledge,


    Pecheux, M. 1982 Language, Semantics and Ideology. London, Macmillan.


    John David Yeadon Peel 1941-

    Peel, J.D.Y. 1971 Herbert Spencer: The evolution of a sociologist London: Heinemann Educational. xiii and 338 pages

    Peel, J.D.Y. 1972 Herbert Spencer on Social Evolution: Selected writings edited and with an introduction by J.D.Y. Peel. The Heritage of sociology series. Chicago; London: University of Chicago Press. li and 270 pages.


    John Penny

    " Is the Economic History of the Bristol Region between 1780 and 1850 a Story of Relative Decline?" by John Penny (Bath Spa University College, April 1997). Published on Bristol Past - website of Fishponds Local History Society at http://fishponds.org.uk/brisecon.html.


    Hedwig Petri

    Petri, H. 2001 A Crime Without Punishment: Policy advocacy for European Union Health and Safety legislation on harassment at work. PhD thesis, Middlesex University.


    Philip Pettit

    Pettit, P., 1998 "Defining and Defending Social Holism" Philosophical Explorations: An International Journal for the Philosophy of Mind and Action, Volume 1, Issue 3, 1998, Pages 169 - 184. Available at: http://www.princeton.edu/~ppettit/papers/1998/Defining%20and%20Defending%20 Social%20Holism.pdf

    "The belief in social holism, as it has been called for much of this century, goes back to the romantic tradition associated with the likes of Vico and Rousseau and Herder and, perhaps above all, Hegel".

    Abstract: This paper offers a definition of social holism that makes the doctrine non-trivial but possibly true. According to that definition, the social holist maintains that people depend non-causally on interaction with one another for possession of the capacity to think; the thesis is meant to be a contingent truth but one, like physicalism, that is plausible in the light of some a priori argument and some plausible empirical assumptions. The paper also sketches an argument in support of social holism, which connects with themes in a number of traditions, philosophical and sociological. The key idea is that people depend on socially shared dispositions and responses for the ability to identify - identify fallibly - the properties and other entities that they consider in each individual has to the course of thinking.


    Detlev J.K. Peukert (1950-

    Peukert, D.J.K. 1987 Inside Nazi Germany : conformity, opposition, and racism in everyday life New Haven, Connecticut and London: Yale University Press, 1987. English translation by Richard Deveson of Volksgenossen und Gemeinschaftsfremde Cologne: Bund, 1982.


    Pew Research Center

    Pew Research Center 2012 The Global Religious Landscape: A Report on the Size and Distribution of the World's Major Religious Groups as of 2010, Pew Forum on Religion and Public Life. Available at http://www.pewforum.org/2012/12/18/global-religious-landscape-exec/

    Worldwide, more than eight-in-ten people identify with a religious group. A comprehensive demographic study of more than 230 countries and territories conducted by the Pew Research Center's Forum on Religion & Public Life estimates that there are 5.8 billion religiously affiliated adults and children around the globe, representing 84% of the 2010 world population of 6.9 billion.

    The demographic study - based on analysis of more than 2,500 censuses, surveys and population registers - finds 2.2 billion Christians (32% of the world's population), 1.6 billion Muslims (23%), 1 billion Hindus (15%), nearly 500 million Buddhists (7%) and 14 million Jews (0.2%) around the world as of 2010. In addition, more than 400 million people (6%) practice various folk or traditional religions, including African traditional religions, Chinese folk religions, Native American religions and Australian aboriginal religions. An estimated 58 million people - slightly less than 1% of the global population - belong to other religions, including the Baha'i faith, Jainism, Sikhism, Shintoism, Taoism, Tenrikyo, Wicca and Zoroastrianism, to mention just a few.

    See Subject Index Religion


    Stephen J. Pfohl

    Pfohl, S. 1985 Images of Deviance and Social Control: A sociological history New York : McGraw-Hill, xiii and 402 pages.

    Pfohl, S. 1985/1994 Images of Deviance and Social Control: A sociological history New York : McGraw-Hill. Second edition. xiv and 528 pages.

    Contents:
    1. Images Of Deviance and Social Control: An Introduction.
    2. The Demonic Perspective: Other Worldly Interpretations of Deviance.
    3. The Classical Perspective: Deviance as Rational Hedonism.
    4. The Pathological Perspective: Deviance as Sickness.
    5. The Social Disorganization Perspective: Rapid Change and Normative Breakdown In The Slums Of Chicago.
    6. The Functionalist Perspective: Cybernetics, Negative Feedback, And The Benefits of Deviance.
    7. The Anomie Perspective: Normlessness, Inequality, and Deviant Aspirations.
    8. The Learning Perspective: Acquiring Deviance in Association with Others.
    9. The Societal Reaction Perspective: Labeling and The Social Construction Of Deviance.
    10. Critical Perspectives: Toward A Power-Reflexive Deconstruction of Deviance And Difference.
    11. Critical Perspectives: Social Theory And Social Change.


    Jean Piaget 1896-1980 weblinks
    1921 to 1925 Research Director (Chef des travaux), Institut Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Geneva
    1925 to 1929 Professor of Psychology, Sociology and the Philosophy of Science, University of Neuchatel
    1929 to 1939 Professeur extraordinaire of the History of Scientific Thought, University of Geneva
    1929 to 1967 Director, International Bureau of Education, Geneva
    1932 to 1971 Director, Institute of Educational Sciences, University of Geneva
    1938 to 1951 Professor of Experimental Psychology and Sociology, University of Lausanne
    1939 to 1951 Professor of Sociology, University of Geneva
    1940 to 1971 Professeur ordinaire of Experimental Psychology, University of Geneva
    1952 to 1964 Professor of Genetic Psychology, Sorbonne, Paris
    1954 to 1957 President, International Union of Scientific Psychology
    1955 to 1980 Director, International Centre for Genetic Epistemology, Geneva
    1971 to 1980 Emeritus Professor, University of Geneva

    Piaget, J. 1926 La représentation du monde chez l'enfant

    Piaget, J. 1926/ 1929 The Child's Conception of the World Translated by Joan and Andrew Tomlinson Available in the Internet Archive at http://www.archive.org/details/childsconception01piag

    Piaget, J. 1932 Le jugement moral chez l'enfant Paris: F. Alcan, Translated into English from the French by Marjorie Gabian as The Moral Judgement of the Child, London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1932. English Available in the Internet Archive at http://www.archive.org/details/moraljudgmentoft005613mbp

    Chapter Four. "The two moralities of the child and types of social relations" discusses "The theories of Durkheim and Fauconnet on responsibility" and "Durkheim's doctrine of moral authority"

    "Social constraint and by this we mean any social relation into which there enters an element of authority and which is not, like cooperation, the result of an interchange between equal individuals has on the individual results that are analogous to those exercised by adult constraint on the mind of the child." (p.340)

    Piaget, J. 1936 La naissance de l'intelligence chez l'enfant

    Piaget, J. 1936/1952 The Origins of Intelligence in Children Translated by Margaret Cook 1952

    Piaget, J. 1937 La construction du réel chez l'enfant Paris, Delachaux et Niestlé

    Piaget, J. 1937/1955 The Child's Construction of Reality London: Routledge and Kegan Paul

    Piaget, J. 1945 La formation du symbole chez l'enfant: imitation, jeu et rêve, image et représentation Neuchâtel; Paris: Delachaux et Niestlé.

    Piaget, J. 1945/1951 Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood A translation by C. Gattegno and F.M. Hodgson of La formation du symbole chez l'enfant: imitation, jeu et rêve, image et représentation Melbourne ; London : Heinemann in association with the New Education Fellowship, 1951. x and 296 pages. [New York: Norton 1962?]

    Piaget, J. 1963/2001 The Psychology of Intelligence. New York: Routledge.

    Bärbel Inhelder and Jean Piaget

    Inhelder, B. and Piaget, J. 1964 Early Growth of Logic in the Child: Classification and seriation New York: Harper and Row.

    Piaget, J. 1968 Le structuralisme Paris: Presses universitaires de France.

    Piaget, J. 1968/1970/1971 Structuralism Translated and edited by Chaninah Maschler. New York: Basic Books, 1970. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1971.

    Piaget, J. and Inhelder, B. 1969 The Psychology of the Child

    Piaget, J. 1970a Genetic Epistemology

    Piaget, J. 1970b The Place of the Sciences of Man in the System of Sciences

    Piaget, J. 1971 Psychology and Epistemology

    Piaget, J. 1978 "What is Psychology?" American Psychologist, July 1978, pp 648-652


    Mary Pickering

    Pickering. M. 1997 A New Look at Comte in Camic, C. 1997 pp 11- 44


    W.S.F. Pickering and Geoffrey Walford

    Pickering W.S.F. and Walford G. 2000 (Editors) Durkheim's Suicide: a century of research and debate Routledge studies in social and political thought; 28. London; New York: Routledge. xiv and 209 pages. "Published in conjunction with the British Centre for Durkheimian Studies."

    Contents: Introduction -- Emile Durkheim's contribution to the sociological explanation of suicide -- The deconstruction of social action : the 'reversal' of Durkheimian methodology from The rules to Suicide -- Durkheim's altruistic and fatalistic suicide -- Suicide, statistics and sociology : assessing Douglas' critique of Durkheim -- Reading the conclusion : Suicide, morality and religion -- The moral discourse of Durkheim's Suicide -- The fortunes of Durkheim's Suicide : reception and legacy -- The reception of Suicide in Russia -- Marriage and suicide : testing the Durkheimian theory of marital regulation a century later -- Social integration and marital status : a multi-variate individual-level study of 30,157 suicides -- Teaching Durkheim's Suicide : a symposium.


    Rachael S. Pierotti
    University of Michigan

    Pierotti, R.S. 2013 "Increasing Rejection of Intimate Partner Violence. Evidence of Global Cultural Diffusion" American Sociological Review April 2013 vol. 78 no.2 pp 240-265

    See Subject Index Domestic Violence


    E. Royston Pike

    Pike, E. R. 1966 Human Documents of the Industrial Revolution in Britain. London. George Allen and Unwin.


    PINS (Psychology in Society)
    An academic journal that aims to foster a socio-historical and critical theory perspective. The focus is on the theory and practice of psychology in the southern African context
    http://www.pins.org.za/


    John Pitts 1943-

    Pitts, J. 2007 Reluctant Gangsters: Youth Gangs in Waltham Forest. University of Bedfordshire, Available at: http://www.walthamforest.gov.uk/reluctant-gangsters.pdf
    Report compiled between September 2006 and March 2007. "Key informants in Waltham Forest believe that gangs have only been evident in the borough within the past decade". Suggests youth gangs in London may have grown from almost none in 1998 to 169 in 2006.

    Pitts, J. 2008 Reluctant Gangsters: The changing face of youth crime Cullompton, Devon, UK ; Portland, Oregon: Willan Publishing,

    Pitts, J. 2.2008a "Action on gang crime: recent developments". Community Safety Journal, vol.7, no.1, February 2008, pp 9-11

    Pitts, J. 2008b "The Changing shape of youth crime". Youth and Policy, no. 100, 2008, pp 165-176
    Argues that violent youth gangs represent something new in the sphere of crime... Whereas traditionally juvenile crime has been regarded as a phase through which young people will pass, many gangs now span a twenty year age range and members are tending not to grow out of crime.

    Pitts, J. 2.2008b "Describing and defining youth gangs". Community Safety Journal, vol.7, no.1, February 2008, pp 26-32


    Plato weblinks

    Plato 1871/Apology: Apology translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext99/pplgy10.txt
    (Gutenberg text)

    Plato: Apology translated by Harold North Fowler, available at http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/cgi-bin/ptext?lookup=plat.+apol.+ 17a
    (HTML at Perseus)

    Plato Laws, translated by Robert Gregg Bury available at http://www.perseus.tufts.edu/cgi-bin/ptext?lookup=plat.+laws+6 24a (HTML at Perseus)

    Plato Laws, translated by Benjamin Jowett available at http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext99/plaws11.txt
    (Gutenberg text)

    Plato 1871/Meno Meno, translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://studymore.org.uk/xplameno.htm

    Plato 1901 The Republic, translated by Benjamin Jowett, available at http://studymore.org.uk/xpla0.htm


    Sylvia Plath 27.10.1932 - 11.2.1963

    Plath, S. 1963 The Bell Jar


    Jennifer Platt
    Taught Sussex University 1964 to 2002. Now Emeritus Professor of Sociology. Edited
    Sociology for 1985-1987

    Platt, J. 1996 A History of Sociological Research Methods in America, 1920-1960 Ideas in context; 40. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. xi and 333 pages
    Contents:
    1. Introduction;
    2. Writing on method;
    3. Scientism;
    4. Theory and practice;
    5. Funding and research methods;
    6. Social structures of academic life;
    7. Reputation, exemplars and origin myths;
    8. Conclusion

    Platt, J. 1998 A Brief History of the ISA: 1948-1997 Montreal: International Sociological Association. 74 pages. Published for 50th anniversary. Available online at http://www.isa-sociology.org/publ/histoy-of-isa-1948- 1997-by-jennifer-platt.pdf

    Platt, J. 2003 The British Sociological Association: A sociological history Durham : Sociologypress. vi and 214 pages


    Ken Plummer 1946- See Macionis and Plummer - weblinks

    Has a long standing interest in teaching introductory sociology, having taught the first year at Essex University for eighteen years and produced the textbook with John Macionis, Sociology: A Global Introduction (3rd edition 2005; 4th edition 2008). Has written or edited around 15 books and over a hundred articles, including Sexual Stigma (1975), The Making of the Modern Homosexual ed (1981), Symbolic Interactionism Vols 1 & 2 (1991), Modern Homosexualities: Fragments of Lesbian and Gay Experience (1992), Chicago Sociology : Critical Assessments (1997: 4 volumes); Telling Sexual Stories (1995), Sexualities (2002: 4 volumes), Documents of Life-2: An invitation to a critical humanism (2001) and Intimate Citizenship (2003). In 1996, he set up the journal Sexualities and remain its editor.

    Plummer, K. 1998 "Herbert Blumer" in Stones, R. 1998


    Jean-Claude Polack 1936
    French psychiatrist and psychoanalyst. A trade union activist in his youth. Took a degree in medical Psychiatry and Psychoanalysis. Worked at psychiatric hospitals in the Paris region from 1961 to 1964, at la clinique de La Borde, dans le Loir-et-Cher from 1965 to 1975), at collectif 125 ["125 Collective" 125 boulevard Saint-Germain, 75006 Paris] from 1976. Says his work owes a lot to the collectives of patients he has been able to work with (Cahiers pour la Folie, Trames, le Collectif des Impatients). Director (Editor?) of Cahiers Pour la Folie.

    Polack, J-C 1971 La Médecine du capital, Paris, éditions F. Maspero, Cahiers libres,

    Argues that a medicine in the service of the people could only come with the disappearance of capitalism.


    Political and Economic Planning (PEP)

    PEP 1933

    Report on the British iron and steel industry : an investigation of the present structure of the industry and proposals for reorganisation, with special reference to competitive efficiency in world markets P.E.P. (Political and Economic Planning), Industries group. 80 pages

    PEP 1934

    The Use of Statistics

    PEP 1935

    The Fuel problem

    PEP 1936

    State of the Highlands

    PEP December 1937

    The Health Services

    PEP 1938

    The Control of Rivers

    PEP 1941

    London Under Bombing

    PEP 1944

    Refugees in Britain.

    PEP 1946

    The Unmarried Mother.

    PEP 1948

    Employment of Women.

    The Opera in Britain

    PEP 1951

    The Football Industry.

    The Gramaphone Record - industry and art.

    Social Security and Unemployment in Lancashire.

    PEP 1954

    Progress of the Gas Turbine.

    The Menace of Air Pollution.

    Graduate Wives.

    PEP 1956

    The Cricket Industry.

    PEP 1959

    Prospects for Nuclear Power.

    PEP 1962

    Young Europeans in England.

    Housing Associations.

    Cartel Policies and the Common Market.

    PEP 1964

    The Parliament of the European Communities.


    Whitney Pope 12.1975

    Pope, W. "Concepts and explanatory structure in Durkheim's theory of suicide". British Journal of Sociology Vollume 26(4), December 1975, pp 417-434. doi: 10.2307/589820

    Discusses Durkheim's attempt to derive a sociological explanation of variations in suicide rates, which he related to two independent variables, integration and regulation. Critiques of Durkheim's formulation have reflected difficulty in specifying the distinction between integration and regulation. After examining Durkheim's theoretical and empirical work, it is concluded that there is no valid sociological distinction between them. (PsycINFO Database Record)


    Karl Popper 28.7.1902-17.9.1994
    Taught logic and scientific method at the London School of Economics from 1946 to 1969
    See Hughes   weblinks

    Popper, K.R. 1934 The Logic of Scientific Discovery

    Popper, K.R. 1945 The Open Society and its Enemies

    Popper, K.R. 1963 Conjectures and Refutations. The Growth of Scientific Knowledge


    Popular Science Monthly 1872-

    Popular Science Monthly 1897/1898 Appleton's Popular Science Monthly Volume: 52 Edited by William Jay Youmans November 1897 to April 1898. New York. D. Appleton and Company. 1898. Available at http://archive.org/details/popularsciencemo52newy


    David Porteous

    Porteous, D. and Volond, B. 2002 Working with Young People in Europe Lyme Regis: Russell House Publishing.

    Porteous, D. 2011 "Good cop, Polish cop: findings from an evaluation of the secondment of two Polish police officers to work with the Metropolitan Police Service" Safer Communities Volume: 10 Issue: 2 2011.


    David Porter 1965-

    Porter, D. 1997 (Editor) Internet Culture New York: Routledge. xviii and 279 pages.
    Summary: The internet has grown in recent years from a fringe cultural phenomenon to a significant site of cultural production and transformation. Internet Culture maps the contours of this new domain of language, politics and identity, locating it within the interconnected histories of technologies of communication and the public sphere. ... a critical interrogation of the sustaining myths of the virtual world and of the implications of the current mass migration onto the electronic frontier. Discusses virtual spaces and places created by the citizens of the Net, and crucially, their claims to the hotly contested notion of "virtual community". The contributors also examine the communication medium behind the worlds of the Net.

    Subject indexe: Networks -



    Theodore M. Porter and Dorothy Ross

    Porter, T.M. and Ross, D. 9.2003 "Writing the History of Social Science". Introduction to The Cambridge History of Science volume 7 "The Modern Social Sciences".


    Raymond William Postgate 1896-1971

    Postgate, R.W. 1926A Short History of the British Workers by Raymond W. Postgate with illustrations by J.F. Horrabin. London: The Plebs League 1926. 127 pages. "Published for the classes of the National Council of Labour Colleges". On cover: "Plebs" publications. [AandV]


    Moishe Postone

    Postone, M. 1997 Rethinking Marx (in a Post-Marxist World) in Camic, C. 1997 pp 45-80


    powercube.net
    Created by John Gaventa, Jethro Pettit and Laura Cornish
    power

    http://www.powercube.net

    A resource for understanding power relations in efforts to bring about social change. A collective effort, representing contributions from members of the Power, Participation and Social Change (PPSC) group at the Institute of Development Studies as well as a number of others from NGOs, donor agencies and community-based organisations across the world. Many of these contributors participated in a workshop at IDS on "Power analysis in practice" in June 2009. The idea of the Power Cube builds on work by Steven Lukes in Power: A Radical View, originally published in 1974.

    Other approaches to power: In this section we briefly review some other approaches to understanding power among influential thinkers concerned with social inequality and exclusion. These include feminist concepts of public, private and intimate power, Gramscian hegemony, Foucauldian discipline, and Bordieuian habitus.

    Background to other approaches
    Introduction
    The power in the powercube
    Expressions of power
    Agency or structure - or beyond?
    Gramsci and hegemony
    Hegemony and invisible power
    Scott: resistance
    Hayward: 'de-facing power'
    Foucault: power is everywhere
    Bourdieu and 'habitus'

    Related resources:
    Exploring Power for Change Introduction
    Finding Spaces for Change
    New Weave: Power and Empowerment
    Power after Lukes by Jonathan Gaventa


    Poynter, J.R. 1969 Society and Pauperism



    Janet Price teaches at the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Margrit Shildrick is a Research Fellow at the University of Liverpool, and the Institute of Women's Studies, Lancaster.

    Price, J. and Shildrick, M. 1999 Feminist Theory and the Body: A Reader Routledge
    Contents
    Openings on the Body: A Critical Introduction / Margrit Shildrick and Janet Price
    Section 1. Woman as Body?
    1.1. 'Theories of Gender and Race' by Londa Schiebinger
    1.2. 'Woman as Body: Ancient and Contemporary Views' by Elizabeth V. Spelman
    1.3. 'Bodies and Biology' / Lynda Birke
    1.4. 'My Body, Myself: How Does a Black Woman Do Sociology?' by Felly Nkweto Simmonds
    1.5. 'Our Bodies, Ourselves: Why We Should Add Old Fashioned Empirical Phenomenology to the New Theories of the Body' by Helen Marshall
    Section 2. Sexy Bodies
    2.1. 'When Our Lips Speak Together' by Luce Irigaray
    2.2. 'The Nose' and 'Taste' by Jeanette Winterson
    2.3. 'Toward a Genealogy of Black Female Sexuality: The Problematic of Silence' by Evelynn M. Hammonds
    2.4. 'Body Matters: Cultural Inscriptions' by Lynne Segal
    2.5. 'Lesbian Bodies: Tribades, Tomboys and Tarts' by Barbara Creed
    2.6. 'F2M: The Making of Female Masculinity' by Judith Halberstam
    2.7. 'NO BODY is "Doing It": Cybersexuality' by Juniper Wiley
    2.8. 'The Hot Rod Bodies of Cybersex' by Sue-Ellen Case
    Section 3. Bodies in Science and Biomedicine
    3.1. 'A Burst of Light: Living with Cancer' by Audre Lorde
    3.2. 'Breast Cancer: An Adventure in Applied Deconstruction' by Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick
    3.3. 'Natural Facts: A Historical Perspective on Science and Sexuality' by Ludmilla Jordanova
    3.4. 'Menopause: The Storm before the Calm' by Anne Fausto-Sterling
    3.5. 'The Egg and the Sperm: How Science has Constructed a Romance Based on Stereotypical Male-Female Roles' by Emily Martin
    3.6. "Disciplining Mothers: Feminism and the New Reproductive Technologies" by Jana Sawacki
    3.7. 'The Biopolitics of Postmodern Bodies: Determinations of Self in Immune System Discourse' by Donna Haraway
    Section 4. After the Binary
    4.1. 'Bodies, Identities, Feminisms' by Denise Riley
    4.2. 'Power, Bodies and Difference' by Moira Gatens
    4.3. 'Bodies that Matter' by Judith Butler
    4.4. 'Feminism, Foucault and the Politics of the Body' by Susan Bordo
    4.5. 'Write Your Body' and 'The Body in Theory' by Trinh T. Minh-ha
    4.6. "Psychoanalysis and the Body" by Elizabeth Grosz
    Section 5. Alter/ed Bodies
    5.1. 'Forms of Technological Embodiment: Reading the Body in Contemporary Culture' by Anne Balsamo
    5.2. 'Signs of Wonder and Traces of Doubt: On Teratology and Embodied Differences' by Rosi Braidotti
    5.3. 'Interview from Warrior Marks' by Pratibha Parmar and Alice Walker
    5.4. 'The Trials of the Black African Woman' by Awa Thiam
    5.5. 'The Economy of Violence: Black Bodies and the Unspeakable Terror' by Bibi Bakare-Yusuf
    5.6. 'Feminism, Disability, and Transcendence of the Body' by Susan Wendell
    Section 6. Body Space Matter
    6.1. "Her Body/Her Boundaries" by Christine Battersby
    6.2. 'Women and Everyday Spaces' by Gillian Rose
    6.3. 'Surviving Rape: A Morning/Mourning Ritual' by Andrea Benton Rushing
    6.4. "Bodies-Cities" by Elizabeth Grosz
    6.5. 'Mapping the Colonial Body: Sexual Economies and the State in Colonial India' by Janet Price and Margrit Shildrick
    6.6. 'Woman, Nation and Narration in Midnight's Children' by Nalini Natarajan
    Section 7. Performing the Body
    7.1. 'Bodily Inscriptions, Performative Subversions' by Judith Butler
    7.2. 'The Guilty Pleasures of Female Theatrical Cross-Dressing' by Kristina Straub
    7.3. 'Breaking the Boundaries of the Broken Body' by Margrit Shildrick and Janet Price
    7.4. 'Feminine Charms and Outrageous Arms' by Fen Coles
    7.5. '"My Body is my Art": Cosmetic Surgery as Feminist Utopia?' by Kathy Davis
    7.6. '"Freud's Fetishism" and the Lesbian Dildo Debates' by Heather Findlay.


    Joseph Priestley 1733 - 1804

    Priestley, J. 1761/1768 The rudiments of English grammar, adapted to the use of schools; with notes and observations, for the use of those who have made some proficiency in the language 1761 - An expanded edition appeared in 1768.

    Priestley, J. 1762 A Course of Lectures on the Theory of Language and Universal Grammar

    Priestley, J. 1767 The History and Present State of Electricity

    Priestley, J. 1768 An Essay on the First Principles of Government: and on the nature of political, civil, and religious liberty London : Printed for J. Dodsley; T. Cadell (successor to Mr. Millar); and J. Johnson, 1768. vii, 191 pages.

    External link to second edition (1771)

    Priestley, J. 1772 Institutes of Natural and Revealed Religion [Three volumes]

    Includes criticism of Hume, Reid, Oswald and Beattie.

    Priestley, J. 1774 An examination of Dr. Reid's Inquiry into the human mind on the principles of common sense: Dr. Beattie's Essay on the nature and immutability of truth, and Dr. Oswald's Appeal to common sense in behalf of religion

    Includes discussion of their views on Hume.

    Priestley, J. 1775 Hartley's Theory of the Human Mind

    Coleridge used this edition

    Priestley, J. 1777a Disquistion Relating to Matter and Spirit

    Priestley, J. 1777b A Course of Lectures on Oratory and Criticism

    Priestley, J. 1777c The doctrine of philosophical necessity illustrated; being an appendix to the Disquisitions relating to matter and spirit. To which is added an answer to the Letters on materialism, and on Hartley's Theory of the mind

    Priestley, J. 1777d Disquisitions relating to matter and spirit. To which is added, the history of the philosophical doctrine concerning the origin of the soul, and the nature of matter; with its influence on Christianity, especially with respect to the doctrine of the pre-existence of Christ

    Price and Priestley 1778 A Free Discussion of Doctrines of Materialism and Philosophical Necessity

    Co-authored with Richard Price, a discussion of doctrines Priestley held and Price rejected.

    Priestley, J. 1780 Letters to a Philosophical Unbeliever

    A German translation appeared in 1782

    Priestley, J. 1782 A History of the Corruptions of Christainity

    A work that was officially burned in 1785

    Priestley, J. 1788 Lectures on history, and general policy; to which is prefixed, An essay on a course of liberal education for civil and active life

    Priestley, J. 1791 Letters to Burke: a Political Dialogue on the General Principles of Government

    Priestley, J. 1795 Memoirs of Dr Joseph Priestley, Written on Himself


    Hershel Prins

    Prins, H. 1994 Fire-raising its Motivation and Management. London: Routledge


    James Procter

    Procter, J. 2000 (Editor) Writing Black Britain, 1948-1998 : an interdisciplinary anthology edited by James Procter. Manchester, UK Manchester University Press. xv and 338 pages.

    Procter, J. 2004 Stuart Hall Routledge critical thinkers. London: Routledge. xiv and 169 pages.
    Contents: Why Hall?
    Key Ideas
    Deconstructing the 'popular'
    Enter cultural studies
    Encoding/decoding
    Racism and resistance
    Thatcherism and 'new times'
    The real me
    After Hall


    Proctor, C.E. 1990 Women, Equality and the French Revolution. Greenwood Press: London


    Joseph Adams Puffer 1872-

    Puffer, J.A. 1912 The Boy and His Gang Boston: Massachusetts: Houghton Mifflin.


    Andrew Pyle

    Pyle, A. 1995 The Subjection of Women: contemporary responses to John Stuart Mill edited and introduced by Andrew Pyle. Thoemmes Press, Key issues series, no. 6. Bristol


    Quaker See Subject Index Religion

    Contact Quakers in Britain Here you will find details of other Quaker Meetings as well as information on Quakerism itself.

    Friends House Papers

    The books of Quaker discipline

    1995 onwards Quaker faith and practice: the book of Christian discipline of the Yearly Meeting of the Religious Society of Friends (Quakers) in Britain

    Quaker View of Sex

    Quaker Bunhill

    Friends Trusts Limited library list offline

    NGL145553 Strip of land is in front of the Meeting House.
    NGL693106 Freehold land ... being Quaker Court, Banner Street and Braithwaite House, Bunhill Row
    NGL848240 Freehold land ... being Bunhill Fields Quaker Meeting House

    Quaker premises

    Quaker statistics

    Ben Pink Dandelion The British Quaker Survey 2013: believing and belonging in secularising society.

    James Chadkirk Patterns of Membership and Participation Among British Quakers, 1823-2012

    Patterns of membership - including the 2014 tabular statement


    Quaker Action on Alcohol and Drugs (QAAD)
    Formed about 1850 as Friends Interested in Temperance (by 1855 Friends Interested in the Temperance Reformation). Recognised by the Society in 1870 as the Friends Temperance Union. In 1955 it became the Friends Temperance and Moral Welfare Union. Became Quaker Action on Alcohol and Drugs in 1987.

    QAAD 2013 Briefing paper for QAAD Trustees on the decriminalisation of illicit drugs available at http://web.archive.org/web/20160125191753/http://qaad.org/wp- content/uploads/2015/11/QAADbriefingondecriminalisation.pdf

    See Subject Index Drugs


    Marjorie (Courtney) Quennell 1884-1972 and Charles Henry Bourne Quennell 1872-1935

    Quennell, M and C.H.B. 1918 A History of Everyday Things in England [Published October 1918]

    Quennell, M and C.H.B. 1948 (Fourth edition) A History of Everyday Things in England. Done in four parts. B.T. Batsford ltd.


    Adolphe Quetelet   22.2.1796-17.2.1874 weblinks

    Quetelet, A. 1833 Recherches sur le penchant au crime aux différents àges. Bruxelles,

    Quetelet, A. 1835 Sur l'homme et le développement de ses facultés. Essai de physique sociale [On man and the development of his faculties. An essay on social physics], Paris, available at http://archive.org/details/surlhommeetled00quet

    Translated into English 1842

    Quetelet, A. 1835/1842 A Treatise on Man and the Development of his Faculties English translation of Quetelet, A. 1835. Available as 1969 facsimile - Original available at http://archive.org/details/treatiseonmandev00quet

    Quetelet, A. 1835/1842/1969 A Treatise on Man and the Development of his Faculties : A facsimile reproduction of the English translation of 1842. With an introduction by Solomon Diamond. Gainesville: Scholars' Facsimiles and Reprints.

    Quetelet, A. 1844 Recherches statistiques Bruxelles

    Quetelet, A. 1846 Lettres … S.A.R. le duc régnant de Saxe-Cobourg et Gotha, sur la théorie des probabilités, appliquée aux sciences morales et politiques, Bruxelles,

    Quetelet, A. 1848 Du système social et des lois qui le régissent Paris

    Quetelet, A. 1854 Almanach séculaire de l'Observatoire royal de Bruxelles, Bruxelles,

    Quetelet, A. 1861 Sur la physique du globe, Bruxelles

    Quetelet, A. 1864 Histoire des sciences mathématiques et physiques chez les Belges [History of mathematical and physical sciences among Belgians], Bruxelles, 1864.

    Quetelet, A. 1867a Météorologie de la Belgique comparée … celle du globe, Bruxelles,

    Quetelet, A. 1867b Sciences mathématiques et physiques au commencement du 19e siècle, [The mathematical and physical sciences at the start of the 19th century] Bruxelles,

    Quetelet, A. 1869 Physique sociale, ou, Essai sur le développement des facultés de l'homme. [Second edition of Quetelet, A. 1835]

    Quetelet, A. 1870 Anthropométrie. Mesure des différentes facultés de l'homme [ Anthropometry. Measuring the different faculties of mankind], Bruxelles,


    William H. Quinn

    Quinn, W.H. 2004 Family Solutions for Youth at Risk: Applications to juvenile delinquency, truancy, and behavior problems New York; Hove: Brunner-Routledge.
    Contents: Family and community intervention for at-risk youth -- The incomplete response to juvenile crime -- Adding balance: expanding relational, family , and -- Community, efficacy in human service delivery - - A multiple family group perspective -- Development of the family solutions program -- Multiple family group process -- Group process challenges and resolutions -- Profiles of youth and outcomes of the family solutions program -- Collaboration between the family solutions program and juvenile courts, youth service agencies, and schools.


    Quran

    The Holy Qur'an: Text, Translation and Commentary an interpretation (translation) in English of the Holy Qu'ran by Abdullah Yusuf Ali (1872- 1953). 1934 edition available online at http://www.sacred-texts.com/isl/yaq/


    Hazel Qureshi

    Hazel Qureshi and Alan Walker

    Qureshi, H. and Walker, A. 1989 The Caring Relationship: Elderly people and their families. Health, society, and policy. Basingstoke: Macmillan Education. 1989. 312 pages
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Family Care and the State
    Elderly People and their Families
    The Need for Care
    Patterns of Caring
    Exchange, Reciprocity and Affect
    Disability and Dependency
    Formal and Informal Sources of Care
    Conclusion: Towards Shared Care
    Based on a structured questionnaire survey of a representative sample of 306 people aged 75 or more in Sheffield, Yorkshire (UK), exploring family contact and the need for care, and focused interviews with 57 principle carers.

    Review - See Subject Index age - care - disability


    Matt Qvortrup
    Professor of Sociology and Public Policy at the Robert Gordon University, Aberdeen.

    Qvortrup, M. 13.10.2004 "Big Fat Globalisation - Are Societal Changes Making us Obese?" A lecture at Robert Gordon University's Faculty of Health and Social Care on 13.10.2004. Available at http://www.rgu.ac.uk/files/Big%20Fat%20Globalisation.doc

    See Subject Index Eating disorder


    Clifford Walter Radcliffe

    Radcliffe, C.W. 1939 Middlesex. The Jubilee of the County Council 1889-1939 With illustrations and maps. London: Middlesex County Council. 239 pages.


    Alfred Reginald Radcliffe-Brown 1881-1955 weblinks

    Radcliffe-Brown 1935 "On the Concept of Function in Social Science" American Anthropologist 37: 394-402; also reprinted in Radcliffe- Brown 1952

    Radcliffe-Brown 1940 "On Social Structure" (Presidential Address) The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, Vol. 70, No. 1. (1940), pp. 1-12.

    Radcliffe-Brown, A.R. 1952 Structure and Function in Primitive Society, Essays and Addresses With a foreword by E. E. Evans-Pritchard and Fred Eggan. London, 1952


    Marguerite Radclyffe-Hall 12.8.1880 - 7.10.1943
    born Bournemouth. died London
    Work published as Radclyffe Hall

    Hall, R. 1928 The Well of Loneliness by Radclyffe Hall; with a commentary by Havelock Ellis. London : Jonathan Cape.


    Leon Radzinowicz 15.8.1906 - 29.12.1999
    Founder of the
    Department of Criminal Science at Cambridge and of the Institute of Criminology

    Radzinowicz, L. 1948 A History Of English Criminal Law and its Administration from 1750 Volume 1: "The movement for reform" Leon Radzinowicz; with a foreword by Lord MacMillan. London: Stevens. xxiv and 853 pages

    Radzinowicz, L. 1956a A History Of English Criminal Law and its Administration from 1750 Volume 2: "Clash between private initiative and public interest in the enforcement of the law", London: Stevens and Sons. xviii and 751 pages.

    Radzinowicz, L. 1956b A History Of English Criminal Law and its Administration from 1750 Volume 3: "Cross-currents in the movement for reform of the police". London: Stevens and Sons. xvii and 688 pages

    Radzinowicz, L. 1961 In Search of Criminology Heinemann 254 pages.

    Radzinowicz, L. 1966 Ideology and Crime. A study of crime in its social and historical context (James S. Carpentier lectures, 1965.). London : Heinemann Educational Books. xii and 152 pages

    Radzinowicz, L. 1968 A History Of English Criminal Law and its Administration from 1750 Volume 4: "Grappling for control". London: Stevens and Sons. viii and 492 pages

    Leon Radzinowicz and Roger Hood 1936-

    Radzinowicz, L. and Hood, R. 1986 A History Of English Criminal Law and its Administration from 1750 Volume 5: "The emergence of penal policy". London: Stevens. xv and 1101 pages

    Radzinowicz, L. 1988 The Cambridge Institute of Criminology : Its background and scope London : H.M.S.O. viii and 189 pages

    Radzinowicz, L. 1999 Adventures in Criminology London; New York : Routledge. xv and 480 pages.


    Nicole Hahn Rafter 1939-
    Senior Research Fellow of Criminal Justice at Northeastern University
    Translator and editor with Mary Gibson of
    Cesare Lombroso's work.

    Rafter, N.H. 2008 The Criminal Brain: Understanding biological theories of crime New York: New York University Press. xiv and 317 pages.
    Contents: Introduction : crime, history, science
    Biological theories in the 19th-century
    Moral insanity and the origins of criminology
    Phrenology: the abnormal brain
    Criminal anthropology: the atavistic brain
    Evolutionary theories: the degenerate brain
    Stupidity theories: the backward brain
    Constitutional theory: bodytypes and criminality
    Criminology's darkest hour: biocriminology in Nazi Germany
    Contemporary biocriminology
    A criminology for the 21st century

    Subject index: biological bases


    Adrian Raine
    British Psychological Society "Young Scientist of the Year" 1980
    Richard Perry University Professor of Criminology and Psychiatry at the University of Pennsylvania since 2007.

    Raine, A. 2013 The Anatomy of Violence: The biological roots of crime xv and 478 pages.

    Introduction
    1. Basic Instincts: How Violence Evolved
    2. Seeds of Sin: The Genetic Basis to Crime
    3. Murderous Minds: How Violent Brains Malfunction [See Randy Kraft]
    4. Cold-blooded Killers: The Autonomic Nervous System
    5. Broken Brains: The Neuroanatomy of Violence
    6. Natural-born Killers: Early Health Influences
    7. A Recipe for Violence: Malnutrition, Metals, and Mental Health
    8. The Biosocial Jigsaw Puzzle: Putting the Pieces Together
    9. Curing Crime: Biological Interventions
    10. The Brain on Trial: Legal Implications
    11. The Future: Where Will Neurocriminology Take Us?
    "The evidence for a neurodevelopmental basis to criminal and psychopathic behaviour is mounting. As much as traditional criminologists and sociologists would hate to admit it, Lombroso was partly right." (Raine, A. 2013, p.159)


    Rampton 1981 West Indian Children in our Schools: Interim Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the Education of Children from Ethnic Minority Groups presented to Parliament by the Secretary of State for Education and Science. Cmnd.8273. Great Britain: HMSO Chairman of Committee Anthony Rampton. 117 pages


    Carole Rawcliffe 1946-

    Carole Rawcliffe and Richard Wilson with Christine Clark

    Rawcliffe, C. and Wilson, R. 2004 Norwich since 1550 edited by Carole Rawcliffe and Richard Wilson with Christine Clark. London: Hambledon and London. xxix and 604 pages, with 48 pages of plates.
    Chapters:
    1 The Changing Face of Norwich by Christopher Barringer
    2 Government to 1660 by John Pound
    3 Inhabitants by Paul Griffiths
    4 The Civil War by Andrew Hopper
    5 Health and Sanitation to 1750 by Margaret Pelling
    6 From Second City to Regional Capital by Penelope Corfield


    7 Politics, 1660-1835 by Mark Knights
    8 An Enlightened and Polite Society by Angela Dain
    9 The Textile Industry by Richard Wilson
    10 Population, 1700-1950 by Alan Armstrong
    11 Medical Care since 1750 by Steven Cherry
    12 Education since 1750 by Michael Sanderson
    13 Architecture since 1800 by Stefan Muthesius
    14 Politics, 1835-1945 by Barry Doyle
    15 Banking and Insurance by Roger Ryan
    16 Work and Employment by Christine Clark
    17 Church and Chapel by Clyde Binfield
    18 Sports and Games by Roger Munting
    Norwich since 1945 by Peter Townroe


    Larry Ray

    Ray, L. 2013 "From Postmodernity to Liquid Modernity: What's in a Metaphor?" in Elliott. A. 2013 The Contemporary Bauman


    Wilhelm Reich See weblinks - Mitchell

    Reich, W. 1929 (Preface and notes 1934) Dialectical Materialism and Psychoanalysis. Socialist Reproduction 1972

    Reich, W. 1931/Youth The Sexual Struggle of Youth. Socialist Reproduction 1972

    Reich, W. 1931/Imposition The Imposition of Sexual Morality

    Reich, W. 1933/Class What is Class Consciousness? Socialist Reproduction 1971 * [Using pseudonym: Ernst Parell]

    Reich, W. 1933/Character Character Analysis. Berlin (Enlarged edition New York 1945. London Re-print 1969)

    Reich, W. 1936 (Berlin) The Sexual Revolution. (New York revision: 1945; Re-printed 1969)

    Reich, W. 1940 (English 1942) The Function of the Orgasm. Sex-economic problems of biological energy. Panther 1968

    Reich, W. 1942 (3rd German edition) (1975 Penguin) The Mass Psychology of Fascism.

    Reich, W. 1966 (Edited by Lee Baxendall) Sex-Pol. Essays by Wilhelm Reich. Random House.


    Rendall, J. 1985 The Origins of Modern Feminism. Women in Britain, France and the United States. 1780-1860 Macmillan


    Alicia Renedo
    Department of Social and Environmental Health Research, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine.

    Alicia Renedo, Cicely Alice Marston, Dimitrios Spyridonidis and James Barlow

    Renedo, A., Marston, C.A., Spyridonidis, D., and Barlow, J. 2015 "Patient and Public Involvement in Healthcare Quality Improvement: How organizations can help patients and professionals to collaborate". Public Management Review 17:1, pp 17-34. Available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14719037.2014.881535

    Alicia Renedo and Cicely Marston

    Renedo, A. and Marston, C. 4.2015 "Developing patient-centred care: an ethnographic study of patient perceptions and influence on quality improvement" BMC Health Services Research 2015, 15:122. 23.4.2015. Available at http://www.biomedcentral.com/1472-6963/15/122

    Renedo, A. and Marston, C. 6.2015 "Spaces for Citizen Involvement in Healthcare: An Ethnographic Study" Sociology June 2015 49: pages 488-504. Available at http://soc.sagepub.com/content/49/3/488.full.pdf+html


    Reiss, H. (Editor) 1970 Kant's Political Writings Translated by H.B. Nisbet.


    John Rex (1925 - 20.12.2011)

    Sociology Lecturer Leeds University, 1949-1962

    Rex, J. 1961 Key Problems of Sociological Theory London: Routledge and Kegan Paul
    CONTENTS Preface - Chapter 1 Sociology as a Science - 2 Empiricist Sociology - 3 The Subject Matter of Sociology - 4 The Problem of Functionalism - 5 The Action Frame of Reference - 4 Values in Sociological Theory - 6 The Theory of Social Conflict and Change - 8 Conflict and the Analysis of Class - 9 Objectivity and Proof in Sociology - 10 Conclusions: The Scope of Sociology.

    Sociology Lecturer Birmingham University, 1962-1964
    Empirical research Sparkbrook, Birmingham 1962 - 1964
    Professor of Social Theory and Institutions, Durham University 1964-1970

    Rex, J. and Moore, R. 1967 Race, Community and Conflict: A Study of Sparkbrook London: Oxford University Press

    Rex, J. 1.1967 "Frederick Engels" New Society 5.1.1967 pp 14-16 Founding Fathers of Social Science (New Series) 6.

    Rex, J. 1970 Race Relations in Sociological Theory London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson.

    1970: Professor of Sociology, University of Warwick.

    Rex, J. 1974 (Editor) Approaches to Sociology. An Introduction to Major Trends in British Sociology. RKP
    Contents
    Introduction by John Rex, (Warwick University)
    1. Some aspects of the study of modern British society, by John Westergaard (London School of Economics)
    2. Evolutionary and developmental sociology, by Ronald Fletcher (ex- York University)
    3. Current approaches to empirical research: some central ideas, by Frank Bechofer (Edinburgh University)
    4. Mathematical sociology and sociological theory, by Peter Abell (Imperial College, London)
    5. Towards the identification of the major axes of sociological analysis, by Roland Robertson (York University)
    6. Phenomological perspectives in sociology by Peter Lassman (Birmingham University)
    7. Sociology and the sociology of education: a brief account, by Basil Bernstein (University of London Institute of Education)
    8. New directions in sub-cultural theory, by Jock Young (Middlesex Polytechnic)
    9. Social structure and humanistic sociology: the legacy of the classical European tradition, by John Rex
    10. The Frankfurt school: critical theory and positivism, by David Frisby (Kent University)
    11. The structuralism of Levi-Strauss and Althusser, by Miriam Glucksmann (Leicester University)
    12. Time and theory in sociology, by Herminio Martins (St Antony's College, Oxford University)


    Jill [Christina] Reynolds 1948-2012
    Senior Lecturer in the Faculty of Health and Social Care at The Open University.

    Reynolds, J. 1991 Introducing Perspectives on Gender into Social Work Teaching: Experience in piloting a study programme on gender issues in a university department of social work M.Sc. Thesis - University of Bristol. 100 leaves.

    Reynolds, J. 2004 Women Alone: A socio-psychological investigation Ph.D. Thesis. Milton Keynes: Open University

    Reynolds, J. 2008 The Single Woman: A discursive investigation Women and psychology. Abingdon, Oxfordshire: Routledge, ix and 182 pages.

    Reynolds, J. and others 2009 (Editors) Mental Health Still Matters Basingstoke; New York: Milton Keynes: Palgrave Macmillan; Open University. xiv and 386 pages. Edited by Jill Reynolds, Rosemary Muston, Tom Heller, Jonathan Leach, Mick McCormick, Jan Wallcraft and Mark Walsh
    "...a sister volume to the best-selling Mental Health Matters."
    Contents: General Introduction
    PART I: DEBATES AND THEORIES
    Introduction by Jonathan Leach
    Diverse Approaches to Mental Health and Distress by Jonathan Leach
    Roll over Kraepelin by Richard Bentall
    Reclaiming the Humanity in Personality Disorder by Karen Wright, Kevin Haigh and Mick McKeown
    Twenty-five years of Disagreeing with Psychiatry by Lucy Johnstone
    The Distinction Between Mental and Physical Illness by Robert E. Kendall
    The Service User/Survivor Movement by Peter Campbell
    Thinking about 'Mental Health': Towards a Social Model by Peter Beresford
    Recovery: The Lived Experience of Rehabilitation by Patricia E.Deegan
    Spirituality and Mental Health by Suman Fernando
    Big Boys don't Cry? Mental Health and the Politics of Gender by Philip Thomas
    Madness and Misogyny: My Mother and Myself by Jane M. Ussher
    Strategies for Promoting the Mental Health of Populations; E.Lahtinen, N.Joubert, J.Raeburn & R.Jenkins
    PART TWO: INEQUALITY AND POLICY
    Introduction by M.McCormick
    Mental Health and Inequality by R.Gomm
    The Relevance of Moral Treatment to Contemporary Mental Health Care; A.Borthwick, C.Holman, D.Kennard, M.McFetridge, K.Messruther & J.Wilkes Challenging Discrimination: Promoting Rights and Citizenship; J.Repper& R.Perkins
    From Social Exclusion to Inclusion? A Critique of the Inclusion Imperative in Mental Health by Helen Spandler
    (Mis) representing Mental Distress? by M.Walsh
    Why are we not getting any closer to preventing suicide? by D.DeLeo
    Mental Health, Mental Disorder, Risk and Public Protection by H. Kemshall
    The Challenge of Shared Care by M.Flanagan
    Black Communities, Mental Health and the Criminal Justice System by D. Brown
    Reflections on British Forensic Psychiatry in 2003 by J. Gunn
    Social Capital and Mental Health by M. Webber
    PART THREE: SERVICE USERS' EXPERIENCES AND PERSPECTIVES
    Introduction by Jan Wallcraft
    Experiences of 'Care' in Mental Health by J.Henderson
    Two Accounts of Mental Distress by Mary O'Hagan
    Life Stories 1 - Wresting his own future by Peter Barham
    Life Stories 2 - Ron Coleman by Jeremy Laurance
    Hearing voices; I.Leudar, P.Thomas, J.Thomas, J.Holloway & E.Craig
    The Recovery of Hope by Alex Williams
    Two Hours Fifty Five Minutes by Veronica Dewan
    Are We Who We Say We Are - or Who You Think We Are? by Premila Trivedi
    What Black Women want from the Mental Health Services by Patricia Chambers
    Harm Minimisation: Limiting the Damage of Self-injury by Louise Pembroke
    My Right to Choose by Amanda Wells
    Reclaiming Mad Experience by Rufus May
    Service Users' Accounts of Finding Work. One anonymous, the other by Kalisha Parton
    Holistic Approaches in Mental Health by Jan Wallcraft
    From Passive Subjects to Equal Partners by Premila Trivedi and Til Wykes
    User-led Research and Evidence-based Medicine by Alison Faulkner and Phil Thomas
    PART FOUR: CHALLENGES FOR PRACTICE
    Introduction by T.Heller and M. Walsh
    Postpsychiatry: A New Direction for Mental Health; P.Bracken and P. Thomas
    Formal Observation and Engagement: A Discussion Paper; N.Bowles, P.Dodds, D.Hackney, C.Sunderland & P.Thomas
    Evaluating Partnerships: A Case Study of Integrated Specialist Mental Health Services; T.Freeman & E.Peck
    Deconstructing Psychiatric Drug Treatment;
    J.Moncrieff All you need is Cognitive Behaviour Therapy?
    J.Holmes Recovery from Mental Illness as an Emergent Concept and Practice in Australia and the UK; S.Ramon, D.Healy & N.Renouf
    What is Person-centred Care in Dementia? D.Brooker
    Getting Through: How to Help with Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia; M.Duker & R.Slade
    Responding to People Affected by Major Incidents; J.Shackman Still Doing
    Being Human by T.Heller


    David Ricardo

    Ricardo, David 1817 Principles of Political Economy and Taxation. Page numbers from Dent/Everyman edition. Web edition available at http://socserv2.socsci.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/ricardo/pri n/index.html McMaster University


    Howard Richards
    Research Professor of Philosophy at Earlham College, Richmond, Indiana, USA, [A Quaker college]

    Richards, H. no date "What exactly does Bourdieu mean by habitus?" PowerPoint Presentation. Available at http://www.humiliationstudies.org/documents/RichardsBourdieuHabitus.ppt


    Malcolm Richardson

    Richardson M. 1989a The Politics of Educational Reform: A study of the London Labour Party: and the reform of secondary schooling 1918- 1950 Sociology Thesis: (PhD) University of London 1989. 313 leaves.

    Richardson M. 1989b "Education and Politics: The London Labour Party and Schooling Between the Wars", in Politics and the People of London : The London County Council 1889-1965, edited by A. Saint, Hambledon Press, London.

    Malcolm Richardson and Andrew Roberts

    Richardson, M. and Roberts, A. 2011- Emile Durkheim. London: Middlesex University. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ydur.htm

    Richardson, M. and Roberts, A. 2011b - Thinking sociologically the Bauman and May way. London: Middlesex University. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ybaumay.htm


    Donald Richie 17.4.1924 - 19.2.2013

    Richie, D. 2003 The Image Factory : Fads and Fashions in Japan. London: Reaktion Books Ltd.

    See Subject Index Culture


    Heinrich John Rickert 25.5.1863 - 25.7.1936

    Rickert, J.R. 1899 Kulturwissenschaft und Naturwissenschaft [Cultural science and natural science] Third edition published in 1915. Translated into English as Science and history: A critique of positivist epistemology in 1962 by George Reisman.


    Mireille Ribière 1951-

    Ribière, M. 2002 Barthes, A Beginner's Guide London: Hodder and Stoughton. x and 82 pages
    Contents: Barthes in context; mythologies; semiology; new criticism; structuralism; writer, reader and text; pleasure, imagination and the self; photography; Barthes today.

    "There is no basic introduction to Barthes in the English speaking market today other than the caricatural introducing Barthes. Furthermore introductions which are now out of print have been written by literature specialists, who are largely unaware of Barthes' legacy in other areas of the humanities"

    Ribière, M. 2002/2010 Philosophy Insights: Barthes Humanities-Ebooks. Kindle Edition. Tirril Hall, Tirril, Penrith. [Barthes, A Beginner's Guide, possibly amended.
    Contents: 1. Barthes in Perspective
    2. Mythologies: Critical Distance - Ideology - Literary Form and Ideology - Myth - The Enduring Presence of Myths - Demystification
    3. Semiology: Myth as a System of Communication - Saussure's Definition of the Linguistic Sign - The Mythical Sign - Denotation and Connotation - The Arbitrary Nature of the Linguistic Sign - Semiology Language and Thought - The Future of Semiology
    4. New Criticism: New Interpretations of Past Masterpieces - Conventional Literary Criticism - New Forms of Literary Criticism - The 'Old Guard' Strikes Back - A Scientific Approach to Literature
    5. Structuralism - Language as a Structure - The Origins of Structuralism - The Formalist Approach - Vladimir Propp's Analysis of Folk Tales - The Structural Analysis of Narratives
    6. Reader, Writer and Text: Lexias and codes - The Five Codes - Codes, Voices, Threads - From Structural Analysis to Textual Analysis - From Text to Intertext - From Author to Reader - Readerly/ Writerly
    7. Pleasure, the Body and the Self: The Theory of the Text - Writing - The Pleasure of the Text - The Body - Barthes, Writer
    8. Barthes and Photography: Camera Lucida/ Camera Obscura - The Issue of Specificity - Denotation and Connotation in the Photographic Message - Studium and Punctum - The Essence of Photography - From Science to Pleasure, from Pleasure to Grief - Autobiography
    9. Barthes's Legacy: Literature - Film studies - Hypertext theory - Fashion, costume, theatre - An intellectual model
    10. Paradox: a Way of Thinking
    Bibliography: Works by Roland Barthes in order of first publication. Books about Roland Barthes


    Shawn Rider

    Rider, Shawn, 1999 Michel Foucault: Truth and Power
    available at http://www.wdog.com/rider/writings/foucault.htm "a summary and some light analysis and contextualisation for Foucault's essay".


    Daniel Rigney (1949-

    Rigney, D. 2001 The Metaphorical Society: An Invitation to Social Theory considers eight metaphors: Society as Living System - Society as Machine - Society as War - Society as Legal Order - Society as Marketplace - Society as Game - Society as Theater - Society as Discourse. (Dear Habermas link)


    RIN: Research Information Network

    RIN 3.2010 Peer Review: A Guide for Researchers Research Information Network, March 2010. Available at http://www.rin.ac.uk/peer-review-guide


    Riots 2011

    RI11PP Research Power Point

    RI11LR Literature Review

    RI11FR After the riots: The final report of the Riots Communities and Victims Panel - Final Report


    Gina Rippon
    Professor of Cognitive Neuroimaging, Aston University, Birmingham.

    Rippon, G. 2010 "Sexing the brain: How Neurononsense joined Psychobabble to 'Keep Women in Their Place'". Lecture presented at British Science Festival, Aston University. 18.9.2010. Available at http://www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/staff/az- index/rippong

    Rippon, G. 18.10.2010 "Challenging neuro nonsense about women's brains" WISE blog at http://www.wisecampaign.org.uk/blogs/getset-women/2010/10/challenging- neuro-nonsense-about-womens-brains

    Rippon, G. 11.2011 "How the Brain Works" interview with Georgina Rippon available at http://www.uab.es/PDF/PDF_1321597997289_en.pdf

    Subject index: biological bases


    Barbara Risman

    Risman, B. 2004 "Gender as a social structure: theory wrestling with activism." Gender and Society volume 18, number 4, pp 429-450, available at http://www.soc.washington.edu/users/brines/risman.pdf


    George Ritzer

    Ritzer, G. 1983 Contemporary Sociological Theory New York: Knopf.

    Ritzer, G. 1992 Classical Sociological Theory New York; London: The McGraw-Hill Companies. xx and 454 pages
    Contents: An historical sketch of sociological theory - the early years; a historical sketch of sociological theory - the later years; Auguste Comte - toward a positivistic sociology and a positivistic society; Herbert Spencer - evolutionary theory; Karl Marx - the critique of capitalism; Emile Durkheim - the sociology of moral restraint; Max Weber - the iron cage of rationality; George Simmel - the tragedy of culture; George Herbert Mead - mind, self and society; Alfred Schutz - a sociology of the life world; Talcott Parsons - toward theoretical integration. Appendix - sociological metatheorizing and a metatheoretical schema for analyzing sociological theory.
    "This is the 'classic theory' version of Ritzer's sociological theory book. The book contains 6 chapters from the sociological theory book and 5 new chapters written for this book"
    Fifth edition:

    Ritzer, G. 1996 Modern Sociological Theory (Fourth edition) New York; London: McGraw-Hill. Previously published as Contemporary Sociological Theory
    Contents: Part 1 Introduction: an historical sketch of sociological theory - the early years; an historical sketch of sociological theory - the later years. Part 2 Modern sociological theory: the major schools - structural functionalism, neo-functionalism and conflict theory; varieties of neo-Marxian theory; systems theory; symbolic interactionism; ethnomethodology; exchange, network and rational choice theories; contemporary feminist theory. Part 3 Recent integrative developments in sociological theory: micro-macro integration; agency-structure integration. Part 4 From modern to post-modern social theory: contemporary theories of modernity; structuralism, post-structuralism and the emergence of post- modern social theory; appendix - sociological metatheorizing and a metatheoretical schema for analyzing sociological theory.

    Ritzer, G. 2005 Encyclopedia of Social Theory Sage publications


    Derek Robbins

    Robbins, D. 2010 "The work of Jean-Claude Passeron, 1960-present: a case-study analysis of the development of a philosophy of social science" ESRC End of Award Report, RES-000-22-2494. Swindon: ESRC. Available at http://www.esrc.ac.uk/my-esrc/grants/RES-000-22- 2494/outputs/Read/07f34c04-90c6-4bc5-a238-9c4aef5630a2


    Adam Roberts

    Roberts, A. 2000 Fredric Jameson Routledge Critical Thinkers.


    Andrew Roberts 29.1.1944-

    [Web publications are dated with a date and a hyphen. The hyphen indicating that the web site development is ongoing. Dates before the 1999 for web documents indicate a paper publication converted to a web publication.]

    1973 - 1981 - 1983 - 1984 - 1989 - 1989 - 1990 - 1994 - 1997 - 1998 - 1999 - 2001 - 2002 - 2007 - 2009 - 2010 - 2011 - 2012 - 2013 - 2015 - 2016 - 2017 - 2018 -

    Pearce and Roberts 1973

    Roberts, A. 1981- The Lunacy Commission...

    Andrew Roberts and Tony Ward

    Roberts, A. and Ward, T. 1982 "Psychiatric Secure Units" The Abolitionist No.10, Winter 1982 pp 18-19.

    Roberts, A. 1983 Community care? A short history of post-war mental health policy "Draft 20.2.1983" "Reproduced for use on the BA Social Science 'Core Theme' at the Middlesex Polytechnic, Enfield." 68 pages.
    Chapters
    One: Hospitals are for healing: The origin and context of 'community- care policies'
    Two: Memorandums: Sir Keith Joseph's 1971-1972 'memorandum' proposals for the replacement of mental illness hospitals by comprehensive local services
    Three: 'Better Services': The end of sustained economic growth and Labour's shift in emphasis to positive community care in Better Services for the Mentally Ill, 1975
    Four: Confusion: May 1979 - June 1981. Conservative policies, the Royal Commission on the National Health Service and the 'Nodder' Report
    Five: Mental Handicap: Policy for mentally handicapped people - to June 1981
    Six: Green Paper. The proposals of the Green Paper: "Care in the Community"


    Roberts, A. 1984 (Lead author) Mental Distress in Old Age. An interim report from the Hackney W.E.A class. Published by The Mental Distress in Old Age Group, c/o City and Hackney Community Health Council. June 1984. Other authors included Sister Frances Clair, Heather Barnet, Dinah Morley, John Miles and Lorna Mitchison. 45 pages.

    Roberts, A. 1985 (Lead author) Mental Distress in Old Age: Time for Action. City and Hackney Community Health Council, Published by The Mental Distress in Old Age Group, City and Hackney Community Health. November 1985. Typed by the Community Psychiatric Research Group. Printed by the London Borough of Hackney. Other authors included Sister Frances Clair, Lorna Mitchison, Heather Barnet, Dinah Morley, John Miles, Esme Vacciana, Jane Hargreaves, Doug Tilbury, Adrian Lovett, Tom McAusland, Alan Gardner, Brice Pitt, Pam Hibbs, Olive Yarrow, Jane Leaver, Sylvia Medhurst, Robyn Green, Tessa Turner, AlexWotherspoon and Nicola Carmichael. 89 pages.


    Roberts, A. July 1988-April 1989 (Editor) Ideas about Politics. The Political Philosophy Journal of Hackney Workers Educational Association.

    Ideas about Politics No. 1, July 1988: Modern Conservative Philosophy

    Ideas about Politics No. 2, August 1988: Friedrich Hayek

    Ideas about Politics No. 3, September 1988: One Nation Conservatism

    Ideas about Politics No. 4, October 1988: Socialism

    Ideas about Politics No. 5, January 1989: Owenism

    Ideas about Politics No. 6, February 1989: Liberals and Socialists

    Ideas about Politics No. 7, March 1989: William Morris

    Ideas about Politics No. 8, April 1989: Green Politics


    Roberts, Andrew 1.1989 Radicals, Socialists and Early Feminists Available at http://studymore.org.uk/SHE8.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 25.10.1990 - Pandora's box - The gift of science - Frankenstein, science and industry Available at http://studymore.org.uk/SHE6.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 1990 - England's Poor Law Commissioners and the Trade in Pauper Lunacy 1834-1847 http://studymore.org.uk/mott.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 2.1994 - People and ideas systems Available at http://studymore.org.uk/bio.htm

    Roberts, A. 1997 Social Science History. Six essays for budding theorists All Saints Bookshop, Middlesex University. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ssh.htm

    Roberts, A. 5.4.1997 John Stuart Mill and Harriet Taylor on Freedom as Self Development - A chronological examination of the idea of freedom as self development in the works of John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) and Harriet Taylor (1807-1858). Unfinished. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/ymillfre.htm

    Roberts, Andrew, Burford, Chris and Mew, Sue. 14.6.1997 - "Marking Essays: Guidelines for Shared Assessment at Degree Level". Email document. Web update: http://studymore.org.uk/markguid.htm

    Roberts, A. 4.2.1998 "SHE guide to using computers to talk to staff & other students by email". "written with help from the SHE Student Test Team, a group of students who were scared of computers".

    Roberts, A. 5.5.1998 "What is SHE doing with Email? The Society, History and Environment email project. A report for people using or thinking about email in teaching". Middlesex University. 5.5.1998 draft, for comment.

    Roberts, A. 1998 Study Guide for Middlesex University Students on Enfield Campus. All Saints Bookshop, Enfield Campus, Middlesex University. 168 pages.

    Andrew Roberts and John Carr

    Roberts, A. and Carr, J. 1998 "Sparks Flying. The History of the Enfield Campus of Middlesex University" North Circular 11.6.1998, (Re-published in study handbooks, and student introductions from 1998 to 2008 when Enfield Campus closed).

    6.3.1999 First home page created for Andrew Roberts' web site.

    Roberts, Andrew 3.1999 - Social Science Dictionary http://studymore.org.uk/sshglo.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 3.1999 - Social Science History: Time line for the history of science and social science. http://studymore.org.uk/sshtim.htm

    Roberts, A. 2000 The ABC Study Guide All Saints Bookshop, Middlesex University. Since developed as a web guide: The ABC Study Guide. University education in plain English alphabetically indexed. http://studymore.org.uk/glossary.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 7.3.2000 - Crimtim: A criminology and deviancy theory history timeline http://studymore.org.uk/crimtim.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 2001 - (Editor) Asylums Index - Index of Lunatic Asylums and Mental Hospitals http://studymore.org.uk/4_13_TA.htm

    Roberts, Andrew 3.2001 - Social Science Lectures [web edition] http://studymore.org.uk/lecshe.htm

    Roberts, Andrew and Susan Tyler Hitchcock 2002 - Mary and Charles Lamb A page of mental and geographical connections made by Andrew Roberts with help from Susan Tyler Hitchcock, Elaine Madsen and others http://studymore.org.uk/ylamb.htm [Research background for Hitchcock, S. T. 2005 Mad Mary Lamb: Lunacy and murder in literary London New York: W.W. Norton.]

    Roberts, Andrew and Falkenberg, Betty, 2005 - Charlotte Mew Chronology with mental, historical and geographical connections linking with her own words. Middlesex University resource available at http://studymore.org.uk/ymew.htm

    Roberts, A. Winter 2008 "The Story of Valerie Argent" Time Together London. Together: Working for Wellbeing. pages 8-9. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/valerie.pdf

    Roberts, A. Summer 2009 "The Story of Joan Hughes (1928 - 2008)" Time Together London. Together: Working for Wellbeing. pages 12-13. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/Joan.pdf

    Roberts, A. 7.2009 "Scotland the Brave - User movement roots" Mental Health Today, July/August 2009, pp 16-18 available at http://studymore.org.uk/mhtscot.htm

    Roberts, A. Winter 2009a "The Story of Freda and Charlotte Mew" Time Together London. Together: Working for Wellbeing. pages 20-21. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/Freda.pdf

    Roberts, A. Winter 2009b "The Story of Freda and Charlotte Mew" A Time Together and Survivors History Group life stories project. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/FredaMew.htm

    Roberts, A. Summer 2010 "A Celebration of Survivor History" Time Together London. Together: Working for Wellbeing. pages 24-25. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/Pageant.pdf

    Roberts, A. 25.8.2010 "History as research method: The Survivors History Group - The development of the Survivors History Group and its collective research, with reflections on the hierarchy of methods that use history in social science." Draft background paper to presentation by Andrew Roberts at the 3rd Qualitative Research on Mental Health Conference (Nottingham) 25.8.2010.

    Roberts, A. Summer 2011 "The Story of Frank Bangay" Time Together London. Together: Working for Wellbeing. pages 16-17. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/Frank.pdf

    Roberts, A. 9.2012 "Freda and Charlotte Mew" The Newhaven Journeyman. Issue 1, Finding a voice. September 2012. Eleusinian Press. pp 87-108
    Freda and Charlotte Mew: A look at the poetry of Charlotte Mew and her relationship with her sister Freda who was incarcereatedin an asylum in the early twentieth century, using Charlotte's poetry, Freda's asylum case notes and a review of the eugenicist beliefs of the time.

    Roberts, A. 10.2012 "Notes on Oneself with Others, chapter one of Bauman, Z. and May, T. 2001 Thinking Sociologically" [Developed from Richardson and Roberts lecture]

    Roberts, A. 6.2013 "Tony Riley and the Greater Manchester survivor movement"

    Roberts, A. 3.11.2013 "Before Marx, Weber and Durkheim An introduction to the classical social theorists" by Andrew Roberts 3.11.2013 for the Classical and Modern Sociology module at Middlesex University

    Roberts, A. 6.2015a "An experiment in creating a history".

    Roberts, A. 6.2015b "User involvement from a bus to Clapham - History, impressions and reflections". Interim.

    Roberts, A. 6.2015c "User involvement from a bus to Clapham - History, impressions and reflections". Final (includes section "Who we are changes")

    Roberts, A. 8.2015 User involvement from a bus to Clapham - History, impressions and reflections.

    Roberts, A. 9.2015 "How old is the Quaker building at Bunhill Fields?" North London Quakers Newsletter October 2015 [See 2015 Quaker Heritage]

    Roberts, A. Summer 2016 "Thirty years speaking out. The many voices of survivors". 1,500 words. for Asylum magazine.

    29.5.2016 Flawed Quaker? offline - documents offline

    Roberts, A. 25.3.2017 "Relating All Our Welfare by Peter Beresford to survivor history. Notes by Andrew Roberts, 25.3.2017, for some Survivor History Group meetings in 2017". (online) - (offline)

    Roberts, A. 6.2017 Dina Ibrahim Asylum magazine 24.2. June 2017 - (online copy)

    Roberts, A. March 2018/Phi "Creative identities in the spirit of Philip Morgan" Asylum March 2018. (offline)

    Was "Identity - reflections on the creative contribution of survivors descending from Africa and Asia to the English survivor movement" (offline)

    Roberts, A. March 2018/Out "Outsider culture - David Kessel - Howard Mingham - Survivors Poetry" Asylum March 2018. Part two of Outsider or Insider

    Was: "David and other outsiders" (offline)

    Roberts, A. 2018 "Sam Shakes and the survivor spirit". To be published in Asylum.

    Roberts, A. 2018 "Question of Levels: Thomas Ritchie (1928-1983) and mental patients union." (offline)

    Roberts, A. 2018 "Philip" (offline)

    Roberts, A. 2018 19th offline - 20th offline - 1970s offline -



    Valerie Roberts (Valerie Argent)




    Roland Robertson

    Robertson, R. 1992 Globalisation: Social Theory and Global Culture: London: Sage.
    Contents: Globalization as a problem -- The cultural turn -- Mapping the global condition -- World-systems theory, culture and images of world order -- Japanese globality and Japanese religion -- The universalism- particularism issue -- 'Civilisation,' civility and the civilizing process - - Globalisation theory and civilisation analysis -- Globality, modernity and the issue of postmodernity -- Globalisation and the nostalgic paradigm -- 'The search for fundamentals' in global perspective -- Concluding reflections.


    David Robey

    Robey, D. 1973 (Editor) Structuralism: an introduction ; Wolfson College lectures 1972 edited by David Robey. Oxford : Clarendon, 1973. 153 pages
    CONTENTS:
    Structuralism and linguistics by John Lyons
    The linguistic basis of structuralism by Jonathan Culler
    Structuralism in social anthropology by Edmund Leach
    Social life as a sign system by Umberto Eco
    The structural analysis of literature : the tales of Henry James by Tzvetan Todorov
    The structuralist sciences and philosophy by John Mepham
    "Structure" in mathematics by Robin Gandy.



    Eric [Embleton] Robinson 12.3.1927-16.1.2011

    Robinson, E. 1968 The New Polytechnics Penguin education special, X41. Harmondsworth : Penguin. 264 pages



    Paul Rock

    Rock, P. 1996 Reconstructing a Women's Prison : The Holloway redevelopment project, 1968-88 Clarendon studies in criminology. Oxford: Clarendon. xviii and 360 pages.

    Summary: The rebuilding of Holloway prison announced in 1968 was intended to be of enormous significance for the treatment and therapeutic rehabilitation of female inmates. Reconstruction began in 1970 but the new prison was not completed until 1985. By this time penal ideologies had changed, and the Prison Department had revised its conception of female criminality. Thus, what was intended to be a new therapeutic prison became a place of conventional discipline and containment. These developments created serious problems within the prison and led to Holloway being identified as a public and political scandal. Using original documents and extensive interviews, the author traces the genesis and consequences of the decision to rebuild England's major prison for women, and shows how the experience at Holloway reflects shifting attitudes towards female criminals, and the relationships among penal ideology, architecture, control, and behaviour in a penal institution.


    Baudry Rocquin

    Rocquin, B. 2006 The Floating discipline': British sociology and the failure of institutional attachment (1911-1938), Unpublished M.St. Thesis (Oxford University, 2006). Available at http://www.britishsociology.com/

    Also available on above website:

    Rocquin, B. April 2006 "Two sciences, a common concern: a comparative insight in the emergence of sociology in France and Britain (1895-1935)". (offline)

    Rocquin, B. May 2006 "Competition, contribution and incomprehension: British and French sociologists in the inter-war period (1920-1939)". (offline)

    Rocquin, B. May 2006b "Archives relating to the history of British sociology" (offline) -


    Sophie Roddy

    Roddy, S. 2008 Hitler and Leadership. An examination of Hitler's own theory of history and how it relates to the role of the individual as a leader in relation to the masses. Relating this to Hitler's analysis of race, leadership and democracy in pre-war Austria, and commenting on Hitler's theory in the light of other theorists. Middlesex University dissertaion June 2008


    Jim Roe, Stephen Joseph and Hugh Middleton
    School of Sociology and Social Policy, University of Nottingham, UK

    Roe, J., Joseph, S. and Middleton, H., 2010 "Symbolic interaction: a theoretical approach to understanding stigma and recovery" Mental Health Review Journal Volume 15, Issue 1, pp 29-36


    Eric Roll 1.12.1907 - 30,3.2005

    Roll, E. 1938 A History of Economic Thought London: Faber & Faber. 430 pages. 5th edition 1992: xiv and 592 pages.
    (subject index)


    Arnold Marshall Rose 1918-1968

    Rose, A.M. 1962 (Editor) Human Behavior and Social Processes. An Interactionist Approach. Houghton Mifflin Company. Boston. USA.


    CONTENTS:
    PART ONE: Theory for Social Psychology
    1. A Systematic Summary of Symbolic Interaction Theory by Arnold M. Rose (p.5)
    2. Role-Taking: Process Versus Conformity by Ralph H. Turner
    3. Conditions of Accurate Role-Taking: A Test of Mead's Theory by Sheldon Stryker
    4. Transformations of Identity by Anselm Strauss (p.63)
    5. Appearance and the Self by Gregory P. Stone (p.86)
    6. What Other? by Everett C. Hughes (p.119)
    7. Reference Groups and Social Control by Tamotsu Shibutani
    8. Breadth of Perspective by Leon H. Warshay (p.148)
    PART TWO: The Individual and Social Organization
    9. Society as Symbolic Interaction by Herbert Blumer
    10. The Interview and the Professional Relationship by Manford H. Kiihn (p.193)
    11. Dilemmas in the Doctor-Patient Relationship by Eliot Freidson (p.207)
    12. Sociology of Occupations: The Case of the American Funeral Director by Robert W. Habenstein (p.225)
    13. Industrial Workers' Worlds: A Study of the "Central Life Interests" of Industrial Workers by Robert Dubin (p.247)
    14. Cooperative Evasions to Support Labor-Management Contracts by Melville Daltoii (p.267)
    15. Types of Family Organisation: Child-Oriented, Home-Oriented, and Parent-Oriented by Bernard Farber (p.285)
    16. Social Stratification and the Political Order by Howard Brotz (p.307)
    17. Social Bases of Political Commitment: A Study of Liberals and Radicals by William Kornhauser (p.321)
    18. Collective Dynamics: Process and Form by Kurt Lang and Gladys Efigel Lang (p.340)
    19. Beyond Utopia: The "Beat Generation" as a Challenge for the Sociology of Knowledge by Elwin H. Powell (p.360)
    PART THREE: Studies in Social Process
    20. Social Problems and Social Processes by Ernest W. Burgess (p.381)
    21. Social-Action Systems and Social Problems by S. Kirso? Weinberg (p.401)
    22. The Differential-Association Theory of Crime by Daniel Glaser (p.425)
    23. Role Theory, Differential Association, and Cornpulsive Crimes by Donald R. Cressey (p.43)
    24. Some Relevant Directions for Research in Juvenile Delinquency by Irwhi Deutscher (p.468)
    25. On Cooling the Mark Out: Some Aspects of Adaptation to Failure by Erving Goffman (p.482)
    26. Socialization for Postparental Life by Irwin Deutscher (p.506)
    27. Self and Role in Adjustment During Old Age by Ruth Shonle Cavan (p.526)
    28. A Social-Psychological Theory of Neurosis by Arnold M. Rose
    29. Self-Conception and Physical Rehabilitation by Theodor J. Litnian (p.550)
    30. The Treatment of Tuberculosis as a Bargaining Process by Julius A. Roth (p.575)
    31. Marihuana Use and Social Control by Howard S. Becker (p.589)
    32. Desegregation as an Object of Sociological Study by E. Franklin Frazier (p.608)
    33 Urbanism and Suburbanism as Ways of Life: A Re-evaluation of Definitions by Herbert Gans (p.625)
    34. Social Processes in the Metropolitan Community by Warren A. Peterson and George K. Zollschan (p.649)



    Nikolas Rose 1947-

    Rose, N. 1985 The Psychological Complex: Psychology, Politics and Society in England, 1869-1939

    Rose, N. 1989 Governing the Soul: The Shaping of the Private Self (Second edition 1999)

    Rose, N. 1996 Inventing Our Selves: Psychology, Power and Personhood

    Rose, N. 1999 Powers of Freedom: Reframing Political Thought

    Rose, N. 2006 The Politics of Life Itself: Biomedicine, Power, and Subjectivity in the Twenty-First Century

    Governing the Present: Administering Economic, Social and Personal Life, with Peter Miller (2008)


    Steven P. R. Rose 4.7.1938
    Brain and Behaviour Research Group at The Open University

    Rose, S.P.R. 12.2002 "'Smart drugs': do they work? Are they ethical? Will they be legal?" Nature reviews. Neuroscience, Volume 3, No. 12. December 2002, pp. 975-979.
    Available at http://www.physiology.gu.se/medfys/neurokognition/Rose.pdf


    M.E. Rosner
    Mechanical Engineering, Hendon Technical College

    Rosner, M.E. 1961 "Nine years of block release at Hendon" The Journal of Vocational Education and Training [?] Volume 13, Issue 26, 1961


    Edward Alsworth Ross 1866-1951

    Ross, E.A. 1908 Social Psychology: An outline and sourcebook New York : Macmillan, 1908. 372 pages


    Rossi, A. 1970 (Edited with an introduction by) Essays on sex and equality University of Chiacago Press

    Rossi, A. 1970/Mill Sentiment and Intellect - The Story of J.S. Mill and H. Taylor in Rossi 1970 Essays on sex and equality (Also contains Taylor, H. 1851 and Mill, J.S. 1869).


    Jean Jacques Rousseau Roberts 1997 chapter 4 - weblinks - reviews

    Sources about Rousseau: Durkheim 1918 - Cassirer 1945 - Boyd 1956 Emile... - McDonald 1965 ... French Revolution - Miller 1984 ... Democracy - Coole 1988 Women... - Pettit 1998 ...Social Holism - Delaney 2005


    Rousseau/Cole 1913 The Social Contract and Discourses by Jean Jacques Rousseau. Translated with Introduction by G.D.H. Cole, Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford. London: Dent/Everyman No. 660. Available at http://archive.org/details/therepublicofpla00rousuoft

    The 1913 edition was reprinted in 1916, 1920, 1923, and possibly later.

    Rousseau/Cole 1913/1986 Everyman collection The Social Contract and Discourses. Page numbers on this website are from the 1986 setting.


    Rousseau, J.J. 1750 A Discourse on the Arts and the Sciences pp 2-29 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

    Rousseau, J.J. 1755(I) A Discourse on the Origin of Inequality:

    Rousseau, J.J. 1755(PE) Political Economy: pp 128-168 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

    Rousseau, J.J. 1759 The General Society of the Human Race Chapter two of the original draft of The Social Contract (the Geneva Manuscript). pp 169-177 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

    Rousseau, J.J. 1762(SC) The Social Contract: pp 180-308 of Rousseau/Cole1913/1986

    Extracts

    Du Contrat Social (the French original) is available at Bibliothèque nationale de France

    Rousseau, J.J. 1762(E) Emile, ou l'education
    Emile or Education

    Rousseau, J.J. 1762(E) Emile English translation by Barbara Foxley. First published in Dent Everyman's Library 1911. Etext available http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext04/emile10.txt

    Annotated etext in English and French available at http://projects.ilt.columbia.edu/pedagogies/rousseau/contents2 .html
    Or [Frames version]
    http://projects.ilt.columbia.edu/pedagogies/rousseau/
    [Provided by Grace Roosevelt, of Columbia University, USA. A very easy site to find your way around].

    See also William Boyd's selected and interpreted version

    Sheila Rowbotham

    Rowbotham, S. 1973 Hidden from History. 300 Years of Women's Oppression and the fight against It

    Rowbotham, S. 1989/90? The Past is Before Us. Penguin A history of the ideas of the women's movement, which shows how feminism has redefined the scope of politics.

    Rowbotham, S. 1992 Women in Movement. Feminism and social action.


    (Benjamin) Seebohm Rowntree 1871-1954

    Rowntree, B.S. 1901 Poverty. A study of town life London: Macmillan and Co., xviii and 437 pages. Available to read online at http://archive.org/details/poverty00unkngoog [Survey carried out in 1899]

    Rowntree, B.S. 1941 Poverty and Progress: A second social survey of York London: Longmans and Co., xx and 540 pages [Survey carried out in 1936]

    Benjamin Seebohm Rowntree and George Russell Lavers

    Rowntree, B.S. and Lavers, G.R. 1951 Poverty and the Welfare State. A third social survey of York dealing only with economic questions Longmans Green. 104 pages. [Survey carried out in 1950]


    The Joseph Rowntree Foundation
    "Poverty, place and ageing society"
    Independent social policy research and development charity. It supports a wide programme of research and development projects in housing, social care and social policy.

    website


    Flavius Josephus

    Josephus war about AD75. History of the Jewish War, or similar names.

    Josephus antiquities about AD94 Antiquities of the Jews

    Josephus life about AD99 The Life of Flavius Josephus


    Rude, G. 1959 The Crowd in the French Revolution Oxford University Press

    Rude, G. 1988 The French Revolution Weidenfeld and Nicholson


    Vincenzo Ruggiero

    Ruggiero, V. 2003 "Fear and Change in the City". CITY: Analysis of Urban Trends, Culture, Theory, Policy, Action, 7(1): 45-55.

    Vincenzo Ruggiero and Nicola Montagna

    Ruggiero, V. and Montagna, N. 2008 (Editors) Social Movements; A Reader London: Routledge
    Divided into seven parts with extracts from
    Part 1: Conflict and Collective Action
    Marx and Engels: The Communist Manifesto (1848) - A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy - The Eighteenth Brumaire of Louis Bonaparte
    Emile Durkheim: The Division of Labour in Society - The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life
    Georg Simmel: Conflict (On Individuality and Social Forms)
    Gustave Le Bon: The crowd
    Part 2: Hegemony and Collective Behaviour
    Max Weber: The City - Class, Status, Party
    Antonio Gramsci: Notes on Italian History - The Modern Prince
    Herbert Blumer: Social Movements
    William Kornhauser: The Politics of Mass Society
    Neil Smelser: Theory of Collective Behaviour
    Part 3: Resource Mobilisation
    Mancur Olson: The Logic of Collective Action
    Anthony Oberschall: Social Conflict and Social Movements
    John McCarthy and Mayer Zald: Resource Mobilisation and Social Movements: A Partial Theory
    Craig Jenkins: Resource Mobilisation Theory and the Study of Social Movements
    Gerard Marwell and Pamela Oliver: The Critical Mass in Collective Action
    Part 4: Social Movements and the Political Process
    Sidney Tarrow: Power in Movement
    Sara Evans: Personal Politics
    Peter K. Eisinger: The Conditions of Protest behaviour in American Cities
    Hanspeter Kriesi and Dominique Wisler: Social Movements and Direct Democracy in Switzerland
    Frances Fox Piven and Richard A. Cloward: Poor People's Movements
    Doug McAdam: Political Process and the Development of Black Insurgency 1930-1970
    Charles Tilly: Social Movements and National Politics
    Part 5: New Social Movements
    Jurgen Habermas: New Social Movements
    Claus Offe: New Social Movements: Challenging the Boundaries of Institutional Politics
    Alain Touraine: An Introduction to the Study of Social Movements
    Alberto Melucci: A Strange Kind of Newness: What's 'New' in New Social Movements?
    Carol Mueller: Conflict Networks and the Origin of Women's Liberation
    Arturo Escobar and Sonia Alvarez: Theory and Protest in Latin America Today
    Part 6: New Directions
    Bert Klandermans: Mobilisation and participation: Social-Psychological Expansions of Resource Mobilisation Theory
    David Snow et al: Frame Alignment Processes, Micromobilisation and Movement Participation
    Mario Diani: The Concept of Social Movement
    Ron Eyerman and Andrew Jamison: Social Movements: A Cognitive Approach
    Doug McAdam, John McCarthy and Mayer Zald: Comparative Perspectives on Social Movements
    Craig Calhoun: Putting Emotions in Their Place
    Part 7: New Global Movements
    Arjun Appadurai: Grassroots Globalisation
    Marjorie Mayo: Globalisation and Gender: New Threats, New Strategies
    Jackie Smith, Globalising Resistance: The Battle of Seattle and the Future of Social Movements
    Sanjeev Khagram, James V. Riker and Kathyn Sikkink: TFrom Santiago to Seattle: Transnational Advocacy Groups Restructuring World Politics
    Donatella Della Porta and Sidney Tarrow: Transnational Protest and Global Activism
    Nicola Montagna: Social Movements and Global Mobilisations
    Vincenzo Ruggiero: Dichotomies and Contemporary Social Movements


    Runes, D.D. 1960 Dictionary of Philosophy Peter Owen


    Bertrand Russell (1872-1970) weblinks

    See Timeline entries: 1877, 1910, 1920s 1946. Though distinguishing himself from the logical positivist school, the "logical analysis" that Russell argued should be the "main business of philosophy" (Russell, B. 1961, p.789) was a major part of logical positivism.

    Russell, B. 1905. "On Denoting" available at http://cscs.umich.edu/~crshalizi/Russell/denoting

    Russell, B. 1912 The Problems of Philosophy Oxford University Press. London. 1973

    Russell, B. 1948 Human Knowledge

    Russell, B. 1961 (2nd edition) History of Western Philosophy and its Connection with Political and Social Circumstances from the Earliest Times to the Present Day. London. George Allen and Unwin. The first edition was published in 1946.



    Jasna Russo 1964-

    Independent researcher and onetime PhD student at Centre for Citizen Participation, Brunel University, London, UK.

    Living in Berlin, Germany. A clinical psychologist whose research work is informed by her personal experience of receiving psychiatric diagnoses and treatment. She has extensive experience of both collaborative and survivor- controlled research projects and has worked on several EU funded projects. The cartoon comment was recorde at St George's in 2015 by Engage Visually

    2009 - 2011 - 2012 - 2013 - 2014 - 2016

    Jasna Russo and Peter Stastny

    Russo, J. and Stastny, P. 2009 "Beyond Involvement. Looking for a Common Perspective on Roles in Research" in Jan Wallcraft and others Handbook of Service User Involvement in Mental Health Research (pp. 61-72).

    Coldham, Tina and Russo, J. 2009. "Telling Our Truths, Bringing about Change: Being a Survivor Researcher" in Sweeney, A. and others 2009 This is Survivor Research pages 163-184

    Jasna Russo and Jan Wallcraft

    Russo, J. and Wallcraft, J. 2011. Resisting Variables. Service user/survivor perspectives on researching coercion. In Thomas W. Kallert, Juan E. Mezzich & John Monahan (Eds.), Coercive Treatment in Psychiatry: Clinical, Legal and Ethical Aspects (pp. 213-234). West Sussex: John Wiley and Sons, Ltd. Available at http://media.wiley.com/product_data/excerpt/24/04706607/047066 0724-3.pdf

    Russo, J. 2012. "Survivor-Controlled Research: A New Foundation for Thinking about Psychiatry and Mental Health" in Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1), Art. 8, Available at http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs120187

    Abstract: Survivor-controlled research in the field of mental health can be perceived as the most extended development of participatory research. This is not only because it does away with the role of research subjects, but because the experiential knowledge (as opposed to clinical) acquires a central role throughout the whole research process-from the design to the analysis and the interpretation of outcomes stages. The first part of this article provides some background information about the context and development of user/survivor-controlled research in the UK. In the second part, the discussion focuses on the first two German studies which apply this research methodology in the field of psychiatry. Both studies are used as examples of the approach, which favors closeness to the subject as opposed to "scientific distance." The overall objective of this paper is to outline the general achievements and challenges of survivor-controlled research. Arguing for the value of this research approach I hope to demonstrate the ways in which it raises fundamental issues related to conventional knowledge production and challenges the nature of what counts as psychiatric evidence.

    (offline) - Subject index survivor research

    Russo, J. 2012. "Give Me the Stories and I Will Take Care of the Rest? The Case of 'Agnes's Jacket: A Psychologist Search for the Meaning of Madness' by Gail A. Hornstein." Asylum. The Magazine for Democratic Psychiatry 19: 28 - 30

    Jasna Russo and Diana Rose

    Russo, J. and Rose, D. 2013 '"But what if nobody's going to sit down and have a real conversation with you?" Service user/survivor perspectives on human rights' Journal of Public Mental Health, 12 (4)

    Russo, J. 2014 "Mental health service users in research: critical sociological perspectives" A review. Disability and Society Published online: 10.1.2014 at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2013.864873
    A review of the collection edited by Patsy Staddon in 2013

    Jasna Russo and Peter Beresford
    Centre for Citizen Participation, Brunel University

    Russo, J. and Beresford, P. 23.9.2014 "Between exclusion and colonisation: seeking a place for mad peopleïs knowledge in academia" Disability and Society Published online: 23.9.2014 at http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2014.957925

    Abstract: "The omnipresent psychiatric narrative of mental illness has always had its counter-narrative - the life stories of people labelled mad. The relationship between these two accounts has always been one of domination: mad voices have been - and continue to be - not heard, overwritten, silenced or even erased in the course of psychiatric treatment. As survivor researchers who have had these kinds of experiences, we wish to discuss parallels between this tradition and some contemporary academic efforts that claim to disrupt it"

    Jasna Russo and Angela Sweeney

    Russo, J. and Sweeney, A. 2016 Searching for a Rose Garden: challenging psychiatry, fostering Mad Studies. Ross-on-Wye: PCCS Books.


    Foreword by Brenda A. LeFrançois
    Introduction
    Setting the scene
    1. Responses to a legacy of harm by Mary O'Hagan
    2. Alternatives or a way of life? by Bhargavi Davar
    3. The haunting can end: trauma-informed approaches in healing from abuse and adversity by Beth Filson
    4. The role of survivor knowledge in creating alternatives to psychiatry by Peter Beresford
    5. The co-optation of survivor knowledge: the danger of substituted values and voice by Darby Penney and Laura Prescott
    Survivor-produced knowledge
    6. The transformative potential of survivor research by Angela Sweeney
    7. Towards our own framework, or reclaiming madness part two by Jasna Russo
    8. Whiteness in psychiatry: the madness of European misdiagnosis by Colin King
    9. Deciding to be alive: self-injury and survival by Clare Shaw
    10. Thinking (differently) about suicide by David Webb
    11. Community Treatment Orders: once a rosy deinstitutional notion by Erick Fabris
    Survivor-controlled practice
    12. Becoming part of each other's narratives: Intentional Peer Support by Shery Mead and Beth Filson
    13. We did it our way: Women's Independent Alcohol Support by Patsy Staddon
    14. Sexual violence in childhood: demarketing treatment options and strengthening our own agency by Zofia Rubinsztajn
    15. The Personal Ombudsman: an example of supported decision making by Maths Jesperson
    16. Kindred Minds: a personal perspective by Renuka Bhakta
    17. The Sunrise Project: helping adults recover from psychiatric drugs by Terry Simpson
    Working in partnership
    18. More voice, less ventriloquism: building a mental health recovery archive by Dolly Sen and Anna Sexton
    19. Teaching (like) crazy in a mad-positive school: exploring the charms of recursion by Danielle Landry and Kathryn Church
    20. Peer workers in the mental health system: a transformative or collusive experiment? by Celia Brown and Peter Stastny
    21. Dilemmas of identity and power by Alison Faulkner
    22. Is partnership a dirty word? by Cath Roper
    23. Co-creating the ways we carry each other: reflections on being an ally and a double agent by Reima Ana Maglajlic
    The search goes on


    Alan Ryan
    Reader in Politics, New College, Oxford. "..articles and reviews on topics ranging from medical ethics to children's literature"

    Ryan, A. 1970/Mill (2nd edition 1987) The Philosophy of John Stuart Mill. Macmillan

    Ryan, A. 1970/Social The Philosophy of the Social Sciences Macmillan

    Ryan, A. 1972 "Utilitarianism and bureaucracy" pp 53-54 in Sutherland, G. 1972

    Ryan, A. 1973 (Editor) The Philosophy of Social Explanation. Oxford

    Ryan, A. 1974 John Stuart Mill RKP

    Ryan, A. 1979 (Editor) The Idea of Freedom. Oxford

    Ryan, A. 1984 Property and Political Theory Blackwell

    Ryan, A. 1986 "Roger Scruton and neo-conservatism" in Cohen, G. and others, 1986

    Ryan, A. 1989 "Two concepts of politics and democracy" in Lively and Reeve 1989.


    Louise Ryan and Jon Mulholland

    Ryan, L. and Mulholland, J. 2014 "'Wives Are the Route to Social Life': An Analysis of Family Life and Networking amongst Highly Skilled Migrants in London" Sociology April 2014 48: 251-267

    See Subject Index Migration and Networks



    Elisheva Sadan

    Sadan, E. 1997 Empowerment and Community Planning: Theory and Practice of People-Focused Social Solutions. Tel Aviv: Hakibbutz Hameuchad Publishers [in Hebrew].

    Sadan, E. 2004 Empowerment and Community Planning Translated from Hebrew by Richard Flantz, available from http://www.mpow.org/

    Contents
    Introduction to the E-Book
    Foreword p.11
    Introduction p. 13
    Part One: Developing a Theory of Empowerment p.27
    Introduction p.29
    Chapter 1: Theories of Power p.33
    Chapter 2: Empowerment: Definitions and Meanings p.73
    Chapter 3: A Theory of Empowerment p.137
    Part Two: Developing Empowerment Practice in the Context of Community Planning p.169
    Introduction p.171
    Chapter 4: Community Planning p.177
    Chapter 5: Processes of Individual Empowerment in the Context of Community Planning p.193
    Chapter 6: Processes of Community Empowermentin the Context of Community Planning p.219
    Chapter 7: Community Planning as an Empowering Professional Practice p. 249
    Summary p.307
    References [to 1997] p.311
    Additional References [after 1997] p.345


    Claude-Henri de Saint-Simon 1760-1825

    Saint-Simon, C-H 1965 Claude-Henri de Saint-Simon La physiologie sociale. OEuvres choisies par Georges Gurvitch Selections from the works of Saint-Simon between 1803 and 1825, made with an introduction and notes by Georges Gurvitch, Professor at the Sorbonne. Paris: Presses universitaires de France, 1965, 160 pages. Available from http://classiques.uqac.ca//classiques/saint_simon_Claude_henri/physiologie_ sociale/physiologie_sociale.html


    Sara Salih

    Salih, S. 2002 Judith Butler Routledge Critical Thinkers.


    Andrew Sanders 1952- and Richard Young

    Sanders, A. and Young, R. 1994. Criminal Justice. London : Butterworths. 496 pages [A third edition published 2005]
    Contents:
    Part 1 Evaluating criminal justice: introduction; adversarial versus inquisitorial theories of criminal justice; crime control and due process; a typology of legal rules; the rights of victims; conclusion.
    Part 2 Stop and search: street policing in context; stop and search prior to PACE; stop and search after PACE; the impact of PACE; conclusions.
    Part 3 Arrest: introduction; the place of arrest in the criminal procress; the legal basis for arrest; arrest discretion and reasonable suspicion; remedies for wrongful arrest; conclusion.
    Part 4 In the police station: introduction, the powers and duties of the custody officer; detention without charge; the right to legal advice; police interrogation; the right of silence; remedies; conclusion.
    Part 5 Prosecutions: introduction; discretion; evidential sufficiency; the public interest; non-police prosecutions; conclusion.
    Part 6 Summary justice in the magistrates' court: introduction; legal aid and legal representation; pre-reial negotiation; magistrates' courts justice; conclusion.
    Part 7 Guilty pleas in the crown court: introduction; charge bargaining in the crown court; the sentencing discount in English law; sentence bargaining; the prospect of conviction; do the innocent plead guilty?; conclusion.
    Part 8 Trial by judge and jury: directed and ordered acquittals - weak cases?; the composition of the jury; the verdict of the jury; trial- procedure, evidence and law; evaluating the jury's performance; conclusion.
    Part 9 Remedies: introduction; civil actions; complaints against the police; exclusion of evidence; appeals against conviction; petitions to the home secretary; conclusion.


    Joseph Sandler, Alex Holder, Christopher Dare, and Anna Ursula Dreher

    Sandler, J., Holder, A., Dare, C., and Dreher, A.U. 1997 Freud's Models of the Mind by Joseph Sandler and others, with a foreword by Robert S. Wallerstein. Psychoanalytic Monographs; 1. London: Karnac. xvi and 203 pages.

    Papers by Joseph Sandler, Alex Holder, and Christopher Dare, which originated in the early seventies as a group of lectures by Sandler at the Institute of Psychiatry, University of London (Maudsley Hospital) and were subsequently revised and elaborated into a series of papers by Sandler, Holder and Dare, published in the British Journal of Medical Psychology between 1970 and 1978. Plus a twelfth paper, published in 1982. Also includes material necessary for the completion of the work, which has been added by Joseph Sandler and Anna Ursula Dreher along with extensive notes and commentary referring to later developments in psychoanalysis.

    Includes chapters on the affect-trauma frame of reference, the organisation of the mental apparatus in the topographic frame of reference, and the systems unconscious, pre-conscious and conscious within it. Chapters on dream processes, narcissism and object love, limitations of the topographical model and the transition to structural theory. In addition, the characteristics of the structural frame of reference and its three agencies is described. Particular attention is paid to the topographical frame of reference.


    Marco Santoro

    Santoro, M. 2011 "From Bourdieu to Cultural Sociology", Cultural Sociology Vol 5, issue 1, pp 3-23


    Lydia Sapouna

    Sapouna, L. 2012 "Foucault, Michel. Madness and Civilisation: A History of Insanity" Community Development Journal 2012 Volume 47, issue 4. pp 612-617.


    Sarbit, Bruce 1998 "Madness Silenced: A Foucauldian Reading of Paul Sayer's The Comforts of Madness." PSYART: A Hyperlink Journal for the Psychological Study of the Arts, article 971017. 6.11.1998. Available
    http://www.psyartjournal.com/article/show/sarbit- madness_silenced_a_foucauldian_reading_o


    Malcolm Sargeant

    Sargeant, M. 1997 "A study of the implementation of the Acquired Rights Directive in the United Kingdom and other member states of the European Community". A thesis submitted to Middlesex University in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. April 1997 available from http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/8026/


    Jean Paul Sartre Laing and Cooper

    Sartre, J.P. 1943 Being and Nothingness. An Essay on Phenomenological Ontology. (English 1958 Translation by Hazel Barnes, London)


    Ferdinand de Saussure 1857 - 1913 weblinks

    Saussure, F. 1916 Cours de linguistique générale

    Saussure, F. 1916/1959 Course in General Linguistics by Ferdinand de Saussure; edited by Charles Bally and Albert Sechehaye in collaboration with Albert Reidlinger. Translated from the French Cours de linguistique générale by Wade Baskin. New York : Philosophical Library, 1959. xvi and 240 pages. Available at https://archive.org/details/courseingenerall00saus


    Mike Savage, Fiona Devine, Niall Cunningham, Mark Taylor, Yaojun Li, Johs. Hjellbrekke, Brigitte Le Roux, Sam Friedman, and Andrew Miles

    Savage, M., Devine, F., Cunningham, N., Taylor, M., Li, Y., Hjellbrekke, J., Le Roux, B., Friedman, S. and Miles, A. 2013 "A New Model of Social Class: Findings from the BBC's Great British Class Survey Experiment" Sociology. First published online 2.4.2013. Available at http://soc.sagepub.com/content/47/2/219.full.pdf


    Thomas Scheff 1929- weblinks

    Scheff, T. 1966 Being Mentally Ill


    Schenk, G. 1961 The History of Man. Weidenfeld and Nicolson.


    Bart Willem Schermer

    Schermer, B.W. 2007 Software Agents, Surveillance, and the Right to Privacy: A Legislative Framework for Agent-Enabled Surveillance (Leiden) Amsterdam University Press, 2007 - 264 pages - Available from the Leiden University Repository at https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/handle/1887/11951

    "In our modern society we rely on information and communication technology for the spee, efficiency and security of many of our daily transactions and interactions. The use of these technologies almost always entails the keeping of electronic records. These are of great interest to law enforcement and intelligence agencies since they can be used to profile and monitor (potential) suspects. While this can enhance the security of our society, it may also form a potential threat to privacy and (individual) liberty. Software agents are intelligent computer programs able to perform tasks without direct human supervision. As such, they have the potential to overcome the information overload. In this thesis the use of software agents for surveillance purposes is examined. The goal of the thesis is to determine wether the legal framework for the protection of privacy and liberty in both the Netherlands and the United States is still adequate in the light of agent-enabled surveillance. In particular, the thesis explores wether the right to privacy is still an adequate means of protecting (individual) liberty in a society where software agents are able to overcome the information overload."


    Fritz Scheuren

    Scheuren, F. 2004 What is a Survey? available at http://www.whatisasurvey.info/


    Antonia Schier

    Schier, A. 4.2010 "A comparison of the perspective on authority and power in the work of Thomas Hobbes and Max Weber". Middlesex University essay April 2010.


    Margrit Schiller. March 1948-

    Schiller, M. 2007 "Es war ein harter Kampf um meine Erinnerung" : ein Lebensbericht aus der RAF" Margrit Schiller; mit einem Nachwort von Osvaldo Bayer ; herausgegeben von Jens Mecklenburg. Hamburg: Konkret Literatur Verlag. 270 pages. ["It was a tough fight to my memory": a life report of the RAF by Margrit Schiller; with an afterword by Osvaldo Bayer. edited by Jens Mecklenburg.

    Schiller, M. 2007/2009 Remembering the armed struggle : life in Baader-Meinhof by Margrit Schiller. Translation into English by Lindsay Munro of Schiller, M. 2007. foreword by Oswaldo Bayer. London: Zidane, 2009. xiv and 218 pages.


    Emerson Peter Schmidt

    Schmidt, E.P. 1937 (Editor) Man and Society: A Substantive Introduction to the Social Sciences New York, Prentice-Hall Inc. 805 pages. First printing June 1937 - Second October 1937 - Third February 1938
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Sociology and culture by Elio D. Monachesi pp 1-54
    Chapter 2: Social institutions by J. 0. Hertzler pp 55-89
    Chapter 3: Social anthropology by Wilson D.Wallis pp 92-143
    Chapter 4: Social psychology by Herbert Blumer pp 144-198
    Chapter 5: Psychology and some of its applications by Howard P. Longstafi pp 199-256
    Chapter 6: Modern criminology by George B. Vold pp 257-304
    Chapter 7: History by Lawrence D. Steefel pp 305-322
    Chapter 8: Human geography by Richard Hartshorne pp 323-379
    Chapter 9: Elements of political science by Evron M. Kirkpatrick pp 380-443
    Chapter 10: Popular participation in government by Joseph R. Starr pp 444-499
    Chapter 11: The machinery of government by Joseph R. Starr pp 500-544
    Chapter 12: The economics of price by Emerson P. Schmidt pp 545-591
    Chapter 13: The distribution of income by Emerson P. Schmidt pp 591-632
    Chapter 14: Economic security by Emerson P. Schmidt pp 636-697
    Chapter 15: Causal relationships and their measurement by Richard L. Kozelka pp 698-751
    Chapter 16: Social valuation by Mary J. Shaw pp 752-786


    Frederik L. Schodt 1950 -
    An American translator, conference interpreter, and author who spent much time in Japan and now lives in the San Francisco Bay Area of California. He specializes mainly in currents of thought flowing between Japan and North America.

    Schodt F.L 1986 Manga! Manga! The World of Japanese Comics Japan: Kodansha International Ltd.

    Schodt F.L 1993 America and the Four Japans: Friend, Foe, Model, Mirror Stone Bridge Press, 200 pages

    Schodt F.L 2007 The Astro Boy Essays: Osamu Tezuka, Mighty Atom, and the Manga/anime Revolution Berkeley, California: Enfield : Stone Bridge; Publishers Group UK [distributor]. xvi and 215 pages. Sixteen pages of plates.
    Contents
    Introduction
    Chapter 1: A National Icon
    Chapter 2: How "Mighty Atom" Came to Be
    Chapter 3: Designing a World
    Chapter 4: Mighty Atom, TV Star
    Chapter 5: Go Go Go, Astro Boy!!
    Chapter 6: An Interface between Man and Robot
    Chapter 7: A Medley of Messages
    Chapter 8: A Complicated Relationship
    Afterword
    Appendix A: Japanese and English Manga Title Names
    Appendix B: Japanese and English Animation Episode Titles
    Endnotes
    Bibliography (pages 204-211)
    Index

    Schodt F.L 2009 "Astro Boy Forever!" Breeze A Free E-Newsletter for Friends of Japan and Teachers of Japanese Autumn 2009: Issue number 39. Available at http://www.jflalc.org/index.php?seo_name=pub- breeze39&c_year=2014&c_month=03

    See Subject Index Culture - Manga



    (F) Ulrike Schuerkens
    Humboldt-University Berlin (Germany)
    Councillor of the IIS Board, 1996-2001

    Schuerkens, F.U. 1996 "Les congrés de l'institut international de sociologie de 1894-1930 et l'internationalisation de la sociologie". International Review of Sociology Volume 6, Issue 1, 1996, pp 7-24, Available in English translation as "The congresses of the International Institute of Sociology from 1894 to 1930 and the internationalization of sociology" at http://www.scasss.uu.se/iis//pdf/iishistory.pdf


    Norma Schulman

    Schulman, N. 1993 "Conditions of their Own Making: An Intellectual History of the Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies at the University of Birmingham". Canadian Journal of Communication, North America, 18, January 1993. Available at: http://www.cjc-online.ca/index.php/journal/article/view/717/623


    Fritz Schütze

    Schütze, Fritz (2003) "Hülya's Migration to Germany as Self-Sacrifice Undergone and Suffered in Love for Her Parents, and Her Later Biographical Individualisation. Biographical Problems and Biographical Work of Marginalisation and Individualisation of a Young Turkish Woman in Germany". Part I [33 paragraphs]. Forum: Qualitative Social Research 4(3), Art. 23, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114- fqs0303232


    Scollon, Ron 1987 Time and the Media available at http://www.ankn.uaf.edu/Curriculum/AxeHandleAcademy/axe/tm.htm


    Trent Schroyer

    Schroyer, T. 1973 The Critique of Domination: The origins and development of critical theory New York: George Braziller, 1973. 282 pages.


    Bruce Scott
    "Bruce Scott, PhD, completed his existential and phenomenological informed training in psychoanalysis with the Philadelphia Association in London".

    Professional website (includes charges for psychoanalysis)

    Scott, B. 2014 Testimony of Experience: Docta Ignorantia and the Philadelphia Association Communities Ross-on-Wye: PCCS Books 2014 xii and 241 pages

    "I heard Bruce speak recently at an R.D. Laing event in Glasgow University where he read first person stories, of former Kingsley Hall residents, from his book. It was one of the best bits about the event." Chrys Muirhead 23.11.2014

    "Presenting over 40-years-worth of the experiences of ex-residents of Philadelphia Association communities". "This book re-examines an ancient dictum which is dying out today - the Docta Ignorantia - the doctrine of wise unknowing." "is there room for wise unknowing in mental suffering in a world of certainty?"

    Contents: Part One: The Incomplete Project. Chapter 1: Introducing an incomplete project The incomplete project The Philosophical underpinnings of the Philadelphia Association Communities The state of homelessness and the medico-scientific technichisation of therapy Asylum and autorhythmia The Philadelphia Association communities and the honouring of true asylum Chapter 2: Into the paradox Introducing a necessary paradox Chapter 3: Method: Towards and in search of an anti-method The problem of scientific method The philosophical psychology of John MacMurray; the myth of progress The origins of western thought: An alternative way of seeing ourselves; an alternative way of living and re-search contra the medico-scientific psychological gaze Parmenides, Heidegger, and Levinas;the problematic of psychologism, Being, and the 'Other' The problem of health Statement for an anti-method Chapter 4: Practicalities of carrying out the research Outline of data collection Interview procedure Interviewees' characteristics Part Two: Tales from the Docta Ignorantia: Interviews with ex-residents Chapter 5: Diana Chapter 6: Cara Chapter 7: Roland Chapter 8: Joe Chapter 9: Rob Chapter 10: Rose Chapter 11: Julia Chapter 12: Simon Chapter 13: Sally Chapter 14: Thomas Chapter 15: David Chapter 16: Peter Chapter 17: Debbie Chapter 18: Lyn Part Three: Tales from the Docta Ignorantia: Analysis of Interviews Chapter 19: The unveiling and re-veiling of a research schema: Approaching an analysis of the interviews Introduction to the Docta Ignorantia Analysis of interviews: Approaching the Docta Ignorantia Schema of interviewees' discourse Chapter 20: The honesty of the perplexed and the honesty of perplexity: Analysis of interviews Diana; Roland; Joe; Rob; Julia; Simon; Sally; Thomas; David; Peter; Debbie; Lyn; Cara; Rose; Part Four: Summing up a necessary incomplete project Chapter 21: Meno, Montaigne, and the Docta Ignorantia Coda


    Jacqueline Scott, Judith Treas, and Martin Richards

    Scott, J., Treas, J. and Richards, M. 2004 The Blackwell Companion to the Sociology of Families Malden, Massachusetts; Oxford : Blackwell. xxv and 596 pages

    Part 1. Families in a global world
    Globalization and western bias in family sociology by Don Edgar
    Changing European families: trends and issues by Kathleen Kiernan
    Recent demographic trends in the US and implications for well-being by Sinikka Elliott and Debra Umberson
    Children, families, states, and changing citizenship by Hilary Land
    Families and local communities by Graham Crow and Catherine Maclean
    Part 2. Life-course perspectives on the family
    Generations, the life course, and family change by J. Beth Mabry, Roseann Giarrusso, Vern L. Bengtson
    Children's families by Jacqueline Scott
    Aging and the life course by Chris Phillipson and Graham Allan
    Parenting practices by Duane F. Alwin
    Time, through the life course, in the family by Jonathan Gershuny
    Part 3. Inequality and diversity
    Inequality and the family by Philip N. Cohen and Danielle MacCartney
    Families of the poor by Robert Walker and Claire Collins
    Social capital and the family by Frank F. Furstenberg and Sarah B. Kaplan
    Family, the state, and health care : changing roles in the new century by Ronald J. Angel and Jacqueline L. Angel
    Immigrant families in the US by Karen Pyke
    Immigrant families in the UK by
    Alison Shaw
    Part 4. Changing family forms and relationships
    Religion, romantic love, and the family by Bryan S. Turner
    Trends in the formation and dissolution of couples by Joanne J. Paetsch and others
    Children, families, and divorce by Jan Pryor and Liz Trinder
    The lesbian and gay family by Jeffrey Weeks, Brian Heaphy, Catherine Donovan
    Couples and their networks by Eric Widmer
    Men in families and households by David H.J. Morgan
    Part. 5. Changing social contexts
    Sex and family : changes and challenges by Judith Treas
    Feminism and the family by Michelle Budig
    Work and families by Shirley Dex
    Public policy and families by Wendy Sigle-Rushton and Catherine Kenney
    Assisted reproduction, genetic technologies, and family life by Martin Richards
    Families in a runaway world by Ulrich Beck and Elisabeth Beck- Gernsheim.


    John Scott 1949 -

    Scott, J. 1991 Social Network Analysis: A Handbook London and Calififornia: Sage. Second edition 2000.
    Contents: Networks and Relations - The Development of Social Network Analysis - Handling Relational Data Points, Lines and Density Centrality and Centralization Components, Cores, and Cliques Positions, Roles, and Clusters Dimensions and Displays

    Scott, J. 1994 Poverty and Wealth: Citizenship, Deprivation & Privilege London and New York. Longmans. "Considers the evidence of poverty and wealth in Britain from the nineteenth century to present day, drawing on the classic surveys on poverty undertaken by Booth, Rowntree and Townsend, and reviewing the leading debates on income distribution, property and wealth".

    Scott, J. 1996 Stratification and Power: Structures of Class, Status and Command Cambridge: Polity. x and 284 pages.
    Contents: 1. Images of Stratification. 2. From Max Weber: a Framework. 3. Class, Property and Market. 4. Status, Community and Prestige. 5. Command, Authority and Elites. 6. Property, Authority and Class Relations. 7. Structures of Social Stratification. 8. The Question of the Working Class

    Scott, J. 2011 Conceptualising the Social World. Principles of Sociological Analysis Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.


    Roger Scruton

    Scruton, R. 1980 The Meaning of Conservatism (Penguin paperback in 1980) (2nd edition 1984, Reprinted 1989 Macmillan)

    Scruton, R. 1982 A Dictionary of Political Thought   Macmillan and Pan

    Scruton, R. 1982/Kant Kant (Past Masters)



    Jeremy Seabrook 1939-

    Jeremy Seabrook's website. He describes himself as an author and journalist specialising in social, environmental and development issues.

    Seabrook, J. 1967 The Unprivileged: A Hundred Years of Family Life and Tradition in a Working-Class Street Longmans, Green, 1967.

    Seabrook, J. 1976 A Lasting Relationship: Homosexuals and Society Allen Lane

    Seabrook, J. 1980 Mother and Son Pantheon. (autobiography)

    Seabrook, J. 1982 Working Class Childhood Gollancz, 1982.

    Jeremy Seabrook and Trevor Blackwell

    Seabrook, J. 1985 Landscapes of Poverty, Oxford. Basil Blackwell. 175 pages.

    Seabrook, J. and Blakwell, T. 1988 The Politics of Hope: Britain at the End of the 20th Century. Faber

    Seabrook, J. 1.1988 The Race for Riches: The human cost of Wealth Marshall Pickering January 1988

    Seabrook, J. 2003 The No-Nonsense Guide to World Poverty New Internationalist Publications

    Seabrook, J. 2005 The No-Nonsense Guide to Class, Caste and Hierachies Rawat Publications


    Swee Khee Brenda Seah

    Seah, S.K.B. 2012 "The Drawn-Out Battle Against Stigma: Mental Health In Modern American Comics And Graphic Novels" March 2012. Paper given by Swee Khee Brenda Seah of Yale at the Third Annual Undergraduate Conference on Health and Society, Providence College. Available to download from http://digitalcommons.providence.edu/auchs/2012/panela1/1/


    Geoffrey Russell Searle 1940-

    Searle, G.R. 1971 The Quest for National Efficiency. A study in British politics and political thought 1899-1914 Berkeley : University of California Press. x and 286 pages.

    Searle, G.R. 1976 Eugenics and politics in Britain, 1900-1914 Series: Science in history; 3. Leyden : Noordhoff International Publishing. v and 147 pages. Available at http://www.arno.daastol.com/books/searle.rtf


    Peter Sedgwick 1934-1984

    Sedgwick P. 1973 "Illness - mental and otherwise" The Hastings Centre Studies 1. pp 19-40

    Sedgwick, P. 1971 "R.D. Laing: Self, Symptom and Society" in Boyers, R. and Orrill, R. 1971

    Sedgwick, P. 1982 PsychoPolitics. Pluto Press


    Beatrice Nancy Seear and Elaine Player

    Seear, B.N. and Player, E. 1986 Women in the Penal System by Baroness Seear and Elaine Player; report prepared for the Howard League for Penal Reform. London Howard League for Penal Reform, 1986. 20 pages.


    Segal, Lynne 2000 "Psychoanalysis and Politics - Juliet Mitchell Then and Now" Radical Philosophy September/October 2000 available at http://www.radicalphilosophy.com/default.asp?channel_id=2188&e ditorial_id=1 0003


    Steven Seidman

    Seidman, S. 1994 Contested Knowledge: Social theory in the postmodern era Blackwell Publishers.

    Revised editions in 1998 - 2004 - 2008 - 2012

    Contents of 4th edition (2008) include:
    Introduction.
    Part One: The Rise of the Classical Tradition:. Introduction. 1. The Idea of a Science of Society: The Enlightenment and
    Auguste Comte. 2. The Revolutionary Theory of Karl Marx. 3. The Promise of Sociology: Emile Durkheim. 4. The Ironic Social Theory of Max Weber. Afterword.
    Part Two: Rethinking the Classical Tradition: American Sociology: . Introduction. 5. The Grand Theory of Talcott Parsons and of Peter Berger and Thomas Luckmann. 6. The Scientific Theory of Randall Collins and Peter Blau. 7. The Moral Sociology of C. Wright Mills and Robert Bellah. Afterword.
    Part Three: Rethinking the Classical Tradition: European Theory:. Introduction. 8. The Critical Theory of Jurgen Habermas. 9. Stuart Hall and British Cultural Studies. 10. The Critical Sociology of Anthony Giddens and Pierre Bourdieu - (offline) - . Afterword.
    Part Four: Revisions and Revolts: The Postmodern Turn:. Introduction. 11. Post-Structural Theory: Jacques Derrida, Jean-Francois Lyotard, and Jean Baudrillard. 12. Michel Foucault's Disciplinary Society. 13. Zygmunt Bauman's Sociology of Postmodernity. Afterword.
    Part Five: Revisions and Revolts: Identity Politics and Theory: . Introduction. 14. Feminist and Gender Theory. 15. Critical Race Theory. 16. Lesbian, Gay, and Queer Theory. 17. Colonial Discourse Studies. Afterword.
    Part Six: Revisions and Revolts: Theories of World Order: . Introduction. 18. From Nation to Global Order: David Held and Mary Kaldor. 19. Global Capitalism: Immanuel Wallerstein and Manuel Castells. 20. The Return of Empire? Hardt and Negri, Harvey, Mann. Epilogue: Social Theory Today.


    Abigail Self, Jennifer Thomas and Chris Randall
    Office for National Statistics

    Self A, Thomas J, Randall C. 2012 Measuring National Well-being: Life in the UK (PDF). Office for National Statistics. 20.11.2012. Available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/dcp171766_287415.pdf


    Samuel Seyer

    Seyer, S. 1823 Memoirs Historical and Topographical of Bristol and it's neighbourhood, from the earliest period down to the present time Volume 2. By the Reverand Samuel Seyer, M. A. formerly of Corpus Christi College, oxford. Bristol: Printed for the author by John Mathew Gutch.


    Niaz A. Shah
    Lecturer in Law at the University of Hull, UK

    Shah, N.A. 2006 Women, the Koran and International Human Rights Law: The case of Pakistan Studies in religion, secular beliefs and human rights; 4. Leiden: Nijhoff. ix and 262 pages

    Claims that the original intention of the Koran was to protect the rights of women and raise their status in society, not to relegate them to subordination. Prooses a contextualised interpretation that would recapture the Koranic intention and spirit, using an Islamic (or insider) strategy to achieve gender equality in Muslim states and greater compatibility with international human rights.

    Shah, N.A. 2008 Self-defense in Islamic and International Law: Assessing Al-Qaeda and the invasion of Iraq New York; Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan. xiii and 192 pages.

    Argues that the concept of self-defense in Islamic and International law is compatible. Al-Qaeda's declaration of Jihad does not meet the Islamic legal test. Similarly, the invasion of Iraq does meet the international legal test.

    Shah, N.A. 2011 Islamic Law and the Law of Armed Conflict: The conflict in Pakistan London : Routledge. 165 pages.

    Demonstrates how international law can be applied in Muslim states in a way that is compatible with Islamic law.


    Sam Shakes 1972 -

    Sam Shakes BSc Health Studies (Middlesex University) has a particular interest in human behaviour and the drama of life experiences. Following illness, Sam qualified as a Chronic Disease Self-Management tutor and works freelance at a university. Her books are self-sufficient in themselves, but are also used as teaching aids. She is an aunt of Sade Oladejo

    SamShakes

    Shakes, S, 2010 Then Life Took Control: A Journal: From Sickness to Wellbeing London: Nature Inspired Books. 335 pages

    Shakes, S. 2014 The Happy Man who Refused Love and Help: A Fairy Tale by Sam Shakes illustrated by Judy Clarkson. London: Nature Inspired Books. A sixteen page booklet about murder and forgiveness. "Are you capable of murder?"

    Shakes, S. 2016 The Woman with a Fish in her Head: A Fairy Tale by Sam Shakes illustrated by Judy Clarkson. London: Nature Inspired Books. A twenty four page booklet inviting you to consider how people become so-called 'alcoholics'. It highlights the impact of community spirit.

    Sade Oladejo 23.9.2011 -
    A child with a passion for stories

    Oladejo, S. 2017 Sam Elbow - Naughty! A story composed by Sade Oladjo when she was four years old, written down by her aunt, Sam Shakes, and illustrated by Judy Clarkson. London: Nature Inspired Books. October 2017. A story about a very naughty girl, and what she and others did about her naughtiness.

    Sam Shakes and Andrew Roberts 2018 "Emotion - Sam Shakes' 2008 paintings". Unpublished memo (offline)


    Sharon Shalev

    Shalev, S. 2008 A Sourcebook on Solitary Confinement available at http://www.solitaryconfinement.org/sourcebook


    William (Wes) Sharrock 1943 -
    University of Manchester

    Wes Sharrock and Robert (Bob) John Anderson 1946-

    Sharrock, W. W. and Anderson, R.J. 1986 The Ethnomethodologists Key sociologists series. Chichester: Ellis Horwood, xii and 121 pages.

    Wes Sharrock - John A Hughes - Peter J Martin (1947- )

    Sharrock, Hughes and Martin 2003 Understanding Modern Sociology Sage
    Contents: The Background to Modern Sociology - Functionalism - The Frankfurt School and Critical Theory - Structuralism - Interactionism - Concluding Remarks


    Alison Shaw
    Oxford

    Shaw, A. 2004 "Immigrant families in the UK" in Scott, J. et al. editors.
    Blackwell Companion to the Sociology of Families. Oxford, Blackwell, pp.270-286.

    See Subject Index Migration



    Mary Shelley weblinks   Mellor   Roberts   Muriel Spark   Ty   Woodbridge

    Shelley, M. 1818 Frankenstein, or the Modern Prometheus available at http://etext.lib.virginia.edu/toc/modeng/public/SheFran.html ( University of Virginia)

    Shelley, M. 1826 The Last Man available with notes by Stephen E. Jones at http://www.rc.umd.edu/editions/mws/lastman/index.html

    The Last Man was out of print from 1833 to 1965

    Shelley, M. 1826/1965 The Last Man edited with an introduction by Hugh J. Luke, Junior. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1965. [Bison books]. New edition 2006 with an introduction by Judith Tarr

    Shelley, M. 1990 The Mary Shelley Reader: containing Frankenstein, Mathilda, tales and stories, essays and reviews, and letters edited by Betty T. Bennett and Charles E. Robinson. New York and Oxford: Oxford University Press.
    Contents: Frankenstein; or, the modern Prometheus (1818) -- Introduction to Frankenstein (1831) -- Mathilda -- Tales and stories: Recollections of Italy. The bride of modern Italy. Roger Dodsworth : The reanimated Englishman. The false rhyme. Transformation. The dream. The mortal immortal : a tale -- Essays and reviews: from Giovanni Villani. On ghosts. The English in Italy. from Modern Italy. Loves of the poets. from A review of William Godwin's Cloudesley. Preface to The poetical works of Percy Bysshe Shelley (1839) -- Preface to Rambles in Germany and Italy in 1840, 42, and 43 -- Letters: To Percy B. Shelley, 25 Oct. 1814. To Percy B. Shelley, 3 Nov. 1814. To Sir Walter Scott, 14 June 1818. To Isabella Hoppner, 10 Aug 1821. To Maria Gisborne, 15 Aug. 1822. To Lord Byron, 14 Dec. 1822. To Leigh Hunt, 9-11 Sept. 1823. To John Murray III, 8 Sept. 1830. To General Lafayette, 11 Nov. 1830. To Everina Wollstonecraft, 20 July 1840. To Edward Moxon, 14 July 1841.


    Alan Mark Sheridan-Smith 1934-
    Also known as Alan Sheridan

    Translator from French into English of works by Jean-Paul Sartre, Jacques Lacan, Michel Foucault and others


    Donald J. Shoemaker

    Shoemaker, D.J. 1984 Theories of Delinquency: An examination of explanations of delinquent behaviour New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press
    Summary: Theories of Delinquency provides a comprehensive survey of major theoretical approaches to the understanding of delinquent behaviour. It includes discussions of individualistic and sociological theories, as well as a discussion of classical theory, female delinquency, and theoretical integration.

    Shoemaker, D.J. 2010 Theories of Delinquency: An examination of explanations of delinquent behaviour (Sixth edition)
    Contents: Explanations of delinquency -- The
    classical school: issues of choice and reasoning -- Biological and biosocial explanations -- Psychological theories -- Social disorganisation and anomie -- Lower-class- based theories of delinquency -- Interpersonal and situational explanations -- Control theories -- Labelling theory -- The radical theory of delinquency -- Female delinquency -- Delinquency theory : an integrative approach.

    "Theories covered include biological and psychological explanations, anomie and social disorganization, differential association, drift theory, labeling theory, critical theories, and explanations of female delinquency."


    Alan Sica

    Sica, A. 1997 Acclaiming the Reclaimers: The Trials of Writing Sociology's History in Camic, C. 1997 pp 282-298


    Irving E. Sigel 1922 - 2006

    "Based on his theory of 'psychological distancing', Sigel's research focused on the capacity of young children for representative or symbolic thought, as well as on the conditions under which that thought develops." (source)

    Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George Forman

    Sigel, I.E., Secrist, A. and Forman, G. 1973 "Psycho-educational intervention beginning at age two: Reflections and Outcomes" by Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George in Stanley. J.C. 1973 Pages 25-62

    Irving E. Sigel and Rodney R. Cocking

    Sigel, I.E. and Cocking, R.R. 1977 Cognitive Development from Childhood to Adolescence: A constructivist perspective Principles of educational psychology series. New York and London: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. xv and 256 pages
    "Our purpose in writing this book is to review Piagetian theory..." (p.ix)


    Elizabeth Bortolaia Silva

    Silva, E.B. 1996 (Editor) Good Enough Mothering?: Feminist perspectives on lone mothering London: Routledge, 256 pages
    Contents:
    1. Good Enough Mothering? Editor's Introduction by Elizabeth Silva
    2. The Transformation of Mothering by Elizabeth Silva
    3. Deconstructing Motherhood by Carol Smart
    4. Mothering and Social Responsibilities in a Cross-Cultural Perspective by Henrietta L. Moore
    5. Diversity in Patterns of Parenting and Household Formation by Carolyn Baylis
    6. Mothers, Workers or Wives? Policy approaches to supporting lone mothers in comparative perspective by Jane Millar
    7. Rational Economic Man or Lone Mothers in Context? The uptake of paid work by Rosalind Edwards and Simon Duncan
    8. Parental Responsibility: The reassertion of private patriachy? by Lorraine M. Fox Harding
    9. Social Anxieties About Lone Motherhood and Ideologies of the Family: Two sides of the same coin by Mary McIntosh
    10. Debates on Disruption: What happens to the children of lone parents? by Louie Burghes
    11. Social Constructions of Lone Motherhood: A case of competing discourses by Ann Phoenix
    12. Unpalatable Choices and Inadequate Families: Lone mothers and the underclass debate by Sasha Roseneil and Kirk Mann
    "Summary: Currently, lone mothers and their children make up almost 20 per cent of families with dependent children in the UK, a threefold increase since 1970. Yet, while they are often cited by politicians as both a symptom and cause of social breakdown, relatively little is known of the causes, consequences and conditions of lone motherhood in Britain and throughout Europe. This study provides accounts of historical patterns of mothering and ideologies of the family, with cross-national comparisons of policies and experience of lone motherhood in developed and developing countries. Countries covered include: Britain, USA, Norway, South Africa, Kenya, Thailand, India, Brazil and the Carribean."

    Elizabeth B. Silva and Carol Smart

    Silva, E.B. and Smart, C. 1999 (Editors) The New Family? London : Sage Publications. viii and 177 pages.
    Contents:
    The 'New' Practices and Politics of Family Life by Elizabeth B Silva and Carol Smart
    Risk and Family Practices - Accounting for Change and Fluidity in Family Life by David Morgan
    Resourcing the Family - Gendered Claims and Obligations and Issues of Explanation by Sarah Irwin
    Transforming Housewifery - Dispositions, Practices and Technologies by Elizabeth B Silva
    A Passion for 'Sameness' - Sexuality and Gender Accountability by Gillian Dunne
    Everyday Experiments - Narratives of Non-Heterosexual Relationships by Jeffrey Weeks, Catherine Donovan and Brian Heaphy
    The 'New' Parenthood - Fathers and Mothers after Divorce by Carol Smart
    Generational Ties in the 'New' Family - Changing Contexts for Traditional Obligations by Joanna Bornat et al
    Brothers and Sisters, Uncles and Aunts - A Lateral Perspective on Caribbean Families by Mary Chamberlain
    Reconsidering Children and Childhood - Sociological and Policy Perspectives by Julia Brannen


    Georg Simmel (1858-1918) weblinks

    Simmel, G. 1894 "Le problème de la sociologie". Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1894

    Simmel, G. 1896 "Sur quelques relations de la pensée théorique avec les intérê:ts pratiques" Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1896

    Simmel, G. 1896tr. "Superiority and Subordination as Subject Matter of Sociology." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 2.

    Simmel, G. 1896/1897 "Comment les formes sociales se maintiennent" Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale 1896-1897

    Simmel, G. 1898tr. "The Persistence of Social Groups." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 4.

    Simmel, G. 1902tr. "The Number of Members as Determining the Sociological Form of the Group." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 8

    Simmel, G. 1903 "Die Grossstäudte und das Geistesleben", in Die Grossstadt a collection of lectures and essays by K. Bücher, F. Ratzel, G. v. Mayr, H. Waentig, G. Simmel, Th. Petermann und D. Schäfer. Dresden. (See below)

    Simmel, G. 1903/1950tr. "The Metropolis and Mental Life", translation of "Die Grossstäudte und das Geistesleben" in Simmel, G. 1950tr. pp. 409-424.

    Simmel, G. 1904tr. "Sociology of Conflict." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 9

    Simmel, G. 1904tr. "Fashion" International Quarterley 10 (1904), pp 130-155

    Simmel, G. 1906tr. "The Sociology of Secrecy and Secret Societies." Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 11

    Simmel, G. 1908 Soziologie: Untersuchungen ber die Formen der Vergesellschaftung Leipzig: Duncker and Humblot.

    Wikipedia: What is generally known as Simmel's "essay" on the Stranger was originally written as an excursus to a chapter dealing with sociology of space in his book Soziologie - (offline Stranger)

    Albion Small: Review of Simmel, Soziologie. American Journal of Sociology volume 14 (1909)

    Simmel, G. 1910tr. "How is Society Possible?" Translated by Albion Small - American Journal of Sociology volume 16

    Simmel, G. 1950tr. The Sociology of Georg Simmel edited and translated by K. H. Wolff, New York: Free Press


    Jerry Laird Simmons 1933-1.4.2003

    Jerry Laird Simmons assisted by Hazel Chambers
    University of California, Santa Barbara

    Simmons, J. L. Autumn 1965 "Public Stereotypes of Deviants" Social Problems Volume 13, No. 2 (Autumn, 1965), pp. 223-232
    Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/798906


    Ian Sinclair
    Previously a Research Professor in the Social Work Research and Development Unit at The University of York, UK

    Sinclair, I. and others 2007 The Pursuit of Permanence: A study of the English child care system Quality matters in children's services. London : Jessica Kingsley, 320 pages.
    Contents Introduction -- Who is looked after? the children's characteristics -- Who is looked after? the children's families, wishes and behaviour -- Groups of children and their chance of permanence -- Admissions and discharges -- The children and their different paths in care -- Going home and leaving care : the case studies -- Placements : how they are used -- Placements : how one leads to another -- Children based in care -- Children and outcomes -- Placements and outcomes -- Carers, homes and outcomes -- Teams and outcomes -- Councils and outcomes -- An overview.

    Summary: Children in public care complain that they have too many placements. Professionals agree but little is known about the reasons for this instability or how it affects different groups of children. The "Pursuit of Permanence" explores this core issue for children's services. Based on the largest study of the English care system in recent years, the book examines the children (what they need and what they want), their movements into, out of and within the care system, the nature and quality of their placements and the outcomes (whether the children are settled or happy). It analyses the reasons for movements and outcomes in different groups of children, and the relative impacts of the departments, social work teams and placements.


    Peter Singer 1946-

    Singer, P. 1980 Marx Past Masters. Oxford University Press, Oxford x and 82 pages.

    Singer, P. 1983 Hegel Past Masters. Oxford University Press, Oxford and New York
    Chapters:
    1: Hegel's times and life
    2: History with a purpose
    3: Freedom and community
    4: The odyssey of mind
    5: Logic and dialectic
    6: Aftermath

    Reissued as Hegel: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2001. Also included in full in German Philosophers: Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997


    Nicola Singleton, Howard Meltzer, Rebecca Gatward with Jeremy Coid and Derek Deasy

    Singleton, N., Meltzer, H., Gatward, R., Coid, J. and Deasy, D. 1998. Psychiatric morbidity among prisoners in England and Wales: the report of a survey carried out in 1997 by Social Survey Division of the Office of National Statistics on behalf of the Department of Health. London: The Stationery Office, 1998. Summary Report available at http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/psychiatric-morbidity/psychiatric-morbidity- among-prisoners/psychiatric-morbidity-among-prisoners--summary- report/index.html

    See Subject Index Mental health and prison


    Ambalavaner Sivanandan 1923-

    Sivanandan, A. 1991 Deadly Silence: Black deaths in custody Institute of Race Relations (Great Britain). 75 pages


    Burrhus Frederic Skinner (1904-1990) See weblinks - Morea

    Skinner B.F. 1935 "Two types of conditioned reflex and a pseudo type - From the biological laboratories of Harvard University" Journal of General Psychology, 12, pages 66-77 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Twotypes/twotypes.htm

    Skinner, B. F. 1937 "Two types of conditioned reflex: A reply to Konorski and Miller" Journal of General Psychology, 16, pages 272- 279 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/ReplytoK/reply.htm

    Skinner, B. F. 1938 The Behavior of Organisms: An Experimental Analysis

    "With the publication of his first book, The Behavior of Organisms (1938), B. F. Skinner launched a new science based on selection by consequences as the mechanism through which behavior changes during the lifetime of the individual. The book summarizes nearly ten years of research, spanning the years of Skinner's graduate school days at Harvard through his three years as a member of the Society of Fellows. In the book, Skinner defines his basic unit of behavior, which he named the operant, proposes rate as the basic datum, and describes his research program--to identify the variables of which behavior is a function.

    After publication of The Behavior of Organisms, Skinner continued research and writing at the University of Minnesota and at Indiana University before returning in 1948 to Harvard. He extended his scientific analysis to the design of cultures in Walden Two (1948), to verbal behavior (Verbal Behavior, 1957), and to the field of education (The Technology of Teaching, 1968). In 1971 Skinner published a best seller, Beyond Freedom and Dignity, addressing the implications of behavioral science for traditional notions of control. These endeavors, and many other articles and books, had their origins in The Behavior of Organisms which opened up a new frontier in the understanding of behavior." (Skinner Foundation description)

    Skinner, B. F. 1948 "'Superstition' in the pigeon" Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38, pages 168-172 available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Pigeon/

    Skinner, B.F. 1948 Walden Two. New York, Macmillan Co., 1948. 266 pages. Reprinted as a Macmillan paperback, New York: Macmillan, 1962

    "This utopian novel describes a fictional community designed around behavioral principles. The community is minimally consuming and minimally polluting, and it is egalitarian in the division of work. Its most controversial aspect is the communal raising of children and the educational system which teaches patience and how to handle destructive emotions such as jealousy along with normal academic subjects." (Skinner Foundation description)

    Skinner, B. F. 1950 "Are theories of learning necessary?" Psychological Review, 57, pages 193-216. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Skinner/Theories/

    Skinner, B. F. 1968 The Technology of Teaching

    Skinner, B. F. 1974 About Behaviorism, Lowe & Brydone (Printers) Ltd, Thetford, Norfolk, Great Britain.


    David Skinner

    Skinner, D. 2013 "'The NDNAD Has No Ability in Itself to be Discriminatory': Ethnicity and the Governance of the UK National DNA Database" Sociology October 2013 47: 976-992.

    (offline) - See subject index: genetics


    Barry Smart

    Smart, B. 1983 Foucault, Marxism and critique London : Routledge and Kegan Paul, ix and 144 pages.
    Contents:
    1. On the Limits and Limitations of Marxism
    2. Marxism, Theory and Politics
    3. Reaction, Revision and Criticism
    4. Genealogy, Critique and the Analysis of Power
    5. Discipline and Social Regulation
    6. Critical Analyses of Rationality

    Smart, B. 1985 Michel Foucault Chichester : Ellis Horwood, 1985. 150 pages.

    Smart, B. 2002 Michel Foucault London: Routledge, 2002. A revision of the 1985 edition. xv and 150 pages.
    Contents:
    Editor's Foreword Preface and Acknowledgements
    Reconsidering Foucault
    Introduction
    1. Major Themes and Issues
    1.1 On Confinement - madness, reason and the asylum
    1.2 The birth of the clinic
    1.3 An archaeology of the human sciences
    1.4 A theory of discourse
    1.5 From archaeology to genealogy
    2. Questions of Methods of Analysis
    2.1 Archaeology
    2.2 Archaeology and science
    2.3 Genealogy
    2.4 Science and critique
    2.5 On intellectuals
    3. Subjects of Power, Objects of Knowledge
    3.1 Discipline and punish
    3.2 Power, knowledge and the body
    3.3 Power
    3.4 Discipline and punishment
    3.5 Discipline
    3.6 The Carceral network and the formation of the human sciences
    3.7 On the subject of sexuality
    3.8 Sexuality and repression
    3.9 Classes of sex
    3.10 Power over life: a summary
    3.11 Objectification, subjectification, and the human sciences
    3.12 A genealogy of the subject
    3.13 The 'culture of self'
    4. The State, Resistance and Rationality
    4.1 Power and the State
    4.2 On the government
    4.3 The question of resistance
    4.4 Forms of rationality


    Carol Smart 1948-

    Smart, C. 1978 Women, Crime and Criminology : A Feminist Critique London : Routledge and Kegan Paul. 208 pages


    Samuel Smiles 1812-1904

    Smiles, S. 1859 Self-Help: With illustrations of character and conduct. London: John Murray, Albemarle Street. xii and 363 pages
    Available at https://archive.org/details/selfhelpwithill00smilgoog
    CHAPTER 1: Self-Help - National and Individual. Spirit of self-help - Institutions and men - National progress and decay - Government a reflex of the individualism of a nation - True liberty rests on character - Energetic self-help a prominent feature in the English character - The greatest workers have sprung from the ranks - Uses of biography - Marked individuality of the Englishman - His school of practical life - Opinions of foreigners as to English character : Goethe, Wiese, Rendu - Energy of character exhibited in the humbler ranks - Barbers- Shakespeare - Day- labourers - Weavers - Shoemakers - Tailors - Humble origin of many eminent men - Discovery of a geologist by Sir R. Murchison - Industry honourably recognised in England - Joseph Brotherton - W. S. Lindsay - The middle classes - Newton and Adams - Sons of clergymen - Sons of attorneys - Sons of tradesmen - Richard Owen - Individual application the price of success - Riches not necessary - The wealthy classes - Scientific men: Bacon, Boyle, Cavendish, Rosse - Eminent politicians : Peel, Brougham, Bulwer Lytton, Disraeli - The national character put to the test in India - Montalembert's opinion - Modern heroism. Pages 1-22
    CHAPTER 2: Leaders of Industry - Inventors and Producers. Industry of the English nation - Work the best educator - The great inventors principally working men - Forgotten inventors - Invention of the steam engine - James Watt - Establishment of the cotton manufacture - Sir Richard Arkwright - Hargreaves, Kay, Crompton, Roberts - Business qualities of Matthew Boulton - The Peels of South Lancashire - Robert Peel - His invention of calico printing - His character described by his son - The first Sir Robert Peel (of Bury), his success as a manufacturer - Josiah Wedgwood, founder of the Staffordshire Potteries; his industry, energy, and success - Herbert Minton - Industrial heroes. Pages 23-45
    CHAPTER 3: Application and Perseverance. Fortune on the side of the industrious - Genius is patience - Newton and Kepler - S. P. Bidder - Industry of eminent men - Repetition of effort - Sir Robert Peel's cultivation of memory in Drayton church - Facility comes by practice - Impatience deprecated - Cheerfulness - Sydney Smith, Dr. Hook - Hope, an important element in character - Carey, the missionary - Anecdote of Audubon, the ornithologist - Perseverance displayed in the discovery of the Nineveh marbles by Rawlinson and Layard - Sir Walter Scott's perseverance - John Britton - Loudon - Samuel Drew - Joseph Hume. Pages 46-69
    CHAPTER 4: Helps and Opportunities - Scientific Pursuits. No great result achieved by accident - Newton's discoveries - Dr. Young - Intelligent observation - Galileo - Inventions of Brown, Watt, and Brunel, accidentally suggested - Philosophy in little things - Franklin and Galvani - Discovery of steam power - Opportunity must be seized or made - Humble tools of great workers - Lee and Stone's opportunities for learning - Sir Walter Scott's - Dr. Priestley - Sir Humphry Davy - Faraday - Davy and Coleridge - Cuvier and Hugh Miller - Sir Joseph Paxton - Dalton's industry - Examples of improvement of time- Elihu Burritt - Daguesseau and Bentham - Melanchthon and Baxter - Writing down observations - Great note-makers - John Hunter ; his patient study of little things - Harvey - Jenner - Sir Charles Bell - Sir William Herschel - William Smith, the geologist - Hugh Miller - Sir R. Murchison. Pages 70-100
    CHAPTER 5. Workers in Art Sir Joshua Reynolds' belief in the force of industry - English artists self-educated - Michael Angelo an indefatigable worker - Art, a long labour - Wilson - Early indications of artistic taste - Hogarth's habits of observation and industry - Banks - Mulready - Kollekens - Career of Flaxman - Chantrey - Wilkie and Haydon - Turner - Privations endured by artists - Martin - Pugin - Kemp - Gibson - Thorburn - Noel Paton - Industry of musicians: Haydn, Beethoven, Bach, Meyerbeer - Dr. Arne - William Jackson. Pages 101-131
    CHAPTER 6: Industry and the English Peerage The peerage fed from the industrial ranks - Intermingling of classes - Peers among mechanics - Peerages founded by London tradesmen and merchants - Perseverance of Richard Foley, founder of the Foley peerage - Adventurous career of Sir William Phipps, founder of the Normanby peerage - Sir William Petty, founder of the Lansdowne peerage - Jedediah Strutt, founder of the Belper peerage - Naval and military peers - Peerages founded by lawyers - Lord Mansfield - Lord Tenterden - Lord Campbell - Lord Eldon - Lord Langdale. Pages 132-150
    CHAPTER 7: Energy and Courage Energy characteristic of the Teutonic race - The foundations of strength of character - Force of purpose - Power of will - Courageous working - The will practically free - Words of Lammenais and Buxton - Where there is a will there is a way - Suwarrow - Napoleon - Wellington - Promptitude of action - The energy displayed by Englishmen in India - Warren Hastings - Napier - The Indian swordsman - The recent Rebellion - The Lawrences - Nicholson - Siege of Delhi - Hodson - Missionary labourers - Howard - The career of Jonas Hanway - The labours of Granville Sharp - Clarkson - Fowell Buxton. Pages 151-189
    CHAPTER 8: Business Qualities. Hazlitt's definition of the man of business - His chief qualities - Men of genius men of business - Shakespeare, Chaucer, Spenser, Milton, Cowper, Scott, Wordsworth - Bicardo, Grote, Mill - Industry and application the price of success - Lord Melbourne's advice - The school of difficulty wholesome - Conditions of success in law - Too much ease not good for a man - Causes of failure - Every man his own best friend or worst enemy- Dr. Johnson on the alleged injustice of " the world " - Practical qualities necessary in business - Attention to small matters - Accuracy - Words of Mr. Dargan - Charles James Fox - Method - Lord Burleigh and De Witt, their despatch of business - Promptitude - Economy of time - Punctuality - Energy - Tact - Routine and Red Tapeism - The Duke of Wellington's career as a man of business - Honesty the best policy - Integrity in business - Words of Baron Dupin - Trials and temptations of trade - Confidence reposed by business men in each other - Dishonesty in business - The "happy warrior " - David Barclay Pages 190-214
    CHAPTER 9: Money - Use and Abuse The right use of money a test of practical wisdom - Economy necessary to independence - The improvident classes helpless - Im- portance of frugality as a public question - Words of Richard Cobden and John Bright - Independence within reach of most working men - High purposes of economy - Advice given to Francis Horner by his father - Robert Burns - Living within the means - Wasters - Running into debt - The debtor a slave - Haydon's debts - Fichte - Dr. Johnson on debt - The Duke of Wellington on debt - Washington - Earl St. Vincent - Beginning well - Living too high, a vice in England - Napier's general order to his officers in India - Resistance to temptation - Hugh Miller's case - High standard of living necessary - Secret of money-making embodied in popular proverbs - Career of Thomas Wright - All honest industry honourable - An illustrious sweep - Mere money-making - The "love of money" - Worldly success - The power of money over-estimated - Respectability, its highest standard. Pages 215-239
    CHAPTER 10: Self-Culture Culture must include all parts of man's nature - Physical culture - Words of Milton - Neglect of bodily exercise produces mental green-sickness as well as ill health - Words of Hodson - Free use of the body and limbs neglected - Uses of mechanical work - Early physical self-culture of Newton - Success of professional men very much a question of health - Lawyers and legislators - Lords Palmerston and Brougham - Health of Sir Walter Scott - The divines, Barrow, Fuller, and Clarke - Diligent application necessary for self-culture - Resolute purpose - Plodding is on the road of genius - Thoroughness - Lord St. Leonards and Bulwer Lytton - Definite objects in study - Having to rely upon one's own resources useful - Evils of want of confidence - Popular roads to knowledge - Labour-saving processes fallacious - Labour indispensable - Impatience to be avoided - The best culture is self-culture - Dr. Arnold - Knowledge and wisdom - "Knowledge is power," so is ignorance - Importance of literary culture probably overrated - Books not the best teachers - The discipline of life and action more valuable - Self-discipline and self-control - Self-respect - Knowledge as a means of " getting on " - Words of Southey - Competitive examination, its possible evils. Pages 240-264
    CHAPTER XI: Facilities and Difficulties. Facilities of modem times - Mechanism of the age - Words of Ruskin - Mechanical expedients of "progress " - Mechanical education - Cramming - Knowledge made pleasant - Amusement - Novel-reading - Pursuit of pleasure - Benjamin Constant - Augustin Thierry - Coleridge and Southey - Robert Nicoll - Uses of difficulty - Beethoven's opinion of Rossini - Mendelssohn - Experience learnt by encounter with difficulty - Adversity and prosperity - The battle of life an up-hill fight - Difficulty the best school of discipline - Disraeli, Henry Clay, Curran - Professors Murray and Moor - William Chambers - William Cobbett - Sir Samuel Bomilly - Dr. Channing - Professor Lee - Late learners - Illustrious dunces - Barrow, Clarke, Swift, Chalmers, Sheridan, Scott, Chatterton, Clive, Howard, and others - The difference between boys consists in energy - Their success in life depends on perseverance. Pages 265-292
    CHAPTER 12: Example - Models Example a great teacher - Influence of conduct - Parental example - No act without its train of consequences - Words of Babbage - Human responsibility - Every person owes a good example to others - Doing, not telling - Mrs. Ghisholm - Dr. Guthrie and John Pounds - Example works in unseen directions - Good models of conduct - The company of our betters - Francis Horner's views on personal intercourse - The Marquis of Lansdowne and Malesherbes - Fowell Buxton and the Gurney family - Personal influence of John Sterling - Influence of artistic genius upon others - Example of the brave an inspiration to the timid - Biography valuable as furnishing high models of character - lives influenced by biography - Bomilly, Franklin, Drew, Alfieri, Loyola, Wolfœ Horner, Beynolds - Examples of cheerfulness - Dr. Arnolds influence over others - Career of Sir John Sinclair. Pages 293-313
    CHAPTER 13: Character - The True Gentleman. Character the noblest possession of a man - Character of Francis Horner - Franklin - Character is power - Its higher qualities - Lord Erskine's rules of conduct - A high standard of life necessary - Truthfulness - Wellington's character of Peel - Be what you seem - Integrity and honesty of action - Importance of habits - Habits constitute character - Growth of habit in youth - Trivial things indicate character - Manners and morals - Civility and its opposite - Anecdote of Abernethy - Prejudices - Men of the great heart of no exclusive rank or class - The Gentleman - Lord Edward Fitzgerald - Honour, probity, rectitude - The gentleman will not be bribed - Anecdotes of Wellington and Wellesley - The poor may be rich in spirit - A noble peasant - Anecdotes of the Emperor of Austria, and two English navvies - Truth makes the success of the gentleman - Courage and gentleness - Gentlemen in India - Outram, Henry Lawrence, Lord Clyde - Private soldiers at Agra - The wreck of the Birkenhead - The exercise of power the crucial test of the gentleman - Sir Balph Abercrombie - Fullers character of Sir Francis Drake. Pages 814-334

    Smiles, S. 1866 Self-Help: With illustrations of character and perseverance. New Edition. London: John Murray, Albemarle Street. xviii and 415 pages


    Adam Smith Hayek - weblinks

    Smith, A. 1759 Theory of Moral Sentiments

    Smith, A. 1776 An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations


    David J. Smith

    "Crime and the life course" in the Oxford Handbook of Criminology


    Dennis Smith 1945-
    Professor of Sociology. Loughborough University, Leicestershire, England

    Smith, D. 1988 The Chicago School: A liberal critique of capitalism Basingstoke : Macmillan Education. x and 245 pages

    Smith, D. 1991 The Rise of Historical Sociology Polity Press. 231 pages

    Describes historical sociology as "the study of the past to find out how societies work and change",
    Discusses the work of: Talcott Parsons - Neil Smelser - Shmuel Eisenstadt - Martin Lipset - Thomas Humphrey Marshall - Reinhard Bendix - Bloch - Norbert Elias - Barrington Moore (Social Origins of Dictatorship and Democracy) - Edward Thompson (The Making of the English Working Class) - Theda Skocpol - Charles Tilly - Perry Anderson - Immanuel Wallerstein - Fernand Braudel - Michael Mann - W. G. (Garry) Runciman - Anthony Giddens.
    Identifies three periods since 1945. Periods shaped by 1) the battle with totalitarianism; 2) protest movements (student rights, black power, anti Vietnam war; women's movement; 3) fragmentation of the stable bipolar world of the Cold War.
    Contents:
    Part 1 Like a Pheonix rising.
    Part 2 Out of the ashes.
    Part 3 Taking flight.
    Part 4 Soaring high.
    Part 5 Historical sociology in the 1990s.

    Smith, D. 1999 Zygmunt Bauman: Prophet of postmodernity Key contemporary thinkers. Cambridge: Polity Press. xi and 250 pages
    Contents:
    Preface.
    Part I: Setting the Agenda:
    1. Living Without a Guidebook.
    2. No Easy Choices.
    3. Who is Zygmunt Bauman?
    4. The Power of the Past.
    Part II: The Road to Postmodernity:
    5. The Road to the West.
    6. The Road to Utopia.
    7. The Road to the Berlin Wall.
    8. The Trilogy.
    9. Bauman's Vision of Modernity and Postmodernity.
    Part III: Dialogue:
    10. Between Critical Theory and Post-Structuralism. The ambivalence of criticism.
    11. A Correspondence between Zygmunt Bauman and Dennis Smith. First letter. Second letter. Third letter. Fourth letter. Fifth letter.

    Smith, D. 2009 "Zygmunt Bauman, Strategic Disengagement and Sociological Hermeneutics" available at http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/ss/staff/staff_biog/d.smith/Zygmunt%20Ba uman,%20Strategic%20Disengagement%20and%20Sociological%20Hermeneutics.pdf


    William Robertson Smith

    Smith, W.R. 1.6.1880 "Animal Worship and Animal Tribes among the Arabs and in the Old Testament" Journal of Philology 9.17, pages 75-100

    Smith, W.R. 1881 The Old Testament in the Jewish Church

    Smith, W.R. 1882 The Prophets of Israel

    Smith, W.R. 1889 Lectures on the Religion of the Semites. First series. The Fundamental Institutions. Edinburgh, 1889.

    New Edition, Revised, London, Adam and Charles Black, 1894, available online at http://www.case.edu/univlib/preserve/Etana/Lectures/Lectures.html


    Charles W. Socarides and Loretta R. Loeb

    Socarides, C.W. and Loeb. L.R. 2004 (Editors) The mind of the paedophile: psychoanalytic perspectives London : Karnac, Forensic psychotherapy monograph series


    Social Policy Research Centre - Middlesex University

    http://sprc.info/

    BME Children in London: Educational needs and the role of community organisations. Available at http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/8248/1/DayMer_BME_Education_-_Final_Report.pdf


    Social Research Update edited by Nigel Gilbert

    Social Research Update is published quarterly by the Department of Sociology, University of Surrey, Guildford GU7 7XH, England.

    SRU 1 Analysing Qualitative Data by Computer by Nigel Fielding, March 1993

    SRU 2 Using Diaries in Social Research by Louise Corti, "March 1993" [Summer 1993?]

    SRU 3 Computer Assisted Personal Interviewing by Roy Sainsbury, John Ditch and Sandra Hutton, "March 1993" [Autumn 1993?]

    SRU 4 Exploring the Internet by Nicky Ferguson, "March 1993" [Summer 1995?]

    SRU 5 Ethnographic Writing by Martyn Hammersley, "March 1993" [Summer 1995?]

    SRU 6 Computer simulation of social processes by Nigel Gilbert, "March 1993" [Autumn 1995? Contains 1995 references.]

    SRU 7 Correspondence Analysis by Dianne Phillips, Winter 1995

    SRU 8 Telephone Interviewing Roger Thomas and Susan Purdon, Winter 1994

    SRU 9 Official Social Classifications in the UK by David Rose, July 1995

    SRU 10 Archiving qualitative research data by Louise Corti, Janet Foster and Paul Thompson, Autumn 1995

    SRU 11 Visual research methods by Marcus Banks, Winter 1995

    SRU 12 Elicitation techniques with young people by Neal Hazel, Winter 1995

    SRU 13 Comparative research methods by Linda Hantrais, Summer 1995

    SRU 14 Paying respondents and informants by Sonia Thompson, Autumn 1996

    SRU 15 Collecting data through joint interviews by Hilary Arksey, Winter 1996

    SRU 16 Occupational Gender Segregation by Robert M. Blackburn and Jennifer Jarman, Spring 1997

    SRU 17 Open and Closed Questions by Stephen Farrall, Jon Bannister, Jason Ditton and Elizabeth Gilchrist, Summer 1997

    SRU 18 Complexity Theory and Social Research by David Byrne, Autumn 1997

    SRU 19 Focus groups by Anita Gibbs, Winter 1997

    SRU 20 Finding information on the World Wide Web by Stuart Peters, Spring 1998

    SRU 21 Using e-mail as a research tool by Neil Selwyn and Kate Robson, Summer 1998

    SRU 22 Secondary analysis of qualitative data by Janet Heaton, Autumn 1998

    SRU 23 Multilevel models by Ian Plewis, Winter 1998

    SRU 24 Optimal matching analysis by Tak Wing Chan, Spring 1999

    SRU 25 The Use of Vignettes in Qualitative Research by Christine Barter and Emma Renold, Summer 1999

    SRU 26 Examining the paradox of achievement gaps by Stephen Gorard, Autumn 1999

    SRU 27 Anticipating the problems of contract social research by Anne Grinyer, Winter 1999

    SRU 28 Longitudinal Research in the Social Sciences by Elisabetta Ruspini, Spring 2000

    SRU 29 Safety in Social Research by Gary Craig, Anne Corden and Patricia Thornton, Summer 2000

    SRU 30 A re-examination of segregation indices in terms of compositional invariance by Chris Taylor, Stephen Gorard and John Fitz, Autumn 2000

    SRU 31 Translating from one language to another

    SRU 32 Soft Modelling the Predictors of Drug Treatment Use

    SRU 33 Accessing Hidden and Hard-to-Reach Populations: Snowball Research Strategies

    SRU 34 Undertaking Action Research: Negotiating the Road Ahead

    SRU 35 The Importance of Pilot Studies

    SRU 36 The Anonymity of Research Participants

    SRU 37 Citizens Juries

    SRU 38 Tools for Digital Audio Recording in Qualitative Research

    SRU 39 Ethics and equity: pursuing the perspective of non-participants

    SRU 40 Photo- Interviewing for research

    SRU 41 Online Resources for Social Survey Researchers by Julie Lamb, Autumn 2003

    SRU 42 Tracing and Mapping: the challenges of compiling databases and directories

    SRU 43 Analysing Complex Survey Data: Clustering, Stratification and Weights

    SRU 44 Telephone Focus Groups

    SRU 45 The Use of Piloting in an Application for Funding

    SRU 46 Personal agendas in emotionally demanding research

    SRU 47 Measuring quality of life using free and public domain data

    SRU 48 Exploiting freely available software for social research

    SRU 49 The ethics of Internet usage in health and personal narratives research

    SRU 50 Cognitive Interviewing as a Research Technique

    SRU 51 Research without Consent

    SRU 52 Mind- mapping

    SRU 53 In-depth interviewing by Instant Messaging

    SRU 54 Systematic reviewing

    SRU 55 R and Quantitative Data Analysis by Paul Webb, Spring 2009

    SRU 56 The ethics of the secondary analysis and further use of qualitative data

    SRU 57 Begin at the beginning... Using a lifegrid for exploring illness experience

    SRU 58 Researching ethnic inequalities Winter 2009

    SRU 59 Analysing Cognitive Interview data to Improve Cross-National Survey Questions

    SRU 60 Using NVivo Audio-Coding: Practical, Sensorial and Epistemological Considerations

    SRU 61 Internet Research and Unobtrusive Methods by Christine Hine, Spring 2011


    Sociological Society, London

    Sociological Papers London and New York: Published for the Sociological Society by Macmillan... 1905-1907.

    Sociological Papers 1904: Sociological Papers by Francis Galton, E. Westermarck, P. Geddes, E. Durkheim, Harold H. Mann and V. V. Branford, with an introductory address by James Bryce, President of the society">. Published for the Sociological Society by Macmillan... 1905. Available in the Internet Archive at (offline)


    Sociology A journal of the British Sociological Association.   http://soc.sagepub.com/

    Launched 1967:
    ISSN: 0038-0385 (Print)
    ISSN: 1469-8684 (Online)

    Sociology special issue February 1993

    Sociology Volume 47 Number 5 October 2013
    Special Issue: Genetics and the Sociology of Identity
    Editor-in-Chief: Christine Hauskeller
    Co-Editors: Steve Sturdy and Richard Tutton
    Contents
    Editorial Foreword: Genetics and the Sociology of Identity by Christine Hauskeller, Steve Sturdy and Richard Tutton p.875
    Articles
    Stigma, Self-esteem and Reproduction: Talking with Men about Life with Hypohidrotic Ectodermal Dysplasia Angus Clarke 887
    Beyond Hegemonic Masculinity: The Role of Family Genetic History in Men's Accounts of Health by Kate Reed 906
    Remediating Viking Origins: Genetic Code as Archival Memory of the Remote Past by Marc Scully, Turi King and Steven D Brown p.921
    Genetic Knowledge and Family Identity: Managing Gamete Donation in Britain and Germany by Maren Klotz p.939
    When is the Use of Race/Ethnicity Appropriate in Risk Assessment Tools for Preconceptual or Antenatal Genetic Screening and How Should it be Used? by Peter J Aspinall p.957
    'The NDNAD Has No Ability in Itself to be Discriminatory': Ethnicity and the Governance of the UK National DNA Database by David Skinner p.976
    Biocoloniality, Governance, and the Protection of 'Genetic Identities' in Mexico and Colombia by Ernesto Schwartz-Marín and Eduardo Restrepo p.993
    The Marketization of Identity Politics by Catherine Bliss, p.1011
    Book Reviews
    The DNA Mystique: The Gene as a Cultural Icon by Dorothy Nelkin and M. Susan Lindee. A symposium review by Jonathan Marks, Nina Hallowell, Hub Zwart and Brigitte Nerlich
    Race in a Bottle: The Story of BiDil and Racialized Medicine in a Post-Genomic Age by Jonathan Kahn
    Medicating Race: Heart Disease and Durable Preoccupations with Difference 2012 by Anne Pollock
    Reproductive Technologies as Global Form: Ethnographies of Knowledge, Practices, and Transnational Encounters 2012 by Michi Knecht, Maren Klotz and Stefan Beck (editors),
    The Genealogical Science: The Search for Jewish Origins and the Politics of Epistemology 2012 by Nadia Abu El-Haj
    Lenore Manderson (editor), Technologies of Sexuality, Identity and Sexual Health 2012

    See subject index: genetics


    Network The magazine of the British Sociological Association

    2003 Autumn
    "How being outside the acadamy stings" by
    Siew-Peng (Thornhill) Lee. pp 37-38

    109 2011 Winter
    "The riots: not so 'pure and simple' to exlain" pp 22-23
    Related to a conference: See Category Archives: English Riots



    Cultural Sociology A journal of the British Sociological Association

    Launched March 2007:

    March 2011; 5 (1): Special Issue: On the Shoulders of Pierre Bourdieu: A Contemporary Master in Chiaroscuro. Edited by: Marco Santoro. contents


    New Society

    Popular UK magazine launched late in 1962, on the model of New Scientist. Incorporated into New Statesman in 1988.

    New Society 1964 The Seven Ages of Man: A survey of the development of man through life: his body, his personality and his abilities. New Society.

    Subject index: Age


    Muriel Spark

    Spark, M. 1987 Mary Shelley Cardinal


    SparkNotes Study Guides
    http://www.sparknotes.com

    Can be referenced:

    SparkNotes Title web address

    Example

    Spark Notes Leviathan
    http://www.sparknotes.com/philosophy/leviathan/


    Charles Edward Spearman 10.9.1863 - 17.9.1945

    Spearman, C. 1904 "'General intelligence', objectively determined and measured". American Journal of Psychology, 15, pp 201-293. Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Spearman/


    Dale Spender 1943 -

    Dale, S. 1980 Man Made Language London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, xi and 250 pages

    Dale, S. 1982 Invisible Women: The Schooling Scandal

    Dale, S. 1983 There's Always Been a Women's Movement in the Twentieth Century

    Dale, S. 1985 For the Record: The Making and Meaning of Feminist Knowledge Women's Press

    Dale, S. 1989 The Writing or the Sex?, Or, Why You Don't Have to Read Women's Writing to Know It's No Good

    Dale, S. 1995 Nattering on the Net: Women, Power and Cyberspace Spinifex, 1995


    Herbert Spencer (1820-1903) weblinks

    Spencer, H. 1843 The Proper Sphere of Government London

    Spencer, H. 1851 Social Statics London, Chapman.

    Spencer, H. 4.1852 "A theory of population deduced from the general law of animal fertility" Westminster Review London, April 1852. Also published as a 35 page booklet by John Chapman, London, 1852.

    Spencer, H. 1855 The Principles of Psychology London, Longman, Brown, Green 1855. [Revised and enlarged to two volumes - London, Williams & Norgate, 1870, 1872].

    Spencer, H. 1857 "Progess: Its Law and Causes", The Westminster Review, Volume 67, April 1857

    Spencer, H. 1858 Essays, Scientific, Political and Speculative Volume one: London, Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans & Roberts, 1858 [Volumes 2 and 3, London, Williams & Norgate, 1863. Revised and enlarged edition, 3 volumes: London, Williams & Norgate, 1891.

    Spencer, H. 1861 Education, Intellectual, Moral and Physical London, Williams & Norgate

    Spencer, H. 1862 First Principles published in six parts between 1860 and 1862. Published as one volume (London, Williams & Norgate) in 1862. html of text available at http://socserv.mcmaster.ca/~econ/ugcm/3ll3/spencer/firprin.html

    Spencer, H. 1864 The Principles of Biology 2 volumes (London, Williams & Norgate, 1864, 1867). Revised and enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1898 [1888?], 1899).
    Enlargements (1899?) overseen by William Bate Hardy (biologist), William Henry Perkin (chemist), and Arthur George Tansley (botanist)
    As planned:
    Volume 1. Part 1. The data of biology - Including those general truths of physics and chemistry with which rational biology must set out.
    Volume 1. Part 2. The inductions of biology - A statement of the leading generalizations which naturalists, physiologists, and comparative anatomists, have established.
    Volume 1. Part 3. The evolution of life. - Concerning the speculation commonly known as "The Development Hypothesis" - its a priori and a posteriori evidences.
    Volume 2. Part 4. Morphological development - Pointing out the relations that are everywhere traceable between organic forms and the average of the various forces to which they are subject; and seeking in the cumulative effects of such forces a theory of the forms.
    Volume 2. Part 5. Physiological development. - The progressive differentiation of functions similarly traced; and similarly interpreted as consequent upon the exposure of different parts of organisms to different sets of conditions.
    Volume 2. Part 6. The laws of multiplication. - Generalizations respecting the rates of reproduction of the various classes of plants and animals; followed by an attempt to show the dependence of these variations upon certain necessary causes.

    Spencer, H. 1873 The Study of Sociology London, King

    Spencer, H. and others 1873 Descriptive Sociology; or Groups of Sociological Facts, parts 1-8, classified and arranged by Spencer, compiled and abstracted by David Duncan, Richard Schepping, and James Collier. London, Williams & Norgate, 1873-1881.

    Spencer, H. 1874 The Principles of Sociology. 3 volumes, 8 parts; volume 1, 3 parts (New York, Appleton, 1874-1875), enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1876), enlarged (London, Williams & Norgate, 1885), volume 2, part 4, published as Ceremonial Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1879), volume 2, part 5, published as Political Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1882), volume 3, part 6, published as Ecclesiastical Institutions (London, Williams & Norgate, 1885), volume 3, parts 6-8 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1896).
    CONTENTS: Vol. 1: pt. 1. The data of sociology. pt. 2. The inductions of sociology. pt. 3. The domestic relations; Vol. 2: pt. 4. Ceremonial institutions. pt. 5. Political institutions; v. 3: pt. 6. Ecclesiastical institutions. pt. 7. Professional institutions. pt. 8. Industrial institutions.]

    Spencer, H. 1879 The Principles of Ethics, 2 volumes, 6 parts, volume 1, part 1, published as The Data of Ethics (London, Williams & Norgate, 1879); volume 2 part 4, published as Justice (London, Williams & Norgate, 1891), volume 1, parts 1, 2, and 3 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1892), volume 2, parts 4, 5, and 6 (London, Williams & Norgate, 1893).

    Spencer, H. 1884 The Man 'versus' the State London & Edinburgh, Williams & Norgate

    Spencer, H. 1893 The Factors of Organic Evolution London, Williams & Norgate

    Spencer, H. 1897 Various Fragments London, Williams & Norgate, 1897. Enlarged: London, Williams & Norgate, 1900.

    Spencer, H. 1902 Facts and Comments London, Williams & Norgate

    Spencer, H. 1904 An Autobiography. Two volumes. London, Williams & Norgate


    Manfred Spitzer 27.5.1958-

    Manfred Spitzer, Friedrich Uehlein, Michael A. Schwartz and Christoph Mundt

    Spitzer, M., Uehlein, F., Schwartz , M. A. and Mundt, Ch. 1992 (editors) Phenomenology, Language and Schizophrenia New York : Springer-Verlag. viii and 389 pages
    Proceedings from an international conference sponsored by the psychiatric University Hospital, Heidelberg, and held at the University of Freiburg in 1988 and at Harvard University in 1989.
    Phenomenology represents a mainstream in the philosophy of subjectivity as well as a rich tradition of inquiry in psychiatry. The conceptual and empirical study of language has become increasingly relevant for psychiatric research and practice. Schizophrenia is still the most enigmatic and relevant mental disorder. This volume represents an attempt to bring specialists from different fields together in order to integrate various conceptual and empirical approaches for the benefit of schizophrenic research.

    Contents:

    Preface
    Introduction
    Phenomenology, Language & Schizophrenia:
    Introduction and Synopsis by M. Spitzer, F.A. Uehlein, M.A. Schwartz p.3
    The History of Psychiatry in Heidelberg by Ch. Mundt p. 16
    Phenomenology
    Phenomenology and Psychiatry by M. Spitzer, F.A. Uehlein p. 35
    PhenomenologicaVDescriptive Psychiatry: The Methods of Edmund Husserl and Karl Jaspers by D.P. Wiggins, M.A. Schwartz, M. Spitzer p. 46
    Phenomenology: Intentionality, Passive Synthesis, and Primary Consciousness of Time by F.A. Uehlein 70
    Eidos and Eidetic Variation in Husserl's Phenomenology F.A. Uehlein . 88
    Eidetic and Empirical Research: A Hermeneutic Complementarity ]. Sadler . 103
    Emil Kraepelin and Philosophy P. Hoff . 115
    Schizophrenia, Delusions, and Heidegger's "Ontological Difference" L.A. Sass 126
    Language and Cognition
    Phenomenological Aspects on "Zerfahrenheit" and Incoherence H. Sass 147
    Word-associations in Experimental Psychiatry: A Historical Perspective M. Spitzer 160
    Language Planning and Alterations in the Experience of Will R. Hoffman 197
    The Structure of Schizophrenic Incoherence J. Frommer, W. Tress . 211
    Cognitive Abnormalities and the Symptoms of Schizophrenia D.R. Hemsley . 221
    Are Latent Thought Disorders the Core of Negative Schizophrenia? W. Barnett, Ch. Mundt 240
    Clinical and Experimental Analysis of Motor Phenomena in Schizophrenia I.e. Manschreck 258
    Lateralized Information Processing and Emotional Stimulation Schizophrenia and Depression M. Funfgeld, RA. Fehrenbach, R Wilkening, U. Wichmann-Franke, H. Maes, G. Depen p. 274
    Preattentive Perception? Limited Capacity Channel system? What is Different in Schizophrenic Information Processing? R Hess, U. Schu, P. Muller, R Schuttler . 290
    Delusions The Phenomenology of Schizophrenic Delusions M.A. Schwartz, D.P. Wiggins . 305
    Rationality and Delusional Disorders G. Gillet . 319
    The Role of Affect in Delusion Formation M. Spitzer 331
    The Brain's Capacity to Form Delusions as an Evolutionary Strategy for Survival E.M. Hundert . 346
    Thought Insertion and Insight: Disease and Illness Paradigms of Psychotic Disorder K.W.M. Fulford . . 355
    Subjectivity, Error Correction Capacity, and the Pathogenesis of Delusions of Reference H. Emrich 372

    Mundt, Ch. (1992). The History of Psychiatry in Heidelberg. In M.Spitzer, F. Uehlein, M. A. Schwartz, & Ch. Mundt (Eds.), Phenomenology, langua ge & schizophrenia (pp. 16-31). New York: Springe


    Patsy Staddon 1944? -
    Visiting fellow at the University of Plymouth and a survivor researcher in the sociology of alcohol and mental health.

    Staddon, P. 11.5.2009 "Women, alcohol and mental health: achieving authenticity in a hostile environment". Presentation 11.5.2009 Researching in Mental Health: Sociological and Service User/Survivor Perspectives seminar.

    Staddon, P. 8.2009 "Making whoopee?" An exploration of understandings and responses around women's alcohol use Ph.D Thesis. August 2009

    Staddon, P. 11.2011 "Service user led research in the NHS: Wasting our time?" in Critical Perspectives on User Involvement edited by Marian Barnes and Phil Cotterell.

    Staddon, P. 2013 (Editor) Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives Policy Press.

    Proposed Publication date: 15.7.2013 - website - web archive hardback (£70) publication date 12.6.2013 - web archive paperback (£24.99) publication date 14.1.2015.

    Outlines of chapters by Policy Press


    Contents

    1: Sociology and survivor research: an introduction by Angela Sweeney
    Describes the origins of the book in a British Library seminar series, a milestone in survivor research. Angela claims (pages 6-7) that seminar series and book show sociology as engagemed with survivors' voices and with participatory and survivor controlled research "on an equal footing". However, Angela outlines the historical relationship between sociology and the voices of marginalised people and argues that theorists including Foote Whyte, Erving Goffman, and David Pilgrim and Anne Rogers have both advanced and undermined survivors' voices. Historically, survivors' voices are almost silent in sociology, with survivors rarely speaking for themselves and producing their own theories of madness and distress. As survivor researchers reclaim their voices (page 4 following) through survivor research, they challenge the sociological tradition of understanding and representing worlds through the lens of detached academic interpretation.

    2: Mental health service users' experiences and epistemological fallacy by Hugh Middleton

    3: Doing good carer-led research: reflecting on 'Past Caring' methodology by Wendy Rickard and Rachel Purtell

    4: Theorising service user involvement from a researcher perspective by Katherine C. Pollard and David Evans

    5: How does who we are shape the knowledge we produce? Doing collaborative research about personality disorders by Steve Gillard, Kati Turner and Marion Neffgen
    Describes a project about personality disorders and recovery where 'service user involvement' in research is seen actively to shape the research evidence base. 'Coproduction' of scientific knowledge critically explores not just the 'lay' contribution to science but also how the established academic or university knowledge base itself shapes new knowledge produced through research. The research team comprised a service user researcher, a clinical researcher and a university researcher. Interviews were conducted jointly, and interview data was analysed by the whole team. The extent to which team members' personal and professional backgrounds impacted on the analysis process was examined from documentary records and reflective diaries. It was concluded that it is not just 'who we are' that shapes the production of knowledge. A moral, discursive practice enacted within the collaborative team enabled new understandings of the lived experience of personality disorders and is of applied relevance to medical practitioners.

    6: Where do service users' knowledges sit in relation to professional and academic understandings of knowledge? by Peter Beresford and Kathy Boxall

    7: Recognition politics as a human rights perspective on service users' experiences of involvement in mental health services by Lydia Lewis

    8: Theorising a social model of 'alcoholism': service users who misbehave by Patsy Staddon

    9: 'Hard to reach'? Racialised groups and mental health service user involvement by Jayasree Kalathil
    'User involvement' in mental health is generally understood to mean specific activities involving service users, often driven by policy, and often defined by the organisation setting up those activities. Existing (limited) research in this area concludes that there is an 'underrepresentation' of service users and survivors from racialised groups in user involvement initiatives, despite continuing overrepresentation of people from many minority ethnic communities within mental health services.

    10: Individual narratives and collective knowledge: capturing lesbian, gay and bisexual service user experiences by Sarah Carr

    11: Alternative futures for service user involvement in research by Hugh McLaughlin
    Potential futures for service user researchers and co-researchers critically examined. First critiques the notion of a service user and identifies a typology of involvement. Then begins to tease out differing types of service user involvement in research as; direct, indirect or as an alternative research team member. Each of these types has their own strengths and weaknesses. Following this, how these types suggest potential alternative futures for service users in health and social care research is considered, acknowledging that the involvement can be both meaningful and meaningless.

    12: Brief reflections by Patsy Staddon.

    Subject index: Survivor research

    Staddon, P. 2015 Women and alcohol: Social perspectives Policy Press. 224 pages. Paperback published 3.6.2015 - See more at: website


    Andrew Stafford

    Stafford, A. 1995 Roland Barthes, 1947-1960: Journalism, sociology and the popular theatre. Thesis submitted to the University of Nottingham for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, May 1995. Available at http://etheses.nottingham.ac.uk/978/

    Abstract: This thesis situates the writings of Roland Barthes in the immediate postwar period. Whilst Barthes's thought has generally been appreciated for its theoretical innovations, this study identifies the historical and cultural influences behind his theories. His first permanent job in 1960, at the age of forty-five, ended a decade of career and financial uncertainties, during which he had been, above all, a journalist. His most famous book, Mythologies, consists of articles which were originally part of a monthly column appearing in the left-wing journal Les Lettres nouvelles between 1954 and 1956; this column helped to inflect the journal's attitude towards events such as decolonization. At the same time, he was active in the popular theatre movement, writing for Theatre populaire and defending Brechtian theatre. Barthes was also a pioneer of analytical tools in the social sciences. An avid reader of Michelet's attempts to 'resurrect' those who had been excluded by traditional historical narratives, Barthes valued the new history-writing of the Annales. He suggested a historical materialist analysis which, underlining the voluntarist nature of history, tried to resolve two historiographical dilemmas. Firstly, how could historical representation incorporate both continuity and change? Secondly, could a scientific, objective description of reality be reconciled with its partisan, subjective explanation? Undermining his earlier voluntarist view of history, the first dilemma was resolved by semiology: change and continuity were reconciled by showing forms functioning in a system. In the second the committed sociologist and critic could use the 'dialectique d'amour' to denounce and explain the alienation caused by bourgeois myths. However, whilst developing his semiological analysis, Barthes also concluded that a representation of both subjective and objective reality led to the exclusion of the committed critic. Finally, this thesis will suggest how Barthes's experiences and theoretical developments can be linked to his political views in this immediate postwar period.


    Tom Standage 1970?-
    Digital editor at The Economist

    Standage, T. 2013 Writing on the Wall: Social media - the first 2,000 years London : Bloomsbury.

    See Subject Index Media - Social Media


    Julian Cecil Stanley 9.7.1918 - 12.8.2005
    Department of Psychology,
    Johns Hopkins University

    Stanley. J.C. 1972 (editor), Preschool Programs for the Disadvantaged: Five experimental approaches to early childhood education. Proceedings of the First Hyman Blumberg Symposium on Research in Early Childhood Education, Johns Hopkins University, 1971. Edited by Julian C. Stanley. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins University Press [1972]

    Stanley. J.C. 1973 (editor), Compensatory education for children, ages 2-8 : recent studies in educational intervention; proceedings [1972] Baltimore and London: John Hopkins University Press.
    Contains:
    "Introduction and Critique" by Julian C. Stanley
    "Research on Sesame Street: Some Implications for Compensatory Education" by Samuel Ball and Gerry Ann Bogatz.
    "Psycho-educational intervention beginning at age two: Reflections and Outcomes" by Irving E Sigel, Ada Secrist, and George Forman. Pages 25-62
    "Planned Variation in Head Start and Follow Through" by Joan S. Bissell.
    "Evaluation and implications of Research with Young Handicapped and Low-income Children" by Merle B. Karnes.
    "Disadvantaged Children and Their First School Experiences, ETS-Head Start Longituddinal Study" by Viginia C. Shipman.
    "Educational Compensation and Evaluation: A Critique" by Scarvia B. Anderson. pages 196-


    Liz Stanley 1947-
    Professor of Sociology an Director of the Centre for Narrative and Auto/Biographical Studies at Edinburgh

    Stanley, L. 1992 The auto/biographical I: The theory and practice of feminist auto/biography Manchester: Manchester University Press. 289 pages.
    Contents
    Introduction: On feminism, culture politics and post/modern selves; enter the author, the auto/biographical I.
    Part 1 On auto/bimography: fictions and lives; the presumptive feminist reinscribing "bio" in autography; a biographer manque.
    Part 2 On (auto)biography: biography as microscope or kaleidoscope? - the case of "power" in Hanah Cullwick's relationship with Arthur Munby; how Olive Schreiner vanished, leaving behind only her asthmatic personality; feminism and friendship.
    Part 3 On feminist auto/biography: is there a feminist auto/biography?.
    This feminist literary study discusses postmodern ideas about the self, particularly about the way in which selves are constructed by biography and autobiography. The author particularly examines the manner in which women write about themselves.

    Stanley, L. 1993 "Biography and autobiography in sociology" Edited by Liz Stanley and others Sociology [Special issue] Durham: British Sociological Association. 197 pages
    Special issue Vol. 27, no. 1 (Feb. 1993) of Sociology : the journal of the British Sociological Association

    Contents:

  • Editorial Introduction, pp. 1-4
  • "Reading Lives: How the Personal Might be Social" by Mary Evans. pp. 5-13 Through biography and autobiography it is possible to see how specific people internalise particular social expectations and aspirations. Includes Simone de Beauvoir and Virginia Woolf as examples.
  • "The Problem of other Lives: Social Perspectives on Written Biography" by Michael Erben. pp. 15-25. Wilhelm Dilthey and others were early proponents of a sociology of biography. Their work has not been greatly developed, but through Paul Ricoeur's work on the nature of narrativity, time and interpretation, and other people's work, a hermeneutics of biography has now begun
  • "Writing to the Archive: Mass-Observation as Autobiography" by Dorothy Sheridan. pp. 27-40.
  • "On Auto/Biography in Sociology" by Liz Stanley. pp. 41-52
  • "The Textual Disembodiment of Knowledge in Research Account Writing" by Judith Aldridge. pp. 53-66
  • "Weaving Stories: Personal Auto/Biographies in Feminist Research" by Pamela Cotterill and Gayle Letherby. pp. 67-79
  • "Facts or Fictions? Aspects of the Use of Autobiographical Writing in Undergraduate Sociology" by Jane Ribbens. pp. 81-92
    "Sociology undergraduates are generally routinely trained not to use the first person nor to incorporate personal experience in their academic writing. In this article, I question this, arguing instead for the value of autobiographical writing as part of undergraduate sociology, and pointing to some of the sociological traditions that would support such an approach. Drawing on the experience of inviting sociology students to undertake autobiographical writing for a course on `Gender Inequalities', I examine some aspects of how we may regard such work in sociological terms, in particular, how to regard the truth-claims of autobiographical writing. I suggest that, rather than seeing a dichotomous choice between treating such writing as facts or fictions, we need instead to consider how our subjectivity is itself socially constructed. Society thus can be seen to occur `inside' ourselves. To use ourselves as sources for sociological analysis is a challenging project requiring students to learn to regard their autobiographies in terms of how sociological audiences will receive them."
  • "Taking it Personally: A Note on Emotion and Autobiography" by Ruth Wilkins. pp. 93-100
  • "A Note on Ethical Issues in the Use of Autobiography in Sociological Research" by Barbara Harrison and E. Stina Lyon. pp. 101-109
    Feminists' ethical concerns with power relations in research remain pertinent in the production and use of autobiography.
  • "Healing Sylvia: Accounting for the Textual `Discovery' of Unconscious Knowledge" by Michele L. Davies. pp. 110-120
  • "Accounting for Augustus Lamb: Theoretical and Methodological Issues in Biography and Historical Sociology" by Hilary Dickinson. pp. 121-132
  • "Called to Account: The CV as an Autobiographical Practice" by Nod Miller and David Morgan, pp. 133-143
    "seeks to show how the insights of Goffman might contribute to an understanding".
  • "`He's a Liar, I'm Afraid': Truth and Lies in a Narrative Account" by Anthony Rosie. pp. 144-152
  • "Ageing and Biography: The Letters of Bernard and Mary Berenson" by Bill Bytheway, pp. 153-165
  • "Life Stories and Social Careers: Ageing and Social Life in an Ex- Mining Town" by Robin Humphrey. pp 166-178
    "puts forward the notion of a social career" - "includes a comparison between the social career and the life course approach and a discussion of continuities and discontinuities in social careers, the latter being identified as the consequence of `career breaks'".


    Martin Staum 9.7.1943 -

    Staum, M. 2007 "'Race' and gender in non-Durkheimian French sociology, 1893-1914" Canadian Journal of History 42,2 Autumn, 2007, pp 183-208. Available online at http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa3686/is_2_42/ai_n29396954/


    George Steinmetz

    Steinmetz, G. 2011 "Bourdieu, Historicity, Historical Sociology", Cultural Sociology Vol 5, issue 1, pp 45-66


    James Steintrager

    Steintrager, J. 1977 Bentham Political thinkers series, volume five; London : Allen and Unwin. 133 pages. Republished London : Routledge, 2004,

    "Challenging the accepted interpreations of Bentham's political thought and in particular the landmark criticism by John Studart Mill and Elie Halevy, the author consulted the extensive manuscript collections left by Bentham to the University of London and the British museum in the preparation of this volume"


    Ed Stephan - 27.12,1939

    Stephan, E. 1995- The Division of Territory in Society an online book of size-density and time-minimization research added to website Summer 1995. Added to the Internet Online Books 18.7.1995. (archive).

    Stephan, E. 11/12.1995- "Demography on Postage Stamps" Topical Time, the Journal of Thematic Philately The American Topical Association, Volume 46, No. 6, Whole Number 174, November-December, 1995 pp 28-32. Available in a slightly altered form at http://www.edstephan.org/webstuff/topical/topical.html

    Stephan, E. 1996- Timeline of Sociology A listing of on-line biographies and books from 1600, Winter 1996 (archive)

    demography timeline, modelled on the Sociology Timeline but starting in 3,800BC, was first recorded by the web archive on 6.10.2003.


    Geoffrey Michael Stephenson

    Stephenson, G.M. 1992 The Psychology of Criminal Justice Oxford, UK ; Cambridge, Massachusetts: Blackwell, 1992.
    Contents: Acknowledgements. List of Figures. List of Tables. Introduction. 1. Who is the criminal? 2. Are Criminals Morally Immature? 3. Preparedness for Crime. 4. Calculating Criminal Behavior. 5. Criminal- Victim Interaction. 6. Social Psychology of Criminal Liability. 7. Police on Crime. 8. Stories in Court. 9. Testifying in Court. 10. Twelve Available People: How Juries Decide. 11. Punishing the Offender: Sentencing in Practice. 12. Procedure and the Distribution of Criminal Justice. References. Index.


    Anthony Stevens 1928-

    Stevens, A. 1986 Withymead: A Jungian community for the healing arts London: Coventure. vi and 254 pages. 4 pages of plates. ISBN 0904575322


    Stewart, Scott, 2005 "What was Mill's problem really? Mill's 'mental crisis' and posthumous psychological diagnosis" Radical Psychology, Winter 2005, available at http://www.radpsynet.org/journal/vol4-2/Stewart2a.html


    Jack Stillinger

    Stillinger, J. 1969 Introduction to Mill, J.S. 1874: "Mill's Autobiography: Imagination and the Growth of a Philosophic Mind"


    Gwynne Stock

    Stock, G. 1997 An Evaluation of Quaker Burial Practices Thesis (Research Diploma) - Bournemouth University, 1997. 83 pages, illustrated. with maps and plans. [Relevant to Society of Friends. Bristol & Frenchay Monthly Meeting]


    Theodore Lothrop Stoddard 29.6.1883 - 1.5.1950

    Stoddard, T. Lothrop 1914 The French Revolution in San Domingo Negro Universities Press, Westport, Connecticut 1970


    Ann L. Stoler

    Stoler, A.L. 1989 "Making Empire Respectable: The Politics of Race and Sexual Morality in 20th-Century Colonical Cultures" American Ethnologist, Vol. 16, No. 4 (Nov., 1989), pp. 634-660


    Kathy S Stolley

    Stolley, K.S. 2005 The Basics of Sociology Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press, 2005.


    Stone, G.P. and Faberman, H. 1967 "On the edge of Rapprochement: was Durkheim moving towards the Perspective of Symbolic Interaction?" Sociological Quarterly, 8.


    Rob Stones
    Professor in Sociology at the University of Essex, UK.

    Stones, R. 1998 (Editor) Key Sociological Thinkers Basingstoke: Macmillan
    Contents: Introduction: society as more than a collection of free- floating individuals by Rob Stones
    Karl Marx by Bob Jessop
    Max Weber by Lawrence A. Scaff
    Emile Durkheim by Whitney Pope
    Sigmund Freud by Ian Craib
    Georg Simmel by Patrick Watier
    Herbert Blumer by Ken Plummer
    Talcott Parsons by Robert Holton
    Robert K. Merton by Alan Sica
    Simone de Beauvoir by Mary Evans
    Norbert Elias by Jason Hughes
    Erving Goffman by Robin Williams
    David Lockwood by Nicos Mouzelis
    Harold Garfinkel by John Heritage
    Louis Althusser by Ted Benton
    Jürgen Habermas by William Outhwaite
    Pierre Bourdieu by Loïc J. D. Wacquant
    Nancy J. Chodrow by Karin A. Martin
    Arlie Russell Hochschild by Simon J. Williams
    Michel Foucault by Lawrence Barth
    Stuart Hall by Michéle Barrett
    Anthony Giddens by Ira J. Cohen
    Conclusion: Tolerance, Plurality and Creative Synthesis in Sociological Thought by Rob Stones

    Stones, R. 1998/2008 (Editor) Key Sociological Thinkers Basingstoke: Macmillan. Second edition. xvi and 480 pages
    Sigmund Freud and Nancy Chodrow both cease to be key sociological thinkers. Theodor Adorno, Michael Mann, Dorothy Smith and Zygmunt Bauman join the key thinkers
    Theodor Adorno by Maggie O'Neill
    Dorothy E. Smith by Karin Widerberg
    Michael Mann by Ralph Schroeder
    Zygmunt Bauman by Tony Blackshaw


    John Storey 1950-

    Storey, J. 1993 An Introduction to Cultural Theory and Popular Culture. London : Harvester Wheatsheaf [A second edition in 1998. Third edition 2000
    Contents (Second edition):
    WHAT IS POPULAR CULTURE? - Culture - Ideology - Popular Culture - Conclusion - Further Reading
    THE CULTURE AND CIVILISATION TRADITION - Matthew Arnold - Leavisism - Mass Culture in America: the Post-war Debate - The Culture of Other People - Further Reading.
    CULTURALISM - Richard Hoggart - Raymond Williams - E.P. Thompson - Stuart Hall and Paddy Whannel - The Centre for Contemporary Cultural Studies - Further Reading
    STRUCTURALISM AND POST-STRUCTURALISM - Ferdinand de Saussure - Claude Levi-Strauss, Will Wright and the American Western - Roland Barthes - Post-structuralism - Jacques Derrida - Jacques Lacan - Discourse and Power: Michel Foucault and Edward Said - Further Reading
    MARXISM - Classical Marxism - The Frankfurt School - Althusserianism - Hegemony Theory - The Carnivalesque - Further Reading
    FEMINISM - Feminisms - Cultural Politics, Laura Mulvey, Janice Radway, Janice Winship, Ien Ang - The Other Gender: Men's Studies and Masculinity - Conclusion - Further Reading.
    POSTMODERNISM - The Postmodern Condition - Postmodernism in the 1960s. - Jean-Francois Lyotard - Jean Baudrillard - Fredric Jameson - Postmodern Pop. - Postmodern Television - Conclusion - Further Reading
    CONSUMING POPULAR CULTURE - Theories of Cultural Consumption - Subcultural Consumption. - Reading Formations - Fan Culture - Shopping as Popular Culture - Further Reading
    THE POLITICS OF THE POPULAR - A Paradigm Crisis in Cultural Studies - The Cultural Field - The Economic Field - A Return to Hegemony. - The Ideology of Mass Culture - Further Reading

    Storey, J. 1994 Cultural Theory and Popular Culture: A Reader New York, NY : Harvester Wheatsheaf, 1994.
    Contents: Culture and civilisation tradition; culturalism; structuralism and poststructuralism; Marxism; feminism; postmodernism; the politics of the popular. [A companion to the above]

    Storey, J. 1996 Cultural Studies and the Study of Popular Culture: Theories and methods Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. 148 pages.
    Contents: Cultural studies and the study of popular culture - an introduction; television; fiction; film; newspapers and magazines; popular music; the consumption of everyday life.

    Storey, J. 1996 Ph.D Hegemony and Popular Culture Ph.D. Thesis. University of Sunderland, 1996.


    Anselm Strauss 1916-1996
    Anselm L. Strauss was emeritus professor of sociology at the University of Califomia, San Francisco.

    See Glaser and Strauss

    Anselm Strauss and Juliet Corbin

    Strauss, A. and Corbin, J. Basics of Qualitative Research: Grounded theory procedures and techniques Newbury Park; London: Sage, 270 pages

    Second edition 1998 288 pages
    PART ONE: BASIC CONSIDERATIONS
    1. Introduction - page 3
    2. Description, Conceptual Ordering, and Theorizing - page 15
    3. The Interplay between Qualitative and Quantitative in Theorizing - page 27
    4. Practical Considerations - page 335
    PART TWO: CODING PROCEDURES
    5. Analysis Through Microscopic Examination of Data
    6. Basic Operations Asking Questions and Making Comparisons
    7. Analytic Tools
    8. Open Coding
    9. Axial Coding
    10. Selective Coding
    11. Coding for Process
    12. The Conditional/Consequential Matrix
    13. Theoretical Sampling
    14. Memos and Diagrams
    PART THREE: GAINING CLOSURE
    15. Writing Theses and Monographs and Giving Talks about Research
    16. Criteria for Evaluation
    17. Student Questions and Answers to These


    Warren R. Street

    Street, W.R. 1994 A Chronology of Noteworthy Events in American Psychology. Dates of birt, publications of important books, articles and mental tests, passages of influential legislation, events in the history of psychological associations and institutions, court decisions, research announcements and awards Washington DC. American Psychological Association.

    [In addition to the printed book there is an online version (an addenda), which is different]

    Street, W.R. web Today in the History of Psychology, a system of World - Wide Web pages presenting a calendar of events in the history of psychology for each day of the year. at http://www.cwu.edu/~warren/today.html

    See also All Events in the Timeline of the History of Psychology at http://resources.iupsys.net/iupsys/index.php/timeline-all


    Dominic Strinati
    Lecturer in Sociology at the University of Leicester. He is the author of An Introduction to Theories of Popular Culture (Routledge, 1995) and co- editor (with ) of Come on Down: Popular Media Culture in Post-War Britain.

    Dominic Strinati and Stephen Wagg

    Strinati, D. and Wagg, S. 1992 (Editors) Come on Down?: Popular media culture in Post-war Britain. London: Routledge. 391 pages.
    Contributors: Dominic Strinati, Stephen Wagg, Deborah Philips, Alan Tomlinson, Janice Winship, Philip Dodd, Christine Geraghty, Garry Whannel, Graham Murdock, Alan Clarke, Rosalind Brunt, John Street, Dick Hebdige

    Strinati, D. 1995 An Introduction to Theories of Popular Culture London; New York: Routledge. xviii and 301 pages.
    Contents: Introduction; 1. Mass Culture and Popular Culture; 2. The Frankfurt School and the Culture Industry; 3. Structuralism, Semiology and Popular Culture; 4. Marxism, Political Economy and Ideology; 5. Feminism and Popular Culture; 6. Postmodernism and Popular Culture; Conclusion

    [A new edition in 2004 provides fresh material on Marxism and feminism, while a new final chapter assesses the significance of the theories explained in the book].

    Strinati, D. 2000 An Introduction to Studying Popular Culture London : Routledge. xvi and 288 pages
    Contents: 1. Popular cinema: the Hollywood system -- 2. Popular cinema: Hollywood narrative and film genres -- 3. The gangster film -- 4. The horror film -- 5. Film noir -- 6. Popular television : citizenship, consumerism and television in the UK -- 7. The television audience -- 8. Popular television genres -- 9. Popular television and postmodernism.
    Uses the examples of cinema and television to show how we can understand popular culture from sociological and historical perspectives.


    Struik, D. J. 1970 (Editor) Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844, by Karl Marx.


    John Sturrock
    Journalist and editor associated with the Times Literary Supplement the London Review of Books. A specialist in French literature.

    Sturrock, J. 1979 Structuralism and Since: From Lévi Strauss to Derrida / edited, with an introduction, by John Sturrock. OPUS. Oxford : Oxford University Press. 190 pages.
    Summary: Provides an overview of the theories of
    Claude Levi-Strauss, Roland Barthes, Michel Foucault, Jacques Lacan, and Jacques Derrida.


    Alice Sullivan

    Sullivan, A. 2002 "Bourdieu and Education: How Useful Is Bourdieu's Theory for Researchers". The Nederland's Journal of Social Sciences, volume 35, no 2, pp 1-23. Available at http://www.cls.ioe.ac.uk/library- media%5Cdocuments%5CBOURDIEU%20NetherlandsJournal.pdf


    Sumerscale, J. (Editor) 1965 The Penguin Encyclopedia


    Colin Sumner

    Sumner, C. 1996 (Editor) Violence, Culture, and Censure London ; Bristol, Pennsylvania: Taylor and Francis. vii and 221 pages.
    Contents
    Chapter 1 Introduction: The Violence of Censure and the Censure of Violence by Colin Sumner
    Chapter 2 On the Violence of Censure by Claire Valier
    Chapter 3 Psychoanalytic Sociology and the Holocaust by David Craig
    Chapter 4 The Nazi Censure of Art: Aesthetics and the Process of Annihilation by Anthony Amatrudo
    Chapter 5 Populism as Social Control in Latin America by Laurence Grant
    Chapter 6 The American Prison Problem, Hegemonic Crisis, and the Censure of Inner-City Blacks by Ethan Raup
    Chapter 7 Natural Born Killers: Violence, Film and Anxiety by Victoria Harbord
    Chapter 8 Nihilism and the Philosophy of Violence by Steve Goodman


    Edwin Hardin Sutherland 13.8.1883 - 11.10.1950
    29th President of the American Sociological Society.

    Sutherland, E.H. 12.1939 "White-Collar Criminality". Presidential address to the annual meeting of the American Sociological Society in Philadelphia in December 1939. American Sociological Review, volume 5: February 1940, pp. 1-12. Available at http://www.asanet.org/about/presidents/Edwin_Sutherland.cfm

    Sutherland, E.H. 1944/1945 "Is 'White Collar Crime' Crime?" American Sociological Review Vol. 10, No. 2, 1944 Annual Meeting Papers (April 1945), pp. 132-139. American Sociological Association

    Sutherland, E.H. 1949 White Collar Crime New York: Dryden Press. x and 272 pages


    Joseph Ward Swain 1891-1971
    Professor of History at the university of Illinois, where he taught Stephen John Tonsor (1923-) sometime between 1948 and 1954. A number of prizes are awarded in his name by the History Department.

    See Joseph Amato 2008 - There is also an entry by S. Douglas Olson "Joseph Ward Swain," in Biographical Dictionary of American Classicists (Westport, 1994) pp 625-626,

    Translation of Durkheim 1912 in 1915. See Life 1913- 195

    Swain, J.W. 1916 The Hellenic origins of Christian asceticism by Joseph Ward Swain; submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in the faculty of political science, Columbia University. New York: The Author.

    Wrote of himself in 1916:

    I spent my childhood and youth, and received my early education in Dillon, Montana. After spending two years in Beloit College, at Beloit, Wisconsin, I entered Columbia College as a junior in 1910. I received the A.B. degree from Columbia in 1912, and at that time was elected to the Phi Beta Kappa society. I was awarded the Chanler Historical Prize for an essay on "Calhoun and the Annexation of Texas." The following year I spent in graduate study at Harvard University, from which institution I received the degree of A.M. in 1913. From 1913 to 1915 I was in Europe, studying especially at the University of Paris, but also carrying on private studies at Leipzig and London. During both winters I was regularly enrolled at the "Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes, Section des Sciences Religieuses," at the University of Paris ; at the end of the first year I was promoted to the grade of "eleve titulaire," and at the end of the second I presented a dissertation entitled "Hebrew and Early Christian Asceticism." Owing to the turmoils of war, the faculty have not yet passed upon this dissertation, but in case it is accepted, I shall receive the grade of "eleve diplome" of the section. The year 1915-16 I spent in graduate study at Columbia. I have translated into English the work of Professor Emile Durkheim, of Paris, entitled " The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life " (London : George Allen & Unwin, Ltd. ; New York: The Macmillan Company, 1915, pp. xi-f-456).

    Swain, J.W. 1925 Lafayette on the Centenary of His Visit to Illinois, 1825 Reprinted from the Transactions of the Illinois State Historical Society, 1925. State of Illinois, Pamphlets in American history., Revolutionary War biography;, RWB 76. 13 pages

    Swain, J.W. 1933 Beginning the Twentieth Century. A history of the generation that made the war London: George Allen and Unwin. New York : W. W. Norton & Co. xi and 631 pages

    Swain, J.W. 1933/1938 Beginning the Twentieth Century: A history of Europe from 1870 to the present Revised edition. New York: W.W. Norton, 1938. xv and 772 pages [14] leaves of plates : illustrated. maps ;

    Swain, J.W. 1940 "The Theory of the Four Monarchies" in Classical Philology, Vol. 35, No. 1 (Jan., 1940), pp. 1-21

    Swain, J.W. 1950 The Ancient World

    Swain, J.W. 1958 The Harper History of Civilisation
    Published February 1958:
    Volune One:
    Ancient History
    Medieval History
    Early Modern History
    Published May 1958:
    Volune Two:
    Reformation to Congress of Vienna
    1815-1914
    Since "World War 1"

    Swain, J.W. 1959 The Peoples of the Ancient World

    Swain, J.W. 1966 Edward Gibbon the Historian


    Swann 1985 Education For All: The Report of the Committee of Inquiry into the Education of Children from Ethnic Minority Groups London: HMSO. Chairman: Lord Swann (Sir Michael Meredith Swann 1920-).


    Kim Swanson

    Swanson, K. 1999? Jeremy Bentham Criminology graduate student paper. Florida State University. University of Florida. Available at http://www.criminology.fsu.edu/crimtheory/bentham.htm

    Archive also has a paper by Christy G. Hendry dated 18.6.1998. Archive date 22.10.2000


    David L. Swartz

    Swartz, L, D. 2002 "The Sociology of Habit: The perspective of Pierre Bourdieu" The Occupational Therapy Journal of Research, volume 22, Winter 2002 Supplement. 10 pages between 615 and 695, available http://www.bu.edu/av/core/swartz/sociology-of- habit.pdf


    Sally Swartz
    Department of Psychology
    University of Cape Town

    Swartz, S. 2009 "Madness and Method: Approaches to the history of mental illness" PINS (Psychology in Society), 2009, 37, pp 70-74. A review of Parle, J 2007.


    Angela Sweeney, Peter Beresford,
    Alison Faulkner, Mary Nettle and Diana Rose

    Sweeney, A. Beresford, P. Faulkner, A. Nettle, M. and Rose, D 2009 (Editors) This is Survivor Research. Herefordshire: PCCS Books

    CONTENTS
    Foreword - Mary O'Hagan

    SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
    1 Introduction - Diana Rose and Peter Beresford
    2 Background - Peter Beresford and Diana Rose
    3 So what is survivor research? - Angela Sweeney

    SECTION 2 PHILOSOPHY AND UNDERPINNINGS OF SURVIVOR RESEARCH
    4 Survivor-produced knowledge -
    Diana Rose
    5 Developing a social model of madness and distress to underpin survivor research - Peter Beresford

    SECTION 3 THE PRACTICE OF RESEARCH

    6 Survivor research: Ethics approval and ethical practice - Alison Faulkner and Debbie Tallis

  • Part one: Alison Faulkner: Ethical Practice
  • Part two: Debbie Tallis: Ethics Committees from an Individual Perspective

    7 Identity issues in mental health research - Karan Essien
    8 First-hand experiences of different approaches to collaborative research - Carey Ostrer and Brigid Morris
    9 Literature reviews: An example of making traditional research methods user focused - Pete Fleischmann
    10 Influencing change: Outcomes from User-Focused Monitoring inpatient research in Bristol in 2002 - Rosie Davies
    11 Influencing change: User or researcher? Elitism in research - Heather Straughan
    12 A rough guide to getting started - Alison Faulkner

    SECTION 4 THE INSIDE STORY
    13 From activist to researcher and part way back -
    Jan Wallcraft
    14 'Getting better - in theory': Creating, then using, a Foucauldian mental health service user/survivor theoretical standpoint in my own journey of 'recovery' - David G Armes

    15 Project accounts:

  • A survivor-led evaluation of a survivor-led crisis service - Judy Beckett
  • Empowerment under permit: Canterbury and District Mental Health Forum Service User Evaluation (SUE) project - Matt Sands
  • An evaluation of a mental health service in North East Scotland - Stuart Valentine
  • My experience of doing academic research to attain a research degree - Philip Hill
  • Research and evaluation in East Berkshire - Sue Goddard

    16 Telling our truths, bringing about change: Being a survivor researcher

    Alison Faulkner: Turning the tables
    Angela Sweeney: Mickey Mouse scans?
    Anne-Laure Donskoy: Benefit of the doubt
    Brigid Morris: Challenging beliefs
    Cath Roper: We don't start off with the agenda tied up
    David Webb: Being a survivor researcher helps me survive
    Debbie Mayes: Not just someone who takes
    Diana Rose: Having a double identity
    Heather Straughan: Working in a twilight zone
    Jasna Russo: Talking back to power
    Keith Halsall: Alchemy: A miraculous transformation or the means of achieving this
    Mary Nettle: Banging against the brick wall
    Pete Fleischmann: Shocking memories
    Peter Beresford: Survivor researcher: An holistic role
    Philip Hill: Not an academic in an ivory tower
    Ruth Sayers: Missionary zeal
    Sarah Carr: The sick and the well?
    Tina Coldham: On board the good ship Survivor Research

    Angela Sweeney 1975 -
    Angela Sweeney is a survivor researcher in the Mental Health Sciences Unit at University College London. Her daughters are Jessie and Hannah

    Sweeney, A. 2009. "So what is survivor research?" in This is Survivor Research pp. 22-37.

    Sweeney, A. 2010 Exploring mental health service users' perspectives on and experiences of continuity of care University of London. Institute of Psychiatry Theses Ph.D. 330 pages.

    Sweeney, A., Rose, D., Clement, S., Jichi, F., Jones, I.R., Burns, T., Catty, J., McLaren, S., and Wykes, T. 2012 Understanding service user- defined continuity of care and its relationship to health and social measures: a cross-sectional study. BMC Health Services Research, 12, pp 145-154. Available at http://www.biomedcentral.com/1472-6963/12/145

    Sweeney, A. 2013 "Sociology and survivor research". Chapter one in Staddon, P. 2013 Mental Health Service Users in Research: Critical Sociological Perspectives

    on fear draft offline - fear and anxiety (Social science dictionary)

    Angela Sweeney - Steve Gillard - Til Wykes - Diana Rose

    Sweeney, A., Gillard, S., Wykes, T., Rose, D. 2015 "The role of fear in mental health service users' experiences: a qualitative exploration" Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology Available at http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00127-015- 1028-z Published online 22.2.2015.

    This used grounded theory methods to analyse how mental health service users, in focus groups discussing continuity of care, felt and thought about their world. Fear emerged as an important feature and was related to power and control - stigma and discrimination - the climate of fear, with respect to psychosis - services - and community


    Paul Sweetman

    Sweetman, P. 2009 "Revealing Habitus, illuminating practice: Bourdieu, photography and visual methods" The Sociological Review, 57: 491- 511.


    Alan (William) Swingewood, 1938-
    Lecturer in Sociology at the London School of Economics.

    Swingewood, A. 1969 The Scottish Enlightenment and the Rise of Sociology: With special reference to the social theories of Adam Ferguson, John Millar, and William Robertson Ph.D. (London) thesis 1969 LSE. 385 pages.

    Swingewood, A. 1970 "Origins of Sociology: The Case of the Scottish Enlightenment" The British Journal of Sociology Volume 21, No. 2, June 1970

    Swingewood, A. 1975a Marx and Modern Social Theory London : Macmillan. vii and 248 pages ("First presented as lectures at the London School of Economics.")

    Swingewood, A. 1975b The Novel and Revolution London: Macmillan, x and 288 pages

    Swingewood, A. 1977 The Myth of Mass Culture London : Macmillan. xi and 146 pages

    Swingewood, A. 1984 A Short History of Sociological Thought London: Macmillan. Sociology history to 1978. Further editions in 1991 and 2000.

    Swingewood, A. 2000 A Short History of Sociological Thought London: Palgrave
    Contents:
    Foundations
    1.
    Modernity, Industrialisation and the Rise of Sociology
    2. Marxism
    3. Critique of Positivism 1: Durkheim
    4. Critique of Positivism 2: Social Action. [Includes Simmel and Weber
    5. Marxism after Marx
    Modern Sociology
    6. Functionalism
    7. Self and Society [includes Mead - Blumer - Goffman
    8. Structuralism and Post-Structuralism
    9. Sociological Thought and the Problems of Agency and Structure [Includes Habermas - Giddens - Bourdieu]
    10. Postmodernity and Sociological Thought
    11. New Directions in Sociological Thought


    Ferenc M. Szasz and Issei Takechi

    Szasz, F.M. and Takechi, I. 2007 "Atomic Heroes and Atomic Monsters: American and Japanese Cartoonists Confront the Onset of the Nuclear Age, 1945-80" Historian Volume 69, Issue 4, pages 728-752, Winter 2007 Available at http://intellibriefs.blogspot.co.uk/2007/12/atomic-heroes-andatomic- monsters.html

    [Offline as a Word document - See Subject Index Culture - Manga



    Piotr Sztompka 1944-

    Sztompka, P. 1974 System and Function: Toward a theory of society Studies in anthropology. New York; London: Academic Press, xvii and 213 pages

    Sztompka, P. 1986 Robert K. Merton, An intellectual profile Theoretical traditions in the social sciences. New York, N.Y.: St. Martin's Press. xiv and 324 pages.

    Sztompka, P. 1993 "Civilisational Incompetence: The Trap of Post- Communist Societies." Zeitschrift Fur Soziologie, Volume 22, Issue 2. April 1993, pp 85-95, Available at http://www.zfs-online.org/index.php/zfs/article/viewFile/2822/2359


    Henri Tajfel (formerly Hersz Mordche) 22.6.1919 Wloclawek, Poland - 3.5.1982 Oxford, England

    Tajfel, H. 1969 "Cognitive aspects of prejudice" Journal of Biosocial Science, 1, pp 173-191 and Journal of Social Issues 25, pages 79-97.
    Paper delivered to the Fifth Annual Symposium of the Eugenics Society held on the "Biosocial Aspects of Race" in London in September 1968. Proceedings published in July, 1969 as Supplement No. 1 to the Journal of Biosocial Science. A slightly revised version later published in the Journal of Social Issues
    The aim of this paper was to stress the importance of the adaptive cognitive functioning of man in the causation of prejudice. It was felt that this approach has the merits of economy, credibility and testability of explanation which are not always shared by views seeking the psychological causes of intergroup tensions in the evolutionary past of the species or in unconscious motivation. Three cognitive processes were considered from the point of view of their relevance to the genesis of prejudice in an individual: categorization, assimilation, and search for conceptual coherence.


    Jacob Leib Talmon 1916-1980

    Talmon, J.L. 1952 The Origins of Totalitarian Democracy London: Secker and Warburg. 366 pages.


    Talmud

    The word Talmud is related to the Hebrew for study. Used on its own it usually refers to second great collection of rabbinical studies, The Talmud Bavli. "Bavli" is Hebrew for "Babylonian." [See the Diaspora]. An earlier Talmud is Talmud Yerushalmi, which comes from the region surrounding Jerusalem. Talmud Bavli uses Talmud Yerushalmi in its commentaries.

    The Babylonian Talmud Translated by Michael L. Rodkinson [1918] http://www.sacred-texts.com/jud/talmud.htm

    The Babylonian Talmud edited by Rabbi Dr. Isidore Epstein of Jews' College, London. http://www.come-and-hear.com/talmud/index.html

    Mishnah
    The Six Orders of the Talmud

    Seder Zeraim: Berakhot

    Seder Moed: Shabbat - Eruvin - Pesachim - Rosh - Hashanah - Yoma - Sukkah - Beitzah - Taanit - Megillah - Moed Katan - Chagigah

    Seder Nashim: Yevamot - Ketubot - Nedarim - Nazir - Sotah - Gittin - Kiddushin

    Seder Nezikin: Bava Kamma - Bava Metzia - Bava Batra - Sanhedrin - Makkot - Shevuot - Avodah Zarah - Horayot

    Seder Kodashim: Zevachim - Menachot - Chullin - Bekhorot - Arakhin - Temurah - Karetot - Meilah - Tamid

    Seder Tehorot: Niddah


    Taylor, A.J. 1972 Laissez-faire and State Intervention in Nineteenth Century Britain.


    Barbara Taylor 1950- website
    On 8.5.1992, then history lecturer at Bulmershe College of Higher Education, Reading. She spoke on "Mary Wollstonecraft and the Wild Wish of Early English Feminism" at Enfield Campus of Middlesex University. Her paper was to be published in forthcoming History Workshop Journal. She was on the editorial board of History Workshop Journal.

    2014 Currently still editor of History Workshop Journal, a director of the Raphael Samuel History Centre and teaches history and English at Queen Mary University of London.

    1983 Eve - 1992 Mary - 2010 Asylum - 2014 Madness -

    Taylor, B. 1978 "The Woman-Power: Religious Heresy and Feminism in Early English Socialism" in Tearing the veil : essays on femininity edited by Susan Lipshitz. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul 1978 x and 147 pages

    Taylor, B. 1979 "'The men are as bad as their masters ... ' : socialism, feminism and sexual antagonism in the London tailoring trade in the early 1830s" Feminist Studies volume 5 no.1 pp 7-39. College Park, Maryland : University of Maryland

    Taylor, B. G. 1981 The feminist theory and practice of the Owenite socialist movement in Britain, 1820-45 D.Phil. thesis University of Sussex Supervisor: Eileen M. Yeo,

    Taylor, B. 1981- 2003 Unpublished "archive". Thirteen notebooks and other writings. "I wrote mostly about" [her analyst] "and me, but also about my friends, my family, my childhood memories. I recorded many dreams" (2014 p.11)

    Discussed 2015

    # Taylor, B. 1983 Eve and the New Jerusalem. Socialism and feminism in the nineteenth century Virago.

    Contents
    1. A Radical Inheritance p.1
    2. Women and the New Science of Society p.19

    3. Feminist Socialists: Some Portraits p.57
    [Anna Wheeler - Fanny Wright 1795-1852 - Eliza Macauley 1787- 1837 - Frances Morrison 1897-1898
    4. 'The Men are as Bad as their Masters...': Working Women and the Owenite Economic Offensive, 1828-1834 p.83
    5. Eve and the New Jerusalem p. 118
    Prologue
    Woman's Mission
    Feminism and Freethought: Te Story of Emma Martin (1812-1851)
    The Woman Power
    6. Love and the New Life: The Debate over Marriage Reform p.183
    7. Women and Socialist Culture p.217
    8. Paradise Lost: Women and the Communities p.238
    9. Sex and Class in the Post Owenite Era p.261
    Facsimile of Catherine Barmby's "The Demand for the Emancipation of Woman" pp 386-393

    # Taylor, B. 1983b The man who stole dreams, a children's story by Barbara Taylor with illustrations by Judie Shore. Toronto, Women's Press. 45 pages.

    In 1987 this was made into an eleven minute cartoon film by the National Film Board of Canada, with animation by Joyce Borenstein (picture left, copyright National Film Board of Canada, )

    Taylor, B. 1992 "Mary Wollstonecraft and the Wild Wish of Early Feminism" History Workshop Journal Summer 1992, pp 197-219.

    Taylor, B. 8.5.2003 [Pseudonym Eve Blake] Eve Blake Diary: Friern Hospital London Review of Boooks 8.5.2003 8 May 2003 -

    Taylor, B. 2011 "The Demise of the Asylum in Late Twentieth-century Britain: A Personal History" Transactions of the RHS Royal Historical Society 21 (2011), pp. 193-215
    doi:10.1017/S0080440111000090
    Read
    24.9.2010

    Taylor, B. 2014 The Last Asylum. A memoir of madness in our time Penguin. Published 6.2.2014.


    Harriet Taylor

    Taylor, Harriet 1851 Enfranchisement of Women The Westminster Review 1851 available at http://www.pinn.net/~sunshine/book-sum/ht_mill3.html


    Helen Taylor

    Taylor, Helen 1867 The Claim of Englishwomen to the Suffrage Constitutionally Considered available at http://www.indiana.edu/~letrs/vwwp/taylor/suffrage.html


    Ian Taylor, (11.3.1944 - 19.1.2001) Paul Walton and Jock Young

    Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1973 The New Criminology. For a Social Theory of Deviance. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

    Chapters:
    1. Classical criminology and the positivist tradition: [ Beccaria, Enrico Ferri];
    2. The appeal of positivism: [Moral statisticians: Quetelet and Guerry; Lombroso, Eysenck, Gordon Trasler];
    3. Durkheim and the break with analytical individualism;
    4. The early sociologies of crime: [Merton, Chicago School];
    5. Social reaction, deviant commitment and career [variously called social control theorists, transactionalists, or labelling theorists. Becker, Lemert, Erikson, Kitsuse, Schur];
    6. American naturalism and phenomenology [Matza; Ethnomethodology: Schutz];
    7. Marx, Engels and Bonger on crime and social control;
    8. The new conflict theorists [Dahrendorf, Turk. A, Quinney];
    9. Conclusion.

    Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1975 Critical criminology. Edited with contributory essays by Ian Taylor ... Paul Walton ... Jock Young.


    Paul Taylor

    Taylor, P. and others 1995 Sociology in Focus Ormskirk : Causeway, 730 pages.
    An A level text


    Steve Taylor Lecturer in Applied Social Studies at Coventry Polytechnic (1982) - Head of Sociology Department at the University of Northumbria

    Taylor, S. 1982 Durkheim and the Study of Suicide, London: Macmillan. 249 pages.
    Part One: Explaining the Suicide Rate
    1
    Durheims's Suicide
    2 The Sociological Perspective on Suicide
    Part Two: The Social Construction of Official Suicide Rates
    3 Some Critiques of Official Suicide Rates
    4 Proving Suicide
    5 Persons under Trains
    Part Three:The Social Context of Suicidal Actions
    6 Individualistic Approaches to Suicide
    7 Suicide and the Gamble with Death
    8 The Ordeal and the Sacrifice

    See Subject Index Suicide

    Taylor, S. 1999 Editor Sociology: Issues and debates Basingstoke: Macmillan 1999 - New York: Palgrave 2000. xvi and 398 pages.
    Contents
    Sociology: The Individual and Society by Steve Taylor
    Methodology by Ray Pawson
    From Classical to Modern Social Theory by Alan Swingewood
    Power by Barry Hindess and Christine Helliwell
    Class and Stratification by Rosemary Crompton
    Women, Men and Gender Relations by Mary Maynard
    Race and Ethnicity by Robert Miles and Stephen Small
    Families, Households and Domestic Life by Stevi Jackson
    Education by Robert Burgess and Andrew Parker
    Religion by Grace Davie
    The Mass Media by Natalie Fenton
    Crime and Deviance by David Downes
    Health and Illness by Steve Taylor
    Work and Organisations by Glen Morgan
    Globalisation by Leslie Sklair


    Les Temps Modernes October 1945 -
    Founded by Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir

    Les Temps Modernes March 1974 "Dossier: Les prisonniers politiques Ouest-Allemands accusent" Available on the Social History Portal at http://www.socialhistoryportal.org/sites/default/files/raf/0319740300_0.pdf Includes Viktor Kleinkrieg: "Les combattants anti-imperialistes face a la torture - Sjef Teuns: La torture par privation sensorielle - XXX: "Les methodes scientifiques de torture" - Christian Sigrist: "De Heidelberg au Cap Vert" - Klaus Croissant: "La Justice et la torturepar I'isolement" - Des detenus politiques temoignent.


    Osamu Tezuka or Tezuka Osamu 3.11.1928 - 9.2.1989
    In Japanese names are usually the family name (Tezuka), followed by the given name (Osamu), whereas in English the family name follows the given name.
    Japanes creator of Manga and Anime - graphic novelist and filmmaker.

    Tezuka, O. 1952-1968 Tetsuwan Atom [Iron Arm Atom or Mighty Atom] manga series. Translated into English as Astro Boy [Dates of original series given as given as April 1952 - March 1968 on Wikipedia

    Tezuka, O. 1983-1985 Adorofu ni tsugu [Reporting to Adolf] Original Japanese publication as a series in Shukan Bunshun, weekly magazine. Translated into English by Yuji Oniki as Adolf story and art by Osamu Tezuka. Lettering: Yoshiyuki Higuchi, and Viz Graphics; cover design: Viz Graphics. Cadence books graphic novel. San Francisco, California: Cadence Books, 1995- Contents: Volume 1: A tale of the twentieth century. Volume 2: An exile in Japan. Volume 3: The half-Aryan. Volume 4: Days of infamy. Volume 5: 1945 and all that remains. Later Translated into English by Kumar Sivasubramanian as Message to Adolf By Osamu Tezuka. A two volume Graphic Novel (Manga) approximately 600-648 pages each.

    Tezuka, O. 1986 Foreward to Schodt F.L 1986 Manga! Manga! The World of Japanese Comics

    " My experience convinces me that comics, regardless of what language they are printed in, are an important form of expression that crosses all national and cultural boundaries, that comics are great fun, and that they can further peace and goodwill among nations. "

    [See Subject Index Culture - Manga


    Thacker, Andrew 15.3.2003 "Foucault, Michel. (1926 - 1984)" entry in The Literary Encyclopedia and Literary Dictionary available at http://www.litencyc.com/php/speople.php?rec=true&UID=1599


    Walter Theimer

    Theimer, W. 1939 The Penguin Political Dictionary


    Carol Thomas 1958-

    Thomas, C. 2007 Sociologies of Disability and Illness: Contested ideas in disability studies and medical sociology Houndmills, Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan. ix and 213 pages
    Contents
    Introduction: Disciplinary divides and definitions
    Theories and traditions in medical sociology: illness and disability as social deviance
    Theories and traditions in disability studies: disability as social oppression
    Care and dependency: a disciplinary clash
    The body : lost and found
    Experiencing disability, chronic illness, and other impairments
    Towards a sociology of disability.

    Centre for Disability Research (CeDR) , Lancaster University, established 2008

    Subject index: disability


    Lasse Thomassen

    Thomassen, L. 2010 Habermas: A Guide for the Perplexed Guides for the Perplexed. London: Continuum International Publishing Group, 191 pages
    Chapters
    1. Introduction
    2. Towards a Critical Theory of Society
    3. The Public Sphere
    4. Communicative Action and Reason
    5. Discourse Ethics
    6. Deliberative Democracy
    7. The New Political Constellation


    Edward P. Thompson 3.2.1924 - 28.8.1993

    Thompson, E. P. 1963 (Revised 1968) The Making of the English Working Class 1963 Gollancz; 1968 Pelican

    Thompson, E. P. 1978 "The Poverty of Theory" in The Poverty of Theory and Other Essays, London: Merlin Press, 1978.


    John B. Thompson and David Held

    Thompson, J. B. and Held, D. 1982 (Editors) Habermas: Critical Debates Held. London: Macmillan.


    William Thompson (1785-1833)

    Thompson, W. 1824 An Inquiry into the Principles of the Distribution of Wealth Most Conducive to Human Happiness

    Thompson, W. 1825 Appeal of One-half of the Human Race, Women, Against The Pretensions of the Other Half, Men, to Retain them in Political, and Thence in Civil and Domestic Slavery.

    (extracts)

    A 1983 reprint by Virago has an introduction by Richard Pankhurst. A 1994 reprint by Thoemmes Press has an introduction by Michael Foot and Marie Mulvey Roberts.


    Anne Thomson

    Thomson. A 2001 Critical Reasoning. London: Routledge. (Second edition 2002 - Third edition 2009)
    Contents: Analysing reasoning -- Evaluating reasoning -- Recognising implications -- Evaluating evidence and authorities -- Two skills in the use of language -- Exercising the skills of reasoning -- Constructing reasoning


    Thorolfur Thorlindsson and Thoroddur Bjarnason

    Thorlindsson, T and Bjarnason, T. 2.1998 "Modeling Durkheim on the micro level: A study of youth suicidality." American Sociological Review, Volume 63(1), February 1998, pages 94-110.

    Data came from the Youth in Iceland 1991 Project (reported by Thorlindsson, in 1992). A nationally representative sample consisted of 4,314 high school students (aged 16-20 yrs).

    Extended Durkheim's theory of suicide to include suggestion-imitation, or the effects of contact with suicidal individuals.

    Family integration and parental regulation were operationalised as independent constructs and tested in relation to anomie, suicidal suggestion, and suicidality. Argued that the findings show that integration and regulation can be meaningfully distinguished on both the theoretical and empirical levels. Findings also support the primacy of integration, while accommodating the independent role of regulation. Youths who are strongly integrated into their families are less likely to succumb to anomie and suicidality, but parental regulation does not appear to have such an effect. However, family integration and parental regulation have independent effects on suicidal suggestion. (APA Psychnet)

    See Subject Index Suicide


    Billy Michael Thorne 1942- and Tracy B. Henley

    Thorne, B.M. and Henley, T.B. 1997 Connections in the History and Systems of Psychology Boston: Houghton Mifflin. xvi and 624 pages

    Second edition: 2001 - Third edition: 2005

    CONTENTS:
    1. Introduction Why Study the History of Psychology? Thoughts About History Where Do We Start? Some of Psychology's Recurring Issues Organization of the Book About Psychology and Science
    2. Precursors to Psychology in Ancient Greece The Golden Age of Greece Philosophy in the Golden Age Medicine in the Golden Age and Beyond 3. The Roman Period and the Middle Ages Philosophical and Theological Thought During the Roman Period The Rise of Christianity Christianity, Islam, and Jewish Philosophy of the Medieval Era Christian Philosophy in the Later Middle Ages Medieval Science Before the Renaissance Universities in the Middle Ages
    4. The Renaissance and Early Modern Philosophers The Renaissance The Early Modern Philosophers
    5. Empiricism, Associationism, Positivism, and Common-Sense Psychology British Empiricism British Associationism French Empiricism Positivism The Scottish School
    6. Continental Philosophies: Rationalism, Romanticism, and Existentialism Rationalism Romanticism Existentialism
    7. Physiological Influences on the Development of Psychology Review of Early Speculation Electricity and Nerve Function Localization of Function Psychophysics
    8. The Origins of Modern Scientific Psychology in Germany Wilhelm Maximilian Wundt and Voluntarism Edward Bradford Titchener and Structuralism Franz Brentano and Act Psychology Carl Stumpf Edmund Husserl Hermann Ebbinghaus Georg Elias Muller Oswald Kulpe
    9. Darwin's Influence Pre-Darwinian Evolution Charles Robert Darwin Francis Galton
    10. Early American Psychology Early Philosophy and Psychology in America William James Mary Whiton Calkins Hugo Munsterberg Granville Stanley Hall Early Studies of Gender Differences: The Work of Leta Stetter Hollingworth James McKeen Cattell James Mark Baldwin
    11. Functionalism John Dewey James Rowland Angell Harvey A. Carr Robert Sessions Woodworth Edward Lee Thorndike Women in American's First School Connections Questions
    12. Animal Psychology and Early Behaviorism Animal Psychology Objective Psychology in Russia
    John Broadus Watson
    13. Neobehaviorism Edwin Ray Guthrie Edward Chace Tolman Clark Leonard Hull Hull's Students and Associates B. F. Skinner Ecological Psychology
    14. Gestalt Psychology Founding Gestalt Psychology: The Phi Phenomenon Gestalt Psychology's Antecedents Gestalt Psychology's Triumvirate Principles of Gestalt Psychology Kurt Lewin Lesser-Known Gestalt Psychologists Gestalt Psychology's Influence
    15. Psychoanalysis Early Treatment of the Mentally Ill Hypnosis Existential Precursors to Freud Sigmund Freud Neo-Freudians
    16. Mind and Brain: Clinical Psychology Meets Neuroscience Existential and Humanistic Approaches to Clinical Psychology Recent Advances in Psychotherapy Neuropsychology
    17. Applied Psychology Intelligence Testing Psychometrics Social Psychology Industrial Psychology Connections Questions
    18. The Cognitive "Revolution" Forerunners to the Cognitive Revolution Noam Chomsky Jerome Bruner and George Miller Classical Contributions


    Stephen P. Thornton

    Thornton, Stephen P. 2010 "Sigmund Freud (1856-1939)" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/freud/


    Richard Thorpe and Robin Holt

    Thorpe, R. and Holt, R. 2008 (Editors) The Sage Dictionary of Qualitative Management Research London: Sage

    "extends general ideas, concepts, and techniques of qualitative research into the realm of management research."

    Entry on Critical Theory by Hugh Willmott available at http://dspace.dial.pipex.com/town/close/hr22/hcwhome/Critical% 20Theory%20-%201,000%20entry%20(1).doc


    John Tierney

    Tierney, J. 1996 Criminology: Theory and context London : Prentice Hall/Harvester Wheatsheaf. 324 page
    Contents: Introduction *Preliminaries and Early History. *Criminology, Crime and Deviance: Some Preliminaries *Measuring Crime and Criminality *Criminology and Criminologists Up to World War Two *World War Two to the Mid 1960s *The Discipline of Criminology and Its Context: World War Two to the Mid 1960s *Social Disorganisation and Anomie *Strain, Subcultures and Delinquency *Criminological Theory in Britain: World War Two to the Mid 1960s *The Mid 1960s to the Early 1970s *The Discipline of Criminology and Its Context: The Mid 1960s and the Early 1970s *New Deviancy Theory: The Interactionist Approach to Deviance *The 1970s *The Discipline of Criminology and its Context: Post-New Deviancy in the 1970s. *Post-New Deviancy and New Criminology *The 1980s and 1990s *The Discipline of Criminology and its Context: The 1980s and 1990s *Criminological Theory in the 1980s and 1990s.

    Tierney, J. 1996/2006 Criminology: theory and context Prentice Hall. (Second edition Harlow: Pearson/Longman, 2006)
    PART 1 PRELIMINARIES AND EARLY HISTORY
    1. Criminology, crime and deviance: some preliminaries
    2. Measuring crime and criminality
    3. Criminology and criminologists up to World War Two [Includes Classicism and positivism - Positivist criminology - The turn of the century to the 1930s - Eugenics
    PART TWO: WORLD WAR TWO TO THE MID-1960s
    4. The discipline of criminology and its context
    The emergence of criminology - Sociological criminology - Sociological criminology in Britain from the 1950s to the mid-1960s - Sociological criminology in the United States
    5. Social disorganisation and anomie [includes Emile Durkheim - The Chicago School - Mertonian strain theory
    6. Strain, subcultures and delinquency [Includes A.K. Cohen - - R. Cloward and L. Ohlin
    7. Criminological theory in Britain [Includes Cultural diversity theory Schools and the 'problem of adjustment' - Subcultural theory]
    PART THREE THE MID-1980s TO THE EARLY 1970s
    8. [Includes The New Left Radicals and the new deviancy]
    9. New deviancy theory: the interactionist approach to deviance [Includes Labelling theory - Primary and secondary deviancy - The amplification of deviance - Criticisms of the new deviancy]
    PART FOUR THE 1970s
    10. [Includes Interactionism, phenomenology and ethnomethodology - Orthodox criminology - Radical critiques and the growth of the New Right
    11. Post-new deviancy and the new criminology [Includes Deviance and power - American conflict theory - Politicizing deviance - Critical criminology - Marx and Engels on crime - Taylor, Walton and Young - Youth subcultures and politics - Phenomenology - Ethnomethodology - Control theory - Feminist perspective
    PART FIVE THE 1980s and 1990s
    12. [Includes The shift to the right in British politics - Social organisation - The growth of policy-oriented research
    13. Criminological theory - Mainstream criminology - Longitudinal research and criminal careers - The historical roots - Feminism - Gender and crime - Administrative criminology - Right-wing criticism - Neo- positivism - Radical criminology - Critical criminology and left realism
    Second edition 2006 includes:
    THE MID-1990s INTO THE NEW MILLENNIUM
    14. [Includes New Labour - Restorative justice - Crime prevention, crime reduction and community safety - Crime and criminal justice: the wider context
    15. Recent developments in criminological theory [Includes Postmodernist perspectives - Feminist perspectives - Perspectives on masculinities - Control perspectives - Cultural perspectives - Critical perspectives


    Tighe, T. 1982 Modern Learning Theory foundations and fundamental issues. Oxford, Oxford University Press.



    Charles Tilly 27.5.1929-29.4.2008

    Charles Tilly, Louise Tilly and Richard Tilly

    Tilly, C., Tilly, L. and Tilly, R 1975 The Rebellious Century, 1830-1930 Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press and London: Dent. xv and 354 pages

    Tilly, C. 1978 "Studying Social Movements - Studying Collective Action". (Typescript) Charles Tilly, University of Michigan, January 1978. Prepared for discussion at the International Symposium on the Orgonizing of Women, Stockholm. 7-8 February 1978. Available http://deepblue.lib.umich.edu/bitstream/handle/2027.42/50943/168.pdf

    "The nineteeenth century saw the rise of the social movement in he sense of a set of people who voluntarily and deliberately commit themselves to a sharcd identity , a unifying belief, a common program and a collcctive struggle to realise that programme." (page 9)

    Tilly, C. 1997 "Social movements as political struggle". Draft article for the Encyclopedia of American Social Movements

    Tilly, C. 2004 Social Movements, 1768-2004 Boulder; London : Paradigm Publishers. x and 194 pages
    Contents: Social movements as politics -- Inventions of the social movement -- Nineteenth-century adventures -- Twentieth-century expansion and transformation -- Social movements enter the twenty-first century -- Democratization and social movements -- Futures of social movements.
    Summary: "Westerners invented social movements during the 18th century, but after that social movements became vehicles of popular politics across the world".

    Subject index: Movement


    Sami Timimi and Eric Taylor

    Timimi, S. and Taylor, E. 2004 "ADHD is best understood as a cultural construct." [A debate, for and against] British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 8-9, available online at http://bjp.rcpsych.org/cgi/content/full/184/1/8


    Ian Charles Tipton

    Tipton, I.C. 1977 (Editor) Locke on Human Understanding: Selected essays. Oxford readings in philosophy: Oxford University Press. 170 pages.
    Contents
    Wall, G. "Locke's attack on innate knowledge"
    Harris, J. "Leibniz and Locke on innate ideas"
    Greenlee, D. "Locke's idea of idea"
    Aspelin, G. "Idea and perception in Locke's essay"
    Greenlee, D. "Idea and object in the essay"
    Mathews, H. E. "Locke, Malebranche and the representative theory"
    Alexander, P. "Boyle and Locke on primary and secondary qualities"
    Ayers, M. R. "The ideas of power and substance in Locke's philosophy"
    Allison, H. E. "Locke's theory of personal identity"
    Kretzmann, N. "The main thesis of Locke's semantic theory"
    Woozley, A. D. "Some remarks on Locke's account of knowledge"
    Laudan, L. "The nature and sources of Locke's views on hypotheses"


    Richard Morris Titmuss 1907-1973
    Father of
    Ann Oakley

    Titmuss, R.M. 1950 Problems of Social Policy 1950

    Titmuss, R.M. 1958 Essays on the Welfare State

    Titmuss, R.M. 1962 Income Distribution and Social Change

    Titmuss, R.M. 1968 Commitment to Welfare Allen and Unwin

    Titmuss, R.M. 1970 The Gift Relationship: From Human Blood to Social Policy Sub-title on cover: "Richard M. Titmuss on his social philosophy". Allen & Unwin, 339 pages.


    Jackson Toby

    Toby, J. 1980 "Samuel A. Stouffer: Social Research As a Calling," in Robert K. Merton and Matilda White Riley, Sociological Traditions from Generation to Generation, Ablex Publishing Company, 1980, pp. 131-151.


    Alexis de Tocqueville 1805-1859

    Tocqueville, A. 1835/1840 Democracy in America. Volume one 1835. Volume two 1840.

    Tocqueville, A. 1850/1851 (Written) Recollections

    Tocqueville, A. 1856 The Ancien Regime and the French Revolution



    Malcolm J. Todd
    Senior Academic at Sheffield Hallam University [2009]

    Malcolm J. Todd and Gary Taylor

    Todd, M.J. and Taylor, G. 2004 Democracy and Participation: Popular protest and new social movements edited by Malcolm J. Todd and Gary Taylor; with a foreword by Frank Furedi. London: Merlin, 2004. xviii and 345 pages.

    Malcolm Todd coordinator

    Todd, M. and others 2011 Companion for Undergraduate Dissertations, Birmingham University, Available at http://www.socscidiss.bham.ac.uk/


    Tomalin, C. 1974 The Life and Death of Mary Wollstonecraft. Penguin 1977


    John Tomlinson 1949-

    Tomlinson, J. 1999 Globalisation and Culture Cambridge: Polity Press. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. viii and 238 pages.
    Contents
    1: Globalisation and Culture
    2: Global Modernity
    3: Global Culture
    4: Deterritorialisation: The Cultural Condition of Globalisation
    5: Mediated Communication and Cultural Experience
    6: The Possibility of Cosmopolitanism.
    Summary: This work analyses the cultural, social and moral aspects of globalisation. It studies the relationship between globalisation and comtemporary culture, explaining the importance of time and space concerns, cultural imperialism, "deterritorialisation", the impact of the media and communication technologies and the possible growth of more cosmopolitan culture. The text discusses the uneven nature of the experience of global modernity in relation to first and third world countries, and concludes that a genuinely cosmopolitan cultre is unlikely to emerge unless we respect cultural differences and share a common sense of commitment about the world.


    Michael Tomasello 18.1.1950 -
    Born USA. Co-director of the Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology in Leipzig, Germany.

    Tomasello, M. 1999 The Cultural Origins of Human Cognition Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harvard University Press


    Sally Tomlinson

    Tomlinson, S. 2001 Education in a Post-Welfare Society Buckingham [England]; Philadelphia : Open University Press, xvi and 201 pages.
    Contents: Introduction Social democratic government? education 1945- 1979 Market forces gather education 1980-1987 Creating competition education 1988-1994 The consequences of competition education 1994-1997 New Labour and education 1997-2000 Centralising life-long learning Education and the middle classes Equity issues race and gender Education and the economy Conclusion education in a post-welfare society


    Ferdinand Tönnies 1855-1936 weblinks

    Tönnies, F. 1887 Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft. Leipzig: Fues's Verlag. A second edition was published in 1912 and an 8th edition (Leipzig: Buske) in 1935. A Wikipedia entry described as "his basic and never essentially changed study of social man". Translated into English in 1955

    Tönnies, F. 1887/1955 Community and Association: Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft. Translated from German into English by Charles Price Loomis, International library of sociology and social reconstruction. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1955

    Tönnies, F. 1887/1957 Community and Society (Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft) East Lansing: Michigan State University Press. Being the translation first published in London in 1955, with the title: Community and Association

    Tönnies, F. 1887/2002 Community and Society (Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft). New York. Dover Publications. An unabridged reprint of the translation (1955) by Charles Price Loomis of Gemeinschaft und Gesellschaft Ferdinand Tönnies (1887)


    Alain Touraine 3.8.1925 -

    Touraine A. 1966 La conscience ouvrière Paris: Seuil.

    Touraine, A. 1969 La Société Post-industrielle: Naissance d'une société - Touraine, A. 1971 The Post Industrial Society. Translated by Leonard E X. Mayhew, New York: Random House.

    Touraine, A. 1978/ 1981 La voix et le regard Paris: Seuil, translated into English in 1981 as The Voice and the Eye: An Analysis of Social Movements Cambridge: Maison des Sciences de l'Homme and Cambridge University Press.

    Subject index: Movement

    Touraine A. 1984 Le retour de l'acteur. Essai de sociologie. Paris: Librairie Arthème Fayard, 1984, 350 pages. Translated into English by Myrna Godzich in 1988 as Return of the actor : Social theory in postindustrial society by Alain Touraine; with a foreword by Stanley Aronowitz. Minneapolis : University of Minnesota Press. xxvi and 171 pages

    Touraine A. 2002 "From understanding society to discovering the subject". Anthropological Theory 2, 4, pp 387-398

    Touraine A. 2010/2014 Après la crise, Paris: Seuil. Translated as After the Crisis June 2014, Polity. 180 pages

    a review by Francesco Di Bernardo.


    Peter Townsend 1928-2009

    Townsend, P. 1957 The Family Life of Old People: An inquiry in East London Institute of Community Studies Reports 2. London : Routledge and Kegan Paul. xvi and 284 pages

    Townsend, P. 1962 The Last Refuge: A survey of residential institutions and homes for the aged in England and Wales London : Routledge and Paul. 552 pages.

    Townsend, P. 1967 The Disabled in Society London: Greater London Association for the Disabled, 1967. Lecture at the Royal College of Surgeons, May 1967.

    Townsend, P. 1975 Sociology and Social Policy London: Lane, 371 pages.

    Townsend, P. 1977 Editor Disability Rights Handbook: A guide to income benefits and certain aids and services for handicapped people of all ages. London ([5 Netherhall Gardens, NW3 5RJ]) : Disability Alliance : ATV Network Ltd. 32 pages [May have been 1976]

    Townsend, P. 1979 Poverty in the United Kingdom: A survey of household resources and standards of living Harmondsworth: Penguin and London: Allen Lane. 1216 pages.

    Subject index: disability - poverty

    Peter Townsend and Nick Davison

    Townsend, P. and Davison, N. 1982 Inequalities in Health: The Black Report Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1982. 240 pages. An edited version of the (limited edition) Inequalities in Health: Report of a Research Working Group [Working Group on Inequalities in Health chaired by Douglas Black]


    George Macaulay Trevelyan 1876-1962

    Trevelyan, G.M. 1942 English Social History: A survey of six centuries, Chaucer to Queen Victoria London ; New York : Longmans, Green and Co., 1942. xii and 628 pages: illustrated - including maps
    Contents
    INTRODUCTION p.vii
    1340 - 1400
    Chapter 1. CHAUCER'S ENGLAND 1: Field, Village and Manor-house.
    Chapter 2. CHAUCER'S ENGLAND 2: Town and Church p.28
    1422 - 1491
    Chapter 3. ENGLAND IN THE AGE OF CAXTON p.56
    1485 - 1603
    Chapter 4. TUDOR ENGLAND. Introduction. 'The End of the Middle Ages?' p.92
    Chapter 5. ENGLAND DURING THE ANTI-CLERICAL REVOLUTION p.99
    Chapter 6. SHAKESPEARE'S ENGLAND 1564 - 1616. 1. p.139
    Chapter 7. SHAKESPEARE'S ENGLAND. 2, p.173
    1625 - 1658
    Chapter 8. THE ENGLAND OF CHARLES AND CROMWELL. p.206
    Chapter 9. RESTORATION ENGLAND p.252
    Chapter 10 DEFOE'S ENGLAND p.293
    Chapter 11 DR JOHNSON'S ENGLAND 1740 - 1780 1 p.339
    Chapter 12 DR JOHNSON'S ENGLAND 2 p.371
    Chapter 13 DR JOHNSON'S ENGLAND 3 p.396
    Chapter 14 SCOTLAND AT THE BEGINNING AND AT THE END OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY p.416 1: Scotland at the time of the Union of 1707 p.420 2. Scotland at the end of the Eighteenth Century p.450
    Chapter 15 COBBETT'S ENGLAND 1793 - 1832. 1 p.463
    Chapter 16 COBBETT'S ENGLAND 2 p.486
    Chapter 17 BETWEEN THE TWO REFORM BILLS 1832 - 1867 p.509
    Chapter 18 THE SECOND HALF OF THE VICTORIAN ERA 1865 - 1901 p.551
    INDEX p.599


    Leon Trotsky 1879 - 1940

    Trotsky, L. 1930 My Life New York:Charles Schribner's Sons, NY. Available at http://www.marxists.org/archive/trotsky/1930/mylife/index.htm


    Richard Tuck 1949-
    Fellow of Jesus College, Cambridge and Professor of Government at Harvard University.

    Tuck, R. 1989 Hobbes Oxford Past Masters


    Turk, C. 1988 Coleridge and Mill. A Study of Influence


    Sherry Turkle 18.6.1948-
    MIT technology and society professor

    Turkle, S. 1995 Life on the Screen: Identity in the Age of the Internet, New York, Simon and Schuster.

    Turkle, S. 2011 Alone Together: Why we expect more from technology and less from each other New York: Basic Books. xvii and 360 pages
    Contents
    Author's note: Turning points
    Introduction: Alone together
    Part 1. The robotic moment: in solitude, new intimacies. Nearest neighbors ; Alive enough ; True companions ; Enchantment ; Complicities ; Love's labor lost ; Communion
    Part 2. Networked: in intimacy, new solitudes. Always on ; Growing up tethered ; No need to call ; Reduction and betrayal ; True confessions ; Anxiety ; The nostalgia of the young -- Conclusion: Necessary conversations
    Epilogue: The letter.
    Summary: explores the power of our new tools and toys to dramatically alter our social lives. It's a nuanced exploration of what we are looking for, and sacrificing, in a world of electronic companions and social networking tools, and an argument that, despite the hand-waving of today's self-described prophets of the future, it will be the next generation who will chart the path between isolation and connectivity.

    See Subject Index Networks


    Bryan S. Turner January 1945 -
    University of Cambridge 1998-2005

    Turner, B.S. 200? The Blackwell Companion To Social Theory Second edition. Oxford : Blackwell. 570 pages.
    Previous edition 1996.
    Contains:
    Introduction by Bryan S. Turner
    Part One: Foundations:
    1. The Foundations of Social Theory - origins and trajectories by Gerald Delanty (University of Liverpool).
    2. The Philosophy of Social Science by William Outhwaite (University of Sussex).
    Part Two: Actions, Actors, Systems:
    3. Theories of Action and Praxis by Ira J. Cohen (Rutgers University).
    4. Systems Theory and Functionalism by Frank J. Lechner (Emory University).
    5. Psychoanalysis and Social Theory by Anthony Elliott (Monash University).
    6. Structuralism by Roy Boyne (University of Durham)
    Part Three: Perspectives on Social and Cultural Analysis:
    7. Symbolic Interactionism in the Twentieth Century by Ken Plummer (University of Essex).
    8. Sociological Theory and Rational Choice Theory by Peter Abell (London School of Economics).
    9. Anthropology and Social Theory by James D. Faubion (Rice University).
    10. Phenomenology and Sociology by Steven Vaitkus (University of Bielefeld).
    11. Feminisms of the Second Wave by Terry Lovell (University of Warwick). 12. Feminisms Transformed? Terry Lovell (University of Warwick).
    13. Cultural Sociology and Cultural Sciences by Steven Connor (Birbeck College).
    Part Four: Perspectives on Time and Space:
    14. Historical Sociology by John Mandalios (Griffith University).
    15. Sociology of Time and Space by John Urry (Lancaster University).
    Part Five: Contemporary Developments in Social Theory:
    16. Postmodern Social Theory by Barry Smart (University of Portsmouth).
    17. Outline of a General Sociology of the Body by Bryan S. Turner (University of Cambridge).
    Part Four: Intellectuals and the Public Sphere:
    18. Social Theory and the Public Sphere: Craig Calhoun (University of North Carolina).


    Jonathan H. Turner and Jan E. Stets

    Turner, J.H. and Stets, J.E. 2005 The Sociology of Emotions Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Contents: Conceptualising emotions sociologically -- Dramaturgical and cultural theorising on emotions -- Ritual theorising on emotions -- Symbolic interactionist theorising on emotions -- Symbolic interactionist theorising on emotions with psychoanalytic elements -- Exchange theorising on emotions -- Structural theorising on emotions -- Evolutionary theorising on emotions -- Prospects for the sociology of emotions.

    Stets, J.E. and Turner, J.H. 2006 (Editors) Handbook of the Sociology of Emotions New York, Springer
    Contents: Introduction.- Section I: Basic Processes.- The Classification of Emotions.- The Neuroscience of Emotions.- Gender and Emotions.- Section II: Theories.- Power and Status and the Power-Status Theory of Emotions.- Cultural Theory and Emotions.- Ritual Theory and Emotions.- Symbolic Interactionism, Inequality, and Emotions.- Affect Control Theory.- Identity Theory and Emotions.- Self-Theory and Emotions.- Emotion-Based Self Theory.- Psychoanalytic Sociological Theories and Emotion.- Social Exchange Theory and Emotions.- Emotion in Justice Processes.- Expectation States Theory and Emotion.- Evolutionary Theory and Emotions.- Section III: Select Emotions.- Love.- Jealousy and Envy.- Empathy.- Sympathy.- Anger.- Grief.- Moral Emotions.- Section IV: Emotions in Social Live.- Emotions in the Workplace.- Emotions and Health.- Emotions and Social Movements.



    Victor (Witter) Turner 28.5.1920 - 18.12.1983)

    Turner, V. 1955 Social system of the Lunda - Ndembu of Mwinilunga District PhD Thesis. Manchester: University of Manchester. 428 pages.

    Turner, V. 1967 The Forest of Symbols: Aspects of Ndembu ritual Ithaca, New York: Cornell University Press. xii and 405 pages.
    Chapter 4 is "Betwixt and between : the liminal period in Rites de passage" (pp 93-111)


    Jo Twomey

    Twomey, J. 2004 "2004 Born with broom? Jo Twomey investigates Engels, Morgan and Morris" available at http://studymore.org.uk/xtwomey.htm


    Eleanor Ty, Wilfrid Laurier University

    Ty, Eleanor 1992 "Mary Wollstonecraft Shelley". Entry in the Dictionary of Literary Biography, Volume 116: British Romantic Novelists, 1789-1832. A Bruccoli Clark Layman Book. Edited by Bradford K. Mudge, University of Colorado at Denver. Gale Research, 1992. pp. 311-325. Available on Andreas Teuber's website at http://people.brandeis.edu/~teuber/shelleybio.html


    Edward Burnett Tylor 1832-1917 weblinks

    Tylor, E.B. 1861 Anahuac, or, Mexico and the Mexicans, Ancient and Modern

    Tylor, E.B. 1865 Researches into the Early History of Mankind and the Development of Civilisation

    Tylor, E.B. 1866ol "The Origin of Language", Westminster Review, Volume 86 (1866)

    Tylor, E.B. 15.8.1866 "The Religion of Savages" Fortnightly Review 15.8.1866 - Volume 6, pages 71-86

    Tylor, E. B. 1867 "On Traces of the Early Mental Condition of Mankind" Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain Volume 5, 1867, pp 83-93

    Tylor, E.B. 1869 "On the Survival of Savage Thought in Modern Civilisation" Proceedings of the Royal Institute of Great Britain Volume 5, 1869, pp 522-535

    Tylor, E.B. 1871 Primitive Culture: Researches into the Development of Mythology, Philosophy, Religion, Art, and Custom London, J. Murray. [Contents of second edition (Later edition numbering in brackets) Volume 1: The Origins of Culture 1. The science of culture. 2. The development of culture. 3. Survival in culture. 4. Survival in culture continued. 5. Emotional and imitative language. 6. Emotional and imitative language continued. 7. The art of counting. 8. Mythology. 9. Mythology continued. 10. Mythology continued. 11. Animism. Volume 2: Religion in Primitive Culture Contents: 1. (12) Animism continued from volume one. 2. (13) Animism continued. 3. (14) Animism continued. 4. (15) Animism continued. 5. (16) Animism continued. 6. (17) Animism continued. 7. (18) Rites and ceremonies. 8. (19) Conclusion.

    Tylor, E.B. 1875 "Anthropology" A six part article in the Encyclopedia Britannica

    Tylor, E.B. 1881 Anthropology: An Introduction to the Study of Man and Civilisation With illustrations. London : Macmillan and Co.,


    Peter Tyrer 1940 -

    Tyrer, P. and Steinberg, D. 1987 Models for Mental Disorder: Conceptual models in psychiatry by Peter Tyrer and Derek Steinberg; illustrated by Derek Steinberg. Chichester: Wiley, viii and 118 pages
    Contents: The Disease Model. The Psychodynamic Model. The Behavioural Model. The Cognitive Model. The Social Model. Working Models in Practice.

    Second edition: 1993. Third edition: 1998. Fourth edition: 2006

    Tyrer, P. and Steinberg, D. 1987/2006 Models for Mental Disorder: Conceptual models in psychiatry by Peter Tyrer and Derek Steinberg; illustrated by Derek Steinberg. Chichester: Wiley, 177 pages
    Contents: 1 Introduction; 2 The Disease Model; 3 The Psychodynamic Model; 4 The Cognitive-Behavioural Model; 5 The Social Model; 6 Working Models in Practice


    Tyson, G.F. 1973 (Editor) Toussaint L'Ouverture. (Great Lives Observed) Prentice-Hall. Spectrum.


    UK Data Service

    http://ukdataservice.ac.uk/


    United Nations

    UNDP 1990 Human Development Report 1990 - Concept and Measurement of human development New York: Oxford University Press for the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) x and 189 pages. Available at http://hdrnet.org/422/1/hdr_1990_en.pdf


    Louis Untermeyer 1.10.1885 - 18.12.1977

    Untermeyer, L. 1919 Modern American Poetry: An introduction edited by Louis Untermeyer... New York, Harcourt, Brace and Howe, 1919. xviii and 170 pages.

    Untermeyer, L. 1920 Modern British Poetry New York, Harcourt, Brace and Howe, 1920. xxv and 234 pages. Contains biographical sketches of authors.

    "This collection is obviously a companion volume to Modern American Poetry ... Modern British poetry covers the same period (from about 1870 to 1920), follows the same chronological scheme, but it is more amplified and goes into far greater detail than its predecessor." (Introduction, quoted Library of Congress catalogue)"

    Untermeyer, L. 23.7.1921 Review of Charlotte Mew's Saturday Market in The New York Evening Post. The article was expanded to become an introductory essay to Charlotte Mew's poems in the 1925 edition of Modern British Poetry

    Untermeyer, L. 1922 Modern American and British Poetry, edited by Louis Untermeyer New York, Harcourt, Brace and company. xxv and 371 pages.

    Untermeyer, L. 1925 Modern British Poetry: A critical anthology, edited by Louis Untermeyer. Revised and enlarged. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company

    Contained an "expanded group of Mew's poems, with the extended Tribute".

    Untermeyer, L. 1936 Modern British Poetry, A critical anthology, edited by Louis Untermeyer. New York, Harcourt, Brace and Company xxii and 549 pages. Fourth, revised, edition.


    Emma Uprichard, Roger Burrows and David Byrne

    Uprichard, E., Burrows, R. and Byrne, D. 2008, "SPSS as an 'inscription device': from causality to description?". The Sociological Review, 56: 606-622. available at http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467- 954X.2008.00807.x/abstract?

    This paper examines the development of SPSS" [Statistical Package for the Social Sciences] "from 1968 to 2008, and the manner in which it has been used in teaching and research in British Sociology


    Hugh B. Urban

    Urban, H.B. 6.2006 "Fair Game: Secrecy, Security, and the Church of Scientology in Cold War America" Journal of the American Academy of Religion, Vol. 74, No. 2, Religion and Secrecy (June 2006) pp. 356-389. Oxford University Press

    Urban, H.B. 8.2011 The Church of Scientology A History of a New Religion Princeton University Press. 280 pages See JSTOR Outline

    Introduction: the world's most controversial new religion and why no one writes about it
    One: Ron Hubbard: American entrepreneur, spiritual bricoleur
    Two: Scientology, inc.: Becoming a "religion" in the 1950s
    Three: A cold war religion: scientology, secrecy, and security in the 1950s and 60s
    Four: The "cult of all cults"? Scientology and the cult wars of the 1970s and 80s
    Five: "The war" and the triumph of scientology: becoming a tax-exempt religion in the 1990s
    Six: Secrets, security, and cyberspace: scientology's new wars of information on the internet
    Conclusion: new religions, freedom, and privacy in the post-9/11 world
    Appendix: a timeline of major events in scientology's complex journey to becoming a "religion"

    See Subject Index Religion and Scientology


    Hervé Varenne

    Varenne, H. 1995 "The Social Facting of Education: Durkheim's Legacy" Journal of Curriculum Studies, 27: 373-389. 1995. Available at http://varenne.tc.columbia.edu/hv/art/durkheim_dewey_main.html


    Thorstein (Bunde) Veblen 30.7.1857 - 3.8.1929

    Veblen, T. 1899 The Theory of the Leisure Class. Available at http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/833

    Veblen, T. 1899/1994 The Theory of the Leisure Class. Penguin twentieth-century classics. introduction by Robert Lekachman. Penguin Books.


    Steven Vertovec

    Vertovec, S. 2001 "Transnationalism and identity" Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 27:4, pp 573-582

    See Subject Index Migration


    Christopher Vincenzi

    Vincenzi, C. 1998 Crown Powers, Subjects and Citizens Pinter, London and Washington.


    George Bryan Vold 5.10.1896-20.11.1967
    University of Chicago, Ph.D. 1930
    Professor of sociology at the University of Minnesota 1927-1964

    Vold, G.B. 1931 Prediction Methods and Parole: A study of factors invovled in the violation or non-violation of parole in a group of Minnesota adult males Hanover, N.H. : The Sociological Press. 138 pages.

    Vold, G.B. 1937 "Modern criminology" in Schmidt, E.P. 1937

    Vold, G.B. 7.1941 "Crime in City and Country Areas" Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 217; pp 38-45 September 1941

    Vold, G.B. 2.1955 "For Better Prisons the Need is Basic Research". State Government February 1955, pp 1-4 (Published by the Council of State Governments

    Vold, G.B. 1958 Theoretical Criminology New York; Oxford : Oxford University Press. xi and 334 pages.
    Preface dated Minneapolis, January 1958
    Part 1: Background - The traditional schools of criminology.
    1: Introduction
    2: Classical and Neo-Classical Theories
    3: The Positive School
    Part 2: Theories centering on peculiarities or abnormalities s of the individual.
    4: Physical Type Theories
    5: Mental Testers and Feeblemindedness Theories
    6: General Heredity and the Defectiveness Hypothesis
    7: Psychopathy as the Orientation for Theory
    8: Some Personality-Problem types of Crime in Need of More Adequate Theory
    Part 3: Theories centering on group or cultural influences - Crime as specific aspect of more general cultural conflicts.
    9: Economic Conditions and Criminality
    10: Crime as Normal Learned Behaviour
    11: Group Conflict Theory as Explanation of Crime
    12: The Organisation of Criminals for Profit and Power
    13: White Collar Crime
    Part 4: Criminological theory in relation to research and to penal practice.
    14: Theory as the Basis for Research
    15: Criminological Theory in Relation to Prevailing Penal Practice
    16: Conclusion
    Bibliography. Index. 18 Tables.


    Martin Votruba
    Head Sloval Studies Program at the University of Pittsburgh

    Votruba, Martin 2010? "Emperor Joseph II, The Law on the German Language in Administration. 18 May 1784.". Slovak Studies Program (University of Pittsburgh). First archived 5.6.2010


    Vultee, Denise. No date William Blake (1757-1827) a biography by Denise Vultee and the editors of the Blake Archive. Available from The Blake Archive at http://www.blakearchive.org/   -   (direct link)


    Loïc Wacquant. 1960 - weblinks
    See Bourdieu Wacquant 1992

    New website (2012/2013?) with links to details of research, books, papers, debates, lectures and more

    Wacquant, L. 1998 "Pierre Bourdieu" in Stones, R. 1998 Key Sociological Thinkers pp 215-229

    Wacquant, L. 1998/2008 Revised chapter in Stones, R. 1998/2008 Key Sociological Thinkers (Second edition) pp 261-277 available at http://loicwacquant.net/assets/Papers/PIERREBOURDIEU-Stones2007.pdf

    (offline)

    Wacquant, L. 4.1999 "Penal 'common sense' comes to Europe - US exports zero tolerance" Le Monde Diplomatique. April 1999

    Wacquant, L. 11.1999 Les Prisons de la misère. Paris: Raisons d'agir. Editions du Seuil, 1999, 192p.

    Wacquant, L. 1999/2009 Prisons of Poverty. Translation into English of Wacquant, L. 11.1999 Minneapolis; London: University of Minnesota Press
    Contents: How America exports its penal policy -- From social state to penal state: American realities, European possibilities -- The great penal leap backward : incarceration in America from Nixon to Clinton.

    Wacquant, L. 2004 Body and Soul: Ethnographic Notebooks of An Apprentice-Boxer. New York: Oxford University Press.

    Wacquant, L. 2005 (Editor) Pierre Bourdieu and Democratic Politics - The Mystery of Ministry. Cambridge: Polity Press.
    A collection of essays, mostly by Bourdieu and Wacquant

  • "Introduction: symbolic power and democratic practice -- Pointers on Pierre Bourdieu and democratic politics" by Loïc Wacquant
  • "From the king's house to the reason of state: a model of the genesis of the bureaucratic field" by Pierre Bourdieu
  • "The mystery of ministry: from particular wills to the general will" by Pierre Bourdieu
  • "Scholarship with commitment: On the political engagements of Pierre Bourdieu" by Franck Poupeau and Thierry Discepolo
  • "Ancien règime ballots: a double historicization of electoral practices" by Olivier Christin
  • "'Making the people speak': On the social uses of and reactions to public opinion polls / Patrick Champagne -- Symbolic power in the rule of the 'state nobility'" by Loïc Wacquant
  • "The making and breaking of the Czechoslovak political field" by Gil Eyal
  • "The cunning of imperialist reason" by Pierre Bourdieu and by Loïc Wacquant
    Key writings of Pierre Bourdieu on democratic politics.

    Wacquant, L. 2008 Urban Outcasts: A Comparative Sociology of Advanced Marginality. Polity Press.

    Wacquant, L. 2009 Punishing the Poor: The Neoliberal Government of Social Insecurity. Translated into English by James Ingram. Durham: Duke University Press.
    Contents: Prologue: America as living laboratory of the neoliberal future -- Social insecurity and the punitive upsurge -- The criminalization of poverty in the post-civil rights era -- Welfare "reform" as poor discipline and statecraft -- The great confinement of the fin de siècle -- The coming of carceral "big government" -- The prison as surrogate ghetto: encaging the black subproletarians -- Moralism and punitive panopticism: hunting down sex offenders -- The scholarly myths of the new law-and-order reason -- Carceral aberration comes to French -- Theoretical coda: a sketch of the neoliberal state.

    Wacquant, L. 2.2013 "Bourdieu 1993: A Case Study in Scientific Consecration" Sociology February 2013 47: pp 15-29,

    Abstract: Drawing on archival materials and personal testimonies, I reconstruct the conditions under which Bourdieu came to receive the Gold Medal of the National Center for Scientific Research, France's highest science prize, in 1993 as a signal case study of the existential predicament and institutional trappings of scholarly consecration. Bourdieu's award speech and the ceremony at which he read it present a triple interest for the history and sociology of sociology. They illustrate how a shaping figure in the discipline personally experienced, reflexively viewed, and practically navigated the nexus of science, authority, and power. They mark 1993 as a pivot-year in Bourdieu's intellectual evolution, leading to a new agenda foregrounding the state as paramount symbolic power, the alchemy of group formation, and the unfinished promise of democratic politics; and they help explain why he ventured more forthrightly into civic debate in the 1990s. Bourdieu's ambivalent acceptance of the prize also illustrates his conception of the 'Realpolitik of reason' and put an emphatic end to the eclipse of Durkheim by restoring sociology to its rightful place at the scientific zenith in the country of its birth


    Sylvia Walby

    Walby, S. 1986 Patriarchy at Work, Cambridge, Polity.

    Walby, S. 1988 (Editor) Gender Segregation at Work Milton Keynes: Open University Press. 190 pages

    Walby, S. 1988a "Segregation in employment in social and economic theory" in S. Walby (Editor) Gender Segregation at Work (pp. 14-28).

    Walby, S. 1990 Theorising Patriarchy, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers


    Jennifer Walke

    Walke, J. 23.10.2010 "Gender and Madness in Post-War Bethlem: A Meeting of Minds?" Politics and practices: the history of post-war women's health. Centre for the History of Science, Technology and Medicine, University of Manchester. Friday 22 - Saturday 23 October 2010

    "a rising tide of voluntary admissions from the 1930s coincided with the emergence of 'psycho-neuroses', a category in which women were over- represented. Women also outlived and outnumbered men. - Before the war diagnoses such as anxiety were predominently given to women. After the war this changed. Post-war also saw the ascent of affective psychosis (for example manic depression) amongst women. There was a widening age disparity between male and female admissions, most prominent within the over-60 age groups, where a middle-class bias remained apparent. (source)

    Walke, J. 14.1.2015 Repute and Remedy: Psychiatric Patients and Their Treatment at Bethlem Royal Hospital, 1930-1983 Ph.D Thesis. London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine Centre for History in Public Health. Succesful viva 14.1.2015. Supervisor: Martin Gorsky. Funder: Wellcome Trust. Start date September 2008

    Walke, J. 27.5.2015 Psychiatric Patients and their Treatment at Bethlem Royal Hospital, c.1930- 1983 Survivors' History Group, 27th May 2015


    Carl Walker 1975 -
    Post-doctoral fellow in the department of Mental Health Sciences at the University College-London. Managed a European-wide, EC-funded four year research project involving the identifcation risk factors for future episodes of depression for use in a General Practice context.
    A senior lecturer in psychology at the school of applied social science, university of Brighton

    Walker, K. 2008 Depression and Globalization: The politics of mental health in the 21st century New York: Springer
    Part One: Depression
    1. What Is Depression?
    2. The Stigma of Depression: History and Context
    Part Two: Globalization
    3. The New Right and the 1980s
    4. Globalization: Definitions and Debates
    Part Three: Mental Health
    5. The Structures of Society and Depression
    6. The Mental Health Sciences and the Depression Industry
    7. Depression and the Future

    Abstract: "Analyzes the human cost of recent political and economic events as main contributors to the rise of depression, particularly in the U.S. and Britain. Starting in the 1980s, income and educational disparities, financial and job insecurity-by-products of multinational business-have grown in parallel with increasing feelings of hopelessness and isolation. These sociopolitical stressors, Walker asserts, have not only added to the prevalence of depressive disorders, but have profoundly influenced their conceptualization and treatment. Balancing individual lives and societal health, the author identifies challenges rarely discussed in the mental health field, and steps the community can take to improve their outcome. Describes the political aspects of depression, specifically the relationship between globalisation and depression."



    Jan Wallcraft 1948-

    Wallcraft J. 2002 Turning Towards Recovery? - A study of personal narratives of mental health crisis and breakdown, unpublished PhD thesis, South Bank University.

    Jan Wallcraft and Michael Bryant

    Wallcraft, J. and Bryant, M. 2003 The Mental Health Service User Movement in England Policy Paper 2. London. The Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/policy_2.pdf

    Jan Wallcraft, Jim Read and Angela Sweeney

    Wallcraft, J.; Read, J. and Sweeney, A. 2003 On our own terms - Users and survivors of mental health services working together for support and change, London. The Sainsbury Centre for Mental Health. Available at http://studymore.org.uk/on_our.pdf

    Jan Wallcraft, Beate Schrank and Michaela Amering

    Wallcraft, J. Schrank, B and Amering, M. 2009 (Editors) Handbook of Service User Involvement in Mental Health Research. World Psychiatric Association. Wiley.


    Chapters:
    1 History, Context and Language - Jan Wallcraft and Mary Nettle

    2 Principles and Motives - Alison Faulkner
    3 Levels and Stages - Angela Sweeney and Louise Morgan
    4 Values - Bill (KWM) Fulford and Jan Wallcraft
    5 Roles - Jasna Russo and Peter Stastny
    6 Capacity-building - Kim Hopper and Alisa Lincoln
    7 Purposes and Goals - Larry Davidson, Priscilla Ridgway, Timothy Schmutte and Maria O'Connell
    8 Topics - Paulo Del vecchio and Crystal R. Blyler
    9 Methods - Jean Campbell
    10 Service Users as Paid Researchers - Jonathan Delman and Alisa Lincoln
    11 Consultation - Virginia Minogue
    12 Collaboration - Diana Rose
    13 Control - Peter Beresford
    14 Power - Paddy McGowan, Liam Mac Gabhann, Chris Stevenson and Jim Walsh
    15 Money - Sarah Hamilton
    16 Politics - Daniel B. Fisher
    17 Good Practice Guidance - Beate Schrank and Jan Wallcraft

    Wallcraft J. 8.2010 The Capabilities Approach in Mental Health - What are the implications for research and outcome measurement


    Harry Wallop
    Retail editor of The Daily Telegraph

    Wallop, H. 2013 Consumed: How Shopping Fed the Class System London. HarperCollins

    In our consumer society, class no longer depends so much on how you earn your money as on how you spend it.



    Mark Walsh

    Walsh, M. 2001 Research Made Real: A guide for students. Cheltenham; Nelson Thornes
    Contents:
    Part 1 Getting ready for research: what is a research investigation?; types of research investigation; theoretical approaches to research; how will your research be judged?.
    Part 2 Preparing for your project: identifying a topic or area of interest; obtaining and reviewing background information; identifying a research question or hypothesis; deciding on research design and strategy; surveys; experiments; case studies; action research; research designs; selecting data collection methods; participant observation; thinking about ethics; detailed planning and the research proposal.
    Part 3 Obtaining and working with data: collecting primary data; making sense of your data.
    Part 4 Putting it all together: writing a research report; referencing your research; appendix - evaluating research reports.


    Mark Walsh, Paul Stephens and Stephen Moore

    Walsh, Stephens and Moore 2000 Social Policy & Welfare Stanley Thornes. Cheltenham. - This is an A level text that relates current policy (such as those of New Labour) to historic policies (such as the 1834 Poor Law)


    Sue Walters

    Walters, S. 2012 Ethnicity, Race and Education: An Introduction Continuum

    Table Of Contents
    Introduction 'Why do Ethnicity and 'Race' Matter?
    1. What Do We Mean By 'Race' and Ethnicity?
    2. 'Race', Ethnicity and School Achievement
    3. 'Race', Ethnicity and School Experience
    4. 'Race', Ethnicity and Research
    5. Taking Action Around 'Race' and Ethnicity
    Conclusions


    Pierre Walthery

    Walthery, P. 2006 "Figuring Out Social Classes: An Overview" Radical Statistics No 92. Available at http://www.radstats.org.uk/no092/walthery92.pdf


    Paul Walton (24.11.1943 - 15.5.2012) and Jock Young

    Walton, P. and Young, J. 1998 (Editors) The New Criminology Revisited Basingstoke: Macmillan. xi and 302 pages.
    Contents
    Preface by P. Walton and J. Young
    Big Science: Dystopia and Utopia: Establishment and New Criminology Revisited by P. Walton
    Breaking Windows: Situating the New Criminology by J. Young
    Reducing the Crime Problem: A Not So Dismal Criminology by J.Braithwaite
    Criminology Ltd: The Search for a Paradigm by P. Carlen
    Postmodernism and Feminist Criminologies: Fragmenting the Criminological Subject by K. Carrington
    Intellectual Scepticism and Political Commitment: The Case of Radical Criminology by S.Cohen
    Crime and Market Society: Lessons from the United States' by E. Currie
    Crime, Criminology and Government by R. Hogg
    Criminology and Postmodernity by J. Lea
    Criminology and the Public Sphere: Arguments for Utopian Realism by I. Loader
    Moral Panics and the New Right: Single Mothers and Feckless Fathers by J.Mooney
    Reassessing Competing Paradigms in Criminological Theory by J.Muncie
    Free Markets and the Costs of Crime: An Audit of England and Wales in 1994 by I. Taylor
    Writing on the Cusp of Change: A New Criminology for an Age of Late Modernity by J. Young


    Barney Warf

    Warf, B. 2008 Time-Space Compression - Historical Geographies Routledge. 252 pages


    Marina Warner 1946-

    Warner, M. 1985 Monuments and Maidens: The allegory of the female form London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson


    Val Warner 1946 -

    Warner, V. 1975 "Mary Magdalene and the Bride. The Work of Charlotte Mew" Poetry Nation volume 4. Available at http://www.poetrymagazines.org.uk/magazine/record.asp?id=5932

    Warner, V. 1981 "Introduction" and "Bibliographical Note" in Mew, C. 1981 Charlotte Mew: Collected Poems and Prose. pages ix-xxiv

    Warner, V. 1997/2003 "Introduction" and bibliographical material in Mew, C. 1987/2003 Charlotte Mew: Collected Poems and Selected Prose, Second impression 2003, pages viii-xxv


    Mary Warnock 14.4.1924-

    Warnock, M. 1976 Imagination London: Faber and Faber. 213 pages.

    1978: Warnock Report

    Warnock, M. 1985 Introduction to the Everyman edition of A Vindication of the Rights of Woman (Wollstonecraft, M, 1792) and The Subjection of Women (Mill, J S, 1869) Everyman's Library

    Warnock, M. 1994 Imagination and time Oxford: Blackwell, xi and 193 pages.
    Contents: Preface. 1. Introduction: The Inner and the Outer World. 2. Imagination and the Idea of Genius. 3. Imaginative Interpretations. 4. The Symbolic. 5. Stories. 6. Personal Identity. 7. Autobiography. 8. The Future. 9. Consequences.
    An exploration of the related ideas of personal identity, time, history and our commitment to the future, and the role of imagination in life. Argues that the notion of personal immortality cannot be taken literally. Nevertheless, as a metaphor, immortality may illuminate both our relation with the past, our understanding of the present and our responsibility for the future.


    Ruth Wajsblum

    Wajsblum, J. 1981 Women in Prison ELWAP (East London Women Against Prison) [26 page booklet]


    Watkin, B. 1975 Documents on Health and Social Services 1834 To the Present Day.


    John William Nevill Watkins 31.7.1924 - 26.7.1999
    Philosopher. Taught at the London School of Economics from 1966 to 1989

    Watkins, J.W.N. 1957 "Historical Explanation and the Social Sciences" British Journal of Philosophy of Science 1957

    Watkins, J.W.N. 1965 Hobbes's System of Ideas: A Study in the Political Significance of Philosophical Theories. London, Hutchinson, 1965


    Samuel Craig Watkins

    Watkins, S.C. 2009 The Young and the Digital: What the migration to social-network sites, games, and anytime, anywhere media means for our future Boston : Beacon Press. xxi and 249 pages.
    Contents
    Introduction: The young and the digital -- Digital migration : young people's historic move to the online world -- Social media 101 : what schools are learning about themselves and young technology users -- The very well connected : friending, bonding, and community in the digital age -- Digital gates : how race and class distinctions are shaping the digital world -- We play : the allure of social games, synthetic worlds, and second lives -- Hooked : rethinking the internet addiction debate -- Now! Fast entertainment and multitasking in an always-on world -- "May I have your attention?" : the consequences of anytime, anywhere technology -- Conclusion: A message from Barack: what the young and the digital means for our political future.

    Subject indexe: Networks -


    Ben Watson 1956 -
    Ben Watson left the Socialist Workers Party in 2009 after thirty years membership. He and two other ex-SWP comrades have now formed the AMM (Association of Musical Marxists).

    Watson, B. 5.2011 Adorno for Revolutionaries Unkant Publishers http://www.unkant.com. ISBN: 978-0-9568176-0-0 May 2011, 256 pages

    Watson, B. 4.2012 Blake in Cambridge Unkant Publishers http://www.unkant.com. ISBN: 978-0-9568176-8-6 April 2012. 168 pages

    Watson, B. 9.2012 "Psycho Politics" The Newhaven Journeyman. Issue 1, Finding a voice. September 2012. Eleusinian Press. pp 6-25
    About Peter Sedgwick's book PsychoPolitics and Ben Watson's own political life.


    Hamish Watson

    Watson, H. 2007 After God! New Unified Theory, Open Secret New Time Press ISBN 9780955610318. 13.9.2007


    John Watson

    Watson, John 1927 (new edition) The Philosophy of Kant. As contained in selections from his own writings. Glasgow.


    John Broadus Watson (1878-1958) Broadhurst   Cohen   Harris   weblinks

    Watson, J.B. 1907 "Studying the mind of animals" The World Today, 12, 421-426. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/Animals/index.htm

    Watson, J.B. 1913 "Psychology as the behaviorist views it". Psychological Review, 20, 158-177. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/views.htm

    Watson, J.B. 1916. "Behavior and the concept of mental disease." Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, and Scientific Methods, 13, 589- 597. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/mental.htm

    Watson, J.B. 1920. "Is thinking merely the action of language mechanisms?" British Journal of Psychology, 11, 87-104. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/thinking.htm

    Watson, J.B. and Rayner, R 1920 "Conditioned Emotional Reactions" Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3(1), 1-14. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/emotion.htm

    Watson, John B. & MacDougall, William. 1929. The battle of behaviorism: An exposition and an exposure. available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Watson/Battle/


    Kathy Watson

    Watson, K. 2004 The Devil Kissed Her. The Story of Mary Lamb London and New York: Tarcher/Penguin


    Martha Beatrice Webb (née Potter) 22.1.1858 - 30.4.1943)
    Sidney James Webb (13.7.1859 - 13.10.1947)

    Webb, S. 1887 Facts for Socialists

    Webb, S. 1889 Fabian Essays in Socialism - The Basis of Socialism

    Webb, B. 1891 Cooperative Movement in Great Britain

    Webb, S and B. 1894 History of Trade Unionism

    Webb, S and B. 1897 Industrial Democracy

    Webb, S. 1898 Problems of Modern Industry

    Webb, S. 1904 London Education

    Webb, S and B. 1906-1929 English Local Government Volumes 1-9

    Webb, S and B. 1908 The Manor and the Borough

    Webb, S and B. 1909 The Break-Up of the Poor Law

    Webb, S and B. 1910 English Poor Law Policy (1834-1909)

    Webb, S. 1911 Grants in Aid: A Criticism and a Proposal

    Sidney Webb and A. Freeman

    Webb, S. and Freman, A. 1912 Seasonal Trades

    Webb, S and B. 1914 The Cooperative Movement

    Webb, S. 1916 The Restoration of Trade Union Conditions

    Webb, S and B. 1917 Works Manager Today

    Webb, B. 1919 Wages of Men and Women: Should they be equal?

    Webb, S and B. 1921 The Consumer's Cooperative Movement

    Webb, S and B. 1923 Decay of Capitalist Civilisation

    Webb, B. 1926 My Apprenticeship

    Webb, S and B. 1929 English Poor Law History Part 2 (2 vols) The Last Hundred Years.

    Webb, S and B. 1932 Methods of Social Study

    Webb, S and B. 1935 Soviet Communism: A new civilisation?

    Webb, S and B. 1942 The Truth About Soviet Russia

    Webb, B. 1948 Our Partnership


    David Webb 1946- and Robert Harris 1947-

    David Webb and Robert Harris

    Webb, D. and Harris, R. 1999 (Editors) Mentally Disordered Offenders: Managing people nobody owns London: Routledge.
    Contents
    1. Mental disorder and social order: underlying themes in crime management, by Robert Harris
    2. Public Inquiries in mental health, by Louis Blom-Cooper
    3. The police and the mentally disordered in the community, by Philip Bean
    4. Diverting mentally disordered offenders from custody, by Paul Cavadino
    5. Recreating mayhem? Developing understanding for social work with mentally disordered people, by Michael Preston-Shoot
    6. Multi-agency risk management of mentally disordered sex offenders: A probation case study, by Daniel Grant.
    7. The Parole Board and the mentally disordered offender, by Judith Pitchers
    8. Control and compassion: The uncertain role of Mental Health Review Tribunals in the management of the mentally ill, by John Wood
    9. Thinking horses, not zebras, by
    Jill Peay
    A balance of possibilities: some concluding notes on rights, risks and the mentally disordered offender, by David Webb


    David Webb 1955-

    Webb, D. 2001 "Suicide: Mental illness or spiritual crisis?" presented at Exclusion and Embrace: Conversations about Spirituality and Disability, Melboume.

    Webb, D. 2002a "The Many Languages of Suicide", New Paradigm July 2002: pp 4-28

    Webb, D. 2002b "The Search for Self and Spirit in Suicidology" in Elaine Martin and Judith Booth (Editorss) 2003, Courageous Research, Common Ground Publishing, Melboume. pp 25-44.

    Webb, D. 2003 "Self, Soul and Spirit: Suicidology's blind spots?" New Paradigm September 2003: pp 4-23

    Webb, D. 2004 "A Sociology of Suicidology" presented at The Australian Sociology Association (TASA), Beechworth.

    Webb, D. 2005 "Bridging the Spirituality Gap", Australian e- Journal for the Advancement of Mental Health 4(1).

    Webb, D. 2006 A role for spiritual self-enquiry in suicidology? PhD thesis thesis, Victoria University. In two volumes: Exegesis titled A role for spiritual self-enquiry in suicidology? Creative thesis titled: Thinking about suicide : contemplating and comprehending suicidality Available at http://eprints.vu.edu.au/15550/

    Webb, D. 2010 Thinking about Suicide: Contemplating and comprehending the urge to die Herefordshire: PCCS Books.

    Summary: The aim here is not to attempt any generalisations from individual, personal experience but rather to contribute the author's story to the meagre body of first-person data currently found in suicidology. A second purpose is to use the author's story to draw attention to some serious shortcomings in suicidology.

    See Subject Index Suicide


    Eugene J. Webb, Donald T. Campbell, Richard D Schwartz and Lee Sechrest

    Webb, E. J., Campbell, D. T., Schwartz, R. D., and Sechrest, L. 1966 Unobtrusive Measures: Nonreactive Measures in the Social Sciences Chicago: Rand McNally.


    Jenn Webb, Tony Schirato and Geoff Danaher

    Webb J., Schirato, T. and Danaher, G. 2002 Understanding Bourdieu Australia : Allen & Unwin, 2002. London : SAGE, 2002. xvi and 209 pages



    Max Weber 21.4.1864 - 14.6.1920 Roberts 1997 chapter 6 - weblinks


    Weber, M. 1889: "Zur Geschichte der Handelgesellschaften im Mittelalter" [The History of Medieval Business Organisations]


    Weber, M. 1891: "Die Römische Agrargeschichte in ihrer Bedeutung für das Staats- und Privatrecht" [Roman Agrarian History and its Significance for Public and Private Law]


    Weber, M. 1892: "Die Verhältnisse der Landarbeiter im ostelbischen Deutschland" [Condition of Farm Labour in Eastern Germany]


    Weber, M. 1894-1896 "Die Börse" [The Stock Exchange]


    Weber, M. 1895"Der Nationalstaat und die Volkswirtschaftspolitik". [The National State and Economic Policy] - inaugural lecture at Freiburg University


    Weber, M. May 1896: "Die sozialen Gründe des Untergangs der antiken Kultur" [The Social Reasons for the Decline of Ancient Culture] in Die Wahrheit"


    Weber, M. 1904-1905 Die protestantische Ethik und der Geist des Kapitalismus first appeared as a two-part essay in the November 1904 and early 1905 Archiv für Sozialwissenschaften und Sozialpolitik (volumes 20 and 21) and was published in 1920 in revised version. See also 1922. Talcott Parson's made the English translation in 1930


    Weber, M. 1910-1914 (written) Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. . [Economy and Society.] A frequent abbreviation (elsewhere) is WuG. Read about Weber's toolbox
    English translations see The Theory of Social and Economic Organisation 1947, Basic Concepts in Sociology 1962 and Economy and Society. An Outline of Interpretive Sociology 1968

    Originally published as volume 3 of the collaborative work Grundriss der Sozialekonomik, published Tubingen: Mohr, 1922:

    Weber, M. 1910-1914/1922 Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft, Tübingen: Mohr, 1922, X, 840 S. (Grundriß der Sozialökonomik ; Abt. 3)

    Available in the Internet Library at http://archive.org/details/wirtschaftundges00webeuoft


    1922
    Volume 1:
    Volume 2:
    Chapter 1: Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft im allgemeinen [Economy and society in general] pp 181-193
    Chapter 2: Typen der Vergemeinschaftung und Vergesellschaftung [Types of ... and ...] pp 194-215
    Chapter 3: Ethnische Gemeinschaftsbeziehungen [Ethnic community relations] pp 216-226
    Chapter 4: Religionssoziologie (Typen religiöser Vergemeinschaftung) Sociology of religion (Types religious community) pp 227-363
    Chapter 5: Markt [Market] pp 364-367
    Chapter 6: Die Wirtschaft und die Ordnungen [The economy and ... ] pp 368-385
    Chapter 7: Rechtssoziologie (Wirtschaft und Recht) [Sociology of law (Business and law)] pp 386-512
    Chapter 8: Die Stadt [The City] pp 513-600
    Volume 3:

    4th Edition Tübingen 1956.


    Weber, M. 1913/1915-Religion-introduction Die Wirtschaftsehthik der Weltreligionen [The Economic Ethics of World Religions] Introduction written 1913, published in September 1915 in the Archiv für Sozialforschung translated as The Social Psychology of the World Religions in Gerth & Mills 1948 (Editors) pp 267-301


    Weber, M. 1919/Politics Politics as a Vocation in Gerth & Mills 1948 (Editors) pp 77-128. Originally a speech at Munich University in 1918.
    Available at http://media.pfeiffer.edu/lridener/dss/Weber/polvoc.html


    Weber, M. 1919/Science Science as a Vocation in Gerth & Mills 1948 (Editors) pp 129-156. Originally a speech at Munich University in 1918
    Available at http://media.pfeiffer.edu/lridener/dss/Weber/scivoc.html

    See dictionary objective and subject index standpoint theory

    14.6.1920: Death of Weber (aged 56)

    Weber, M. 1921 Die rationalen und soziologischen Grundlagen der Musik (The Rational and Social Foundations of Music) Tübingen, Mohr


    Weber, M. 1922 Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Religionssoziologie [Collected essays on the sociology of religion] Tübingen : Mohr, 1922-1923. Three volumes.
    Contents
    Book 1: Die protestantische Ethik und der Geist des Kapitalismus. Die protestantischen Sekten und der Geist des Kapitalismus. Die Wirtschaftsethik der Weltreligion. [The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. The Protestant sects and the spirit of capitalism. The economic ethics of the world religion].
    Book 2: Hinduismus und Buddhismus. [Hinduism and Buddhism]
    Book 3: Das antike Judentum. [Ancient Judaism]


    Weber, M. 1923 Wirtschaftsgeschichte (General Economic History) Composed by his students from lecture notes shortly after his death


    Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Wissenschafstlehre

    Gesammelte Politische Schriften

    Gesammelte Aufsätze zur Soziologie und Sozialpolitik


    Weber, M. 1930 The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, being a translation by Talcott Parsons of articles published by Weber in 1904/1905
    PART ONE: The Problem p.1
    1 Religious Affiliation and Social Stratification p.3
    2 The Spirit of Capitalism p.13
    3 Luther's Conception of the Calling: Task of the Investigation p.39
    PART TWO: The Practical Ethics of the Ascetic Branches of Protestantism p.51
    4 The Religious Foundations of Worldly Asceticism p.53
    A. Calvinism p.56
    B. Pietism p.80
    C. Methodism p.89
    D. The Baptist Sects p.92
    5 Asceticism and the Spirit of Capitalism p.102


    Weber, M. 1947 The Theory of Social and Economic Organisation. A translation by A.M. Henderson and Talcott Parsons of volume 1 part one of Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft. Edited with an introduction by Talcott Parsons.


    Weber, M. 1949 Max Weber on the Methodology of the Social Sciences Translated and edited by Edward A. Shils and Henry A. Finch with a foreword by Edward A. Shils. The Free Press of Glencoe, Illinois.

    This is a collection of essays originally written in German between 1903 and 1917


    Weber, M. 1958 Gesammelte politische Schriften quoted Giddens 1972 with a note that it is the standard collected edition of Weber's political writings

    Weber, M. 1962 Basic Concepts in Sociology. Part 1, chapter 1 of Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft translated and with an introduction by H.P. Secher. New York : Citadel Press. London. Peter Owen. 123 pages.

    This is Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft Volume 1 part one, chapter 1. Translated and introduced by Herbert Pierre. Secher, who tries to use more everyday language than Parsons used in Weber 1947 Extracts

    Weber, M. 1968 Economy and Society. An Outline of Interpretive Sociology. Edited by Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich. Translators: Ephraim Fischoff and others. New York: Bedminster Press, 1968. 3 volumes. Being an English edition of Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft incorporating earlier translations of parts.
    Contents
    Part One: Conceptual Exposition
    Basic Sociological Terms
    Sociological Categories of Economic Action
    The Types of Legitimate Domination
    Status Groups and Classes
    Part Two: The Economy and the Arena of Normative and De Facto Powers
    The Economy and Social Norms
    The Economic Relationship of Organized Groups
    Household, Neighborhood and Kin Group
    Household, Enterprise and Oikos
    Ethnic Groups
    Religious Groups (The Sociology of Religion)
    The Market: Its Impersonality and Ethic
    Economy and Law (The Sociology of Law)
    Political Communities
    Domination and Legitimacy
    Bureaucracy
    Patriarchalism and Patrimonialism
    Feudalism, Ständestaat and Patrimonialism
    Charisma and Its Transformation
    Political and Hierocratic Domination
    The City (Non-Legitimate Domination)
    Appendices
    Types of Social Action and Groups
    Parliament and Government in a Reconstructed Germany

    Weber, M. 2005 Max Weber: readings and commentary on modernity Modernity and society; 3. Edited by Stephen Kalberg. Malden, Massachusetts; Oxford: Blackwell. xxxiii and 398 pages


    Leonard Webster 1953 and Patricie Mertova 1975-

    Webster, L. and Mertova, P. 2007 Using Narrative Inquiry As a Research Method : An introduction to using critical event narrative analysis in research on learning and teaching London: Routledge, x and 135 pages.
    Chapters:
    Chapter 1 Why Narrative
    Chapter 2 Narrative in Research
    Chapter 3 Philosophies and Theories Underpinning Narrative
    Chapter 4 Applying Narrative ? Case Studies
    Chapter 5 A Critical Events Approach to Narrative
    Chapter 6 Rethinking Validity and Reliability
    Chapter 7 A Framework for Narrative Research


    Andrew T. Weil; Norman E. Zinberg; Judith M. Nelsen,

    Weil, A.T., Zinberg, N.E., Nelsen, J.M. 1968 "Clinical and psychological effects of marihuana in man" Science, Vol 162 (3859), December 1968, pp 1234-1242. Available at http://www.onlinepot.org/medical/Dr_Tods_PDFs/s4_3.pdf
    Abstract: Employed 9 male 21-26 yr. old chronic users and 9 naive nonusers in a double-blind study in a neutral setting involving ingestion of marihuana via smoking. Placebo cigarettes consisted of stems of the male hemp plant. All Ss inhaled the smoke according to procedures standardized for the study. A series of physiological (e.g., heart and respiration rate, pupil size, blood glucose level, and conjunctival vascular state), and psychological measures (including the Continuous Performance Test, Digit Symbol Substitution Test, and the pursuit rotor) were obtained on a prearranged schedule extending over 3 hr. following inhalation of marihuana. Results suggest that: (a) laboratory study of effects of marihuana is feasible; (b) subjective reports following low and high doses differ between naive and chronic users; (c) some impairment on simple intellectual and psychomotor tests was observed in naive Ss, and was dose- related; regular users showed no comparable impairment; (d) the only significant physiological changes were moderate increases in heart rate, and reddening of the eyes; and (e) in a laboratory setting, effects of a single inhaled dose of marihuana reaches greatest intensity within 1/2 hr. of inhalation, diminishes after 1 hr., and dissipates by 3 hr. (28 ref.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)


    Dora B. Weiner

    Weiner, D.B. 1993 The citizen-patient in revolutionary and imperial Paris Henry E. Sigerist series in the history of medicine. Baltimore; London: Johns Hopkins University Press.



    Norbert Wiener 26.11.1894 - 18.3.1964
    American mathematician and philosopher.

    Wiener, N. 1948 Cybernetics: Or Control and Communication in the Animal and the Machine. Paris, Hermann and Cie and Cambridge Massachusetts: MIT Press. [2nd revised edition 1961]

    "Such mechanical labor has most of the economic properties of slave labor, although, unlike slave labor, it does not involve the direct demoralizing effects of human cruelty. However, any labor that accepts the conditions of competition with slave labor accepts the conditions of slave labor, and is essentially slave labor"

    Wiener, N. 1950 The Human Use of Human Beings The Riverside Press. Houghton Mifflin Co.


    Fay Weldon 22.9.1931 -

    Weldon, F. 1967 The Fat Woman's Joke MacGibbon and Kee
    Published (1968) in the USA as and the wife ran away David MacKay Company, Inc.

    A novel in which Esther Wells revolts against life, men, marriage, and herself in an orgy of self-indulgence.


    Simon Werrett

    Werrett, S. 1998 Potemkin and the Panopticon: Samuel Bentham and the Architecture of Absolutism in Eighteenth Century Russia available at http://www.ucl.ac.uk/Bentham-Project/journal/nlwerret.htm - archive

    See Jeremy Bentham (Samuel's brother)


    Susanne Wessendorf
    Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity

    Wessendorf S. 2010. Commonplace Diversity: Social Interactions in a Super- diverse Context. Working Paper of the Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity (WP 10-11). http://www.mmg.mpg.de/en/publications/working-papers/2010/wp-10-11/

    Wessendorf, S. 10.2011 "Commonplace diversity and the 'ethos of mixing': Perceptions of difference in a London neighbourhood", MMG Working Paper WP 11-09 http://www.mmg.mpg.de/publications/working- papers/2010/wp-11-09/


    Donald James West 1924-

    West, D. J. 1965 Murder followed by suicide : an enquiry carried out for the Institute of Criminology, Cambridge


    Randall White

    White, R. 2006 "The Women of Brassempouy: A Century of Research and Interpretation." Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory. 13(4) (December 2006) pages 251-304. Available at https://www.academia.edu/3606328/The_Women_of_Brassempouy_A_Century_of_Rese arch_and_Interpretation



    Stephen M. Whitehead

    Stephen M. Whitehead and Frank J. Barrett

    Whitehead, S.M and Barrett, F.J. 2001 The Masculinities Reader Cambridge, UK : Malden, MA : Polity ; Blackwell Publishers, 2001. ix and 388 pages
    Contents
    The social organization of masculinity by R.W. Connell
    Masculinities and masculinism by Author Brittan
    Postmodernism and the interrogation of masculinity by David S. Gutterman
    The organizational construction of hegemonic masculinity : the case of the US Navy by Frank J. Barrett
    The belly of the beast : sex as male domination? by Lynne Segal
    Power and the language of men by Scott Fabius Kiesling
    Violence, rape, and sexual coercion : everyday love in a South African township by Katharine Wood and Rachel Jewkes
    Naming men as men : implications for work, organization and management by David Collinson and Jeff Hearn
    Masculinity and machismo in Hollywood's war films by Ralph R. Donald --
    Masculinity, school, and self in Sweden and the Netherlands by Alan Segal
    Cool pose : black masculinity and sports by Richard Majors
    Family, gender and masculinities by David H. J. Morgan
    The organization of intimacy : managerialism, masculinity and the masculine subject by Deborah Kerfoot
    Friendship, intimacy, and sexuality by Michael A. Messner
    Masculinity as homophobia : fear, shame, and silence in the construction of gender indenity by Michael S. Kimmel
    'A vicarious sense of belonging' : the politics of friendship and gay social movements, communities, and neighborhoods by Peter M. Nardi
    The crisis of masculinity and the politics of identity by John Maclnnes
    'Crabs in a bucket' : reforming male identities in Trinidad by Niels Sampath
    'And ar'n't I a man?' : toward a Chicano/Latino men's studies by Alfredo Mirandé
    Man : the invisible gendered subject? by Stephen M. Whitehead
    Masculinity politics on a world scale by R. W. Connell.


    Michel Wieviorka

    Wieviorka, M. 2012 "The Resurgence of Social Movements" Journal of Conflictology [ISSN 2013-8857], Volume 3, Issue 2 (2012) pp. 13-19 Campus for Peace, UOC. available at http://www.uoc.edu/ojs/index.php/journal-of- conflictology/article/view/vol3iss2-wieviorka

    Subject index: Movement - offline


    Andy Wiggans 1949-
    Coordinator of the Greater Manchester Youth Association/National Asoociation of Youth Clubs "Homelessness Project"

    Wiggans, A. 1982 Away From the Bright Lights: Youth work and homelessness Manchester: Greater Manchester Youth Association. 120 pages. ISBN 0946374058
    At foot of title: GMYA/NAYC Homelessness Project.

    Wiggans, A. 1986 (Editor) Talking with Young People. Unsettling accounts. Milton Keynes: Open University Press


    Wikibooks Wikibooks, the open-content textbooks collection that anyone can edit.
    http://en.wikibooks.org/.


    Wikinews Wikinews The free news source you can write!
    http://en.wikinews.org/.


    Wikipedia Wikipedia. The free encyclopedia that anyone can edit
    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.

    Referencing Wikipedia See internet referencing

    Wikipedia articles can be referenced with Wikipedia/article as the key word, where where "article" is the last part of the Wikipedia web address.

    For example

    (Wikipedia/Olympe_De_Gouges) and

    (Wikipedia/History_of_science_and_technology)

    as intext references would match a simple entry in the bibliography:

    Wikipedia. The free encyclopedia that anyone can edit
    <http://en.wikipedia.org>
    Title of article indicated in the reference

    Your reader/s will then be able to go to the main Wikipedia page and search for the article/s


    David Willetts 9.3.1956-

    Willetts, D. 21.10.2013 Robbins Revisited: Bigger and Better Higher Education Social Market Foundation. Publication Date: 21 October, 2013. Available at http://www.smf.co.uk/research/category-two/robbins- revisited


    Garrath Williams
    Department of Politics, Philosophy and Religion, Lancaster University,

    Williams, G. 21.5.2003 "Hobbes: Moral and Political Philosophy" The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy edited by James Fieser and Bradley Dowden, available at http://www.iep.utm.edu/hobmoral/. Originally published 21.5.2003 Last updated: 5.7.2005


    Howard Williams

    Williams, H. 1983 Kant's Political Philosophy Basil Blackwell


    Raymond Williams 31.8.1921 - 26.1.1988

    "I never had the privilege of being taught by him, but he was the most formative intellectual influence on my life." Stuart Hall New Statesman 5.2.1988

    Williams, R. 1976 Keywords. A Vocabulary of Culture and Society. Fontana.

    Words covered: [Links are to discussion on this site, not to Raymond Williams] Aesthetic, Alienation, Art, Behaviour, Bourgeois, Bureaucracy, Capitalism, Career, Charity, City, Civilisation, Class, Collective, Commercialism, Common, Communication , Communism, Community, Consensus, Consumer, Conventional, Country, Creative, Criticism, Culture, Democracy, Determine, Dialectic, Doctrinaire, Dramatic, Educated, Elite, Empirical, Equality, Evolution, Existential, Family, Fiction, Formalist, Genetic, Hegemony, History, Humanity, Idealism, Ideology, Image, Imperialism, Improve, Individual, Industry, Institution, Intellectual, Interest, Isms, Labour, Liberal, Literature, Man, Management, Masses, Materialism, Mechanical, Media, Mediation, Medieval, Modern, Monopoly, Myth, Nationalist, Native, Naturalism, Organic, Originality, Peasant, Personality, Philosophy, Popular, Positivist, Pragmatic, Private, Progressive, Psychological, Radical, Rational, Reactionary, Realism, Reform, Representative, Revolution, Romantic, Science, Sensibility, Socialist, Society, Sociology, Standards, Status, Structural, Subjective, Taste, Theory, Tradition, Unconscious, Unemployment, Utilitarian, Violence, Wealth, Welfare, Work.


    Peter Willmott


    Colin Wilson 26.6.1931 - 5.12.2013

    Wilson, C. 1956 The Outsider London. Victor Gollanncz

    1. The Country of the Blind
    World Without Values
    The Romantic Outsider
    The Attempt to Gain Control
    The Pain Threshold
    The Wuestion of Identity
    The Great Synthesis...
    The Outsider as Visionary
    Breaking the Circuit


    Glenn D. Wilson 1942- and David N. Cox

    Wilson, G.D. and Cox, D.N. 1983 The Child-lovers: A study of paedophiles in society London: Peter Owen, 1983. 132 pages. Available online


    Karen Winter
    Northern Ireland Guardian Ad Litem Agency, Belfast,

    Winter, K. 2006 "Widening our knowledge concerning young looked after children: the case for research using sociological models of childhood." Child and Family Social Work Volume 11, Issue 1, February 2006, pp 55-64.

    See Subject Index Childrens homes


    Louis Wirth

    Wirth, L. 1925/10 "A Bibliography of the Urban Community" Chapter 10 in Park, R.E. etc 1925


    Arthur E. Wise

    Wise, A.E. 1967 Rich Schools, Poor Schools (The Promise of Equal Educational Opportunities) Chicago: University of Chicago Press



    Christopher Witcombe
    Professor of Art History, Sweet Briar College in Virginia,

    Witcombe, C. 1999 Images of Women in Ancient Art. Issues of Interpretation and Identity available in the internet library

    Witcombe, C. 2000 Women in Prehistory - The Venus of Willendorf available in the internet library and at http://72.52.202.216/~fenderse/Venus.htm

    Book Venus of Willendorf available at http://witcombe.sbc.edu/willendorf/willendorfgoddess.html for ipad or Mac, for those with the facilities to read it.


    Woodbridge, Kim A. 1996-2003 Mary Shelley and the Desire to Acquire Knowledge: As Demonstrated in the Novel Frankenstein available at http://www.kimwoodbridge.com/maryshel/knowledge.shtml


    Kurt Heinrich Wolff

    Wolff, K.H. 1960 Emile Durkheim, 1858-1917. A collection of essays, with translations and a bibliography. Edited by K. H. Wolff. Columbus : Ohio State University Press, xiv and 463 pages

    Republished in 1964 as

    Wolff, K.H. 1964 Essays on Sociology and Philosophy. Edited by K. H. Wolff. With appraisals of Durkheim's life and thought [by various authors], etc. Harper and Row: New York

    Includes five previously untranslated essays by Durkheim including "The Dualism of Human Nature and Its Social Conditions" by Charles Blend, of 1898 and 1899 Préfaces to l'Année sociologique and parts of Pragmatisme et sociologie, translated by Kurt Heinrich Wolff. Also a facsimile and translation of a letter to A. R. Radcliffe-Brown, a bibliography; and a portrait of Durkheim, in addition to articles by thirteen scholars from the social sciences, philosophy, and literature (Peyre, H., Neyer, J., Bohannan, P., Duncan, H. D., Parsons, T., Pierce, A., Richter, M., Coser, L. A., Honigsheim, P., Salomon, A., Hinkle, R. C., Kurauchi, R., and Peristiany, J. G.,) on topics including the milieu in which he lived, his enduring legacy, the influence of his school on the study of religion, his politics and political theory, the individualism and socialism in his work, his conservatism and its implications for his sociological theory, his "functionalism," the relation of his notion of the 'conscience collective' to the current anthropological one of culture, his contribution to the theory of integration of social systems, the development of his concept of ritual and the problem of social disrelationships, his place in American sociology, and his influence on Japanese sociology.


    Jim Wolfreys

    Wolfreys, J. 2000 "In perspective: Pierre Bourdieu" International Socialism Journal Summer 2000. Available at http://pubs.socialistreviewindex.org.uk/isj87/wolfreys.htm


    Mary Wollstonecraft weblinks - Brody

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1787 Thoughts on the Education of Daughters: With Reflections on Female Conduct, in the More Important Duties of Life London: Joseph Johnson, 1787.

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1788/Mary Mary: A Fiction. London: Joseph Johnson.

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1788/Original Original Stories from Real Life: With Conversations Calculated to Regulate the Affections and Form the Mind to Truth and Goodness. London: Joseph Johnson

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1790 A Vindication of the Rights of Men, in a Letter to the Right Honourable Edmund Burke. London: Joseph Johnson

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1792 A Vindication of the Rights of Woman: With Strictures on Political and Moral Subjects. London: Joseph Johnson,

    Chapter 1, The Rights and Involved Duties of Man Considered.
    Extracts

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1794 An Historical and Moral View of the French Revolution; and the Effect It Has produced in Europe. London: Joseph Johnson

    Wollstonecraft, M. 1796 Letters Written during a Short Residence in Sweden, Norway, and Denmark. London: Joseph Johnson


    Woolf, R.P. 1968 (Editor) Kant. A Collection of Critical Essays


    William Wordsworth 1779-1850 weblinks


    Francis D. Wormuth: born about 1909 - died 1981
    Taught Political Science at the University of Utah 1948-1981

    Wormuth, F.D. 1961 "The Politics of George Catlin". Political Research Quarterly September 1961 14: pp 807-811 The Politics of George Catlin Political Research Quarterly September 1961 14: 807-811,


    Peter Worsley, Frank Bechhofer, Richard Brown, Margot Jeffreys, Mary McIntosh; and Howard Newby.

    Worsley, P.; Bechhofer, F.; Brown, R.; Jeffreys, M.; McIntosh, M.; and Newby, H. 1970 Introducing Sociology Harmondsworth: Penguin


    Wilhelm Max Wundt 1832-1920

    1858-1862 (Five volumes) Beiträge zur Theorie der Sinneswahrnehmung Stated the case for experimental psychology and reported some experiments in visual perception. But claimed that the higher mental processes (e.g. thought, language, belief) are not amenable to experimental investigation, but can only be studied through a socio- historical approach. (O'Neil, W.M. 1982 p.29)

    Wundt, W.M. 1874 Grundzüge der physiologischen Psychologie (Principles of Physiological Psychology), Engelmann, Leipzig

    1885 Durkheim - 1888 Mead

    1894 Lectures on Human and Animal Psychology. Vorlesungen über die Menschen-und Tierseele (2nd edition), translated into English by J.E. Creighton and E.B. Titchener.

    Wundt, W.M. 1897 Outlines of Psychology Translated, with the cooperation of the author, by Charles Hubbard Judd. Leipzig: New York: W. Engelmann; G.E. Stechert. xviii and 342 pages. Available at http://psychclassics.yorku.ca/Wundt/Outlines/

    1900 Völkerpsychologie: eine Untersuchung der Entwicklungsgesetze von Sprache, Mythus und Sitte (Folk Psychology: an investigation of the laws of the development of language, myth and custom). [Started as one volume. Became ten volumes by 1920]

    1904 Principles of Physiological Psychology. Grundzüge der physiologischen Psychologie (5th edition), translated into English by E.B. Titchener.

    1906 Völkerpsychologie. Vol.2, Part 2: Mythus and Religion is discussed by Freud in Totem and Taboo

    1912 Elemente der Völkerpsychologie Leipzig. also discussed by Freud in Totem and Taboo. (quotes on totem)

    1916 Elements of Folk Psychology Elemente der Völkerpsychologie, translated into English by E.L. Schaub.


    Dominic Wyse
    Reader in Primary Education at Liverpool John Moores University.

    Wyse, D. 2004 (Editor) Childhood Studies: An introduction Malden, Massachusetts; Oxford, UK: Blackwell Publishers. xix and 300 pages.
    Contents:
    Introduction.
    Part I: Children And Childhood:.
    1 Inter-Disciplinary Perspective: Histories Of Childhood: John Clarke
    2 Self-Concept: Nicola Leather BR>Relationships.
    3 Attachment: Nicola Leather
    4 Peers: Dominic Wyse
    5 Family Structures: Robert Banton
    6 Parenting: Jane Baker (Hugh Baird College).
    7 Parental Separation: Robert Banton
    Psychology.
    8 The Nature/Nurture Debate: Nicola Leather
    9 Cognitive Development: Nicola Leather
    10 The Development Of Language and Literacy: Dominic Wyse
    11 Mental Health: John Harrison
    Sociology.
    12 The Sociology of Childhood: John Clarke
    13 Childhood and Juvenile Delinquency: John Clarke
    14 Sexuality: John Clarke
    Part Two: Children and Services:
    15 Inter-Disciplinairy Perspective: Children's Rights: Dominic Wyse
    Social Welfare.
    16 Overview of Social Welfare: Ali Mekki (Liverpool Social Services).
    17 The Role of The Child And Family Social Worker: Ali Mekki (Liverpool Social Services).
    18 Child Abuse: Robert Banton
    Education.
    19 Overview of Children's Education and Care: Nell Napier (Manchester Metropolitan University).
    20 The Role of The Early Years Practitioner: Aine Sharkey
    21 National Curricula: Nell Napier (Manchester Metropolitan University) and Aine Sharkey (Liverpool John Moores University).
    22 Play: Nell Napier (Manchester Metropolitan University) and Aine Sharkey (Liverpool John Moores University).
    23 International Perspectives in Early Years Education and Care: Aine Sharkey
    Health.
    24 Overview Of Health: Robert Banton
    25 The Role Of The Health Visitor: Robert Banton
    Law.
    26 Overview of the Legal System: Angela Brennan
    27 Legal Personel: Angela Brennan
    The Children Act 1989: Angela Brennan
    29 The Legal Status of The Child: Angela Brennan
    Part Three: Children and Society:.
    30 Inter-Disciplinary Perspective: The Demonisation of Childhood: Dominic Wyse).
    Culture.
    31 Toys And Games: Nell Napier
    32 Children's Literature: Russell Jones
    33 Visual Art: Nicholas Medforth
    34 Multimedia: Dominic Wyse
    Equality.
    35 Ethnicity and Race: Russell Jones (Manchester Metropolitan University)
    36 Disabled Children: Jane Baker (Hugh Baird College)
    37 Poverty: Jane Baker (Hugh Baird College).
    Society.
    38 Non-Government Organistions (Ngos): John Harrison
    39 Children Working: Nicholas Medforth
    40 Research with Children: Dominic Wyse
    Appendix 1: Further Reflections on the Activities.


    Lydia Yee
    One time researcher at the King's Fund
    Founder and trustee
    Afiya Trust
    Consultant in health and social care.
    One time Head of Racial Equality at the Department of Health Equalities Unit

    Focus on carers : a practical guide to planning and delivering community care services by Janice Robinson and Lydia Yee. London : King's Fund Centre 1991 vii and 117 pages.

    Yee, L. 1995 Improving Support for Black carers - A source-book of information, ideas and service initiatives London : King's Fund 1995 38 pages

    Lydia Yee and Roger Blunden

    Yee, L. and Blunden, R. 1995 General Practice and Carers : scope for change? London : King's Fund 1995. viii and 38 pages

    Yee, L. 1997 Breaking Barriers : Towards culturally competent general practice ; a consultation project for the RCGP Inner City Task Force by Lydia Yee. London : Royal College of General Practitioners 1997 vii and 38 pages

    Lydia Yee and Shun Au

    Yee, L. 1997 Chinese Mental Health Issues in Britain: Perspectives from the Chinese Mental Health Association edited by Lydia Yee and Shun Au. Chinese Mental Health Association. London : Mental Health Foundation. 47 pages.

    Other titles Ying guo de Hua ren jing Shen jian kang wen ti.

    Yee, L. 2000 Raising Voices: A practical guide to promoting the voice of black and minority ethnic organisations and service users in health and community care. London : London Voluntary Service Council and INVOLVE Southern Region 2000. 36 pages


    Jock Young weblinks

    Young, J. 1971 The Drugtakers. The social meaning of drug abuse McGibbon and Kee. Available at http://www.drugtext.org/Table/The-Drugtakers/

    Bailey, R. and Young, J. 1973

    Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1973

    Young, J. 1974 "New Directions in Subcultural Theory" in Approaches to Sociology, edited by J Rex. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London - See 1974 -

    Taylor, I., Walton, P. and Young, J. 1975

    Young, J. (1980) "Thinking seriously about crime: Some models of criminology" inn: Fitzgerald, M., McLennan, G. & Pawson, J. (editors) Crime and Society: Readings in History and Theory, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Available at http://www.malcolmread.co.uk/JockYoung/index.htm

    Lea, J. and Young, J. 1984 - See 1984

    Jones, T., MacLean, B. & Young, J. 1986

    See 1987 - 1989 - 1990 - 1998 -

    Young, J. 1998 "Breaking Windows: Situating the New Criminology" in Walton and Young 1998 Available at http://www.malcolmread.co.uk/JockYoung/breaking_windows.pdf

    Young, J. 1999 The Exclusive Society: Social exclusion, crime and difference in late modernity Sage Publications: London and California.

    Contents:
    From Inclusive to Exclusive Society
    Crime and Discord in an Age of Late Modernity
    Cannibalism and Bulimia
    Essentialising the Other
    Demonisation and the Creation of Monstrosity
    The Criminology of Intolerance
    Zero Tolerance Policing and The American Prison Experiment
    A World Holding Together and Falling Apart
    Holding Chaos in Abeyance
    The Maintenance of Order amongst Lightly Engaged Strangers
    The Contradictory World of Late Modernity
    Argues that in "the last third of the twenthieth century" we have moved from an inclusive society of stability and homogeneity to an exclusive society of change and division. Explores exclusion on three levels: economic exclusion from the labour market; social exclusion between people in civil society; and the ever-expanding exclusionary activities of the criminal justice system. Relates cultural and social structural changes "to the quantum leap in crime and incivilities". Develops a theory based on "a new citizenship and a reflexive modernity".
    Significant review: "The Exclusive Society is another tour de force..." Zygmunt Bauman

    See 2001 - 2002

    Young, J. 6.4.2002 "Don't believe hysteria about crime" Jock Young interviewed: Socialist Worker online: Issue: 1794 dated: 6.4.2002 available at http://www.socialistworker.co.uk/art.php?id=9345

    Young, J. 1.2003 Constructing the Paradigm of Violence: Mass Media, Violence and Youth available at http://www.malcolmread.co.uk/JockYoung/constructing_jan_2003.pdf

    Young, J. and Matthews, R, (Editors) 2003 The New Politics of Crime and Punishment Edited by Roger Matthews (London South Bank University), Jock Young (University of Kent)
    Contents
    1: New Labour, crime control and social exclusion Jock Young and Roger Matthews
    2: Winning the fight against crime? New Labour, populism and lost opportunities Jock Young
    3: Institutional racism in policing: the Macpherson report and its consequences John Lea
    4: Youth justice in England and Wales John Pitts
    5: It's the
    family, stupid: continuities and reinterpretations of the dysfunctional family as the cause of crime in three political periods Jayne Mooney
    6: Drugs: the great cannabis debate Catriona Woolner and Betsy Thom
    7: Urban regeneration and crime reduction: contradictions and dilemmas Lynn Hancock
    8: The politics of policing: managerialism, modernization and performance Denise Martin
    9: Of crowds, crimes and carnivals Patrick Slaughter
    10: Probation into the millennium: the punishing service? Anthony Goodman
    11: Rethinking penal policy: towards a systems approach Roger Matthews

    Young, J. 2007 The Vertigo of Late Modernity. London and Los Angeles 2007.
    "Vertigo is the malaise of late modernity: a sense of insecurity of insubstantiality, and of uncertainty, a whiff of chaos and a fear of falling" (page 12).


    Michael Young

    Michael Young and Peter Willmott

    Young, M. and Willmott, P. 1957 Family and Kinship in East London (Institute of Community Studies Report 1)

    Young, M. and Wilmott, P. 1973 The Symmetrical Family: A Study of Work and Leisure in the London Region. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.


    Kiyomitsu Yui
    Kobe University
    Professor of sociology at the Graduate School of Humanities, Kobe University, Japan, Director of Japan Sociological Society

    Yui, K. 1994 "Theories on Modernization of Japan Today" (English version) International Journal of Japanese Sociology, vol.3, 1994,

    Yui, K. 2010 "Japanese Animation and Glocalization of Sociology" Sociologisl Froskning 47, number 4, Uppsala University, pp.44-50, 2010.

    See Subject Index Culture

    Yui, K. 2011 "Sociological Theory, Second Modernity, and 'Japan': A Dialogue with Ulrich Beck around Asian Perspective and Cosmopolitanization" in Japanese Society in Riskization 2011, Iwanami shoten.


    Mayer N. Zald and John David McCarthy

    Zald, M.N and McCarthy, J.D. 1979 (Editors) The Dynamics of Social Movements: Resource Mobilisation, Social Control and Tactics. Cambridge, Massachusttes: Winthrop

    This volume contains revisions of papers delivered at the fifth Frontiers of sociology symposium held on the Vanderbilt University Campus, March 17- 18, 1977 - Preface.


    Edward N. Zalta

    Zalta, E.N. (Editor) Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
    http://plato.stanford.edu
    Contents page on UK mirror site
    Notice the substantial advice about referencing (citing) by using the archived copies


    Eli Zaretsky

    Zaretsky, E. 1976 Capitalism, the Family and Personal Life London : Pluto Press 1976. 156 pages. Originally published, in 'Socialist Revolution' (California), January-June 1973.


    Lucia Zedner
    Professor of Criminal Justice in the University of Oxford

    Zedner, L. 1991 Women, Crime, and Custody in Victorian England Oxford historical monographs. Oxford : Oxford University Press, 364 pages
    Contents: Part 1 Victorian understanding of female crime: normal and deviant women; explaining female crime. Part 2 Women in prison - regime and reality: women and penal theory; women in local prisons 1850-1877; female convict prisons 1852-1898. Part 3 Removing "incorrigible" women from the penal sphere: habitual drunkenness and the reformatory experiment 1989- 1914.

    Zedner, L. 1995. Wayward sisters: The prison for women. In N. Morris & D. Rothman (Eds.), The Oxford history of the prison. New York: Oxford University Press


    Helen Zimmern 25.3.1846 - 11.1.1934

    Zimmern, H. "Criminal Anthropology in Italy" Popular Science Monthly 1897/1898 pages 743-760





    Study Link
    Andrew Roberts' web Study Guide
    Top of Page Take a Break - Read a Poem
    Click coloured words to go where you want

    Andrew Roberts likes to hear from users:
    To contact him, please use the Communication Form

  • other book lists biographical literature reviews home page for society and science home page to
Andrew Roberts'
web site

    Aiken, H.D.

    Althusser

    Aron, R.

    Bahmueller, C.F.

    Beck, L.W.

    Bentham, J.

    Blackstone, W.

    Blake

    Blanc, O.

    Bloch, M.

    Bulmer, M.

    Burckhardt, J.

    Burke

    Camic, Charles

    Carlyle, T.

    Cooper

    Cole, G.D.H.

    Coleridge, S.T.

    Coole, D.H. 1988

    Dench

    Dewey

    Durkheim

    Engels

    Eysenck

    Evelyn, J.

    Feyerbend

    Filmer, R.

    Firestone, S.

    Ford, J.

    Foucault

    Fletcher, R.

    Fraser, D.

    Freud

    Fromm, E.

    Gaskell, P.

    Giddens, A,

    Goffman

    Gouges, Olympe de

    Haines, V.A.

    Halliday, R.J.

    Hardy, D.

    Harvey, D.

    Hayek, F.

    Hegel

    Hennis, W.

    Hindess, B

    Hillerbrand, H.J.

    Hirst, P.Q.

    Hitler

    Hobbes, T.

    Hooker

    Hunt, A.

    Hume

    Inglis, B.

    Joas, H.

    Jones, Greta

    Jones, R.A.

    Kallberg, S.

    Kant, I.

    Kelly, L.

    Kline, M.

    Knies, K.

    Kruger, D.

    Kuhn, T.S.

    Lacan

    La Capra

    Laing

    Levine, D.N.

    Levy, D.

    Locke

    Lukes

    Luria & Yudovich

    Macpherson, C.B.

    Malthus, T.

    Manuel, F.E.

    Marcuse, H.

    Marx

    McDonald, L.

    Mead, George, H.

    Mill, James

    Mill, John Stuart

    Mommsen

    Nietzsche, F.W.

    Nisbet

    Ogg

    O'Neil, W.M.

    Owen, Robert

    Parsons, T.

    Pavlov

    Pecheux

    Pearce, Frank

    Pickering. M.

    Popper, K.R.

    Postone, M.

    Poynter, J.R.

    Proctor, C.E.

    Rendall, J.

    Reiss, H.

    Roberts, A.

    Rossi, A.

    Rousseau, J.J.

    Runes, D.D.

    Russell, B.

    Scruton, R.

    Shelley, M.

    Sica, A.

    Skinner, B.F.

    Smith, Adam

    Stillinger, J.

    Sumerscale, J.

    Taylor, H.

    Tomalin, C.

    Turk, C.

    Warnock, Mary

    Watkins, J.W.N.

    Watson, J.B.

    Weber, M.

    Wollstonecraft

    Young, Jock